SupportConsoleDevelopersStart a trialContact

Networking

OpenShift Container Platform 4.13

Configuring and managing cluster networking

Red Hat OpenShift Documentation Team

Abstract

This document provides instructions for configuring and managing your OpenShift Container Platform cluster network, including DNS, ingress, and the Pod network.

Chapter 1. About networking

Red Hat OpenShift Networking is an ecosystem of features, plugins and advanced networking capabilities that extend Kubernetes networking with the advanced networking-related features that your cluster needs to manage its network traffic for one or multiple hybrid clusters. This ecosystem of networking capabilities integrates ingress, egress, load balancing, high-performance throughput, security, inter- and intra-cluster traffic management and provides role-based observability tooling to reduce its natural complexities.

The following list highlights some of the most commonly used Red Hat OpenShift Networking features available on your cluster:

  • Primary cluster network provided by either of the following Container Network Interface (CNI) plugins:

  • Certified 3rd-party alternative primary network plugins
  • Cluster Network Operator for network plugin management
  • Ingress Operator for TLS encrypted web traffic
  • DNS Operator for name assignment
  • MetalLB Operator for traffic load balancing on bare metal clusters
  • IP failover support for high-availability
  • Additional hardware network support through multiple CNI plugins, including for macvlan, ipvlan, and SR-IOV hardware networks
  • IPv4, IPv6, and dual stack addressing
  • Hybrid Linux-Windows host clusters for Windows-based workloads
  • Red Hat OpenShift Service Mesh for discovery, load balancing, service-to-service authentication, failure recovery, metrics, and monitoring of services
  • Single-node OpenShift
  • Network Observability Operator for network debugging and insights
  • Submariner for inter-cluster networking
  • Red Hat Service Interconnect for layer 7 inter-cluster networking

Chapter 2. Understanding networking

Cluster Administrators have several options for exposing applications that run inside a cluster to external traffic and securing network connections:

  • Service types, such as node ports or load balancers
  • API resources, such as Ingress and Route

By default, Kubernetes allocates each pod an internal IP address for applications running within the pod. Pods and their containers can network, but clients outside the cluster do not have networking access. When you expose your application to external traffic, giving each pod its own IP address means that pods can be treated like physical hosts or virtual machines in terms of port allocation, networking, naming, service discovery, load balancing, application configuration, and migration.

Note

Some cloud platforms offer metadata APIs that listen on the 169.254.169.254 IP address, a link-local IP address in the IPv4 169.254.0.0/16 CIDR block.

This CIDR block is not reachable from the pod network. Pods that need access to these IP addresses must be given host network access by setting the spec.hostNetwork field in the pod spec to true.

If you allow a pod host network access, you grant the pod privileged access to the underlying network infrastructure.

2.1. OpenShift Container Platform DNS

If you are running multiple services, such as front-end and back-end services for use with multiple pods, environment variables are created for user names, service IPs, and more so the front-end pods can communicate with the back-end services. If the service is deleted and recreated, a new IP address can be assigned to the service, and requires the front-end pods to be recreated to pick up the updated values for the service IP environment variable. Additionally, the back-end service must be created before any of the front-end pods to ensure that the service IP is generated properly, and that it can be provided to the front-end pods as an environment variable.

For this reason, OpenShift Container Platform has a built-in DNS so that the services can be reached by the service DNS as well as the service IP/port.

2.2. OpenShift Container Platform Ingress Operator

When you create your OpenShift Container Platform cluster, pods and services running on the cluster are each allocated their own IP addresses. The IP addresses are accessible to other pods and services running nearby but are not accessible to outside clients. The Ingress Operator implements the IngressController API and is the component responsible for enabling external access to OpenShift Container Platform cluster services.

The Ingress Operator makes it possible for external clients to access your service by deploying and managing one or more HAProxy-based Ingress Controllers to handle routing. You can use the Ingress Operator to route traffic by specifying OpenShift Container Platform Route and Kubernetes Ingress resources. Configurations within the Ingress Controller, such as the ability to define endpointPublishingStrategy type and internal load balancing, provide ways to publish Ingress Controller endpoints.

2.2.1. Comparing routes and Ingress

The Kubernetes Ingress resource in OpenShift Container Platform implements the Ingress Controller with a shared router service that runs as a pod inside the cluster. The most common way to manage Ingress traffic is with the Ingress Controller. You can scale and replicate this pod like any other regular pod. This router service is based on HAProxy, which is an open source load balancer solution.

The OpenShift Container Platform route provides Ingress traffic to services in the cluster. Routes provide advanced features that might not be supported by standard Kubernetes Ingress Controllers, such as TLS re-encryption, TLS passthrough, and split traffic for blue-green deployments.

Ingress traffic accesses services in the cluster through a route. Routes and Ingress are the main resources for handling Ingress traffic. Ingress provides features similar to a route, such as accepting external requests and delegating them based on the route. However, with Ingress you can only allow certain types of connections: HTTP/2, HTTPS and server name identification (SNI), and TLS with certificate. In OpenShift Container Platform, routes are generated to meet the conditions specified by the Ingress resource.

2.3. Glossary of common terms for OpenShift Container Platform networking

This glossary defines common terms that are used in the networking content.

authentication
To control access to an OpenShift Container Platform cluster, a cluster administrator can configure user authentication and ensure only approved users access the cluster. To interact with an OpenShift Container Platform cluster, you must authenticate to the OpenShift Container Platform API. You can authenticate by providing an OAuth access token or an X.509 client certificate in your requests to the OpenShift Container Platform API.
AWS Load Balancer Operator
The AWS Load Balancer (ALB) Operator deploys and manages an instance of the aws-load-balancer-controller.
Cluster Network Operator
The Cluster Network Operator (CNO) deploys and manages the cluster network components in an OpenShift Container Platform cluster. This includes deployment of the Container Network Interface (CNI) network plugin selected for the cluster during installation.
config map
A config map provides a way to inject configuration data into pods. You can reference the data stored in a config map in a volume of type ConfigMap. Applications running in a pod can use this data.
custom resource (CR)
A CR is extension of the Kubernetes API. You can create custom resources.
DNS
Cluster DNS is a DNS server which serves DNS records for Kubernetes services. Containers started by Kubernetes automatically include this DNS server in their DNS searches.
DNS Operator
The DNS Operator deploys and manages CoreDNS to provide a name resolution service to pods. This enables DNS-based Kubernetes Service discovery in OpenShift Container Platform.
deployment
A Kubernetes resource object that maintains the life cycle of an application.
domain
Domain is a DNS name serviced by the Ingress Controller.
egress
The process of data sharing externally through a network’s outbound traffic from a pod.
External DNS Operator
The External DNS Operator deploys and manages ExternalDNS to provide the name resolution for services and routes from the external DNS provider to OpenShift Container Platform.
HTTP-based route
An HTTP-based route is an unsecured route that uses the basic HTTP routing protocol and exposes a service on an unsecured application port.
Ingress
The Kubernetes Ingress resource in OpenShift Container Platform implements the Ingress Controller with a shared router service that runs as a pod inside the cluster.
Ingress Controller
The Ingress Operator manages Ingress Controllers. Using an Ingress Controller is the most common way to allow external access to an OpenShift Container Platform cluster.
installer-provisioned infrastructure
The installation program deploys and configures the infrastructure that the cluster runs on.
kubelet
A primary node agent that runs on each node in the cluster to ensure that containers are running in a pod.
Kubernetes NMState Operator
The Kubernetes NMState Operator provides a Kubernetes API for performing state-driven network configuration across the OpenShift Container Platform cluster’s nodes with NMState.
kube-proxy
Kube-proxy is a proxy service which runs on each node and helps in making services available to the external host. It helps in forwarding the request to correct containers and is capable of performing primitive load balancing.
load balancers
OpenShift Container Platform uses load balancers for communicating from outside the cluster with services running in the cluster.
MetalLB Operator
As a cluster administrator, you can add the MetalLB Operator to your cluster so that when a service of type LoadBalancer is added to the cluster, MetalLB can add an external IP address for the service.
multicast
With IP multicast, data is broadcast to many IP addresses simultaneously.
namespaces
A namespace isolates specific system resources that are visible to all processes. Inside a namespace, only processes that are members of that namespace can see those resources.
networking
Network information of a OpenShift Container Platform cluster.
node
A worker machine in the OpenShift Container Platform cluster. A node is either a virtual machine (VM) or a physical machine.
OpenShift Container Platform Ingress Operator
The Ingress Operator implements the IngressController API and is the component responsible for enabling external access to OpenShift Container Platform services.
pod
One or more containers with shared resources, such as volume and IP addresses, running in your OpenShift Container Platform cluster. A pod is the smallest compute unit defined, deployed, and managed.
PTP Operator
The PTP Operator creates and manages the linuxptp services.
route
The OpenShift Container Platform route provides Ingress traffic to services in the cluster. Routes provide advanced features that might not be supported by standard Kubernetes Ingress Controllers, such as TLS re-encryption, TLS passthrough, and split traffic for blue-green deployments.
scaling
Increasing or decreasing the resource capacity.
service
Exposes a running application on a set of pods.
Single Root I/O Virtualization (SR-IOV) Network Operator
The Single Root I/O Virtualization (SR-IOV) Network Operator manages the SR-IOV network devices and network attachments in your cluster.
software-defined networking (SDN)
OpenShift Container Platform uses a software-defined networking (SDN) approach to provide a unified cluster network that enables communication between pods across the OpenShift Container Platform cluster.
Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP)
SCTP is a reliable message based protocol that runs on top of an IP network.
taint
Taints and tolerations ensure that pods are scheduled onto appropriate nodes. You can apply one or more taints on a node.
toleration
You can apply tolerations to pods. Tolerations allow the scheduler to schedule pods with matching taints.
web console
A user interface (UI) to manage OpenShift Container Platform.

Chapter 3. Accessing hosts

Learn how to create a bastion host to access OpenShift Container Platform instances and access the control plane nodes with secure shell (SSH) access.

3.1. Accessing hosts on Amazon Web Services in an installer-provisioned infrastructure cluster

The OpenShift Container Platform installer does not create any public IP addresses for any of the Amazon Elastic Compute Cloud (Amazon EC2) instances that it provisions for your OpenShift Container Platform cluster. To be able to SSH to your OpenShift Container Platform hosts, you must follow this procedure.

Procedure

  1. Create a security group that allows SSH access into the virtual private cloud (VPC) created by the openshift-install command.
  2. Create an Amazon EC2 instance on one of the public subnets the installer created.

  3. Associate a public IP address with the Amazon EC2 instance that you created.

    Unlike with the OpenShift Container Platform installation, you should associate the Amazon EC2 instance you created with an SSH keypair. It does not matter what operating system you choose for this instance, as it will simply serve as an SSH bastion to bridge the internet into your OpenShift Container Platform cluster’s VPC. The Amazon Machine Image (AMI) you use does matter. With Red Hat Enterprise Linux CoreOS (RHCOS), for example, you can provide keys via Ignition, like the installer does.

  4. After you provisioned your Amazon EC2 instance and can SSH into it, you must add the SSH key that you associated with your OpenShift Container Platform installation. This key can be different from the key for the bastion instance, but does not have to be.

    Note

    Direct SSH access is only recommended for disaster recovery. When the Kubernetes API is responsive, run privileged pods instead.

  5. Run oc get nodes, inspect the output, and choose one of the nodes that is a master. The hostname looks similar to ip-10-0-1-163.ec2.internal.

  6. From the bastion SSH host you manually deployed into Amazon EC2, SSH into that control plane host. Ensure that you use the same SSH key you specified during the installation: 

    $ ssh -i <ssh-key-path> core@<master-hostname>

Chapter 4. Networking Operators overview

OpenShift Container Platform supports multiple types of networking Operators. You can manage the cluster networking using these networking Operators.

4.1. Cluster Network Operator

The Cluster Network Operator (CNO) deploys and manages the cluster network components in an OpenShift Container Platform cluster. This includes deployment of the Container Network Interface (CNI) network plugin selected for the cluster during installation. For more information, see Cluster Network Operator in OpenShift Container Platform.

4.2. DNS Operator

The DNS Operator deploys and manages CoreDNS to provide a name resolution service to pods. This enables DNS-based Kubernetes Service discovery in OpenShift Container Platform. For more information, see DNS Operator in OpenShift Container Platform.

4.3. Ingress Operator

When you create your OpenShift Container Platform cluster, pods and services running on the cluster are each allocated IP addresses. The IP addresses are accessible to other pods and services running nearby but are not accessible to external clients. The Ingress Operator implements the Ingress Controller API and is responsible for enabling external access to OpenShift Container Platform cluster services. For more information, see Ingress Operator in OpenShift Container Platform.

4.4. External DNS Operator

The External DNS Operator deploys and manages ExternalDNS to provide the name resolution for services and routes from the external DNS provider to OpenShift Container Platform. For more information, see Understanding the External DNS Operator.

4.5. Ingress Node Firewall Operator

The Ingress Node Firewall Operator uses an extended Berkley Packet Filter (eBPF) and eXpress Data Path (XDP) plugin to process node firewall rules, update statistics and generate events for dropped traffic. The operator manages ingress node firewall resources, verifies firewall configuration, does not allow incorrectly configured rules that can prevent cluster access, and loads ingress node firewall XDP programs to the selected interfaces in the rule’s object(s). For more information, see Understanding the Ingress Node Firewall Operator

4.6. Network Observability Operator

The Network Observability Operator is an optional Operator that allows cluster administrators to observe the network traffic for OpenShift Container Platform clusters. The Network Observability Operator uses the eBPF technology to create network flows. The network flows are then enriched with OpenShift Container Platform information and stored in Loki. You can view and analyze the stored network flows information in the OpenShift Container Platform console for further insight and troubleshooting. For more information, see About Network Observability Operator.

Chapter 5. Cluster Network Operator in OpenShift Container Platform

You can use the Cluster Network Operator (CNO) to deploy and manage cluster network components on an OpenShift Container Platform cluster, including the Container Network Interface (CNI) network plugin selected for the cluster during installation.

5.1. Cluster Network Operator

The Cluster Network Operator implements the network API from the operator.openshift.io API group. The Operator deploys the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin, or the network provider plugin that you selected during cluster installation, by using a daemon set.

Procedure

The Cluster Network Operator is deployed during installation as a Kubernetes Deployment.

  1. Run the following command to view the Deployment status: 

    $ oc get -n openshift-network-operator deployment/network-operator

    Example output

    NAME               READY   UP-TO-DATE   AVAILABLE   AGE
network-operator   1/1     1            1           56m

  2. Run the following command to view the state of the Cluster Network Operator: 

    $ oc get clusteroperator/network

    Example output

    NAME      VERSION   AVAILABLE   PROGRESSING   DEGRADED   SINCE
network   4.5.4     True        False         False      50m

    The following fields provide information about the status of the operator: AVAILABLE, PROGRESSING, and DEGRADED. The AVAILABLE field is True when the Cluster Network Operator reports an available status condition.

5.2. Viewing the cluster network configuration

Every new OpenShift Container Platform installation has a network.config object named cluster.

Procedure

  • Use the oc describe command to view the cluster network configuration: 

    $ oc describe network.config/cluster

    Example output

    Name:         cluster
Namespace:
Labels:       <none>
Annotations:  <none>
API Version:  config.openshift.io/v1
Kind:         Network
Metadata:
  Self Link:           /apis/config.openshift.io/v1/networks/cluster
Spec: 1
  Cluster Network:
    Cidr:         10.128.0.0/14
    Host Prefix:  23
  Network Type:   OpenShiftSDN
  Service Network:
    172.30.0.0/16
Status: 2
  Cluster Network:
    Cidr:               10.128.0.0/14
    Host Prefix:        23
  Cluster Network MTU:  8951
  Network Type:         OpenShiftSDN
  Service Network:
    172.30.0.0/16
Events:  <none>

    1
    The Spec field displays the configured state of the cluster network.
    2
    The Status field displays the current state of the cluster network configuration.

5.3. Viewing Cluster Network Operator status

You can inspect the status and view the details of the Cluster Network Operator using the oc describe command.

Procedure

  • Run the following command to view the status of the Cluster Network Operator: 

    $ oc describe clusteroperators/network

5.4. Viewing Cluster Network Operator logs

You can view Cluster Network Operator logs by using the oc logs command.

Procedure

  • Run the following command to view the logs of the Cluster Network Operator: 

    $ oc logs --namespace=openshift-network-operator deployment/network-operator

5.5. Cluster Network Operator configuration

The configuration for the cluster network is specified as part of the Cluster Network Operator (CNO) configuration and stored in a custom resource (CR) object that is named cluster. The CR specifies the fields for the Network API in the operator.openshift.io API group.

The CNO configuration inherits the following fields during cluster installation from the Network API in the Network.config.openshift.io API group and these fields cannot be changed:

clusterNetwork
IP address pools from which pod IP addresses are allocated.
serviceNetwork
IP address pool for services.
defaultNetwork.type
Cluster network plugin, such as OpenShift SDN or OVN-Kubernetes.
Note

After cluster installation, you cannot modify the fields listed in the previous section.

You can specify the cluster network plugin configuration for your cluster by setting the fields for the defaultNetwork object in the CNO object named cluster.

5.5.1. Cluster Network Operator configuration object

The fields for the Cluster Network Operator (CNO) are described in the following table:

Table 5.1. Cluster Network Operator configuration object
FieldTypeDescription

metadata.name

string

The name of the CNO object. This name is always cluster.

spec.clusterNetwork

array

A list specifying the blocks of IP addresses from which pod IP addresses are allocated and the subnet prefix length assigned to each individual node in the cluster. For example: 

spec:
  clusterNetwork:
  - cidr: 10.128.0.0/19
    hostPrefix: 23
  - cidr: 10.128.32.0/19
    hostPrefix: 23

This value is ready-only and inherited from the Network.config.openshift.io object named cluster during cluster installation.

spec.serviceNetwork

array

A block of IP addresses for services. The OpenShift SDN and OVN-Kubernetes network plugins support only a single IP address block for the service network. For example: 

spec:
  serviceNetwork:
  - 172.30.0.0/14

This value is ready-only and inherited from the Network.config.openshift.io object named cluster during cluster installation.

spec.defaultNetwork

object

Configures the network plugin for the cluster network.

spec.kubeProxyConfig

object

The fields for this object specify the kube-proxy configuration. If you are using the OVN-Kubernetes cluster network plugin, the kube-proxy configuration has no effect.

defaultNetwork object configuration

The values for the defaultNetwork object are defined in the following table:

Table 5.2. defaultNetwork object
FieldTypeDescription

type

string

Either OpenShiftSDN or OVNKubernetes. The Red Hat OpenShift Networking network plugin is selected during installation. This value cannot be changed after cluster installation.

Note

OpenShift Container Platform uses the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin by default.

openshiftSDNConfig

object

This object is only valid for the OpenShift SDN network plugin.

ovnKubernetesConfig

object

This object is only valid for the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin.

Configuration for the OpenShift SDN network plugin

The following table describes the configuration fields for the OpenShift SDN network plugin:

Table 5.3. openshiftSDNConfig object
FieldTypeDescription

mode

string

The network isolation mode for OpenShift SDN.

mtu

integer

The maximum transmission unit (MTU) for the VXLAN overlay network. This value is normally configured automatically.

vxlanPort

integer

The port to use for all VXLAN packets. The default value is 4789.

Note

You can only change the configuration for your cluster network plugin during cluster installation.

Example OpenShift SDN configuration

defaultNetwork:
  type: OpenShiftSDN
  openshiftSDNConfig:
    mode: NetworkPolicy
    mtu: 1450
    vxlanPort: 4789

Configuration for the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin

The following table describes the configuration fields for the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin:

Table 5.4. ovnKubernetesConfig object
FieldTypeDescription

mtu

integer

The maximum transmission unit (MTU) for the Geneve (Generic Network Virtualization Encapsulation) overlay network. This value is normally configured automatically.

genevePort

integer

The UDP port for the Geneve overlay network.

ipsecConfig

object

If the field is present, IPsec is enabled for the cluster.

policyAuditConfig

object

Specify a configuration object for customizing network policy audit logging. If unset, the defaults audit log settings are used.

gatewayConfig

object

Optional: Specify a configuration object for customizing how egress traffic is sent to the node gateway.

Note

While migrating egress traffic, you can expect some disruption to workloads and service traffic until the Cluster Network Operator (CNO) successfully rolls out the changes.

v4InternalSubnet

If your existing network infrastructure overlaps with the 100.64.0.0/16 IPv4 subnet, you can specify a different IP address range for internal use by OVN-Kubernetes. You must ensure that the IP address range does not overlap with any other subnet used by your OpenShift Container Platform installation. The IP address range must be larger than the maximum number of nodes that can be added to the cluster. For example, if the clusterNetwork.cidr value is 10.128.0.0/14 and the clusterNetwork.hostPrefix value is /23, then the maximum number of nodes is 2^(23-14)=512.

This field cannot be changed after installation.

The default value is 100.64.0.0/16.

v6InternalSubnet

If your existing network infrastructure overlaps with the fd98::/48 IPv6 subnet, you can specify a different IP address range for internal use by OVN-Kubernetes. You must ensure that the IP address range does not overlap with any other subnet used by your OpenShift Container Platform installation. The IP address range must be larger than the maximum number of nodes that can be added to the cluster.

This field cannot be changed after installation.

The default value is fd98::/48.

Table 5.5. policyAuditConfig object
FieldTypeDescription

rateLimit

integer

The maximum number of messages to generate every second per node. The default value is 20 messages per second.

maxFileSize

integer

The maximum size for the audit log in bytes. The default value is 50000000 or 50 MB.

maxLogFiles

integer

The maximum number of log files that are retained.

destination

string

One of the following additional audit log targets:

libc
The libc syslog() function of the journald process on the host.
udp:<host>:<port>
A syslog server. Replace <host>:<port> with the host and port of the syslog server.
unix:<file>
A Unix Domain Socket file specified by <file>.
null
Do not send the audit logs to any additional target.

syslogFacility

string

The syslog facility, such as kern, as defined by RFC5424. The default value is local0.

Table 5.6. gatewayConfig object
FieldTypeDescription

routingViaHost

boolean

Set this field to true to send egress traffic from pods to the host networking stack. For highly-specialized installations and applications that rely on manually configured routes in the kernel routing table, you might want to route egress traffic to the host networking stack. By default, egress traffic is processed in OVN to exit the cluster and is not affected by specialized routes in the kernel routing table. The default value is false.

This field has an interaction with the Open vSwitch hardware offloading feature. If you set this field to true, you do not receive the performance benefits of the offloading because egress traffic is processed by the host networking stack.

Note

You can only change the configuration for your cluster network plugin during cluster installation, except for the gatewayConfig field that can be changed at runtime as a postinstallation activity.

Example OVN-Kubernetes configuration with IPSec enabled

defaultNetwork:
  type: OVNKubernetes
  ovnKubernetesConfig:
    mtu: 1400
    genevePort: 6081
    ipsecConfig: {}

kubeProxyConfig object configuration

The values for the kubeProxyConfig object are defined in the following table:

Table 5.7. kubeProxyConfig object
FieldTypeDescription

iptablesSyncPeriod

string

The refresh period for iptables rules. The default value is 30s. Valid suffixes include s, m, and h and are described in the Go time package documentation.

Note

Because of performance improvements introduced in OpenShift Container Platform 4.3 and greater, adjusting the iptablesSyncPeriod parameter is no longer necessary.

proxyArguments.iptables-min-sync-period

array

The minimum duration before refreshing iptables rules. This field ensures that the refresh does not happen too frequently. Valid suffixes include s, m, and h and are described in the Go time package. The default value is: 

kubeProxyConfig:
  proxyArguments:
    iptables-min-sync-period:
    - 0s

5.5.2. Cluster Network Operator example configuration

A complete CNO configuration is specified in the following example:

Example Cluster Network Operator object

apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: Network
metadata:
  name: cluster
spec:
  clusterNetwork: 1
  - cidr: 10.128.0.0/14
    hostPrefix: 23
  serviceNetwork: 2
  - 172.30.0.0/16
  defaultNetwork: 3
    type: OpenShiftSDN
    openshiftSDNConfig:
      mode: NetworkPolicy
      mtu: 1450
      vxlanPort: 4789
  kubeProxyConfig:
    iptablesSyncPeriod: 30s
    proxyArguments:
      iptables-min-sync-period:
      - 0s

1 2 3
Configured only during cluster installation.

5.6. Additional resources

Chapter 6. DNS Operator in OpenShift Container Platform

The DNS Operator deploys and manages CoreDNS to provide a name resolution service to pods, enabling DNS-based Kubernetes Service discovery in OpenShift Container Platform.

6.1. DNS Operator

The DNS Operator implements the dns API from the operator.openshift.io API group. The Operator deploys CoreDNS using a daemon set, creates a service for the daemon set, and configures the kubelet to instruct pods to use the CoreDNS service IP address for name resolution.

Procedure

The DNS Operator is deployed during installation with a Deployment object.

  1. Use the oc get command to view the deployment status: 

    $ oc get -n openshift-dns-operator deployment/dns-operator

    Example output

    NAME           READY     UP-TO-DATE   AVAILABLE   AGE
dns-operator   1/1       1            1           23h

  2. Use the oc get command to view the state of the DNS Operator: 

    $ oc get clusteroperator/dns

    Example output

    NAME      VERSION     AVAILABLE   PROGRESSING   DEGRADED   SINCE
dns       4.1.0-0.11  True        False         False      92m

    AVAILABLE, PROGRESSING and DEGRADED provide information about the status of the operator. AVAILABLE is True when at least 1 pod from the CoreDNS daemon set reports an Available status condition.

6.2. Changing the DNS Operator managementState

DNS manages the CoreDNS component to provide a name resolution service for pods and services in the cluster. The managementState of the DNS Operator is set to Managed by default, which means that the DNS Operator is actively managing its resources. You can change it to Unmanaged, which means the DNS Operator is not managing its resources.

The following are use cases for changing the DNS Operator managementState:

  • You are a developer and want to test a configuration change to see if it fixes an issue in CoreDNS. You can stop the DNS Operator from overwriting the fix by setting the managementState to Unmanaged.
  • You are a cluster administrator and have reported an issue with CoreDNS, but need to apply a workaround until the issue is fixed. You can set the managementState field of the DNS Operator to Unmanaged to apply the workaround.

Procedure

  • Change managementState DNS Operator: 

    oc patch dns.operator.openshift.io default --type merge --patch '{"spec":{"managementState":"Unmanaged"}}'

6.3. Controlling DNS pod placement

The DNS Operator has two daemon sets: one for CoreDNS and one for managing the /etc/hosts file. The daemon set for /etc/hosts must run on every node host to add an entry for the cluster image registry to support pulling images. Security policies can prohibit communication between pairs of nodes, which prevents the daemon set for CoreDNS from running on every node.

As a cluster administrator, you can use a custom node selector to configure the daemon set for CoreDNS to run or not run on certain nodes.

Prerequisites

  • You installed the oc CLI.
  • You are logged in to the cluster with a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  • To prevent communication between certain nodes, configure the spec.nodePlacement.nodeSelector API field:

    1. Modify the DNS Operator object named default: 

      $ oc edit dns.operator/default

    2. Specify a node selector that includes only control plane nodes in the spec.nodePlacement.nodeSelector API field: 

       spec:
   nodePlacement:
     nodeSelector:
       node-role.kubernetes.io/worker: ""

  • To allow the daemon set for CoreDNS to run on nodes, configure a taint and toleration:

    1. Modify the DNS Operator object named default: 

      $ oc edit dns.operator/default

    2. Specify a taint key and a toleration for the taint: 

       spec:
   nodePlacement:
     tolerations:
     - effect: NoExecute
       key: "dns-only"
       operators: Equal
       value: abc
       tolerationSeconds: 3600 1
      1
      If the taint is dns-only, it can be tolerated indefinitely. You can omit tolerationSeconds.

6.4. View the default DNS

Every new OpenShift Container Platform installation has a dns.operator named default.

Procedure

  1. Use the oc describe command to view the default dns: 

    $ oc describe dns.operator/default

    Example output

    Name:         default
Namespace:
Labels:       <none>
Annotations:  <none>
API Version:  operator.openshift.io/v1
Kind:         DNS
...
Status:
  Cluster Domain:  cluster.local 1
  Cluster IP:      172.30.0.10 2
...

    1
    The Cluster Domain field is the base DNS domain used to construct fully qualified pod and service domain names.
    2
    The Cluster IP is the address pods query for name resolution. The IP is defined as the 10th address in the service CIDR range.

  2. To find the service CIDR of your cluster, use the oc get command: 

    $ oc get networks.config/cluster -o jsonpath='{$.status.serviceNetwork}'

Example output

[172.30.0.0/16]

6.5. Using DNS forwarding

You can use DNS forwarding to override the default forwarding configuration in the /etc/resolv.conf file in the following ways:

  • Specify name servers for every zone. If the forwarded zone is the Ingress domain managed by OpenShift Container Platform, then the upstream name server must be authorized for the domain.
  • Provide a list of upstream DNS servers.
  • Change the default forwarding policy.
Note

A DNS forwarding configuration for the default domain can have both the default servers specified in the /etc/resolv.conf file and the upstream DNS servers.

Procedure

  1. Modify the DNS Operator object named default: 

    $ oc edit dns.operator/default

    After you issue the previous command, the Operator creates and updates the config map named dns-default with additional server configuration blocks based on Server. If none of the servers have a zone that matches the query, then name resolution falls back to the upstream DNS servers.

    Configuring DNS forwarding

    apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: DNS
metadata:
  name: default
spec:
  servers:
  - name: example-server 1
    zones: 2
    - example.com
    forwardPlugin:
      policy: Random 3
      upstreams: 4
      - 1.1.1.1
      - 2.2.2.2:5353
  upstreamResolvers: 5
    policy: Random 6
    upstreams: 7
    - type: SystemResolvConf 8
    - type: Network
      address: 1.2.3.4 9
      port: 53 10

    1
    Must comply with the rfc6335 service name syntax.
    2
    Must conform to the definition of a subdomain in the rfc1123 service name syntax. The cluster domain, cluster.local, is an invalid subdomain for the zones field.
    3
    Defines the policy to select upstream resolvers. Default value is Random. You can also use the values RoundRobin, and Sequential.
    4
    A maximum of 15 upstreams is allowed per forwardPlugin.
    5
    Optional. You can use it to override the default policy and forward DNS resolution to the specified DNS resolvers (upstream resolvers) for the default domain. If you do not provide any upstream resolvers, the DNS name queries go to the servers in /etc/resolv.conf.
    6
    Determines the order in which upstream servers are selected for querying. You can specify one of these values: Random, RoundRobin, or Sequential. The default value is Sequential.
    7
    Optional. You can use it to provide upstream resolvers.
    8
    You can specify two types of upstreams - SystemResolvConf and Network. SystemResolvConf configures the upstream to use /etc/resolv.conf and Network defines a Networkresolver. You can specify one or both.
    9
    If the specified type is Network, you must provide an IP address. The address field must be a valid IPv4 or IPv6 address.
    10
    If the specified type is Network, you can optionally provide a port. The port field must have a value between 1 and 65535. If you do not specify a port for the upstream, by default port 853 is tried.

  2. Optional: When working in a highly regulated environment, you might need the ability to secure DNS traffic when forwarding requests to upstream resolvers so that you can ensure additional DNS traffic and data privacy. Cluster administrators can configure transport layer security (TLS) for forwarded DNS queries.

    Configuring DNS forwarding with TLS

    apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: DNS
metadata:
  name: default
spec:
  servers:
  - name: example-server 1
    zones: 2
    - example.com
    forwardPlugin:
      transportConfig:
        transport: TLS 3
        tls:
          caBundle:
            name: mycacert
          serverName: dnstls.example.com  4
      policy: Random 5
      upstreams: 6
      - 1.1.1.1
      - 2.2.2.2:5353
  upstreamResolvers: 7
    transportConfig:
      transport: TLS
      tls:
        caBundle:
          name: mycacert
        serverName: dnstls.example.com
    upstreams:
    - type: Network 8
      address: 1.2.3.4 9
      port: 53 10

    1
    Must comply with the rfc6335 service name syntax.
    2
    Must conform to the definition of a subdomain in the rfc1123 service name syntax. The cluster domain, cluster.local, is an invalid subdomain for the zones field. The cluster domain, cluster.local, is an invalid subdomain for zones.
    3
    When configuring TLS for forwarded DNS queries, set the transport field to have the value TLS. By default, CoreDNS caches forwarded connections for 10 seconds. CoreDNS will hold a TCP connection open for those 10 seconds if no request is issued. With large clusters, ensure that your DNS server is aware that it might get many new connections to hold open because you can initiate a connection per node. Set up your DNS hierarchy accordingly to avoid performance issues.
    4
    When configuring TLS for forwarded DNS queries, this is a mandatory server name used as part of the server name indication (SNI) to validate the upstream TLS server certificate.
    5
    Defines the policy to select upstream resolvers. Default value is Random. You can also use the values RoundRobin, and Sequential.
    6
    Required. You can use it to provide upstream resolvers. A maximum of 15 upstreams entries are allowed per forwardPlugin entry.
    7
    Optional. You can use it to override the default policy and forward DNS resolution to the specified DNS resolvers (upstream resolvers) for the default domain. If you do not provide any upstream resolvers, the DNS name queries go to the servers in /etc/resolv.conf.
    8
    Network type indicates that this upstream resolver should handle forwarded requests separately from the upstream resolvers listed in /etc/resolv.conf. Only the Network type is allowed when using TLS and you must provide an IP address.
    9
    The address field must be a valid IPv4 or IPv6 address.
    10
    You can optionally provide a port. The port must have a value between 1 and 65535. If you do not specify a port for the upstream, by default port 853 is tried.
    Note

    If servers is undefined or invalid, the config map only contains the default server.

Verification

  1. View the config map: 

    $ oc get configmap/dns-default -n openshift-dns -o yaml

    Sample DNS ConfigMap based on previous sample DNS

    apiVersion: v1
data:
  Corefile: |
    example.com:5353 {
        forward . 1.1.1.1 2.2.2.2:5353
    }
    bar.com:5353 example.com:5353 {
        forward . 3.3.3.3 4.4.4.4:5454 1
    }
    .:5353 {
        errors
        health
        kubernetes cluster.local in-addr.arpa ip6.arpa {
            pods insecure
            upstream
            fallthrough in-addr.arpa ip6.arpa
        }
        prometheus :9153
        forward . /etc/resolv.conf 1.2.3.4:53 {
            policy Random
        }
        cache 30
        reload
    }
kind: ConfigMap
metadata:
  labels:
    dns.operator.openshift.io/owning-dns: default
  name: dns-default
  namespace: openshift-dns

    1
    Changes to the forwardPlugin triggers a rolling update of the CoreDNS daemon set.

Additional resources

6.6. DNS Operator status

You can inspect the status and view the details of the DNS Operator using the oc describe command.

Procedure

View the status of the DNS Operator: 

$ oc describe clusteroperators/dns

6.7. DNS Operator logs

You can view DNS Operator logs by using the oc logs command.

Procedure

View the logs of the DNS Operator: 

$ oc logs -n openshift-dns-operator deployment/dns-operator -c dns-operator

6.8. Setting the CoreDNS log level

You can configure the CoreDNS log level to determine the amount of detail in logged error messages. The valid values for CoreDNS log level are Normal, Debug, and Trace. The default logLevel is Normal.

Note

The errors plugin is always enabled. The following logLevel settings report different error responses:

  • logLevel: Normal enables the "errors" class: log . { class error }.
  • logLevel: Debug enables the "denial" class: log . { class denial error }.
  • logLevel: Trace enables the "all" class: log . { class all }.

Procedure

  • To set logLevel to Debug, enter the following command: 

    $ oc patch dnses.operator.openshift.io/default -p '{"spec":{"logLevel":"Debug"}}' --type=merge

  • To set logLevel to Trace, enter the following command: 

    $ oc patch dnses.operator.openshift.io/default -p '{"spec":{"logLevel":"Trace"}}' --type=merge

Verification

  • To ensure the desired log level was set, check the config map: 

    $ oc get configmap/dns-default -n openshift-dns -o yaml

6.9. Setting the CoreDNS Operator log level

Cluster administrators can configure the Operator log level to more quickly track down OpenShift DNS issues. The valid values for operatorLogLevel are Normal, Debug, and Trace. Trace has the most detailed information. The default operatorlogLevel is Normal. There are seven logging levels for issues: Trace, Debug, Info, Warning, Error, Fatal and Panic. After the logging level is set, log entries with that severity or anything above it will be logged.

  • operatorLogLevel: "Normal" sets logrus.SetLogLevel("Info").
  • operatorLogLevel: "Debug" sets logrus.SetLogLevel("Debug").
  • operatorLogLevel: "Trace" sets logrus.SetLogLevel("Trace").

Procedure

  • To set operatorLogLevel to Debug, enter the following command: 

    $ oc patch dnses.operator.openshift.io/default -p '{"spec":{"operatorLogLevel":"Debug"}}' --type=merge

  • To set operatorLogLevel to Trace, enter the following command: 

    $ oc patch dnses.operator.openshift.io/default -p '{"spec":{"operatorLogLevel":"Trace"}}' --type=merge

6.10. Tuning the CoreDNS cache

You can configure the maximum duration of both successful or unsuccessful caching, also known as positive or negative caching respectively, done by CoreDNS. Tuning the duration of caching of DNS query responses can reduce the load for any upstream DNS resolvers.

Procedure

  1. Edit the DNS Operator object named default by running the following command: 

    $ oc edit dns.operator.openshift.io/default

  2. Modify the time-to-live (TTL) caching values:

    Configuring DNS caching

    apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: DNS
metadata:
  name: default
spec:
  cache:
    positiveTTL: 1h 1
    negativeTTL: 0.5h10m 2

    1
    The string value 1h is converted to its respective number of seconds by CoreDNS. If this field is omitted, the value is assumed to be 0s and the cluster uses the internal default value of 900s as a fallback.
    2
    The string value can be a combination of units such as 0.5h10m and is converted to its respective number of seconds by CoreDNS. If this field is omitted, the value is assumed to be 0s and the cluster uses the internal default value of 30s as a fallback.
    Warning

    Setting TTL fields to low values could lead to an increased load on the cluster, any upstream resolvers, or both.

Chapter 7. Ingress Operator in OpenShift Container Platform

7.1. OpenShift Container Platform Ingress Operator

When you create your OpenShift Container Platform cluster, pods and services running on the cluster are each allocated their own IP addresses. The IP addresses are accessible to other pods and services running nearby but are not accessible to outside clients. The Ingress Operator implements the IngressController API and is the component responsible for enabling external access to OpenShift Container Platform cluster services.

The Ingress Operator makes it possible for external clients to access your service by deploying and managing one or more HAProxy-based Ingress Controllers to handle routing. You can use the Ingress Operator to route traffic by specifying OpenShift Container Platform Route and Kubernetes Ingress resources. Configurations within the Ingress Controller, such as the ability to define endpointPublishingStrategy type and internal load balancing, provide ways to publish Ingress Controller endpoints.

7.2. The Ingress configuration asset

The installation program generates an asset with an Ingress resource in the config.openshift.io API group, cluster-ingress-02-config.yml.

YAML Definition of the Ingress resource

apiVersion: config.openshift.io/v1
kind: Ingress
metadata:
  name: cluster
spec:
  domain: apps.openshiftdemos.com

The installation program stores this asset in the cluster-ingress-02-config.yml file in the manifests/ directory. This Ingress resource defines the cluster-wide configuration for Ingress. This Ingress configuration is used as follows:

  • The Ingress Operator uses the domain from the cluster Ingress configuration as the domain for the default Ingress Controller.
  • The OpenShift API Server Operator uses the domain from the cluster Ingress configuration. This domain is also used when generating a default host for a Route resource that does not specify an explicit host.

7.3. Ingress Controller configuration parameters

The IngressController custom resource (CR) includes optional configuration parameters that you can configure to meet specific needs for your organization.

ParameterDescription

domain

domain is a DNS name serviced by the Ingress Controller and is used to configure multiple features:

  • For the LoadBalancerService endpoint publishing strategy, domain is used to configure DNS records. See endpointPublishingStrategy.
  • When using a generated default certificate, the certificate is valid for domain and its subdomains. See defaultCertificate.
  • The value is published to individual Route statuses so that users know where to target external DNS records.

The domain value must be unique among all Ingress Controllers and cannot be updated.

If empty, the default value is ingress.config.openshift.io/cluster .spec.domain.

replicas

replicas is the number of Ingress Controller replicas. If not set, the default value is 2.

endpointPublishingStrategy

endpointPublishingStrategy is used to publish the Ingress Controller endpoints to other networks, enable load balancer integrations, and provide access to other systems.

For cloud environments, use the loadBalancer field to configure the endpoint publishing strategy for your Ingress Controller.

On GCP, AWS, and Azure you can configure the following endpointPublishingStrategy fields:

  • loadBalancer.scope
  • loadBalancer.allowedSourceRanges

If not set, the default value is based on infrastructure.config.openshift.io/cluster .status.platform:

  • Amazon Web Services (AWS): LoadBalancerService (with External scope)
  • Azure: LoadBalancerService (with External scope)
  • Google Cloud Platform (GCP): LoadBalancerService (with External scope)

For most platforms, the endpointPublishingStrategy value can be updated. On GCP, you can configure the following endpointPublishingStrategy fields:

  • loadBalancer.scope
  • loadbalancer.providerParameters.gcp.clientAccess

For non-cloud environments, such as a bare-metal platform, use the NodePortService, HostNetwork, or Private fields to configure the endpoint publishing strategy for your Ingress Controller.

If you do not set a value in one of these fields, the default value is based on binding ports specified in the .status.platform value in the IngressController CR.

If you need to update the endpointPublishingStrategy value after your cluster is deployed, you can configure the following endpointPublishingStrategy fields:

  • hostNetwork.protocol
  • nodePort.protocol
  • private.protocol

defaultCertificate

The defaultCertificate value is a reference to a secret that contains the default certificate that is served by the Ingress Controller. When Routes do not specify their own certificate, defaultCertificate is used.

The secret must contain the following keys and data: * tls.crt: certificate file contents * tls.key: key file contents

If not set, a wildcard certificate is automatically generated and used. The certificate is valid for the Ingress Controller domain and subdomains, and the generated certificate’s CA is automatically integrated with the cluster’s trust store.

The in-use certificate, whether generated or user-specified, is automatically integrated with OpenShift Container Platform built-in OAuth server.

namespaceSelector

namespaceSelector is used to filter the set of namespaces serviced by the Ingress Controller. This is useful for implementing shards.

routeSelector

routeSelector is used to filter the set of Routes serviced by the Ingress Controller. This is useful for implementing shards.

nodePlacement

nodePlacement enables explicit control over the scheduling of the Ingress Controller.

If not set, the defaults values are used.

Note

The nodePlacement parameter includes two parts, nodeSelector and tolerations. For example: 

nodePlacement:
 nodeSelector:
   matchLabels:
     kubernetes.io/os: linux
 tolerations:
 - effect: NoSchedule
   operator: Exists

tlsSecurityProfile

tlsSecurityProfile specifies settings for TLS connections for Ingress Controllers.

If not set, the default value is based on the apiservers.config.openshift.io/cluster resource.

When using the Old, Intermediate, and Modern profile types, the effective profile configuration is subject to change between releases. For example, given a specification to use the Intermediate profile deployed on release X.Y.Z, an upgrade to release X.Y.Z+1 may cause a new profile configuration to be applied to the Ingress Controller, resulting in a rollout.

The minimum TLS version for Ingress Controllers is 1.1, and the maximum TLS version is 1.3.

Note

Ciphers and the minimum TLS version of the configured security profile are reflected in the TLSProfile status.

Important

The Ingress Operator converts the TLS 1.0 of an Old or Custom profile to 1.1.

clientTLS

clientTLS authenticates client access to the cluster and services; as a result, mutual TLS authentication is enabled. If not set, then client TLS is not enabled.

clientTLS has the required subfields, spec.clientTLS.clientCertificatePolicy and spec.clientTLS.ClientCA.

The ClientCertificatePolicy subfield accepts one of the two values: Required or Optional. The ClientCA subfield specifies a config map that is in the openshift-config namespace. The config map should contain a CA certificate bundle.

The AllowedSubjectPatterns is an optional value that specifies a list of regular expressions, which are matched against the distinguished name on a valid client certificate to filter requests. The regular expressions must use PCRE syntax. At least one pattern must match a client certificate’s distinguished name; otherwise, the Ingress Controller rejects the certificate and denies the connection. If not specified, the Ingress Controller does not reject certificates based on the distinguished name.

routeAdmission

routeAdmission defines a policy for handling new route claims, such as allowing or denying claims across namespaces.

namespaceOwnership describes how hostname claims across namespaces should be handled. The default is Strict.

  • Strict: does not allow routes to claim the same hostname across namespaces.
  • InterNamespaceAllowed: allows routes to claim different paths of the same hostname across namespaces.

wildcardPolicy describes how routes with wildcard policies are handled by the Ingress Controller.

  • WildcardsAllowed: Indicates routes with any wildcard policy are admitted by the Ingress Controller.
  • WildcardsDisallowed: Indicates only routes with a wildcard policy of None are admitted by the Ingress Controller. Updating wildcardPolicy from WildcardsAllowed to WildcardsDisallowed causes admitted routes with a wildcard policy of Subdomain to stop working. These routes must be recreated to a wildcard policy of None to be readmitted by the Ingress Controller. WildcardsDisallowed is the default setting.

IngressControllerLogging

logging defines parameters for what is logged where. If this field is empty, operational logs are enabled but access logs are disabled.

  • access describes how client requests are logged. If this field is empty, access logging is disabled.

    • destination describes a destination for log messages.

      • type is the type of destination for logs:

        • Container specifies that logs should go to a sidecar container. The Ingress Operator configures the container, named logs, on the Ingress Controller pod and configures the Ingress Controller to write logs to the container. The expectation is that the administrator configures a custom logging solution that reads logs from this container. Using container logs means that logs may be dropped if the rate of logs exceeds the container runtime capacity or the custom logging solution capacity.
        • Syslog specifies that logs are sent to a Syslog endpoint. The administrator must specify an endpoint that can receive Syslog messages. The expectation is that the administrator has configured a custom Syslog instance.
      • container describes parameters for the Container logging destination type. Currently there are no parameters for container logging, so this field must be empty.

      • syslog describes parameters for the Syslog logging destination type:

        • address is the IP address of the syslog endpoint that receives log messages.
        • port is the UDP port number of the syslog endpoint that receives log messages.
        • maxLength is the maximum length of the syslog message. It must be between 480 and 4096 bytes. If this field is empty, the maximum length is set to the default value of 1024 bytes.
        • facility specifies the syslog facility of log messages. If this field is empty, the facility is local1. Otherwise, it must specify a valid syslog facility: kern, user, mail, daemon, auth, syslog, lpr, news, uucp, cron, auth2, ftp, ntp, audit, alert, cron2, local0, local1, local2, local3. local4, local5, local6, or local7.
    • httpLogFormat specifies the format of the log message for an HTTP request. If this field is empty, log messages use the implementation’s default HTTP log format. For HAProxy’s default HTTP log format, see the HAProxy documentation.

httpHeaders

httpHeaders defines the policy for HTTP headers.

By setting the forwardedHeaderPolicy for the IngressControllerHTTPHeaders, you specify when and how the Ingress Controller sets the Forwarded, X-Forwarded-For, X-Forwarded-Host, X-Forwarded-Port, X-Forwarded-Proto, and X-Forwarded-Proto-Version HTTP headers.

By default, the policy is set to Append.

  • Append specifies that the Ingress Controller appends the headers, preserving any existing headers.
  • Replace specifies that the Ingress Controller sets the headers, removing any existing headers.
  • IfNone specifies that the Ingress Controller sets the headers if they are not already set.
  • Never specifies that the Ingress Controller never sets the headers, preserving any existing headers.

By setting headerNameCaseAdjustments, you can specify case adjustments that can be applied to HTTP header names. Each adjustment is specified as an HTTP header name with the desired capitalization. For example, specifying X-Forwarded-For indicates that the x-forwarded-for HTTP header should be adjusted to have the specified capitalization.

These adjustments are only applied to cleartext, edge-terminated, and re-encrypt routes, and only when using HTTP/1.

For request headers, these adjustments are applied only for routes that have the haproxy.router.openshift.io/h1-adjust-case=true annotation. For response headers, these adjustments are applied to all HTTP responses. If this field is empty, no request headers are adjusted.

httpCompression

httpCompression defines the policy for HTTP traffic compression.

  • mimeTypes defines a list of MIME types to which compression should be applied. For example, text/css; charset=utf-8, text/html, text/*, image/svg+xml, application/octet-stream, X-custom/customsub, using the format pattern, type/subtype; [;attribute=value]. The types are: application, image, message, multipart, text, video, or a custom type prefaced by X-; e.g. To see the full notation for MIME types and subtypes, see RFC1341

httpErrorCodePages

httpErrorCodePages specifies custom HTTP error code response pages. By default, an IngressController uses error pages built into the IngressController image.

httpCaptureCookies

httpCaptureCookies specifies HTTP cookies that you want to capture in access logs. If the httpCaptureCookies field is empty, the access logs do not capture the cookies.

For any cookie that you want to capture, the following parameters must be in your IngressController configuration:

  • name specifies the name of the cookie.
  • maxLength specifies tha maximum length of the cookie.
  • matchType specifies if the field name of the cookie exactly matches the capture cookie setting or is a prefix of the capture cookie setting. The matchType field uses the Exact and Prefix parameters.

For example: 

  httpCaptureCookies:
  - matchType: Exact
    maxLength: 128
    name: MYCOOKIE

httpCaptureHeaders

httpCaptureHeaders specifies the HTTP headers that you want to capture in the access logs. If the httpCaptureHeaders field is empty, the access logs do not capture the headers.

httpCaptureHeaders contains two lists of headers to capture in the access logs. The two lists of header fields are request and response. In both lists, the name field must specify the header name and the maxlength field must specify the maximum length of the header. For example: 

  httpCaptureHeaders:
    request:
    - maxLength: 256
      name: Connection
    - maxLength: 128
      name: User-Agent
    response:
    - maxLength: 256
      name: Content-Type
    - maxLength: 256
      name: Content-Length

tuningOptions

tuningOptions specifies options for tuning the performance of Ingress Controller pods.

  • clientFinTimeout specifies how long a connection is held open while waiting for the client response to the server closing the connection. The default timeout is 1s.
  • clientTimeout specifies how long a connection is held open while waiting for a client response. The default timeout is 30s.
  • headerBufferBytes specifies how much memory is reserved, in bytes, for Ingress Controller connection sessions. This value must be at least 16384 if HTTP/2 is enabled for the Ingress Controller. If not set, the default value is 32768 bytes. Setting this field not recommended because headerBufferBytes values that are too small can break the Ingress Controller, and headerBufferBytes values that are too large could cause the Ingress Controller to use significantly more memory than necessary.
  • headerBufferMaxRewriteBytes specifies how much memory should be reserved, in bytes, from headerBufferBytes for HTTP header rewriting and appending for Ingress Controller connection sessions. The minimum value for headerBufferMaxRewriteBytes is 4096. headerBufferBytes must be greater than headerBufferMaxRewriteBytes for incoming HTTP requests. If not set, the default value is 8192 bytes. Setting this field not recommended because headerBufferMaxRewriteBytes values that are too small can break the Ingress Controller and headerBufferMaxRewriteBytes values that are too large could cause the Ingress Controller to use significantly more memory than necessary.
  • healthCheckInterval specifies how long the router waits between health checks. The default is 5s.
  • serverFinTimeout specifies how long a connection is held open while waiting for the server response to the client that is closing the connection. The default timeout is 1s.
  • serverTimeout specifies how long a connection is held open while waiting for a server response. The default timeout is 30s.
  • threadCount specifies the number of threads to create per HAProxy process. Creating more threads allows each Ingress Controller pod to handle more connections, at the cost of more system resources being used. HAProxy supports up to 64 threads. If this field is empty, the Ingress Controller uses the default value of 4 threads. The default value can change in future releases. Setting this field is not recommended because increasing the number of HAProxy threads allows Ingress Controller pods to use more CPU time under load, and prevent other pods from receiving the CPU resources they need to perform. Reducing the number of threads can cause the Ingress Controller to perform poorly.
  • tlsInspectDelay specifies how long the router can hold data to find a matching route. Setting this value too short can cause the router to fall back to the default certificate for edge-terminated, reencrypted, or passthrough routes, even when using a better matched certificate. The default inspect delay is 5s.
  • tunnelTimeout specifies how long a tunnel connection, including websockets, remains open while the tunnel is idle. The default timeout is 1h.

  • maxConnections specifies the maximum number of simultaneous connections that can be established per HAProxy process. Increasing this value allows each ingress controller pod to handle more connections at the cost of additional system resources. Permitted values are 0, -1, any value within the range 2000 and 2000000, or the field can be left empty.

    • If this field is left empty or has the value 0, the Ingress Controller will use the default value of 50000. This value is subject to change in future releases.
    • If the field has the value of -1, then HAProxy will dynamically compute a maximum value based on the available ulimits in the running container. This process results in a large computed value that will incur significant memory usage compared to the current default value of 50000.
    • If the field has a value that is greater than the current operating system limit, the HAProxy process will not start.
    • If you choose a discrete value and the router pod is migrated to a new node, it is possible the new node does not have an identical ulimit configured. In such cases, the pod fails to start.
    • If you have nodes with different ulimits configured, and you choose a discrete value, it is recommended to use the value of -1 for this field so that the maximum number of connections is calculated at runtime.

logEmptyRequests

logEmptyRequests specifies connections for which no request is received and logged. These empty requests come from load balancer health probes or web browser speculative connections (preconnect) and logging these requests can be undesirable. However, these requests can be caused by network errors, in which case logging empty requests can be useful for diagnosing the errors. These requests can be caused by port scans, and logging empty requests can aid in detecting intrusion attempts. Allowed values for this field are Log and Ignore. The default value is Log.

The LoggingPolicy type accepts either one of two values:

  • Log: Setting this value to Log indicates that an event should be logged.
  • Ignore: Setting this value to Ignore sets the dontlognull option in the HAproxy configuration.

HTTPEmptyRequestsPolicy

HTTPEmptyRequestsPolicy describes how HTTP connections are handled if the connection times out before a request is received. Allowed values for this field are Respond and Ignore. The default value is Respond.

The HTTPEmptyRequestsPolicy type accepts either one of two values:

  • Respond: If the field is set to Respond, the Ingress Controller sends an HTTP 400 or 408 response, logs the connection if access logging is enabled, and counts the connection in the appropriate metrics.
  • Ignore: Setting this option to Ignore adds the http-ignore-probes parameter in the HAproxy configuration. If the field is set to Ignore, the Ingress Controller closes the connection without sending a response, then logs the connection, or incrementing metrics.

These connections come from load balancer health probes or web browser speculative connections (preconnect) and can be safely ignored. However, these requests can be caused by network errors, so setting this field to Ignore can impede detection and diagnosis of problems. These requests can be caused by port scans, in which case logging empty requests can aid in detecting intrusion attempts.

7.3.1. Ingress Controller TLS security profiles

TLS security profiles provide a way for servers to regulate which ciphers a connecting client can use when connecting to the server.

7.3.1.1. Understanding TLS security profiles

You can use a TLS (Transport Layer Security) security profile to define which TLS ciphers are required by various OpenShift Container Platform components. The OpenShift Container Platform TLS security profiles are based on Mozilla recommended configurations.

You can specify one of the following TLS security profiles for each component:

Table 7.1. TLS security profiles
ProfileDescription

Old

This profile is intended for use with legacy clients or libraries. The profile is based on the Old backward compatibility recommended configuration.

The Old profile requires a minimum TLS version of 1.0.

Note

For the Ingress Controller, the minimum TLS version is converted from 1.0 to 1.1.

Intermediate

This profile is the recommended configuration for the majority of clients. It is the default TLS security profile for the Ingress Controller, kubelet, and control plane. The profile is based on the Intermediate compatibility recommended configuration.

The Intermediate profile requires a minimum TLS version of 1.2.

Modern

This profile is intended for use with modern clients that have no need for backwards compatibility. This profile is based on the Modern compatibility recommended configuration.

The Modern profile requires a minimum TLS version of 1.3.

Custom

This profile allows you to define the TLS version and ciphers to use.

Warning

Use caution when using a Custom profile, because invalid configurations can cause problems.

Note

When using one of the predefined profile types, the effective profile configuration is subject to change between releases. For example, given a specification to use the Intermediate profile deployed on release X.Y.Z, an upgrade to release X.Y.Z+1 might cause a new profile configuration to be applied, resulting in a rollout.

7.3.1.2. Configuring the TLS security profile for the Ingress Controller

To configure a TLS security profile for an Ingress Controller, edit the IngressController custom resource (CR) to specify a predefined or custom TLS security profile. If a TLS security profile is not configured, the default value is based on the TLS security profile set for the API server.

Sample IngressController CR that configures the Old TLS security profile

apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: IngressController
 ...
spec:
  tlsSecurityProfile:
    old: {}
    type: Old
 ...

The TLS security profile defines the minimum TLS version and the TLS ciphers for TLS connections for Ingress Controllers.

You can see the ciphers and the minimum TLS version of the configured TLS security profile in the IngressController custom resource (CR) under Status.Tls Profile and the configured TLS security profile under Spec.Tls Security Profile. For the Custom TLS security profile, the specific ciphers and minimum TLS version are listed under both parameters.

Note

The HAProxy Ingress Controller image supports TLS 1.3 and the Modern profile.

The Ingress Operator also converts the TLS 1.0 of an Old or Custom profile to 1.1.

Prerequisites

  • You have access to the cluster as a user with the cluster-admin role.

Procedure

  1. Edit the IngressController CR in the openshift-ingress-operator project to configure the TLS security profile: 

    $ oc edit IngressController default -n openshift-ingress-operator

  2. Add the spec.tlsSecurityProfile field:

    Sample IngressController CR for a Custom profile

    apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: IngressController
 ...
spec:
  tlsSecurityProfile:
    type: Custom 1
    custom: 2
      ciphers: 3
      - ECDHE-ECDSA-CHACHA20-POLY1305
      - ECDHE-RSA-CHACHA20-POLY1305
      - ECDHE-RSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256
      - ECDHE-ECDSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256
      minTLSVersion: VersionTLS11
 ...

    1
    Specify the TLS security profile type (Old, Intermediate, or Custom). The default is Intermediate.
    2
    Specify the appropriate field for the selected type:
    • old: {}
    • intermediate: {}
    • custom:
    3
    For the custom type, specify a list of TLS ciphers and minimum accepted TLS version.
  3. Save the file to apply the changes.

Verification

  • Verify that the profile is set in the IngressController CR: 

    $ oc describe IngressController default -n openshift-ingress-operator

    Example output

    Name:         default
Namespace:    openshift-ingress-operator
Labels:       <none>
Annotations:  <none>
API Version:  operator.openshift.io/v1
Kind:         IngressController
 ...
Spec:
 ...
  Tls Security Profile:
    Custom:
      Ciphers:
        ECDHE-ECDSA-CHACHA20-POLY1305
        ECDHE-RSA-CHACHA20-POLY1305
        ECDHE-RSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256
        ECDHE-ECDSA-AES128-GCM-SHA256
      Min TLS Version:  VersionTLS11
    Type:               Custom
 ...

7.3.1.3. Configuring mutual TLS authentication

You can configure the Ingress Controller to enable mutual TLS (mTLS) authentication by setting a spec.clientTLS value. The clientTLS value configures the Ingress Controller to verify client certificates. This configuration includes setting a clientCA value, which is a reference to a config map. The config map contains the PEM-encoded CA certificate bundle that is used to verify a client’s certificate. Optionally, you can also configure a list of certificate subject filters.

If the clientCA value specifies an X509v3 certificate revocation list (CRL) distribution point, the Ingress Operator downloads and manages a CRL config map based on the HTTP URI X509v3 CRL Distribution Point specified in each provided certificate. The Ingress Controller uses this config map during mTLS/TLS negotiation. Requests that do not provide valid certificates are rejected.

Prerequisites

  • You have access to the cluster as a user with the cluster-admin role.
  • You have a PEM-encoded CA certificate bundle.

  • If your CA bundle references a CRL distribution point, you must have also included the end-entity or leaf certificate to the client CA bundle. This certificate must have included an HTTP URI under CRL Distribution Points, as described in RFC 5280. For example: 

     Issuer: C=US, O=Example Inc, CN=Example Global G2 TLS RSA SHA256 2020 CA1
         Subject: SOME SIGNED CERT            X509v3 CRL Distribution Points:
                Full Name:
                  URI:http://crl.example.com/example.crl

Procedure

  1. In the openshift-config namespace, create a config map from your CA bundle: 

    $ oc create configmap \
   router-ca-certs-default \
   --from-file=ca-bundle.pem=client-ca.crt \1
   -n openshift-config
    1
    The config map data key must be ca-bundle.pem, and the data value must be a CA certificate in PEM format.

  2. Edit the IngressController resource in the openshift-ingress-operator project: 

    $ oc edit IngressController default -n openshift-ingress-operator

  3. Add the spec.clientTLS field and subfields to configure mutual TLS:

    Sample IngressController CR for a clientTLS profile that specifies filtering patterns

      apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
  kind: IngressController
  metadata:
    name: default
    namespace: openshift-ingress-operator
  spec:
    clientTLS:
      clientCertificatePolicy: Required
      clientCA:
        name: router-ca-certs-default
      allowedSubjectPatterns:
      - "^/CN=example.com/ST=NC/C=US/O=Security/OU=OpenShift$"

  4. Optional, get the Distinguished Name (DN) for allowedSubjectPatterns by entering the following command. 
$ openssl  x509 -in custom-cert.pem  -noout -subject
subject= /CN=example.com/ST=NC/C=US/O=Security/OU=OpenShift

7.4. View the default Ingress Controller

The Ingress Operator is a core feature of OpenShift Container Platform and is enabled out of the box.

Every new OpenShift Container Platform installation has an ingresscontroller named default. It can be supplemented with additional Ingress Controllers. If the default ingresscontroller is deleted, the Ingress Operator will automatically recreate it within a minute.

Procedure

  • View the default Ingress Controller: 

    $ oc describe --namespace=openshift-ingress-operator ingresscontroller/default

7.5. View Ingress Operator status

You can view and inspect the status of your Ingress Operator.

Procedure

  • View your Ingress Operator status: 

    $ oc describe clusteroperators/ingress

7.6. View Ingress Controller logs

You can view your Ingress Controller logs.

Procedure

  • View your Ingress Controller logs: 

    $ oc logs --namespace=openshift-ingress-operator deployments/ingress-operator -c <container_name>

7.7. View Ingress Controller status

Your can view the status of a particular Ingress Controller.

Procedure

  • View the status of an Ingress Controller: 

    $ oc describe --namespace=openshift-ingress-operator ingresscontroller/<name>

7.8. Configuring the Ingress Controller

7.8.1. Setting a custom default certificate

As an administrator, you can configure an Ingress Controller to use a custom certificate by creating a Secret resource and editing the IngressController custom resource (CR).

Prerequisites

  • You must have a certificate/key pair in PEM-encoded files, where the certificate is signed by a trusted certificate authority or by a private trusted certificate authority that you configured in a custom PKI.

  • Your certificate meets the following requirements:

    • The certificate is valid for the ingress domain.
    • The certificate uses the subjectAltName extension to specify a wildcard domain, such as *.apps.ocp4.example.com.

  • You must have an IngressController CR. You may use the default one: 

    $ oc --namespace openshift-ingress-operator get ingresscontrollers

    Example output

    NAME      AGE
default   10m

Note

If you have intermediate certificates, they must be included in the tls.crt file of the secret containing a custom default certificate. Order matters when specifying a certificate; list your intermediate certificate(s) after any server certificate(s).

Procedure

The following assumes that the custom certificate and key pair are in the tls.crt and tls.key files in the current working directory. Substitute the actual path names for tls.crt and tls.key. You also may substitute another name for custom-certs-default when creating the Secret resource and referencing it in the IngressController CR.

Note

This action will cause the Ingress Controller to be redeployed, using a rolling deployment strategy.

  1. Create a Secret resource containing the custom certificate in the openshift-ingress namespace using the tls.crt and tls.key files. 

    $ oc --namespace openshift-ingress create secret tls custom-certs-default --cert=tls.crt --key=tls.key

  2. Update the IngressController CR to reference the new certificate secret: 

    $ oc patch --type=merge --namespace openshift-ingress-operator ingresscontrollers/default \
  --patch '{"spec":{"defaultCertificate":{"name":"custom-certs-default"}}}'

  3. Verify the update was effective: 

    $ echo Q |\
  openssl s_client -connect console-openshift-console.apps.<domain>:443 -showcerts 2>/dev/null |\
  openssl x509 -noout -subject -issuer -enddate

    where:

    <domain>
    Specifies the base domain name for your cluster.

    Example output

    subject=C = US, ST = NC, L = Raleigh, O = RH, OU = OCP4, CN = *.apps.example.com
issuer=C = US, ST = NC, L = Raleigh, O = RH, OU = OCP4, CN = example.com
notAfter=May 10 08:32:45 2022 GM

    Tip

    You can alternatively apply the following YAML to set a custom default certificate: 

    apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: IngressController
metadata:
  name: default
  namespace: openshift-ingress-operator
spec:
  defaultCertificate:
    name: custom-certs-default

    The certificate secret name should match the value used to update the CR.

Once the IngressController CR has been modified, the Ingress Operator updates the Ingress Controller’s deployment to use the custom certificate.

7.8.2. Removing a custom default certificate

As an administrator, you can remove a custom certificate that you configured an Ingress Controller to use.

Prerequisites

  • You have access to the cluster as a user with the cluster-admin role.
  • You have installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You previously configured a custom default certificate for the Ingress Controller.

Procedure

  • To remove the custom certificate and restore the certificate that ships with OpenShift Container Platform, enter the following command: 

    $ oc patch -n openshift-ingress-operator ingresscontrollers/default \
  --type json -p $'- op: remove\n  path: /spec/defaultCertificate'

    There can be a delay while the cluster reconciles the new certificate configuration.

Verification

  • To confirm that the original cluster certificate is restored, enter the following command: 

    $ echo Q | \
  openssl s_client -connect console-openshift-console.apps.<domain>:443 -showcerts 2>/dev/null | \
  openssl x509 -noout -subject -issuer -enddate

    where:

    <domain>
    Specifies the base domain name for your cluster.

    Example output

    subject=CN = *.apps.<domain>
issuer=CN = ingress-operator@1620633373
notAfter=May 10 10:44:36 2023 GMT

7.8.3. Autoscaling an Ingress Controller

You can automatically scale an Ingress Controller to dynamically meet routing performance or availability requirements, such as the requirement to increase throughput.

The following procedure provides an example for scaling up the default Ingress Controller.

Prerequisites

  • You have the OpenShift CLI (oc) installed.
  • You have access to an OpenShift Container Platform cluster as a user with the cluster-admin role.

  • You installed the Custom Metrics Autoscaler Operator and an associated KEDA Controller.

    • You can install the Operator by using OperatorHub on the web console. After you install the Operator, you can create an instance of KedaController.

Procedure

  1. Create a service account to authenticate with Thanos by running the following command: 

    $ oc create -n openshift-ingress-operator serviceaccount thanos && oc describe -n openshift-ingress-operator serviceaccount thanos

    Example output

    Name:                thanos
Namespace:           openshift-ingress-operator
Labels:              <none>
Annotations:         <none>
Image pull secrets:  thanos-dockercfg-kfvf2
Mountable secrets:   thanos-dockercfg-kfvf2
Tokens:              thanos-token-c422q
Events:              <none>

  2. Manually create the service account secret token with the following command: 

    $ oc apply -f - <<EOF
apiVersion: v1
kind: Secret
metadata:
  name: thanos-token
  namespace: openshift-ingress-operator
  annotations:
    kubernetes.io/service-account.name: thanos
type: kubernetes.io/service-account-token
EOF

  3. Define a TriggerAuthentication object within the openshift-ingress-operator namespace by using the service account’s token.

    1. Define the secret variable that contains the secret by running the following command: 

      $ secret=$(oc get secret -n openshift-ingress-operator | grep thanos-token | head -n 1 | awk '{ print $1 }')

    2. Create the TriggerAuthentication object and pass the value of the secret variable to the TOKEN parameter: 

      $ oc process TOKEN="$secret" -f - <<EOF | oc apply -n openshift-ingress-operator -f -
apiVersion: template.openshift.io/v1
kind: Template
parameters:
- name: TOKEN
objects:
- apiVersion: keda.sh/v1alpha1
  kind: TriggerAuthentication
  metadata:
    name: keda-trigger-auth-prometheus
  spec:
    secretTargetRef:
    - parameter: bearerToken
      name: \${TOKEN}
      key: token
    - parameter: ca
      name: \${TOKEN}
      key: ca.crt
EOF

  4. Create and apply a role for reading metrics from Thanos:

    1. Create a new role, thanos-metrics-reader.yaml, that reads metrics from pods and nodes:

      thanos-metrics-reader.yaml

      apiVersion: rbac.authorization.k8s.io/v1
kind: Role
metadata:
  name: thanos-metrics-reader
  namespace: openshift-ingress-operator
rules:
- apiGroups:
  - ""
  resources:
  - pods
  - nodes
  verbs:
  - get
- apiGroups:
  - metrics.k8s.io
  resources:
  - pods
  - nodes
  verbs:
  - get
  - list
  - watch
- apiGroups:
  - ""
  resources:
  - namespaces
  verbs:
  - get

    2. Apply the new role by running the following command: 

      $ oc apply -f thanos-metrics-reader.yaml

  5. Add the new role to the service account by entering the following commands: 

    $ oc adm policy -n openshift-ingress-operator add-role-to-user thanos-metrics-reader -z thanos --role-namespace=openshift-ingress-operator
    $ oc adm policy -n openshift-ingress-operator add-cluster-role-to-user cluster-monitoring-view -z thanos
    Note

    The argument add-cluster-role-to-user is only required if you use cross-namespace queries. The following step uses a query from the kube-metrics namespace which requires this argument.

  6. Create a new ScaledObject YAML file, ingress-autoscaler.yaml, that targets the default Ingress Controller deployment:

    Example ScaledObject definition

    apiVersion: keda.sh/v1alpha1
kind: ScaledObject
metadata:
  name: ingress-scaler
  namespace: openshift-ingress-operator
spec:
  scaleTargetRef: 1
    apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
    kind: IngressController
    name: default
    envSourceContainerName: ingress-operator
  minReplicaCount: 1
  maxReplicaCount: 20 2
  cooldownPeriod: 1
  pollingInterval: 1
  triggers:
  - type: prometheus
    metricType: AverageValue
    metadata:
      serverAddress: https://thanos-querier.openshift-monitoring.svc.cluster.local:9091 3
      namespace: openshift-ingress-operator 4
      metricName: 'kube-node-role'
      threshold: '1'
      query: 'sum(kube_node_role{role="worker",service="kube-state-metrics"})' 5
      authModes: "bearer"
    authenticationRef:
      name: keda-trigger-auth-prometheus

    1
    The custom resource that you are targeting. In this case, the Ingress Controller.
    2
    Optional: The maximum number of replicas. If you omit this field, the default maximum is set to 100 replicas.
    3
    The Thanos service endpoint in the openshift-monitoring namespace.
    4
    The Ingress Operator namespace.
    5
    This expression evaluates to however many worker nodes are present in the deployed cluster.
    Important

    If you are using cross-namespace queries, you must target port 9091 and not port 9092 in the serverAddress field. You also must have elevated privileges to read metrics from this port.

  7. Apply the custom resource definition by running the following command: 

    $ oc apply -f ingress-autoscaler.yaml

Verification

  • Verify that the default Ingress Controller is scaled out to match the value returned by the kube-state-metrics query by running the following commands:

    • Use the grep command to search the Ingress Controller YAML file for replicas: 

      $ oc get -n openshift-ingress-operator ingresscontroller/default -o yaml | grep replicas:

      Example output

        replicas: 3

    • Get the pods in the openshift-ingress project: 

      $ oc get pods -n openshift-ingress

      Example output

      NAME                             READY   STATUS    RESTARTS   AGE
router-default-7b5df44ff-l9pmm   2/2     Running   0          17h
router-default-7b5df44ff-s5sl5   2/2     Running   0          3d22h
router-default-7b5df44ff-wwsth   2/2     Running   0          66s

Additional resources

7.8.4. Scaling an Ingress Controller

Manually scale an Ingress Controller to meeting routing performance or availability requirements such as the requirement to increase throughput. oc commands are used to scale the IngressController resource. The following procedure provides an example for scaling up the default IngressController.

Note

Scaling is not an immediate action, as it takes time to create the desired number of replicas.

Procedure

  1. View the current number of available replicas for the default IngressController: 

    $ oc get -n openshift-ingress-operator ingresscontrollers/default -o jsonpath='{$.status.availableReplicas}'

    Example output

    2

  2. Scale the default IngressController to the desired number of replicas using the oc patch command. The following example scales the default IngressController to 3 replicas: 

    $ oc patch -n openshift-ingress-operator ingresscontroller/default --patch '{"spec":{"replicas": 3}}' --type=merge

    Example output

    ingresscontroller.operator.openshift.io/default patched

  3. Verify that the default IngressController scaled to the number of replicas that you specified: 

    $ oc get -n openshift-ingress-operator ingresscontrollers/default -o jsonpath='{$.status.availableReplicas}'

    Example output

    3

    Tip

    You can alternatively apply the following YAML to scale an Ingress Controller to three replicas: 

    apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: IngressController
metadata:
  name: default
  namespace: openshift-ingress-operator
spec:
  replicas: 3               1
    1
    If you need a different amount of replicas, change the replicas value.

7.8.5. Configuring Ingress access logging

You can configure the Ingress Controller to enable access logs. If you have clusters that do not receive much traffic, then you can log to a sidecar. If you have high traffic clusters, to avoid exceeding the capacity of the logging stack or to integrate with a logging infrastructure outside of OpenShift Container Platform, you can forward logs to a custom syslog endpoint. You can also specify the format for access logs.

Container logging is useful to enable access logs on low-traffic clusters when there is no existing Syslog logging infrastructure, or for short-term use while diagnosing problems with the Ingress Controller.

Syslog is needed for high-traffic clusters where access logs could exceed the OpenShift Logging stack’s capacity, or for environments where any logging solution needs to integrate with an existing Syslog logging infrastructure. The Syslog use-cases can overlap.

Prerequisites

  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

Configure Ingress access logging to a sidecar.

  • To configure Ingress access logging, you must specify a destination using spec.logging.access.destination. To specify logging to a sidecar container, you must specify Container spec.logging.access.destination.type. The following example is an Ingress Controller definition that logs to a Container destination: 

    apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: IngressController
metadata:
  name: default
  namespace: openshift-ingress-operator
spec:
  replicas: 2
  logging:
    access:
      destination:
        type: Container

  • When you configure the Ingress Controller to log to a sidecar, the operator creates a container named logs inside the Ingress Controller Pod: 

    $ oc -n openshift-ingress logs deployment.apps/router-default -c logs

    Example output

    2020-05-11T19:11:50.135710+00:00 router-default-57dfc6cd95-bpmk6 router-default-57dfc6cd95-bpmk6 haproxy[108]: 174.19.21.82:39654 [11/May/2020:19:11:50.133] public be_http:hello-openshift:hello-openshift/pod:hello-openshift:hello-openshift:10.128.2.12:8080 0/0/1/0/1 200 142 - - --NI 1/1/0/0/0 0/0 "GET / HTTP/1.1"

Configure Ingress access logging to a Syslog endpoint.

  • To configure Ingress access logging, you must specify a destination using spec.logging.access.destination. To specify logging to a Syslog endpoint destination, you must specify Syslog for spec.logging.access.destination.type. If the destination type is Syslog, you must also specify a destination endpoint using spec.logging.access.destination.syslog.endpoint and you can specify a facility using spec.logging.access.destination.syslog.facility. The following example is an Ingress Controller definition that logs to a Syslog destination: 

    apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: IngressController
metadata:
  name: default
  namespace: openshift-ingress-operator
spec:
  replicas: 2
  logging:
    access:
      destination:
        type: Syslog
        syslog:
          address: 1.2.3.4
          port: 10514
    Note

    The syslog destination port must be UDP.

Configure Ingress access logging with a specific log format.

  • You can specify spec.logging.access.httpLogFormat to customize the log format. The following example is an Ingress Controller definition that logs to a syslog endpoint with IP address 1.2.3.4 and port 10514: 

    apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: IngressController
metadata:
  name: default
  namespace: openshift-ingress-operator
spec:
  replicas: 2
  logging:
    access:
      destination:
        type: Syslog
        syslog:
          address: 1.2.3.4
          port: 10514
      httpLogFormat: '%ci:%cp [%t] %ft %b/%s %B %bq %HM %HU %HV'

Disable Ingress access logging.

  • To disable Ingress access logging, leave spec.logging or spec.logging.access empty: 

    apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: IngressController
metadata:
  name: default
  namespace: openshift-ingress-operator
spec:
  replicas: 2
  logging:
    access: null

7.8.6. Setting Ingress Controller thread count

A cluster administrator can set the thread count to increase the amount of incoming connections a cluster can handle. You can patch an existing Ingress Controller to increase the amount of threads.

Prerequisites

  • The following assumes that you already created an Ingress Controller.

Procedure

  • Update the Ingress Controller to increase the number of threads: 

    $ oc -n openshift-ingress-operator patch ingresscontroller/default --type=merge -p '{"spec":{"tuningOptions": {"threadCount": 8}}}'
    Note

    If you have a node that is capable of running large amounts of resources, you can configure spec.nodePlacement.nodeSelector with labels that match the capacity of the intended node, and configure spec.tuningOptions.threadCount to an appropriately high value.

7.8.7. Configuring an Ingress Controller to use an internal load balancer

When creating an Ingress Controller on cloud platforms, the Ingress Controller is published by a public cloud load balancer by default. As an administrator, you can create an Ingress Controller that uses an internal cloud load balancer.

Warning

If your cloud provider is Microsoft Azure, you must have at least one public load balancer that points to your nodes. If you do not, all of your nodes will lose egress connectivity to the internet.

Important

If you want to change the scope for an IngressController, you can change the .spec.endpointPublishingStrategy.loadBalancer.scope parameter after the custom resource (CR) is created.

Figure 7.1. Diagram of LoadBalancer

OpenShift Container Platform Ingress LoadBalancerService endpoint publishing strategy

The preceding graphic shows the following concepts pertaining to OpenShift Container Platform Ingress LoadBalancerService endpoint publishing strategy:

  • You can load balance externally, using the cloud provider load balancer, or internally, using the OpenShift Ingress Controller Load Balancer.
  • You can use the single IP address of the load balancer and more familiar ports, such as 8080 and 4200 as shown on the cluster depicted in the graphic.
  • Traffic from the external load balancer is directed at the pods, and managed by the load balancer, as depicted in the instance of a down node. See the Kubernetes Services documentation for implementation details.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. Create an IngressController custom resource (CR) in a file named <name>-ingress-controller.yaml, such as in the following example: 

    apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: IngressController
metadata:
  namespace: openshift-ingress-operator
  name: <name> 1
spec:
  domain: <domain> 2
  endpointPublishingStrategy:
    type: LoadBalancerService
    loadBalancer:
      scope: Internal 3
    1
    Replace <name> with a name for the IngressController object.
    2
    Specify the domain for the application published by the controller.
    3
    Specify a value of Internal to use an internal load balancer.

  2. Create the Ingress Controller defined in the previous step by running the following command: 

    $ oc create -f <name>-ingress-controller.yaml 1
    1
    Replace <name> with the name of the IngressController object.

  3. Optional: Confirm that the Ingress Controller was created by running the following command: 

    $ oc --all-namespaces=true get ingresscontrollers

7.8.8. Configuring global access for an Ingress Controller on GCP

An Ingress Controller created on GCP with an internal load balancer generates an internal IP address for the service. A cluster administrator can specify the global access option, which enables clients in any region within the same VPC network and compute region as the load balancer, to reach the workloads running on your cluster.

For more information, see the GCP documentation for global access.

Prerequisites

  • You deployed an OpenShift Container Platform cluster on GCP infrastructure.
  • You configured an Ingress Controller to use an internal load balancer.
  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).

Procedure

  1. Configure the Ingress Controller resource to allow global access.

    Note

    You can also create an Ingress Controller and specify the global access option.

    1. Configure the Ingress Controller resource: 

      $ oc -n openshift-ingress-operator edit ingresscontroller/default

    2. Edit the YAML file:

      Sample clientAccess configuration to Global

        spec:
    endpointPublishingStrategy:
      loadBalancer:
        providerParameters:
          gcp:
            clientAccess: Global 1
          type: GCP
        scope: Internal
      type: LoadBalancerService

      1
      Set gcp.clientAccess to Global.
    3. Save the file to apply the changes.

  2. Run the following command to verify that the service allows global access: 

    $ oc -n openshift-ingress edit svc/router-default -o yaml

    The output shows that global access is enabled for GCP with the annotation, networking.gke.io/internal-load-balancer-allow-global-access.

7.8.9. Setting the Ingress Controller health check interval

A cluster administrator can set the health check interval to define how long the router waits between two consecutive health checks. This value is applied globally as a default for all routes. The default value is 5 seconds.

Prerequisites

  • The following assumes that you already created an Ingress Controller.

Procedure

  • Update the Ingress Controller to change the interval between back end health checks: 

    $ oc -n openshift-ingress-operator patch ingresscontroller/default --type=merge -p '{"spec":{"tuningOptions": {"healthCheckInterval": "8s"}}}'
    Note

    To override the healthCheckInterval for a single route, use the route annotation router.openshift.io/haproxy.health.check.interval

7.8.10. Configuring the default Ingress Controller for your cluster to be internal

You can configure the default Ingress Controller for your cluster to be internal by deleting and recreating it.

Warning

If your cloud provider is Microsoft Azure, you must have at least one public load balancer that points to your nodes. If you do not, all of your nodes will lose egress connectivity to the internet.

Important

If you want to change the scope for an IngressController, you can change the .spec.endpointPublishingStrategy.loadBalancer.scope parameter after the custom resource (CR) is created.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. Configure the default Ingress Controller for your cluster to be internal by deleting and recreating it. 

    $ oc replace --force --wait --filename - <<EOF
apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: IngressController
metadata:
  namespace: openshift-ingress-operator
  name: default
spec:
  endpointPublishingStrategy:
    type: LoadBalancerService
    loadBalancer:
      scope: Internal
EOF

7.8.11. Configuring the route admission policy

Administrators and application developers can run applications in multiple namespaces with the same domain name. This is for organizations where multiple teams develop microservices that are exposed on the same hostname.

Warning

Allowing claims across namespaces should only be enabled for clusters with trust between namespaces, otherwise a malicious user could take over a hostname. For this reason, the default admission policy disallows hostname claims across namespaces.

Prerequisites

  • Cluster administrator privileges.

Procedure

  • Edit the .spec.routeAdmission field of the ingresscontroller resource variable using the following command: 

    $ oc -n openshift-ingress-operator patch ingresscontroller/default --patch '{"spec":{"routeAdmission":{"namespaceOwnership":"InterNamespaceAllowed"}}}' --type=merge

    Sample Ingress Controller configuration

    spec:
  routeAdmission:
    namespaceOwnership: InterNamespaceAllowed
...

    Tip

    You can alternatively apply the following YAML to configure the route admission policy: 

    apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: IngressController
metadata:
  name: default
  namespace: openshift-ingress-operator
spec:
  routeAdmission:
    namespaceOwnership: InterNamespaceAllowed

7.8.12. Using wildcard routes

The HAProxy Ingress Controller has support for wildcard routes. The Ingress Operator uses wildcardPolicy to configure the ROUTER_ALLOW_WILDCARD_ROUTES environment variable of the Ingress Controller.

The default behavior of the Ingress Controller is to admit routes with a wildcard policy of None, which is backwards compatible with existing IngressController resources.

Procedure

  1. Configure the wildcard policy.

    1. Use the following command to edit the IngressController resource: 

      $ oc edit IngressController

    2. Under spec, set the wildcardPolicy field to WildcardsDisallowed or WildcardsAllowed: 

      spec:
  routeAdmission:
    wildcardPolicy: WildcardsDisallowed # or WildcardsAllowed

7.8.13. Using X-Forwarded headers

You configure the HAProxy Ingress Controller to specify a policy for how to handle HTTP headers including Forwarded and X-Forwarded-For. The Ingress Operator uses the HTTPHeaders field to configure the ROUTER_SET_FORWARDED_HEADERS environment variable of the Ingress Controller.

Procedure

  1. Configure the HTTPHeaders field for the Ingress Controller.

    1. Use the following command to edit the IngressController resource: 

      $ oc edit IngressController

    2. Under spec, set the HTTPHeaders policy field to Append, Replace, IfNone, or Never: 

      apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: IngressController
metadata:
  name: default
  namespace: openshift-ingress-operator
spec:
  httpHeaders:
    forwardedHeaderPolicy: Append
Example use cases

As a cluster administrator, you can:

  • Configure an external proxy that injects the X-Forwarded-For header into each request before forwarding it to an Ingress Controller.

    To configure the Ingress Controller to pass the header through unmodified, you specify the never policy. The Ingress Controller then never sets the headers, and applications receive only the headers that the external proxy provides.

  • Configure the Ingress Controller to pass the X-Forwarded-For header that your external proxy sets on external cluster requests through unmodified.

    To configure the Ingress Controller to set the X-Forwarded-For header on internal cluster requests, which do not go through the external proxy, specify the if-none policy. If an HTTP request already has the header set through the external proxy, then the Ingress Controller preserves it. If the header is absent because the request did not come through the proxy, then the Ingress Controller adds the header.

As an application developer, you can:

  • Configure an application-specific external proxy that injects the X-Forwarded-For header.

    To configure an Ingress Controller to pass the header through unmodified for an application’s Route, without affecting the policy for other Routes, add an annotation haproxy.router.openshift.io/set-forwarded-headers: if-none or haproxy.router.openshift.io/set-forwarded-headers: never on the Route for the application.

    Note

    You can set the haproxy.router.openshift.io/set-forwarded-headers annotation on a per route basis, independent from the globally set value for the Ingress Controller.

7.8.14. Enabling HTTP/2 Ingress connectivity

You can enable transparent end-to-end HTTP/2 connectivity in HAProxy. It allows application owners to make use of HTTP/2 protocol capabilities, including single connection, header compression, binary streams, and more.

You can enable HTTP/2 connectivity for an individual Ingress Controller or for the entire cluster.

To enable the use of HTTP/2 for the connection from the client to HAProxy, a route must specify a custom certificate. A route that uses the default certificate cannot use HTTP/2. This restriction is necessary to avoid problems from connection coalescing, where the client re-uses a connection for different routes that use the same certificate.

The connection from HAProxy to the application pod can use HTTP/2 only for re-encrypt routes and not for edge-terminated or insecure routes. This restriction is because HAProxy uses Application-Level Protocol Negotiation (ALPN), which is a TLS extension, to negotiate the use of HTTP/2 with the back-end. The implication is that end-to-end HTTP/2 is possible with passthrough and re-encrypt and not with insecure or edge-terminated routes.

Warning

Using WebSockets with a re-encrypt route and with HTTP/2 enabled on an Ingress Controller requires WebSocket support over HTTP/2. WebSockets over HTTP/2 is a feature of HAProxy 2.4, which is unsupported in OpenShift Container Platform at this time.

Important

For non-passthrough routes, the Ingress Controller negotiates its connection to the application independently of the connection from the client. This means a client may connect to the Ingress Controller and negotiate HTTP/1.1, and the Ingress Controller may then connect to the application, negotiate HTTP/2, and forward the request from the client HTTP/1.1 connection using the HTTP/2 connection to the application. This poses a problem if the client subsequently tries to upgrade its connection from HTTP/1.1 to the WebSocket protocol, because the Ingress Controller cannot forward WebSocket to HTTP/2 and cannot upgrade its HTTP/2 connection to WebSocket. Consequently, if you have an application that is intended to accept WebSocket connections, it must not allow negotiating the HTTP/2 protocol or else clients will fail to upgrade to the WebSocket protocol.

Procedure

Enable HTTP/2 on a single Ingress Controller.

  • To enable HTTP/2 on an Ingress Controller, enter the oc annotate command: 

    $ oc -n openshift-ingress-operator annotate ingresscontrollers/<ingresscontroller_name> ingress.operator.openshift.io/default-enable-http2=true

    Replace <ingresscontroller_name> with the name of the Ingress Controller to annotate.

Enable HTTP/2 on the entire cluster.

  • To enable HTTP/2 for the entire cluster, enter the oc annotate command: 

    $ oc annotate ingresses.config/cluster ingress.operator.openshift.io/default-enable-http2=true
    Tip

    You can alternatively apply the following YAML to add the annotation: 

    apiVersion: config.openshift.io/v1
kind: Ingress
metadata:
  name: cluster
  annotations:
    ingress.operator.openshift.io/default-enable-http2: "true"

7.8.15. Configuring the PROXY protocol for an Ingress Controller

A cluster administrator can configure the PROXY protocol when an Ingress Controller uses either the HostNetwork or NodePortService endpoint publishing strategy types. The PROXY protocol enables the load balancer to preserve the original client addresses for connections that the Ingress Controller receives. The original client addresses are useful for logging, filtering, and injecting HTTP headers. In the default configuration, the connections that the Ingress Controller receives only contain the source address that is associated with the load balancer.

This feature is not supported in cloud deployments. This restriction is because when OpenShift Container Platform runs in a cloud platform, and an IngressController specifies that a service load balancer should be used, the Ingress Operator configures the load balancer service and enables the PROXY protocol based on the platform requirement for preserving source addresses.

Important

You must configure both OpenShift Container Platform and the external load balancer to either use the PROXY protocol or to use TCP.

Warning

The PROXY protocol is unsupported for the default Ingress Controller with installer-provisioned clusters on non-cloud platforms that use a Keepalived Ingress VIP.

Prerequisites

  • You created an Ingress Controller.

Procedure

  1. Edit the Ingress Controller resource: 

    $ oc -n openshift-ingress-operator edit ingresscontroller/default

  2. Set the PROXY configuration:

    • If your Ingress Controller uses the hostNetwork endpoint publishing strategy type, set the spec.endpointPublishingStrategy.hostNetwork.protocol subfield to PROXY:

      Sample hostNetwork configuration to PROXY

        spec:
    endpointPublishingStrategy:
      hostNetwork:
        protocol: PROXY
      type: HostNetwork

    • If your Ingress Controller uses the NodePortService endpoint publishing strategy type, set the spec.endpointPublishingStrategy.nodePort.protocol subfield to PROXY:

      Sample nodePort configuration to PROXY

        spec:
    endpointPublishingStrategy:
      nodePort:
        protocol: PROXY
      type: NodePortService

7.8.16. Specifying an alternative cluster domain using the appsDomain option

As a cluster administrator, you can specify an alternative to the default cluster domain for user-created routes by configuring the appsDomain field. The appsDomain field is an optional domain for OpenShift Container Platform to use instead of the default, which is specified in the domain field. If you specify an alternative domain, it overrides the default cluster domain for the purpose of determining the default host for a new route.

For example, you can use the DNS domain for your company as the default domain for routes and ingresses for applications running on your cluster.

Prerequisites

  • You deployed an OpenShift Container Platform cluster.
  • You installed the oc command line interface.

Procedure

  1. Configure the appsDomain field by specifying an alternative default domain for user-created routes.

    1. Edit the ingress cluster resource: 

      $ oc edit ingresses.config/cluster -o yaml

    2. Edit the YAML file:

      Sample appsDomain configuration to test.example.com

      apiVersion: config.openshift.io/v1
kind: Ingress
metadata:
  name: cluster
spec:
  domain: apps.example.com            1
  appsDomain: <test.example.com>      2

      1
      Specifies the default domain. You cannot modify the default domain after installation.
      2
      Optional: Domain for OpenShift Container Platform infrastructure to use for application routes. Instead of the default prefix, apps, you can use an alternative prefix like test.

  2. Verify that an existing route contains the domain name specified in the appsDomain field by exposing the route and verifying the route domain change:

    Note

    Wait for the openshift-apiserver finish rolling updates before exposing the route.

    1. Expose the route: 

      $ oc expose service hello-openshift
route.route.openshift.io/hello-openshift exposed

      Example output:

      $ oc get routes
NAME              HOST/PORT                                   PATH   SERVICES          PORT       TERMINATION   WILDCARD
hello-openshift   hello_openshift-<my_project>.test.example.com
hello-openshift   8080-tcp                 None

7.8.17. Converting HTTP header case

HAProxy lowercases HTTP header names by default; for example, changing Host: xyz.com to host: xyz.com. If legacy applications are sensitive to the capitalization of HTTP header names, use the Ingress Controller spec.httpHeaders.headerNameCaseAdjustments API field for a solution to accommodate legacy applications until they can be fixed.

Important

OpenShift Container Platform includes HAProxy 2.2. If you want to update to this version of the web-based load balancer, ensure that you add the spec.httpHeaders.headerNameCaseAdjustments section to your cluster’s configuration file.

As a cluster administrator, you can convert the HTTP header case by entering the oc patch command or by setting the HeaderNameCaseAdjustments field in the Ingress Controller YAML file.

Prerequisites

  • You have installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You have access to the cluster as a user with the cluster-admin role.

Procedure

  • Capitalize an HTTP header by using the oc patch command.

    1. Change the HTTP header from host to Host by running the following command: 

      $ oc -n openshift-ingress-operator patch ingresscontrollers/default --type=merge --patch='{"spec":{"httpHeaders":{"headerNameCaseAdjustments":["Host"]}}}'

    2. Create a Route resource YAML file so that the annotation can be applied to the application.

      Example of a route named my-application

      apiVersion: route.openshift.io/v1
kind: Route
metadata:
  annotations:
    haproxy.router.openshift.io/h1-adjust-case: true 1
  name: <application_name>
  namespace: <application_name>
# ...

      1
      Set haproxy.router.openshift.io/h1-adjust-case so that the Ingress Controller can adjust the host request header as specified.

  • Specify adjustments by configuring the HeaderNameCaseAdjustments field in the Ingress Controller YAML configuration file.

    1. The following example Ingress Controller YAML file adjusts the host header to Host for HTTP/1 requests to appropriately annotated routes:

      Example Ingress Controller YAML

      apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: IngressController
metadata:
  name: default
  namespace: openshift-ingress-operator
spec:
  httpHeaders:
    headerNameCaseAdjustments:
    - Host

    2. The following example route enables HTTP response header name case adjustments by using the haproxy.router.openshift.io/h1-adjust-case annotation:

      Example route YAML

      apiVersion: route.openshift.io/v1
kind: Route
metadata:
  annotations:
    haproxy.router.openshift.io/h1-adjust-case: true 1
  name: my-application
  namespace: my-application
spec:
  to:
    kind: Service
    name: my-application

      1
      Set haproxy.router.openshift.io/h1-adjust-case to true.

7.8.18. Using router compression

You configure the HAProxy Ingress Controller to specify router compression globally for specific MIME types. You can use the mimeTypes variable to define the formats of MIME types to which compression is applied. The types are: application, image, message, multipart, text, video, or a custom type prefaced by "X-". To see the full notation for MIME types and subtypes, see RFC1341.

Note

Memory allocated for compression can affect the max connections. Additionally, compression of large buffers can cause latency, like heavy regex or long lists of regex.

Not all MIME types benefit from compression, but HAProxy still uses resources to try to compress if instructed to. Generally, text formats, such as html, css, and js, formats benefit from compression, but formats that are already compressed, such as image, audio, and video, benefit little in exchange for the time and resources spent on compression.

Procedure

  1. Configure the httpCompression field for the Ingress Controller.

    1. Use the following command to edit the IngressController resource: 

      $ oc edit -n openshift-ingress-operator ingresscontrollers/default

    2. Under spec, set the httpCompression policy field to mimeTypes and specify a list of MIME types that should have compression applied: 

      apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: IngressController
metadata:
  name: default
  namespace: openshift-ingress-operator
spec:
  httpCompression:
    mimeTypes:
    - "text/html"
    - "text/css; charset=utf-8"
    - "application/json"
   ...

7.8.19. Exposing router metrics

You can expose the HAProxy router metrics by default in Prometheus format on the default stats port, 1936. The external metrics collection and aggregation systems such as Prometheus can access the HAProxy router metrics. You can view the HAProxy router metrics in a browser in the HTML and comma separated values (CSV) format.

Prerequisites

  • You configured your firewall to access the default stats port, 1936.

Procedure

  1. Get the router pod name by running the following command: 

    $ oc get pods -n openshift-ingress

    Example output

    NAME                              READY   STATUS    RESTARTS   AGE
router-default-76bfffb66c-46qwp   1/1     Running   0          11h

  2. Get the router’s username and password, which the router pod stores in the /var/lib/haproxy/conf/metrics-auth/statsUsername and /var/lib/haproxy/conf/metrics-auth/statsPassword files:

    1. Get the username by running the following command: 

      $ oc rsh <router_pod_name> cat metrics-auth/statsUsername

    2. Get the password by running the following command: 

      $ oc rsh <router_pod_name> cat metrics-auth/statsPassword

  3. Get the router IP and metrics certificates by running the following command: 

    $ oc describe pod <router_pod>

  4. Get the raw statistics in Prometheus format by running the following command: 

    $ curl -u <user>:<password> http://<router_IP>:<stats_port>/metrics

  5. Access the metrics securely by running the following command: 

    $ curl -u user:password https://<router_IP>:<stats_port>/metrics -k

  6. Access the default stats port, 1936, by running the following command: 

    $ curl -u <user>:<password> http://<router_IP>:<stats_port>/metrics

    Example 7.1. Example output

    ...
# HELP haproxy_backend_connections_total Total number of connections.
# TYPE haproxy_backend_connections_total gauge
haproxy_backend_connections_total{backend="http",namespace="default",route="hello-route"} 0
haproxy_backend_connections_total{backend="http",namespace="default",route="hello-route-alt"} 0
haproxy_backend_connections_total{backend="http",namespace="default",route="hello-route01"} 0
...
# HELP haproxy_exporter_server_threshold Number of servers tracked and the current threshold value.
# TYPE haproxy_exporter_server_threshold gauge
haproxy_exporter_server_threshold{type="current"} 11
haproxy_exporter_server_threshold{type="limit"} 500
...
# HELP haproxy_frontend_bytes_in_total Current total of incoming bytes.
# TYPE haproxy_frontend_bytes_in_total gauge
haproxy_frontend_bytes_in_total{frontend="fe_no_sni"} 0
haproxy_frontend_bytes_in_total{frontend="fe_sni"} 0
haproxy_frontend_bytes_in_total{frontend="public"} 119070
...
# HELP haproxy_server_bytes_in_total Current total of incoming bytes.
# TYPE haproxy_server_bytes_in_total gauge
haproxy_server_bytes_in_total{namespace="",pod="",route="",server="fe_no_sni",service=""} 0
haproxy_server_bytes_in_total{namespace="",pod="",route="",server="fe_sni",service=""} 0
haproxy_server_bytes_in_total{namespace="default",pod="docker-registry-5-nk5fz",route="docker-registry",server="10.130.0.89:5000",service="docker-registry"} 0
haproxy_server_bytes_in_total{namespace="default",pod="hello-rc-vkjqx",route="hello-route",server="10.130.0.90:8080",service="hello-svc-1"} 0
...

  7. Launch the stats window by entering the following URL in a browser: 

    http://<user>:<password>@<router_IP>:<stats_port>

  8. Optional: Get the stats in CSV format by entering the following URL in a browser: 

    http://<user>:<password>@<router_ip>:1936/metrics;csv

7.8.20. Customizing HAProxy error code response pages

As a cluster administrator, you can specify a custom error code response page for either 503, 404, or both error pages. The HAProxy router serves a 503 error page when the application pod is not running or a 404 error page when the requested URL does not exist. For example, if you customize the 503 error code response page, then the page is served when the application pod is not running, and the default 404 error code HTTP response page is served by the HAProxy router for an incorrect route or a non-existing route.

Custom error code response pages are specified in a config map then patched to the Ingress Controller. The config map keys have two available file names as follows: error-page-503.http and error-page-404.http.

Custom HTTP error code response pages must follow the HAProxy HTTP error page configuration guidelines. Here is an example of the default OpenShift Container Platform HAProxy router http 503 error code response page. You can use the default content as a template for creating your own custom page.

By default, the HAProxy router serves only a 503 error page when the application is not running or when the route is incorrect or non-existent. This default behavior is the same as the behavior on OpenShift Container Platform 4.8 and earlier. If a config map for the customization of an HTTP error code response is not provided, and you are using a custom HTTP error code response page, the router serves a default 404 or 503 error code response page.

Note

If you use the OpenShift Container Platform default 503 error code page as a template for your customizations, the headers in the file require an editor that can use CRLF line endings.

Procedure

  1. Create a config map named my-custom-error-code-pages in the openshift-config namespace: 

    $ oc -n openshift-config create configmap my-custom-error-code-pages \
--from-file=error-page-503.http \
--from-file=error-page-404.http
    Important

    If you do not specify the correct format for the custom error code response page, a router pod outage occurs. To resolve this outage, you must delete or correct the config map and delete the affected router pods so they can be recreated with the correct information.

  2. Patch the Ingress Controller to reference the my-custom-error-code-pages config map by name: 

    $ oc patch -n openshift-ingress-operator ingresscontroller/default --patch '{"spec":{"httpErrorCodePages":{"name":"my-custom-error-code-pages"}}}' --type=merge

    The Ingress Operator copies the my-custom-error-code-pages config map from the openshift-config namespace to the openshift-ingress namespace. The Operator names the config map according to the pattern, <your_ingresscontroller_name>-errorpages, in the openshift-ingress namespace.

  3. Display the copy: 

    $ oc get cm default-errorpages -n openshift-ingress

    Example output

    NAME                       DATA   AGE
default-errorpages         2      25s  1

    1
    The example config map name is default-errorpages because the default Ingress Controller custom resource (CR) was patched.

  4. Confirm that the config map containing the custom error response page mounts on the router volume where the config map key is the filename that has the custom HTTP error code response:

    • For 503 custom HTTP custom error code response: 

      $ oc -n openshift-ingress rsh <router_pod> cat /var/lib/haproxy/conf/error_code_pages/error-page-503.http

    • For 404 custom HTTP custom error code response: 

      $ oc -n openshift-ingress rsh <router_pod> cat /var/lib/haproxy/conf/error_code_pages/error-page-404.http

Verification

Verify your custom error code HTTP response:

  1. Create a test project and application: 

     $ oc new-project test-ingress
    $ oc new-app django-psql-example

  2. For 503 custom http error code response:

    1. Stop all the pods for the application.

    2. Run the following curl command or visit the route hostname in the browser: 

      $ curl -vk <route_hostname>

  3. For 404 custom http error code response:

    1. Visit a non-existent route or an incorrect route.

    2. Run the following curl command or visit the route hostname in the browser: 

      $ curl -vk <route_hostname>

  4. Check if the errorfile attribute is properly in the haproxy.config file: 

    $ oc -n openshift-ingress rsh <router> cat /var/lib/haproxy/conf/haproxy.config | grep errorfile

7.8.21. Setting the Ingress Controller maximum connections

A cluster administrator can set the maximum number of simultaneous connections for OpenShift router deployments. You can patch an existing Ingress Controller to increase the maximum number of connections.

Prerequisites

  • The following assumes that you already created an Ingress Controller

Procedure

  • Update the Ingress Controller to change the maximum number of connections for HAProxy: 

    $ oc -n openshift-ingress-operator patch ingresscontroller/default --type=merge -p '{"spec":{"tuningOptions": {"maxConnections": 7500}}}'
    Warning

    If you set the spec.tuningOptions.maxConnections value greater than the current operating system limit, the HAProxy process will not start. See the table in the "Ingress Controller configuration parameters" section for more information about this parameter.

7.9. Additional resources

Chapter 8. Ingress Node Firewall Operator in OpenShift Container Platform

The Ingress Node Firewall Operator allows administrators to manage firewall configurations at the node level.

8.1. Ingress Node Firewall Operator

The Ingress Node Firewall Operator provides ingress firewall rules at a node level by deploying the daemon set to nodes you specify and manage in the firewall configurations. To deploy the daemon set, you create an IngressNodeFirewallConfig custom resource (CR). The Operator applies the IngressNodeFirewallConfig CR to create ingress node firewall daemon set daemon, which run on all nodes that match the nodeSelector.

You configure rules of the IngressNodeFirewall CR and apply them to clusters using the nodeSelector and setting values to "true".

Important

The Ingress Node Firewall Operator supports only stateless firewall rules.

The maximum transmission units (MTU) parameter is 4Kb (kilobytes) in OpenShift Container Platform 4.13.

Network interface controllers (NICs) that do not support native XDP drivers will run at a lower performance.

Ingress Node Firewall Operator is not supported on Amazon Web Services (AWS) with the default OpenShift installation or on Red Hat OpenShift Service on AWS (ROSA). For more information on Red Hat OpenShift Service on AWS support and ingress, see Ingress Operator in Red Hat OpenShift Service on AWS.

8.2. Installing the Ingress Node Firewall Operator

As a cluster administrator, you can install the Ingress Node Firewall Operator by using the OpenShift Container Platform CLI or the web console.

8.2.1. Installing the Ingress Node Firewall Operator using the CLI

As a cluster administrator, you can install the Operator using the CLI.

Prerequisites

  • You have installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You have an account with administrator privileges.

Procedure

  1. To create the openshift-ingress-node-firewall namespace, enter the following command: 

    $ cat << EOF| oc create -f -
apiVersion: v1
kind: Namespace
metadata:
  labels:
    pod-security.kubernetes.io/enforce: privileged
    pod-security.kubernetes.io/enforce-version: v1.24
  name: openshift-ingress-node-firewall
EOF

  2. To create an OperatorGroup CR, enter the following command: 

    $ cat << EOF| oc create -f -
apiVersion: operators.coreos.com/v1
kind: OperatorGroup
metadata:
  name: ingress-node-firewall-operators
  namespace: openshift-ingress-node-firewall
EOF

  3. Subscribe to the Ingress Node Firewall Operator.

    1. To create a Subscription CR for the Ingress Node Firewall Operator, enter the following command: 

      $ cat << EOF| oc create -f -
apiVersion: operators.coreos.com/v1alpha1
kind: Subscription
metadata:
  name: ingress-node-firewall-sub
  namespace: openshift-ingress-node-firewall
spec:
  name: ingress-node-firewall
  channel: stable
  source: redhat-operators
  sourceNamespace: openshift-marketplace
EOF

  4. To verify that the Operator is installed, enter the following command: 

    $ oc get ip -n openshift-ingress-node-firewall

    Example output

    NAME            CSV                                         APPROVAL    APPROVED
install-5cvnz   ingress-node-firewall.4.13.0-202211122336   Automatic   true

  5. To verify the version of the Operator, enter the following command: 

    $ oc get csv -n openshift-ingress-node-firewall

    Example output

    NAME                                        DISPLAY                          VERSION               REPLACES                                    PHASE
ingress-node-firewall.4.13.0-202211122336   Ingress Node Firewall Operator   4.13.0-202211122336   ingress-node-firewall.4.13.0-202211102047   Succeeded

8.2.2. Installing the Ingress Node Firewall Operator using the web console

As a cluster administrator, you can install the Operator using the web console.

Prerequisites

  • You have installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You have an account with administrator privileges.

Procedure

  1. Install the Ingress Node Firewall Operator:

    1. In the OpenShift Container Platform web console, click Operators → OperatorHub.
    2. Select Ingress Node Firewall Operator from the list of available Operators, and then click Install.
    3. On the Install Operator page, under Installed Namespace, select Operator recommended Namespace.
    4. Click Install.

  2. Verify that the Ingress Node Firewall Operator is installed successfully:

    1. Navigate to the Operators → Installed Operators page.

    2. Ensure that Ingress Node Firewall Operator is listed in the openshift-ingress-node-firewall project with a Status of InstallSucceeded.

      Note

      During installation an Operator might display a Failed status. If the installation later succeeds with an InstallSucceeded message, you can ignore the Failed message.

      If the Operator does not have a Status of InstallSucceeded, troubleshoot using the following steps:

      • Inspect the Operator Subscriptions and Install Plans tabs for any failures or errors under Status.
      • Navigate to the Workloads → Pods page and check the logs for pods in the openshift-ingress-node-firewall project.

      • Check the namespace of the YAML file. If the annotation is missing, you can add the annotation workload.openshift.io/allowed=management to the Operator namespace with the following command: 

        $ oc annotate ns/openshift-ingress-node-firewall workload.openshift.io/allowed=management
        Note

        For single-node OpenShift clusters, the openshift-ingress-node-firewall namespace requires the workload.openshift.io/allowed=management annotation.

8.3. Deploying Ingress Node Firewall Operator

Prerequisite

  • The Ingress Node Firewall Operator is installed.

Procedure

To deploy the Ingress Node Firewall Operator, create a IngressNodeFirewallConfig custom resource that will deploy the Operator’s daemon set. You can deploy one or multiple IngressNodeFirewall CRDs to nodes by applying firewall rules.

  1. Create the IngressNodeFirewallConfig inside the openshift-ingress-node-firewall namespace named ingressnodefirewallconfig.

  2. Run the following command to deploy Ingress Node Firewall Operator rules: 

    $ oc apply -f rule.yaml

8.3.1. Ingress Node Firewall configuration object

The fields for the Ingress Node Firewall configuration object are described in the following table:

Table 8.1. Ingress Node Firewall Configuration object
FieldTypeDescription

metadata.name

string

The name of the CR object. The name of the firewall rules object must be ingressnodefirewallconfig.

metadata.namespace

string

Namespace for the Ingress Firewall Operator CR object. The IngressNodeFirewallConfig CR must be created inside the openshift-ingress-node-firewall namespace.

spec.nodeSelector

string

A node selection constraint used to target nodes through specified node labels. For example: 

spec:
  nodeSelector:
    node-role.kubernetes.io/worker: ""
Note

One label used in nodeSelector must match a label on the nodes in order for the daemon set to start. For example, if the node labels node-role.kubernetes.io/worker and node-type.kubernetes.io/vm are applied to a node, then at least one label must be set using nodeSelector for the daemon set to start.

Note

The Operator consumes the CR and creates an ingress node firewall daemon set on all the nodes that match the nodeSelector.

Ingress Node Firewall Operator example configuration

A complete Ingress Node Firewall Configuration is specified in the following example:

Example Ingress Node Firewall Configuration object

apiVersion: ingressnodefirewall.openshift.io/v1alpha1
kind: IngressNodeFirewallConfig
metadata:
  name: ingressnodefirewallconfig
  namespace: openshift-ingress-node-firewall
spec:
  nodeSelector:
    node-role.kubernetes.io/worker: ""

Note

The Operator consumes the CR and creates an ingress node firewall daemon set on all the nodes that match the nodeSelector.

8.3.2. Ingress Node Firewall rules object

The fields for the Ingress Node Firewall rules object are described in the following table:

Table 8.2. Ingress Node Firewall rules object
FieldTypeDescription

metadata.name

string

The name of the CR object.

interfaces

array

The fields for this object specify the interfaces to apply the firewall rules to. For example, - en0 and - en1.

nodeSelector

array

You can use nodeSelector to select the nodes to apply the firewall rules to. Set the value of your named nodeselector labels to true to apply the rule.

ingress

object

ingress allows you to configure the rules that allow outside access to the services on your cluster.

Ingress object configuration

The values for the ingress object are defined in the following table:

Table 8.3. ingress object
FieldTypeDescription

sourceCIDRs

array

Allows you to set the CIDR block. You can configure multiple CIDRs from different address families.

Note

Different CIDRs allow you to use the same order rule. In the case that there are multiple IngressNodeFirewall objects for the same nodes and interfaces with overlapping CIDRs, the order field will specify which rule is applied first. Rules are applied in ascending order.

rules

array

Ingress firewall rules.order objects are ordered starting at 1 for each source.CIDR with up to 100 rules per CIDR. Lower order rules are executed first.

rules.protocolConfig.protocol supports the following protocols: TCP, UDP, SCTP, ICMP and ICMPv6. ICMP and ICMPv6 rules can match against ICMP and ICMPv6 types or codes. TCP, UDP, and SCTP rules can match against a single destination port or a range of ports using <start : end-1> format.

Set rules.action to allow to apply the rule or deny to disallow the rule.

Note

Ingress firewall rules are verified using a verification webhook that blocks any invalid configuration. The verification webhook prevents you from blocking any critical cluster services such as the API server or SSH.

Ingress Node Firewall rules object example

A complete Ingress Node Firewall configuration is specified in the following example:

Example Ingress Node Firewall configuration

apiVersion: ingressnodefirewall.openshift.io/v1alpha1
kind: IngressNodeFirewall
metadata:
  name: ingressnodefirewall
spec:
  interfaces:
  - eth0
  nodeSelector:
    matchLabels:
      <ingress_firewall_label_name>: <label_value> 1
  ingress:
  - sourceCIDRs:
       - 172.16.0.0/12
    rules:
    - order: 10
      protocolConfig:
        protocol: ICMP
        icmp:
          icmpType: 8 #ICMP Echo request
      action: Deny
    - order: 20
      protocolConfig:
        protocol: TCP
        tcp:
          ports: "8000-9000"
      action: Deny
  - sourceCIDRs:
       - fc00:f853:ccd:e793::0/64
    rules:
    - order: 10
      protocolConfig:
        protocol: ICMPv6
        icmpv6:
          icmpType: 128 #ICMPV6 Echo request
      action: Deny

1
A <label_name> and a <label_value> must exist on the node and must match the nodeselector label and value applied to the nodes you want the ingressfirewallconfig CR to run on. The <label_value> can be true or false. By using nodeSelector labels, you can target separate groups of nodes to apply different rules to using the ingressfirewallconfig CR.
Zero trust Ingress Node Firewall rules object example

Zero trust Ingress Node Firewall rules can provide additional security to multi-interface clusters. For example, you can use zero trust Ingress Node Firewall rules to drop all traffic on a specific interface except for SSH.

A complete configuration of a zero trust Ingress Node Firewall rule set is specified in the following example:

Important

Users need to add all ports their application will use to their allowlist in the following case to ensure proper functionality.

Example zero trust Ingress Node Firewall rules

apiVersion: ingressnodefirewall.openshift.io/v1alpha1
kind: IngressNodeFirewall
metadata:
 name: ingressnodefirewall-zero-trust
spec:
 interfaces:
 - eth1 1
 nodeSelector:
   matchLabels:
     <ingress_firewall_label_name>: <label_value> 2
 ingress:
 - sourceCIDRs:
      - 0.0.0.0/0 3
   rules:
   - order: 10
     protocolConfig:
       protocol: TCP
       tcp:
         ports: 22
     action: Allow
   - order: 20
     action: Deny 4

1
Network-interface cluster
2
The <label_name> and <label_value> needs to match the nodeSelector label and value applied to the specific nodes with which you wish to apply the ingressfirewallconfig CR.
3
0.0.0.0/0 set to match any CIDR
4
action set to Deny

8.4. Viewing Ingress Node Firewall Operator rules

Procedure

  1. Run the following command to view all current rules : 

    $ oc get ingressnodefirewall

  2. Choose one of the returned <resource> names and run the following command to view the rules or configs: 

    $ oc get <resource> <name> -o yaml

8.5. Troubleshooting the Ingress Node Firewall Operator

  • Run the following command to list installed Ingress Node Firewall custom resource definitions (CRD): 

    $ oc get crds | grep ingressnodefirewall

    Example output

    NAME               READY   UP-TO-DATE   AVAILABLE   AGE
ingressnodefirewallconfigs.ingressnodefirewall.openshift.io       2022-08-25T10:03:01Z
ingressnodefirewallnodestates.ingressnodefirewall.openshift.io    2022-08-25T10:03:00Z
ingressnodefirewalls.ingressnodefirewall.openshift.io             2022-08-25T10:03:00Z

  • Run the following command to view the state of the Ingress Node Firewall Operator: 

    $ oc get pods -n openshift-ingress-node-firewall

    Example output

    NAME                                       READY  STATUS         RESTARTS  AGE
ingress-node-firewall-controller-manager   2/2    Running        0         5d21h
ingress-node-firewall-daemon-pqx56         3/3    Running        0         5d21h

    The following fields provide information about the status of the Operator: READY, STATUS, AGE, and RESTARTS. The STATUS field is Running when the Ingress Node Firewall Operator is deploying a daemon set to the assigned nodes.

  • Run the following command to collect all ingress firewall node pods' logs: 

    $ oc adm must-gather – gather_ingress_node_firewall

    The logs are available in the sos node’s report containing eBPF bpftool outputs at /sos_commands/ebpf. These reports include lookup tables used or updated as the ingress firewall XDP handles packet processing, updates statistics, and emits events.

Chapter 9. Configuring an Ingress Controller for manual DNS Management

As a cluster administrator, when you create an Ingress Controller, the Operator manages the DNS records automatically. This has some limitations when the required DNS zone is different from the cluster DNS zone or when the DNS zone is hosted outside the cloud provider.

As a cluster administrator, you can configure an Ingress Controller to stop automatic DNS management and start manual DNS management. Set dnsManagementPolicy to specify when it should be automatically or manually managed.

When you change an Ingress Controller from Managed to Unmanaged DNS management policy, the Operator does not clean up the previous wildcard DNS record provisioned on the cloud. When you change an Ingress Controller from Unmanaged to Managed DNS management policy, the Operator attempts to create the DNS record on the cloud provider if it does not exist or updates the DNS record if it already exists.

Important

When you set dnsManagementPolicy to unmanaged, you have to manually manage the lifecycle of the wildcard DNS record on the cloud provider.

9.1. Managed DNS management policy

The Managed DNS management policy for Ingress Controllers ensures that the lifecycle of the wildcard DNS record on the cloud provider is automatically managed by the Operator.

9.2. Unmanaged DNS management policy

The Unmanaged DNS management policy for Ingress Controllers ensures that the lifecycle of the wildcard DNS record on the cloud provider is not automatically managed, instead it becomes the responsibility of the cluster administrator.

Note

On the AWS cloud platform, if the domain on the Ingress Controller does not match with dnsConfig.Spec.BaseDomain then the DNS management policy is automatically set to Unmanaged.

9.3. Creating a custom Ingress Controller with the Unmanaged DNS management policy

As a cluster administrator, you can create a new custom Ingress Controller with the Unmanaged DNS management policy.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. Create a custom resource (CR) file named sample-ingress.yaml containing the following: 

    apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: IngressController
metadata:
  namespace: openshift-ingress-operator
  name: <name> 1
spec:
  domain: <domain> 2
  endpointPublishingStrategy:
    type: LoadBalancerService
    loadBalancer:
      scope: External 3
      dnsManagementPolicy: Unmanaged 4
    1
    Specify the <name> with a name for the IngressController object.
    2
    Specify the domain based on the DNS record that was created as a prerequisite.
    3
    Specify the scope as External to expose the load balancer externally.
    4
    dnsManagementPolicy indicates if the Ingress Controller is managing the lifecycle of the wildcard DNS record associated with the load balancer. The valid values are Managed and Unmanaged. The default value is Managed.

  2. Save the file to apply the changes. 

    oc apply -f <name>.yaml 1

9.4. Modifying an existing Ingress Controller

As a cluster administrator, you can modify an existing Ingress Controller to manually manage the DNS record lifecycle.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. Modify the chosen IngressController to set dnsManagementPolicy: 

    SCOPE=$(oc -n openshift-ingress-operator get ingresscontroller <name> -o=jsonpath="{.status.endpointPublishingStrategy.loadBalancer.scope}")

oc -n openshift-ingress-operator patch ingresscontrollers/<name> --type=merge --patch='{"spec":{"endpointPublishingStrategy":{"type":"LoadBalancerService","loadBalancer":{"dnsManagementPolicy":"Unmanaged", "scope":"${SCOPE}"}}}}'
  2. Optional: You can delete the associated DNS record in the cloud provider.

9.5. Additional resources

Chapter 10. Verifying connectivity to an endpoint

The Cluster Network Operator (CNO) runs a controller, the connectivity check controller, that performs a connection health check between resources within your cluster. By reviewing the results of the health checks, you can diagnose connection problems or eliminate network connectivity as the cause of an issue that you are investigating.

10.1. Connection health checks performed

To verify that cluster resources are reachable, a TCP connection is made to each of the following cluster API services:

  • Kubernetes API server service
  • Kubernetes API server endpoints
  • OpenShift API server service
  • OpenShift API server endpoints
  • Load balancers

To verify that services and service endpoints are reachable on every node in the cluster, a TCP connection is made to each of the following targets:

  • Health check target service
  • Health check target endpoints

10.2. Implementation of connection health checks

The connectivity check controller orchestrates connection verification checks in your cluster. The results for the connection tests are stored in PodNetworkConnectivity objects in the openshift-network-diagnostics namespace. Connection tests are performed every minute in parallel.

The Cluster Network Operator (CNO) deploys several resources to the cluster to send and receive connectivity health checks:

Health check source
This program deploys in a single pod replica set managed by a Deployment object. The program consumes PodNetworkConnectivity objects and connects to the spec.targetEndpoint specified in each object.
Health check target
A pod deployed as part of a daemon set on every node in the cluster. The pod listens for inbound health checks. The presence of this pod on every node allows for the testing of connectivity to each node.

10.3. PodNetworkConnectivityCheck object fields

The PodNetworkConnectivityCheck object fields are described in the following tables.

Table 10.1. PodNetworkConnectivityCheck object fields
FieldTypeDescription

metadata.name

string

The name of the object in the following format: <source>-to-<target>. The destination described by <target> includes one of following strings:

  • load-balancer-api-external
  • load-balancer-api-internal
  • kubernetes-apiserver-endpoint
  • kubernetes-apiserver-service-cluster
  • network-check-target
  • openshift-apiserver-endpoint
  • openshift-apiserver-service-cluster

metadata.namespace

string

The namespace that the object is associated with. This value is always openshift-network-diagnostics.

spec.sourcePod

string

The name of the pod where the connection check originates, such as network-check-source-596b4c6566-rgh92.

spec.targetEndpoint

string

The target of the connection check, such as api.devcluster.example.com:6443.

spec.tlsClientCert

object

Configuration for the TLS certificate to use.

spec.tlsClientCert.name

string

The name of the TLS certificate used, if any. The default value is an empty string.

status

object

An object representing the condition of the connection test and logs of recent connection successes and failures.

status.conditions

array

The latest status of the connection check and any previous statuses.

status.failures

array

Connection test logs from unsuccessful attempts.

status.outages

array

Connect test logs covering the time periods of any outages.

status.successes

array

Connection test logs from successful attempts.

The following table describes the fields for objects in the status.conditions array:

Table 10.2. status.conditions
FieldTypeDescription

lastTransitionTime

string

The time that the condition of the connection transitioned from one status to another.

message

string

The details about last transition in a human readable format.

reason

string

The last status of the transition in a machine readable format.

status

string

The status of the condition.

type

string

The type of the condition.

The following table describes the fields for objects in the status.conditions array:

Table 10.3. status.outages
FieldTypeDescription

end

string

The timestamp from when the connection failure is resolved.

endLogs

array

Connection log entries, including the log entry related to the successful end of the outage.

message

string

A summary of outage details in a human readable format.

start

string

The timestamp from when the connection failure is first detected.

startLogs

array

Connection log entries, including the original failure.

Connection log fields

The fields for a connection log entry are described in the following table. The object is used in the following fields:

  • status.failures[]
  • status.successes[]
  • status.outages[].startLogs[]
  • status.outages[].endLogs[]
Table 10.4. Connection log object
FieldTypeDescription

latency

string

Records the duration of the action.

message

string

Provides the status in a human readable format.

reason

string

Provides the reason for status in a machine readable format. The value is one of TCPConnect, TCPConnectError, DNSResolve, DNSError.

success

boolean

Indicates if the log entry is a success or failure.

time

string

The start time of connection check.

10.4. Verifying network connectivity for an endpoint

As a cluster administrator, you can verify the connectivity of an endpoint, such as an API server, load balancer, service, or pod.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Access to the cluster as a user with the cluster-admin role.

Procedure

  1. To list the current PodNetworkConnectivityCheck objects, enter the following command: 

    $ oc get podnetworkconnectivitycheck -n openshift-network-diagnostics

    Example output

    NAME                                                                                                                                AGE
network-check-source-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-worker-b-6xdmh-to-kubernetes-apiserver-endpoint-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-master-0   75m
network-check-source-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-worker-b-6xdmh-to-kubernetes-apiserver-endpoint-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-master-1   73m
network-check-source-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-worker-b-6xdmh-to-kubernetes-apiserver-endpoint-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-master-2   75m
network-check-source-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-worker-b-6xdmh-to-kubernetes-apiserver-service-cluster                               75m
network-check-source-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-worker-b-6xdmh-to-kubernetes-default-service-cluster                                 75m
network-check-source-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-worker-b-6xdmh-to-load-balancer-api-external                                         75m
network-check-source-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-worker-b-6xdmh-to-load-balancer-api-internal                                         75m
network-check-source-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-worker-b-6xdmh-to-network-check-target-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-master-0            75m
network-check-source-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-worker-b-6xdmh-to-network-check-target-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-master-1            75m
network-check-source-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-worker-b-6xdmh-to-network-check-target-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-master-2            75m
network-check-source-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-worker-b-6xdmh-to-network-check-target-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-worker-b-6xdmh      74m
network-check-source-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-worker-b-6xdmh-to-network-check-target-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-worker-c-n8mbf      74m
network-check-source-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-worker-b-6xdmh-to-network-check-target-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-worker-d-4hnrz      74m
network-check-source-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-worker-b-6xdmh-to-network-check-target-service-cluster                               75m
network-check-source-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-worker-b-6xdmh-to-openshift-apiserver-endpoint-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-master-0    75m
network-check-source-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-worker-b-6xdmh-to-openshift-apiserver-endpoint-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-master-1    75m
network-check-source-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-worker-b-6xdmh-to-openshift-apiserver-endpoint-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-master-2    74m
network-check-source-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-worker-b-6xdmh-to-openshift-apiserver-service-cluster                                75m

  2. View the connection test logs:

    1. From the output of the previous command, identify the endpoint that you want to review the connectivity logs for.

    2. To view the object, enter the following command: 

      $ oc get podnetworkconnectivitycheck <name> \
  -n openshift-network-diagnostics -o yaml

      where <name> specifies the name of the PodNetworkConnectivityCheck object.

      Example output

      apiVersion: controlplane.operator.openshift.io/v1alpha1
kind: PodNetworkConnectivityCheck
metadata:
  name: network-check-source-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-worker-b-6xdmh-to-kubernetes-apiserver-endpoint-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-master-0
  namespace: openshift-network-diagnostics
  ...
spec:
  sourcePod: network-check-source-7c88f6d9f-hmg2f
  targetEndpoint: 10.0.0.4:6443
  tlsClientCert:
    name: ""
status:
  conditions:
  - lastTransitionTime: "2021-01-13T20:11:34Z"
    message: 'kubernetes-apiserver-endpoint-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-master-0: tcp
      connection to 10.0.0.4:6443 succeeded'
    reason: TCPConnectSuccess
    status: "True"
    type: Reachable
  failures:
  - latency: 2.241775ms
    message: 'kubernetes-apiserver-endpoint-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-master-0: failed
      to establish a TCP connection to 10.0.0.4:6443: dial tcp 10.0.0.4:6443: connect:
      connection refused'
    reason: TCPConnectError
    success: false
    time: "2021-01-13T20:10:34Z"
  - latency: 2.582129ms
    message: 'kubernetes-apiserver-endpoint-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-master-0: failed
      to establish a TCP connection to 10.0.0.4:6443: dial tcp 10.0.0.4:6443: connect:
      connection refused'
    reason: TCPConnectError
    success: false
    time: "2021-01-13T20:09:34Z"
  - latency: 3.483578ms
    message: 'kubernetes-apiserver-endpoint-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-master-0: failed
      to establish a TCP connection to 10.0.0.4:6443: dial tcp 10.0.0.4:6443: connect:
      connection refused'
    reason: TCPConnectError
    success: false
    time: "2021-01-13T20:08:34Z"
  outages:
  - end: "2021-01-13T20:11:34Z"
    endLogs:
    - latency: 2.032018ms
      message: 'kubernetes-apiserver-endpoint-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-master-0:
        tcp connection to 10.0.0.4:6443 succeeded'
      reason: TCPConnect
      success: true
      time: "2021-01-13T20:11:34Z"
    - latency: 2.241775ms
      message: 'kubernetes-apiserver-endpoint-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-master-0:
        failed to establish a TCP connection to 10.0.0.4:6443: dial tcp 10.0.0.4:6443:
        connect: connection refused'
      reason: TCPConnectError
      success: false
      time: "2021-01-13T20:10:34Z"
    - latency: 2.582129ms
      message: 'kubernetes-apiserver-endpoint-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-master-0:
        failed to establish a TCP connection to 10.0.0.4:6443: dial tcp 10.0.0.4:6443:
        connect: connection refused'
      reason: TCPConnectError
      success: false
      time: "2021-01-13T20:09:34Z"
    - latency: 3.483578ms
      message: 'kubernetes-apiserver-endpoint-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-master-0:
        failed to establish a TCP connection to 10.0.0.4:6443: dial tcp 10.0.0.4:6443:
        connect: connection refused'
      reason: TCPConnectError
      success: false
      time: "2021-01-13T20:08:34Z"
    message: Connectivity restored after 2m59.999789186s
    start: "2021-01-13T20:08:34Z"
    startLogs:
    - latency: 3.483578ms
      message: 'kubernetes-apiserver-endpoint-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-master-0:
        failed to establish a TCP connection to 10.0.0.4:6443: dial tcp 10.0.0.4:6443:
        connect: connection refused'
      reason: TCPConnectError
      success: false
      time: "2021-01-13T20:08:34Z"
  successes:
  - latency: 2.845865ms
    message: 'kubernetes-apiserver-endpoint-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-master-0: tcp
      connection to 10.0.0.4:6443 succeeded'
    reason: TCPConnect
    success: true
    time: "2021-01-13T21:14:34Z"
  - latency: 2.926345ms
    message: 'kubernetes-apiserver-endpoint-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-master-0: tcp
      connection to 10.0.0.4:6443 succeeded'
    reason: TCPConnect
    success: true
    time: "2021-01-13T21:13:34Z"
  - latency: 2.895796ms
    message: 'kubernetes-apiserver-endpoint-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-master-0: tcp
      connection to 10.0.0.4:6443 succeeded'
    reason: TCPConnect
    success: true
    time: "2021-01-13T21:12:34Z"
  - latency: 2.696844ms
    message: 'kubernetes-apiserver-endpoint-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-master-0: tcp
      connection to 10.0.0.4:6443 succeeded'
    reason: TCPConnect
    success: true
    time: "2021-01-13T21:11:34Z"
  - latency: 1.502064ms
    message: 'kubernetes-apiserver-endpoint-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-master-0: tcp
      connection to 10.0.0.4:6443 succeeded'
    reason: TCPConnect
    success: true
    time: "2021-01-13T21:10:34Z"
  - latency: 1.388857ms
    message: 'kubernetes-apiserver-endpoint-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-master-0: tcp
      connection to 10.0.0.4:6443 succeeded'
    reason: TCPConnect
    success: true
    time: "2021-01-13T21:09:34Z"
  - latency: 1.906383ms
    message: 'kubernetes-apiserver-endpoint-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-master-0: tcp
      connection to 10.0.0.4:6443 succeeded'
    reason: TCPConnect
    success: true
    time: "2021-01-13T21:08:34Z"
  - latency: 2.089073ms
    message: 'kubernetes-apiserver-endpoint-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-master-0: tcp
      connection to 10.0.0.4:6443 succeeded'
    reason: TCPConnect
    success: true
    time: "2021-01-13T21:07:34Z"
  - latency: 2.156994ms
    message: 'kubernetes-apiserver-endpoint-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-master-0: tcp
      connection to 10.0.0.4:6443 succeeded'
    reason: TCPConnect
    success: true
    time: "2021-01-13T21:06:34Z"
  - latency: 1.777043ms
    message: 'kubernetes-apiserver-endpoint-ci-ln-x5sv9rb-f76d1-4rzrp-master-0: tcp
      connection to 10.0.0.4:6443 succeeded'
    reason: TCPConnect
    success: true
    time: "2021-01-13T21:05:34Z"

Chapter 11. Changing the MTU for the cluster network

As a cluster administrator, you can change the MTU for the cluster network after cluster installation. This change is disruptive as cluster nodes must be rebooted to finalize the MTU change. You can change the MTU only for clusters using the OVN-Kubernetes or OpenShift SDN network plugins.

11.1. About the cluster MTU

During installation the maximum transmission unit (MTU) for the cluster network is detected automatically based on the MTU of the primary network interface of nodes in the cluster. You do not normally need to override the detected MTU.

You might want to change the MTU of the cluster network for several reasons:

  • The MTU detected during cluster installation is not correct for your infrastructure
  • Your cluster infrastructure now requires a different MTU, such as from the addition of nodes that need a different MTU for optimal performance

You can change the cluster MTU for only the OVN-Kubernetes and OpenShift SDN cluster network plugins.

11.1.1. Service interruption considerations

When you initiate an MTU change on your cluster the following effects might impact service availability:

  • At least two rolling reboots are required to complete the migration to a new MTU. During this time, some nodes are not available as they restart.
  • Specific applications deployed to the cluster with shorter timeout intervals than the absolute TCP timeout interval might experience disruption during the MTU change.

11.1.2. MTU value selection

When planning your MTU migration there are two related but distinct MTU values to consider.

  • Hardware MTU: This MTU value is set based on the specifics of your network infrastructure.

  • Cluster network MTU: This MTU value is always less than your hardware MTU to account for the cluster network overlay overhead. The specific overhead is determined by your network plugin:

    • OVN-Kubernetes: 100 bytes
    • OpenShift SDN: 50 bytes

If your cluster requires different MTU values for different nodes, you must subtract the overhead value for your network plugin from the lowest MTU value that is used by any node in your cluster. For example, if some nodes in your cluster have an MTU of 9001, and some have an MTU of 1500, you must set this value to 1400.

Important

To avoid selecting an MTU value that is not acceptable by a node, verify the maximum MTU value (maxmtu) that is accepted by the network interface by using the ip -d link command.

11.1.3. How the migration process works

The following table summarizes the migration process by segmenting between the user-initiated steps in the process and the actions that the migration performs in response.

Table 11.1. Live migration of the cluster MTU
User-initiated stepsOpenShift Container Platform activity

Set the following values in the Cluster Network Operator configuration:

  • spec.migration.mtu.machine.to
  • spec.migration.mtu.network.from
  • spec.migration.mtu.network.to

Cluster Network Operator (CNO): Confirms that each field is set to a valid value.

  • The mtu.machine.to must be set to either the new hardware MTU or to the current hardware MTU if the MTU for the hardware is not changing. This value is transient and is used as part of the migration process. Separately, if you specify a hardware MTU that is different from your existing hardware MTU value, you must manually configure the MTU to persist by other means, such as with a machine config, DHCP setting, or a Linux kernel command line.
  • The mtu.network.from field must equal the network.status.clusterNetworkMTU field, which is the current MTU of the cluster network.
  • The mtu.network.to field must be set to the target cluster network MTU and must be lower than the hardware MTU to allow for the overlay overhead of the network plugin. For OVN-Kubernetes, the overhead is 100 bytes and for OpenShift SDN the overhead is 50 bytes.

If the values provided are valid, the CNO writes out a new temporary configuration with the MTU for the cluster network set to the value of the mtu.network.to field.

Machine Config Operator (MCO): Performs a rolling reboot of each node in the cluster.

Reconfigure the MTU of the primary network interface for the nodes on the cluster. You can use a variety of methods to accomplish this, including:

  • Deploying a new NetworkManager connection profile with the MTU change
  • Changing the MTU through a DHCP server setting
  • Changing the MTU through boot parameters

N/A

Set the mtu value in the CNO configuration for the network plugin and set spec.migration to null.

Machine Config Operator (MCO): Performs a rolling reboot of each node in the cluster with the new MTU configuration.

11.2. Changing the cluster MTU

As a cluster administrator, you can change the maximum transmission unit (MTU) for your cluster. The migration is disruptive and nodes in your cluster might be temporarily unavailable as the MTU update rolls out.

The following procedure describes how to change the cluster MTU by using either machine configs, DHCP, or an ISO. If you use the DHCP or ISO approach, you must refer to configuration artifacts that you kept after installing your cluster to complete the procedure.

Prerequisites

  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You are logged in to the cluster with a user with cluster-admin privileges.

  • You identified the target MTU for your cluster. The correct MTU varies depending on the network plugin that your cluster uses:

    • OVN-Kubernetes: The cluster MTU must be set to 100 less than the lowest hardware MTU value in your cluster.
    • OpenShift SDN: The cluster MTU must be set to 50 less than the lowest hardware MTU value in your cluster.

Procedure

To increase or decrease the MTU for the cluster network complete the following procedure.

  1. To obtain the current MTU for the cluster network, enter the following command: 

    $ oc describe network.config cluster

    Example output

    ...
Status:
  Cluster Network:
    Cidr:               10.217.0.0/22
    Host Prefix:        23
  Cluster Network MTU:  1400
  Network Type:         OpenShiftSDN
  Service Network:
    10.217.4.0/23
...

  2. Prepare your configuration for the hardware MTU:

    • If your hardware MTU is specified with DHCP, update your DHCP configuration such as with the following dnsmasq configuration: 

      dhcp-option-force=26,<mtu>

      where:

      <mtu>
      Specifies the hardware MTU for the DHCP server to advertise.
    • If your hardware MTU is specified with a kernel command line with PXE, update that configuration accordingly.

    • If your hardware MTU is specified in a NetworkManager connection configuration, complete the following steps. This approach is the default for OpenShift Container Platform if you do not explicitly specify your network configuration with DHCP, a kernel command line, or some other method. Your cluster nodes must all use the same underlying network configuration for the following procedure to work unmodified.

      1. Find the primary network interface:

        • If you are using the OpenShift SDN network plugin, enter the following command: 

          $ oc debug node/<node_name> -- chroot /host ip route list match 0.0.0.0/0 | awk '{print $5 }'

          where:

          <node_name>
          Specifies the name of a node in your cluster.

        • If you are using the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin, enter the following command: 

          $ oc debug node/<node_name> -- chroot /host nmcli -g connection.interface-name c show ovs-if-phys0

          where:

          <node_name>
          Specifies the name of a node in your cluster.

      2. Create the following NetworkManager configuration in the <interface>-mtu.conf file:

        Example NetworkManager connection configuration

        [connection-<interface>-mtu]
match-device=interface-name:<interface>
ethernet.mtu=<mtu>

        where:

        <mtu>
        Specifies the new hardware MTU value.
        <interface>
        Specifies the primary network interface name.

      3. Create two MachineConfig objects, one for the control plane nodes and another for the worker nodes in your cluster:

        1. Create the following Butane config in the control-plane-interface.bu file: 

          variant: openshift
version: 4.13.0
metadata:
  name: 01-control-plane-interface
  labels:
    machineconfiguration.openshift.io/role: master
storage:
  files:
    - path: /etc/NetworkManager/conf.d/99-<interface>-mtu.conf 1
      contents:
        local: <interface>-mtu.conf 2
      mode: 0600
          1 1
          Specify the NetworkManager connection name for the primary network interface.
          2
          Specify the local filename for the updated NetworkManager configuration file from the previous step.

        2. Create the following Butane config in the worker-interface.bu file: 

          variant: openshift
version: 4.13.0
metadata:
  name: 01-worker-interface
  labels:
    machineconfiguration.openshift.io/role: worker
storage:
  files:
    - path: /etc/NetworkManager/conf.d/99-<interface>-mtu.conf 1
      contents:
        local: <interface>-mtu.conf 2
      mode: 0600
          1
          Specify the NetworkManager connection name for the primary network interface.
          2
          Specify the local filename for the updated NetworkManager configuration file from the previous step.

        3. Create MachineConfig objects from the Butane configs by running the following command: 

          $ for manifest in control-plane-interface worker-interface; do
    butane --files-dir . $manifest.bu > $manifest.yaml
  done

  3. To begin the MTU migration, specify the migration configuration by entering the following command. The Machine Config Operator performs a rolling reboot of the nodes in the cluster in preparation for the MTU change. 

    $ oc patch Network.operator.openshift.io cluster --type=merge --patch \
  '{"spec": { "migration": { "mtu": { "network": { "from": <overlay_from>, "to": <overlay_to> } , "machine": { "to" : <machine_to> } } } } }'

    where:

    <overlay_from>
    Specifies the current cluster network MTU value.
    <overlay_to>
    Specifies the target MTU for the cluster network. This value is set relative to the value for <machine_to> and for OVN-Kubernetes must be 100 less and for OpenShift SDN must be 50 less.
    <machine_to>
    Specifies the MTU for the primary network interface on the underlying host network.

    Example that increases the cluster MTU

    $ oc patch Network.operator.openshift.io cluster --type=merge --patch \
  '{"spec": { "migration": { "mtu": { "network": { "from": 1400, "to": 9000 } , "machine": { "to" : 9100} } } } }'

  4. As the MCO updates machines in each machine config pool, it reboots each node one by one. You must wait until all the nodes are updated. Check the machine config pool status by entering the following command: 

    $ oc get mcp

    A successfully updated node has the following status: UPDATED=true, UPDATING=false, DEGRADED=false.

    Note

    By default, the MCO updates one machine per pool at a time, causing the total time the migration takes to increase with the size of the cluster.

  5. Confirm the status of the new machine configuration on the hosts:

    1. To list the machine configuration state and the name of the applied machine configuration, enter the following command: 

      $ oc describe node | egrep "hostname|machineconfig"

      Example output

      kubernetes.io/hostname=master-0
machineconfiguration.openshift.io/currentConfig: rendered-master-c53e221d9d24e1c8bb6ee89dd3d8ad7b
machineconfiguration.openshift.io/desiredConfig: rendered-master-c53e221d9d24e1c8bb6ee89dd3d8ad7b
machineconfiguration.openshift.io/reason:
machineconfiguration.openshift.io/state: Done

      Verify that the following statements are true:

      • The value of machineconfiguration.openshift.io/state field is Done.
      • The value of the machineconfiguration.openshift.io/currentConfig field is equal to the value of the machineconfiguration.openshift.io/desiredConfig field.

    2. To confirm that the machine config is correct, enter the following command: 

      $ oc get machineconfig <config_name> -o yaml | grep ExecStart

      where <config_name> is the name of the machine config from the machineconfiguration.openshift.io/currentConfig field.

      The machine config must include the following update to the systemd configuration: 

      ExecStart=/usr/local/bin/mtu-migration.sh

  6. Update the underlying network interface MTU value:

    • If you are specifying the new MTU with a NetworkManager connection configuration, enter the following command. The MachineConfig Operator automatically performs a rolling reboot of the nodes in your cluster. 

      $ for manifest in control-plane-interface worker-interface; do
    oc create -f $manifest.yaml
  done
    • If you are specifying the new MTU with a DHCP server option or a kernel command line and PXE, make the necessary changes for your infrastructure.

  7. As the MCO updates machines in each machine config pool, it reboots each node one by one. You must wait until all the nodes are updated. Check the machine config pool status by entering the following command: 

    $ oc get mcp

    A successfully updated node has the following status: UPDATED=true, UPDATING=false, DEGRADED=false.

    Note

    By default, the MCO updates one machine per pool at a time, causing the total time the migration takes to increase with the size of the cluster.

  8. Confirm the status of the new machine configuration on the hosts:

    1. To list the machine configuration state and the name of the applied machine configuration, enter the following command: 

      $ oc describe node | egrep "hostname|machineconfig"

      Example output

      kubernetes.io/hostname=master-0
machineconfiguration.openshift.io/currentConfig: rendered-master-c53e221d9d24e1c8bb6ee89dd3d8ad7b
machineconfiguration.openshift.io/desiredConfig: rendered-master-c53e221d9d24e1c8bb6ee89dd3d8ad7b
machineconfiguration.openshift.io/reason:
machineconfiguration.openshift.io/state: Done

      Verify that the following statements are true:

      • The value of machineconfiguration.openshift.io/state field is Done.
      • The value of the machineconfiguration.openshift.io/currentConfig field is equal to the value of the machineconfiguration.openshift.io/desiredConfig field.

    2. To confirm that the machine config is correct, enter the following command: 

      $ oc get machineconfig <config_name> -o yaml | grep path:

      where <config_name> is the name of the machine config from the machineconfiguration.openshift.io/currentConfig field.

      If the machine config is successfully deployed, the previous output contains the /etc/NetworkManager/conf.d/99-<interface>-mtu.conf file path and the ExecStart=/usr/local/bin/mtu-migration.sh line.

  9. To finalize the MTU migration, enter one of the following commands:

    • If you are using the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin: 

      $ oc patch Network.operator.openshift.io cluster --type=merge --patch \
  '{"spec": { "migration": null, "defaultNetwork":{ "ovnKubernetesConfig": { "mtu": <mtu> }}}}'

      where:

      <mtu>
      Specifies the new cluster network MTU that you specified with <overlay_to>.

    • If you are using the OpenShift SDN network plugin: 

      $ oc patch Network.operator.openshift.io cluster --type=merge --patch \
  '{"spec": { "migration": null, "defaultNetwork":{ "openshiftSDNConfig": { "mtu": <mtu> }}}}'

      where:

      <mtu>
      Specifies the new cluster network MTU that you specified with <overlay_to>.

  10. After finalizing the MTU migration, each MCP node is rebooted one by one. You must wait until all the nodes are updated. Check the machine config pool status by entering the following command: 

    $ oc get mcp

    A successfully updated node has the following status: UPDATED=true, UPDATING=false, DEGRADED=false.

Verification

You can verify that a node in your cluster uses an MTU that you specified in the previous procedure.

  1. To get the current MTU for the cluster network, enter the following command: 

    $ oc describe network.config cluster

  2. Get the current MTU for the primary network interface of a node.

    1. To list the nodes in your cluster, enter the following command: 

      $ oc get nodes

    2. To obtain the current MTU setting for the primary network interface on a node, enter the following command: 

      $ oc debug node/<node> -- chroot /host ip address show <interface>

      where:

      <node>
      Specifies a node from the output from the previous step.
      <interface>
      Specifies the primary network interface name for the node.

      Example output

      ens3: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 8051

11.3. Additional resources

Chapter 12. Configuring the node port service range

As a cluster administrator, you can expand the available node port range. If your cluster uses of a large number of node ports, you might need to increase the number of available ports.

The default port range is 30000-32767. You can never reduce the port range, even if you first expand it beyond the default range.

12.1. Prerequisites

  • Your cluster infrastructure must allow access to the ports that you specify within the expanded range. For example, if you expand the node port range to 30000-32900, the inclusive port range of 32768-32900 must be allowed by your firewall or packet filtering configuration.

12.2. Expanding the node port range

You can expand the node port range for the cluster.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in to the cluster with a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. To expand the node port range, enter the following command. Replace <port> with the largest port number in the new range. 

    $ oc patch network.config.openshift.io cluster --type=merge -p \
  '{
    "spec":
      { "serviceNodePortRange": "30000-<port>" }
  }'
    Tip

    You can alternatively apply the following YAML to update the node port range: 

    apiVersion: config.openshift.io/v1
kind: Network
metadata:
  name: cluster
spec:
  serviceNodePortRange: "30000-<port>"

    Example output

    network.config.openshift.io/cluster patched

  2. To confirm that the configuration is active, enter the following command. It can take several minutes for the update to apply. 

    $ oc get configmaps -n openshift-kube-apiserver config \
  -o jsonpath="{.data['config\.yaml']}" | \
  grep -Eo '"service-node-port-range":["[[:digit:]]+-[[:digit:]]+"]'

    Example output

    "service-node-port-range":["30000-33000"]

12.3. Additional resources

Chapter 13. Configuring the cluster network range

As a cluster administrator, you can expand the cluster network range after cluster installation. You might want to expand the cluster network range if you need more IP addresses for additional nodes.

For example, if you deployed a cluster and specified 10.128.0.0/19 as the cluster network range and a host prefix of 23, you are limited to 16 nodes. You can expand that to 510 nodes by changing the CIDR mask on a cluster to /14.

When expanding the cluster network address range, your cluster must use the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin. Other network plugins are not supported.

The following limitations apply when modifying the cluster network IP address range:

  • The CIDR mask size specified must always be smaller than the currently configured CIDR mask size, because you can only increase IP space by adding more nodes to an installed cluster
  • The host prefix cannot be modified
  • Pods that are configured with an overridden default gateway must be recreated after the cluster network expands

13.1. Expanding the cluster network IP address range

You can expand the IP address range for the cluster network. Because this change requires rolling out a new Operator configuration across the cluster, it can take up to 30 minutes to take effect.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in to the cluster with a user with cluster-admin privileges.
  • Ensure that the cluster uses the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin.

Procedure

  1. To obtain the cluster network range and host prefix for your cluster, enter the following command: 

    $ oc get network.operator.openshift.io \
  -o jsonpath="{.items[0].spec.clusterNetwork}"

    Example output

    [{"cidr":"10.217.0.0/22","hostPrefix":23}]

  2. To expand the cluster network IP address range, enter the following command. Use the CIDR IP address range and host prefix returned from the output of the previous command. 

    $ oc patch Network.config.openshift.io cluster --type='merge' --patch \
  '{
    "spec":{
      "clusterNetwork": [ {"cidr":"<network>/<cidr>","hostPrefix":<prefix>} ],
      "networkType": "OVNKubernetes"
    }
  }'

    where:

    <network>
    Specifies the network part of the cidr field that you obtained from the previous step. You cannot change this value.
    <cidr>
    Specifies the network prefix length. For example, 14. Change this value to a smaller number than the value from the output in the previous step to expand the cluster network range.
    <prefix>
    Specifies the current host prefix for your cluster. This value must be the same value for the hostPrefix field that you obtained from the previous step.

    Example command

    $ oc patch Network.config.openshift.io cluster --type='merge' --patch \
  '{
    "spec":{
      "clusterNetwork": [ {"cidr":"10.217.0.0/14","hostPrefix": 23} ],
      "networkType": "OVNKubernetes"
    }
  }'

    Example output

    network.config.openshift.io/cluster patched

  3. To confirm that the configuration is active, enter the following command. It can take up to 30 minutes for this change to take effect. 

    $ oc get network.operator.openshift.io \
  -o jsonpath="{.items[0].spec.clusterNetwork}"

    Example output

    [{"cidr":"10.217.0.0/14","hostPrefix":23}]

13.2. Additional resources

Chapter 14. Configuring IP failover

This topic describes configuring IP failover for pods and services on your OpenShift Container Platform cluster.

IP failover uses Keepalived to host a set of externally accessible Virtual IP (VIP) addresses on a set of hosts. Each VIP address is only serviced by a single host at a time. Keepalived uses the Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) to determine which host, from the set of hosts, services which VIP. If a host becomes unavailable, or if the service that Keepalived is watching does not respond, the VIP is switched to another host from the set. This means a VIP is always serviced as long as a host is available.

Every VIP in the set is serviced by a node selected from the set. If a single node is available, the VIPs are served. There is no way to explicitly distribute the VIPs over the nodes, so there can be nodes with no VIPs and other nodes with many VIPs. If there is only one node, all VIPs are on it.

The administrator must ensure that all of the VIP addresses meet the following requirements:

  • Accessible on the configured hosts from outside the cluster.
  • Not used for any other purpose within the cluster.

Keepalived on each node determines whether the needed service is running. If it is, VIPs are supported and Keepalived participates in the negotiation to determine which node serves the VIP. For a node to participate, the service must be listening on the watch port on a VIP or the check must be disabled.

Note

Each VIP in the set might be served by a different node.

IP failover monitors a port on each VIP to determine whether the port is reachable on the node. If the port is not reachable, the VIP is not assigned to the node. If the port is set to 0, this check is suppressed. The check script does the needed testing.

When a node running Keepalived passes the check script, the VIP on that node can enter the master state based on its priority and the priority of the current master and as determined by the preemption strategy.

A cluster administrator can provide a script through the OPENSHIFT_HA_NOTIFY_SCRIPT variable, and this script is called whenever the state of the VIP on the node changes. Keepalived uses the master state when it is servicing the VIP, the backup state when another node is servicing the VIP, or in the fault state when the check script fails. The notify script is called with the new state whenever the state changes.

You can create an IP failover deployment configuration on OpenShift Container Platform. The IP failover deployment configuration specifies the set of VIP addresses, and the set of nodes on which to service them. A cluster can have multiple IP failover deployment configurations, with each managing its own set of unique VIP addresses. Each node in the IP failover configuration runs an IP failover pod, and this pod runs Keepalived.

When using VIPs to access a pod with host networking, the application pod runs on all nodes that are running the IP failover pods. This enables any of the IP failover nodes to become the master and service the VIPs when needed. If application pods are not running on all nodes with IP failover, either some IP failover nodes never service the VIPs or some application pods never receive any traffic. Use the same selector and replication count, for both IP failover and the application pods, to avoid this mismatch.

While using VIPs to access a service, any of the nodes can be in the IP failover set of nodes, since the service is reachable on all nodes, no matter where the application pod is running. Any of the IP failover nodes can become master at any time. The service can either use external IPs and a service port or it can use a NodePort. Setting up a NodePort is a privileged operation.

When using external IPs in the service definition, the VIPs are set to the external IPs, and the IP failover monitoring port is set to the service port. When using a node port, the port is open on every node in the cluster, and the service load-balances traffic from whatever node currently services the VIP. In this case, the IP failover monitoring port is set to the NodePort in the service definition.

Important

Even though a service VIP is highly available, performance can still be affected. Keepalived makes sure that each of the VIPs is serviced by some node in the configuration, and several VIPs can end up on the same node even when other nodes have none. Strategies that externally load-balance across a set of VIPs can be thwarted when IP failover puts multiple VIPs on the same node.

When you use ExternalIP, you can set up IP failover to have the same VIP range as the ExternalIP range. You can also disable the monitoring port. In this case, all of the VIPs appear on same node in the cluster. Any user can set up a service with an ExternalIP and make it highly available.

Important

There are a maximum of 254 VIPs in the cluster.

14.1. IP failover environment variables

The following table contains the variables used to configure IP failover.

Table 14.1. IP failover environment variables
Variable NameDefaultDescription

OPENSHIFT_HA_MONITOR_PORT

80

The IP failover pod tries to open a TCP connection to this port on each Virtual IP (VIP). If connection is established, the service is considered to be running. If this port is set to 0, the test always passes.

OPENSHIFT_HA_NETWORK_INTERFACE

 

The interface name that IP failover uses to send Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) traffic. The default value is eth0.

OPENSHIFT_HA_REPLICA_COUNT

2

The number of replicas to create. This must match spec.replicas value in IP failover deployment configuration.

OPENSHIFT_HA_VIRTUAL_IPS

 

The list of IP address ranges to replicate. This must be provided. For example, 1.2.3.4-6,1.2.3.9.

OPENSHIFT_HA_VRRP_ID_OFFSET

0

The offset value used to set the virtual router IDs. Using different offset values allows multiple IP failover configurations to exist within the same cluster. The default offset is 0, and the allowed range is 0 through 255.

OPENSHIFT_HA_VIP_GROUPS

 

The number of groups to create for VRRP. If not set, a group is created for each virtual IP range specified with the OPENSHIFT_HA_VIP_GROUPS variable.

OPENSHIFT_HA_IPTABLES_CHAIN

INPUT

The name of the iptables chain, to automatically add an iptables rule to allow the VRRP traffic on. If the value is not set, an iptables rule is not added. If the chain does not exist, it is not created.

OPENSHIFT_HA_CHECK_SCRIPT

 

The full path name in the pod file system of a script that is periodically run to verify the application is operating.

OPENSHIFT_HA_CHECK_INTERVAL

2

The period, in seconds, that the check script is run.

OPENSHIFT_HA_NOTIFY_SCRIPT

 

The full path name in the pod file system of a script that is run whenever the state changes.

OPENSHIFT_HA_PREEMPTION

preempt_nodelay 300

The strategy for handling a new higher priority host. The nopreempt strategy does not move master from the lower priority host to the higher priority host.

14.2. Configuring IP failover in your cluster

As a cluster administrator, you can configure IP failover on an entire cluster, or on a subset of nodes, as defined by the label selector. You can also configure multiple IP failover deployments in your cluster, where each one is independent of the others.

The IP failover deployment ensures that a failover pod runs on each of the nodes matching the constraints or the label used.

This pod runs Keepalived, which can monitor an endpoint and use Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) to fail over the virtual IP (VIP) from one node to another if the first node cannot reach the service or endpoint.

For production use, set a selector that selects at least two nodes, and set replicas equal to the number of selected nodes.

Prerequisites

Procedure

  1. Create an IP failover service account: 

    $ oc create sa ipfailover

  2. Update security context constraints (SCC) for hostNetwork: 

    $ oc adm policy add-scc-to-user privileged -z ipfailover
    $ oc adm policy add-scc-to-user hostnetwork -z ipfailover

  3. Red Hat OpenStack Platform (RHOSP) only: Complete the following steps to make a failover VIP address reachable on RHOSP ports.

    1. Use the RHOSP CLI to show the default RHOSP API and VIP addresses in the allowed_address_pairs parameter of your RHOSP cluster: 

      $ openstack port show <cluster_name> -c allowed_address_pairs

      Output example

      *Field*                  *Value*
allowed_address_pairs    ip_address='192.168.0.5', mac_address='fa:16:3e:31:f9:cb'
                         ip_address='192.168.0.7', mac_address='fa:16:3e:31:f9:cb'

    2. Set a different VIP address for the IP failover deployment and make the address reachable on RHOSP ports by entering the following command in the RHOSP CLI. Do not set any default RHOSP API and VIP addresses as the failover VIP address for the IP failover deployment.

      Example of adding the 1.1.1.1 failover IP address as an allowed address on RHOSP ports.

      $ openstack port set <cluster_name> --allowed-address ip-address=1.1.1.1,mac-address=fa:fa:16:3e:31:f9:cb

    3. Create a deployment YAML file to configure IP failover for your deployment. See "Example deployment YAML for IP failover configuration" in a later step.

    4. Specify the following specification in the IP failover deployment so that you pass the failover VIP address to the OPENSHIFT_HA_VIRTUAL_IPS environment variable:

      Example of adding the 1.1.1.1 VIP address to OPENSHIFT_HA_VIRTUAL_IPS

      apiVersion: apps/v1
kind: Deployment
metadata:
  name: ipfailover-keepalived
# ...
      spec:
          env:
          - name: OPENSHIFT_HA_VIRTUAL_IPS
          value: "1.1.1.1"
# ...

  4. Create a deployment YAML file to configure IP failover.

    Note

    For Red Hat OpenStack Platform (RHOSP), you do not need to re-create the deployment YAML file. You already created this file as part of the earlier instructions.

    Example deployment YAML for IP failover configuration

    apiVersion: apps/v1
kind: Deployment
metadata:
  name: ipfailover-keepalived 1
  labels:
    ipfailover: hello-openshift
spec:
  strategy:
    type: Recreate
  replicas: 2
  selector:
    matchLabels:
      ipfailover: hello-openshift
  template:
    metadata:
      labels:
        ipfailover: hello-openshift
    spec:
      serviceAccountName: ipfailover
      privileged: true
      hostNetwork: true
      nodeSelector:
        node-role.kubernetes.io/worker: ""
      containers:
      - name: openshift-ipfailover
        image: registry.redhat.io/openshift4/ose-keepalived-ipfailover:v4.13
        ports:
        - containerPort: 63000
          hostPort: 63000
        imagePullPolicy: IfNotPresent
        securityContext:
          privileged: true
        volumeMounts:
        - name: lib-modules
          mountPath: /lib/modules
          readOnly: true
        - name: host-slash
          mountPath: /host
          readOnly: true
          mountPropagation: HostToContainer
        - name: etc-sysconfig
          mountPath: /etc/sysconfig
          readOnly: true
        - name: config-volume
          mountPath: /etc/keepalive
        env:
        - name: OPENSHIFT_HA_CONFIG_NAME
          value: "ipfailover"
        - name: OPENSHIFT_HA_VIRTUAL_IPS 2
          value: "1.1.1.1-2"
        - name: OPENSHIFT_HA_VIP_GROUPS 3
          value: "10"
        - name: OPENSHIFT_HA_NETWORK_INTERFACE 4
          value: "ens3" #The host interface to assign the VIPs
        - name: OPENSHIFT_HA_MONITOR_PORT 5
          value: "30060"
        - name: OPENSHIFT_HA_VRRP_ID_OFFSET 6
          value: "0"
        - name: OPENSHIFT_HA_REPLICA_COUNT 7
          value: "2" #Must match the number of replicas in the deployment
        - name: OPENSHIFT_HA_USE_UNICAST
          value: "false"
        #- name: OPENSHIFT_HA_UNICAST_PEERS
          #value: "10.0.148.40,10.0.160.234,10.0.199.110"
        - name: OPENSHIFT_HA_IPTABLES_CHAIN 8
          value: "INPUT"
        #- name: OPENSHIFT_HA_NOTIFY_SCRIPT 9
        #  value: /etc/keepalive/mynotifyscript.sh
        - name: OPENSHIFT_HA_CHECK_SCRIPT 10
          value: "/etc/keepalive/mycheckscript.sh"
        - name: OPENSHIFT_HA_PREEMPTION 11
          value: "preempt_delay 300"
        - name: OPENSHIFT_HA_CHECK_INTERVAL 12
          value: "2"
        livenessProbe:
          initialDelaySeconds: 10
          exec:
            command:
            - pgrep
            - keepalived
      volumes:
      - name: lib-modules
        hostPath:
          path: /lib/modules
      - name: host-slash
        hostPath:
          path: /
      - name: etc-sysconfig
        hostPath:
          path: /etc/sysconfig
      # config-volume contains the check script
      # created with `oc create configmap keepalived-checkscript --from-file=mycheckscript.sh`
      - configMap:
          defaultMode: 0755
          name: keepalived-checkscript
        name: config-volume
      imagePullSecrets:
        - name: openshift-pull-secret 13

    1
    The name of the IP failover deployment.
    2
    The list of IP address ranges to replicate. This must be provided. For example, 1.2.3.4-6,1.2.3.9.
    3
    The number of groups to create for VRRP. If not set, a group is created for each virtual IP range specified with the OPENSHIFT_HA_VIP_GROUPS variable.
    4
    The interface name that IP failover uses to send VRRP traffic. By default, eth0 is used.
    5
    The IP failover pod tries to open a TCP connection to this port on each VIP. If connection is established, the service is considered to be running. If this port is set to 0, the test always passes. The default value is 80.
    6
    The offset value used to set the virtual router IDs. Using different offset values allows multiple IP failover configurations to exist within the same cluster. The default offset is 0, and the allowed range is 0 through 255.
    7
    The number of replicas to create. This must match spec.replicas value in IP failover deployment configuration. The default value is 2.
    8
    The name of the iptables chain to automatically add an iptables rule to allow the VRRP traffic on. If the value is not set, an iptables rule is not added. If the chain does not exist, it is not created, and Keepalived operates in unicast mode. The default is INPUT.
    9
    The full path name in the pod file system of a script that is run whenever the state changes.
    10
    The full path name in the pod file system of a script that is periodically run to verify the application is operating.
    11
    The strategy for handling a new higher priority host. The default value is preempt_delay 300, which causes a Keepalived instance to take over a VIP after 5 minutes if a lower-priority master is holding the VIP.
    12
    The period, in seconds, that the check script is run. The default value is 2.
    13
    Create the pull secret before creating the deployment, otherwise you will get an error when creating the deployment.

14.3. Configuring check and notify scripts

Keepalived monitors the health of the application by periodically running an optional user-supplied check script. For example, the script can test a web server by issuing a request and verifying the response. As cluster administrator, you can provide an optional notify script, which is called whenever the state changes.

The check and notify scripts run in the IP failover pod and use the pod file system, not the host file system. However, the IP failover pod makes the host file system available under the /hosts mount path. When configuring a check or notify script, you must provide the full path to the script. The recommended approach for providing the scripts is to use a ConfigMap object.

The full path names of the check and notify scripts are added to the Keepalived configuration file, _/etc/keepalived/keepalived.conf, which is loaded every time Keepalived starts. The scripts can be added to the pod with a ConfigMap object as described in the following methods.

Check script

When a check script is not provided, a simple default script is run that tests the TCP connection. This default test is suppressed when the monitor port is 0.

Each IP failover pod manages a Keepalived daemon that manages one or more virtual IP (VIP) addresses on the node where the pod is running. The Keepalived daemon keeps the state of each VIP for that node. A particular VIP on a particular node might be in master, backup, or fault state.

If the check script returns non-zero, the node enters the backup state, and any VIPs it holds are reassigned.

Notify script

Keepalived passes the following three parameters to the notify script:

  • $1 - group or instance
  • $2 - Name of the group or instance
  • $3 - The new state: master, backup, or fault

Prerequisites

  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You are logged in to the cluster with a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. Create the desired script and create a ConfigMap object to hold it. The script has no input arguments and must return 0 for OK and 1 for fail.

    The check script, mycheckscript.sh: 

    #!/bin/bash
    # Whatever tests are needed
    # E.g., send request and verify response
exit 0

  2. Create the ConfigMap object : 

    $ oc create configmap mycustomcheck --from-file=mycheckscript.sh

  3. Add the script to the pod. The defaultMode for the mounted ConfigMap object files must able to run by using oc commands or by editing the deployment configuration. A value of 0755, 493 decimal, is typical: 

    $ oc set env deploy/ipfailover-keepalived \
    OPENSHIFT_HA_CHECK_SCRIPT=/etc/keepalive/mycheckscript.sh
    $ oc set volume deploy/ipfailover-keepalived --add --overwrite \
    --name=config-volume \
    --mount-path=/etc/keepalive \
    --source='{"configMap": { "name": "mycustomcheck", "defaultMode": 493}}'
    Note

    The oc set env command is whitespace sensitive. There must be no whitespace on either side of the = sign.

    Tip

    You can alternatively edit the ipfailover-keepalived deployment configuration: 

    $ oc edit deploy ipfailover-keepalived
        spec:
      containers:
      - env:
        - name: OPENSHIFT_HA_CHECK_SCRIPT  1
          value: /etc/keepalive/mycheckscript.sh
...
        volumeMounts: 2
        - mountPath: /etc/keepalive
          name: config-volume
      dnsPolicy: ClusterFirst
...
      volumes: 3
      - configMap:
          defaultMode: 0755 4
          name: customrouter
        name: config-volume
...
    1
    In the spec.container.env field, add the OPENSHIFT_HA_CHECK_SCRIPT environment variable to point to the mounted script file.
    2
    Add the spec.container.volumeMounts field to create the mount point.
    3
    Add a new spec.volumes field to mention the config map.
    4
    This sets run permission on the files. When read back, it is displayed in decimal, 493.

    Save the changes and exit the editor. This restarts ipfailover-keepalived.

14.4. Configuring VRRP preemption

When a Virtual IP (VIP) on a node leaves the fault state by passing the check script, the VIP on the node enters the backup state if it has lower priority than the VIP on the node that is currently in the master state. The nopreempt strategy does not move master from the lower priority VIP on the host to the higher priority VIP on the host. With preempt_delay 300, the default, Keepalived waits the specified 300 seconds and moves master to the higher priority VIP on the host.

Procedure

  • To specify preemption enter oc edit deploy ipfailover-keepalived to edit the router deployment configuration: 

    $ oc edit deploy ipfailover-keepalived
    ...
    spec:
      containers:
      - env:
        - name: OPENSHIFT_HA_PREEMPTION  1
          value: preempt_delay 300
...
    1
    Set the OPENSHIFT_HA_PREEMPTION value:
    • preempt_delay 300: Keepalived waits the specified 300 seconds and moves master to the higher priority VIP on the host. This is the default value.
    • nopreempt: does not move master from the lower priority VIP on the host to the higher priority VIP on the host.

14.5. Deploying multiple IP failover instances

Each IP failover pod managed by the IP failover deployment configuration, 1 pod per node or replica, runs a Keepalived daemon. As more IP failover deployment configurations are configured, more pods are created and more daemons join into the common Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) negotiation. This negotiation is done by all the Keepalived daemons and it determines which nodes service which virtual IPs (VIP).

Internally, Keepalived assigns a unique vrrp-id to each VIP. The negotiation uses this set of vrrp-ids, when a decision is made, the VIP corresponding to the winning vrrp-id is serviced on the winning node.

Therefore, for every VIP defined in the IP failover deployment configuration, the IP failover pod must assign a corresponding vrrp-id. This is done by starting at OPENSHIFT_HA_VRRP_ID_OFFSET and sequentially assigning the vrrp-ids to the list of VIPs. The vrrp-ids can have values in the range 1..255.

When there are multiple IP failover deployment configurations, you must specify OPENSHIFT_HA_VRRP_ID_OFFSET so that there is room to increase the number of VIPs in the deployment configuration and none of the vrrp-id ranges overlap.

14.6. Configuring IP failover for more than 254 addresses

IP failover management is limited to 254 groups of Virtual IP (VIP) addresses. By default OpenShift Container Platform assigns one IP address to each group. You can use the OPENSHIFT_HA_VIP_GROUPS variable to change this so multiple IP addresses are in each group and define the number of VIP groups available for each Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) instance when configuring IP failover.

Grouping VIPs creates a wider range of allocation of VIPs per VRRP in the case of VRRP failover events, and is useful when all hosts in the cluster have access to a service locally. For example, when a service is being exposed with an ExternalIP.

Note

As a rule for failover, do not limit services, such as the router, to one specific host. Instead, services should be replicated to each host so that in the case of IP failover, the services do not have to be recreated on the new host.

Note

If you are using OpenShift Container Platform health checks, the nature of IP failover and groups means that all instances in the group are not checked. For that reason, the Kubernetes health checks must be used to ensure that services are live.

Prerequisites

  • You are logged in to the cluster with a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  • To change the number of IP addresses assigned to each group, change the value for the OPENSHIFT_HA_VIP_GROUPS variable, for example:

    Example Deployment YAML for IP failover configuration

    ...
    spec:
        env:
        - name: OPENSHIFT_HA_VIP_GROUPS 1
          value: "3"
...

    1
    If OPENSHIFT_HA_VIP_GROUPS is set to 3 in an environment with seven VIPs, it creates three groups, assigning three VIPs to the first group, and two VIPs to the two remaining groups.
Note

If the number of groups set by OPENSHIFT_HA_VIP_GROUPS is fewer than the number of IP addresses set to fail over, the group contains more than one IP address, and all of the addresses move as a single unit.

14.7. High availability For ExternalIP

In non-cloud clusters, IP failover and ExternalIP to a service can be combined. The result is high availability services for users that create services using ExternalIP.

The approach is to specify an spec.ExternalIP.autoAssignCIDRs range of the cluster network configuration, and then use the same range in creating the IP failover configuration.

Because IP failover can support up to a maximum of 255 VIPs for the entire cluster, the spec.ExternalIP.autoAssignCIDRs must be /24 or smaller.

Additional resources

14.8. Removing IP failover

When IP failover is initially configured, the worker nodes in the cluster are modified with an iptables rule that explicitly allows multicast packets on 224.0.0.18 for Keepalived. Because of the change to the nodes, removing IP failover requires running a job to remove the iptables rule and removing the virtual IP addresses used by Keepalived.

Procedure

  1. Optional: Identify and delete any check and notify scripts that are stored as config maps:

    1. Identify whether any pods for IP failover use a config map as a volume: 

      $ oc get pod -l ipfailover \
  -o jsonpath="\
{range .items[?(@.spec.volumes[*].configMap)]}
{'Namespace: '}{.metadata.namespace}
{'Pod:       '}{.metadata.name}
{'Volumes that use config maps:'}
{range .spec.volumes[?(@.configMap)]}  {'volume:    '}{.name}
  {'configMap: '}{.configMap.name}{'\n'}{end}
{end}"

      Example output

      Namespace: default
Pod:       keepalived-worker-59df45db9c-2x9mn
Volumes that use config maps:
  volume:    config-volume
  configMap: mycustomcheck

    2. If the preceding step provided the names of config maps that are used as volumes, delete the config maps: 

      $ oc delete configmap <configmap_name>

  2. Identify an existing deployment for IP failover: 

    $ oc get deployment -l ipfailover

    Example output

    NAMESPACE   NAME         READY   UP-TO-DATE   AVAILABLE   AGE
default     ipfailover   2/2     2            2           105d

  3. Delete the deployment: 

    $ oc delete deployment <ipfailover_deployment_name>

  4. Remove the ipfailover service account: 

    $ oc delete sa ipfailover

  5. Run a job that removes the IP tables rule that was added when IP failover was initially configured:

    1. Create a file such as remove-ipfailover-job.yaml with contents that are similar to the following example: 

      apiVersion: batch/v1
kind: Job
metadata:
  generateName: remove-ipfailover-
  labels:
    app: remove-ipfailover
spec:
  template:
    metadata:
      name: remove-ipfailover
    spec:
      containers:
      - name: remove-ipfailover
        image: registry.redhat.io/openshift4/ose-keepalived-ipfailover:v4.13
        command: ["/var/lib/ipfailover/keepalived/remove-failover.sh"]
      nodeSelector: 1
        kubernetes.io/hostname: <host_name>  2
      restartPolicy: Never
      1
      The nodeSelector is likely the same as the selector used in the old IP failover deployment.
      2
      Run the job for each node in your cluster that was configured for IP failover and replace the hostname each time.

    2. Run the job: 

      $ oc create -f remove-ipfailover-job.yaml

      Example output

      job.batch/remove-ipfailover-2h8dm created

Verification

  • Confirm that the job removed the initial configuration for IP failover. 

    $ oc logs job/remove-ipfailover-2h8dm

    Example output

    remove-failover.sh: OpenShift IP Failover service terminating.
  - Removing ip_vs module ...
  - Cleaning up ...
  - Releasing VIPs  (interface eth0) ...

Chapter 15. Configuring interface-level network sysctls

In Linux, sysctl allows an administrator to modify kernel parameters at runtime. You can modify interface-level network sysctls using the tuning Container Network Interface (CNI) meta plugin. The tuning CNI meta plugin operates in a chain with a main CNI plugin as illustrated.

CNI plugin

The main CNI plugin assigns the interface and passes this to the tuning CNI meta plugin at runtime. You can change some sysctls and several interface attributes (promiscuous mode, all-multicast mode, MTU, and MAC address) in the network namespace by using the tuning CNI meta plugin. In the tuning CNI meta plugin configuration, the interface name is represented by the IFNAME token, and is replaced with the actual name of the interface at runtime.

Note

In OpenShift Container Platform, the tuning CNI meta plugin only supports changing interface-level network sysctls.

15.1. Configuring the tuning CNI

The following procedure configures the tuning CNI to change the interface-level network net.ipv4.conf.IFNAME.accept_redirects sysctl. This example enables accepting and sending ICMP-redirected packets.

Procedure

  1. Create a network attachment definition, such as tuning-example.yaml, with the following content: 

    apiVersion: "k8s.cni.cncf.io/v1"
kind: NetworkAttachmentDefinition
metadata:
  name: <name> 1
  namespace: default 2
spec:
  config: '{
    "cniVersion": "0.4.0", 3
    "name": "<name>", 4
    "plugins": [{
       "type": "<main_CNI_plugin>" 5
      },
      {
       "type": "tuning", 6
       "sysctl": {
            "net.ipv4.conf.IFNAME.accept_redirects": "1" 7
        }
      }
     ]
}
    1
    Specifies the name for the additional network attachment to create. The name must be unique within the specified namespace.
    2
    Specifies the namespace that the object is associated with.
    3
    Specifies the CNI specification version.
    4
    Specifies the name for the configuration. It is recommended to match the configuration name to the name value of the network attachment definition.
    5
    Specifies the name of the main CNI plugin to configure.
    6
    Specifies the name of the CNI meta plugin.
    7
    Specifies the sysctl to set.

    An example yaml file is shown here: 

    apiVersion: "k8s.cni.cncf.io/v1"
kind: NetworkAttachmentDefinition
metadata:
  name: tuningnad
  namespace: default
spec:
  config: '{
    "cniVersion": "0.4.0",
    "name": "tuningnad",
    "plugins": [{
      "type": "bridge"
      },
      {
      "type": "tuning",
      "sysctl": {
         "net.ipv4.conf.IFNAME.accept_redirects": "1"
        }
    }
  ]
}'

  2. Apply the yaml by running the following command: 

    $ oc apply -f tuning-example.yaml

    Example output

    networkattachmentdefinition.k8.cni.cncf.io/tuningnad created

  3. Create a pod such as examplepod.yaml with the network attachment definition similar to the following: 

    apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
  name: tunepod
  namespace: default
  annotations:
    k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/networks: tuningnad 1
spec:
  containers:
  - name: podexample
    image: centos
    command: ["/bin/bash", "-c", "sleep INF"]
    securityContext:
      runAsUser: 2000 2
      runAsGroup: 3000 3
      allowPrivilegeEscalation: false 4
      capabilities: 5
        drop: ["ALL"]
  securityContext:
    runAsNonRoot: true 6
    seccompProfile: 7
      type: RuntimeDefault
    1
    Specify the name of the configured NetworkAttachmentDefinition.
    2
    runAsUser controls which user ID the container is run with.
    3
    runAsGroup controls which primary group ID the containers is run with.
    4
    allowPrivilegeEscalation determines if a pod can request to allow privilege escalation. If unspecified, it defaults to true. This boolean directly controls whether the no_new_privs flag gets set on the container process.
    5
    capabilities permit privileged actions without giving full root access. This policy ensures all capabilities are dropped from the pod.
    6
    runAsNonRoot: true requires that the container will run with a user with any UID other than 0.
    7
    RuntimeDefault enables the default seccomp profile for a pod or container workload.

  4. Apply the yaml by running the following command: 

    $ oc apply -f examplepod.yaml

  5. Verify that the pod is created by running the following command: 

    $ oc get pod

    Example output

    NAME      READY   STATUS    RESTARTS   AGE
tunepod   1/1     Running   0          47s

  6. Log in to the pod by running the following command: 

    $ oc rsh tunepod

  7. Verify the values of the configured sysctl flags. For example, find the value net.ipv4.conf.net1.accept_redirects by running the following command: 

    sh-4.4# sysctl net.ipv4.conf.net1.accept_redirects

    Expected output

    net.ipv4.conf.net1.accept_redirects = 1

15.2. Additional resources

Chapter 16. Using the Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP)

As a cluster administrator, you can use the Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) on a bare-metal cluster.

16.1. Support for SCTP on OpenShift Container Platform

As a cluster administrator, you can enable SCTP on the hosts in the cluster. On Red Hat Enterprise Linux CoreOS (RHCOS), the SCTP module is disabled by default.

SCTP is a reliable message based protocol that runs on top of an IP network.

When enabled, you can use SCTP as a protocol with pods, services, and network policy. A Service object must be defined with the type parameter set to either the ClusterIP or NodePort value.

16.1.1. Example configurations using SCTP protocol

You can configure a pod or service to use SCTP by setting the protocol parameter to the SCTP value in the pod or service object.

In the following example, a pod is configured to use SCTP: 

apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
  namespace: project1
  name: example-pod
spec:
  containers:
    - name: example-pod
...
      ports:
        - containerPort: 30100
          name: sctpserver
          protocol: SCTP

In the following example, a service is configured to use SCTP: 

apiVersion: v1
kind: Service
metadata:
  namespace: project1
  name: sctpserver
spec:
...
  ports:
    - name: sctpserver
      protocol: SCTP
      port: 30100
      targetPort: 30100
  type: ClusterIP

In the following example, a NetworkPolicy object is configured to apply to SCTP network traffic on port 80 from any pods with a specific label: 

kind: NetworkPolicy
apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
metadata:
  name: allow-sctp-on-http
spec:
  podSelector:
    matchLabels:
      role: web
  ingress:
  - ports:
    - protocol: SCTP
      port: 80

16.2. Enabling Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP)

As a cluster administrator, you can load and enable the blacklisted SCTP kernel module on worker nodes in your cluster.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Access to the cluster as a user with the cluster-admin role.

Procedure

  1. Create a file named load-sctp-module.yaml that contains the following YAML definition: 

    apiVersion: machineconfiguration.openshift.io/v1
kind: MachineConfig
metadata:
  name: load-sctp-module
  labels:
    machineconfiguration.openshift.io/role: worker
spec:
  config:
    ignition:
      version: 3.2.0
    storage:
      files:
        - path: /etc/modprobe.d/sctp-blacklist.conf
          mode: 0644
          overwrite: true
          contents:
            source: data:,
        - path: /etc/modules-load.d/sctp-load.conf
          mode: 0644
          overwrite: true
          contents:
            source: data:,sctp

  2. To create the MachineConfig object, enter the following command: 

    $ oc create -f load-sctp-module.yaml

  3. Optional: To watch the status of the nodes while the MachineConfig Operator applies the configuration change, enter the following command. When the status of a node transitions to Ready, the configuration update is applied. 

    $ oc get nodes

16.3. Verifying Stream Control Transmission Protocol (SCTP) is enabled

You can verify that SCTP is working on a cluster by creating a pod with an application that listens for SCTP traffic, associating it with a service, and then connecting to the exposed service.

Prerequisites

  • Access to the internet from the cluster to install the nc package.
  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Access to the cluster as a user with the cluster-admin role.

Procedure

  1. Create a pod starts an SCTP listener:

    1. Create a file named sctp-server.yaml that defines a pod with the following YAML: 

      apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
  name: sctpserver
  labels:
    app: sctpserver
spec:
  containers:
    - name: sctpserver
      image: registry.access.redhat.com/ubi9/ubi
      command: ["/bin/sh", "-c"]
      args:
        ["dnf install -y nc && sleep inf"]
      ports:
        - containerPort: 30102
          name: sctpserver
          protocol: SCTP

    2. Create the pod by entering the following command: 

      $ oc create -f sctp-server.yaml

  2. Create a service for the SCTP listener pod.

    1. Create a file named sctp-service.yaml that defines a service with the following YAML: 

      apiVersion: v1
kind: Service
metadata:
  name: sctpservice
  labels:
    app: sctpserver
spec:
  type: NodePort
  selector:
    app: sctpserver
  ports:
    - name: sctpserver
      protocol: SCTP
      port: 30102
      targetPort: 30102

    2. To create the service, enter the following command: 

      $ oc create -f sctp-service.yaml

  3. Create a pod for the SCTP client.

    1. Create a file named sctp-client.yaml with the following YAML: 

      apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
  name: sctpclient
  labels:
    app: sctpclient
spec:
  containers:
    - name: sctpclient
      image: registry.access.redhat.com/ubi9/ubi
      command: ["/bin/sh", "-c"]
      args:
        ["dnf install -y nc && sleep inf"]

    2. To create the Pod object, enter the following command: 

      $ oc apply -f sctp-client.yaml

  4. Run an SCTP listener on the server.

    1. To connect to the server pod, enter the following command: 

      $ oc rsh sctpserver

    2. To start the SCTP listener, enter the following command: 

      $ nc -l 30102 --sctp

  5. Connect to the SCTP listener on the server.

    1. Open a new terminal window or tab in your terminal program.

    2. Obtain the IP address of the sctpservice service. Enter the following command: 

      $ oc get services sctpservice -o go-template='{{.spec.clusterIP}}{{"\n"}}'

    3. To connect to the client pod, enter the following command: 

      $ oc rsh sctpclient

    4. To start the SCTP client, enter the following command. Replace <cluster_IP> with the cluster IP address of the sctpservice service. 

      # nc <cluster_IP> 30102 --sctp

Chapter 17. Using Precision Time Protocol (PTP) hardware

You can configure linuxptp services and use PTP-capable hardware in OpenShift Container Platform cluster nodes.

17.1. About PTP hardware

You can use the OpenShift Container Platform console or OpenShift CLI (oc) to install PTP by deploying the PTP Operator. The PTP Operator creates and manages the linuxptp services and provides the following features:

  • Discovery of the PTP-capable devices in the cluster.
  • Management of the configuration of linuxptp services.
  • Notification of PTP clock events that negatively affect the performance and reliability of your application with the PTP Operator cloud-event-proxy sidecar.
Note

The PTP Operator works with PTP-capable devices on clusters provisioned only on bare-metal infrastructure.

17.2. About PTP

Precision Time Protocol (PTP) is used to synchronize clocks in a network. When used in conjunction with hardware support, PTP is capable of sub-microsecond accuracy, and is more accurate than Network Time Protocol (NTP).

17.2.1. Elements of a PTP domain

PTP is used to synchronize multiple nodes connected in a network, with clocks for each node. The clocks synchronized by PTP are organized in a source-destination hierarchy. The hierarchy is created and updated automatically by the best master clock (BMC) algorithm, which runs on every clock. Destination clocks are synchronized to source clocks, and destination clocks can themselves be the source for other downstream clocks. The three primary types of PTP clocks are described below.

Grandmaster clock
The grandmaster clock provides standard time information to other clocks across the network and ensures accurate and stable synchronisation. It writes time stamps and responds to time requests from other clocks. Grandmaster clocks synchronize to a Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS) time source. The Grandmaster clock is the authoritative source of time in the network and is responsible for providing time synchronization to all other devices.
Ordinary clock
The ordinary clock has a single port connection that can play the role of source or destination clock, depending on its position in the network. The ordinary clock can read and write time stamps.
Boundary clock
The boundary clock has ports in two or more communication paths and can be a source and a destination to other destination clocks at the same time. The boundary clock works as a destination clock upstream. The destination clock receives the timing message, adjusts for delay, and then creates a new source time signal to pass down the network. The boundary clock produces a new timing packet that is still correctly synced with the source clock and can reduce the number of connected devices reporting directly to the source clock.

17.2.2. Advantages of PTP over NTP

One of the main advantages that PTP has over NTP is the hardware support present in various network interface controllers (NIC) and network switches. The specialized hardware allows PTP to account for delays in message transfer and improves the accuracy of time synchronization. To achieve the best possible accuracy, it is recommended that all networking components between PTP clocks are PTP hardware enabled.

Hardware-based PTP provides optimal accuracy, since the NIC can time stamp the PTP packets at the exact moment they are sent and received. Compare this to software-based PTP, which requires additional processing of the PTP packets by the operating system.

Important

Before enabling PTP, ensure that NTP is disabled for the required nodes. You can disable the chrony time service (chronyd) using a MachineConfig custom resource. For more information, see Disabling chrony time service.

17.2.3. Using PTP with dual NIC hardware

OpenShift Container Platform supports single and dual NIC hardware for precision PTP timing in the cluster.

For 5G telco networks that deliver mid-band spectrum coverage, each virtual distributed unit (vDU) requires connections to 6 radio units (RUs). To make these connections, each vDU host requires 2 NICs configured as boundary clocks.

Dual NIC hardware allows you to connect each NIC to the same upstream leader clock with separate ptp4l instances for each NIC feeding the downstream clocks.

17.3. Overview of linuxptp in OpenShift Container Platform nodes

OpenShift Container Platform uses PTP and linuxptp for high precision system timing in bare-metal infrastructure. The linuxptp package includes the ts2phc, pmc, ptp4l, and phc2sys programs for system clock synchronization.

ts2phc

ts2phc synchronizes the PTP hardware clock (PHC) across PTP devices with a high degree of precision. ts2phc is used in grandmaster clock configurations. It receives the precision timing signal a high precision clock source such as Global Navigation Satellite System (GNSS). GNSS provides an accurate and reliable source of synchronized time for use in large distributed networks. GNSS clocks typically provide time information with a precision of a few nanoseconds.

The ts2phc system daemon sends timing information from the grandmaster clock to other PTP devices in the network by reading time information from the grandmaster clock and converting it to PHC format. PHC time is used by other devices in the network to synchronize their clocks with the grandmaster clock.

pmc
pmc implements a PTP management client (pmc) according to IEEE standard 1588.1588. pmc provides basic management access for the ptp4l system daemon. pmc reads from standard input and sends the output over the selected transport, printing any replies it receives.
ptp4l

ptp4l implements the PTP boundary clock and ordinary clock and runs as a system daemon. ptp4l does the following:

  • Synchronizes the PHC to the source clock with hardware time stamping
  • Synchronizes the system clock to the source clock with software time stamping
phc2sys
phc2sys synchronizes the system clock to the PHC on the network interface controller (NIC). The phc2sys system daemon continuously monitors the PHC for timing information. When it detects a timing error, the PHC corrects the system clock.

17.4. Installing the PTP Operator using the CLI

As a cluster administrator, you can install the Operator by using the CLI.

Prerequisites

  • A cluster installed on bare-metal hardware with nodes that have hardware that supports PTP.
  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. Create a namespace for the PTP Operator.

    1. Save the following YAML in the ptp-namespace.yaml file: 

      apiVersion: v1
kind: Namespace
metadata:
  name: openshift-ptp
  annotations:
    workload.openshift.io/allowed: management
  labels:
    name: openshift-ptp
    openshift.io/cluster-monitoring: "true"

    2. Create the Namespace CR: 

      $ oc create -f ptp-namespace.yaml

  2. Create an Operator group for the PTP Operator.

    1. Save the following YAML in the ptp-operatorgroup.yaml file: 

      apiVersion: operators.coreos.com/v1
kind: OperatorGroup
metadata:
  name: ptp-operators
  namespace: openshift-ptp
spec:
  targetNamespaces:
  - openshift-ptp

    2. Create the OperatorGroup CR: 

      $ oc create -f ptp-operatorgroup.yaml

  3. Subscribe to the PTP Operator.

    1. Save the following YAML in the ptp-sub.yaml file: 

      apiVersion: operators.coreos.com/v1alpha1
kind: Subscription
metadata:
  name: ptp-operator-subscription
  namespace: openshift-ptp
spec:
  channel: "stable"
  name: ptp-operator
  source: redhat-operators
  sourceNamespace: openshift-marketplace

    2. Create the Subscription CR: 

      $ oc create -f ptp-sub.yaml

  4. To verify that the Operator is installed, enter the following command: 

    $ oc get csv -n openshift-ptp -o custom-columns=Name:.metadata.name,Phase:.status.phase

    Example output

    Name                         Phase
4.13.0-202301261535          Succeeded

17.5. Installing the PTP Operator using the web console

As a cluster administrator, you can install the PTP Operator using the web console.

Note

You have to create the namespace and Operator group as mentioned in the previous section.

Procedure

  1. Install the PTP Operator using the OpenShift Container Platform web console:

    1. In the OpenShift Container Platform web console, click Operators → OperatorHub.
    2. Choose PTP Operator from the list of available Operators, and then click Install.
    3. On the Install Operator page, under A specific namespace on the cluster select openshift-ptp. Then, click Install.

  2. Optional: Verify that the PTP Operator installed successfully:

    1. Switch to the Operators → Installed Operators page.

    2. Ensure that PTP Operator is listed in the openshift-ptp project with a Status of InstallSucceeded.

      Note

      During installation an Operator might display a Failed status. If the installation later succeeds with an InstallSucceeded message, you can ignore the Failed message.

      If the Operator does not appear as installed, to troubleshoot further:

      • Go to the Operators → Installed Operators page and inspect the Operator Subscriptions and Install Plans tabs for any failure or errors under Status.
      • Go to the Workloads → Pods page and check the logs for pods in the openshift-ptp project.

17.6. Configuring PTP devices

The PTP Operator adds the NodePtpDevice.ptp.openshift.io custom resource definition (CRD) to OpenShift Container Platform.

When installed, the PTP Operator searches your cluster for PTP-capable network devices on each node. It creates and updates a NodePtpDevice custom resource (CR) object for each node that provides a compatible PTP-capable network device.

17.6.1. Discovering PTP-capable network devices in your cluster

Identify PTP-capable network devices that exist in your cluster so that you can configure them

Prerequisties

  • You installed the PTP Operator.

Procedure

  • To return a complete list of PTP capable network devices in your cluster, run the following command: 

    $ oc get NodePtpDevice -n openshift-ptp -o yaml

    Example output

    apiVersion: v1
items:
- apiVersion: ptp.openshift.io/v1
  kind: NodePtpDevice
  metadata:
    creationTimestamp: "2022-01-27T15:16:28Z"
    generation: 1
    name: dev-worker-0 1
    namespace: openshift-ptp
    resourceVersion: "6538103"
    uid: d42fc9ad-bcbf-4590-b6d8-b676c642781a
  spec: {}
  status:
    devices: 2
    - name: eno1
    - name: eno2
    - name: eno3
    - name: eno4
    - name: enp5s0f0
    - name: enp5s0f1
...

    1
    The value for the name parameter is the same as the name of the parent node.
    2
    The devices collection includes a list of the PTP capable devices that the PTP Operator discovers for the node.

17.6.2. Configuring linuxptp services as a grandmaster clock

You can configure the linuxptp services (ptp4l, phc2sys, ts2phc) as a grandmaster clock (T-GM) by creating a PtpConfig custom resource (CR) that configures the host NIC.

The ts2phc utility allows you to synchronize the system clock with the PTP grandmaster clock so that the node can stream precision clock signal to downstream PTP ordinary clocks and boundary clocks.

Note

Use the following example PtpConfig CR as the basis to configure linuxptp services as the grandmaster clock for your particular hardware and environment. This example CR does not configure PTP fast events. To configure PTP fast events, set appropriate values for ptp4lOpts, ptp4lConf, and ptpClockThreshold. ptpClockThreshold is used only when events are enabled. See "Configuring the PTP fast event notifications publisher" for more information.

Prerequisites

  • For T-GM clocks in production environments, install an Intel E810 Westport Channel NIC in the bare-metal cluster host.
  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.
  • Install the PTP Operator.

Procedure

  1. Create the PtpConfig resource. For example:

    1. Depending on your requirements, use one of the following T-GM configurations for your deployment. Save the YAML in the grandmaster-clock-ptp-config.yaml file:

      Example 17.1. Example PTP grandmaster clock configuration

      apiVersion: ptp.openshift.io/v1
kind: PtpConfig
metadata:
  name: grandmaster-clock
  namespace: openshift-ptp
  annotations: {}
spec:
  profile:
    - name: grandmaster-clock
      # The interface name is hardware-specific
      interface: $interface
      ptp4lOpts: "-2"
      phc2sysOpts: "-a -r -r -n 24"
      ptpSchedulingPolicy: SCHED_FIFO
      ptpSchedulingPriority: 10
      ptpSettings:
        logReduce: "true"
      ptp4lConf: |
        [global]
        #
        # Default Data Set
        #
        twoStepFlag 1
        slaveOnly 0
        priority1 128
        priority2 128
        domainNumber 24
        #utc_offset 37
        clockClass 255
        clockAccuracy 0xFE
        offsetScaledLogVariance 0xFFFF
        free_running 0
        freq_est_interval 1
        dscp_event 0
        dscp_general 0
        dataset_comparison G.8275.x
        G.8275.defaultDS.localPriority 128
        #
        # Port Data Set
        #
        logAnnounceInterval -3
        logSyncInterval -4
        logMinDelayReqInterval -4
        logMinPdelayReqInterval -4
        announceReceiptTimeout 3
        syncReceiptTimeout 0
        delayAsymmetry 0
        fault_reset_interval -4
        neighborPropDelayThresh 20000000
        masterOnly 0
        G.8275.portDS.localPriority 128
        #
        # Run time options
        #
        assume_two_step 0
        logging_level 6
        path_trace_enabled 0
        follow_up_info 0
        hybrid_e2e 0
        inhibit_multicast_service 0
        net_sync_monitor 0
        tc_spanning_tree 0
        tx_timestamp_timeout 50
        unicast_listen 0
        unicast_master_table 0
        unicast_req_duration 3600
        use_syslog 1
        verbose 0
        summary_interval 0
        kernel_leap 1
        check_fup_sync 0
        clock_class_threshold 7
        #
        # Servo Options
        #
        pi_proportional_const 0.0
        pi_integral_const 0.0
        pi_proportional_scale 0.0
        pi_proportional_exponent -0.3
        pi_proportional_norm_max 0.7
        pi_integral_scale 0.0
        pi_integral_exponent 0.4
        pi_integral_norm_max 0.3
        step_threshold 2.0
        first_step_threshold 0.00002
        max_frequency 900000000
        clock_servo pi
        sanity_freq_limit 200000000
        ntpshm_segment 0
        #
        # Transport options
        #
        transportSpecific 0x0
        ptp_dst_mac 01:1B:19:00:00:00
        p2p_dst_mac 01:80:C2:00:00:0E
        udp_ttl 1
        udp6_scope 0x0E
        uds_address /var/run/ptp4l
        #
        # Default interface options
        #
        clock_type OC
        network_transport L2
        delay_mechanism E2E
        time_stamping hardware
        tsproc_mode filter
        delay_filter moving_median
        delay_filter_length 10
        egressLatency 0
        ingressLatency 0
        boundary_clock_jbod 0
        #
        # Clock description
        #
        productDescription ;;
        revisionData ;;
        manufacturerIdentity 00:00:00
        userDescription ;
        timeSource 0xA0
  recommend:
    - profile: grandmaster-clock
      priority: 4
      match:
        - nodeLabel: "node-role.kubernetes.io/$mcp"
      Note

      The example PTP grandmaster clock configuration is for test purposes only and is not intended for production.

      Example 17.2. PTP grandmaster clock configuration for E810 NIC

      apiVersion: ptp.openshift.io/v1
kind: PtpConfig
metadata:
  name: grandmaster
  namespace: openshift-ptp
  annotations:
    ran.openshift.io/ztp-deploy-wave: "10"
spec:
  profile:
  - name: "grandmaster"
    ptp4lOpts: "-2 --summary_interval -4"
    phc2sysOpts: -r -u 0 -m -O -37 -N 8 -R 16 -s $iface_master -n 24
    ptpSchedulingPolicy: SCHED_FIFO
    ptpSchedulingPriority: 10
    ptpSettings:
      logReduce: "true"
    plugins:
      e810:
        enableDefaultConfig: true
    ts2phcOpts: " "
    ts2phcConf: |
      [nmea]
      ts2phc.master 1
      [global]
      use_syslog  0
      verbose 1
      logging_level 7
      ts2phc.pulsewidth 100000000
      ts2phc.nmea_serialport $gnss_serialport
      leapfile  /usr/share/zoneinfo/leap-seconds.list
      [$iface_master]
      ts2phc.extts_polarity rising
      ts2phc.extts_correction 0
    ptp4lConf: |
      [$iface_master]
      masterOnly 1
      [$iface_master_1]
      masterOnly 1
      [$iface_master_2]
      masterOnly 1
      [$iface_master_3]
      masterOnly 1
      [global]
      #
      # Default Data Set
      #
      twoStepFlag 1
      priority1 128
      priority2 128
      domainNumber 24
      #utc_offset 37
      clockClass 6
      clockAccuracy 0x27
      offsetScaledLogVariance 0xFFFF
      free_running 0
      freq_est_interval 1
      dscp_event 0
      dscp_general 0
      dataset_comparison G.8275.x
      G.8275.defaultDS.localPriority 128
      #
      # Port Data Set
      #
      logAnnounceInterval -3
      logSyncInterval -4
      logMinDelayReqInterval -4
      logMinPdelayReqInterval 0
      announceReceiptTimeout 3
      syncReceiptTimeout 0
      delayAsymmetry 0
      fault_reset_interval -4
      neighborPropDelayThresh 20000000
      masterOnly 0
      G.8275.portDS.localPriority 128
      #
      # Run time options
      #
      assume_two_step 0
      logging_level 6
      path_trace_enabled 0
      follow_up_info 0
      hybrid_e2e 0
      inhibit_multicast_service 0
      net_sync_monitor 0
      tc_spanning_tree 0
      tx_timestamp_timeout 50
      unicast_listen 0
      unicast_master_table 0
      unicast_req_duration 3600
      use_syslog 1
      verbose 0
      summary_interval -4
      kernel_leap 1
      check_fup_sync 0
      clock_class_threshold 7
      #
      # Servo Options
      #
      pi_proportional_const 0.0
      pi_integral_const 0.0
      pi_proportional_scale 0.0
      pi_proportional_exponent -0.3
      pi_proportional_norm_max 0.7
      pi_integral_scale 0.0
      pi_integral_exponent 0.4
      pi_integral_norm_max 0.3
      step_threshold 2.0
      first_step_threshold 0.00002
      clock_servo pi
      sanity_freq_limit  200000000
      ntpshm_segment 0
      #
      # Transport options
      #
      transportSpecific 0x0
      ptp_dst_mac 01:1B:19:00:00:00
      p2p_dst_mac 01:80:C2:00:00:0E
      udp_ttl 1
      udp6_scope 0x0E
      uds_address /var/run/ptp4l
      #
      # Default interface options
      #
      clock_type BC
      network_transport L2
      delay_mechanism E2E
      time_stamping hardware
      tsproc_mode filter
      delay_filter moving_median
      delay_filter_length 10
      egressLatency 0
      ingressLatency 0
      boundary_clock_jbod 0
      #
      # Clock description
      #
      productDescription ;;
      revisionData ;;
      manufacturerIdentity 00:00:00
      userDescription ;
      timeSource 0x20
  recommend:
  - profile: "grandmaster"
    priority: 4
    match:
    - nodeLabel: "node-role.kubernetes.io/$mcp"

    2. Create the CR by running the following command: 

      $ oc create -f grandmaster-clock-ptp-config.yaml

Verification

  1. Check that the PtpConfig profile is applied to the node.

    1. Get the list of pods in the openshift-ptp namespace by running the following command: 

      $ oc get pods -n openshift-ptp -o wide

      Example output

      NAME                          READY   STATUS    RESTARTS   AGE     IP             NODE
linuxptp-daemon-74m2g         3/3     Running   3          4d15h   10.16.230.7    compute-1.example.com
ptp-operator-5f4f48d7c-x7zkf  1/1     Running   1          4d15h   10.128.1.145   compute-1.example.com

    2. Check that the profile is correct. Examine the logs of the linuxptp daemon that corresponds to the node you specified in the PtpConfig profile. Run the following command: 

      $ oc logs linuxptp-daemon-74m2g -n openshift-ptp -c linuxptp-daemon-container

      Example output

      ts2phc[94980.334]: [ts2phc.0.config] nmea delay: 98690975 ns
ts2phc[94980.334]: [ts2phc.0.config] ens3f0 extts index 0 at 1676577329.999999999 corr 0 src 1676577330.901342528 diff -1
ts2phc[94980.334]: [ts2phc.0.config] ens3f0 master offset         -1 s2 freq      -1
ts2phc[94980.441]: [ts2phc.0.config] nmea sentence: GNRMC,195453.00,A,4233.24427,N,07126.64420,W,0.008,,160223,,,A,V
phc2sys[94980.450]: [ptp4l.0.config] CLOCK_REALTIME phc offset       943 s2 freq  -89604 delay    504
phc2sys[94980.512]: [ptp4l.0.config] CLOCK_REALTIME phc offset      1000 s2 freq  -89264 delay    474

Additional resources

17.6.2.1. Grandmaster clock PtpConfig configuration reference

The following reference information describes the configuration options for the PtpConfig custom resource (CR) that configures the linuxptp services (ptp4l, phc2sys, ts2phc) as a grandmaster clock.

Table 17.1. PtpConfig configuration options for PTP Grandmaster clock
PtpConfig CR fieldDescription

plugins

Specify an array of .exec.cmdline options that configure the NIC for grandmaster clock operation. Grandmaster clock configuration requires certain PTP pins to be disabled.

The plugin mechanism allows the PTP Operator to do automated hardware configuration. For the Intel Westport Channel NIC, when enableDefaultConfig is true, The PTP Operator runs a hard-coded script to do the required configuration for the NIC.

ptp4lOpts

Specify system configuration options for the ptp4l service. The options should not include the network interface name -i <interface> and service config file -f /etc/ptp4l.conf because the network interface name and the service config file are automatically appended.

ptp4lConf

Specify the required configuration to start ptp4l as a grandmaster clock. For example, the ens2f1 interface synchronizes downstream connected devices. For grandmaster clocks, set clockClass to 6 and set clockAccuracy to 0x27. Set timeSource to 0x20 for when receiving the timing signal from a Global navigation satellite system (GNSS).

tx_timestamp_timeout

Specify the maximum amount of time to wait for the transmit (TX) timestamp from the sender before discarding the data.

boundary_clock_jbod

Specify the JBOD boundary clock time delay value. This value is used to correct the time values that are passed between the network time devices.

phc2sysOpts

Specify system config options for the phc2sys service. If this field is empty the PTP Operator does not start the phc2sys service.

Note

Ensure that the network interface listed here is configured as grandmaster and is referenced as required in the ts2phcConf and ptp4lConf fields.

ptpSchedulingPolicy

Configure the scheduling policy for ptp4l and phc2sys processes. Default value is SCHED_OTHER. Use SCHED_FIFO on systems that support FIFO scheduling.

ptpSchedulingPriority

Set an integer value from 1-65 to configure FIFO priority for ptp4l and phc2sys processes when ptpSchedulingPolicy is set to SCHED_FIFO. The ptpSchedulingPriority field is not used when ptpSchedulingPolicy is set to SCHED_OTHER.

ptpClockThreshold

Optional. If ptpClockThreshold stanza is not present, default values are used for ptpClockThreshold fields. Stanza shows default ptpClockThreshold values. ptpClockThreshold values configure how long after the PTP master clock is disconnected before PTP events are triggered. holdOverTimeout is the time value in seconds before the PTP clock event state changes to FREERUN when the PTP master clock is disconnected. The maxOffsetThreshold and minOffsetThreshold settings configure offset values in nanoseconds that compare against the values for CLOCK_REALTIME (phc2sys) or master offset (ptp4l). When the ptp4l or phc2sys offset value is outside this range, the PTP clock state is set to FREERUN. When the offset value is within this range, the PTP clock state is set to LOCKED.

ts2phcConf

Sets the configuration for the ts2phc command.

leapfile is the default path to the current leap seconds definition file in the PTP Operator container image.

ts2phc.nmea_serialport is the serial port device that is connected to the NMEA GPS clock source. When configured, the GNSS receiver is accessible on /dev/gnss<id>. If the host has multiple GNSS receivers, you can find the correct device by enumerating either of the following devices:

  • /sys/class/net/<eth_port>/device/gnss/
  • /sys/class/gnss/gnss<id>/device/

ts2phcOpts

Set options for the ts2phc command.

recommend

Specify an array of one or more recommend objects that define rules on how the profile should be applied to nodes.

.recommend.profile

Specify the .recommend.profile object name that is defined in the profile section.

.recommend.priority

Specify the priority with an integer value between 0 and 99. A larger number gets lower priority, so a priority of 99 is lower than a priority of 10. If a node can be matched with multiple profiles according to rules defined in the match field, the profile with the higher priority is applied to that node.

.recommend.match

Specify .recommend.match rules with nodeLabel or nodeName values.

.recommend.match.nodeLabel

Set nodeLabel with the key of the node.Labels field from the node object by using the oc get nodes --show-labels command. For example, node-role.kubernetes.io/worker.

.recommend.match.nodeName

Set nodeName with the value of the node.Name field from the node object by using the oc get nodes command. For example, compute-1.example.com.

17.6.3. Configuring linuxptp services as an ordinary clock

You can configure linuxptp services (ptp4l, phc2sys) as ordinary clock by creating a PtpConfig custom resource (CR) object.

Note

Use the following example PtpConfig CR as the basis to configure linuxptp services as an ordinary clock for your particular hardware and environment. This example CR does not configure PTP fast events. To configure PTP fast events, set appropriate values for ptp4lOpts, ptp4lConf, and ptpClockThreshold. ptpClockThreshold is required only when events are enabled. See "Configuring the PTP fast event notifications publisher" for more information.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.
  • Install the PTP Operator.

Procedure

  1. Create the following PtpConfig CR, and then save the YAML in the ordinary-clock-ptp-config.yaml file.

    Example PTP ordinary clock configuration

    apiVersion: ptp.openshift.io/v1
kind: PtpConfig
metadata:
  name: ordinary-clock
  namespace: openshift-ptp
  annotations: {}
spec:
  profile:
    - name: ordinary-clock
      # The interface name is hardware-specific
      interface: $interface
      ptp4lOpts: "-2 -s"
      phc2sysOpts: "-a -r -n 24"
      ptpSchedulingPolicy: SCHED_FIFO
      ptpSchedulingPriority: 10
      ptpSettings:
        logReduce: "true"
      ptp4lConf: |
        [global]
        #
        # Default Data Set
        #
        twoStepFlag 1
        slaveOnly 1
        priority1 128
        priority2 128
        domainNumber 24
        #utc_offset 37
        clockClass 255
        clockAccuracy 0xFE
        offsetScaledLogVariance 0xFFFF
        free_running 0
        freq_est_interval 1
        dscp_event 0
        dscp_general 0
        dataset_comparison G.8275.x
        G.8275.defaultDS.localPriority 128
        #
        # Port Data Set
        #
        logAnnounceInterval -3
        logSyncInterval -4
        logMinDelayReqInterval -4
        logMinPdelayReqInterval -4
        announceReceiptTimeout 3
        syncReceiptTimeout 0
        delayAsymmetry 0
        fault_reset_interval -4
        neighborPropDelayThresh 20000000
        masterOnly 0
        G.8275.portDS.localPriority 128
        #
        # Run time options
        #
        assume_two_step 0
        logging_level 6
        path_trace_enabled 0
        follow_up_info 0
        hybrid_e2e 0
        inhibit_multicast_service 0
        net_sync_monitor 0
        tc_spanning_tree 0
        tx_timestamp_timeout 50
        unicast_listen 0
        unicast_master_table 0
        unicast_req_duration 3600
        use_syslog 1
        verbose 0
        summary_interval 0
        kernel_leap 1
        check_fup_sync 0
        clock_class_threshold 7
        #
        # Servo Options
        #
        pi_proportional_const 0.0
        pi_integral_const 0.0
        pi_proportional_scale 0.0
        pi_proportional_exponent -0.3
        pi_proportional_norm_max 0.7
        pi_integral_scale 0.0
        pi_integral_exponent 0.4
        pi_integral_norm_max 0.3
        step_threshold 2.0
        first_step_threshold 0.00002
        max_frequency 900000000
        clock_servo pi
        sanity_freq_limit 200000000
        ntpshm_segment 0
        #
        # Transport options
        #
        transportSpecific 0x0
        ptp_dst_mac 01:1B:19:00:00:00
        p2p_dst_mac 01:80:C2:00:00:0E
        udp_ttl 1
        udp6_scope 0x0E
        uds_address /var/run/ptp4l
        #
        # Default interface options
        #
        clock_type OC
        network_transport L2
        delay_mechanism E2E
        time_stamping hardware
        tsproc_mode filter
        delay_filter moving_median
        delay_filter_length 10
        egressLatency 0
        ingressLatency 0
        boundary_clock_jbod 0
        #
        # Clock description
        #
        productDescription ;;
        revisionData ;;
        manufacturerIdentity 00:00:00
        userDescription ;
        timeSource 0xA0
  recommend:
    - profile: ordinary-clock
      priority: 4
      match:
        - nodeLabel: "node-role.kubernetes.io/$mcp"

    Table 17.2. PTP ordinary clock CR configuration options
    Custom resource fieldDescription

    name

    The name of the PtpConfig CR.

    profile

    Specify an array of one or more profile objects. Each profile must be uniquely named.

    interface

    Specify the network interface to be used by the ptp4l service, for example ens787f1.

    ptp4lOpts

    Specify system config options for the ptp4l service, for example -2 to select the IEEE 802.3 network transport. The options should not include the network interface name -i <interface> and service config file -f /etc/ptp4l.conf because the network interface name and the service config file are automatically appended. Append --summary_interval -4 to use PTP fast events with this interface.

    phc2sysOpts

    Specify system config options for the phc2sys service. If this field is empty, the PTP Operator does not start the phc2sys service. For Intel Columbiaville 800 Series NICs, set phc2sysOpts options to -a -r -m -n 24 -N 8 -R 16. -m prints messages to stdout. The linuxptp-daemon DaemonSet parses the logs and generates Prometheus metrics.

    ptp4lConf

    Specify a string that contains the configuration to replace the default /etc/ptp4l.conf file. To use the default configuration, leave the field empty.

    tx_timestamp_timeout

    For Intel Columbiaville 800 Series NICs, set tx_timestamp_timeout to 50.

    boundary_clock_jbod

    For Intel Columbiaville 800 Series NICs, set boundary_clock_jbod to 0.

    ptpSchedulingPolicy

    Scheduling policy for ptp4l and phc2sys processes. Default value is SCHED_OTHER. Use SCHED_FIFO on systems that support FIFO scheduling.

    ptpSchedulingPriority

    Integer value from 1-65 used to set FIFO priority for ptp4l and phc2sys processes when ptpSchedulingPolicy is set to SCHED_FIFO. The ptpSchedulingPriority field is not used when ptpSchedulingPolicy is set to SCHED_OTHER.

    ptpClockThreshold

    Optional. If ptpClockThreshold is not present, default values are used for the ptpClockThreshold fields. ptpClockThreshold configures how long after the PTP master clock is disconnected before PTP events are triggered. holdOverTimeout is the time value in seconds before the PTP clock event state changes to FREERUN when the PTP master clock is disconnected. The maxOffsetThreshold and minOffsetThreshold settings configure offset values in nanoseconds that compare against the values for CLOCK_REALTIME (phc2sys) or master offset (ptp4l). When the ptp4l or phc2sys offset value is outside this range, the PTP clock state is set to FREERUN. When the offset value is within this range, the PTP clock state is set to LOCKED.

    recommend

    Specify an array of one or more recommend objects that define rules on how the profile should be applied to nodes.

    .recommend.profile

    Specify the .recommend.profile object name defined in the profile section.

    .recommend.priority

    Set .recommend.priority to 0 for ordinary clock.

    .recommend.match

    Specify .recommend.match rules with nodeLabel or nodeName values.

    .recommend.match.nodeLabel

    Set nodeLabel with the key of the node.Labels field from the node object by using the oc get nodes --show-labels command. For example, node-role.kubernetes.io/worker.

    .recommend.match.nodeName

    Set nodeName with the value of the node.Name field from the node object by using the oc get nodes command. For example, compute-1.example.com.

  2. Create the PtpConfig CR by running the following command: 

    $ oc create -f ordinary-clock-ptp-config.yaml

Verification

  1. Check that the PtpConfig profile is applied to the node.

    1. Get the list of pods in the openshift-ptp namespace by running the following command: 

      $ oc get pods -n openshift-ptp -o wide

      Example output

      NAME                            READY   STATUS    RESTARTS   AGE   IP               NODE
linuxptp-daemon-4xkbb           1/1     Running   0          43m   10.1.196.24      compute-0.example.com
linuxptp-daemon-tdspf           1/1     Running   0          43m   10.1.196.25      compute-1.example.com
ptp-operator-657bbb64c8-2f8sj   1/1     Running   0          43m   10.129.0.61      control-plane-1.example.com

    2. Check that the profile is correct. Examine the logs of the linuxptp daemon that corresponds to the node you specified in the PtpConfig profile. Run the following command: 

      $ oc logs linuxptp-daemon-4xkbb -n openshift-ptp -c linuxptp-daemon-container

      Example output

      I1115 09:41:17.117596 4143292 daemon.go:107] in applyNodePTPProfile
I1115 09:41:17.117604 4143292 daemon.go:109] updating NodePTPProfile to:
I1115 09:41:17.117607 4143292 daemon.go:110] ------------------------------------
I1115 09:41:17.117612 4143292 daemon.go:102] Profile Name: profile1
I1115 09:41:17.117616 4143292 daemon.go:102] Interface: ens787f1
I1115 09:41:17.117620 4143292 daemon.go:102] Ptp4lOpts: -2 -s
I1115 09:41:17.117623 4143292 daemon.go:102] Phc2sysOpts: -a -r -n 24
I1115 09:41:17.117626 4143292 daemon.go:116] ------------------------------------

Additional resources

17.6.4. Configuring linuxptp services as a boundary clock

You can configure the linuxptp services (ptp4l, phc2sys) as boundary clock by creating a PtpConfig custom resource (CR) object.

Note

Use the following example PtpConfig CR as the basis to configure linuxptp services as the boundary clock for your particular hardware and environment. This example CR does not configure PTP fast events. To configure PTP fast events, set appropriate values for ptp4lOpts, ptp4lConf, and ptpClockThreshold. ptpClockThreshold is used only when events are enabled. See "Configuring the PTP fast event notifications publisher" for more information.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.
  • Install the PTP Operator.

Procedure

  1. Create the following PtpConfig CR, and then save the YAML in the boundary-clock-ptp-config.yaml file.

    Example PTP boundary clock configuration

    apiVersion: ptp.openshift.io/v1
kind: PtpConfig
metadata:
  name: boundary-clock
  namespace: openshift-ptp
  annotations: {}
spec:
  profile:
    - name: boundary-clock
      ptp4lOpts: "-2"
      phc2sysOpts: "-a -r -n 24"
      ptpSchedulingPolicy: SCHED_FIFO
      ptpSchedulingPriority: 10
      ptpSettings:
        logReduce: "true"
      ptp4lConf: |
        # The interface name is hardware-specific
        [$iface_slave]
        masterOnly 0
        [$iface_master_1]
        masterOnly 1
        [$iface_master_2]
        masterOnly 1
        [$iface_master_3]
        masterOnly 1
        [global]
        #
        # Default Data Set
        #
        twoStepFlag 1
        slaveOnly 0
        priority1 128
        priority2 128
        domainNumber 24
        #utc_offset 37
        clockClass 248
        clockAccuracy 0xFE
        offsetScaledLogVariance 0xFFFF
        free_running 0
        freq_est_interval 1
        dscp_event 0
        dscp_general 0
        dataset_comparison G.8275.x
        G.8275.defaultDS.localPriority 128
        #
        # Port Data Set
        #
        logAnnounceInterval -3
        logSyncInterval -4
        logMinDelayReqInterval -4
        logMinPdelayReqInterval -4
        announceReceiptTimeout 3
        syncReceiptTimeout 0
        delayAsymmetry 0
        fault_reset_interval -4
        neighborPropDelayThresh 20000000
        masterOnly 0
        G.8275.portDS.localPriority 128
        #
        # Run time options
        #
        assume_two_step 0
        logging_level 6
        path_trace_enabled 0
        follow_up_info 0
        hybrid_e2e 0
        inhibit_multicast_service 0
        net_sync_monitor 0
        tc_spanning_tree 0
        tx_timestamp_timeout 50
        unicast_listen 0
        unicast_master_table 0
        unicast_req_duration 3600
        use_syslog 1
        verbose 0
        summary_interval 0
        kernel_leap 1
        check_fup_sync 0
        clock_class_threshold 135
        #
        # Servo Options
        #
        pi_proportional_const 0.0
        pi_integral_const 0.0
        pi_proportional_scale 0.0
        pi_proportional_exponent -0.3
        pi_proportional_norm_max 0.7
        pi_integral_scale 0.0
        pi_integral_exponent 0.4
        pi_integral_norm_max 0.3
        step_threshold 2.0
        first_step_threshold 0.00002
        max_frequency 900000000
        clock_servo pi
        sanity_freq_limit 200000000
        ntpshm_segment 0
        #
        # Transport options
        #
        transportSpecific 0x0
        ptp_dst_mac 01:1B:19:00:00:00
        p2p_dst_mac 01:80:C2:00:00:0E
        udp_ttl 1
        udp6_scope 0x0E
        uds_address /var/run/ptp4l
        #
        # Default interface options
        #
        clock_type BC
        network_transport L2
        delay_mechanism E2E
        time_stamping hardware
        tsproc_mode filter
        delay_filter moving_median
        delay_filter_length 10
        egressLatency 0
        ingressLatency 0
        boundary_clock_jbod 0
        #
        # Clock description
        #
        productDescription ;;
        revisionData ;;
        manufacturerIdentity 00:00:00
        userDescription ;
        timeSource 0xA0
  recommend:
    - profile: boundary-clock
      priority: 4
      match:
        - nodeLabel: "node-role.kubernetes.io/$mcp"

    Table 17.3. PTP boundary clock CR configuration options
    Custom resource fieldDescription

    name

    The name of the PtpConfig CR.

    profile

    Specify an array of one or more profile objects.

    name

    Specify the name of a profile object which uniquely identifies a profile object.

    ptp4lOpts

    Specify system config options for the ptp4l service. The options should not include the network interface name -i <interface> and service config file -f /etc/ptp4l.conf because the network interface name and the service config file are automatically appended.

    ptp4lConf

    Specify the required configuration to start ptp4l as boundary clock. For example, ens1f0 synchronizes from a grandmaster clock and ens1f3 synchronizes connected devices.

    <interface_1>

    The interface that receives the synchronization clock.

    <interface_2>

    The interface that sends the synchronization clock.

    tx_timestamp_timeout

    For Intel Columbiaville 800 Series NICs, set tx_timestamp_timeout to 50.

    boundary_clock_jbod

    For Intel Columbiaville 800 Series NICs, ensure boundary_clock_jbod is set to 0. For Intel Fortville X710 Series NICs, ensure boundary_clock_jbod is set to 1.

    phc2sysOpts

    Specify system config options for the phc2sys service. If this field is empty, the PTP Operator does not start the phc2sys service.

    ptpSchedulingPolicy

    Scheduling policy for ptp4l and phc2sys processes. Default value is SCHED_OTHER. Use SCHED_FIFO on systems that support FIFO scheduling.

    ptpSchedulingPriority

    Integer value from 1-65 used to set FIFO priority for ptp4l and phc2sys processes when ptpSchedulingPolicy is set to SCHED_FIFO. The ptpSchedulingPriority field is not used when ptpSchedulingPolicy is set to SCHED_OTHER.

    ptpClockThreshold

    Optional. If ptpClockThreshold is not present, default values are used for the ptpClockThreshold fields. ptpClockThreshold configures how long after the PTP master clock is disconnected before PTP events are triggered. holdOverTimeout is the time value in seconds before the PTP clock event state changes to FREERUN when the PTP master clock is disconnected. The maxOffsetThreshold and minOffsetThreshold settings configure offset values in nanoseconds that compare against the values for CLOCK_REALTIME (phc2sys) or master offset (ptp4l). When the ptp4l or phc2sys offset value is outside this range, the PTP clock state is set to FREERUN. When the offset value is within this range, the PTP clock state is set to LOCKED.

    recommend

    Specify an array of one or more recommend objects that define rules on how the profile should be applied to nodes.

    .recommend.profile

    Specify the .recommend.profile object name defined in the profile section.

    .recommend.priority

    Specify the priority with an integer value between 0 and 99. A larger number gets lower priority, so a priority of 99 is lower than a priority of 10. If a node can be matched with multiple profiles according to rules defined in the match field, the profile with the higher priority is applied to that node.

    .recommend.match

    Specify .recommend.match rules with nodeLabel or nodeName values.

    .recommend.match.nodeLabel

    Set nodeLabel with the key of the node.Labels field from the node object by using the oc get nodes --show-labels command. For example, node-role.kubernetes.io/worker.

    .recommend.match.nodeName

    Set nodeName with the value of the node.Name field from the node object by using the oc get nodes command. For example, compute-1.example.com.

  2. Create the CR by running the following command: 

    $ oc create -f boundary-clock-ptp-config.yaml

Verification

  1. Check that the PtpConfig profile is applied to the node.

    1. Get the list of pods in the openshift-ptp namespace by running the following command: 

      $ oc get pods -n openshift-ptp -o wide

      Example output

      NAME                            READY   STATUS    RESTARTS   AGE   IP               NODE
linuxptp-daemon-4xkbb           1/1     Running   0          43m   10.1.196.24      compute-0.example.com
linuxptp-daemon-tdspf           1/1     Running   0          43m   10.1.196.25      compute-1.example.com
ptp-operator-657bbb64c8-2f8sj   1/1     Running   0          43m   10.129.0.61      control-plane-1.example.com

    2. Check that the profile is correct. Examine the logs of the linuxptp daemon that corresponds to the node you specified in the PtpConfig profile. Run the following command: 

      $ oc logs linuxptp-daemon-4xkbb -n openshift-ptp -c linuxptp-daemon-container

      Example output

      I1115 09:41:17.117596 4143292 daemon.go:107] in applyNodePTPProfile
I1115 09:41:17.117604 4143292 daemon.go:109] updating NodePTPProfile to:
I1115 09:41:17.117607 4143292 daemon.go:110] ------------------------------------
I1115 09:41:17.117612 4143292 daemon.go:102] Profile Name: profile1
I1115 09:41:17.117616 4143292 daemon.go:102] Interface:
I1115 09:41:17.117620 4143292 daemon.go:102] Ptp4lOpts: -2
I1115 09:41:17.117623 4143292 daemon.go:102] Phc2sysOpts: -a -r -n 24
I1115 09:41:17.117626 4143292 daemon.go:116] ------------------------------------

Additional resources

17.6.5. Configuring linuxptp services as boundary clocks for dual NIC hardware

You can configure the linuxptp services (ptp4l, phc2sys) as boundary clocks for dual-NIC hardware by creating a PtpConfig custom resource (CR) object for each NIC.

Dual NIC hardware allows you to connect each NIC to the same upstream leader clock with separate ptp4l instances for each NIC feeding the downstream clocks.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.
  • Install the PTP Operator.

Procedure

  1. Create two separate PtpConfig CRs, one for each NIC, using the reference CR in "Configuring linuxptp services as a boundary clock" as the basis for each CR. For example:

    1. Create boundary-clock-ptp-config-nic1.yaml, specifying values for phc2sysOpts: 

      apiVersion: ptp.openshift.io/v1
kind: PtpConfig
metadata:
  name: boundary-clock-ptp-config-nic1
  namespace: openshift-ptp
spec:
  profile:
  - name: "profile1"
    ptp4lOpts: "-2 --summary_interval -4"
    ptp4lConf: | 1
      [ens5f1]
      masterOnly 1
      [ens5f0]
      masterOnly 0
    ...
    phc2sysOpts: "-a -r -m -n 24 -N 8 -R 16" 2
      1
      Specify the required interfaces to start ptp4l as a boundary clock. For example, ens5f0 synchronizes from a grandmaster clock and ens5f1 synchronizes connected devices.
      2
      Required phc2sysOpts values. -m prints messages to stdout. The linuxptp-daemon DaemonSet parses the logs and generates Prometheus metrics.

    2. Create boundary-clock-ptp-config-nic2.yaml, removing the phc2sysOpts field altogether to disable the phc2sys service for the second NIC: 

      apiVersion: ptp.openshift.io/v1
kind: PtpConfig
metadata:
  name: boundary-clock-ptp-config-nic2
  namespace: openshift-ptp
spec:
  profile:
  - name: "profile2"
    ptp4lOpts: "-2 --summary_interval -4"
    ptp4lConf: | 1
      [ens7f1]
      masterOnly 1
      [ens7f0]
      masterOnly 0
...
      1
      Specify the required interfaces to start ptp4l as a boundary clock on the second NIC.
      Note

      You must completely remove the phc2sysOpts field from the second PtpConfig CR to disable the phc2sys service on the second NIC.

  2. Create the dual NIC PtpConfig CRs by running the following commands:

    1. Create the CR that configures PTP for the first NIC: 

      $ oc create -f boundary-clock-ptp-config-nic1.yaml

    2. Create the CR that configures PTP for the second NIC: 

      $ oc create -f boundary-clock-ptp-config-nic2.yaml

Verification

  • Check that the PTP Operator has applied the PtpConfig CRs for both NICs. Examine the logs for the linuxptp daemon corresponding to the node that has the dual NIC hardware installed. For example, run the following command: 

    $ oc logs linuxptp-daemon-cvgr6 -n openshift-ptp -c linuxptp-daemon-container

    Example output

    ptp4l[80828.335]: [ptp4l.1.config] master offset          5 s2 freq   -5727 path delay       519
ptp4l[80828.343]: [ptp4l.0.config] master offset         -5 s2 freq  -10607 path delay       533
phc2sys[80828.390]: [ptp4l.0.config] CLOCK_REALTIME phc offset         1 s2 freq  -87239 delay    539

17.6.6. Intel Columbiaville E800 series NIC as PTP ordinary clock reference

The following table describes the changes that you must make to the reference PTP configuration in order to use Intel Columbiaville E800 series NICs as ordinary clocks. Make the changes in a PtpConfig custom resource (CR) that you apply to the cluster.

Table 17.4. Recommended PTP settings for Intel Columbiaville NIC
PTP configurationRecommended setting

phc2sysOpts

-a -r -m -n 24 -N 8 -R 16

tx_timestamp_timeout

50

boundary_clock_jbod

0

Note

For phc2sysOpts, -m prints messages to stdout. The linuxptp-daemon DaemonSet parses the logs and generates Prometheus metrics.

Additional resources

17.6.7. Configuring FIFO priority scheduling for PTP hardware

In telco or other deployment configurations that require low latency performance, PTP daemon threads run in a constrained CPU footprint alongside the rest of the infrastructure components. By default, PTP threads run with the SCHED_OTHER policy. Under high load, these threads might not get the scheduling latency they require for error-free operation.

To mitigate against potential scheduling latency errors, you can configure the PTP Operator linuxptp services to allow threads to run with a SCHED_FIFO policy. If SCHED_FIFO is set for a PtpConfig CR, then ptp4l and phc2sys will run in the parent container under chrt with a priority set by the ptpSchedulingPriority field of the PtpConfig CR.

Note

Setting ptpSchedulingPolicy is optional, and is only required if you are experiencing latency errors.

Procedure

  1. Edit the PtpConfig CR profile: 

    $ oc edit PtpConfig -n openshift-ptp

  2. Change the ptpSchedulingPolicy and ptpSchedulingPriority fields: 

    apiVersion: ptp.openshift.io/v1
kind: PtpConfig
metadata:
  name: <ptp_config_name>
  namespace: openshift-ptp
...
spec:
  profile:
  - name: "profile1"
...
    ptpSchedulingPolicy: SCHED_FIFO 1
    ptpSchedulingPriority: 10 2
    1
    Scheduling policy for ptp4l and phc2sys processes. Use SCHED_FIFO on systems that support FIFO scheduling.
    2
    Required. Sets the integer value 1-65 used to configure FIFO priority for ptp4l and phc2sys processes.
  3. Save and exit to apply the changes to the PtpConfig CR.

Verification

  1. Get the name of the linuxptp-daemon pod and corresponding node where the PtpConfig CR has been applied: 

    $ oc get pods -n openshift-ptp -o wide

    Example output

    NAME                            READY   STATUS    RESTARTS   AGE     IP            NODE
linuxptp-daemon-gmv2n           3/3     Running   0          1d17h   10.1.196.24   compute-0.example.com
linuxptp-daemon-lgm55           3/3     Running   0          1d17h   10.1.196.25   compute-1.example.com
ptp-operator-3r4dcvf7f4-zndk7   1/1     Running   0          1d7h    10.129.0.61   control-plane-1.example.com

  2. Check that the ptp4l process is running with the updated chrt FIFO priority: 

    $ oc -n openshift-ptp logs linuxptp-daemon-lgm55 -c linuxptp-daemon-container|grep chrt

    Example output

    I1216 19:24:57.091872 1600715 daemon.go:285] /bin/chrt -f 65 /usr/sbin/ptp4l -f /var/run/ptp4l.0.config -2  --summary_interval -4 -m

17.6.8. Configuring log filtering for linuxptp services

The linuxptp daemon generates logs that you can use for debugging purposes. In telco or other deployment configurations that feature a limited storage capacity, these logs can add to the storage demand.

To reduce the number log messages, you can configure the PtpConfig custom resource (CR) to exclude log messages that report the master offset value. The master offset log message reports the difference between the current node’s clock and the master clock in nanoseconds.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.
  • Install the PTP Operator.

Procedure

  1. Edit the PtpConfig CR: 

    $ oc edit PtpConfig -n openshift-ptp

  2. In spec.profile, add the ptpSettings.logReduce specification and set the value to true: 

    apiVersion: ptp.openshift.io/v1
kind: PtpConfig
metadata:
  name: <ptp_config_name>
  namespace: openshift-ptp
...
spec:
  profile:
  - name: "profile1"
...
    ptpSettings:
      logReduce: "true"
    Note

    For debugging purposes, you can revert this specification to False to include the master offset messages.

  3. Save and exit to apply the changes to the PtpConfig CR.

Verification

  1. Get the name of the linuxptp-daemon pod and corresponding node where the PtpConfig CR has been applied: 

    $ oc get pods -n openshift-ptp -o wide

    Example output

    NAME                            READY   STATUS    RESTARTS   AGE     IP            NODE
linuxptp-daemon-gmv2n           3/3     Running   0          1d17h   10.1.196.24   compute-0.example.com
linuxptp-daemon-lgm55           3/3     Running   0          1d17h   10.1.196.25   compute-1.example.com
ptp-operator-3r4dcvf7f4-zndk7   1/1     Running   0          1d7h    10.129.0.61   control-plane-1.example.com

  2. Verify that master offset messages are excluded from the logs by running the following command: 

    $ oc -n openshift-ptp logs <linux_daemon_container> -c linuxptp-daemon-container | grep "master offset" 1
    1
    <linux_daemon_container> is the name of the linuxptp-daemon pod, for example linuxptp-daemon-gmv2n.

    When you configure the logReduce specification, this command does not report any instances of master offset in the logs of the linuxptp daemon.

17.7. Troubleshooting common PTP Operator issues

Troubleshoot common problems with the PTP Operator by performing the following steps.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift Container Platform CLI (oc).
  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.
  • Install the PTP Operator on a bare-metal cluster with hosts that support PTP.

Procedure

  1. Check the Operator and operands are successfully deployed in the cluster for the configured nodes. 

    $ oc get pods -n openshift-ptp -o wide

    Example output

    NAME                            READY   STATUS    RESTARTS   AGE     IP            NODE
linuxptp-daemon-lmvgn           3/3     Running   0          4d17h   10.1.196.24   compute-0.example.com
linuxptp-daemon-qhfg7           3/3     Running   0          4d17h   10.1.196.25   compute-1.example.com
ptp-operator-6b8dcbf7f4-zndk7   1/1     Running   0          5d7h    10.129.0.61   control-plane-1.example.com

    Note

    When the PTP fast event bus is enabled, the number of ready linuxptp-daemon pods is 3/3. If the PTP fast event bus is not enabled, 2/2 is displayed.

  2. Check that supported hardware is found in the cluster. 

    $ oc -n openshift-ptp get nodeptpdevices.ptp.openshift.io

    Example output

    NAME                                  AGE
control-plane-0.example.com           10d
control-plane-1.example.com           10d
compute-0.example.com                 10d
compute-1.example.com                 10d
compute-2.example.com                 10d

  3. Check the available PTP network interfaces for a node: 

    $ oc -n openshift-ptp get nodeptpdevices.ptp.openshift.io <node_name> -o yaml

    where:

    <node_name>

    Specifies the node you want to query, for example, compute-0.example.com.

    Example output

    apiVersion: ptp.openshift.io/v1
kind: NodePtpDevice
metadata:
  creationTimestamp: "2021-09-14T16:52:33Z"
  generation: 1
  name: compute-0.example.com
  namespace: openshift-ptp
  resourceVersion: "177400"
  uid: 30413db0-4d8d-46da-9bef-737bacd548fd
spec: {}
status:
  devices:
  - name: eno1
  - name: eno2
  - name: eno3
  - name: eno4
  - name: enp5s0f0
  - name: enp5s0f1

  4. Check that the PTP interface is successfully synchronized to the primary clock by accessing the linuxptp-daemon pod for the corresponding node.

    1. Get the name of the linuxptp-daemon pod and corresponding node you want to troubleshoot by running the following command: 

      $ oc get pods -n openshift-ptp -o wide

      Example output

      NAME                            READY   STATUS    RESTARTS   AGE     IP            NODE
linuxptp-daemon-lmvgn           3/3     Running   0          4d17h   10.1.196.24   compute-0.example.com
linuxptp-daemon-qhfg7           3/3     Running   0          4d17h   10.1.196.25   compute-1.example.com
ptp-operator-6b8dcbf7f4-zndk7   1/1     Running   0          5d7h    10.129.0.61   control-plane-1.example.com

    2. Remote shell into the required linuxptp-daemon container: 

      $ oc rsh -n openshift-ptp -c linuxptp-daemon-container <linux_daemon_container>

      where:

      <linux_daemon_container>
      is the container you want to diagnose, for example linuxptp-daemon-lmvgn.

    3. In the remote shell connection to the linuxptp-daemon container, use the PTP Management Client (pmc) tool to diagnose the network interface. Run the following pmc command to check the sync status of the PTP device, for example ptp4l. 

      # pmc -u -f /var/run/ptp4l.0.config -b 0 'GET PORT_DATA_SET'

      Example output when the node is successfully synced to the primary clock

      sending: GET PORT_DATA_SET
    40a6b7.fffe.166ef0-1 seq 0 RESPONSE MANAGEMENT PORT_DATA_SET
        portIdentity            40a6b7.fffe.166ef0-1
        portState               SLAVE
        logMinDelayReqInterval  -4
        peerMeanPathDelay       0
        logAnnounceInterval     -3
        announceReceiptTimeout  3
        logSyncInterval         -4
        delayMechanism          1
        logMinPdelayReqInterval -4
        versionNumber           2

17.7.1. Collecting Precision Time Protocol (PTP) Operator data

You can use the oc adm must-gather CLI command to collect information about your cluster, including features and objects associated with Precision Time Protocol (PTP) Operator.

Prerequisites

  • You have access to the cluster as a user with the cluster-admin role.
  • You have installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You have installed the PTP Operator.

Procedure

  • To collect PTP Operator data with must-gather, you must specify the PTP Operator must-gather image. 

    $ oc adm must-gather --image=registry.redhat.io/openshift4/ptp-must-gather-rhel8:v4.13

17.8. PTP hardware fast event notifications framework

Cloud native applications such as virtual RAN (vRAN) require access to notifications about hardware timing events that are critical to the functioning of the overall network. PTP clock synchronization errors can negatively affect the performance and reliability of your low-latency application, for example, a vRAN application running in a distributed unit (DU).

17.8.1. About PTP and clock synchronization error events

Loss of PTP synchronization is a critical error for a RAN network. If synchronization is lost on a node, the radio might be shut down and the network Over the Air (OTA) traffic might be shifted to another node in the wireless network. Fast event notifications mitigate against workload errors by allowing cluster nodes to communicate PTP clock sync status to the vRAN application running in the DU.

Event notifications are available to vRAN applications running on the same DU node. A publish-subscribe REST API passes events notifications to the messaging bus. Publish-subscribe messaging, or pub-sub messaging, is an asynchronous service-to-service communication architecture where any message published to a topic is immediately received by all of the subscribers to the topic.

The PTP Operator generates fast event notifications for every PTP-capable network interface. You can access the events by using a cloud-event-proxy sidecar container over an HTTP or Advanced Message Queuing Protocol (AMQP) message bus.

Note

PTP fast event notifications are available for network interfaces configured to use PTP ordinary clocks or PTP boundary clocks.

Note

HTTP transport is the default transport for PTP and bare-metal events. Use HTTP transport instead of AMQP for PTP and bare-metal events where possible. AMQ Interconnect is EOL from 30 June 2024. Extended life cycle support (ELS) for AMQ Interconnect ends 29 November 2029. For more information see, Red Hat AMQ Interconnect support status.

17.8.2. About the PTP fast event notifications framework

Use the Precision Time Protocol (PTP) fast event notifications framework to subscribe cluster applications to PTP events that the bare-metal cluster node generates.

Note

The fast events notifications framework uses a REST API for communication. The REST API is based on the O-RAN O-Cloud Notification API Specification for Event Consumers 3.0 that is available from O-RAN ALLIANCE Specifications.

The framework consists of a publisher, subscriber, and an AMQ or HTTP messaging protocol to handle communications between the publisher and subscriber applications. Applications run the cloud-event-proxy container in a sidecar pattern to subscribe to PTP events. The cloud-event-proxy sidecar container can access the same resources as the primary application container without using any of the resources of the primary application and with no significant latency.

Note

HTTP transport is the default transport for PTP and bare-metal events. Use HTTP transport instead of AMQP for PTP and bare-metal events where possible. AMQ Interconnect is EOL from 30 June 2024. Extended life cycle support (ELS) for AMQ Interconnect ends 29 November 2029. For more information see, Red Hat AMQ Interconnect support status.

Figure 17.1. Overview of PTP fast events

Overview of PTP fast events
20 Event is generated on the cluster host
linuxptp-daemon in the PTP Operator-managed pod runs as a Kubernetes DaemonSet and manages the various linuxptp processes (ptp4l, phc2sys, and optionally for grandmaster clocks, ts2phc). The linuxptp-daemon passes the event to the UNIX domain socket.
20 Event is passed to the cloud-event-proxy sidecar
The PTP plugin reads the event from the UNIX domain socket and passes it to the cloud-event-proxy sidecar in the PTP Operator-managed pod. cloud-event-proxy delivers the event from the Kubernetes infrastructure to Cloud-Native Network Functions (CNFs) with low latency.
20 Event is persisted
The cloud-event-proxy sidecar in the PTP Operator-managed pod processes the event and publishes the cloud-native event by using a REST API.
20 Message is transported
The message transporter transports the event to the cloud-event-proxy sidecar in the application pod over HTTP or AMQP 1.0 QPID.
20 Event is available from the REST API
The cloud-event-proxy sidecar in the Application pod processes the event and makes it available by using the REST API.
20 Consumer application requests a subscription and receives the subscribed event
The consumer application sends an API request to the cloud-event-proxy sidecar in the application pod to create a PTP events subscription. The cloud-event-proxy sidecar creates an AMQ or HTTP messaging listener protocol for the resource specified in the subscription.

The cloud-event-proxy sidecar in the application pod receives the event from the PTP Operator-managed pod, unwraps the cloud events object to retrieve the data, and posts the event to the consumer application. The consumer application listens to the address specified in the resource qualifier and receives and processes the PTP event.

17.8.3. Configuring the PTP fast event notifications publisher

To start using PTP fast event notifications for a network interface in your cluster, you must enable the fast event publisher in the PTP Operator PtpOperatorConfig custom resource (CR) and configure ptpClockThreshold values in a PtpConfig CR that you create.

Prerequisites

  • You have installed the OpenShift Container Platform CLI (oc).
  • You have logged in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.
  • You have installed the PTP Operator.

Procedure

  1. Modify the default PTP Operator config to enable PTP fast events.

    1. Save the following YAML in the ptp-operatorconfig.yaml file: 

      apiVersion: ptp.openshift.io/v1
kind: PtpOperatorConfig
metadata:
  name: default
  namespace: openshift-ptp
spec:
  daemonNodeSelector:
    node-role.kubernetes.io/worker: ""
  ptpEventConfig:
    enableEventPublisher: true 1
      1
      Set enableEventPublisher to true to enable PTP fast event notifications.
    Note

    In OpenShift Container Platform 4.13 or later, you do not need to set the spec.ptpEventConfig.transportHost field in the PtpOperatorConfig resource when you use HTTP transport for PTP events. Set transportHost only when you use AMQP transport for PTP events.

    1. Update the PtpOperatorConfig CR: 

      $ oc apply -f ptp-operatorconfig.yaml

  2. Create a PtpConfig custom resource (CR) for the PTP enabled interface, and set the required values for ptpClockThreshold and ptp4lOpts. The following YAML illustrates the required values that you must set in the PtpConfig CR: 

    spec:
  profile:
  - name: "profile1"
    interface: "enp5s0f0"
    ptp4lOpts: "-2 -s --summary_interval -4" 1
    phc2sysOpts: "-a -r -m -n 24 -N 8 -R 16" 2
    ptp4lConf: "" 3
    ptpClockThreshold: 4
      holdOverTimeout: 5
      maxOffsetThreshold: 100
      minOffsetThreshold: -100
    1
    Append --summary_interval -4 to use PTP fast events.
    2
    Required phc2sysOpts values. -m prints messages to stdout. The linuxptp-daemon DaemonSet parses the logs and generates Prometheus metrics.
    3
    Specify a string that contains the configuration to replace the default /etc/ptp4l.conf file. To use the default configuration, leave the field empty.
    4
    Optional. If the ptpClockThreshold stanza is not present, default values are used for the ptpClockThreshold fields. The stanza shows default ptpClockThreshold values. The ptpClockThreshold values configure how long after the PTP master clock is disconnected before PTP events are triggered. holdOverTimeout is the time value in seconds before the PTP clock event state changes to FREERUN when the PTP master clock is disconnected. The maxOffsetThreshold and minOffsetThreshold settings configure offset values in nanoseconds that compare against the values for CLOCK_REALTIME (phc2sys) or master offset (ptp4l). When the ptp4l or phc2sys offset value is outside this range, the PTP clock state is set to FREERUN. When the offset value is within this range, the PTP clock state is set to LOCKED.

Additional resources

17.8.4. Migrating consumer applications to use HTTP transport for PTP or bare-metal events

If you have previously deployed PTP or bare-metal events consumer applications, you need to update the applications to use HTTP message transport.

Prerequisites

  • You have installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You have logged in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.
  • You have updated the PTP Operator or Bare Metal Event Relay to version 4.13+ which uses HTTP transport by default.

Procedure

  1. Update your events consumer application to use HTTP transport. Set the http-event-publishers variable for the cloud event sidecar deployment.

    For example, in a cluster with PTP events configured, the following YAML snippet illustrates a cloud event sidecar deployment: 

    containers:
  - name: cloud-event-sidecar
    image: cloud-event-sidecar
    args:
      - "--metrics-addr=127.0.0.1:9091"
      - "--store-path=/store"
      - "--transport-host=consumer-events-subscription-service.cloud-events.svc.cluster.local:9043"
      - "--http-event-publishers=ptp-event-publisher-service-NODE_NAME.openshift-ptp.svc.cluster.local:9043" 1
      - "--api-port=8089"
    1
    The PTP Operator automatically resolves NODE_NAME to the host that is generating the PTP events. For example, compute-1.example.com.

    In a cluster with bare-metal events configured, set the http-event-publishers field to hw-event-publisher-service.openshift-bare-metal-events.svc.cluster.local:9043 in the cloud event sidecar deployment CR.

  2. Deploy the consumer-events-subscription-service service alongside the events consumer application. For example: 

    apiVersion: v1
kind: Service
metadata:
  annotations:
    prometheus.io/scrape: "true"
    service.alpha.openshift.io/serving-cert-secret-name: sidecar-consumer-secret
  name: consumer-events-subscription-service
  namespace: cloud-events
  labels:
    app: consumer-service
spec:
  ports:
    - name: sub-port
      port: 9043
  selector:
    app: consumer
  clusterIP: None
  sessionAffinity: None
  type: ClusterIP

17.8.5. Installing the AMQ messaging bus

To pass PTP fast event notifications between publisher and subscriber on a node, you can install and configure an AMQ messaging bus to run locally on the node. To use AMQ messaging, you must install the AMQ Interconnect Operator.

Note

HTTP transport is the default transport for PTP and bare-metal events. Use HTTP transport instead of AMQP for PTP and bare-metal events where possible. AMQ Interconnect is EOL from 30 June 2024. Extended life cycle support (ELS) for AMQ Interconnect ends 29 November 2029. For more information see, Red Hat AMQ Interconnect support status.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift Container Platform CLI (oc).
  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

Verification

  1. Check that the AMQ Interconnect Operator is available and the required pods are running: 

    $ oc get pods -n amq-interconnect

    Example output

    NAME                                    READY   STATUS    RESTARTS   AGE
amq-interconnect-645db76c76-k8ghs       1/1     Running   0          23h
interconnect-operator-5cb5fc7cc-4v7qm   1/1     Running   0          23h

  2. Check that the required linuxptp-daemon PTP event producer pods are running in the openshift-ptp namespace. 

    $ oc get pods -n openshift-ptp

    Example output

    NAME                     READY   STATUS    RESTARTS       AGE
linuxptp-daemon-2t78p    3/3     Running   0              12h
linuxptp-daemon-k8n88    3/3     Running   0              12h

17.8.6. Subscribing DU applications to PTP events REST API reference

Use the PTP event notifications REST API to subscribe a distributed unit (DU) application to the PTP events that are generated on the parent node.

Subscribe applications to PTP events by using the resource address /cluster/node/<node_name>/ptp, where <node_name> is the cluster node running the DU application.

Deploy your cloud-event-consumer DU application container and cloud-event-proxy sidecar container in a separate DU application pod. The cloud-event-consumer DU application subscribes to the cloud-event-proxy container in the application pod.

Use the following API endpoints to subscribe the cloud-event-consumer DU application to PTP events posted by the cloud-event-proxy container at http://localhost:8089/api/ocloudNotifications/v1/ in the DU application pod:

  • /api/ocloudNotifications/v1/subscriptions

    • POST: Creates a new subscription
    • GET: Retrieves a list of subscriptions
    • DELETE: Deletes all subscriptions

  • /api/ocloudNotifications/v1/subscriptions/<subscription_id>

    • GET: Returns details for the specified subscription ID
    • DELETE: Deletes the subscription associated with the specified subscription ID

  • /api/ocloudNotifications/v1/health

    • GET: Returns the health status of ocloudNotifications API

  • api/ocloudNotifications/v1/publishers

    • GET: Returns an array of os-clock-sync-state, ptp-clock-class-change, and lock-state messages for the cluster node

  • /api/ocloudnotifications/v1/{resource_address}/CurrentState

    • GET: Returns the current state of one the following event types: os-clock-sync-state, ptp-clock-class-change, or lock-state events
Note

9089 is the default port for the cloud-event-consumer container deployed in the application pod. You can configure a different port for your DU application as required.

17.8.6.1. api/ocloudNotifications/v1/subscriptions
HTTP method

GET api/ocloudNotifications/v1/subscriptions

Description

Returns a list of subscriptions. If subscriptions exist, a 200 OK status code is returned along with the list of subscriptions.

Example API response

[
 {
  "id": "75b1ad8f-c807-4c23-acf5-56f4b7ee3826",
  "endpointUri": "http://localhost:9089/event",
  "uriLocation": "http://localhost:8089/api/ocloudNotifications/v1/subscriptions/75b1ad8f-c807-4c23-acf5-56f4b7ee3826",
  "resource": "/cluster/node/compute-1.example.com/ptp"
 }
]

HTTP method

POST api/ocloudNotifications/v1/subscriptions

Description

Creates a new subscription. If a subscription is successfully created, or if it already exists, a 201 Created status code is returned.

Table 17.5. Query parameters
ParameterType

subscription

data

Example payload

{
  "uriLocation": "http://localhost:8089/api/ocloudNotifications/v1/subscriptions",
  "resource": "/cluster/node/compute-1.example.com/ptp"
}

HTTP method

DELETE api/ocloudNotifications/v1/subscriptions

Description

Deletes all subscriptions.

Example API response

{
"status": "deleted all subscriptions"
}

17.8.6.2. api/ocloudNotifications/v1/subscriptions/{subscription_id}
HTTP method

GET api/ocloudNotifications/v1/subscriptions/{subscription_id}

Description

Returns details for the subscription with ID subscription_id.

Table 17.6. Global path parameters
ParameterType

subscription_id

string

Example API response

{
  "id":"48210fb3-45be-4ce0-aa9b-41a0e58730ab",
  "endpointUri": "http://localhost:9089/event",
  "uriLocation":"http://localhost:8089/api/ocloudNotifications/v1/subscriptions/48210fb3-45be-4ce0-aa9b-41a0e58730ab",
  "resource":"/cluster/node/compute-1.example.com/ptp"
}

HTTP method

DELETE api/ocloudNotifications/v1/subscriptions/{subscription_id}

Description

Deletes the subscription with ID subscription_id.

Table 17.7. Global path parameters
ParameterType

subscription_id

string

Example API response

{
"status": "OK"
}

17.8.6.3. api/ocloudNotifications/v1/health
HTTP method

GET api/ocloudNotifications/v1/health/

Description

Returns the health status for the ocloudNotifications REST API.

Example API response

OK

17.8.6.4. api/ocloudNotifications/v1/publishers
HTTP method

GET api/ocloudNotifications/v1/publishers

Description

Returns an array of os-clock-sync-state, ptp-clock-class-change, and lock-state details for the cluster node. The system generates notifications when the relevant equipment state changes.

  • os-clock-sync-state notifications describe the host operating system clock synchronization state. Can be in LOCKED or FREERUN state.
  • ptp-clock-class-change notifications describe the current state of the PTP clock class.
  • lock-state notifications describe the current status of the PTP equipment lock state. Can be in LOCKED, HOLDOVER or FREERUN state.

Example API response

[
  {
    "id": "0fa415ae-a3cf-4299-876a-589438bacf75",
    "endpointUri": "http://localhost:9085/api/ocloudNotifications/v1/dummy",
    "uriLocation": "http://localhost:9085/api/ocloudNotifications/v1/publishers/0fa415ae-a3cf-4299-876a-589438bacf75",
    "resource": "/cluster/node/compute-1.example.com/sync/sync-status/os-clock-sync-state"
  },
  {
    "id": "28cd82df-8436-4f50-bbd9-7a9742828a71",
    "endpointUri": "http://localhost:9085/api/ocloudNotifications/v1/dummy",
    "uriLocation": "http://localhost:9085/api/ocloudNotifications/v1/publishers/28cd82df-8436-4f50-bbd9-7a9742828a71",
    "resource": "/cluster/node/compute-1.example.com/sync/ptp-status/ptp-clock-class-change"
  },
  {
    "id": "44aa480d-7347-48b0-a5b0-e0af01fa9677",
    "endpointUri": "http://localhost:9085/api/ocloudNotifications/v1/dummy",
    "uriLocation": "http://localhost:9085/api/ocloudNotifications/v1/publishers/44aa480d-7347-48b0-a5b0-e0af01fa9677",
    "resource": "/cluster/node/compute-1.example.com/sync/ptp-status/lock-state"
  }
]

You can find os-clock-sync-state, ptp-clock-class-change and lock-state events in the logs for the cloud-event-proxy container. For example: 

$ oc logs -f linuxptp-daemon-cvgr6 -n openshift-ptp -c cloud-event-proxy

Example os-clock-sync-state event

{
   "id":"c8a784d1-5f4a-4c16-9a81-a3b4313affe5",
   "type":"event.sync.sync-status.os-clock-sync-state-change",
   "source":"/cluster/compute-1.example.com/ptp/CLOCK_REALTIME",
   "dataContentType":"application/json",
   "time":"2022-05-06T15:31:23.906277159Z",
   "data":{
      "version":"v1",
      "values":[
         {
            "resource":"/sync/sync-status/os-clock-sync-state",
            "dataType":"notification",
            "valueType":"enumeration",
            "value":"LOCKED"
         },
         {
            "resource":"/sync/sync-status/os-clock-sync-state",
            "dataType":"metric",
            "valueType":"decimal64.3",
            "value":"-53"
         }
      ]
   }
}

Example ptp-clock-class-change event

{
   "id":"69eddb52-1650-4e56-b325-86d44688d02b",
   "type":"event.sync.ptp-status.ptp-clock-class-change",
   "source":"/cluster/compute-1.example.com/ptp/ens2fx/master",
   "dataContentType":"application/json",
   "time":"2022-05-06T15:31:23.147100033Z",
   "data":{
      "version":"v1",
      "values":[
         {
            "resource":"/sync/ptp-status/ptp-clock-class-change",
            "dataType":"metric",
            "valueType":"decimal64.3",
            "value":"135"
         }
      ]
   }
}

Example lock-state event

{
   "id":"305ec18b-1472-47b3-aadd-8f37933249a9",
   "type":"event.sync.ptp-status.ptp-state-change",
   "source":"/cluster/compute-1.example.com/ptp/ens2fx/master",
   "dataContentType":"application/json",
   "time":"2022-05-06T15:31:23.467684081Z",
   "data":{
      "version":"v1",
      "values":[
         {
            "resource":"/sync/ptp-status/lock-state",
            "dataType":"notification",
            "valueType":"enumeration",
            "value":"LOCKED"
         },
         {
            "resource":"/sync/ptp-status/lock-state",
            "dataType":"metric",
            "valueType":"decimal64.3",
            "value":"62"
         }
      ]
   }
}

17.8.6.5. api/ocloudNotifications/v1/{resource_address}/CurrentState
HTTP method

GET api/ocloudNotifications/v1/cluster/node/<node_name>/sync/ptp-status/lock-state/CurrentState

GET api/ocloudNotifications/v1/cluster/node/<node_name>/sync/sync-status/os-clock-sync-state/CurrentState

GET api/ocloudNotifications/v1/cluster/node/<node_name>/sync/ptp-status/ptp-clock-class-change/CurrentState

Description

Configure the CurrentState API endpoint to return the current state of the os-clock-sync-state, ptp-clock-class-change, or lock-state events for the cluster node.

  • os-clock-sync-state notifications describe the host operating system clock synchronization state. Can be in LOCKED or FREERUN state.
  • ptp-clock-class-change notifications describe the current state of the PTP clock class.
  • lock-state notifications describe the current status of the PTP equipment lock state. Can be in LOCKED, HOLDOVER or FREERUN state.
Table 17.8. Global path parameters
ParameterType

resource_address

string

Example lock-state API response

{
  "id": "c1ac3aa5-1195-4786-84f8-da0ea4462921",
  "type": "event.sync.ptp-status.ptp-state-change",
  "source": "/cluster/node/compute-1.example.com/sync/ptp-status/lock-state",
  "dataContentType": "application/json",
  "time": "2023-01-10T02:41:57.094981478Z",
  "data": {
    "version": "v1",
    "values": [
      {
        "resource": "/cluster/node/compute-1.example.com/ens5fx/master",
        "dataType": "notification",
        "valueType": "enumeration",
        "value": "LOCKED"
      },
      {
        "resource": "/cluster/node/compute-1.example.com/ens5fx/master",
        "dataType": "metric",
        "valueType": "decimal64.3",
        "value": "29"
      }
    ]
  }
}

Example os-clock-sync-state API response

{
  "specversion": "0.3",
  "id": "4f51fe99-feaa-4e66-9112-66c5c9b9afcb",
  "source": "/cluster/node/compute-1.example.com/sync/sync-status/os-clock-sync-state",
  "type": "event.sync.sync-status.os-clock-sync-state-change",
  "subject": "/cluster/node/compute-1.example.com/sync/sync-status/os-clock-sync-state",
  "datacontenttype": "application/json",
  "time": "2022-11-29T17:44:22.202Z",
  "data": {
    "version": "v1",
    "values": [
      {
        "resource": "/cluster/node/compute-1.example.com/CLOCK_REALTIME",
        "dataType": "notification",
        "valueType": "enumeration",
        "value": "LOCKED"
      },
      {
        "resource": "/cluster/node/compute-1.example.com/CLOCK_REALTIME",
        "dataType": "metric",
        "valueType": "decimal64.3",
        "value": "27"
      }
    ]
  }
}

Example ptp-clock-class-change API response

{
  "id": "064c9e67-5ad4-4afb-98ff-189c6aa9c205",
  "type": "event.sync.ptp-status.ptp-clock-class-change",
  "source": "/cluster/node/compute-1.example.com/sync/ptp-status/ptp-clock-class-change",
  "dataContentType": "application/json",
  "time": "2023-01-10T02:41:56.785673989Z",
  "data": {
    "version": "v1",
    "values": [
      {
        "resource": "/cluster/node/compute-1.example.com/ens5fx/master",
        "dataType": "metric",
        "valueType": "decimal64.3",
        "value": "165"
      }
    ]
  }
}

17.8.7. Monitoring PTP fast event metrics

You can monitor PTP fast events metrics from cluster nodes where the linuxptp-daemon is running. You can also monitor PTP fast event metrics in the OpenShift Container Platform web console by using the preconfigured and self-updating Prometheus monitoring stack.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift Container Platform CLI oc.
  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.
  • Install and configure the PTP Operator on a node with PTP-capable hardware.

Procedure

  1. Check for exposed PTP metrics on any node where the linuxptp-daemon is running. For example, run the following command: 

    $ curl http://<node_name>:9091/metrics

    Example output

    # HELP openshift_ptp_clock_state 0 = FREERUN, 1 = LOCKED, 2 = HOLDOVER
# TYPE openshift_ptp_clock_state gauge
openshift_ptp_clock_state{iface="ens1fx",node="compute-1.example.com",process="ptp4l"} 1
openshift_ptp_clock_state{iface="ens3fx",node="compute-1.example.com",process="ptp4l"} 1
openshift_ptp_clock_state{iface="ens5fx",node="compute-1.example.com",process="ptp4l"} 1
openshift_ptp_clock_state{iface="ens7fx",node="compute-1.example.com",process="ptp4l"} 1
# HELP openshift_ptp_delay_ns
# TYPE openshift_ptp_delay_ns gauge
openshift_ptp_delay_ns{from="master",iface="ens1fx",node="compute-1.example.com",process="ptp4l"} 842
openshift_ptp_delay_ns{from="master",iface="ens3fx",node="compute-1.example.com",process="ptp4l"} 480
openshift_ptp_delay_ns{from="master",iface="ens5fx",node="compute-1.example.com",process="ptp4l"} 584
openshift_ptp_delay_ns{from="master",iface="ens7fx",node="compute-1.example.com",process="ptp4l"} 482
openshift_ptp_delay_ns{from="phc",iface="CLOCK_REALTIME",node="compute-1.example.com",process="phc2sys"} 547
# HELP openshift_ptp_offset_ns
# TYPE openshift_ptp_offset_ns gauge
openshift_ptp_offset_ns{from="master",iface="ens1fx",node="compute-1.example.com",process="ptp4l"} -2
openshift_ptp_offset_ns{from="master",iface="ens3fx",node="compute-1.example.com",process="ptp4l"} -44
openshift_ptp_offset_ns{from="master",iface="ens5fx",node="compute-1.example.com",process="ptp4l"} -8
openshift_ptp_offset_ns{from="master",iface="ens7fx",node="compute-1.example.com",process="ptp4l"} 3
openshift_ptp_offset_ns{from="phc",iface="CLOCK_REALTIME",node="compute-1.example.com",process="phc2sys"} 12

  2. To view the PTP event in the OpenShift Container Platform web console, copy the name of the PTP metric you want to query, for example, openshift_ptp_offset_ns.
  3. In the OpenShift Container Platform web console, click Observe → Metrics.
  4. Paste the PTP metric name into the Expression field, and click Run queries.

Additional resources

Chapter 18. Developing Precision Time Protocol events consumer applications

When developing consumer applications that make use of Precision Time Protocol (PTP) events on a bare-metal cluster node, you need to deploy your consumer application and a cloud-event-proxy container in a separate application pod. The cloud-event-proxy container receives the events from the PTP Operator pod and passes it to the consumer application. The consumer application subscribes to the events posted in the cloud-event-proxy container by using a REST API.

For more information about deploying PTP events applications, see About the PTP fast event notifications framework.

Note

The following information provides general guidance for developing consumer applications that use PTP events. A complete events consumer application example is outside the scope of this information.

18.1. PTP events consumer application reference

PTP event consumer applications require the following features:

  1. A web service running with a POST handler to receive the cloud native PTP events JSON payload
  2. A createSubscription function to subscribe to the PTP events producer
  3. A getCurrentState function to poll the current state of the PTP events producer

The following example Go snippets illustrate these requirements:

Example PTP events consumer server function in Go

func server() {
  http.HandleFunc("/event", getEvent)
  http.ListenAndServe("localhost:8989", nil)
}

func getEvent(w http.ResponseWriter, req *http.Request) {
  defer req.Body.Close()
  bodyBytes, err := io.ReadAll(req.Body)
  if err != nil {
    log.Errorf("error reading event %v", err)
  }
  e := string(bodyBytes)
  if e != "" {
    processEvent(bodyBytes)
    log.Infof("received event %s", string(bodyBytes))
  } else {
    w.WriteHeader(http.StatusNoContent)
  }
}

Example PTP events createSubscription function in Go

import (
"github.com/redhat-cne/sdk-go/pkg/pubsub"
"github.com/redhat-cne/sdk-go/pkg/types"
v1pubsub "github.com/redhat-cne/sdk-go/v1/pubsub"
)

// Subscribe to PTP events using REST API
s1,_:=createsubscription("/cluster/node/<node_name>/sync/sync-status/os-clock-sync-state") 1
s2,_:=createsubscription("/cluster/node/<node_name>/sync/ptp-status/ptp-clock-class-change")
s3,_:=createsubscription("/cluster/node/<node_name>/sync/ptp-status/lock-state")

// Create PTP event subscriptions POST
func createSubscription(resourceAddress string) (sub pubsub.PubSub, err error) {
  var status int
      apiPath:= "/api/ocloudNotifications/v1/"
      localAPIAddr:=localhost:8989 // vDU service API address
      apiAddr:= "localhost:8089" // event framework API address

  subURL := &types.URI{URL: url.URL{Scheme: "http",
    Host: apiAddr
    Path: fmt.Sprintf("%s%s", apiPath, "subscriptions")}}
  endpointURL := &types.URI{URL: url.URL{Scheme: "http",
    Host: localAPIAddr,
    Path: "event"}}

  sub = v1pubsub.NewPubSub(endpointURL, resourceAddress)
  var subB []byte

  if subB, err = json.Marshal(&sub); err == nil {
    rc := restclient.New()
    if status, subB = rc.PostWithReturn(subURL, subB); status != http.StatusCreated {
      err = fmt.Errorf("error in subscription creation api at %s, returned status %d", subURL, status)
    } else {
      err = json.Unmarshal(subB, &sub)
    }
  } else {
    err = fmt.Errorf("failed to marshal subscription for %s", resourceAddress)
  }
  return
}

1
Replace <node_name> with the FQDN of the node that is generating the PTP events. For example, compute-1.example.com.

Example PTP events consumer getCurrentState function in Go

//Get PTP event state for the resource
func getCurrentState(resource string) {
  //Create publisher
  url := &types.URI{URL: url.URL{Scheme: "http",
    Host: localhost:8989,
    Path: fmt.SPrintf("/api/ocloudNotifications/v1/%s/CurrentState",resource}}
  rc := restclient.New()
  status, event := rc.Get(url)
  if status != http.StatusOK {
    log.Errorf("CurrentState:error %d from url %s, %s", status, url.String(), event)
  } else {
    log.Debugf("Got CurrentState: %s ", event)
  }
}

18.2. Reference cloud-event-proxy deployment and service CRs

Use the following example cloud-event-proxy deployment and subscriber service CRs as a reference when deploying your PTP events consumer application.

Note

HTTP transport is the default transport for PTP and bare-metal events. Use HTTP transport instead of AMQP for PTP and bare-metal events where possible. AMQ Interconnect is EOL from 30 June 2024. Extended life cycle support (ELS) for AMQ Interconnect ends 29 November 2029. For more information see, Red Hat AMQ Interconnect support status.

Reference cloud-event-proxy deployment with HTTP transport

apiVersion: apps/v1
kind: Deployment
metadata:
  name: event-consumer-deployment
  namespace: <namespace>
  labels:
    app: consumer
spec:
  replicas: 1
  selector:
    matchLabels:
      app: consumer
  template:
    metadata:
      labels:
        app: consumer
    spec:
      serviceAccountName: sidecar-consumer-sa
      containers:
        - name: event-subscriber
          image: event-subscriber-app
        - name: cloud-event-proxy-as-sidecar
          image: openshift4/ose-cloud-event-proxy
          args:
            - "--metrics-addr=127.0.0.1:9091"
            - "--store-path=/store"
            - "--transport-host=consumer-events-subscription-service.cloud-events.svc.cluster.local:9043"
            - "--http-event-publishers=ptp-event-publisher-service-NODE_NAME.openshift-ptp.svc.cluster.local:9043"
            - "--api-port=8089"
          env:
            - name: NODE_NAME
              valueFrom:
                fieldRef:
                  fieldPath: spec.nodeName
            - name: NODE_IP
              valueFrom:
                fieldRef:
                  fieldPath: status.hostIP
              volumeMounts:
                - name: pubsubstore
                  mountPath: /store
          ports:
            - name: metrics-port
              containerPort: 9091
            - name: sub-port
              containerPort: 9043
          volumes:
            - name: pubsubstore
              emptyDir: {}

Reference cloud-event-proxy deployment with AMQ transport

apiVersion: apps/v1
kind: Deployment
metadata:
  name: cloud-event-proxy-sidecar
  namespace: cloud-events
  labels:
    app: cloud-event-proxy
spec:
  selector:
    matchLabels:
      app: cloud-event-proxy
  template:
    metadata:
      labels:
        app: cloud-event-proxy
    spec:
      nodeSelector:
        node-role.kubernetes.io/worker: ""
      containers:
        - name: cloud-event-sidecar
          image: openshift4/ose-cloud-event-proxy
          args:
            - "--metrics-addr=127.0.0.1:9091"
            - "--store-path=/store"
            - "--transport-host=amqp://router.router.svc.cluster.local"
            - "--api-port=8089"
          env:
            - name: <node_name>
              valueFrom:
                fieldRef:
                  fieldPath: spec.nodeName
            - name: <node_ip>
              valueFrom:
                fieldRef:
                  fieldPath: status.hostIP
          volumeMounts:
            - name: pubsubstore
              mountPath: /store
          ports:
            - name: metrics-port
              containerPort: 9091
            - name: sub-port
              containerPort: 9043
          volumes:
            - name: pubsubstore
              emptyDir: {}

Reference cloud-event-proxy subscriber service

apiVersion: v1
kind: Service
metadata:
  annotations:
    prometheus.io/scrape: "true"
    service.alpha.openshift.io/serving-cert-secret-name: sidecar-consumer-secret
  name: consumer-events-subscription-service
  namespace: cloud-events
  labels:
    app: consumer-service
spec:
  ports:
    - name: sub-port
      port: 9043
  selector:
    app: consumer
  clusterIP: None
  sessionAffinity: None
  type: ClusterIP

18.3. PTP events available from the cloud-event-proxy sidecar REST API

PTP events consumer applications can poll the PTP events producer for the following PTP timing events.

Table 18.1. PTP events available from the cloud-event-proxy sidecar
Resource URIDescription

/cluster/node/<node_name>/sync/ptp-status/lock-state

Describes the current status of the PTP equipment lock state. Can be in LOCKED, HOLDOVER, or FREERUN state.

/cluster/node/<node_name>/sync/sync-status/os-clock-sync-state

Describes the host operating system clock synchronization state. Can be in LOCKED or FREERUN state.

/cluster/node/<node_name>/sync/ptp-status/ptp-clock-class-change

Describes the current state of the PTP clock class.

18.4. Subscribing the consumer application to PTP events

Before the PTP events consumer application can poll for events, you need to subscribe the application to the event producer.

18.4.1. Subscribing to PTP lock-state events

To create a subscription for PTP lock-state events, send a POST action to the cloud event API at http://localhost:8081/api/ocloudNotifications/v1/subscriptions with the following payload: 

{
"endpointUri": "http://localhost:8989/event",
"resource": "/cluster/node/<node_name>/sync/ptp-status/lock-state",
}

Example response

{
"id": "e23473d9-ba18-4f78-946e-401a0caeff90",
"endpointUri": "http://localhost:8989/event",
"uriLocation": "http://localhost:8089/api/ocloudNotifications/v1/subscriptions/e23473d9-ba18-4f78-946e-401a0caeff90",
"resource": "/cluster/node/<node_name>/sync/ptp-status/lock-state",
}

18.4.2. Subscribing to PTP os-clock-sync-state events

To create a subscription for PTP os-clock-sync-state events, send a POST action to the cloud event API at http://localhost:8081/api/ocloudNotifications/v1/subscriptions with the following payload: 

{
"endpointUri": "http://localhost:8989/event",
"resource": "/cluster/node/<node_name>/sync/sync-status/os-clock-sync-state",
}

Example response

{
"id": "e23473d9-ba18-4f78-946e-401a0caeff90",
"endpointUri": "http://localhost:8989/event",
"uriLocation": "http://localhost:8089/api/ocloudNotifications/v1/subscriptions/e23473d9-ba18-4f78-946e-401a0caeff90",
"resource": "/cluster/node/<node_name>/sync/sync-status/os-clock-sync-state",
}

18.4.3. Subscribing to PTP ptp-clock-class-change events

To create a subscription for PTP ptp-clock-class-change events, send a POST action to the cloud event API at http://localhost:8081/api/ocloudNotifications/v1/subscriptions with the following payload: 

{
"endpointUri": "http://localhost:8989/event",
"resource": "/cluster/node/<node_name>/sync/ptp-status/ptp-clock-class-change",
}

Example response

{
"id": "e23473d9-ba18-4f78-946e-401a0caeff90",
"endpointUri": "http://localhost:8989/event",
"uriLocation": "http://localhost:8089/api/ocloudNotifications/v1/subscriptions/e23473d9-ba18-4f78-946e-401a0caeff90",
"resource": "/cluster/node/<node_name>/sync/ptp-status/ptp-clock-class-change",
}

18.5. Getting the current PTP clock status

To get the current PTP status for the node, send a GET action to one of the following event REST APIs:

  • http://localhost:8081/api/ocloudNotifications/v1/cluster/node/<node_name>/sync/ptp-status/lock-state/CurrentState
  • http://localhost:8081/api/ocloudNotifications/v1/cluster/node/<node_name>/sync/sync-status/os-clock-sync-state/CurrentState
  • http://localhost:8081/api/ocloudNotifications/v1/cluster/node/<node_name>/sync/ptp-status/ptp-clock-class-change/CurrentState

The response is a cloud native event JSON object. For example:

Example lock-state API response

{
  "id": "c1ac3aa5-1195-4786-84f8-da0ea4462921",
  "type": "event.sync.ptp-status.ptp-state-change",
  "source": "/cluster/node/compute-1.example.com/sync/ptp-status/lock-state",
  "dataContentType": "application/json",
  "time": "2023-01-10T02:41:57.094981478Z",
  "data": {
    "version": "v1",
    "values": [
      {
        "resource": "/cluster/node/compute-1.example.com/ens5fx/master",
        "dataType": "notification",
        "valueType": "enumeration",
        "value": "LOCKED"
      },
      {
        "resource": "/cluster/node/compute-1.example.com/ens5fx/master",
        "dataType": "metric",
        "valueType": "decimal64.3",
        "value": "29"
      }
    ]
  }
}

18.6. Verifying that the PTP events consumer application is receiving events

Verify that the cloud-event-proxy container in the application pod is receiving PTP events.

Prerequisites

  • You have installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You have logged in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.
  • You have installed and configured the PTP Operator.

Procedure

  1. Get the list of active linuxptp-daemon pods. Run the following command: 

    $ oc get pods -n openshift-ptp

    Example output

    NAME                    READY   STATUS    RESTARTS   AGE
linuxptp-daemon-2t78p   3/3     Running   0          8h
linuxptp-daemon-k8n88   3/3     Running   0          8h

  2. Access the metrics for the required consumer-side cloud-event-proxy container by running the following command: 

    $ oc exec -it <linuxptp-daemon> -n openshift-ptp -c cloud-event-proxy -- curl 127.0.0.1:9091/metrics

    where:

    <linuxptp-daemon>

    Specifies the pod you want to query, for example, linuxptp-daemon-2t78p.

    Example output

    # HELP cne_transport_connections_resets Metric to get number of connection resets
# TYPE cne_transport_connections_resets gauge
cne_transport_connection_reset 1
# HELP cne_transport_receiver Metric to get number of receiver created
# TYPE cne_transport_receiver gauge
cne_transport_receiver{address="/cluster/node/compute-1.example.com/ptp",status="active"} 2
cne_transport_receiver{address="/cluster/node/compute-1.example.com/redfish/event",status="active"} 2
# HELP cne_transport_sender Metric to get number of sender created
# TYPE cne_transport_sender gauge
cne_transport_sender{address="/cluster/node/compute-1.example.com/ptp",status="active"} 1
cne_transport_sender{address="/cluster/node/compute-1.example.com/redfish/event",status="active"} 1
# HELP cne_events_ack Metric to get number of events produced
# TYPE cne_events_ack gauge
cne_events_ack{status="success",type="/cluster/node/compute-1.example.com/ptp"} 18
cne_events_ack{status="success",type="/cluster/node/compute-1.example.com/redfish/event"} 18
# HELP cne_events_transport_published Metric to get number of events published by the transport
# TYPE cne_events_transport_published gauge
cne_events_transport_published{address="/cluster/node/compute-1.example.com/ptp",status="failed"} 1
cne_events_transport_published{address="/cluster/node/compute-1.example.com/ptp",status="success"} 18
cne_events_transport_published{address="/cluster/node/compute-1.example.com/redfish/event",status="failed"} 1
cne_events_transport_published{address="/cluster/node/compute-1.example.com/redfish/event",status="success"} 18
# HELP cne_events_transport_received Metric to get number of events received  by the transport
# TYPE cne_events_transport_received gauge
cne_events_transport_received{address="/cluster/node/compute-1.example.com/ptp",status="success"} 18
cne_events_transport_received{address="/cluster/node/compute-1.example.com/redfish/event",status="success"} 18
# HELP cne_events_api_published Metric to get number of events published by the rest api
# TYPE cne_events_api_published gauge
cne_events_api_published{address="/cluster/node/compute-1.example.com/ptp",status="success"} 19
cne_events_api_published{address="/cluster/node/compute-1.example.com/redfish/event",status="success"} 19
# HELP cne_events_received Metric to get number of events received
# TYPE cne_events_received gauge
cne_events_received{status="success",type="/cluster/node/compute-1.example.com/ptp"} 18
cne_events_received{status="success",type="/cluster/node/compute-1.example.com/redfish/event"} 18
# HELP promhttp_metric_handler_requests_in_flight Current number of scrapes being served.
# TYPE promhttp_metric_handler_requests_in_flight gauge
promhttp_metric_handler_requests_in_flight 1
# HELP promhttp_metric_handler_requests_total Total number of scrapes by HTTP status code.
# TYPE promhttp_metric_handler_requests_total counter
promhttp_metric_handler_requests_total{code="200"} 4
promhttp_metric_handler_requests_total{code="500"} 0
promhttp_metric_handler_requests_total{code="503"} 0

Chapter 19. External DNS Operator

19.1. External DNS Operator in OpenShift Container Platform

The External DNS Operator deploys and manages ExternalDNS to provide the name resolution for services and routes from the external DNS provider to OpenShift Container Platform.

19.1.1. External DNS Operator

The External DNS Operator implements the External DNS API from the olm.openshift.io API group. The External DNS Operator updates services, routes, and external DNS providers.

Prerequisites

  • You have installed the yq CLI tool.

Procedure

You can deploy the External DNS Operator on demand from the OperatorHub. Deploying the External DNS Operator creates a Subscription object.

  1. Check the name of an install plan by running the following command: 

    $ oc -n external-dns-operator get sub external-dns-operator -o yaml | yq '.status.installplan.name'

    Example output

    install-zcvlr

  2. Check if the status of an install plan is Complete by running the following command: 

    $ oc -n external-dns-operator get ip <install_plan_name> -o yaml | yq '.status.phase'

    Example output

    Complete

  3. View the status of the external-dns-operator deployment by running the following command: 

    $ oc get -n external-dns-operator deployment/external-dns-operator

    Example output

    NAME                    READY     UP-TO-DATE   AVAILABLE   AGE
external-dns-operator   1/1       1            1           23h

19.1.2. External DNS Operator logs

You can view External DNS Operator logs by using the oc logs command.

Procedure

  1. View the logs of the External DNS Operator by running the following command: 

    $ oc logs -n external-dns-operator deployment/external-dns-operator -c external-dns-operator
19.1.2.1. External DNS Operator domain name limitations

The External DNS Operator uses the TXT registry which adds the prefix for TXT records. This reduces the maximum length of the domain name for TXT records. A DNS record cannot be present without a corresponding TXT record, so the domain name of the DNS record must follow the same limit as the TXT records. For example, a DNS record of <domain_name_from_source> results in a TXT record of external-dns-<record_type>-<domain_name_from_source>.

The domain name of the DNS records generated by the External DNS Operator has the following limitations:

Record typeNumber of characters

CNAME

44

Wildcard CNAME records on AzureDNS

42

A

48

Wildcard A records on AzureDNS

46

The following error appears in the External DNS Operator logs if the generated domain name exceeds any of the domain name limitations: 

time="2022-09-02T08:53:57Z" level=error msg="Failure in zone test.example.io. [Id: /hostedzone/Z06988883Q0H0RL6UMXXX]"
time="2022-09-02T08:53:57Z" level=error msg="InvalidChangeBatch: [FATAL problem: DomainLabelTooLong (Domain label is too long) encountered with 'external-dns-a-hello-openshift-aaaaaaaaaa-bbbbbbbbbb-ccccccc']\n\tstatus code: 400, request id: e54dfd5a-06c6-47b0-bcb9-a4f7c3a4e0c6"

19.2. Installing External DNS Operator on cloud providers

You can install the External DNS Operator on cloud providers such as AWS, Azure, and GCP.

19.2.1. Installing the External DNS Operator with OperatorHub

You can install the External DNS Operator by using the OpenShift Container Platform OperatorHub.

Procedure

  1. Click Operators → OperatorHub in the OpenShift Container Platform web console.
  2. Click External DNS Operator. You can use the Filter by keyword text box or the filter list to search for External DNS Operator from the list of Operators.
  3. Select the external-dns-operator namespace.
  4. On the External DNS Operator page, click Install.

  5. On the Install Operator page, ensure that you selected the following options:

    1. Update the channel as stable-v1.
    2. Installation mode as A specific name on the cluster.
    3. Installed namespace as external-dns-operator. If namespace external-dns-operator does not exist, it gets created during the Operator installation.
    4. Select Approval Strategy as Automatic or Manual. Approval Strategy is set to Automatic by default.
    5. Click Install.

If you select Automatic updates, the Operator Lifecycle Manager (OLM) automatically upgrades the running instance of your Operator without any intervention.

If you select Manual updates, the OLM creates an update request. As a cluster administrator, you must then manually approve that update request to have the Operator updated to the new version.

Verification

Verify that the External DNS Operator shows the Status as Succeeded on the Installed Operators dashboard.

19.2.2. Installing the External DNS Operator by using the CLI

You can install the External DNS Operator by using the CLI.

Prerequisites

  • You are logged in to the OpenShift Container Platform web console as a user with cluster-admin permissions.
  • You are logged into the OpenShift CLI (oc).

Procedure

  1. Create a Namespace object:

    1. Create a YAML file that defines the Namespace object:

      Example namespace.yaml file

      apiVersion: v1
kind: Namespace
metadata:
  name: external-dns-operator

    2. Create the Namespace object by running the following command: 

      $ oc apply -f namespace.yaml

  2. Create an OperatorGroup object:

    1. Create a YAML file that defines the OperatorGroup object:

      Example operatorgroup.yaml file

      apiVersion: operators.coreos.com/v1
kind: OperatorGroup
metadata:
  name: external-dns-operator
  namespace: external-dns-operator
spec:
  upgradeStrategy: Default
  targetNamespaces:
  - external-dns-operator

    2. Create the OperatorGroup object by running the following command: 

      $ oc apply -f operatorgroup.yaml

  3. Create a Subscription object:

    1. Create a YAML file that defines the Subscription object:

      Example subscription.yaml file

      apiVersion: operators.coreos.com/v1alpha1
kind: Subscription
metadata:
  name: external-dns-operator
  namespace: external-dns-operator
spec:
  channel: stable-v1
  installPlanApproval: Automatic
  name: external-dns-operator
  source: redhat-operators
  sourceNamespace: openshift-marketplace

    2. Create the Subscription object by running the following command: 

      $ oc apply -f subscription.yaml

Verification

  1. Get the name of the install plan from the subscription by running the following command: 

    $ oc -n external-dns-operator \
    get subscription external-dns-operator \
    --template='{{.status.installplan.name}}{{"\n"}}'

  2. Verify that the status of the install plan is Complete by running the following command: 

    $ oc -n external-dns-operator \
    get ip <install_plan_name> \
    --template='{{.status.phase}}{{"\n"}}'

  3. Verify that the status of the external-dns-operator pod is Running by running the following command: 

    $ oc -n external-dns-operator get pod

    Example output

    NAME                                     READY   STATUS    RESTARTS   AGE
external-dns-operator-5584585fd7-5lwqm   2/2     Running   0          11m

  4. Verify that the catalog source of the subscription is redhat-operators by running the following command: 

    $ oc -n external-dns-operator get subscription

    Example output

    NAME                    PACKAGE                 SOURCE             CHANNEL
external-dns-operator   external-dns-operator   redhat-operators   stable-v1

  5. Check the external-dns-operator version by running the following command: 

    $ oc -n external-dns-operator get csv

    Example output

    NAME                           DISPLAY                VERSION   REPLACES   PHASE
external-dns-operator.v<1.y.z>   ExternalDNS Operator   <1.y.z>                Succeeded

19.3. External DNS Operator configuration parameters

The External DNS Operator includes the following configuration parameters.

19.3.1. External DNS Operator configuration parameters

The External DNS Operator includes the following configuration parameters:

ParameterDescription

spec

Enables the type of a cloud provider. 

spec:
  provider:
    type: AWS 1
    aws:
      credentials:
        name: aws-access-key 2
1
Defines available options such as AWS, GCP, Azure, and Infoblox.
2
Defines a secret name for your cloud provider.

zones

Enables you to specify DNS zones by their domains. If you do not specify zones, the ExternalDNS resource discovers all of the zones present in your cloud provider account. 

zones:
- "myzoneid" 1
1
Specifies the name of DNS zones.

domains

Enables you to specify AWS zones by their domains. If you do not specify domains, the ExternalDNS resource discovers all of the zones present in your cloud provider account. 

domains:
- filterType: Include 1
  matchType: Exact 2
  name: "myzonedomain1.com" 3
- filterType: Include
  matchType: Pattern 4
  pattern: ".*\\.otherzonedomain\\.com" 5
1
Ensures that the ExternalDNS resource includes the domain name.
2
Instructs ExtrnalDNS that the domain matching has to be exact as opposed to regular expression match.
3
Defines the name of the domain.
4
Sets the regex-domain-filter flag in the ExternalDNS resource. You can limit possible domains by using a Regex filter.
5
Defines the regex pattern to be used by the ExternalDNS resource to filter the domains of the target zones.

source

Enables you to specify the source for the DNS records, Service or Route. 

source: 1
  type: Service 2
  service:
    serviceType:3
      - LoadBalancer
      - ClusterIP
  labelFilter: 4
    matchLabels:
      external-dns.mydomain.org/publish: "yes"
  hostnameAnnotation: "Allow" 5
  fqdnTemplate:
  - "{{.Name}}.myzonedomain.com" 6
1
Defines the settings for the source of DNS records.
2
The ExternalDNS resource uses the Service type as the source for creating DNS records.
3
Sets the service-type-filter flag in the ExternalDNS resource. The serviceType contains the following fields:
  • default: LoadBalancer
  • expected: ClusterIP
  • NodePort
  • LoadBalancer
  • ExternalName
4
Ensures that the controller considers only those resources which matches with label filter.
5
The default value for hostnameAnnotation is Ignore which instructs ExternalDNS to generate DNS records using the templates specified in the field fqdnTemplates. When the value is Allow the DNS records get generated based on the value specified in the external-dns.alpha.kubernetes.io/hostname annotation.
6
The External DNS Operator uses a string to generate DNS names from sources that don’t define a hostname, or to add a hostname suffix when paired with the fake source. 
source:
  type: OpenShiftRoute 1
  openshiftRouteOptions:
    routerName: default 2
    labelFilter:
      matchLabels:
        external-dns.mydomain.org/publish: "yes"
1
Creates DNS records.
2
If the source type is OpenShiftRoute, then you can pass the Ingress Controller name. The ExternalDNS resource uses the canonical name of the Ingress Controller as the target for CNAME records.

19.4. Creating DNS records on AWS

You can create DNS records on AWS and AWS GovCloud by using External DNS Operator.

19.4.1. Creating DNS records on an public hosted zone for AWS by using Red Hat External DNS Operator

You can create DNS records on a public hosted zone for AWS by using the Red Hat External DNS Operator. You can use the same instructions to create DNS records on a hosted zone for AWS GovCloud.

Procedure

  1. Check the user. The user must have access to the kube-system namespace. If you don’t have the credentials, as you can fetch the credentials from the kube-system namespace to use the cloud provider client: 

    $ oc whoami

    Example output

    system:admin

  2. Fetch the values from aws-creds secret present in kube-system namespace. 

    $ export AWS_ACCESS_KEY_ID=$(oc get secrets aws-creds -n kube-system  --template={{.data.aws_access_key_id}} | base64 -d)
$ export AWS_SECRET_ACCESS_KEY=$(oc get secrets aws-creds -n kube-system  --template={{.data.aws_secret_access_key}} | base64 -d)

  3. Get the routes to check the domain: 

    $ oc get routes --all-namespaces | grep console

    Example output

    openshift-console          console             console-openshift-console.apps.testextdnsoperator.apacshift.support                       console             https   reencrypt/Redirect     None
openshift-console          downloads           downloads-openshift-console.apps.testextdnsoperator.apacshift.support                     downloads           http    edge/Redirect          None

  4. Get the list of dns zones to find the one which corresponds to the previously found route’s domain: 

    $ aws route53 list-hosted-zones | grep testextdnsoperator.apacshift.support

    Example output

    HOSTEDZONES	terraform	/hostedzone/Z02355203TNN1XXXX1J6O	testextdnsoperator.apacshift.support.	5

  5. Create ExternalDNS resource for route source: 

    $ cat <<EOF | oc create -f -
apiVersion: externaldns.olm.openshift.io/v1beta1
kind: ExternalDNS
metadata:
  name: sample-aws 1
spec:
  domains:
  - filterType: Include   2
    matchType: Exact   3
    name: testextdnsoperator.apacshift.support 4
  provider:
    type: AWS 5
  source:  6
    type: OpenShiftRoute 7
    openshiftRouteOptions:
      routerName: default 8
EOF
    1
    Defines the name of external DNS resource.
    2
    By default all hosted zones are selected as potential targets. You can include a hosted zone that you need.
    3
    The matching of the target zone’s domain has to be exact (as opposed to regular expression match).
    4
    Specify the exact domain of the zone you want to update. The hostname of the routes must be subdomains of the specified domain.
    5
    Defines the AWS Route53 DNS provider.
    6
    Defines options for the source of DNS records.
    7
    Defines OpenShift route resource as the source for the DNS records which gets created in the previously specified DNS provider.
    8
    If the source is OpenShiftRoute, then you can pass the OpenShift Ingress Controller name. External DNS Operator selects the canonical hostname of that router as the target while creating CNAME record.

  6. Check the records created for OCP routes using the following command: 

    $ aws route53 list-resource-record-sets --hosted-zone-id Z02355203TNN1XXXX1J6O --query "ResourceRecordSets[?Type == 'CNAME']" | grep console

19.5. Creating DNS records on Azure

You can create DNS records on Azure by using the External DNS Operator.

Important

Using the External DNS Operator on a {entra-first}-enabled cluster or a cluster that runs in Microsoft Azure Government (MAG) regions is not supported.

19.5.1. Creating DNS records on an Azure public DNS zone

You can create DNS records on a public DNS zone for Azure by using the External DNS Operator.

Prerequisites

  • You must have administrator privileges.
  • The admin user must have access to the kube-system namespace.

Procedure

  1. Fetch the credentials from the kube-system namespace to use the cloud provider client by running the following command: 

    $ CLIENT_ID=$(oc get secrets azure-credentials  -n kube-system  --template={{.data.azure_client_id}} | base64 -d)
$ CLIENT_SECRET=$(oc get secrets azure-credentials  -n kube-system  --template={{.data.azure_client_secret}} | base64 -d)
$ RESOURCE_GROUP=$(oc get secrets azure-credentials  -n kube-system  --template={{.data.azure_resourcegroup}} | base64 -d)
$ SUBSCRIPTION_ID=$(oc get secrets azure-credentials  -n kube-system  --template={{.data.azure_subscription_id}} | base64 -d)
$ TENANT_ID=$(oc get secrets azure-credentials  -n kube-system  --template={{.data.azure_tenant_id}} | base64 -d)

  2. Log in to Azure by running the following command: 

    $ az login --service-principal -u "${CLIENT_ID}" -p "${CLIENT_SECRET}" --tenant "${TENANT_ID}"

  3. Get a list of routes by running the following command: 

    $ oc get routes --all-namespaces | grep console

    Example output

    openshift-console          console             console-openshift-console.apps.test.azure.example.com                       console             https   reencrypt/Redirect     None
openshift-console          downloads           downloads-openshift-console.apps.test.azure.example.com                     downloads           http    edge/Redirect          None

  4. Get a list of DNS zones by running the following command: 

    $ az network dns zone list --resource-group "${RESOURCE_GROUP}"

  5. Create a YAML file, for example, external-dns-sample-azure.yaml, that defines the ExternalDNS object:

    Example external-dns-sample-azure.yaml file

    apiVersion: externaldns.olm.openshift.io/v1beta1
kind: ExternalDNS
metadata:
  name: sample-azure 1
spec:
  zones:
  - "/subscriptions/1234567890/resourceGroups/test-azure-xxxxx-rg/providers/Microsoft.Network/dnszones/test.azure.example.com" 2
  provider:
    type: Azure 3
  source:
    openshiftRouteOptions: 4
      routerName: default 5
    type: OpenShiftRoute 6

    1
    Specifies the External DNS name.
    2
    Defines the zone ID.
    3
    Defines the provider type.
    4
    You can define options for the source of DNS records.
    5
    If the source type is OpenShiftRoute, you can pass the OpenShift Ingress Controller name. External DNS selects the canonical hostname of that router as the target while creating CNAME record.
    6
    Defines the route resource as the source for the Azure DNS records.

  6. Check the DNS records created for OpenShift Container Platform routes by running the following command: 

    $ az network dns record-set list -g "${RESOURCE_GROUP}"  -z test.azure.example.com | grep console
    Note

    To create records on private hosted zones on private Azure DNS, you need to specify the private zone under the zones field which populates the provider type to azure-private-dns in the ExternalDNS container arguments.

19.6. Creating DNS records on GCP

You can create DNS records on Google Cloud Platform (GCP) by using the External DNS Operator.

Important

Using the External DNS Operator on a cluster with GCP Workload Identity enabled is not supported. For more information about the GCP Workload Identity, see Using manual mode with GCP Workload Identity.

19.6.1. Creating DNS records on a public managed zone for GCP

You can create DNS records on a public managed zone for GCP by using the External DNS Operator.

Prerequisites

  • You must have administrator privileges.

Procedure

  1. Copy the gcp-credentials secret in the encoded-gcloud.json file by running the following command: 

    $ oc get secret gcp-credentials -n kube-system --template='{{$v := index .data "service_account.json"}}{{$v}}' | base64 -d - > decoded-gcloud.json

  2. Export your Google credentials by running the following command: 

    $ export GOOGLE_CREDENTIALS=decoded-gcloud.json

  3. Activate your account by using the following command: 

    $ gcloud auth activate-service-account  <client_email as per decoded-gcloud.json> --key-file=decoded-gcloud.json

  4. Set your project by running the following command: 

    $ gcloud config set project <project_id as per decoded-gcloud.json>

  5. Get a list of routes by running the following command: 

    $ oc get routes --all-namespaces | grep console

    Example output

    openshift-console          console             console-openshift-console.apps.test.gcp.example.com                       console             https   reencrypt/Redirect     None
openshift-console          downloads           downloads-openshift-console.apps.test.gcp.example.com                     downloads           http    edge/Redirect          None

  6. Get a list of managed zones by running the following command: 

    $ gcloud dns managed-zones list | grep test.gcp.example.com

    Example output

    qe-cvs4g-private-zone test.gcp.example.com

  7. Create a YAML file, for example, external-dns-sample-gcp.yaml, that defines the ExternalDNS object:

    Example external-dns-sample-gcp.yaml file

    apiVersion: externaldns.olm.openshift.io/v1beta1
kind: ExternalDNS
metadata:
  name: sample-gcp 1
spec:
  domains:
    - filterType: Include 2
      matchType: Exact 3
      name: test.gcp.example.com 4
  provider:
    type: GCP 5
  source:
    openshiftRouteOptions: 6
      routerName: default 7
    type: OpenShiftRoute 8

    1
    Specifies the External DNS name.
    2
    By default, all hosted zones are selected as potential targets. You can include your hosted zone.
    3
    The domain of the target must match the string defined by the name key.
    4
    Specify the exact domain of the zone you want to update. The hostname of the routes must be subdomains of the specified domain.
    5
    Defines the provider type.
    6
    You can define options for the source of DNS records.
    7
    If the source type is OpenShiftRoute, you can pass the OpenShift Ingress Controller name. External DNS selects the canonical hostname of that router as the target while creating CNAME record.
    8
    Defines the route resource as the source for GCP DNS records.

  8. Check the DNS records created for OpenShift Container Platform routes by running the following command: 

    $ gcloud dns record-sets list --zone=qe-cvs4g-private-zone | grep console

19.7. Creating DNS records on Infoblox

You can create DNS records on Infoblox by using the External DNS Operator.

19.7.1. Creating DNS records on a public DNS zone on Infoblox

You can create DNS records on a public DNS zone on Infoblox by using the External DNS Operator.

Prerequisites

  • You have access to the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You have access to the Infoblox UI.

Procedure

  1. Create a secret object with Infoblox credentials by running the following command: 

    $ oc -n external-dns-operator create secret generic infoblox-credentials --from-literal=EXTERNAL_DNS_INFOBLOX_WAPI_USERNAME=<infoblox_username> --from-literal=EXTERNAL_DNS_INFOBLOX_WAPI_PASSWORD=<infoblox_password>

  2. Get a list of routes by running the following command: 

    $ oc get routes --all-namespaces | grep console

    Example Output

    openshift-console          console             console-openshift-console.apps.test.example.com                       console             https   reencrypt/Redirect     None
openshift-console          downloads           downloads-openshift-console.apps.test.example.com                     downloads           http    edge/Redirect          None

  3. Create a YAML file, for example, external-dns-sample-infoblox.yaml, that defines the ExternalDNS object:

    Example external-dns-sample-infoblox.yaml file

    apiVersion: externaldns.olm.openshift.io/v1beta1
kind: ExternalDNS
metadata:
  name: sample-infoblox 1
spec:
  provider:
    type: Infoblox 2
    infoblox:
      credentials:
        name: infoblox-credentials
      gridHost: ${INFOBLOX_GRID_PUBLIC_IP}
      wapiPort: 443
      wapiVersion: "2.3.1"
  domains:
  - filterType: Include
    matchType: Exact
    name: test.example.com
  source:
    type: OpenShiftRoute 3
    openshiftRouteOptions:
      routerName: default 4

    1
    Specifies the External DNS name.
    2
    Defines the provider type.
    3
    You can define options for the source of DNS records.
    4
    If the source type is OpenShiftRoute, you can pass the OpenShift Ingress Controller name. External DNS selects the canonical hostname of that router as the target while creating CNAME record.

  4. Create the ExternalDNS resource on Infoblox by running the following command: 

    $ oc create -f external-dns-sample-infoblox.yaml

  5. From the Infoblox UI, check the DNS records created for console routes:

    1. Click Data Management → DNS → Zones.
    2. Select the zone name.

19.8. Configuring the cluster-wide proxy on the External DNS Operator

After configuring the cluster-wide proxy, the Operator Lifecycle Manager (OLM) triggers automatic updates to all of the deployed Operators with the new contents of the HTTP_PROXY, HTTPS_PROXY, and NO_PROXY environment variables.

19.8.1. Trusting the certificate authority of the cluster-wide proxy

You can configure the External DNS Operator to trust the certificate authority of the cluster-wide proxy.

Procedure

  1. Create the config map to contain the CA bundle in the external-dns-operator namespace by running the following command: 

    $ oc -n external-dns-operator create configmap trusted-ca

  2. To inject the trusted CA bundle into the config map, add the config.openshift.io/inject-trusted-cabundle=true label to the config map by running the following command: 

    $ oc -n external-dns-operator label cm trusted-ca config.openshift.io/inject-trusted-cabundle=true

  3. Update the subscription of the External DNS Operator by running the following command: 

    $ oc -n external-dns-operator patch subscription external-dns-operator --type='json' -p='[{"op": "add", "path": "/spec/config", "value":{"env":[{"name":"TRUSTED_CA_CONFIGMAP_NAME","value":"trusted-ca"}]}}]'

Verification

  • After the deployment of the External DNS Operator is completed, verify that the trusted CA environment variable is added to the external-dns-operator deployment by running the following command: 

    $ oc -n external-dns-operator exec deploy/external-dns-operator -c external-dns-operator -- printenv TRUSTED_CA_CONFIGMAP_NAME

    Example output

    trusted-ca

Chapter 20. Network policy

20.1. About network policy

As a developer, you can define network policies that restrict traffic to pods in your cluster.

20.1.1. About network policy

In a cluster using a network plugin that supports Kubernetes network policy, network isolation is controlled entirely by NetworkPolicy objects. In OpenShift Container Platform 4.13, OpenShift SDN supports using network policy in its default network isolation mode.

Warning

Network policy does not apply to the host network namespace. Pods with host networking enabled are unaffected by network policy rules. However, pods connecting to the host-networked pods might be affected by the network policy rules.

Network policies cannot block traffic from localhost or from their resident nodes.

By default, all pods in a project are accessible from other pods and network endpoints. To isolate one or more pods in a project, you can create NetworkPolicy objects in that project to indicate the allowed incoming connections. Project administrators can create and delete NetworkPolicy objects within their own project.

If a pod is matched by selectors in one or more NetworkPolicy objects, then the pod will accept only connections that are allowed by at least one of those NetworkPolicy objects. A pod that is not selected by any NetworkPolicy objects is fully accessible.

A network policy applies to only the TCP, UDP, ICMP, and SCTP protocols. Other protocols are not affected.

The following example NetworkPolicy objects demonstrate supporting different scenarios:

  • Deny all traffic:

    To make a project deny by default, add a NetworkPolicy object that matches all pods but accepts no traffic: 

    kind: NetworkPolicy
apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
metadata:
  name: deny-by-default
spec:
  podSelector: {}
  ingress: []

  • Only allow connections from the OpenShift Container Platform Ingress Controller:

    To make a project allow only connections from the OpenShift Container Platform Ingress Controller, add the following NetworkPolicy object. 

    apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
kind: NetworkPolicy
metadata:
  name: allow-from-openshift-ingress
spec:
  ingress:
  - from:
    - namespaceSelector:
        matchLabels:
          network.openshift.io/policy-group: ingress
  podSelector: {}
  policyTypes:
  - Ingress

  • Only accept connections from pods within a project:

    Important

    To allow ingress connections from hostNetwork pods in the same namespace, you need to apply the allow-from-hostnetwork policy together with the allow-same-namespace policy.

    To make pods accept connections from other pods in the same project, but reject all other connections from pods in other projects, add the following NetworkPolicy object: 

    kind: NetworkPolicy
apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
metadata:
  name: allow-same-namespace
spec:
  podSelector: {}
  ingress:
  - from:
    - podSelector: {}

  • Only allow HTTP and HTTPS traffic based on pod labels:

    To enable only HTTP and HTTPS access to the pods with a specific label (role=frontend in following example), add a NetworkPolicy object similar to the following: 

    kind: NetworkPolicy
apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
metadata:
  name: allow-http-and-https
spec:
  podSelector:
    matchLabels:
      role: frontend
  ingress:
  - ports:
    - protocol: TCP
      port: 80
    - protocol: TCP
      port: 443

  • Accept connections by using both namespace and pod selectors:

    To match network traffic by combining namespace and pod selectors, you can use a NetworkPolicy object similar to the following: 

    kind: NetworkPolicy
apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
metadata:
  name: allow-pod-and-namespace-both
spec:
  podSelector:
    matchLabels:
      name: test-pods
  ingress:
    - from:
      - namespaceSelector:
          matchLabels:
            project: project_name
        podSelector:
          matchLabels:
            name: test-pods

NetworkPolicy objects are additive, which means you can combine multiple NetworkPolicy objects together to satisfy complex network requirements.

For example, for the NetworkPolicy objects defined in previous samples, you can define both allow-same-namespace and allow-http-and-https policies within the same project. Thus allowing the pods with the label role=frontend, to accept any connection allowed by each policy. That is, connections on any port from pods in the same namespace, and connections on ports 80 and 443 from pods in any namespace.

20.1.1.1. Using the allow-from-router network policy

Use the following NetworkPolicy to allow external traffic regardless of the router configuration: 

apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
kind: NetworkPolicy
metadata:
  name: allow-from-router
spec:
  ingress:
  - from:
    - namespaceSelector:
        matchLabels:
          policy-group.network.openshift.io/ingress: ""1
  podSelector: {}
  policyTypes:
  - Ingress
1
policy-group.network.openshift.io/ingress:"" label supports both OpenShift-SDN and OVN-Kubernetes.
20.1.1.2. Using the allow-from-hostnetwork network policy

Add the following allow-from-hostnetwork NetworkPolicy object to direct traffic from the host network pods. 

apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
kind: NetworkPolicy
metadata:
  name: allow-from-hostnetwork
spec:
  ingress:
  - from:
    - namespaceSelector:
        matchLabels:
          policy-group.network.openshift.io/host-network: ""
  podSelector: {}
  policyTypes:
  - Ingress

20.1.2. Optimizations for network policy with OpenShift SDN

Use a network policy to isolate pods that are differentiated from one another by labels within a namespace.

It is inefficient to apply NetworkPolicy objects to large numbers of individual pods in a single namespace. Pod labels do not exist at the IP address level, so a network policy generates a separate Open vSwitch (OVS) flow rule for every possible link between every pod selected with a podSelector.

For example, if the spec podSelector and the ingress podSelector within a NetworkPolicy object each match 200 pods, then 40,000 (200*200) OVS flow rules are generated. This might slow down a node.

When designing your network policy, refer to the following guidelines:

  • Reduce the number of OVS flow rules by using namespaces to contain groups of pods that need to be isolated.

    NetworkPolicy objects that select a whole namespace, by using the namespaceSelector or an empty podSelector, generate only a single OVS flow rule that matches the VXLAN virtual network ID (VNID) of the namespace.

  • Keep the pods that do not need to be isolated in their original namespace, and move the pods that require isolation into one or more different namespaces.
  • Create additional targeted cross-namespace network policies to allow the specific traffic that you do want to allow from the isolated pods.

20.1.3. Optimizations for network policy with OVN-Kubernetes network plugin

When designing your network policy, refer to the following guidelines:

  • For network policies with the same spec.podSelector spec, it is more efficient to use one network policy with multiple ingress or egress rules, than multiple network policies with subsets of ingress or egress rules.

  • Every ingress or egress rule based on the podSelector or namespaceSelector spec generates the number of OVS flows proportional to number of pods selected by network policy + number of pods selected by ingress or egress rule. Therefore, it is preferable to use the podSelector or namespaceSelector spec that can select as many pods as you need in one rule, instead of creating individual rules for every pod.

    For example, the following policy contains two rules: 

    apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
kind: NetworkPolicy
metadata:
  name: test-network-policy
spec:
  podSelector: {}
  ingress:
  - from:
    - podSelector:
        matchLabels:
          role: frontend
  - from:
    - podSelector:
        matchLabels:
          role: backend

    The following policy expresses those same two rules as one: 

    apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
kind: NetworkPolicy
metadata:
  name: test-network-policy
spec:
  podSelector: {}
  ingress:
  - from:
    - podSelector:
        matchExpressions:
        - {key: role, operator: In, values: [frontend, backend]}

    The same guideline applies to the spec.podSelector spec. If you have the same ingress or egress rules for different network policies, it might be more efficient to create one network policy with a common spec.podSelector spec. For example, the following two policies have different rules: 

    apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
kind: NetworkPolicy
metadata:
  name: policy1
spec:
  podSelector:
    matchLabels:
      role: db
  ingress:
  - from:
    - podSelector:
        matchLabels:
          role: frontend
---
apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
kind: NetworkPolicy
metadata:
  name: policy2
spec:
  podSelector:
    matchLabels:
      role: client
  ingress:
  - from:
    - podSelector:
        matchLabels:
          role: frontend

    The following network policy expresses those same two rules as one: 

    apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
kind: NetworkPolicy
metadata:
  name: policy3
spec:
  podSelector:
    matchExpressions:
    - {key: role, operator: In, values: [db, client]}
  ingress:
  - from:
    - podSelector:
        matchLabels:
          role: frontend

    You can apply this optimization when only multiple selectors are expressed as one. In cases where selectors are based on different labels, it may not be possible to apply this optimization. In those cases, consider applying some new labels for network policy optimization specifically.

20.1.4. Next steps

20.1.5. Additional resources

20.2. Creating a network policy

As a user with the admin role, you can create a network policy for a namespace.

20.2.1. Example NetworkPolicy object

The following annotates an example NetworkPolicy object: 

kind: NetworkPolicy
apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
metadata:
  name: allow-27107 1
spec:
  podSelector: 2
    matchLabels:
      app: mongodb
  ingress:
  - from:
    - podSelector: 3
        matchLabels:
          app: app
    ports: 4
    - protocol: TCP
      port: 27017
1
The name of the NetworkPolicy object.
2
A selector that describes the pods to which the policy applies. The policy object can only select pods in the project that defines the NetworkPolicy object.
3
A selector that matches the pods from which the policy object allows ingress traffic. The selector matches pods in the same namespace as the NetworkPolicy.
4
A list of one or more destination ports on which to accept traffic.

20.2.2. Creating a network policy using the CLI

To define granular rules describing ingress or egress network traffic allowed for namespaces in your cluster, you can create a network policy.

Note

If you log in with a user with the cluster-admin role, then you can create a network policy in any namespace in the cluster.

Prerequisites

  • Your cluster uses a network plugin that supports NetworkPolicy objects, such as the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin or the OpenShift SDN network plugin with mode: NetworkPolicy set. This mode is the default for OpenShift SDN.
  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You are logged in to the cluster with a user with admin privileges.
  • You are working in the namespace that the network policy applies to.

Procedure

  1. Create a policy rule:

    1. Create a <policy_name>.yaml file: 

      $ touch <policy_name>.yaml

      where:

      <policy_name>
      Specifies the network policy file name.

    2. Define a network policy in the file that you just created, such as in the following examples:

      Deny ingress from all pods in all namespaces

      This is a fundamental policy, blocking all cross-pod networking other than cross-pod traffic allowed by the configuration of other Network Policies. 

      kind: NetworkPolicy
apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
metadata:
  name: deny-by-default
spec:
  podSelector:
  ingress: []

      Allow ingress from all pods in the same namespace

      kind: NetworkPolicy
apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
metadata:
  name: allow-same-namespace
spec:
  podSelector:
  ingress:
  - from:
    - podSelector: {}

      Allow ingress traffic to one pod from a particular namespace

      This policy allows traffic to pods labelled pod-a from pods running in namespace-y. 

      kind: NetworkPolicy
apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
metadata:
  name: allow-traffic-pod
spec:
  podSelector:
   matchLabels:
      pod: pod-a
  policyTypes:
  - Ingress
  ingress:
  - from:
    - namespaceSelector:
        matchLabels:
           kubernetes.io/metadata.name: namespace-y

  2. To create the network policy object, enter the following command: 

    $ oc apply -f <policy_name>.yaml -n <namespace>

    where:

    <policy_name>
    Specifies the network policy file name.
    <namespace>
    Optional: Specifies the namespace if the object is defined in a different namespace than the current namespace.

    Example output

    networkpolicy.networking.k8s.io/deny-by-default created

Note

If you log in to the web console with cluster-admin privileges, you have a choice of creating a network policy in any namespace in the cluster directly in YAML or from a form in the web console.

20.2.3. Creating a default deny all network policy

This is a fundamental policy, blocking all cross-pod networking other than network traffic allowed by the configuration of other deployed network policies. This procedure enforces a default deny-by-default policy.

Note

If you log in with a user with the cluster-admin role, then you can create a network policy in any namespace in the cluster.

Prerequisites

  • Your cluster uses a network plugin that supports NetworkPolicy objects, such as the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin or the OpenShift SDN network plugin with mode: NetworkPolicy set. This mode is the default for OpenShift SDN.
  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You are logged in to the cluster with a user with admin privileges.
  • You are working in the namespace that the network policy applies to.

Procedure

  1. Create the following YAML that defines a deny-by-default policy to deny ingress from all pods in all namespaces. Save the YAML in the deny-by-default.yaml file: 

    kind: NetworkPolicy
apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
metadata:
  name: deny-by-default
  namespace: default 1
spec:
  podSelector: {} 2
  ingress: [] 3
    1
    namespace: default deploys this policy to the default namespace.
    2
    podSelector: is empty, this means it matches all the pods. Therefore, the policy applies to all pods in the default namespace.
    3
    There are no ingress rules specified. This causes incoming traffic to be dropped to all pods.

  2. Apply the policy by entering the following command: 

    $ oc apply -f deny-by-default.yaml

    Example output

    networkpolicy.networking.k8s.io/deny-by-default created

20.2.4. Creating a network policy to allow traffic from external clients

With the deny-by-default policy in place you can proceed to configure a policy that allows traffic from external clients to a pod with the label app=web.

Note

If you log in with a user with the cluster-admin role, then you can create a network policy in any namespace in the cluster.

Follow this procedure to configure a policy that allows external service from the public Internet directly or by using a Load Balancer to access the pod. Traffic is only allowed to a pod with the label app=web.

Prerequisites

  • Your cluster uses a network plugin that supports NetworkPolicy objects, such as the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin or the OpenShift SDN network plugin with mode: NetworkPolicy set. This mode is the default for OpenShift SDN.
  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You are logged in to the cluster with a user with admin privileges.
  • You are working in the namespace that the network policy applies to.

Procedure

  1. Create a policy that allows traffic from the public Internet directly or by using a load balancer to access the pod. Save the YAML in the web-allow-external.yaml file: 

    kind: NetworkPolicy
apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
metadata:
  name: web-allow-external
  namespace: default
spec:
  policyTypes:
  - Ingress
  podSelector:
    matchLabels:
      app: web
  ingress:
    - {}

  2. Apply the policy by entering the following command: 

    $ oc apply -f web-allow-external.yaml

    Example output

    networkpolicy.networking.k8s.io/web-allow-external created

This policy allows traffic from all resources, including external traffic as illustrated in the following diagram:

Allow traffic from external clients

20.2.5. Creating a network policy allowing traffic to an application from all namespaces

Note

If you log in with a user with the cluster-admin role, then you can create a network policy in any namespace in the cluster.

Follow this procedure to configure a policy that allows traffic from all pods in all namespaces to a particular application.

Prerequisites

  • Your cluster uses a network plugin that supports NetworkPolicy objects, such as the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin or the OpenShift SDN network plugin with mode: NetworkPolicy set. This mode is the default for OpenShift SDN.
  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You are logged in to the cluster with a user with admin privileges.
  • You are working in the namespace that the network policy applies to.

Procedure

  1. Create a policy that allows traffic from all pods in all namespaces to a particular application. Save the YAML in the web-allow-all-namespaces.yaml file: 

    kind: NetworkPolicy
apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
metadata:
  name: web-allow-all-namespaces
  namespace: default
spec:
  podSelector:
    matchLabels:
      app: web 1
  policyTypes:
  - Ingress
  ingress:
  - from:
    - namespaceSelector: {} 2
    1
    Applies the policy only to app:web pods in default namespace.
    2
    Selects all pods in all namespaces.
    Note

    By default, if you omit specifying a namespaceSelector it does not select any namespaces, which means the policy allows traffic only from the namespace the network policy is deployed to.

  2. Apply the policy by entering the following command: 

    $ oc apply -f web-allow-all-namespaces.yaml

    Example output

    networkpolicy.networking.k8s.io/web-allow-all-namespaces created

Verification

  1. Start a web service in the default namespace by entering the following command: 

    $ oc run web --namespace=default --image=nginx --labels="app=web" --expose --port=80

  2. Run the following command to deploy an alpine image in the secondary namespace and to start a shell: 

    $ oc run test-$RANDOM --namespace=secondary --rm -i -t --image=alpine -- sh

  3. Run the following command in the shell and observe that the request is allowed: 

    # wget -qO- --timeout=2 http://web.default

    Expected output

    <!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<title>Welcome to nginx!</title>
<style>
html { color-scheme: light dark; }
body { width: 35em; margin: 0 auto;
font-family: Tahoma, Verdana, Arial, sans-serif; }
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h1>Welcome to nginx!</h1>
<p>If you see this page, the nginx web server is successfully installed and
working. Further configuration is required.</p>

<p>For online documentation and support please refer to
<a href="http://nginx.org/">nginx.org</a>.<br/>
Commercial support is available at
<a href="http://nginx.com/">nginx.com</a>.</p>

<p><em>Thank you for using nginx.</em></p>
</body>
</html>

20.2.6. Creating a network policy allowing traffic to an application from a namespace

Note

If you log in with a user with the cluster-admin role, then you can create a network policy in any namespace in the cluster.

Follow this procedure to configure a policy that allows traffic to a pod with the label app=web from a particular namespace. You might want to do this to:

  • Restrict traffic to a production database only to namespaces where production workloads are deployed.
  • Enable monitoring tools deployed to a particular namespace to scrape metrics from the current namespace.

Prerequisites

  • Your cluster uses a network plugin that supports NetworkPolicy objects, such as the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin or the OpenShift SDN network plugin with mode: NetworkPolicy set. This mode is the default for OpenShift SDN.
  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You are logged in to the cluster with a user with admin privileges.
  • You are working in the namespace that the network policy applies to.

Procedure

  1. Create a policy that allows traffic from all pods in a particular namespaces with a label purpose=production. Save the YAML in the web-allow-prod.yaml file: 

    kind: NetworkPolicy
apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
metadata:
  name: web-allow-prod
  namespace: default
spec:
  podSelector:
    matchLabels:
      app: web 1
  policyTypes:
  - Ingress
  ingress:
  - from:
    - namespaceSelector:
        matchLabels:
          purpose: production 2
    1
    Applies the policy only to app:web pods in the default namespace.
    2
    Restricts traffic to only pods in namespaces that have the label purpose=production.

  2. Apply the policy by entering the following command: 

    $ oc apply -f web-allow-prod.yaml

    Example output

    networkpolicy.networking.k8s.io/web-allow-prod created

Verification

  1. Start a web service in the default namespace by entering the following command: 

    $ oc run web --namespace=default --image=nginx --labels="app=web" --expose --port=80

  2. Run the following command to create the prod namespace: 

    $ oc create namespace prod

  3. Run the following command to label the prod namespace: 

    $ oc label namespace/prod purpose=production

  4. Run the following command to create the dev namespace: 

    $ oc create namespace dev

  5. Run the following command to label the dev namespace: 

    $ oc label namespace/dev purpose=testing

  6. Run the following command to deploy an alpine image in the dev namespace and to start a shell: 

    $ oc run test-$RANDOM --namespace=dev --rm -i -t --image=alpine -- sh

  7. Run the following command in the shell and observe that the request is blocked: 

    # wget -qO- --timeout=2 http://web.default

    Expected output

    wget: download timed out

  8. Run the following command to deploy an alpine image in the prod namespace and start a shell: 

    $ oc run test-$RANDOM --namespace=prod --rm -i -t --image=alpine -- sh

  9. Run the following command in the shell and observe that the request is allowed: 

    # wget -qO- --timeout=2 http://web.default

    Expected output

    <!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<title>Welcome to nginx!</title>
<style>
html { color-scheme: light dark; }
body { width: 35em; margin: 0 auto;
font-family: Tahoma, Verdana, Arial, sans-serif; }
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h1>Welcome to nginx!</h1>
<p>If you see this page, the nginx web server is successfully installed and
working. Further configuration is required.</p>

<p>For online documentation and support please refer to
<a href="http://nginx.org/">nginx.org</a>.<br/>
Commercial support is available at
<a href="http://nginx.com/">nginx.com</a>.</p>

<p><em>Thank you for using nginx.</em></p>
</body>
</html>

20.2.7. Additional resources

20.3. Viewing a network policy

As a user with the admin role, you can view a network policy for a namespace.

20.3.1. Example NetworkPolicy object

The following annotates an example NetworkPolicy object: 

kind: NetworkPolicy
apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
metadata:
  name: allow-27107 1
spec:
  podSelector: 2
    matchLabels:
      app: mongodb
  ingress:
  - from:
    - podSelector: 3
        matchLabels:
          app: app
    ports: 4
    - protocol: TCP
      port: 27017
1
The name of the NetworkPolicy object.
2
A selector that describes the pods to which the policy applies. The policy object can only select pods in the project that defines the NetworkPolicy object.
3
A selector that matches the pods from which the policy object allows ingress traffic. The selector matches pods in the same namespace as the NetworkPolicy.
4
A list of one or more destination ports on which to accept traffic.

20.3.2. Viewing network policies using the CLI

You can examine the network policies in a namespace.

Note

If you log in with a user with the cluster-admin role, then you can view any network policy in the cluster.

Prerequisites

  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You are logged in to the cluster with a user with admin privileges.
  • You are working in the namespace where the network policy exists.

Procedure

  • List network policies in a namespace:

    • To view network policy objects defined in a namespace, enter the following command: 

      $ oc get networkpolicy

    • Optional: To examine a specific network policy, enter the following command: 

      $ oc describe networkpolicy <policy_name> -n <namespace>

      where:

      <policy_name>
      Specifies the name of the network policy to inspect.
      <namespace>
      Optional: Specifies the namespace if the object is defined in a different namespace than the current namespace.

      For example: 

      $ oc describe networkpolicy allow-same-namespace

      Output for oc describe command

      Name:         allow-same-namespace
Namespace:    ns1
Created on:   2021-05-24 22:28:56 -0400 EDT
Labels:       <none>
Annotations:  <none>
Spec:
  PodSelector:     <none> (Allowing the specific traffic to all pods in this namespace)
  Allowing ingress traffic:
    To Port: <any> (traffic allowed to all ports)
    From:
      PodSelector: <none>
  Not affecting egress traffic
  Policy Types: Ingress

Note

If you log in to the web console with cluster-admin privileges, you have a choice of viewing a network policy in any namespace in the cluster directly in YAML or from a form in the web console.

20.4. Editing a network policy

As a user with the admin role, you can edit an existing network policy for a namespace.

20.4.1. Editing a network policy

You can edit a network policy in a namespace.

Note

If you log in with a user with the cluster-admin role, then you can edit a network policy in any namespace in the cluster.

Prerequisites

  • Your cluster uses a network plugin that supports NetworkPolicy objects, such as the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin or the OpenShift SDN network plugin with mode: NetworkPolicy set. This mode is the default for OpenShift SDN.
  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You are logged in to the cluster with a user with admin privileges.
  • You are working in the namespace where the network policy exists.

Procedure

  1. Optional: To list the network policy objects in a namespace, enter the following command: 

    $ oc get networkpolicy

    where:

    <namespace>
    Optional: Specifies the namespace if the object is defined in a different namespace than the current namespace.

  2. Edit the network policy object.

    • If you saved the network policy definition in a file, edit the file and make any necessary changes, and then enter the following command. 

      $ oc apply -n <namespace> -f <policy_file>.yaml

      where:

      <namespace>
      Optional: Specifies the namespace if the object is defined in a different namespace than the current namespace.
      <policy_file>
      Specifies the name of the file containing the network policy.

    • If you need to update the network policy object directly, enter the following command: 

      $ oc edit networkpolicy <policy_name> -n <namespace>

      where:

      <policy_name>
      Specifies the name of the network policy.
      <namespace>
      Optional: Specifies the namespace if the object is defined in a different namespace than the current namespace.

  3. Confirm that the network policy object is updated. 

    $ oc describe networkpolicy <policy_name> -n <namespace>

    where:

    <policy_name>
    Specifies the name of the network policy.
    <namespace>
    Optional: Specifies the namespace if the object is defined in a different namespace than the current namespace.
Note

If you log in to the web console with cluster-admin privileges, you have a choice of editing a network policy in any namespace in the cluster directly in YAML or from the policy in the web console through the Actions menu.

20.4.2. Example NetworkPolicy object

The following annotates an example NetworkPolicy object: 

kind: NetworkPolicy
apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
metadata:
  name: allow-27107 1
spec:
  podSelector: 2
    matchLabels:
      app: mongodb
  ingress:
  - from:
    - podSelector: 3
        matchLabels:
          app: app
    ports: 4
    - protocol: TCP
      port: 27017
1
The name of the NetworkPolicy object.
2
A selector that describes the pods to which the policy applies. The policy object can only select pods in the project that defines the NetworkPolicy object.
3
A selector that matches the pods from which the policy object allows ingress traffic. The selector matches pods in the same namespace as the NetworkPolicy.
4
A list of one or more destination ports on which to accept traffic.

20.4.3. Additional resources

20.5. Deleting a network policy

As a user with the admin role, you can delete a network policy from a namespace.

20.5.1. Deleting a network policy using the CLI

You can delete a network policy in a namespace.

Note

If you log in with a user with the cluster-admin role, then you can delete any network policy in the cluster.

Prerequisites

  • Your cluster uses a network plugin that supports NetworkPolicy objects, such as the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin or the OpenShift SDN network plugin with mode: NetworkPolicy set. This mode is the default for OpenShift SDN.
  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You are logged in to the cluster with a user with admin privileges.
  • You are working in the namespace where the network policy exists.

Procedure

  • To delete a network policy object, enter the following command: 

    $ oc delete networkpolicy <policy_name> -n <namespace>

    where:

    <policy_name>
    Specifies the name of the network policy.
    <namespace>
    Optional: Specifies the namespace if the object is defined in a different namespace than the current namespace.

    Example output

    networkpolicy.networking.k8s.io/default-deny deleted

Note

If you log in to the web console with cluster-admin privileges, you have a choice of deleting a network policy in any namespace in the cluster directly in YAML or from the policy in the web console through the Actions menu.

20.6. Defining a default network policy for projects

As a cluster administrator, you can modify the new project template to automatically include network policies when you create a new project. If you do not yet have a customized template for new projects, you must first create one.

20.6.1. Modifying the template for new projects

As a cluster administrator, you can modify the default project template so that new projects are created using your custom requirements.

To create your own custom project template:

Procedure

  1. Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.

  2. Generate the default project template: 

    $ oc adm create-bootstrap-project-template -o yaml > template.yaml
  3. Use a text editor to modify the generated template.yaml file by adding objects or modifying existing objects.

  4. The project template must be created in the openshift-config namespace. Load your modified template: 

    $ oc create -f template.yaml -n openshift-config

  5. Edit the project configuration resource using the web console or CLI.

    • Using the web console:

      1. Navigate to the Administration → Cluster Settings page.
      2. Click Configuration to view all configuration resources.
      3. Find the entry for Project and click Edit YAML.

    • Using the CLI:

      1. Edit the project.config.openshift.io/cluster resource: 

        $ oc edit project.config.openshift.io/cluster

  6. Update the spec section to include the projectRequestTemplate and name parameters, and set the name of your uploaded project template. The default name is project-request.

    Project configuration resource with custom project template

    apiVersion: config.openshift.io/v1
kind: Project
metadata:
# ...
spec:
  projectRequestTemplate:
    name: <template_name>
# ...

  7. After you save your changes, create a new project to verify that your changes were successfully applied.

20.6.2. Adding network policies to the new project template

As a cluster administrator, you can add network policies to the default template for new projects. OpenShift Container Platform will automatically create all the NetworkPolicy objects specified in the template in the project.

Prerequisites

  • Your cluster uses a default CNI network plugin that supports NetworkPolicy objects, such as the OpenShift SDN network plugin with mode: NetworkPolicy set. This mode is the default for OpenShift SDN.
  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You must log in to the cluster with a user with cluster-admin privileges.
  • You must have created a custom default project template for new projects.

Procedure

  1. Edit the default template for a new project by running the following command: 

    $ oc edit template <project_template> -n openshift-config

    Replace <project_template> with the name of the default template that you configured for your cluster. The default template name is project-request.

  2. In the template, add each NetworkPolicy object as an element to the objects parameter. The objects parameter accepts a collection of one or more objects.

    In the following example, the objects parameter collection includes several NetworkPolicy objects. 

    objects:
- apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
  kind: NetworkPolicy
  metadata:
    name: allow-from-same-namespace
  spec:
    podSelector: {}
    ingress:
    - from:
      - podSelector: {}
- apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
  kind: NetworkPolicy
  metadata:
    name: allow-from-openshift-ingress
  spec:
    ingress:
    - from:
      - namespaceSelector:
          matchLabels:
            network.openshift.io/policy-group: ingress
    podSelector: {}
    policyTypes:
    - Ingress
- apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
  kind: NetworkPolicy
  metadata:
    name: allow-from-kube-apiserver-operator
  spec:
    ingress:
    - from:
      - namespaceSelector:
          matchLabels:
            kubernetes.io/metadata.name: openshift-kube-apiserver-operator
        podSelector:
          matchLabels:
            app: kube-apiserver-operator
    policyTypes:
    - Ingress
...

  3. Optional: Create a new project to confirm that your network policy objects are created successfully by running the following commands:

    1. Create a new project: 

      $ oc new-project <project> 1
      1
      Replace <project> with the name for the project you are creating.

    2. Confirm that the network policy objects in the new project template exist in the new project: 

      $ oc get networkpolicy
NAME                           POD-SELECTOR   AGE
allow-from-openshift-ingress   <none>         7s
allow-from-same-namespace      <none>         7s

20.7. Configuring multitenant isolation with network policy

As a cluster administrator, you can configure your network policies to provide multitenant network isolation.

Note

If you are using the OpenShift SDN network plugin, configuring network policies as described in this section provides network isolation similar to multitenant mode but with network policy mode set.

20.7.1. Configuring multitenant isolation by using network policy

You can configure your project to isolate it from pods and services in other project namespaces.

Prerequisites

  • Your cluster uses a network plugin that supports NetworkPolicy objects, such as the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin or the OpenShift SDN network plugin with mode: NetworkPolicy set. This mode is the default for OpenShift SDN.
  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You are logged in to the cluster with a user with admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. Create the following NetworkPolicy objects:

    1. A policy named allow-from-openshift-ingress. 

      $ cat << EOF| oc create -f -
apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
kind: NetworkPolicy
metadata:
  name: allow-from-openshift-ingress
spec:
  ingress:
  - from:
    - namespaceSelector:
        matchLabels:
          policy-group.network.openshift.io/ingress: ""
  podSelector: {}
  policyTypes:
  - Ingress
EOF
      Note

      policy-group.network.openshift.io/ingress: "" is the preferred namespace selector label for OpenShift SDN. You can use the network.openshift.io/policy-group: ingress namespace selector label, but this is a legacy label.

    2. A policy named allow-from-openshift-monitoring: 

      $ cat << EOF| oc create -f -
apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
kind: NetworkPolicy
metadata:
  name: allow-from-openshift-monitoring
spec:
  ingress:
  - from:
    - namespaceSelector:
        matchLabels:
          network.openshift.io/policy-group: monitoring
  podSelector: {}
  policyTypes:
  - Ingress
EOF

    3. A policy named allow-same-namespace: 

      $ cat << EOF| oc create -f -
kind: NetworkPolicy
apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
metadata:
  name: allow-same-namespace
spec:
  podSelector:
  ingress:
  - from:
    - podSelector: {}
EOF

    4. A policy named allow-from-kube-apiserver-operator: 

      $ cat << EOF| oc create -f -
apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
kind: NetworkPolicy
metadata:
  name: allow-from-kube-apiserver-operator
spec:
  ingress:
  - from:
    - namespaceSelector:
        matchLabels:
          kubernetes.io/metadata.name: openshift-kube-apiserver-operator
      podSelector:
        matchLabels:
          app: kube-apiserver-operator
  policyTypes:
  - Ingress
EOF

      For more details, see New kube-apiserver-operator webhook controller validating health of webhook.

  2. Optional: To confirm that the network policies exist in your current project, enter the following command: 

    $ oc describe networkpolicy

    Example output

    Name:         allow-from-openshift-ingress
Namespace:    example1
Created on:   2020-06-09 00:28:17 -0400 EDT
Labels:       <none>
Annotations:  <none>
Spec:
  PodSelector:     <none> (Allowing the specific traffic to all pods in this namespace)
  Allowing ingress traffic:
    To Port: <any> (traffic allowed to all ports)
    From:
      NamespaceSelector: network.openshift.io/policy-group: ingress
  Not affecting egress traffic
  Policy Types: Ingress


Name:         allow-from-openshift-monitoring
Namespace:    example1
Created on:   2020-06-09 00:29:57 -0400 EDT
Labels:       <none>
Annotations:  <none>
Spec:
  PodSelector:     <none> (Allowing the specific traffic to all pods in this namespace)
  Allowing ingress traffic:
    To Port: <any> (traffic allowed to all ports)
    From:
      NamespaceSelector: network.openshift.io/policy-group: monitoring
  Not affecting egress traffic
  Policy Types: Ingress

20.7.2. Next steps

20.7.3. Additional resources

Chapter 21. CIDR range definitions

You must specify non-overlapping ranges for the following CIDR ranges.

Note

Machine CIDR ranges cannot be changed after creating your cluster.

Important

OVN-Kubernetes, the default network provider in OpenShift Container Platform 4.11 to 4.13, uses the following IP address ranges internally: 100.64.0.0/16, 169.254.169.0/29, fd98::/64 and fd69::/125. If your cluster uses OVN-Kubernetes, do not include any IP address ranges in any other CIDR definitions in your cluster.

21.1. Machine CIDR

In the Machine classless inter-domain routing (CIDR) field, you must specify the IP address range for machines or cluster nodes.

The default is 10.0.0.0/16. This range must not conflict with any connected networks.

21.2. Service CIDR

In the Service CIDR field, you must specify the IP address range for services. The range must be large enough to accommodate your workload. The address block must not overlap with any external service accessed from within the cluster. The default is 172.30.0.0/16.

21.3. Pod CIDR

In the pod CIDR field, you must specify the IP address range for pods.

The pod CIDR is the same as the clusterNetwork CIDR and the cluster CIDR. The range must be large enough to accommodate your workload. The address block must not overlap with any external service accessed from within the cluster. The default is 10.128.0.0/14. You can expand the range after cluster installation.

Additional resources

21.4. Host Prefix

In the Host Prefix field, you must specify the subnet prefix length assigned to pods scheduled to individual machines. The host prefix determines the pod IP address pool for each machine.

For example, if the host prefix is set to /23, each machine is assigned a /23 subnet from the pod CIDR address range. The default is /23, allowing 510 cluster nodes, and 510 pod IP addresses per node.

Chapter 22. AWS Load Balancer Operator

22.1. AWS Load Balancer Operator release notes

The AWS Load Balancer (ALB) Operator deploys and manages an instance of the AWSLoadBalancerController resource.

Important

The AWS Load Balancer (ALB) Operator is only supported on the x86_64 architecture.

These release notes track the development of the AWS Load Balancer Operator in OpenShift Container Platform.

For an overview of the AWS Load Balancer Operator, see AWS Load Balancer Operator in OpenShift Container Platform.

Note

AWS Load Balancer Operator currently does not support AWS GovCloud.

22.1.1. AWS Load Balancer Operator 1.0.0

The AWS Load Balancer Operator is now generally available with this release. The AWS Load Balancer Operator version 1.0.0 supports the AWS Load Balancer Controller version 2.4.4.

The following advisory is available for the AWS Load Balancer Operator version 1.0.0:

22.1.1.1. Notable changes
  • This release uses the new v1 API version.
22.1.1.2. Bug fixes
  • Previously, the controller provisioned by the AWS Load Balancer Operator did not properly use the configuration for the cluster-wide proxy. These settings are now applied appropriately to the controller. (OCPBUGS-4052, OCPBUGS-5295)

22.1.2. Earlier versions

The two earliest versions of the AWS Load Balancer Operator are available as a Technology Preview. These versions should not be used in a production cluster. For more information about the support scope of Red Hat Technology Preview features, see Technology Preview Features Support Scope.

The following advisory is available for the AWS Load Balancer Operator version 0.2.0:

The following advisory is available for the AWS Load Balancer Operator version 0.0.1:

22.2. AWS Load Balancer Operator in OpenShift Container Platform

The AWS Load Balancer Operator deploys and manages the AWS Load Balancer Controller. You can install the AWS Load Balancer Operator from OperatorHub by using OpenShift Container Platform web console or CLI.

22.2.1. AWS Load Balancer Operator considerations

Review the following limitations before installing and using the AWS Load Balancer Operator:

  • The IP traffic mode only works on AWS Elastic Kubernetes Service (EKS). The AWS Load Balancer Operator disables the IP traffic mode for the AWS Load Balancer Controller. As a result of disabling the IP traffic mode, the AWS Load Balancer Controller cannot use the pod readiness gate.
  • The AWS Load Balancer Operator adds command-line flags such as --disable-ingress-class-annotation and --disable-ingress-group-name-annotation to the AWS Load Balancer Controller. Therefore, the AWS Load Balancer Operator does not allow using the kubernetes.io/ingress.class and alb.ingress.kubernetes.io/group.name annotations in the Ingress resource.
  • You have configured the AWS Load Balancer Operator so that the SVC type is NodePort (not LoadBalancer or ClusterIP).

22.2.2. AWS Load Balancer Operator

The AWS Load Balancer Operator can tag the public subnets if the kubernetes.io/role/elb tag is missing. Also, the AWS Load Balancer Operator detects the following information from the underlying AWS cloud:

  • The ID of the virtual private cloud (VPC) on which the cluster hosting the Operator is deployed in.
  • Public and private subnets of the discovered VPC.

The AWS Load Balancer Operator supports the Kubernetes service resource of type LoadBalancer by using Network Load Balancer (NLB) with the instance target type only.

Prerequisites

  • You must have the AWS credentials secret. The credentials are used to provide subnet tagging and VPC discovery.

Procedure

  1. You can deploy the AWS Load Balancer Operator on demand from OperatorHub, by creating a Subscription object by running the following command: 

    $ oc -n aws-load-balancer-operator get sub aws-load-balancer-operator --template='{{.status.installplan.name}}{{"\n"}}'

    Example output

    install-zlfbt

  2. Check if the status of an install plan is Complete by running the following command: 

    $ oc -n aws-load-balancer-operator get ip <install_plan_name> --template='{{.status.phase}}{{"\n"}}'

    Example output

    Complete

  3. View the status of the aws-load-balancer-operator-controller-manager deployment by running the following command: 

    $ oc get -n aws-load-balancer-operator deployment/aws-load-balancer-operator-controller-manager

    Example output

    NAME                                           READY     UP-TO-DATE   AVAILABLE   AGE
aws-load-balancer-operator-controller-manager  1/1       1            1           23h

22.2.3. AWS Load Balancer Operator logs

You can view the AWS Load Balancer Operator logs by using the oc logs command.

Procedure

  • View the logs of the AWS Load Balancer Operator by running the following command: 

    $ oc logs -n aws-load-balancer-operator deployment/aws-load-balancer-operator-controller-manager -c manager

22.3. Installing the AWS Load Balancer Operator

The AWS Load Balancer Operator deploys and manages the AWS Load Balancer Controller. You can install the AWS Load Balancer Operator from the OperatorHub by using OpenShift Container Platform web console or CLI.

22.3.1. Installing the AWS Load Balancer Operator by using the web console

You can install the AWS Load Balancer Operator by using the web console.

Prerequisites

  • You have logged in to the OpenShift Container Platform web console as a user with cluster-admin permissions.
  • Your cluster is configured with AWS as the platform type and cloud provider.
  • If you are using a security token service (STS) or user-provisioned infrastructure, follow the related preparation steps. For example, if you are using AWS Security Token Service, see "Preparing for the AWS Load Balancer Operator on a cluster using the AWS Security Token Service (STS)".

Procedure

  1. Navigate to Operators → OperatorHub in the OpenShift Container Platform web console.
  2. Select the AWS Load Balancer Operator. You can use the Filter by keyword text box or use the filter list to search for the AWS Load Balancer Operator from the list of Operators.
  3. Select the aws-load-balancer-operator namespace.

  4. On the Install Operator page, select the following options:

    1. Update the channel as stable-v1.
    2. Installation mode as All namespaces on the cluster (default).
    3. Installed Namespace as aws-load-balancer-operator. If the aws-load-balancer-operator namespace does not exist, it gets created during the Operator installation.
    4. Select Update approval as Automatic or Manual. By default, the Update approval is set to Automatic. If you select automatic updates, the Operator Lifecycle Manager (OLM) automatically upgrades the running instance of your Operator without any intervention. If you select manual updates, the OLM creates an update request. As a cluster administrator, you must then manually approve that update request to update the Operator updated to the new version.
  5. Click Install.

Verification

  • Verify that the AWS Load Balancer Operator shows the Status as Succeeded on the Installed Operators dashboard.

22.3.2. Installing the AWS Load Balancer Operator by using the CLI

You can install the AWS Load Balancer Operator by using the CLI.

Prerequisites

  • You are logged in to the OpenShift Container Platform web console as a user with cluster-admin permissions.
  • Your cluster is configured with AWS as the platform type and cloud provider.
  • You are logged into the OpenShift CLI (oc).

Procedure

  1. Create a Namespace object:

    1. Create a YAML file that defines the Namespace object:

      Example namespace.yaml file

      apiVersion: v1
kind: Namespace
metadata:
  name: aws-load-balancer-operator

    2. Create the Namespace object by running the following command: 

      $ oc apply -f namespace.yaml

  2. Create a CredentialsRequest object:

    1. Create a YAML file that defines the CredentialsRequest object:

      Example credentialsrequest.yaml file

      apiVersion: cloudcredential.openshift.io/v1
kind: CredentialsRequest
metadata:
  name: aws-load-balancer-operator
  namespace: openshift-cloud-credential-operator
spec:
  providerSpec:
    apiVersion: cloudcredential.openshift.io/v1
    kind: AWSProviderSpec
    statementEntries:
      - action:
          - ec2:DescribeSubnets
        effect: Allow
        resource: "*"
      - action:
          - ec2:CreateTags
          - ec2:DeleteTags
        effect: Allow
        resource: arn:aws:ec2:*:*:subnet/*
      - action:
          - ec2:DescribeVpcs
        effect: Allow
        resource: "*"
  secretRef:
    name: aws-load-balancer-operator
    namespace: aws-load-balancer-operator
  serviceAccountNames:
    - aws-load-balancer-operator-controller-manager

    2. Create the CredentialsRequest object by running the following command: 

      $ oc apply -f credentialsrequest.yaml

  3. Create an OperatorGroup object:

    1. Create a YAML file that defines the OperatorGroup object:

      Example operatorgroup.yaml file

      apiVersion: operators.coreos.com/v1
kind: OperatorGroup
metadata:
  name: aws-lb-operatorgroup
  namespace: aws-load-balancer-operator
spec:
  upgradeStrategy: Default

    2. Create the OperatorGroup object by running the following command: 

      $ oc apply -f operatorgroup.yaml

  4. Create a Subscription object:

    1. Create a YAML file that defines the Subscription object:

      Example subscription.yaml file

      apiVersion: operators.coreos.com/v1alpha1
kind: Subscription
metadata:
  name: aws-load-balancer-operator
  namespace: aws-load-balancer-operator
spec:
  channel: stable-v1
  installPlanApproval: Automatic
  name: aws-load-balancer-operator
  source: redhat-operators
  sourceNamespace: openshift-marketplace

    2. Create the Subscription object by running the following command: 

      $ oc apply -f subscription.yaml

Verification

  1. Get the name of the install plan from the subscription: 

    $ oc -n aws-load-balancer-operator \
    get subscription aws-load-balancer-operator \
    --template='{{.status.installplan.name}}{{"\n"}}'

  2. Check the status of the install plan: 

    $ oc -n aws-load-balancer-operator \
    get ip <install_plan_name> \
    --template='{{.status.phase}}{{"\n"}}'

    The output must be Complete.

22.4. Preparing for the AWS Load Balancer Operator on a cluster using the AWS Security Token Service

You can install the AWS Load Balancer Operator on a cluster that uses STS. Follow these steps to prepare your cluster before installing the Operator.

The AWS Load Balancer Operator relies on the CredentialsRequest object to bootstrap the Operator and the AWS Load Balancer Controller. The AWS Load Balancer Operator waits until the required secrets are created and available. The Cloud Credential Operator does not provision the secrets automatically in the STS cluster. You must set the credentials secrets manually by using the ccoctl binary.

If you do not want to provision credential secret by using the Cloud Credential Operator, you can configure the AWSLoadBalancerController instance on the STS cluster by specifying the credential secret in the AWS load Balancer Controller custom resource (CR).

22.4.1. Bootstrapping AWS Load Balancer Operator on Security Token Service cluster

Prerequisites

  • You must extract and prepare the ccoctl binary.

Procedure

  1. Create the aws-load-balancer-operator namespace by running the following command: 

    $ oc create namespace aws-load-balancer-operator

  2. Download the CredentialsRequest custom resource (CR) of the AWS Load Balancer Operator, and create a directory to store it by running the following command: 

    $ curl --create-dirs -o <path-to-credrequests-dir>/cr.yaml https://raw.githubusercontent.com/openshift/aws-load-balancer-operator/main/hack/operator-credentials-request.yaml

  3. Use the ccoctl tool to process CredentialsRequest objects of the AWS Load Balancer Operator, by running the following command: 

    $ ccoctl aws create-iam-roles \
    --name <name> --region=<aws_region> \
    --credentials-requests-dir=<path-to-credrequests-dir> \
    --identity-provider-arn <oidc-arn>

  4. Apply the secrets generated in the manifests directory of your cluster by running the following command: 

    $ ls manifests/*-credentials.yaml | xargs -I{} oc apply -f {}

  5. Verify that the credentials secret of the AWS Load Balancer Operator is created by running the following command: 

    $ oc -n aws-load-balancer-operator get secret aws-load-balancer-operator --template='{{index .data "credentials"}}' | base64 -d

    Example output

    [default]
sts_regional_endpoints = regional
role_arn = arn:aws:iam::999999999999:role/aws-load-balancer-operator-aws-load-balancer-operator
web_identity_token_file = /var/run/secrets/openshift/serviceaccount/token

22.4.2. Configuring AWS Load Balancer Operator on Security Token Service cluster by using managed CredentialsRequest objects

Prerequisites

  • You must extract and prepare the ccoctl binary.

Procedure

  1. The AWS Load Balancer Operator creates the CredentialsRequest object in the openshift-cloud-credential-operator namespace for each AWSLoadBalancerController custom resource (CR). You can extract and save the created CredentialsRequest object in a directory by running the following command: 

    $ oc get credentialsrequest -n openshift-cloud-credential-operator  \
    aws-load-balancer-controller-<cr-name> -o yaml > <path-to-credrequests-dir>/cr.yaml 1
    1
    The aws-load-balancer-controller-<cr-name> parameter specifies the credential request name created by the AWS Load Balancer Operator. The cr-name specifies the name of the AWS Load Balancer Controller instance.

  2. Use the ccoctl tool to process all CredentialsRequest objects in the credrequests directory by running the following command: 

    $ ccoctl aws create-iam-roles \
    --name <name> --region=<aws_region> \
    --credentials-requests-dir=<path-to-credrequests-dir> \
    --identity-provider-arn <oidc-arn>

  3. Apply the secrets generated in manifests directory to your cluster, by running the following command: 

    $ ls manifests/*-credentials.yaml | xargs -I{} oc apply -f {}

  4. Verify that the aws-load-balancer-controller pod is created: 

    $ oc -n aws-load-balancer-operator get pods
NAME                                                            READY   STATUS    RESTARTS   AGE
aws-load-balancer-controller-cluster-9b766d6-gg82c              1/1     Running   0          137m
aws-load-balancer-operator-controller-manager-b55ff68cc-85jzg   2/2     Running   0          3h26m

22.4.3. Configuring the AWS Load Balancer Operator on Security Token Service cluster by using specific credentials

You can specify the credential secret by using the spec.credentials field in the AWS Load Balancer Controller custom resource (CR). You can use the predefined CredentialsRequest object of the controller to know which roles are required.

Prerequisites

  • You must extract and prepare the ccoctl binary.

Procedure

  1. Download the CredentialsRequest custom resource (CR) of the AWS Load Balancer Controller, and create a directory to store it by running the following command: 

    $ curl --create-dirs -o <path-to-credrequests-dir>/cr.yaml https://raw.githubusercontent.com/openshift/aws-load-balancer-operator/main/hack/controller/controller-credentials-request.yaml

  2. Use the ccoctl tool to process the CredentialsRequest object of the controller: 

    $ ccoctl aws create-iam-roles \
        --name <name> --region=<aws_region> \
        --credentials-requests-dir=<path-to-credrequests-dir> \
        --identity-provider-arn <oidc-arn>

  3. Apply the secrets to your cluster: 

    $ ls manifests/*-credentials.yaml | xargs -I{} oc apply -f {}

  4. Verify the credentials secret has been created for use by the controller: 

    $ oc -n aws-load-balancer-operator get secret aws-load-balancer-controller-manual-cluster --template='{{index .data "credentials"}}' | base64 -d

    Example output

    [default]
    sts_regional_endpoints = regional
    role_arn = arn:aws:iam::999999999999:role/aws-load-balancer-operator-aws-load-balancer-controller
    web_identity_token_file = /var/run/secrets/openshift/serviceaccount/token

  5. Create the AWSLoadBalancerController resource YAML file, for example, sample-aws-lb-manual-creds.yaml, as follows: 

    apiVersion: networking.olm.openshift.io/v1
kind: AWSLoadBalancerController 1
metadata:
  name: cluster 2
spec:
  credentials:
    name: <secret-name> 3
    1
    Defines the AWSLoadBalancerController resource.
    2
    Defines the AWS Load Balancer Controller instance name. This instance name gets added as a suffix to all related resources.
    3
    Specifies the secret name containing AWS credentials that the controller uses.

22.4.4. Additional resources

22.5. Creating an instance of the AWS Load Balancer Controller

After installing the AWS Load Balancer Operator, you can create the AWS Load Balancer Controller.

22.5.1. Creating the AWS Load Balancer Controller

You can install only a single instance of the AWSLoadBalancerController object in a cluster. You can create the AWS Load Balancer Controller by using CLI. The AWS Load Balancer Operator reconciles only the cluster named resource.

Prerequisites

  • You have created the echoserver namespace.
  • You have access to the OpenShift CLI (oc).

Procedure

  1. Create a YAML file that defines the AWSLoadBalancerController object:

    Example sample-aws-lb.yaml file

    apiVersion: networking.olm.openshift.io/v1
kind: AWSLoadBalancerController 1
metadata:
  name: cluster 2
spec:
  subnetTagging: Auto 3
  additionalResourceTags: 4
  - key: example.org/security-scope
    value: staging
  ingressClass: alb 5
  config:
    replicas: 2 6
  enabledAddons: 7
    - AWSWAFv2 8

    1
    Defines the AWSLoadBalancerController object.
    2
    Defines the AWS Load Balancer Controller name. This instance name gets added as a suffix to all related resources.
    3
    Configures the subnet tagging method for the AWS Load Balancer Controller. The following values are valid:
    • Auto: The AWS Load Balancer Operator determines the subnets that belong to the cluster and tags them appropriately. The Operator cannot determine the role correctly if the internal subnet tags are not present on internal subnet.
    • Manual: You manually tag the subnets that belong to the cluster with the appropriate role tags. Use this option if you installed your cluster on user-provided infrastructure.
    4
    Defines the tags used by the AWS Load Balancer Controller when it provisions AWS resources.
    5
    Defines the ingress class name. The default value is alb.
    6
    Specifies the number of replicas of the AWS Load Balancer Controller.
    7
    Specifies annotations as an add-on for the AWS Load Balancer Controller.
    8
    Enables the alb.ingress.kubernetes.io/wafv2-acl-arn annotation.

  2. Create the AWSLoadBalancerController object by running the following command: 

    $ oc create -f sample-aws-lb.yaml

  3. Create a YAML file that defines the Deployment resource:

    Example sample-aws-lb.yaml file

    apiVersion: apps/v1
kind: Deployment 1
metadata:
  name: <echoserver> 2
  namespace: echoserver
spec:
  selector:
    matchLabels:
      app: echoserver
  replicas: 3 3
  template:
    metadata:
      labels:
        app: echoserver
    spec:
      containers:
        - image: openshift/origin-node
          command:
           - "/bin/socat"
          args:
            - TCP4-LISTEN:8080,reuseaddr,fork
            - EXEC:'/bin/bash -c \"printf \\\"HTTP/1.0 200 OK\r\n\r\n\\\"; sed -e \\\"/^\r/q\\\"\"'
          imagePullPolicy: Always
          name: echoserver
          ports:
            - containerPort: 8080

    1
    Defines the deployment resource.
    2
    Specifies the deployment name.
    3
    Specifies the number of replicas of the deployment.

  4. Create a YAML file that defines the Service resource:

    Example service-albo.yaml file:

    apiVersion: v1
kind: Service 1
metadata:
  name: <echoserver> 2
  namespace: echoserver
spec:
  ports:
    - port: 80
      targetPort: 8080
      protocol: TCP
  type: NodePort
  selector:
    app: echoserver

    1
    Defines the service resource.
    2
    Specifies the service name.

  5. Create a YAML file that defines the Ingress resource:

    Example ingress-albo.yaml file:

    apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
kind: Ingress
metadata:
  name: <name> 1
  namespace: echoserver
  annotations:
    alb.ingress.kubernetes.io/scheme: internet-facing
    alb.ingress.kubernetes.io/target-type: instance
spec:
  ingressClassName: alb
  rules:
    - http:
        paths:
          - path: /
            pathType: Exact
            backend:
              service:
                name: <echoserver> 2
                port:
                  number: 80

    1
    Specify a name for the Ingress resource.
    2
    Specifies the service name.

Verification

  • Save the status of the Ingress resource in the HOST variable by running the following command: 

    $ HOST=$(oc get ingress -n echoserver echoserver --template='{{(index .status.loadBalancer.ingress 0).hostname}}')

  • Verify the status of the Ingress resource by running the following command: 

    $ curl $HOST

22.6. Serving multiple ingress resources through a single AWS Load Balancer

You can route the traffic to different services that are part of a single domain through a single AWS Load Balancer. Each Ingress resource provides different endpoints of the domain.

22.6.1. Creating multiple ingress resources through a single AWS Load Balancer

You can route the traffic to multiple ingress resources through a single AWS Load Balancer by using the CLI.

Prerequisites

  • You have an access to the OpenShift CLI (oc).

Procedure

  1. Create an IngressClassParams resource YAML file, for example, sample-single-lb-params.yaml, as follows: 

    apiVersion: elbv2.k8s.aws/v1beta1 1
kind: IngressClassParams
metadata:
  name: single-lb-params 2
spec:
  group:
    name: single-lb 3
    1
    Defines the API group and version of the IngressClassParams resource.
    2
    Specifies the IngressClassParams resource name.
    3
    Specifies the IngressGroup resource name. All of the Ingress resources of this class belong to this IngressGroup.

  2. Create the IngressClassParams resource by running the following command: 

    $ oc create -f sample-single-lb-params.yaml

  3. Create the IngressClass resource YAML file, for example, sample-single-lb-class.yaml, as follows: 

    apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1 1
kind: IngressClass
metadata:
  name: single-lb 2
spec:
  controller: ingress.k8s.aws/alb 3
  parameters:
    apiGroup: elbv2.k8s.aws 4
    kind: IngressClassParams 5
    name: single-lb-params 6
    1
    Defines the API group and version of the IngressClass resource.
    2
    Specifies the ingress class name.
    3
    Defines the controller name. The ingress.k8s.aws/alb value denotes that all ingress resources of this class should be managed by the AWS Load Balancer Controller.
    4
    Defines the API group of the IngressClassParams resource.
    5
    Defines the resource type of the IngressClassParams resource.
    6
    Defines the IngressClassParams resource name.

  4. Create the IngressClass resource by running the following command: 

    $ oc create -f sample-single-lb-class.yaml

  5. Create the AWSLoadBalancerController resource YAML file, for example, sample-single-lb.yaml, as follows: 

    apiVersion: networking.olm.openshift.io/v1
kind: AWSLoadBalancerController
metadata:
  name: cluster
spec:
  subnetTagging: Auto
  ingressClass: single-lb 1
    1
    Defines the name of the IngressClass resource.

  6. Create the AWSLoadBalancerController resource by running the following command: 

    $ oc create -f sample-single-lb.yaml

  7. Create the Ingress resource YAML file, for example, sample-multiple-ingress.yaml, as follows: 

    apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
kind: Ingress
metadata:
  name: example-1 1
  annotations:
    alb.ingress.kubernetes.io/scheme: internet-facing 2
    alb.ingress.kubernetes.io/group.order: "1" 3
    alb.ingress.kubernetes.io/target-type: instance 4
spec:
  ingressClassName: single-lb 5
  rules:
  - host: example.com 6
    http:
        paths:
        - path: /blog 7
          pathType: Prefix
          backend:
            service:
              name: example-1 8
              port:
                number: 80 9
---
apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
kind: Ingress
metadata:
  name: example-2
  annotations:
    alb.ingress.kubernetes.io/scheme: internet-facing
    alb.ingress.kubernetes.io/group.order: "2"
    alb.ingress.kubernetes.io/target-type: instance
spec:
  ingressClassName: single-lb
  rules:
  - host: example.com
    http:
        paths:
        - path: /store
          pathType: Prefix
          backend:
            service:
              name: example-2
              port:
                number: 80
---
apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
kind: Ingress
metadata:
  name: example-3
  annotations:
    alb.ingress.kubernetes.io/scheme: internet-facing
    alb.ingress.kubernetes.io/group.order: "3"
    alb.ingress.kubernetes.io/target-type: instance
spec:
  ingressClassName: single-lb
  rules:
  - host: example.com
    http:
        paths:
        - path: /
          pathType: Prefix
          backend:
            service:
              name: example-3
              port:
                number: 80
    1
    Specifies the ingress name.
    2
    Indicates the load balancer to provision in the public subnet to access the internet.
    3
    Specifies the order in which the rules from the multiple ingress resources are matched when the request is received at the load balancer.
    4
    Indicates that the load balancer will target OpenShift Container Platform nodes to reach the service.
    5
    Specifies the ingress class that belongs to this ingress.
    6
    Defines a domain name used for request routing.
    7
    Defines the path that must route to the service.
    8
    Defines the service name that serves the endpoint configured in the Ingress resource.
    9
    Defines the port on the service that serves the endpoint.

  8. Create the Ingress resource by running the following command: 

    $ oc create -f sample-multiple-ingress.yaml

22.7. Adding TLS termination

You can add TLS termination on the AWS Load Balancer.

22.7.1. Adding TLS termination on the AWS Load Balancer

You can route the traffic for the domain to pods of a service and add TLS termination on the AWS Load Balancer.

Prerequisites

  • You have an access to the OpenShift CLI (oc).

Procedure

  1. Create a YAML file that defines the AWSLoadBalancerController resource:

    Example add-tls-termination-albc.yaml file

    apiVersion: networking.olm.openshift.io/v1
kind: AWSLoadBalancerController
metadata:
  name: cluster
spec:
  subnetTagging: Auto
  ingressClass: tls-termination 1

    1
    Defines the ingress class name. If the ingress class is not present in your cluster the AWS Load Balancer Controller creates one. The AWS Load Balancer Controller reconciles the additional ingress class values if spec.controller is set to ingress.k8s.aws/alb.

  2. Create a YAML file that defines the Ingress resource:

    Example add-tls-termination-ingress.yaml file

    apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
kind: Ingress
metadata:
  name: <example> 1
  annotations:
    alb.ingress.kubernetes.io/scheme: internet-facing 2
    alb.ingress.kubernetes.io/certificate-arn: arn:aws:acm:us-west-2:xxxxx 3
spec:
  ingressClassName: tls-termination 4
  rules:
  - host: <example.com> 5
    http:
        paths:
          - path: /
            pathType: Exact
            backend:
              service:
                name: <example-service> 6
                port:
                  number: 80

    1
    Specifies the ingress name.
    2
    The controller provisions the load balancer for ingress in a public subnet to access the load balancer over the internet.
    3
    The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the certificate that you attach to the load balancer.
    4
    Defines the ingress class name.
    5
    Defines the domain for traffic routing.
    6
    Defines the service for traffic routing.

22.8. Configuring cluster-wide proxy

You can configure the cluster-wide proxy in the AWS Load Balancer Operator. After configuring the cluster-wide proxy, Operator Lifecycle Manager (OLM) automatically updates all the deployments of the Operators with the environment variables such as HTTP_PROXY, HTTPS_PROXY, and NO_PROXY. These variables are populated to the managed controller by the AWS Load Balancer Operator.

22.8.1. Trusting the certificate authority of the cluster-wide proxy

  1. Create the config map to contain the certificate authority (CA) bundle in the aws-load-balancer-operator namespace by running the following command: 

    $ oc -n aws-load-balancer-operator create configmap trusted-ca

  2. To inject the trusted CA bundle into the config map, add the config.openshift.io/inject-trusted-cabundle=true label to the config map by running the following command: 

    $ oc -n aws-load-balancer-operator label cm trusted-ca config.openshift.io/inject-trusted-cabundle=true

  3. Update the AWS Load Balancer Operator subscription to access the config map in the AWS Load Balancer Operator deployment by running the following command: 

    $ oc -n aws-load-balancer-operator patch subscription aws-load-balancer-operator --type='merge' -p '{"spec":{"config":{"env":[{"name":"TRUSTED_CA_CONFIGMAP_NAME","value":"trusted-ca"}],"volumes":[{"name":"trusted-ca","configMap":{"name":"trusted-ca"}}],"volumeMounts":[{"name":"trusted-ca","mountPath":"/etc/pki/tls/certs/albo-tls-ca-bundle.crt","subPath":"ca-bundle.crt"}]}}}'

  4. After the AWS Load Balancer Operator is deployed, verify that the CA bundle is added to the aws-load-balancer-operator-controller-manager deployment by running the following command: 

    $ oc -n aws-load-balancer-operator exec deploy/aws-load-balancer-operator-controller-manager -c manager -- bash -c "ls -l /etc/pki/tls/certs/albo-tls-ca-bundle.crt; printenv TRUSTED_CA_CONFIGMAP_NAME"

    Example output

    -rw-r--r--. 1 root 1000690000 5875 Jan 11 12:25 /etc/pki/tls/certs/albo-tls-ca-bundle.crt
trusted-ca

  5. Optional: Restart deployment of the AWS Load Balancer Operator every time the config map changes by running the following command: 

    $ oc -n aws-load-balancer-operator rollout restart deployment/aws-load-balancer-operator-controller-manager

22.8.2. Additional resources

Chapter 23. Multiple networks

23.1. Understanding multiple networks

In Kubernetes, container networking is delegated to networking plugins that implement the Container Network Interface (CNI).

OpenShift Container Platform uses the Multus CNI plugin to allow chaining of CNI plugins. During cluster installation, you configure your default pod network. The default network handles all ordinary network traffic for the cluster. You can define an additional network based on the available CNI plugins and attach one or more of these networks to your pods. You can define more than one additional network for your cluster, depending on your needs. This gives you flexibility when you configure pods that deliver network functionality, such as switching or routing.

23.1.1. Usage scenarios for an additional network

You can use an additional network in situations where network isolation is needed, including data plane and control plane separation. Isolating network traffic is useful for the following performance and security reasons:

Performance
You can send traffic on two different planes to manage how much traffic is along each plane.
Security
You can send sensitive traffic onto a network plane that is managed specifically for security considerations, and you can separate private data that must not be shared between tenants or customers.

All of the pods in the cluster still use the cluster-wide default network to maintain connectivity across the cluster. Every pod has an eth0 interface that is attached to the cluster-wide pod network. You can view the interfaces for a pod by using the oc exec -it <pod_name> -- ip a command. If you add additional network interfaces that use Multus CNI, they are named net1, net2, …​, netN.

To attach additional network interfaces to a pod, you must create configurations that define how the interfaces are attached. You specify each interface by using a NetworkAttachmentDefinition custom resource (CR). A CNI configuration inside each of these CRs defines how that interface is created.

23.1.2. Additional networks in OpenShift Container Platform

OpenShift Container Platform provides the following CNI plugins for creating additional networks in your cluster:

23.2. Configuring an additional network

As a cluster administrator, you can configure an additional network for your cluster. The following network types are supported:

23.2.1. Approaches to managing an additional network

You can manage the life cycle of an additional network by two approaches. Each approach is mutually exclusive and you can only use one approach for managing an additional network at a time. For either approach, the additional network is managed by a Container Network Interface (CNI) plugin that you configure.

For an additional network, IP addresses are provisioned through an IP Address Management (IPAM) CNI plugin that you configure as part of the additional network. The IPAM plugin supports a variety of IP address assignment approaches including DHCP and static assignment.

  • Modify the Cluster Network Operator (CNO) configuration: The CNO automatically creates and manages the NetworkAttachmentDefinition object. In addition to managing the object lifecycle the CNO ensures a DHCP is available for an additional network that uses a DHCP assigned IP address.
  • Applying a YAML manifest: You can manage the additional network directly by creating an NetworkAttachmentDefinition object. This approach allows for the chaining of CNI plugins.
Note

When deploying OpenShift Container Platform nodes with multiple network interfaces on Red Hat OpenStack Platform (RHOSP) with OVN SDN, DNS configuration of the secondary interface might take precedence over the DNS configuration of the primary interface. In this case, remove the DNS nameservers for the subnet id that is attached to the secondary interface: 

$ openstack subnet set --dns-nameserver 0.0.0.0 <subnet_id>

23.2.2. Configuration for an additional network attachment

An additional network is configured by using the NetworkAttachmentDefinition API in the k8s.cni.cncf.io API group.

Important

Do not store any sensitive information or a secret in the NetworkAttachmentDefinition object because this information is accessible by the project administration user.

The configuration for the API is described in the following table:

Table 23.1. NetworkAttachmentDefinition API fields
FieldTypeDescription

metadata.name

string

The name for the additional network.

metadata.namespace

string

The namespace that the object is associated with.

spec.config

string

The CNI plugin configuration in JSON format.

23.2.2.1. Configuration of an additional network through the Cluster Network Operator

The configuration for an additional network attachment is specified as part of the Cluster Network Operator (CNO) configuration.

The following YAML describes the configuration parameters for managing an additional network with the CNO:

Cluster Network Operator configuration

apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: Network
metadata:
  name: cluster
spec:
  # ...
  additionalNetworks: 1
  - name: <name> 2
    namespace: <namespace> 3
    rawCNIConfig: |- 4
      {
        ...
      }
    type: Raw

1
An array of one or more additional network configurations.
2
The name for the additional network attachment that you are creating. The name must be unique within the specified namespace.
3
The namespace to create the network attachment in. If you do not specify a value then the default namespace is used.
Important

To prevent namespace issues for the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin, do not name your additional network attachment default, because this namespace is reserved for the default additional network attachment.

4
A CNI plugin configuration in JSON format.
23.2.2.2. Configuration of an additional network from a YAML manifest

The configuration for an additional network is specified from a YAML configuration file, such as in the following example: 

apiVersion: k8s.cni.cncf.io/v1
kind: NetworkAttachmentDefinition
metadata:
  name: <name> 1
spec:
  config: |- 2
    {
      ...
    }
1
The name for the additional network attachment that you are creating.
2
A CNI plugin configuration in JSON format.

23.2.3. Configurations for additional network types

The specific configuration fields for additional networks is described in the following sections.

23.2.3.1. Configuration for a bridge additional network

The following object describes the configuration parameters for the bridge CNI plugin:

Table 23.2. Bridge CNI plugin JSON configuration object
FieldTypeDescription

cniVersion

string

The CNI specification version. The 0.3.1 value is required.

name

string

The value for the name parameter you provided previously for the CNO configuration.

type

string

The name of the CNI plugin to configure: bridge.

ipam

object

The configuration object for the IPAM CNI plugin. The plugin manages IP address assignment for the attachment definition.

bridge

string

Optional: Specify the name of the virtual bridge to use. If the bridge interface does not exist on the host, it is created. The default value is cni0.

ipMasq

boolean

Optional: Set to true to enable IP masquerading for traffic that leaves the virtual network. The source IP address for all traffic is rewritten to the bridge’s IP address. If the bridge does not have an IP address, this setting has no effect. The default value is false.

isGateway

boolean

Optional: Set to true to assign an IP address to the bridge. The default value is false.

isDefaultGateway

boolean

Optional: Set to true to configure the bridge as the default gateway for the virtual network. The default value is false. If isDefaultGateway is set to true, then isGateway is also set to true automatically.

forceAddress

boolean

Optional: Set to true to allow assignment of a previously assigned IP address to the virtual bridge. When set to false, if an IPv4 address or an IPv6 address from overlapping subsets is assigned to the virtual bridge, an error occurs. The default value is false.

hairpinMode

boolean

Optional: Set to true to allow the virtual bridge to send an Ethernet frame back through the virtual port it was received on. This mode is also known as reflective relay. The default value is false.

promiscMode

boolean

Optional: Set to true to enable promiscuous mode on the bridge. The default value is false.

vlan

string

Optional: Specify a virtual LAN (VLAN) tag as an integer value. By default, no VLAN tag is assigned.

preserveDefaultVlan

string

Optional: Indicates whether the default vlan must be preserved on the veth end connected to the bridge. Defaults to true.

mtu

integer

Optional: Set the maximum transmission unit (MTU) to the specified value. The default value is automatically set by the kernel.

enabledad

boolean

Optional: Enables duplicate address detection for the container side veth. The default value is false.

macspoofchk

boolean

Optional: Enables mac spoof check, limiting the traffic originating from the container to the mac address of the interface. The default value is false.

Note

The VLAN parameter configures the VLAN tag on the host end of the veth and also enables the vlan_filtering feature on the bridge interface.

Note

To configure uplink for a L2 network you need to allow the vlan on the uplink interface by using the following command: 

$  bridge vlan add vid VLAN_ID dev DEV
23.2.3.1.1. bridge configuration example

The following example configures an additional network named bridge-net: 

{
  "cniVersion": "0.3.1",
  "name": "bridge-net",
  "type": "bridge",
  "isGateway": true,
  "vlan": 2,
  "ipam": {
    "type": "dhcp"
    }
}
23.2.3.2. Configuration for a host device additional network
Note

Specify your network device by setting only one of the following parameters: device,hwaddr, kernelpath, or pciBusID.

The following object describes the configuration parameters for the host-device CNI plugin:

Table 23.3. Host device CNI plugin JSON configuration object
FieldTypeDescription

cniVersion

string

The CNI specification version. The 0.3.1 value is required.

name

string

The value for the name parameter you provided previously for the CNO configuration.

type

string

The name of the CNI plugin to configure: host-device.

device

string

Optional: The name of the device, such as eth0.

hwaddr

string

Optional: The device hardware MAC address.

kernelpath

string

Optional: The Linux kernel device path, such as /sys/devices/pci0000:00/0000:00:1f.6.

pciBusID

string

Optional: The PCI address of the network device, such as 0000:00:1f.6.

23.2.3.2.1. host-device configuration example

The following example configures an additional network named hostdev-net: 

{
  "cniVersion": "0.3.1",
  "name": "hostdev-net",
  "type": "host-device",
  "device": "eth1"
}
23.2.3.3. Configuration for an VLAN additional network

The following object describes the configuration parameters for the VLAN CNI plugin:

Table 23.4. VLAN CNI plugin JSON configuration object
FieldTypeDescription

cniVersion

string

The CNI specification version. The 0.3.1 value is required.

name

string

The value for the name parameter you provided previously for the CNO configuration.

type

string

The name of the CNI plugin to configure: vlan.

master

string

The Ethernet interface to associate with the network attachment. If a master is not specified, the interface for the default network route is used.

vlanId

integer

Set the id of the vlan.

ipam

object

The configuration object for the IPAM CNI plugin. The plugin manages IP address assignment for the attachment definition.

mtu

integer

Optional: Set the maximum transmission unit (MTU) to the specified value. The default value is automatically set by the kernel.

dns

integer

Optional: DNS information to return, for example, a priority-ordered list of DNS nameservers.

linkInContainer

boolean

Optional: Specifies if the master interface is in the container network namespace or the main network namespace.

23.2.3.3.1. vlan configuration example

The following example configures an additional network named vlan-net: 

{
  "name": "vlan-net",
  "cniVersion": "0.3.1",
  "type": "vlan",
  "master": "eth0",
  "mtu": 1500,
  "vlanId": 5,
  "linkInContainer": false,
  "ipam": {
      "type": "host-local",
      "subnet": "10.1.1.0/24"
  },
  "dns": {
      "nameservers": [ "10.1.1.1", "8.8.8.8" ]
  }
}
23.2.3.4. Configuration for an IPVLAN additional network

The following object describes the configuration parameters for the IPVLAN CNI plugin:

Table 23.5. IPVLAN CNI plugin JSON configuration object
FieldTypeDescription

cniVersion

string

The CNI specification version. The 0.3.1 value is required.

name

string

The value for the name parameter you provided previously for the CNO configuration.

type

string

The name of the CNI plugin to configure: ipvlan.

ipam

object

The configuration object for the IPAM CNI plugin. The plugin manages IP address assignment for the attachment definition. This is required unless the plugin is chained.

mode

string

Optional: The operating mode for the virtual network. The value must be l2, l3, or l3s. The default value is l2.

master

string

Optional: The Ethernet interface to associate with the network attachment. If a master is not specified, the interface for the default network route is used.

mtu

integer

Optional: Set the maximum transmission unit (MTU) to the specified value. The default value is automatically set by the kernel.

Note
  • The ipvlan object does not allow virtual interfaces to communicate with the master interface. Therefore the container will not be able to reach the host by using the ipvlan interface. Be sure that the container joins a network that provides connectivity to the host, such as a network supporting the Precision Time Protocol (PTP).
  • A single master interface cannot simultaneously be configured to use both macvlan and ipvlan.
  • For IP allocation schemes that cannot be interface agnostic, the ipvlan plugin can be chained with an earlier plugin that handles this logic. If the master is omitted, then the previous result must contain a single interface name for the ipvlan plugin to enslave. If ipam is omitted, then the previous result is used to configure the ipvlan interface.
23.2.3.4.1. ipvlan configuration example

The following example configures an additional network named ipvlan-net: 

{
  "cniVersion": "0.3.1",
  "name": "ipvlan-net",
  "type": "ipvlan",
  "master": "eth1",
  "mode": "l3",
  "ipam": {
    "type": "static",
    "addresses": [
       {
         "address": "192.168.10.10/24"
       }
    ]
  }
}
23.2.3.5. Configuration for a MACVLAN additional network

The following object describes the configuration parameters for the macvlan CNI plugin:

Table 23.6. MACVLAN CNI plugin JSON configuration object
FieldTypeDescription

cniVersion

string

The CNI specification version. The 0.3.1 value is required.

name

string

The value for the name parameter you provided previously for the CNO configuration.

type

string

The name of the CNI plugin to configure: macvlan.

ipam

object

The configuration object for the IPAM CNI plugin. The plugin manages IP address assignment for the attachment definition.

mode

string

Optional: Configures traffic visibility on the virtual network. Must be either bridge, passthru, private, or vepa. If a value is not provided, the default value is bridge.

master

string

Optional: The host network interface to associate with the newly created macvlan interface. If a value is not specified, then the default route interface is used.

mtu

string

Optional: The maximum transmission unit (MTU) to the specified value. The default value is automatically set by the kernel.

Note

If you specify the master key for the plugin configuration, use a different physical network interface than the one that is associated with your primary network plugin to avoid possible conflicts.

23.2.3.5.1. macvlan configuration example

The following example configures an additional network named macvlan-net: 

{
  "cniVersion": "0.3.1",
  "name": "macvlan-net",
  "type": "macvlan",
  "master": "eth1",
  "mode": "bridge",
  "ipam": {
    "type": "dhcp"
    }
}
23.2.3.6. Configuration for an OVN-Kubernetes additional network

The Red Hat OpenShift Networking OVN-Kubernetes network plugin allows the configuration of secondary network interfaces for pods. To configure secondary network interfaces, you must define the configurations in the NetworkAttachmentDefinition custom resource definition (CRD).

Important

Configuration for an OVN-Kubernetes additional network is a Technology Preview feature only. Technology Preview features are not supported with Red Hat production service level agreements (SLAs) and might not be functionally complete. Red Hat does not recommend using them in production. These features provide early access to upcoming product features, enabling customers to test functionality and provide feedback during the development process.

For more information about the support scope of Red Hat Technology Preview features, see Technology Preview Features Support Scope.

Note

Pod and multi-network policy creation might remain in a pending state until the OVN-Kubernetes control plane agent in the nodes processes the associated network-attachment-definition CR.

The following sections provide example configurations for each of the topologies that OVN-Kubernetes currently allows for secondary networks.

Note

Networks names must be unique. For example, creating multiple NetworkAttachmentDefinition CRDs with different configurations that reference the same network is unsupported.

23.2.3.6.1. OVN-Kubernetes network plugin JSON configuration table

The following table describes the configuration parameters for the OVN-Kubernetes CNI network plugin:

Table 23.7. OVN-Kubernetes network plugin JSON configuration table
FieldTypeDescription

cniVersion

string

The CNI specification version. The required value is 0.3.1.

name

string

The name of the network. These networks are not namespaced. For example, you can have a network named l2-network referenced from two different NetworkAttachmentDefinitions that exist on two different namespaces. This ensures that pods making use of the NetworkAttachmentDefinition on their own different namespaces can communicate over the same secondary network. However, those two different NetworkAttachmentDefinitions must also share the same network specific parameters such as topology, subnets, mtu, and excludeSubnets.

type

string

The name of the CNI plugin to configure. The required value is ovn-k8s-cni-overlay.

topology

string

The topological configuration for the network. The required value is layer2.

subnets

string

The subnet to use for the network across the cluster.

For "topology":"layer2" deployments, IPv6 (2001:DBB::/64) and dual-stack (192.168.100.0/24,2001:DBB::/64) subnets are supported.

mtu

string

The maximum transmission unit (MTU) to the specified value. The default value, 1300, is automatically set by the kernel.

netAttachDefName

string

The metadata namespace and name of the network attachment definition object where this configuration is included. For example, if this configuration is defined in a NetworkAttachmentDefinition in namespace ns1 named l2-network, this should be set to ns1/l2-network.

excludeSubnets

string

A comma-separated list of CIDRs and IPs. IPs are removed from the assignable IP pool, and are never passed to the pods. When omitted, the logical switch implementing the network only provides layer 2 communication, and users must configure IPs for the pods. Port security only prevents MAC spoofing.

23.2.3.6.2. Configuration for a switched topology

The switched (layer 2) topology networks interconnect the workloads through a cluster-wide logical switch. This configuration can be used for IPv6 and dual-stack deployments.

Note

Layer 2 switched topology networks only allow for the transfer of data packets between pods within a cluster.

The following NetworkAttachmentDefinition custom resource definition (CRD) YAML describes the fields needed to configure a switched secondary network. 

    {
            "cniVersion": "0.3.1",
            "name": "l2-network",
            "type": "ovn-k8s-cni-overlay",
            "topology":"layer2",
            "subnets": "10.100.200.0/24",
            "mtu": 1300,
            "netAttachDefName": "ns1/l2-network",
            "excludeSubnets": "10.100.200.0/29"
    }
23.2.3.6.3. Configuring pods for additional networks

You must specify the secondary network attachments through the k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/networks annotation.

The following example provisions a pod with two secondary attachments, one for each of the attachment configurations presented in this guide. 

apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
  annotations:
    k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/networks: l2-network
  name: tinypod
  namespace: ns1
spec:
  containers:
  - args:
    - pause
    image: k8s.gcr.io/e2e-test-images/agnhost:2.36
    imagePullPolicy: IfNotPresent
    name: agnhost-container
23.2.3.6.4. Configuring pods with a static IP address

The following example provisions a pod with a static IP address.

Note
  • You can only specify the IP address for a pod’s secondary network attachment for layer 2 attachments.
  • Specifying a static IP address for the pod is only possible when the attachment configuration does not feature subnets. 
apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
  annotations:
    k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/networks: '[
      {
        "name": "l2-network", 1
        "mac": "02:03:04:05:06:07", 2
        "interface": "myiface1", 3
        "ips": [
          "192.0.2.20/24"
          ] 4
      }
    ]'
  name: tinypod
  namespace: ns1
spec:
  containers:
  - args:
    - pause
    image: k8s.gcr.io/e2e-test-images/agnhost:2.36
    imagePullPolicy: IfNotPresent
    name: agnhost-container
1
The name of the network. This value must be unique across all NetworkAttachmentDefinitions.
2
The MAC address to be assigned for the interface.
3
The name of the network interface to be created for the pod.
4
The IP addresses to be assigned to the network interface.

23.2.4. Configuration of IP address assignment for an additional network

The IP address management (IPAM) Container Network Interface (CNI) plugin provides IP addresses for other CNI plugins.

You can use the following IP address assignment types:

  • Static assignment.
  • Dynamic assignment through a DHCP server. The DHCP server you specify must be reachable from the additional network.
  • Dynamic assignment through the Whereabouts IPAM CNI plugin.
23.2.4.1. Static IP address assignment configuration

The following table describes the configuration for static IP address assignment:

Table 23.8. ipam static configuration object
FieldTypeDescription

type

string

The IPAM address type. The value static is required.

addresses

array

An array of objects specifying IP addresses to assign to the virtual interface. Both IPv4 and IPv6 IP addresses are supported.

routes

array

An array of objects specifying routes to configure inside the pod.

dns

array

Optional: An array of objects specifying the DNS configuration.

The addresses array requires objects with the following fields:

Table 23.9. ipam.addresses[] array
FieldTypeDescription

address

string

An IP address and network prefix that you specify. For example, if you specify 10.10.21.10/24, then the additional network is assigned an IP address of 10.10.21.10 and the netmask is 255.255.255.0.

gateway

string

The default gateway to route egress network traffic to.

Table 23.10. ipam.routes[] array
FieldTypeDescription

dst

string

The IP address range in CIDR format, such as 192.168.17.0/24 or 0.0.0.0/0 for the default route.

gw

string

The gateway where network traffic is routed.

Table 23.11. ipam.dns object
FieldTypeDescription

nameservers

array

An array of one or more IP addresses for to send DNS queries to.

domain

array

The default domain to append to a hostname. For example, if the domain is set to example.com, a DNS lookup query for example-host is rewritten as example-host.example.com.

search

array

An array of domain names to append to an unqualified hostname, such as example-host, during a DNS lookup query.

Static IP address assignment configuration example

{
  "ipam": {
    "type": "static",
      "addresses": [
        {
          "address": "191.168.1.7/24"
        }
      ]
  }
}

23.2.4.2. Dynamic IP address (DHCP) assignment configuration

The following JSON describes the configuration for dynamic IP address address assignment with DHCP.

Renewal of DHCP leases

A pod obtains its original DHCP lease when it is created. The lease must be periodically renewed by a minimal DHCP server deployment running on the cluster.

To trigger the deployment of the DHCP server, you must create a shim network attachment by editing the Cluster Network Operator configuration, as in the following example:

Example shim network attachment definition

apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: Network
metadata:
  name: cluster
spec:
  additionalNetworks:
  - name: dhcp-shim
    namespace: default
    type: Raw
    rawCNIConfig: |-
      {
        "name": "dhcp-shim",
        "cniVersion": "0.3.1",
        "type": "bridge",
        "ipam": {
          "type": "dhcp"
        }
      }
  # ...

Table 23.12. ipam DHCP configuration object
FieldTypeDescription

type

string

The IPAM address type. The value dhcp is required.

Dynamic IP address (DHCP) assignment configuration example

{
  "ipam": {
    "type": "dhcp"
  }
}

23.2.4.3. Dynamic IP address assignment configuration with Whereabouts

The Whereabouts CNI plugin allows the dynamic assignment of an IP address to an additional network without the use of a DHCP server.

The following table describes the configuration for dynamic IP address assignment with Whereabouts:

Table 23.13. ipam whereabouts configuration object
FieldTypeDescription

type

string

The IPAM address type. The value whereabouts is required.

range

string

An IP address and range in CIDR notation. IP addresses are assigned from within this range of addresses.

exclude

array

Optional: A list of zero or more IP addresses and ranges in CIDR notation. IP addresses within an excluded address range are not assigned.

Dynamic IP address assignment configuration example that uses Whereabouts

{
  "ipam": {
    "type": "whereabouts",
    "range": "192.0.2.192/27",
    "exclude": [
       "192.0.2.192/30",
       "192.0.2.196/32"
    ]
  }
}

23.2.4.4. Creating a whereabouts-reconciler daemon set

The Whereabouts reconciler is responsible for managing dynamic IP address assignments for the pods within a cluster by using the Whereabouts IP Address Management (IPAM) solution. It ensures that each pod gets a unique IP address from the specified IP address range. It also handles IP address releases when pods are deleted or scaled down.

Note

You can also use a NetworkAttachmentDefinition custom resource (CR) for dynamic IP address assignment.

The whereabouts-reconciler daemon set is automatically created when you configure an additional network through the Cluster Network Operator. It is not automatically created when you configure an additional network from a YAML manifest.

To trigger the deployment of the whereabouts-reconciler daemon set, you must manually create a whereabouts-shim network attachment by editing the Cluster Network Operator custom resource (CR) file.

Use the following procedure to deploy the whereabouts-reconciler daemon set.

Procedure

  1. Edit the Network.operator.openshift.io custom resource (CR) by running the following command: 

    $ oc edit network.operator.openshift.io cluster

  2. Include the additionalNetworks section shown in this example YAML extract within the spec definition of the custom resource (CR): 

    apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: Network
metadata:
  name: cluster
# ...
spec:
  additionalNetworks:
  - name: whereabouts-shim
    namespace: default
    rawCNIConfig: |-
      {
       "name": "whereabouts-shim",
       "cniVersion": "0.3.1",
       "type": "bridge",
       "ipam": {
         "type": "whereabouts"
       }
      }
    type: Raw
# ...
  3. Save the file and exit the text editor.

  4. Verify that the whereabouts-reconciler daemon set deployed successfully by running the following command: 

    $ oc get all -n openshift-multus | grep whereabouts-reconciler

    Example output

    pod/whereabouts-reconciler-jnp6g 1/1 Running 0 6s
pod/whereabouts-reconciler-k76gg 1/1 Running 0 6s
pod/whereabouts-reconciler-k86t9 1/1 Running 0 6s
pod/whereabouts-reconciler-p4sxw 1/1 Running 0 6s
pod/whereabouts-reconciler-rvfdv 1/1 Running 0 6s
pod/whereabouts-reconciler-svzw9 1/1 Running 0 6s
daemonset.apps/whereabouts-reconciler 6 6 6 6 6 kubernetes.io/os=linux 6s

23.2.4.5. Configuring the Whereabouts IP reconciler schedule

The Whereabouts IPAM CNI plugin runs the IP reconciler daily. This process cleans up any stranded IP allocations that might result in exhausting IPs and therefore prevent new pods from getting an IP allocated to them.

Use this procedure to change the frequency at which the IP reconciler runs.

Prerequisites

  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You have access to the cluster as a user with the cluster-admin role.
  • You have deployed the whereabouts-reconciler daemon set, and the whereabouts-reconciler pods are up and running.

Procedure

  1. Run the following command to create a ConfigMap object named whereabouts-config in the openshift-multus namespace with a specific cron expression for the IP reconciler: 

    $ oc create configmap whereabouts-config -n openshift-multus --from-literal=reconciler_cron_expression="*/15 * * * *"

    This cron expression indicates the IP reconciler runs every 15 minutes. Adjust the expression based on your specific requirements.

    Note

    The whereabouts-reconciler daemon set can only consume a cron expression pattern that includes five asterisks. The sixth, which is used to denote seconds, is currently not supported.

  2. Retrieve information about resources related to the whereabouts-reconciler daemon set and pods within the openshift-multus namespace by running the following command: 

    $ oc get all -n openshift-multus | grep whereabouts-reconciler

    Example output

    pod/whereabouts-reconciler-2p7hw                   1/1     Running   0             4m14s
pod/whereabouts-reconciler-76jk7                   1/1     Running   0             4m14s
pod/whereabouts-reconciler-94zw6                   1/1     Running   0             4m14s
pod/whereabouts-reconciler-mfh68                   1/1     Running   0             4m14s
pod/whereabouts-reconciler-pgshz                   1/1     Running   0             4m14s
pod/whereabouts-reconciler-xn5xz                   1/1     Running   0             4m14s
daemonset.apps/whereabouts-reconciler          6         6         6       6            6           kubernetes.io/os=linux   4m16s

  3. Run the following command to verify that the whereabouts-reconciler pod runs the IP reconciler with the configured interval: 

    $ oc -n openshift-multus logs whereabouts-reconciler-2p7hw

    Example output

    2024-02-02T16:33:54Z [debug] event not relevant: "/cron-schedule/..2024_02_02_16_33_54.1375928161": CREATE
2024-02-02T16:33:54Z [debug] event not relevant: "/cron-schedule/..2024_02_02_16_33_54.1375928161": CHMOD
2024-02-02T16:33:54Z [debug] event not relevant: "/cron-schedule/..data_tmp": RENAME
2024-02-02T16:33:54Z [verbose] using expression: */15 * * * *
2024-02-02T16:33:54Z [verbose] configuration updated to file "/cron-schedule/..data". New cron expression: */15 * * * *
2024-02-02T16:33:54Z [verbose] successfully updated CRON configuration id "00c2d1c9-631d-403f-bb86-73ad104a6817" - new cron expression: */15 * * * *
2024-02-02T16:33:54Z [debug] event not relevant: "/cron-schedule/config": CREATE
2024-02-02T16:33:54Z [debug] event not relevant: "/cron-schedule/..2024_02_02_16_26_17.3874177937": REMOVE
2024-02-02T16:45:00Z [verbose] starting reconciler run
2024-02-02T16:45:00Z [debug] NewReconcileLooper - inferred connection data
2024-02-02T16:45:00Z [debug] listing IP pools
2024-02-02T16:45:00Z [debug] no IP addresses to cleanup
2024-02-02T16:45:00Z [verbose] reconciler success

23.2.5. Creating an additional network attachment with the Cluster Network Operator

The Cluster Network Operator (CNO) manages additional network definitions. When you specify an additional network to create, the CNO creates the NetworkAttachmentDefinition object automatically.

Important

Do not edit the NetworkAttachmentDefinition objects that the Cluster Network Operator manages. Doing so might disrupt network traffic on your additional network.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. Optional: Create the namespace for the additional networks: 

    $ oc create namespace <namespace_name>

  2. To edit the CNO configuration, enter the following command: 

    $ oc edit networks.operator.openshift.io cluster

  3. Modify the CR that you are creating by adding the configuration for the additional network that you are creating, as in the following example CR. 

    apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: Network
metadata:
  name: cluster
spec:
  # ...
  additionalNetworks:
  - name: tertiary-net
    namespace: namespace2
    type: Raw
    rawCNIConfig: |-
      {
        "cniVersion": "0.3.1",
        "name": "tertiary-net",
        "type": "ipvlan",
        "master": "eth1",
        "mode": "l2",
        "ipam": {
          "type": "static",
          "addresses": [
            {
              "address": "192.168.1.23/24"
            }
          ]
        }
      }
  4. Save your changes and quit the text editor to commit your changes.

Verification

  • Confirm that the CNO created the NetworkAttachmentDefinition object by running the following command. There might be a delay before the CNO creates the object. 

    $ oc get network-attachment-definitions -n <namespace>

    where:

    <namespace>
    Specifies the namespace for the network attachment that you added to the CNO configuration.

    Example output

    NAME                 AGE
test-network-1       14m

23.2.6. Creating an additional network attachment by applying a YAML manifest

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. Create a YAML file with your additional network configuration, such as in the following example: 

    apiVersion: k8s.cni.cncf.io/v1
kind: NetworkAttachmentDefinition
metadata:
  name: next-net
spec:
  config: |-
    {
      "cniVersion": "0.3.1",
      "name": "work-network",
      "type": "host-device",
      "device": "eth1",
      "ipam": {
        "type": "dhcp"
      }
    }

  2. To create the additional network, enter the following command: 

    $ oc apply -f <file>.yaml

    where:

    <file>
    Specifies the name of the file contained the YAML manifest.

23.3. About virtual routing and forwarding

23.3.1. About virtual routing and forwarding

Virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) devices combined with IP rules provide the ability to create virtual routing and forwarding domains. VRF reduces the number of permissions needed by CNF, and provides increased visibility of the network topology of secondary networks. VRF is used to provide multi-tenancy functionality, for example, where each tenant has its own unique routing tables and requires different default gateways.

Processes can bind a socket to the VRF device. Packets through the binded socket use the routing table associated with the VRF device. An important feature of VRF is that it impacts only OSI model layer 3 traffic and above so L2 tools, such as LLDP, are not affected. This allows higher priority IP rules such as policy based routing to take precedence over the VRF device rules directing specific traffic.

23.3.1.1. Benefits of secondary networks for pods for telecommunications operators

In telecommunications use cases, each CNF can potentially be connected to multiple different networks sharing the same address space. These secondary networks can potentially conflict with the cluster’s main network CIDR. Using the CNI VRF plugin, network functions can be connected to different customers' infrastructure using the same IP address, keeping different customers isolated. IP addresses are overlapped with OpenShift Container Platform IP space. The CNI VRF plugin also reduces the number of permissions needed by CNF and increases the visibility of network topologies of secondary networks.

23.4. Configuring multi-network policy

As a cluster administrator, you can configure multi-network for additional networks. You can specify multi-network policy for SR-IOV and macvlan additional networks. Macvlan additional networks are fully supported. Other types of additional networks, such as ipvlan, are not supported.

Important

Support for configuring multi-network policies for SR-IOV additional networks is a Technology Preview feature and is only supported with kernel network interface cards (NICs). SR-IOV is not supported for Data Plane Development Kit (DPDK) applications.

For more information about the support scope of Red Hat Technology Preview features, see Technology Preview Features Support Scope.

Note

Configured network policies are ignored in IPv6 networks.

23.4.1. Differences between multi-network policy and network policy

Although the MultiNetworkPolicy API implements the NetworkPolicy API, there are several important differences:

  • You must use the MultiNetworkPolicy API: 

    apiVersion: k8s.cni.cncf.io/v1beta1
kind: MultiNetworkPolicy
  • You must use the multi-networkpolicy resource name when using the CLI to interact with multi-network policies. For example, you can view a multi-network policy object with the oc get multi-networkpolicy <name> command where <name> is the name of a multi-network policy.

  • You must specify an annotation with the name of the network attachment definition that defines the macvlan or SR-IOV additional network: 

    apiVersion: k8s.cni.cncf.io/v1beta1
kind: MultiNetworkPolicy
metadata:
  annotations:
    k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/policy-for: <network_name>

    where:

    <network_name>
    Specifies the name of a network attachment definition.

23.4.2. Enabling multi-network policy for the cluster

As a cluster administrator, you can enable multi-network policy support on your cluster.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in to the cluster with a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. Create the multinetwork-enable-patch.yaml file with the following YAML: 

    apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: Network
metadata:
  name: cluster
spec:
  useMultiNetworkPolicy: true

  2. Configure the cluster to enable multi-network policy: 

    $ oc patch network.operator.openshift.io cluster --type=merge --patch-file=multinetwork-enable-patch.yaml

    Example output

    network.operator.openshift.io/cluster patched

23.4.3. Working with multi-network policy

As a cluster administrator, you can create, edit, view, and delete multi-network policies.

23.4.3.1. Prerequisites
  • You have enabled multi-network policy support for your cluster.
23.4.3.2. Creating a multi-network policy using the CLI

To define granular rules describing ingress or egress network traffic allowed for namespaces in your cluster, you can create a multi-network policy.

Prerequisites

  • Your cluster uses a network plugin that supports NetworkPolicy objects, such as the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin or the OpenShift SDN network plugin with mode: NetworkPolicy set. This mode is the default for OpenShift SDN.
  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You are logged in to the cluster with a user with cluster-admin privileges.
  • You are working in the namespace that the multi-network policy applies to.

Procedure

  1. Create a policy rule:

    1. Create a <policy_name>.yaml file: 

      $ touch <policy_name>.yaml

      where:

      <policy_name>
      Specifies the multi-network policy file name.

    2. Define a multi-network policy in the file that you just created, such as in the following examples:

      Deny ingress from all pods in all namespaces

      This is a fundamental policy, blocking all cross-pod networking other than cross-pod traffic allowed by the configuration of other Network Policies. 

      apiVersion: k8s.cni.cncf.io/v1beta1
kind: MultiNetworkPolicy
metadata:
  name: deny-by-default
  annotations:
    k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/policy-for: <network_name>
spec:
  podSelector:
  ingress: []

      where:

      <network_name>
      Specifies the name of a network attachment definition.

      Allow ingress from all pods in the same namespace

      apiVersion: k8s.cni.cncf.io/v1beta1
kind: MultiNetworkPolicy
metadata:
  name: allow-same-namespace
  annotations:
    k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/policy-for: <network_name>
spec:
  podSelector:
  ingress:
  - from:
    - podSelector: {}

      where:

      <network_name>
      Specifies the name of a network attachment definition.

      Allow ingress traffic to one pod from a particular namespace

      This policy allows traffic to pods labelled pod-a from pods running in namespace-y. 

      apiVersion: k8s.cni.cncf.io/v1beta1
kind: MultiNetworkPolicy
metadata:
  name: allow-traffic-pod
  annotations:
    k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/policy-for: <network_name>
spec:
  podSelector:
   matchLabels:
      pod: pod-a
  policyTypes:
  - Ingress
  ingress:
  - from:
    - namespaceSelector:
        matchLabels:
           kubernetes.io/metadata.name: namespace-y

      where:

      <network_name>
      Specifies the name of a network attachment definition.

      Restrict traffic to a service

      This policy when applied ensures every pod with both labels app=bookstore and role=api can only be accessed by pods with label app=bookstore. In this example the application could be a REST API server, marked with labels app=bookstore and role=api.

      This example addresses the following use cases:

      • Restricting the traffic to a service to only the other microservices that need to use it.

      • Restricting the connections to a database to only permit the application using it. 

        apiVersion: k8s.cni.cncf.io/v1beta1
kind: MultiNetworkPolicy
metadata:
  name: api-allow
  annotations:
    k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/policy-for: <network_name>
spec:
  podSelector:
    matchLabels:
      app: bookstore
      role: api
  ingress:
  - from:
      - podSelector:
          matchLabels:
            app: bookstore

        where:

        <network_name>
        Specifies the name of a network attachment definition.

  2. To create the multi-network policy object, enter the following command: 

    $ oc apply -f <policy_name>.yaml -n <namespace>

    where:

    <policy_name>
    Specifies the multi-network policy file name.
    <namespace>
    Optional: Specifies the namespace if the object is defined in a different namespace than the current namespace.

    Example output

    multinetworkpolicy.k8s.cni.cncf.io/deny-by-default created

Note

If you log in to the web console with cluster-admin privileges, you have a choice of creating a network policy in any namespace in the cluster directly in YAML or from a form in the web console.

23.4.3.3. Editing a multi-network policy

You can edit a multi-network policy in a namespace.

Prerequisites

  • Your cluster uses a network plugin that supports NetworkPolicy objects, such as the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin or the OpenShift SDN network plugin with mode: NetworkPolicy set. This mode is the default for OpenShift SDN.
  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You are logged in to the cluster with a user with cluster-admin privileges.
  • You are working in the namespace where the multi-network policy exists.

Procedure

  1. Optional: To list the multi-network policy objects in a namespace, enter the following command: 

    $ oc get multi-networkpolicy

    where:

    <namespace>
    Optional: Specifies the namespace if the object is defined in a different namespace than the current namespace.

  2. Edit the multi-network policy object.

    • If you saved the multi-network policy definition in a file, edit the file and make any necessary changes, and then enter the following command. 

      $ oc apply -n <namespace> -f <policy_file>.yaml

      where:

      <namespace>
      Optional: Specifies the namespace if the object is defined in a different namespace than the current namespace.
      <policy_file>
      Specifies the name of the file containing the network policy.

    • If you need to update the multi-network policy object directly, enter the following command: 

      $ oc edit multi-networkpolicy <policy_name> -n <namespace>

      where:

      <policy_name>
      Specifies the name of the network policy.
      <namespace>
      Optional: Specifies the namespace if the object is defined in a different namespace than the current namespace.

  3. Confirm that the multi-network policy object is updated. 

    $ oc describe multi-networkpolicy <policy_name> -n <namespace>

    where:

    <policy_name>
    Specifies the name of the multi-network policy.
    <namespace>
    Optional: Specifies the namespace if the object is defined in a different namespace than the current namespace.
Note

If you log in to the web console with cluster-admin privileges, you have a choice of editing a network policy in any namespace in the cluster directly in YAML or from the policy in the web console through the Actions menu.

23.4.3.4. Viewing multi-network policies using the CLI

You can examine the multi-network policies in a namespace.

Prerequisites

  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You are logged in to the cluster with a user with cluster-admin privileges.
  • You are working in the namespace where the multi-network policy exists.

Procedure

  • List multi-network policies in a namespace:

    • To view multi-network policy objects defined in a namespace, enter the following command: 

      $ oc get multi-networkpolicy

    • Optional: To examine a specific multi-network policy, enter the following command: 

      $ oc describe multi-networkpolicy <policy_name> -n <namespace>

      where:

      <policy_name>
      Specifies the name of the multi-network policy to inspect.
      <namespace>
      Optional: Specifies the namespace if the object is defined in a different namespace than the current namespace.
Note

If you log in to the web console with cluster-admin privileges, you have a choice of viewing a network policy in any namespace in the cluster directly in YAML or from a form in the web console.

23.4.3.5. Deleting a multi-network policy using the CLI

You can delete a multi-network policy in a namespace.

Prerequisites

  • Your cluster uses a network plugin that supports NetworkPolicy objects, such as the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin or the OpenShift SDN network plugin with mode: NetworkPolicy set. This mode is the default for OpenShift SDN.
  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You are logged in to the cluster with a user with cluster-admin privileges.
  • You are working in the namespace where the multi-network policy exists.

Procedure

  • To delete a multi-network policy object, enter the following command: 

    $ oc delete multi-networkpolicy <policy_name> -n <namespace>

    where:

    <policy_name>
    Specifies the name of the multi-network policy.
    <namespace>
    Optional: Specifies the namespace if the object is defined in a different namespace than the current namespace.

    Example output

    multinetworkpolicy.k8s.cni.cncf.io/default-deny deleted

Note

If you log in to the web console with cluster-admin privileges, you have a choice of deleting a network policy in any namespace in the cluster directly in YAML or from the policy in the web console through the Actions menu.

23.4.3.6. Creating a default deny all multi-network policy

This is a fundamental policy, blocking all cross-pod networking other than network traffic allowed by the configuration of other deployed network policies. This procedure enforces a default deny-by-default policy.

Note

If you log in with a user with the cluster-admin role, then you can create a network policy in any namespace in the cluster.

Prerequisites

  • Your cluster uses a network plugin that supports NetworkPolicy objects, such as the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin or the OpenShift SDN network plugin with mode: NetworkPolicy set. This mode is the default for OpenShift SDN.
  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You are logged in to the cluster with a user with cluster-admin privileges.
  • You are working in the namespace that the multi-network policy applies to.

Procedure

  1. Create the following YAML that defines a deny-by-default policy to deny ingress from all pods in all namespaces. Save the YAML in the deny-by-default.yaml file: 

    apiVersion: k8s.cni.cncf.io/v1beta1
kind: MultiNetworkPolicy
metadata:
  name: deny-by-default
  namespace: default 1
  annotations:
    k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/policy-for: <network_name> 2
spec:
  podSelector: {} 3
  ingress: [] 4
    1
    namespace: default deploys this policy to the default namespace.
    2
    network_name: specifies the name of a network attachment definition.
    3
    podSelector: is empty, this means it matches all the pods. Therefore, the policy applies to all pods in the default namespace.
    4
    There are no ingress rules specified. This causes incoming traffic to be dropped to all pods.

  2. Apply the policy by entering the following command: 

    $ oc apply -f deny-by-default.yaml

    Example output

    multinetworkpolicy.k8s.cni.cncf.io/deny-by-default created

23.4.3.7. Creating a multi-network policy to allow traffic from external clients

With the deny-by-default policy in place you can proceed to configure a policy that allows traffic from external clients to a pod with the label app=web.

Note

If you log in with a user with the cluster-admin role, then you can create a network policy in any namespace in the cluster.

Follow this procedure to configure a policy that allows external service from the public Internet directly or by using a Load Balancer to access the pod. Traffic is only allowed to a pod with the label app=web.

Prerequisites

  • Your cluster uses a network plugin that supports NetworkPolicy objects, such as the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin or the OpenShift SDN network plugin with mode: NetworkPolicy set. This mode is the default for OpenShift SDN.
  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You are logged in to the cluster with a user with cluster-admin privileges.
  • You are working in the namespace that the multi-network policy applies to.

Procedure

  1. Create a policy that allows traffic from the public Internet directly or by using a load balancer to access the pod. Save the YAML in the web-allow-external.yaml file: 

    apiVersion: k8s.cni.cncf.io/v1beta1
kind: MultiNetworkPolicy
metadata:
  name: web-allow-external
  namespace: default
  annotations:
    k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/policy-for: <network_name>
spec:
  policyTypes:
  - Ingress
  podSelector:
    matchLabels:
      app: web
  ingress:
    - {}

  2. Apply the policy by entering the following command: 

    $ oc apply -f web-allow-external.yaml

    Example output

    multinetworkpolicy.k8s.cni.cncf.io/web-allow-external created

This policy allows traffic from all resources, including external traffic as illustrated in the following diagram:

Allow traffic from external clients
23.4.3.8. Creating a multi-network policy allowing traffic to an application from all namespaces
Note

If you log in with a user with the cluster-admin role, then you can create a network policy in any namespace in the cluster.

Follow this procedure to configure a policy that allows traffic from all pods in all namespaces to a particular application.

Prerequisites

  • Your cluster uses a network plugin that supports NetworkPolicy objects, such as the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin or the OpenShift SDN network plugin with mode: NetworkPolicy set. This mode is the default for OpenShift SDN.
  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You are logged in to the cluster with a user with cluster-admin privileges.
  • You are working in the namespace that the multi-network policy applies to.

Procedure

  1. Create a policy that allows traffic from all pods in all namespaces to a particular application. Save the YAML in the web-allow-all-namespaces.yaml file: 

    apiVersion: k8s.cni.cncf.io/v1beta1
kind: MultiNetworkPolicy
metadata:
  name: web-allow-all-namespaces
  namespace: default
  annotations:
    k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/policy-for: <network_name>
spec:
  podSelector:
    matchLabels:
      app: web 1
  policyTypes:
  - Ingress
  ingress:
  - from:
    - namespaceSelector: {} 2
    1
    Applies the policy only to app:web pods in default namespace.
    2
    Selects all pods in all namespaces.
    Note

    By default, if you omit specifying a namespaceSelector it does not select any namespaces, which means the policy allows traffic only from the namespace the network policy is deployed to.

  2. Apply the policy by entering the following command: 

    $ oc apply -f web-allow-all-namespaces.yaml

    Example output

    multinetworkpolicy.k8s.cni.cncf.io/web-allow-all-namespaces created

Verification

  1. Start a web service in the default namespace by entering the following command: 

    $ oc run web --namespace=default --image=nginx --labels="app=web" --expose --port=80

  2. Run the following command to deploy an alpine image in the secondary namespace and to start a shell: 

    $ oc run test-$RANDOM --namespace=secondary --rm -i -t --image=alpine -- sh

  3. Run the following command in the shell and observe that the request is allowed: 

    # wget -qO- --timeout=2 http://web.default

    Expected output

    <!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<title>Welcome to nginx!</title>
<style>
html { color-scheme: light dark; }
body { width: 35em; margin: 0 auto;
font-family: Tahoma, Verdana, Arial, sans-serif; }
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h1>Welcome to nginx!</h1>
<p>If you see this page, the nginx web server is successfully installed and
working. Further configuration is required.</p>

<p>For online documentation and support please refer to
<a href="http://nginx.org/">nginx.org</a>.<br/>
Commercial support is available at
<a href="http://nginx.com/">nginx.com</a>.</p>

<p><em>Thank you for using nginx.</em></p>
</body>
</html>

23.4.3.9. Creating a multi-network policy allowing traffic to an application from a namespace
Note

If you log in with a user with the cluster-admin role, then you can create a network policy in any namespace in the cluster.

Follow this procedure to configure a policy that allows traffic to a pod with the label app=web from a particular namespace. You might want to do this to:

  • Restrict traffic to a production database only to namespaces where production workloads are deployed.
  • Enable monitoring tools deployed to a particular namespace to scrape metrics from the current namespace.

Prerequisites

  • Your cluster uses a network plugin that supports NetworkPolicy objects, such as the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin or the OpenShift SDN network plugin with mode: NetworkPolicy set. This mode is the default for OpenShift SDN.
  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You are logged in to the cluster with a user with cluster-admin privileges.
  • You are working in the namespace that the multi-network policy applies to.

Procedure

  1. Create a policy that allows traffic from all pods in a particular namespaces with a label purpose=production. Save the YAML in the web-allow-prod.yaml file: 

    apiVersion: k8s.cni.cncf.io/v1beta1
kind: MultiNetworkPolicy
metadata:
  name: web-allow-prod
  namespace: default
  annotations:
    k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/policy-for: <network_name>
spec:
  podSelector:
    matchLabels:
      app: web 1
  policyTypes:
  - Ingress
  ingress:
  - from:
    - namespaceSelector:
        matchLabels:
          purpose: production 2
    1
    Applies the policy only to app:web pods in the default namespace.
    2
    Restricts traffic to only pods in namespaces that have the label purpose=production.

  2. Apply the policy by entering the following command: 

    $ oc apply -f web-allow-prod.yaml

    Example output

    multinetworkpolicy.k8s.cni.cncf.io/web-allow-prod created

Verification

  1. Start a web service in the default namespace by entering the following command: 

    $ oc run web --namespace=default --image=nginx --labels="app=web" --expose --port=80

  2. Run the following command to create the prod namespace: 

    $ oc create namespace prod

  3. Run the following command to label the prod namespace: 

    $ oc label namespace/prod purpose=production

  4. Run the following command to create the dev namespace: 

    $ oc create namespace dev

  5. Run the following command to label the dev namespace: 

    $ oc label namespace/dev purpose=testing

  6. Run the following command to deploy an alpine image in the dev namespace and to start a shell: 

    $ oc run test-$RANDOM --namespace=dev --rm -i -t --image=alpine -- sh

  7. Run the following command in the shell and observe that the request is blocked: 

    # wget -qO- --timeout=2 http://web.default

    Expected output

    wget: download timed out

  8. Run the following command to deploy an alpine image in the prod namespace and start a shell: 

    $ oc run test-$RANDOM --namespace=prod --rm -i -t --image=alpine -- sh

  9. Run the following command in the shell and observe that the request is allowed: 

    # wget -qO- --timeout=2 http://web.default

    Expected output

    <!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<title>Welcome to nginx!</title>
<style>
html { color-scheme: light dark; }
body { width: 35em; margin: 0 auto;
font-family: Tahoma, Verdana, Arial, sans-serif; }
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h1>Welcome to nginx!</h1>
<p>If you see this page, the nginx web server is successfully installed and
working. Further configuration is required.</p>

<p>For online documentation and support please refer to
<a href="http://nginx.org/">nginx.org</a>.<br/>
Commercial support is available at
<a href="http://nginx.com/">nginx.com</a>.</p>

<p><em>Thank you for using nginx.</em></p>
</body>
</html>

23.4.4. Additional resources

23.5. Attaching a pod to an additional network

As a cluster user you can attach a pod to an additional network.

23.5.1. Adding a pod to an additional network

You can add a pod to an additional network. The pod continues to send normal cluster-related network traffic over the default network.

When a pod is created additional networks are attached to it. However, if a pod already exists, you cannot attach additional networks to it.

The pod must be in the same namespace as the additional network.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in to the cluster.

Procedure

  1. Add an annotation to the Pod object. Only one of the following annotation formats can be used:

    1. To attach an additional network without any customization, add an annotation with the following format. Replace <network> with the name of the additional network to associate with the pod: 

      metadata:
  annotations:
    k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/networks: <network>[,<network>,...] 1
      1
      To specify more than one additional network, separate each network with a comma. Do not include whitespace between the comma. If you specify the same additional network multiple times, that pod will have multiple network interfaces attached to that network.

    2. To attach an additional network with customizations, add an annotation with the following format: 

      metadata:
  annotations:
    k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/networks: |-
      [
        {
          "name": "<network>", 1
          "namespace": "<namespace>", 2
          "default-route": ["<default-route>"] 3
        }
      ]
      1
      Specify the name of the additional network defined by a NetworkAttachmentDefinition object.
      2
      Specify the namespace where the NetworkAttachmentDefinition object is defined.
      3
      Optional: Specify an override for the default route, such as 192.168.17.1.

  2. To create the pod, enter the following command. Replace <name> with the name of the pod. 

    $ oc create -f <name>.yaml

  3. Optional: To Confirm that the annotation exists in the Pod CR, enter the following command, replacing <name> with the name of the pod. 

    $ oc get pod <name> -o yaml

    In the following example, the example-pod pod is attached to the net1 additional network: 

    $ oc get pod example-pod -o yaml
apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
  annotations:
    k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/networks: macvlan-bridge
    k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/network-status: |- 1
      [{
          "name": "openshift-sdn",
          "interface": "eth0",
          "ips": [
              "10.128.2.14"
          ],
          "default": true,
          "dns": {}
      },{
          "name": "macvlan-bridge",
          "interface": "net1",
          "ips": [
              "20.2.2.100"
          ],
          "mac": "22:2f:60:a5:f8:00",
          "dns": {}
      }]
  name: example-pod
  namespace: default
spec:
  ...
status:
  ...
    1
    The k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/network-status parameter is a JSON array of objects. Each object describes the status of an additional network attached to the pod. The annotation value is stored as a plain text value.
23.5.1.1. Specifying pod-specific addressing and routing options

When attaching a pod to an additional network, you may want to specify further properties about that network in a particular pod. This allows you to change some aspects of routing, as well as specify static IP addresses and MAC addresses. To accomplish this, you can use the JSON formatted annotations.

Prerequisites

  • The pod must be in the same namespace as the additional network.
  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You must log in to the cluster.

Procedure

To add a pod to an additional network while specifying addressing and/or routing options, complete the following steps:

  1. Edit the Pod resource definition. If you are editing an existing Pod resource, run the following command to edit its definition in the default editor. Replace <name> with the name of the Pod resource to edit. 

    $ oc edit pod <name>

  2. In the Pod resource definition, add the k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/networks parameter to the pod metadata mapping. The k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/networks accepts a JSON string of a list of objects that reference the name of NetworkAttachmentDefinition custom resource (CR) names in addition to specifying additional properties. 

    metadata:
  annotations:
    k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/networks: '[<network>[,<network>,...]]' 1
    1
    Replace <network> with a JSON object as shown in the following examples. The single quotes are required.

  3. In the following example the annotation specifies which network attachment will have the default route, using the default-route parameter. 

    apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
  name: example-pod
  annotations:
    k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/networks: '[
    {
      "name": "net1"
    },
    {
      "name": "net2", 1
      "default-route": ["192.0.2.1"] 2
    }]'
spec:
  containers:
  - name: example-pod
    command: ["/bin/bash", "-c", "sleep 2000000000000"]
    image: centos/tools
    1
    The name key is the name of the additional network to associate with the pod.
    2
    The default-route key specifies a value of a gateway for traffic to be routed over if no other routing entry is present in the routing table. If more than one default-route key is specified, this will cause the pod to fail to become active.

The default route will cause any traffic that is not specified in other routes to be routed to the gateway.

Important

Setting the default route to an interface other than the default network interface for OpenShift Container Platform may cause traffic that is anticipated for pod-to-pod traffic to be routed over another interface.

To verify the routing properties of a pod, the oc command may be used to execute the ip command within a pod. 

$ oc exec -it <pod_name> -- ip route
Note

You may also reference the pod’s k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/network-status to see which additional network has been assigned the default route, by the presence of the default-route key in the JSON-formatted list of objects.

To set a static IP address or MAC address for a pod you can use the JSON formatted annotations. This requires you create networks that specifically allow for this functionality. This can be specified in a rawCNIConfig for the CNO.

  1. Edit the CNO CR by running the following command: 

    $ oc edit networks.operator.openshift.io cluster

The following YAML describes the configuration parameters for the CNO:

Cluster Network Operator YAML configuration

name: <name> 1
namespace: <namespace> 2
rawCNIConfig: '{ 3
  ...
}'
type: Raw

1
Specify a name for the additional network attachment that you are creating. The name must be unique within the specified namespace.
2
Specify the namespace to create the network attachment in. If you do not specify a value, then the default namespace is used.
3
Specify the CNI plugin configuration in JSON format, which is based on the following template.

The following object describes the configuration parameters for utilizing static MAC address and IP address using the macvlan CNI plugin:

macvlan CNI plugin JSON configuration object using static IP and MAC address

{
  "cniVersion": "0.3.1",
  "name": "<name>", 1
  "plugins": [{ 2
      "type": "macvlan",
      "capabilities": { "ips": true }, 3
      "master": "eth0", 4
      "mode": "bridge",
      "ipam": {
        "type": "static"
      }
    }, {
      "capabilities": { "mac": true }, 5
      "type": "tuning"
    }]
}

1
Specifies the name for the additional network attachment to create. The name must be unique within the specified namespace.
2
Specifies an array of CNI plugin configurations. The first object specifies a macvlan plugin configuration and the second object specifies a tuning plugin configuration.
3
Specifies that a request is made to enable the static IP address functionality of the CNI plugin runtime configuration capabilities.
4
Specifies the interface that the macvlan plugin uses.
5
Specifies that a request is made to enable the static MAC address functionality of a CNI plugin.

The above network attachment can be referenced in a JSON formatted annotation, along with keys to specify which static IP and MAC address will be assigned to a given pod.

Edit the pod with: 

$ oc edit pod <name>

macvlan CNI plugin JSON configuration object using static IP and MAC address

apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
  name: example-pod
  annotations:
    k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/networks: '[
      {
        "name": "<name>", 1
        "ips": [ "192.0.2.205/24" ], 2
        "mac": "CA:FE:C0:FF:EE:00" 3
      }
    ]'

1
Use the <name> as provided when creating the rawCNIConfig above.
2
Provide an IP address including the subnet mask.
3
Provide the MAC address.
Note

Static IP addresses and MAC addresses do not have to be used at the same time, you may use them individually, or together.

To verify the IP address and MAC properties of a pod with additional networks, use the oc command to execute the ip command within a pod. 

$ oc exec -it <pod_name> -- ip a

23.6. Removing a pod from an additional network

As a cluster user you can remove a pod from an additional network.

23.6.1. Removing a pod from an additional network

You can remove a pod from an additional network only by deleting the pod.

Prerequisites

  • An additional network is attached to the pod.
  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in to the cluster.

Procedure

  • To delete the pod, enter the following command: 

    $ oc delete pod <name> -n <namespace>
    • <name> is the name of the pod.
    • <namespace> is the namespace that contains the pod.

23.7. Editing an additional network

As a cluster administrator you can modify the configuration for an existing additional network.

23.7.1. Modifying an additional network attachment definition

As a cluster administrator, you can make changes to an existing additional network. Any existing pods attached to the additional network will not be updated.

Prerequisites

  • You have configured an additional network for your cluster.
  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

To edit an additional network for your cluster, complete the following steps:

  1. Run the following command to edit the Cluster Network Operator (CNO) CR in your default text editor: 

    $ oc edit networks.operator.openshift.io cluster
  2. In the additionalNetworks collection, update the additional network with your changes.
  3. Save your changes and quit the text editor to commit your changes.

  4. Optional: Confirm that the CNO updated the NetworkAttachmentDefinition object by running the following command. Replace <network-name> with the name of the additional network to display. There might be a delay before the CNO updates the NetworkAttachmentDefinition object to reflect your changes. 

    $ oc get network-attachment-definitions <network-name> -o yaml

    For example, the following console output displays a NetworkAttachmentDefinition object that is named net1: 

    $ oc get network-attachment-definitions net1 -o go-template='{{printf "%s\n" .spec.config}}'
{ "cniVersion": "0.3.1", "type": "macvlan",
"master": "ens5",
"mode": "bridge",
"ipam":       {"type":"static","routes":[{"dst":"0.0.0.0/0","gw":"10.128.2.1"}],"addresses":[{"address":"10.128.2.100/23","gateway":"10.128.2.1"}],"dns":{"nameservers":["172.30.0.10"],"domain":"us-west-2.compute.internal","search":["us-west-2.compute.internal"]}} }

23.8. Removing an additional network

As a cluster administrator you can remove an additional network attachment.

23.8.1. Removing an additional network attachment definition

As a cluster administrator, you can remove an additional network from your OpenShift Container Platform cluster. The additional network is not removed from any pods it is attached to.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

To remove an additional network from your cluster, complete the following steps:

  1. Edit the Cluster Network Operator (CNO) in your default text editor by running the following command: 

    $ oc edit networks.operator.openshift.io cluster

  2. Modify the CR by removing the configuration from the additionalNetworks collection for the network attachment definition you are removing. 

    apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: Network
metadata:
  name: cluster
spec:
  additionalNetworks: [] 1
    1
    If you are removing the configuration mapping for the only additional network attachment definition in the additionalNetworks collection, you must specify an empty collection.
  3. Save your changes and quit the text editor to commit your changes.

  4. Optional: Confirm that the additional network CR was deleted by running the following command: 

    $ oc get network-attachment-definition --all-namespaces

23.9. Assigning a secondary network to a VRF

As a cluster administrator, you can configure an additional network for a virtual routing and forwarding (VRF) domain by using the CNI VRF plugin. The virtual network that this plugin creates is associated with the physical interface that you specify.

Using a secondary network with a VRF instance has the following advantages:

Workload isolation
Isolate workload traffic by configuring a VRF instance for the additional network.
Improved security
Enable improved security through isolated network paths in the VRF domain.
Multi-tenancy support
Support multi-tenancy through network segmentation with a unique routing table in the VRF domain for each tenant.
Note

Applications that use VRFs must bind to a specific device. The common usage is to use the SO_BINDTODEVICE option for a socket. The SO_BINDTODEVICE option binds the socket to the device that is specified in the passed interface name, for example, eth1. To use the SO_BINDTODEVICE option, the application must have CAP_NET_RAW capabilities.

Using a VRF through the ip vrf exec command is not supported in OpenShift Container Platform pods. To use VRF, bind applications directly to the VRF interface.

Additional resources

23.9.1. Creating an additional network attachment with the CNI VRF plugin

The Cluster Network Operator (CNO) manages additional network definitions. When you specify an additional network to create, the CNO creates the NetworkAttachmentDefinition custom resource (CR) automatically.

Note

Do not edit the NetworkAttachmentDefinition CRs that the Cluster Network Operator manages. Doing so might disrupt network traffic on your additional network.

To create an additional network attachment with the CNI VRF plugin, perform the following procedure.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift Container Platform CLI (oc).
  • Log in to the OpenShift cluster as a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. Create the Network custom resource (CR) for the additional network attachment and insert the rawCNIConfig configuration for the additional network, as in the following example CR. Save the YAML as the file additional-network-attachment.yaml. 

    apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: Network
metadata:
  name: cluster
spec:
  additionalNetworks:
    - name: test-network-1
      namespace: additional-network-1
      type: Raw
      rawCNIConfig: '{
        "cniVersion": "0.3.1",
        "name": "macvlan-vrf",
        "plugins": [  1
        {
          "type": "macvlan",
          "master": "eth1",
          "ipam": {
              "type": "static",
              "addresses": [
              {
                  "address": "191.168.1.23/24"
              }
              ]
          }
        },
        {
          "type": "vrf", 2
          "vrfname": "vrf-1",  3
          "table": 1001   4
        }]
      }'
    1
    plugins must be a list. The first item in the list must be the secondary network underpinning the VRF network. The second item in the list is the VRF plugin configuration.
    2
    type must be set to vrf.
    3
    vrfname is the name of the VRF that the interface is assigned to. If it does not exist in the pod, it is created.
    4
    Optional. table is the routing table ID. By default, the tableid parameter is used. If it is not specified, the CNI assigns a free routing table ID to the VRF.
    Note

    VRF functions correctly only when the resource is of type netdevice.

  2. Create the Network resource: 

    $ oc create -f additional-network-attachment.yaml

  3. Confirm that the CNO created the NetworkAttachmentDefinition CR by running the following command. Replace <namespace> with the namespace that you specified when configuring the network attachment, for example, additional-network-1. 

    $ oc get network-attachment-definitions -n <namespace>

    Example output

    NAME                       AGE
additional-network-1       14m

    Note

    There might be a delay before the CNO creates the CR.

Verification

  1. Create a pod and assign it to the additional network with the VRF instance:

    1. Create a YAML file that defines the Pod resource:

      Example pod-additional-net.yaml file

      apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
 name: pod-additional-net
 annotations:
   k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/networks: '[
       {
               "name": "test-network-1" 1
       }
 ]'
spec:
 containers:
 - name: example-pod-1
   command: ["/bin/bash", "-c", "sleep 9000000"]
   image: centos:8

      1
      Specify the name of the additional network with the VRF instance.

    2. Create the Pod resource by running the following command: 

      $ oc create -f pod-additional-net.yaml

      Example output

      pod/test-pod created

  2. Verify that the pod network attachment is connected to the VRF additional network. Start a remote session with the pod and run the following command: 

    $ ip vrf show

    Example output

    Name              Table
-----------------------
vrf-1             1001

  3. Confirm that the VRF interface is the controller for the additional interface: 

    $ ip link

    Example output

    5: net1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue master red state UP mode

Chapter 24. Hardware networks

24.1. About Single Root I/O Virtualization (SR-IOV) hardware networks

The Single Root I/O Virtualization (SR-IOV) specification is a standard for a type of PCI device assignment that can share a single device with multiple pods.

SR-IOV can segment a compliant network device, recognized on the host node as a physical function (PF), into multiple virtual functions (VFs). The VF is used like any other network device. The SR-IOV network device driver for the device determines how the VF is exposed in the container:

  • netdevice driver: A regular kernel network device in the netns of the container
  • vfio-pci driver: A character device mounted in the container

You can use SR-IOV network devices with additional networks on your OpenShift Container Platform cluster installed on bare metal or Red Hat OpenStack Platform (RHOSP) infrastructure for applications that require high bandwidth or low latency.

You can configure multi-network policies for SR-IOV networks. The support for this is technology preview and SR-IOV additional networks are only supported with kernel NICs. They are not supported for Data Plane Development Kit (DPDK) applications.

Note

Creating multi-network policies on SR-IOV networks might not deliver the same performance to applications compared to SR-IOV networks without a multi-network policy configured.

Important

Multi-network policies for SR-IOV network is a Technology Preview feature only. Technology Preview features are not supported with Red Hat production service level agreements (SLAs) and might not be functionally complete. Red Hat does not recommend using them in production. These features provide early access to upcoming product features, enabling customers to test functionality and provide feedback during the development process.

For more information about the support scope of Red Hat Technology Preview features, see Technology Preview Features Support Scope.

You can enable SR-IOV on a node by using the following command: 

$ oc label node <node_name> feature.node.kubernetes.io/network-sriov.capable="true"

24.1.1. Components that manage SR-IOV network devices

The SR-IOV Network Operator creates and manages the components of the SR-IOV stack. It performs the following functions:

  • Orchestrates discovery and management of SR-IOV network devices
  • Generates NetworkAttachmentDefinition custom resources for the SR-IOV Container Network Interface (CNI)
  • Creates and updates the configuration of the SR-IOV network device plugin
  • Creates node specific SriovNetworkNodeState custom resources
  • Updates the spec.interfaces field in each SriovNetworkNodeState custom resource

The Operator provisions the following components:

SR-IOV network configuration daemon
A daemon set that is deployed on worker nodes when the SR-IOV Network Operator starts. The daemon is responsible for discovering and initializing SR-IOV network devices in the cluster.
SR-IOV Network Operator webhook
A dynamic admission controller webhook that validates the Operator custom resource and sets appropriate default values for unset fields.
SR-IOV Network resources injector
A dynamic admission controller webhook that provides functionality for patching Kubernetes pod specifications with requests and limits for custom network resources such as SR-IOV VFs. The SR-IOV network resources injector adds the resource field to only the first container in a pod automatically.
SR-IOV network device plugin
A device plugin that discovers, advertises, and allocates SR-IOV network virtual function (VF) resources. Device plugins are used in Kubernetes to enable the use of limited resources, typically in physical devices. Device plugins give the Kubernetes scheduler awareness of resource availability, so that the scheduler can schedule pods on nodes with sufficient resources.
SR-IOV CNI plugin
A CNI plugin that attaches VF interfaces allocated from the SR-IOV network device plugin directly into a pod.
SR-IOV InfiniBand CNI plugin
A CNI plugin that attaches InfiniBand (IB) VF interfaces allocated from the SR-IOV network device plugin directly into a pod.
Note

The SR-IOV Network resources injector and SR-IOV Network Operator webhook are enabled by default and can be disabled by editing the default SriovOperatorConfig CR. Use caution when disabling the SR-IOV Network Operator Admission Controller webhook. You can disable the webhook under specific circumstances, such as troubleshooting, or if you want to use unsupported devices.

24.1.1.1. Supported platforms

The SR-IOV Network Operator is supported on the following platforms:

  • Bare metal
  • Red Hat OpenStack Platform (RHOSP)
24.1.1.2. Supported devices

OpenShift Container Platform supports the following network interface controllers:

Table 24.1. Supported network interface controllers
ManufacturerModelVendor IDDevice ID

Broadcom

BCM57414

14e4

16d7

Broadcom

BCM57508

14e4

1750

Broadcom

BCM57504

14e4

1751

Intel

X710

8086

1572

Intel

XL710

8086

1583

Intel

X710 Base T

8086

15ff

Intel

XXV710

8086

158b

Intel

E810-CQDA2

8086

1592

Intel

E810-2CQDA2

8086

1592

Intel

E810-XXVDA2

8086

159b

Intel

E810-XXVDA4

8086

1593

Intel

E810-XXVDA4T

8086

1593

Mellanox

MT27700 Family [ConnectX‑4]

15b3

1013

Mellanox

MT27710 Family [ConnectX‑4 Lx]

15b3

1015

Mellanox

MT27800 Family [ConnectX‑5]

15b3

1017

Mellanox

MT28880 Family [ConnectX‑5 Ex]

15b3

1019

Mellanox

MT28908 Family [ConnectX‑6]

15b3

101b

Mellanox

MT2892 Family [ConnectX‑6 Dx]

15b3

101d

Mellanox

MT2894 Family [ConnectX‑6 Lx]

15b3

101f

Mellanox

MT42822 BlueField‑2 in ConnectX‑6 NIC mode

15b3

a2d6

Pensando [1]

DSC-25 dual-port 25G distributed services card for ionic driver

0x1dd8

0x1002

Pensando [1]

DSC-100 dual-port 100G distributed services card for ionic driver

0x1dd8

0x1003

Silicom

STS Family

8086

1591

  1. OpenShift SR-IOV is supported, but you must set a static, Virtual Function (VF) media access control (MAC) address using the SR-IOV CNI config file when using SR-IOV.
Note

For the most up-to-date list of supported cards and compatible OpenShift Container Platform versions available, see Openshift Single Root I/O Virtualization (SR-IOV) and PTP hardware networks Support Matrix.

24.1.1.3. Automated discovery of SR-IOV network devices

The SR-IOV Network Operator searches your cluster for SR-IOV capable network devices on worker nodes. The Operator creates and updates a SriovNetworkNodeState custom resource (CR) for each worker node that provides a compatible SR-IOV network device.

The CR is assigned the same name as the worker node. The status.interfaces list provides information about the network devices on a node.

Important

Do not modify a SriovNetworkNodeState object. The Operator creates and manages these resources automatically.

24.1.1.3.1. Example SriovNetworkNodeState object

The following YAML is an example of a SriovNetworkNodeState object created by the SR-IOV Network Operator:

An SriovNetworkNodeState object

apiVersion: sriovnetwork.openshift.io/v1
kind: SriovNetworkNodeState
metadata:
  name: node-25 1
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator
  ownerReferences:
  - apiVersion: sriovnetwork.openshift.io/v1
    blockOwnerDeletion: true
    controller: true
    kind: SriovNetworkNodePolicy
    name: default
spec:
  dpConfigVersion: "39824"
status:
  interfaces: 2
  - deviceID: "1017"
    driver: mlx5_core
    mtu: 1500
    name: ens785f0
    pciAddress: "0000:18:00.0"
    totalvfs: 8
    vendor: 15b3
  - deviceID: "1017"
    driver: mlx5_core
    mtu: 1500
    name: ens785f1
    pciAddress: "0000:18:00.1"
    totalvfs: 8
    vendor: 15b3
  - deviceID: 158b
    driver: i40e
    mtu: 1500
    name: ens817f0
    pciAddress: 0000:81:00.0
    totalvfs: 64
    vendor: "8086"
  - deviceID: 158b
    driver: i40e
    mtu: 1500
    name: ens817f1
    pciAddress: 0000:81:00.1
    totalvfs: 64
    vendor: "8086"
  - deviceID: 158b
    driver: i40e
    mtu: 1500
    name: ens803f0
    pciAddress: 0000:86:00.0
    totalvfs: 64
    vendor: "8086"
  syncStatus: Succeeded

1
The value of the name field is the same as the name of the worker node.
2
The interfaces stanza includes a list of all of the SR-IOV devices discovered by the Operator on the worker node.
24.1.1.4. Example use of a virtual function in a pod

You can run a remote direct memory access (RDMA) or a Data Plane Development Kit (DPDK) application in a pod with SR-IOV VF attached.

This example shows a pod using a virtual function (VF) in RDMA mode:

Pod spec that uses RDMA mode

apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
  name: rdma-app
  annotations:
    k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/networks: sriov-rdma-mlnx
spec:
  containers:
  - name: testpmd
    image: <RDMA_image>
    imagePullPolicy: IfNotPresent
    securityContext:
      runAsUser: 0
      capabilities:
        add: ["IPC_LOCK","SYS_RESOURCE","NET_RAW"]
    command: ["sleep", "infinity"]

The following example shows a pod with a VF in DPDK mode:

Pod spec that uses DPDK mode

apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
  name: dpdk-app
  annotations:
    k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/networks: sriov-dpdk-net
spec:
  containers:
  - name: testpmd
    image: <DPDK_image>
    securityContext:
      runAsUser: 0
      capabilities:
        add: ["IPC_LOCK","SYS_RESOURCE","NET_RAW"]
    volumeMounts:
    - mountPath: /dev/hugepages
      name: hugepage
    resources:
      limits:
        memory: "1Gi"
        cpu: "2"
        hugepages-1Gi: "4Gi"
      requests:
        memory: "1Gi"
        cpu: "2"
        hugepages-1Gi: "4Gi"
    command: ["sleep", "infinity"]
  volumes:
  - name: hugepage
    emptyDir:
      medium: HugePages

24.1.1.5. DPDK library for use with container applications

An optional library, app-netutil, provides several API methods for gathering network information about a pod from within a container running within that pod.

This library can assist with integrating SR-IOV virtual functions (VFs) in Data Plane Development Kit (DPDK) mode into the container. The library provides both a Golang API and a C API.

Currently there are three API methods implemented:

GetCPUInfo()
This function determines which CPUs are available to the container and returns the list.
GetHugepages()
This function determines the amount of huge page memory requested in the Pod spec for each container and returns the values.
GetInterfaces()
This function determines the set of interfaces in the container and returns the list. The return value includes the interface type and type-specific data for each interface.

The repository for the library includes a sample Dockerfile to build a container image, dpdk-app-centos. The container image can run one of the following DPDK sample applications, depending on an environment variable in the pod specification: l2fwd, l3wd or testpmd. The container image provides an example of integrating the app-netutil library into the container image itself. The library can also integrate into an init container. The init container can collect the required data and pass the data to an existing DPDK workload.

24.1.1.6. Huge pages resource injection for Downward API

When a pod specification includes a resource request or limit for huge pages, the Network Resources Injector automatically adds Downward API fields to the pod specification to provide the huge pages information to the container.

The Network Resources Injector adds a volume that is named podnetinfo and is mounted at /etc/podnetinfo for each container in the pod. The volume uses the Downward API and includes a file for huge pages requests and limits. The file naming convention is as follows:

  • /etc/podnetinfo/hugepages_1G_request_<container-name>
  • /etc/podnetinfo/hugepages_1G_limit_<container-name>
  • /etc/podnetinfo/hugepages_2M_request_<container-name>
  • /etc/podnetinfo/hugepages_2M_limit_<container-name>

The paths specified in the previous list are compatible with the app-netutil library. By default, the library is configured to search for resource information in the /etc/podnetinfo directory. If you choose to specify the Downward API path items yourself manually, the app-netutil library searches for the following paths in addition to the paths in the previous list.

  • /etc/podnetinfo/hugepages_request
  • /etc/podnetinfo/hugepages_limit
  • /etc/podnetinfo/hugepages_1G_request
  • /etc/podnetinfo/hugepages_1G_limit
  • /etc/podnetinfo/hugepages_2M_request
  • /etc/podnetinfo/hugepages_2M_limit

As with the paths that the Network Resources Injector can create, the paths in the preceding list can optionally end with a _<container-name> suffix.

24.1.2. Additional resources

24.1.3. Next steps

24.2. Installing the SR-IOV Network Operator

You can install the Single Root I/O Virtualization (SR-IOV) Network Operator on your cluster to manage SR-IOV network devices and network attachments.

24.2.1. Installing SR-IOV Network Operator

As a cluster administrator, you can install the SR-IOV Network Operator by using the OpenShift Container Platform CLI or the web console.

24.2.1.1. CLI: Installing the SR-IOV Network Operator

As a cluster administrator, you can install the Operator using the CLI.

Prerequisites

  • A cluster installed on bare-metal hardware with nodes that have hardware that supports SR-IOV.
  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • An account with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. To create the openshift-sriov-network-operator namespace, enter the following command: 

    $ cat << EOF| oc create -f -
apiVersion: v1
kind: Namespace
metadata:
  name: openshift-sriov-network-operator
  annotations:
    workload.openshift.io/allowed: management
EOF

  2. To create an OperatorGroup CR, enter the following command: 

    $ cat << EOF| oc create -f -
apiVersion: operators.coreos.com/v1
kind: OperatorGroup
metadata:
  name: sriov-network-operators
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator
spec:
  targetNamespaces:
  - openshift-sriov-network-operator
EOF

  3. Subscribe to the SR-IOV Network Operator.

    1. Run the following command to get the OpenShift Container Platform major and minor version. It is required for the channel value in the next step. 

      $ OC_VERSION=$(oc version -o yaml | grep openshiftVersion | \
    grep -o '[0-9]*[.][0-9]*' | head -1)

    2. To create a Subscription CR for the SR-IOV Network Operator, enter the following command: 

      $ cat << EOF| oc create -f -
apiVersion: operators.coreos.com/v1alpha1
kind: Subscription
metadata:
  name: sriov-network-operator-subscription
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator
spec:
  channel: "${OC_VERSION}"
  name: sriov-network-operator
  source: redhat-operators
  sourceNamespace: openshift-marketplace
EOF

  4. To verify that the Operator is installed, enter the following command: 

    $ oc get csv -n openshift-sriov-network-operator \
  -o custom-columns=Name:.metadata.name,Phase:.status.phase

    Example output

    Name                                         Phase
sriov-network-operator.4.13.0-202310121402   Succeeded

24.2.1.2. Web console: Installing the SR-IOV Network Operator

As a cluster administrator, you can install the Operator using the web console.

Prerequisites

  • A cluster installed on bare-metal hardware with nodes that have hardware that supports SR-IOV.
  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • An account with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. Install the SR-IOV Network Operator:

    1. In the OpenShift Container Platform web console, click Operators → OperatorHub.
    2. Select SR-IOV Network Operator from the list of available Operators, and then click Install.
    3. On the Install Operator page, under Installed Namespace, select Operator recommended Namespace.
    4. Click Install.

  2. Verify that the SR-IOV Network Operator is installed successfully:

    1. Navigate to the Operators → Installed Operators page.

    2. Ensure that SR-IOV Network Operator is listed in the openshift-sriov-network-operator project with a Status of InstallSucceeded.

      Note

      During installation an Operator might display a Failed status. If the installation later succeeds with an InstallSucceeded message, you can ignore the Failed message.

      If the Operator does not appear as installed, to troubleshoot further:

      • Inspect the Operator Subscriptions and Install Plans tabs for any failure or errors under Status.
      • Navigate to the Workloads → Pods page and check the logs for pods in the openshift-sriov-network-operator project.

      • Check the namespace of the YAML file. If the annotation is missing, you can add the annotation workload.openshift.io/allowed=management to the Operator namespace with the following command: 

        $ oc annotate ns/openshift-sriov-network-operator workload.openshift.io/allowed=management
        Note

        For single-node OpenShift clusters, the annotation workload.openshift.io/allowed=management is required for the namespace.

24.2.2. Next steps

24.3. Configuring the SR-IOV Network Operator

The Single Root I/O Virtualization (SR-IOV) Network Operator manages the SR-IOV network devices and network attachments in your cluster.

24.3.1. Configuring the SR-IOV Network Operator

Important

Modifying the SR-IOV Network Operator configuration is not normally necessary. The default configuration is recommended for most use cases. Complete the steps to modify the relevant configuration only if the default behavior of the Operator is not compatible with your use case.

The SR-IOV Network Operator adds the SriovOperatorConfig.sriovnetwork.openshift.io CustomResourceDefinition resource. The Operator automatically creates a SriovOperatorConfig custom resource (CR) named default in the openshift-sriov-network-operator namespace.

Note

The default CR contains the SR-IOV Network Operator configuration for your cluster. To change the Operator configuration, you must modify this CR.

24.3.1.1. SR-IOV Network Operator config custom resource

The fields for the sriovoperatorconfig custom resource are described in the following table:

Table 24.2. SR-IOV Network Operator config custom resource
FieldTypeDescription

metadata.name

string

Specifies the name of the SR-IOV Network Operator instance. The default value is default. Do not set a different value.

metadata.namespace

string

Specifies the namespace of the SR-IOV Network Operator instance. The default value is openshift-sriov-network-operator. Do not set a different value.

spec.configDaemonNodeSelector

string

Specifies the node selection to control scheduling the SR-IOV Network Config Daemon on selected nodes. By default, this field is not set and the Operator deploys the SR-IOV Network Config daemon set on worker nodes.

spec.disableDrain

boolean

Specifies whether to disable the node draining process or enable the node draining process when you apply a new policy to configure the NIC on a node. Setting this field to true facilitates software development and installing OpenShift Container Platform on a single node. By default, this field is not set.

For single-node clusters, set this field to true after installing the Operator. This field must remain set to true.

spec.enableInjector

boolean

Specifies whether to enable or disable the Network Resources Injector daemon set. By default, this field is set to true.

spec.enableOperatorWebhook

boolean

Specifies whether to enable or disable the Operator Admission Controller webhook daemon set. By default, this field is set to true.

spec.logLevel

integer

Specifies the log verbosity level of the Operator. Set to 0 to show only the basic logs. Set to 2 to show all the available logs. By default, this field is set to 2.

24.3.1.2. About the Network Resources Injector

The Network Resources Injector is a Kubernetes Dynamic Admission Controller application. It provides the following capabilities:

  • Mutation of resource requests and limits in a pod specification to add an SR-IOV resource name according to an SR-IOV network attachment definition annotation.
  • Mutation of a pod specification with a Downward API volume to expose pod annotations, labels, and huge pages requests and limits. Containers that run in the pod can access the exposed information as files under the /etc/podnetinfo path.

By default, the Network Resources Injector is enabled by the SR-IOV Network Operator and runs as a daemon set on all control plane nodes. The following is an example of Network Resources Injector pods running in a cluster with three control plane nodes: 

$ oc get pods -n openshift-sriov-network-operator

Example output

NAME                                      READY   STATUS    RESTARTS   AGE
network-resources-injector-5cz5p          1/1     Running   0          10m
network-resources-injector-dwqpx          1/1     Running   0          10m
network-resources-injector-lktz5          1/1     Running   0          10m

24.3.1.3. About the SR-IOV Network Operator admission controller webhook

The SR-IOV Network Operator Admission Controller webhook is a Kubernetes Dynamic Admission Controller application. It provides the following capabilities:

  • Validation of the SriovNetworkNodePolicy CR when it is created or updated.
  • Mutation of the SriovNetworkNodePolicy CR by setting the default value for the priority and deviceType fields when the CR is created or updated.

By default the SR-IOV Network Operator Admission Controller webhook is enabled by the Operator and runs as a daemon set on all control plane nodes.

Note

Use caution when disabling the SR-IOV Network Operator Admission Controller webhook. You can disable the webhook under specific circumstances, such as troubleshooting, or if you want to use unsupported devices. For information about configuring unsupported devices, see Configuring the SR-IOV Network Operator to use an unsupported NIC.

The following is an example of the Operator Admission Controller webhook pods running in a cluster with three control plane nodes: 

$ oc get pods -n openshift-sriov-network-operator

Example output

NAME                                      READY   STATUS    RESTARTS   AGE
operator-webhook-9jkw6                    1/1     Running   0          16m
operator-webhook-kbr5p                    1/1     Running   0          16m
operator-webhook-rpfrl                    1/1     Running   0          16m

24.3.1.4. About custom node selectors

The SR-IOV Network Config daemon discovers and configures the SR-IOV network devices on cluster nodes. By default, it is deployed to all the worker nodes in the cluster. You can use node labels to specify on which nodes the SR-IOV Network Config daemon runs.

24.3.1.5. Disabling or enabling the Network Resources Injector

To disable or enable the Network Resources Injector, which is enabled by default, complete the following procedure.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.
  • You must have installed the SR-IOV Network Operator.

Procedure

  • Set the enableInjector field. Replace <value> with false to disable the feature or true to enable the feature. 

    $ oc patch sriovoperatorconfig default \
  --type=merge -n openshift-sriov-network-operator \
  --patch '{ "spec": { "enableInjector": <value> } }'
    Tip

    You can alternatively apply the following YAML to update the Operator: 

    apiVersion: sriovnetwork.openshift.io/v1
kind: SriovOperatorConfig
metadata:
  name: default
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator
spec:
  enableInjector: <value>
24.3.1.6. Disabling or enabling the SR-IOV Network Operator admission controller webhook

To disable or enable the admission controller webhook, which is enabled by default, complete the following procedure.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.
  • You must have installed the SR-IOV Network Operator.

Procedure

  • Set the enableOperatorWebhook field. Replace <value> with false to disable the feature or true to enable it: 

    $ oc patch sriovoperatorconfig default --type=merge \
  -n openshift-sriov-network-operator \
  --patch '{ "spec": { "enableOperatorWebhook": <value> } }'
    Tip

    You can alternatively apply the following YAML to update the Operator: 

    apiVersion: sriovnetwork.openshift.io/v1
kind: SriovOperatorConfig
metadata:
  name: default
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator
spec:
  enableOperatorWebhook: <value>
24.3.1.7. Configuring a custom NodeSelector for the SR-IOV Network Config daemon

The SR-IOV Network Config daemon discovers and configures the SR-IOV network devices on cluster nodes. By default, it is deployed to all the worker nodes in the cluster. You can use node labels to specify on which nodes the SR-IOV Network Config daemon runs.

To specify the nodes where the SR-IOV Network Config daemon is deployed, complete the following procedure.

Important

When you update the configDaemonNodeSelector field, the SR-IOV Network Config daemon is recreated on each selected node. While the daemon is recreated, cluster users are unable to apply any new SR-IOV Network node policy or create new SR-IOV pods.

Procedure

  • To update the node selector for the operator, enter the following command: 

    $ oc patch sriovoperatorconfig default --type=json \
  -n openshift-sriov-network-operator \
  --patch '[{
      "op": "replace",
      "path": "/spec/configDaemonNodeSelector",
      "value": {<node_label>}
    }]'

    Replace <node_label> with a label to apply as in the following example: "node-role.kubernetes.io/worker": "".

    Tip

    You can alternatively apply the following YAML to update the Operator: 

    apiVersion: sriovnetwork.openshift.io/v1
kind: SriovOperatorConfig
metadata:
  name: default
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator
spec:
  configDaemonNodeSelector:
    <node_label>
24.3.1.8. Configuring the SR-IOV Network Operator for single node installations

By default, the SR-IOV Network Operator drains workloads from a node before every policy change. The Operator performs this action to ensure that there no workloads using the virtual functions before the reconfiguration.

For installations on a single node, there are no other nodes to receive the workloads. As a result, the Operator must be configured not to drain the workloads from the single node.

Important

After performing the following procedure to disable draining workloads, you must remove any workload that uses an SR-IOV network interface before you change any SR-IOV network node policy.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.
  • You must have installed the SR-IOV Network Operator.

Procedure

  • To set the disableDrain field to true, enter the following command: 

    $ oc patch sriovoperatorconfig default --type=merge \
  -n openshift-sriov-network-operator \
  --patch '{ "spec": { "disableDrain": true } }'
    Tip

    You can alternatively apply the following YAML to update the Operator: 

    apiVersion: sriovnetwork.openshift.io/v1
kind: SriovOperatorConfig
metadata:
  name: default
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator
spec:
  disableDrain: true
24.3.1.9. Deploying the SR-IOV Operator for hosted control planes
Important

Hosted control planes is a Technology Preview feature only. Technology Preview features are not supported with Red Hat production service level agreements (SLAs) and might not be functionally complete. Red Hat does not recommend using them in production. These features provide early access to upcoming product features, enabling customers to test functionality and provide feedback during the development process.

For more information about the support scope of Red Hat Technology Preview features, see Technology Preview Features Support Scope.

After you configure and deploy your hosting service cluster, you can create a subscription to the SR-IOV Operator on a hosted cluster. The SR-IOV pod runs on worker machines rather than the control plane.

Prerequisites

You must configure and deploy the hosted cluster on AWS. For more information, see Configuring the hosting cluster on AWS (Technology Preview).

Procedure

  1. Create a namespace and an Operator group: 

    apiVersion: v1
kind: Namespace
metadata:
  name: openshift-sriov-network-operator
---
apiVersion: operators.coreos.com/v1
kind: OperatorGroup
metadata:
  name: sriov-network-operators
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator
spec:
  targetNamespaces:
  - openshift-sriov-network-operator

  2. Create a subscription to the SR-IOV Operator: 

    apiVersion: operators.coreos.com/v1alpha1
kind: Subscription
metadata:
  name: sriov-network-operator-subsription
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator
spec:
  channel: "4.13"
  name: sriov-network-operator
  config:
    nodeSelector:
      node-role.kubernetes.io/worker: ""
  source: s/qe-app-registry/redhat-operators
  sourceNamespace: openshift-marketplace

Verification

  1. To verify that the SR-IOV Operator is ready, run the following command and view the resulting output: 

    $ oc get csv -n openshift-sriov-network-operator

    Example output

    NAME                                         DISPLAY                   VERSION               REPLACES                                     PHASE
sriov-network-operator.4.13.0-202211021237   SR-IOV Network Operator   4.13.0-202211021237   sriov-network-operator.4.13.0-202210290517   Succeeded

  2. To verify that the SR-IOV pods are deployed, run the following command: 

    $ oc get pods -n openshift-sriov-network-operator

24.3.2. Next steps

24.4. Configuring an SR-IOV network device

You can configure a Single Root I/O Virtualization (SR-IOV) device in your cluster.

24.4.1. SR-IOV network node configuration object

You specify the SR-IOV network device configuration for a node by creating an SR-IOV network node policy. The API object for the policy is part of the sriovnetwork.openshift.io API group.

The following YAML describes an SR-IOV network node policy: 

apiVersion: sriovnetwork.openshift.io/v1
kind: SriovNetworkNodePolicy
metadata:
  name: <name> 1
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator 2
spec:
  resourceName: <sriov_resource_name> 3
  nodeSelector:
    feature.node.kubernetes.io/network-sriov.capable: "true" 4
  priority: <priority> 5
  mtu: <mtu> 6
  needVhostNet: false 7
  numVfs: <num> 8
  nicSelector: 9
    vendor: "<vendor_code>" 10
    deviceID: "<device_id>" 11
    pfNames: ["<pf_name>", ...] 12
    rootDevices: ["<pci_bus_id>", ...] 13
    netFilter: "<filter_string>" 14
  deviceType: <device_type> 15
  isRdma: false 16
  linkType: <link_type> 17
  eSwitchMode: <mode> 18
  excludeTopology: false 19
1
The name for the custom resource object.
2
The namespace where the SR-IOV Network Operator is installed.
3
The resource name of the SR-IOV network device plugin. You can create multiple SR-IOV network node policies for a resource name.

When specifying a name, be sure to use the accepted syntax expression ^[a-zA-Z0-9_]+$ in the resourceName.

4
The node selector specifies the nodes to configure. Only SR-IOV network devices on the selected nodes are configured. The SR-IOV Container Network Interface (CNI) plugin and device plugin are deployed on selected nodes only.
Important

The SR-IOV Network Operator applies node network configuration policies to nodes in sequence. Before applying node network configuration policies, the SR-IOV Network Operator checks if the machine config pool (MCP) for a node is in an unhealthy state such as Degraded or Updating. If a node is in an unhealthy MCP, the process of applying node network configuration policies to all targeted nodes in the cluster pauses until the MCP returns to a healthy state.

To avoid a node in an unhealthy MCP from blocking the application of node network configuration policies to other nodes, including nodes in other MCPs, you must create a separate node network configuration policy for each MCP.

5
Optional: The priority is an integer value between 0 and 99. A smaller value receives higher priority. For example, a priority of 10 is a higher priority than 99. The default value is 99.
6
Optional: The maximum transmission unit (MTU) of the virtual function. The maximum MTU value can vary for different network interface controller (NIC) models.
Important

If you want to create virtual function on the default network interface, ensure that the MTU is set to a value that matches the cluster MTU.

7
Optional: Set needVhostNet to true to mount the /dev/vhost-net device in the pod. Use the mounted /dev/vhost-net device with Data Plane Development Kit (DPDK) to forward traffic to the kernel network stack.
8
The number of the virtual functions (VF) to create for the SR-IOV physical network device. For an Intel network interface controller (NIC), the number of VFs cannot be larger than the total VFs supported by the device. For a Mellanox NIC, the number of VFs cannot be larger than 127.
9
The NIC selector identifies the device for the Operator to configure. You do not have to specify values for all the parameters. It is recommended to identify the network device with enough precision to avoid selecting a device unintentionally.

If you specify rootDevices, you must also specify a value for vendor, deviceID, or pfNames. If you specify both pfNames and rootDevices at the same time, ensure that they refer to the same device. If you specify a value for netFilter, then you do not need to specify any other parameter because a network ID is unique.

10
Optional: The vendor hexadecimal code of the SR-IOV network device. The only allowed values are 8086 and 15b3.
11
Optional: The device hexadecimal code of the SR-IOV network device. For example, 101b is the device ID for a Mellanox ConnectX-6 device.
12
Optional: An array of one or more physical function (PF) names for the device.
13
Optional: An array of one or more PCI bus addresses for the PF of the device. Provide the address in the following format: 0000:02:00.1.
14
Optional: The platform-specific network filter. The only supported platform is Red Hat OpenStack Platform (RHOSP). Acceptable values use the following format: openstack/NetworkID:xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx. Replace xxxxxxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxx-xxxxxxxxxxxx with the value from the /var/config/openstack/latest/network_data.json metadata file.
15
Optional: The driver type for the virtual functions. The only allowed values are netdevice and vfio-pci. The default value is netdevice.

For a Mellanox NIC to work in DPDK mode on bare metal nodes, use the netdevice driver type and set isRdma to true.

16
Optional: Configures whether to enable remote direct memory access (RDMA) mode. The default value is false.

If the isRdma parameter is set to true, you can continue to use the RDMA-enabled VF as a normal network device. A device can be used in either mode.

Set isRdma to true and additionally set needVhostNet to true to configure a Mellanox NIC for use with Fast Datapath DPDK applications.

Note

You cannot set the isRdma parameter to true for intel NICs.

17
Optional: The link type for the VFs. The default value is eth for Ethernet. Change this value to 'ib' for InfiniBand.

When linkType is set to ib, isRdma is automatically set to true by the SR-IOV Network Operator webhook. When linkType is set to ib, deviceType should not be set to vfio-pci.

Do not set linkType to 'eth' for SriovNetworkNodePolicy, because this can lead to an incorrect number of available devices reported by the device plugin.

18
Optional: The NIC device mode. The only allowed values are legacy or switchdev.

When eSwitchMode is set to legacy, the default SR-IOV behavior is enabled.

When eSwitchMode is set to switchdev, hardware offloading is enabled.

19
Optional: To exclude advertising an SR-IOV network resource’s NUMA node to the Topology Manager, set the value to true. The default value is false.
24.4.1.1. SR-IOV network node configuration examples

The following example describes the configuration for an InfiniBand device:

Example configuration for an InfiniBand device

apiVersion: sriovnetwork.openshift.io/v1
kind: SriovNetworkNodePolicy
metadata:
  name: policy-ib-net-1
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator
spec:
  resourceName: ibnic1
  nodeSelector:
    feature.node.kubernetes.io/network-sriov.capable: "true"
  numVfs: 4
  nicSelector:
    vendor: "15b3"
    deviceID: "101b"
    rootDevices:
      - "0000:19:00.0"
  linkType: ib
  isRdma: true

The following example describes the configuration for an SR-IOV network device in a RHOSP virtual machine:

Example configuration for an SR-IOV device in a virtual machine

apiVersion: sriovnetwork.openshift.io/v1
kind: SriovNetworkNodePolicy
metadata:
  name: policy-sriov-net-openstack-1
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator
spec:
  resourceName: sriovnic1
  nodeSelector:
    feature.node.kubernetes.io/network-sriov.capable: "true"
  numVfs: 1 1
  nicSelector:
    vendor: "15b3"
    deviceID: "101b"
    netFilter: "openstack/NetworkID:ea24bd04-8674-4f69-b0ee-fa0b3bd20509" 2

1
The numVfs field is always set to 1 when configuring the node network policy for a virtual machine.
2
The netFilter field must refer to a network ID when the virtual machine is deployed on RHOSP. Valid values for netFilter are available from an SriovNetworkNodeState object.
24.4.1.2. Virtual function (VF) partitioning for SR-IOV devices

In some cases, you might want to split virtual functions (VFs) from the same physical function (PF) into multiple resource pools. For example, you might want some of the VFs to load with the default driver and the remaining VFs load with the vfio-pci driver. In such a deployment, the pfNames selector in your SriovNetworkNodePolicy custom resource (CR) can be used to specify a range of VFs for a pool using the following format: <pfname>#<first_vf>-<last_vf>.

For example, the following YAML shows the selector for an interface named netpf0 with VF 2 through 7: 

pfNames: ["netpf0#2-7"]
  • netpf0 is the PF interface name.
  • 2 is the first VF index (0-based) that is included in the range.
  • 7 is the last VF index (0-based) that is included in the range.

You can select VFs from the same PF by using different policy CRs if the following requirements are met:

  • The numVfs value must be identical for policies that select the same PF.
  • The VF index must be in the range of 0 to <numVfs>-1. For example, if you have a policy with numVfs set to 8, then the <first_vf> value must not be smaller than 0, and the <last_vf> must not be larger than 7.
  • The VFs ranges in different policies must not overlap.
  • The <first_vf> must not be larger than the <last_vf>.

The following example illustrates NIC partitioning for an SR-IOV device.

The policy policy-net-1 defines a resource pool net-1 that contains the VF 0 of PF netpf0 with the default VF driver. The policy policy-net-1-dpdk defines a resource pool net-1-dpdk that contains the VF 8 to 15 of PF netpf0 with the vfio VF driver.

Policy policy-net-1: 

apiVersion: sriovnetwork.openshift.io/v1
kind: SriovNetworkNodePolicy
metadata:
  name: policy-net-1
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator
spec:
  resourceName: net1
  nodeSelector:
    feature.node.kubernetes.io/network-sriov.capable: "true"
  numVfs: 16
  nicSelector:
    pfNames: ["netpf0#0-0"]
  deviceType: netdevice

Policy policy-net-1-dpdk: 

apiVersion: sriovnetwork.openshift.io/v1
kind: SriovNetworkNodePolicy
metadata:
  name: policy-net-1-dpdk
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator
spec:
  resourceName: net1dpdk
  nodeSelector:
    feature.node.kubernetes.io/network-sriov.capable: "true"
  numVfs: 16
  nicSelector:
    pfNames: ["netpf0#8-15"]
  deviceType: vfio-pci

Verifying that the interface is successfully partitioned

Confirm that the interface partitioned to virtual functions (VFs) for the SR-IOV device by running the following command. 

$ ip link show <interface> 1
1
Replace <interface> with the interface that you specified when partitioning to VFs for the SR-IOV device, for example, ens3f1.

Example output

5: ens3f1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc mq state UP mode DEFAULT group default qlen 1000
link/ether 3c:fd:fe:d1:bc:01 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff

vf 0     link/ether 5a:e7:88:25:ea:a0 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff, spoof checking on, link-state auto, trust off
vf 1     link/ether 3e:1d:36:d7:3d:49 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff, spoof checking on, link-state auto, trust off
vf 2     link/ether ce:09:56:97:df:f9 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff, spoof checking on, link-state auto, trust off
vf 3     link/ether 5e:91:cf:88:d1:38 brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff, spoof checking on, link-state auto, trust off
vf 4     link/ether e6:06:a1:96:2f:de brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff, spoof checking on, link-state auto, trust off

24.4.2. Configuring SR-IOV network devices

The SR-IOV Network Operator adds the SriovNetworkNodePolicy.sriovnetwork.openshift.io CustomResourceDefinition to OpenShift Container Platform. You can configure an SR-IOV network device by creating a SriovNetworkNodePolicy custom resource (CR).

Note

When applying the configuration specified in a SriovNetworkNodePolicy object, the SR-IOV Operator might drain the nodes, and in some cases, reboot nodes.

It might take several minutes for a configuration change to apply.

Prerequisites

  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You have access to the cluster as a user with the cluster-admin role.
  • You have installed the SR-IOV Network Operator.
  • You have enough available nodes in your cluster to handle the evicted workload from drained nodes.
  • You have not selected any control plane nodes for SR-IOV network device configuration.

Procedure

  1. Create an SriovNetworkNodePolicy object, and then save the YAML in the <name>-sriov-node-network.yaml file. Replace <name> with the name for this configuration.
  2. Optional: Label the SR-IOV capable cluster nodes with SriovNetworkNodePolicy.Spec.NodeSelector if they are not already labeled. For more information about labeling nodes, see "Understanding how to update labels on nodes".

  3. Create the SriovNetworkNodePolicy object: 

    $ oc create -f <name>-sriov-node-network.yaml

    where <name> specifies the name for this configuration.

    After applying the configuration update, all the pods in sriov-network-operator namespace transition to the Running status.

  4. To verify that the SR-IOV network device is configured, enter the following command. Replace <node_name> with the name of a node with the SR-IOV network device that you just configured. 

    $ oc get sriovnetworknodestates -n openshift-sriov-network-operator <node_name> -o jsonpath='{.status.syncStatus}'

Additional resources

24.4.3. Troubleshooting SR-IOV configuration

After following the procedure to configure an SR-IOV network device, the following sections address some error conditions.

To display the state of nodes, run the following command: 

$ oc get sriovnetworknodestates -n openshift-sriov-network-operator <node_name>

where: <node_name> specifies the name of a node with an SR-IOV network device.

Error output: Cannot allocate memory

"lastSyncError": "write /sys/bus/pci/devices/0000:3b:00.1/sriov_numvfs: cannot allocate memory"

When a node indicates that it cannot allocate memory, check the following items:

  • Confirm that global SR-IOV settings are enabled in the BIOS for the node.
  • Confirm that VT-d is enabled in the BIOS for the node.

24.4.4. Assigning an SR-IOV network to a VRF

As a cluster administrator, you can assign an SR-IOV network interface to your VRF domain by using the CNI VRF plugin.

To do this, add the VRF configuration to the optional metaPlugins parameter of the SriovNetwork resource.

Note

Applications that use VRFs need to bind to a specific device. The common usage is to use the SO_BINDTODEVICE option for a socket. SO_BINDTODEVICE binds the socket to a device that is specified in the passed interface name, for example, eth1. To use SO_BINDTODEVICE, the application must have CAP_NET_RAW capabilities.

Using a VRF through the ip vrf exec command is not supported in OpenShift Container Platform pods. To use VRF, bind applications directly to the VRF interface.

24.4.4.1. Creating an additional SR-IOV network attachment with the CNI VRF plugin

The SR-IOV Network Operator manages additional network definitions. When you specify an additional SR-IOV network to create, the SR-IOV Network Operator creates the NetworkAttachmentDefinition custom resource (CR) automatically.

Note

Do not edit NetworkAttachmentDefinition custom resources that the SR-IOV Network Operator manages. Doing so might disrupt network traffic on your additional network.

To create an additional SR-IOV network attachment with the CNI VRF plugin, perform the following procedure.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift Container Platform CLI (oc).
  • Log in to the OpenShift Container Platform cluster as a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. Create the SriovNetwork custom resource (CR) for the additional SR-IOV network attachment and insert the metaPlugins configuration, as in the following example CR. Save the YAML as the file sriov-network-attachment.yaml. 

    apiVersion: sriovnetwork.openshift.io/v1
kind: SriovNetwork
metadata:
  name: example-network
  namespace: additional-sriov-network-1
spec:
  ipam: |
    {
      "type": "host-local",
      "subnet": "10.56.217.0/24",
      "rangeStart": "10.56.217.171",
      "rangeEnd": "10.56.217.181",
      "routes": [{
        "dst": "0.0.0.0/0"
      }],
      "gateway": "10.56.217.1"
    }
  vlan: 0
  resourceName: intelnics
  metaPlugins : |
    {
      "type": "vrf", 1
      "vrfname": "example-vrf-name" 2
    }
    1
    type must be set to vrf.
    2
    vrfname is the name of the VRF that the interface is assigned to. If it does not exist in the pod, it is created.

  2. Create the SriovNetwork resource: 

    $ oc create -f sriov-network-attachment.yaml

Verifying that the NetworkAttachmentDefinition CR is successfully created

  • Confirm that the SR-IOV Network Operator created the NetworkAttachmentDefinition CR by running the following command. 

    $ oc get network-attachment-definitions -n <namespace> 1
    1
    Replace <namespace> with the namespace that you specified when configuring the network attachment, for example, additional-sriov-network-1.

    Example output

    NAME                            AGE
additional-sriov-network-1      14m

    Note

    There might be a delay before the SR-IOV Network Operator creates the CR.

Verifying that the additional SR-IOV network attachment is successful

To verify that the VRF CNI is correctly configured and the additional SR-IOV network attachment is attached, do the following:

  1. Create an SR-IOV network that uses the VRF CNI.
  2. Assign the network to a pod.

  3. Verify that the pod network attachment is connected to the SR-IOV additional network. Remote shell into the pod and run the following command: 

    $ ip vrf show

    Example output

    Name              Table
-----------------------
red                 10

  4. Confirm the VRF interface is master of the secondary interface: 

    $ ip link

    Example output

    ...
5: net1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue master red state UP mode
...

24.4.5. Exclude the SR-IOV network topology for NUMA-aware scheduling

You can exclude advertising the Non-Uniform Memory Access (NUMA) node for the SR-IOV network to the Topology Manager for more flexible SR-IOV network deployments during NUMA-aware pod scheduling.

In some scenarios, it is a priority to maximize CPU and memory resources for a pod on a single NUMA node. By not providing a hint to the Topology Manager about the NUMA node for the pod’s SR-IOV network resource, the Topology Manager can deploy the SR-IOV network resource and the pod CPU and memory resources to different NUMA nodes. This can add to network latency because of the data transfer between NUMA nodes. However, it is acceptable in scenarios when workloads require optimal CPU and memory performance.

For example, consider a compute node, compute-1, that features two NUMA nodes: numa0 and numa1. The SR-IOV-enabled NIC is present on numa0. The CPUs available for pod scheduling are present on numa1 only. By setting the excludeTopology specification to true, the Topology Manager can assign CPU and memory resources for the pod to numa1 and can assign the SR-IOV network resource for the same pod to numa0. This is only possible when you set the excludeTopology specification to true. Otherwise, the Topology Manager attempts to place all resources on the same NUMA node.

24.4.5.1. Excluding the SR-IOV network topology for NUMA-aware scheduling

To exclude advertising the SR-IOV network resource’s Non-Uniform Memory Access (NUMA) node to the Topology Manager, you can configure the excludeTopology specification in the SriovNetworkNodePolicy custom resource. Use this configuration for more flexible SR-IOV network deployments during NUMA-aware pod scheduling.

Prerequisites

  • You have installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You have configured the CPU Manager policy to static. For more information about CPU Manager, see the Additional resources section.
  • You have configured the Topology Manager policy to single-numa-node.
  • You have installed the SR-IOV Network Operator.

Procedure

  1. Create the SriovNetworkNodePolicy CR:

    1. Save the following YAML in the sriov-network-node-policy.yaml file, replacing values in the YAML to match your environment: 

      apiVersion: sriovnetwork.openshift.io/v1
kind: SriovNetworkNodePolicy
metadata:
  name: <policy_name>
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator
spec:
  resourceName: sriovnuma0 1
  nodeSelector:
    kubernetes.io/hostname: <node_name>
  numVfs: <number_of_Vfs>
  nicSelector: 2
    vendor: "<vendor_ID>"
    deviceID: "<device_ID>"
  deviceType: netdevice
  excludeTopology: true 3
      1
      The resource name of the SR-IOV network device plugin. This YAML uses a sample resourceName value.
      2
      Identify the device for the Operator to configure by using the NIC selector.
      3
      To exclude advertising the NUMA node for the SR-IOV network resource to the Topology Manager, set the value to true. The default value is false.
      Note

      If multiple SriovNetworkNodePolicy resources target the same SR-IOV network resource, the SriovNetworkNodePolicy resources must have the same value as the excludeTopology specification. Otherwise, the conflicting policy is rejected.

    2. Create the SriovNetworkNodePolicy resource by running the following command: 

      $ oc create -f sriov-network-node-policy.yaml

      Example output

      sriovnetworknodepolicy.sriovnetwork.openshift.io/policy-for-numa-0 created

  2. Create the SriovNetwork CR:

    1. Save the following YAML in the sriov-network.yaml file, replacing values in the YAML to match your environment: 

      apiVersion: sriovnetwork.openshift.io/v1
kind: SriovNetwork
metadata:
  name: sriov-numa-0-network 1
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator
spec:
  resourceName: sriovnuma0 2
  networkNamespace: <namespace> 3
  ipam: |- 4
    {
      "type": "<ipam_type>",
    }
      1
      Replace sriov-numa-0-network with the name for the SR-IOV network resource.
      2
      Specify the resource name for the SriovNetworkNodePolicy CR from the previous step. This YAML uses a sample resourceName value.
      3
      Enter the namespace for your SR-IOV network resource.
      4
      Enter the IP address management configuration for the SR-IOV network.

    2. Create the SriovNetwork resource by running the following command: 

      $ oc create -f sriov-network.yaml

      Example output

      sriovnetwork.sriovnetwork.openshift.io/sriov-numa-0-network created

  3. Create a pod and assign the SR-IOV network resource from the previous step:

    1. Save the following YAML in the sriov-network-pod.yaml file, replacing values in the YAML to match your environment: 

      apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
  name: <pod_name>
  annotations:
    k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/networks: |-
      [
        {
          "name": "sriov-numa-0-network", 1
        }
      ]
spec:
  containers:
  - name: <container_name>
    image: <image>
    imagePullPolicy: IfNotPresent
    command: ["sleep", "infinity"]
      1
      This is the name of the SriovNetwork resource that uses the SriovNetworkNodePolicy resource.

    2. Create the Pod resource by running the following command: 

      $ oc create -f sriov-network-pod.yaml

      Example output

      pod/example-pod created

Verification

  1. Verify the status of the pod by running the following command, replacing <pod_name> with the name of the pod: 

    $ oc get pod <pod_name>

    Example output

    NAME                                     READY   STATUS    RESTARTS   AGE
test-deployment-sriov-76cbbf4756-k9v72   1/1     Running   0          45h

  2. Open a debug session with the target pod to verify that the SR-IOV network resources are deployed to a different node than the memory and CPU resources.

    1. Open a debug session with the pod by running the following command, replacing <pod_name> with the target pod name. 

      $ oc debug pod/<pod_name>

    2. Set /host as the root directory within the debug shell. The debug pod mounts the root file system from the host in /host within the pod. By changing the root directory to /host, you can run binaries from the host file system: 

      $ chroot /host

    3. View information about the CPU allocation by running the following commands: 

      $ lscpu | grep NUMA

      Example output

      NUMA node(s):                    2
NUMA node0 CPU(s):     0,2,4,6,8,10,12,14,16,18,...
NUMA node1 CPU(s):     1,3,5,7,9,11,13,15,17,19,...

      $ cat /proc/self/status | grep Cpus

      Example output

      Cpus_allowed:	aa
Cpus_allowed_list:	1,3,5,7

      $ cat  /sys/class/net/net1/device/numa_node

      Example output

      0

      In this example, CPUs 1,3,5, and 7 are allocated to NUMA node1 but the SR-IOV network resource can use the NIC in NUMA node0.

Note

If the excludeTopology specification is set to True, it is possible that the required resources exist in the same NUMA node.

Additional resources

24.4.6. Next steps

24.5. Configuring an SR-IOV Ethernet network attachment

You can configure an Ethernet network attachment for an Single Root I/O Virtualization (SR-IOV) device in the cluster.

24.5.1. Ethernet device configuration object

You can configure an Ethernet network device by defining an SriovNetwork object.

The following YAML describes an SriovNetwork object: 

apiVersion: sriovnetwork.openshift.io/v1
kind: SriovNetwork
metadata:
  name: <name> 1
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator 2
spec:
  resourceName: <sriov_resource_name> 3
  networkNamespace: <target_namespace> 4
  vlan: <vlan> 5
  spoofChk: "<spoof_check>" 6
  ipam: |- 7
    {}
  linkState: <link_state> 8
  maxTxRate: <max_tx_rate> 9
  minTxRate: <min_tx_rate> 10
  vlanQoS: <vlan_qos> 11
  trust: "<trust_vf>" 12
  capabilities: <capabilities> 13
1
A name for the object. The SR-IOV Network Operator creates a NetworkAttachmentDefinition object with same name.
2
The namespace where the SR-IOV Network Operator is installed.
3
The value for the spec.resourceName parameter from the SriovNetworkNodePolicy object that defines the SR-IOV hardware for this additional network.
4
The target namespace for the SriovNetwork object. Only pods in the target namespace can attach to the additional network.
5
Optional: A Virtual LAN (VLAN) ID for the additional network. The integer value must be from 0 to 4095. The default value is 0.
6
Optional: The spoof check mode of the VF. The allowed values are the strings "on" and "off".
Important

You must enclose the value you specify in quotes or the object is rejected by the SR-IOV Network Operator.

7
A configuration object for the IPAM CNI plugin as a YAML block scalar. The plugin manages IP address assignment for the attachment definition.
8
Optional: The link state of virtual function (VF). Allowed value are enable, disable and auto.
9
Optional: A maximum transmission rate, in Mbps, for the VF.
10
Optional: A minimum transmission rate, in Mbps, for the VF. This value must be less than or equal to the maximum transmission rate.
Note

Intel NICs do not support the minTxRate parameter. For more information, see BZ#1772847.

11
Optional: An IEEE 802.1p priority level for the VF. The default value is 0.
12
Optional: The trust mode of the VF. The allowed values are the strings "on" and "off".
Important

You must enclose the value that you specify in quotes, or the SR-IOV Network Operator rejects the object.

13
Optional: The capabilities to configure for this additional network. You can specify "{ "ips": true }" to enable IP address support or "{ "mac": true }" to enable MAC address support.
24.5.1.1. Configuration of IP address assignment for an additional network

The IP address management (IPAM) Container Network Interface (CNI) plugin provides IP addresses for other CNI plugins.

You can use the following IP address assignment types:

  • Static assignment.
  • Dynamic assignment through a DHCP server. The DHCP server you specify must be reachable from the additional network.
  • Dynamic assignment through the Whereabouts IPAM CNI plugin.
24.5.1.1.1. Static IP address assignment configuration

The following table describes the configuration for static IP address assignment:

Table 24.3. ipam static configuration object
FieldTypeDescription

type

string

The IPAM address type. The value static is required.

addresses

array

An array of objects specifying IP addresses to assign to the virtual interface. Both IPv4 and IPv6 IP addresses are supported.

routes

array

An array of objects specifying routes to configure inside the pod.

dns

array

Optional: An array of objects specifying the DNS configuration.

The addresses array requires objects with the following fields:

Table 24.4. ipam.addresses[] array
FieldTypeDescription

address

string

An IP address and network prefix that you specify. For example, if you specify 10.10.21.10/24, then the additional network is assigned an IP address of 10.10.21.10 and the netmask is 255.255.255.0.

gateway

string

The default gateway to route egress network traffic to.

Table 24.5. ipam.routes[] array
FieldTypeDescription

dst

string

The IP address range in CIDR format, such as 192.168.17.0/24 or 0.0.0.0/0 for the default route.

gw

string

The gateway where network traffic is routed.

Table 24.6. ipam.dns object
FieldTypeDescription

nameservers

array

An array of one or more IP addresses for to send DNS queries to.

domain

array

The default domain to append to a hostname. For example, if the domain is set to example.com, a DNS lookup query for example-host is rewritten as example-host.example.com.

search

array

An array of domain names to append to an unqualified hostname, such as example-host, during a DNS lookup query.

Static IP address assignment configuration example

{
  "ipam": {
    "type": "static",
      "addresses": [
        {
          "address": "191.168.1.7/24"
        }
      ]
  }
}

24.5.1.1.2. Dynamic IP address (DHCP) assignment configuration

The following JSON describes the configuration for dynamic IP address address assignment with DHCP.

Renewal of DHCP leases

A pod obtains its original DHCP lease when it is created. The lease must be periodically renewed by a minimal DHCP server deployment running on the cluster.

The SR-IOV Network Operator does not create a DHCP server deployment; The Cluster Network Operator is responsible for creating the minimal DHCP server deployment.

To trigger the deployment of the DHCP server, you must create a shim network attachment by editing the Cluster Network Operator configuration, as in the following example:

Example shim network attachment definition

apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: Network
metadata:
  name: cluster
spec:
  additionalNetworks:
  - name: dhcp-shim
    namespace: default
    type: Raw
    rawCNIConfig: |-
      {
        "name": "dhcp-shim",
        "cniVersion": "0.3.1",
        "type": "bridge",
        "ipam": {
          "type": "dhcp"
        }
      }
  # ...

Table 24.7. ipam DHCP configuration object
FieldTypeDescription

type

string

The IPAM address type. The value dhcp is required.

Dynamic IP address (DHCP) assignment configuration example

{
  "ipam": {
    "type": "dhcp"
  }
}

24.5.1.1.3. Dynamic IP address assignment configuration with Whereabouts

The Whereabouts CNI plugin allows the dynamic assignment of an IP address to an additional network without the use of a DHCP server.

The following table describes the configuration for dynamic IP address assignment with Whereabouts:

Table 24.8. ipam whereabouts configuration object
FieldTypeDescription

type

string

The IPAM address type. The value whereabouts is required.

range

string

An IP address and range in CIDR notation. IP addresses are assigned from within this range of addresses.

exclude

array

Optional: A list of zero or more IP addresses and ranges in CIDR notation. IP addresses within an excluded address range are not assigned.

Dynamic IP address assignment configuration example that uses Whereabouts

{
  "ipam": {
    "type": "whereabouts",
    "range": "192.0.2.192/27",
    "exclude": [
       "192.0.2.192/30",
       "192.0.2.196/32"
    ]
  }
}

24.5.2. Configuring SR-IOV additional network

You can configure an additional network that uses SR-IOV hardware by creating an SriovNetwork object. When you create an SriovNetwork object, the SR-IOV Network Operator automatically creates a NetworkAttachmentDefinition object.

Note

Do not modify or delete an SriovNetwork object if it is attached to any pods in a running state.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. Create a SriovNetwork object, and then save the YAML in the <name>.yaml file, where <name> is a name for this additional network. The object specification might resemble the following example: 

    apiVersion: sriovnetwork.openshift.io/v1
kind: SriovNetwork
metadata:
  name: attach1
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator
spec:
  resourceName: net1
  networkNamespace: project2
  ipam: |-
    {
      "type": "host-local",
      "subnet": "10.56.217.0/24",
      "rangeStart": "10.56.217.171",
      "rangeEnd": "10.56.217.181",
      "gateway": "10.56.217.1"
    }

  2. To create the object, enter the following command: 

    $ oc create -f <name>.yaml

    where <name> specifies the name of the additional network.

  3. Optional: To confirm that the NetworkAttachmentDefinition object that is associated with the SriovNetwork object that you created in the previous step exists, enter the following command. Replace <namespace> with the networkNamespace you specified in the SriovNetwork object. 

    $ oc get net-attach-def -n <namespace>

24.5.3. Next steps

24.5.4. Additional resources

24.6. Configuring an SR-IOV InfiniBand network attachment

You can configure an InfiniBand (IB) network attachment for an Single Root I/O Virtualization (SR-IOV) device in the cluster.

24.6.1. InfiniBand device configuration object

You can configure an InfiniBand (IB) network device by defining an SriovIBNetwork object.

The following YAML describes an SriovIBNetwork object: 

apiVersion: sriovnetwork.openshift.io/v1
kind: SriovIBNetwork
metadata:
  name: <name> 1
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator 2
spec:
  resourceName: <sriov_resource_name> 3
  networkNamespace: <target_namespace> 4
  ipam: |- 5
    {}
  linkState: <link_state> 6
  capabilities: <capabilities> 7
1
A name for the object. The SR-IOV Network Operator creates a NetworkAttachmentDefinition object with same name.
2
The namespace where the SR-IOV Operator is installed.
3
The value for the spec.resourceName parameter from the SriovNetworkNodePolicy object that defines the SR-IOV hardware for this additional network.
4
The target namespace for the SriovIBNetwork object. Only pods in the target namespace can attach to the network device.
5
Optional: A configuration object for the IPAM CNI plugin as a YAML block scalar. The plugin manages IP address assignment for the attachment definition.
6
Optional: The link state of virtual function (VF). Allowed values are enable, disable and auto.
7
Optional: The capabilities to configure for this network. You can specify "{ "ips": true }" to enable IP address support or "{ "infinibandGUID": true }" to enable IB Global Unique Identifier (GUID) support.
24.6.1.1. Configuration of IP address assignment for an additional network

The IP address management (IPAM) Container Network Interface (CNI) plugin provides IP addresses for other CNI plugins.

You can use the following IP address assignment types:

  • Static assignment.
  • Dynamic assignment through a DHCP server. The DHCP server you specify must be reachable from the additional network.
  • Dynamic assignment through the Whereabouts IPAM CNI plugin.
24.6.1.1.1. Static IP address assignment configuration

The following table describes the configuration for static IP address assignment:

Table 24.9. ipam static configuration object
FieldTypeDescription

type

string

The IPAM address type. The value static is required.

addresses

array

An array of objects specifying IP addresses to assign to the virtual interface. Both IPv4 and IPv6 IP addresses are supported.

routes

array

An array of objects specifying routes to configure inside the pod.

dns

array

Optional: An array of objects specifying the DNS configuration.

The addresses array requires objects with the following fields:

Table 24.10. ipam.addresses[] array
FieldTypeDescription

address

string

An IP address and network prefix that you specify. For example, if you specify 10.10.21.10/24, then the additional network is assigned an IP address of 10.10.21.10 and the netmask is 255.255.255.0.

gateway

string

The default gateway to route egress network traffic to.

Table 24.11. ipam.routes[] array
FieldTypeDescription

dst

string

The IP address range in CIDR format, such as 192.168.17.0/24 or 0.0.0.0/0 for the default route.

gw

string

The gateway where network traffic is routed.

Table 24.12. ipam.dns object
FieldTypeDescription

nameservers

array

An array of one or more IP addresses for to send DNS queries to.

domain

array

The default domain to append to a hostname. For example, if the domain is set to example.com, a DNS lookup query for example-host is rewritten as example-host.example.com.

search

array

An array of domain names to append to an unqualified hostname, such as example-host, during a DNS lookup query.

Static IP address assignment configuration example

{
  "ipam": {
    "type": "static",
      "addresses": [
        {
          "address": "191.168.1.7/24"
        }
      ]
  }
}

24.6.1.1.2. Dynamic IP address (DHCP) assignment configuration

The following JSON describes the configuration for dynamic IP address address assignment with DHCP.

Renewal of DHCP leases

A pod obtains its original DHCP lease when it is created. The lease must be periodically renewed by a minimal DHCP server deployment running on the cluster.

To trigger the deployment of the DHCP server, you must create a shim network attachment by editing the Cluster Network Operator configuration, as in the following example:

Example shim network attachment definition

apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: Network
metadata:
  name: cluster
spec:
  additionalNetworks:
  - name: dhcp-shim
    namespace: default
    type: Raw
    rawCNIConfig: |-
      {
        "name": "dhcp-shim",
        "cniVersion": "0.3.1",
        "type": "bridge",
        "ipam": {
          "type": "dhcp"
        }
      }
  # ...

Table 24.13. ipam DHCP configuration object
FieldTypeDescription

type

string

The IPAM address type. The value dhcp is required.

Dynamic IP address (DHCP) assignment configuration example

{
  "ipam": {
    "type": "dhcp"
  }
}

24.6.1.1.3. Dynamic IP address assignment configuration with Whereabouts

The Whereabouts CNI plugin allows the dynamic assignment of an IP address to an additional network without the use of a DHCP server.

The following table describes the configuration for dynamic IP address assignment with Whereabouts:

Table 24.14. ipam whereabouts configuration object
FieldTypeDescription

type

string

The IPAM address type. The value whereabouts is required.

range

string

An IP address and range in CIDR notation. IP addresses are assigned from within this range of addresses.

exclude

array

Optional: A list of zero or more IP addresses and ranges in CIDR notation. IP addresses within an excluded address range are not assigned.

Dynamic IP address assignment configuration example that uses Whereabouts

{
  "ipam": {
    "type": "whereabouts",
    "range": "192.0.2.192/27",
    "exclude": [
       "192.0.2.192/30",
       "192.0.2.196/32"
    ]
  }
}

24.6.2. Configuring SR-IOV additional network

You can configure an additional network that uses SR-IOV hardware by creating an SriovIBNetwork object. When you create an SriovIBNetwork object, the SR-IOV Network Operator automatically creates a NetworkAttachmentDefinition object.

Note

Do not modify or delete an SriovIBNetwork object if it is attached to any pods in a running state.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. Create a SriovIBNetwork object, and then save the YAML in the <name>.yaml file, where <name> is a name for this additional network. The object specification might resemble the following example: 

    apiVersion: sriovnetwork.openshift.io/v1
kind: SriovIBNetwork
metadata:
  name: attach1
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator
spec:
  resourceName: net1
  networkNamespace: project2
  ipam: |-
    {
      "type": "host-local",
      "subnet": "10.56.217.0/24",
      "rangeStart": "10.56.217.171",
      "rangeEnd": "10.56.217.181",
      "gateway": "10.56.217.1"
    }

  2. To create the object, enter the following command: 

    $ oc create -f <name>.yaml

    where <name> specifies the name of the additional network.

  3. Optional: To confirm that the NetworkAttachmentDefinition object that is associated with the SriovIBNetwork object that you created in the previous step exists, enter the following command. Replace <namespace> with the networkNamespace you specified in the SriovIBNetwork object. 

    $ oc get net-attach-def -n <namespace>

24.6.3. Next steps

24.6.4. Additional resources

24.7. Adding a pod to an SR-IOV additional network

You can add a pod to an existing Single Root I/O Virtualization (SR-IOV) network.

24.7.1. Runtime configuration for a network attachment

When attaching a pod to an additional network, you can specify a runtime configuration to make specific customizations for the pod. For example, you can request a specific MAC hardware address.

You specify the runtime configuration by setting an annotation in the pod specification. The annotation key is k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/networks, and it accepts a JSON object that describes the runtime configuration.

24.7.1.1. Runtime configuration for an Ethernet-based SR-IOV attachment

The following JSON describes the runtime configuration options for an Ethernet-based SR-IOV network attachment. 

[
  {
    "name": "<name>", 1
    "mac": "<mac_address>", 2
    "ips": ["<cidr_range>"] 3
  }
]
1
The name of the SR-IOV network attachment definition CR.
2
Optional: The MAC address for the SR-IOV device that is allocated from the resource type defined in the SR-IOV network attachment definition CR. To use this feature, you also must specify { "mac": true } in the SriovNetwork object.
3
Optional: IP addresses for the SR-IOV device that is allocated from the resource type defined in the SR-IOV network attachment definition CR. Both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are supported. To use this feature, you also must specify { "ips": true } in the SriovNetwork object.

Example runtime configuration

apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
  name: sample-pod
  annotations:
    k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/networks: |-
      [
        {
          "name": "net1",
          "mac": "20:04:0f:f1:88:01",
          "ips": ["192.168.10.1/24", "2001::1/64"]
        }
      ]
spec:
  containers:
  - name: sample-container
    image: <image>
    imagePullPolicy: IfNotPresent
    command: ["sleep", "infinity"]

24.7.1.2. Runtime configuration for an InfiniBand-based SR-IOV attachment

The following JSON describes the runtime configuration options for an InfiniBand-based SR-IOV network attachment. 

[
  {
    "name": "<network_attachment>", 1
    "infiniband-guid": "<guid>", 2
    "ips": ["<cidr_range>"] 3
  }
]
1
The name of the SR-IOV network attachment definition CR.
2
The InfiniBand GUID for the SR-IOV device. To use this feature, you also must specify { "infinibandGUID": true } in the SriovIBNetwork object.
3
The IP addresses for the SR-IOV device that is allocated from the resource type defined in the SR-IOV network attachment definition CR. Both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are supported. To use this feature, you also must specify { "ips": true } in the SriovIBNetwork object.

Example runtime configuration

apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
  name: sample-pod
  annotations:
    k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/networks: |-
      [
        {
          "name": "ib1",
          "infiniband-guid": "c2:11:22:33:44:55:66:77",
          "ips": ["192.168.10.1/24", "2001::1/64"]
        }
      ]
spec:
  containers:
  - name: sample-container
    image: <image>
    imagePullPolicy: IfNotPresent
    command: ["sleep", "infinity"]

24.7.2. Adding a pod to an additional network

You can add a pod to an additional network. The pod continues to send normal cluster-related network traffic over the default network.

When a pod is created additional networks are attached to it. However, if a pod already exists, you cannot attach additional networks to it.

The pod must be in the same namespace as the additional network.

Note

The SR-IOV Network Resource Injector adds the resource field to the first container in a pod automatically.

If you are using an Intel network interface controller (NIC) in Data Plane Development Kit (DPDK) mode, only the first container in your pod is configured to access the NIC. Your SR-IOV additional network is configured for DPDK mode if the deviceType is set to vfio-pci in the SriovNetworkNodePolicy object.

You can work around this issue by either ensuring that the container that needs access to the NIC is the first container defined in the Pod object or by disabling the Network Resource Injector. For more information, see BZ#1990953.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in to the cluster.
  • Install the SR-IOV Operator.
  • Create either an SriovNetwork object or an SriovIBNetwork object to attach the pod to.

Procedure

  1. Add an annotation to the Pod object. Only one of the following annotation formats can be used:

    1. To attach an additional network without any customization, add an annotation with the following format. Replace <network> with the name of the additional network to associate with the pod: 

      metadata:
  annotations:
    k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/networks: <network>[,<network>,...] 1
      1
      To specify more than one additional network, separate each network with a comma. Do not include whitespace between the comma. If you specify the same additional network multiple times, that pod will have multiple network interfaces attached to that network.

    2. To attach an additional network with customizations, add an annotation with the following format: 

      metadata:
  annotations:
    k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/networks: |-
      [
        {
          "name": "<network>", 1
          "namespace": "<namespace>", 2
          "default-route": ["<default-route>"] 3
        }
      ]
      1
      Specify the name of the additional network defined by a NetworkAttachmentDefinition object.
      2
      Specify the namespace where the NetworkAttachmentDefinition object is defined.
      3
      Optional: Specify an override for the default route, such as 192.168.17.1.

  2. To create the pod, enter the following command. Replace <name> with the name of the pod. 

    $ oc create -f <name>.yaml

  3. Optional: To Confirm that the annotation exists in the Pod CR, enter the following command, replacing <name> with the name of the pod. 

    $ oc get pod <name> -o yaml

    In the following example, the example-pod pod is attached to the net1 additional network: 

    $ oc get pod example-pod -o yaml
apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
  annotations:
    k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/networks: macvlan-bridge
    k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/network-status: |- 1
      [{
          "name": "openshift-sdn",
          "interface": "eth0",
          "ips": [
              "10.128.2.14"
          ],
          "default": true,
          "dns": {}
      },{
          "name": "macvlan-bridge",
          "interface": "net1",
          "ips": [
              "20.2.2.100"
          ],
          "mac": "22:2f:60:a5:f8:00",
          "dns": {}
      }]
  name: example-pod
  namespace: default
spec:
  ...
status:
  ...
    1
    The k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/network-status parameter is a JSON array of objects. Each object describes the status of an additional network attached to the pod. The annotation value is stored as a plain text value.

24.7.3. Creating a non-uniform memory access (NUMA) aligned SR-IOV pod

You can create a NUMA aligned SR-IOV pod by restricting SR-IOV and the CPU resources allocated from the same NUMA node with restricted or single-numa-node Topology Manager polices.

Prerequisites

  • You have installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You have configured the CPU Manager policy to static. For more information on CPU Manager, see the "Additional resources" section.

  • You have configured the Topology Manager policy to single-numa-node.

    Note

    When single-numa-node is unable to satisfy the request, you can configure the Topology Manager policy to restricted. For more flexible SR-IOV network resource scheduling, see Excluding SR-IOV network topology during NUMA-aware scheduling in the Additional resources section.

Procedure

  1. Create the following SR-IOV pod spec, and then save the YAML in the <name>-sriov-pod.yaml file. Replace <name> with a name for this pod.

    The following example shows an SR-IOV pod spec: 

    apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
  name: sample-pod
  annotations:
    k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/networks: <name> 1
spec:
  containers:
  - name: sample-container
    image: <image> 2
    command: ["sleep", "infinity"]
    resources:
      limits:
        memory: "1Gi" 3
        cpu: "2" 4
      requests:
        memory: "1Gi"
        cpu: "2"
    1
    Replace <name> with the name of the SR-IOV network attachment definition CR.
    2
    Replace <image> with the name of the sample-pod image.
    3
    To create the SR-IOV pod with guaranteed QoS, set memory limits equal to memory requests.
    4
    To create the SR-IOV pod with guaranteed QoS, set cpu limits equals to cpu requests.

  2. Create the sample SR-IOV pod by running the following command: 

    $ oc create -f <filename> 1
    1
    Replace <filename> with the name of the file you created in the previous step.

  3. Confirm that the sample-pod is configured with guaranteed QoS. 

    $ oc describe pod sample-pod

  4. Confirm that the sample-pod is allocated with exclusive CPUs. 

    $ oc exec sample-pod -- cat /sys/fs/cgroup/cpuset/cpuset.cpus

  5. Confirm that the SR-IOV device and CPUs that are allocated for the sample-pod are on the same NUMA node. 

    $ oc exec sample-pod -- cat /sys/fs/cgroup/cpuset/cpuset.cpus

24.7.4. A test pod template for clusters that use SR-IOV on OpenStack

The following testpmd pod demonstrates container creation with huge pages, reserved CPUs, and the SR-IOV port.

An example testpmd pod

apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
  name: testpmd-sriov
  namespace: mynamespace
  annotations:
    cpu-load-balancing.crio.io: "disable"
    cpu-quota.crio.io: "disable"
# ...
spec:
  containers:
  - name: testpmd
    command: ["sleep", "99999"]
    image: registry.redhat.io/openshift4/dpdk-base-rhel8:v4.9
    securityContext:
      capabilities:
        add: ["IPC_LOCK","SYS_ADMIN"]
      privileged: true
      runAsUser: 0
    resources:
      requests:
        memory: 1000Mi
        hugepages-1Gi: 1Gi
        cpu: '2'
        openshift.io/sriov1: 1
      limits:
        hugepages-1Gi: 1Gi
        cpu: '2'
        memory: 1000Mi
        openshift.io/sriov1: 1
    volumeMounts:
      - mountPath: /dev/hugepages
        name: hugepage
        readOnly: False
  runtimeClassName: performance-cnf-performanceprofile 1
  volumes:
  - name: hugepage
    emptyDir:
      medium: HugePages

1
This example assumes that the name of the performance profile is cnf-performance profile.

24.7.5. Additional resources

24.8. Configuring interface-level network sysctl settings for SR-IOV networks

As a cluster administrator, you can modify interface-level network sysctls using the tuning Container Network Interface (CNI) meta plugin for a pod connected to a SR-IOV network device.

24.8.1. Labeling nodes with an SR-IOV enabled NIC

If you want to enable SR-IOV on only SR-IOV capable nodes there are a couple of ways to do this:

  1. Install the Node Feature Discovery (NFD) Operator. NFD detects the presence of SR-IOV enabled NICs and labels the nodes with node.alpha.kubernetes-incubator.io/nfd-network-sriov.capable = true.

  2. Examine the SriovNetworkNodeState CR for each node. The interfaces stanza includes a list of all of the SR-IOV devices discovered by the SR-IOV Network Operator on the worker node. Label each node with feature.node.kubernetes.io/network-sriov.capable: "true" by using the following command: 

    $ oc label node <node_name> feature.node.kubernetes.io/network-sriov.capable="true"
    Note

    You can label the nodes with whatever name you want.

24.8.2. Setting one sysctl flag

You can set interface-level network sysctl settings for a pod connected to a SR-IOV network device.

In this example, net.ipv4.conf.IFNAME.accept_redirects is set to 1 on the created virtual interfaces.

The sysctl-tuning-test is a namespace used in this example.

  • Use the following command to create the sysctl-tuning-test namespace: 

    $ oc create namespace sysctl-tuning-test
24.8.2.1. Setting one sysctl flag on nodes with SR-IOV network devices

The SR-IOV Network Operator adds the SriovNetworkNodePolicy.sriovnetwork.openshift.io custom resource definition (CRD) to OpenShift Container Platform. You can configure an SR-IOV network device by creating a SriovNetworkNodePolicy custom resource (CR).

Note

When applying the configuration specified in a SriovNetworkNodePolicy object, the SR-IOV Operator might drain and reboot the nodes.

It can take several minutes for a configuration change to apply.

Follow this procedure to create a SriovNetworkNodePolicy custom resource (CR).

Procedure

  1. Create an SriovNetworkNodePolicy custom resource (CR). For example, save the following YAML as the file policyoneflag-sriov-node-network.yaml: 

    apiVersion: sriovnetwork.openshift.io/v1
kind: SriovNetworkNodePolicy
metadata:
  name: policyoneflag 1
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator 2
spec:
  resourceName: policyoneflag 3
  nodeSelector: 4
    feature.node.kubernetes.io/network-sriov.capable="true"
  priority: 10 5
  numVfs: 5 6
  nicSelector: 7
    pfNames: ["ens5"] 8
  deviceType: "netdevice" 9
  isRdma: false 10
    1
    The name for the custom resource object.
    2
    The namespace where the SR-IOV Network Operator is installed.
    3
    The resource name of the SR-IOV network device plugin. You can create multiple SR-IOV network node policies for a resource name.
    4
    The node selector specifies the nodes to configure. Only SR-IOV network devices on the selected nodes are configured. The SR-IOV Container Network Interface (CNI) plugin and device plugin are deployed on selected nodes only.
    5
    Optional: The priority is an integer value between 0 and 99. A smaller value receives higher priority. For example, a priority of 10 is a higher priority than 99. The default value is 99.
    6
    The number of the virtual functions (VFs) to create for the SR-IOV physical network device. For an Intel network interface controller (NIC), the number of VFs cannot be larger than the total VFs supported by the device. For a Mellanox NIC, the number of VFs cannot be larger than 127.
    7
    The NIC selector identifies the device for the Operator to configure. You do not have to specify values for all the parameters. It is recommended to identify the network device with enough precision to avoid selecting a device unintentionally. If you specify rootDevices, you must also specify a value for vendor, deviceID, or pfNames. If you specify both pfNames and rootDevices at the same time, ensure that they refer to the same device. If you specify a value for netFilter, then you do not need to specify any other parameter because a network ID is unique.
    8
    Optional: An array of one or more physical function (PF) names for the device.
    9
    Optional: The driver type for the virtual functions. The only allowed value is netdevice. For a Mellanox NIC to work in DPDK mode on bare metal nodes, set isRdma to true.
    10
    Optional: Configures whether to enable remote direct memory access (RDMA) mode. The default value is false. If the isRdma parameter is set to true, you can continue to use the RDMA-enabled VF as a normal network device. A device can be used in either mode. Set isRdma to true and additionally set needVhostNet to true to configure a Mellanox NIC for use with Fast Datapath DPDK applications.
    Note

    The vfio-pci driver type is not supported.

  2. Create the SriovNetworkNodePolicy object: 

    $ oc create -f policyoneflag-sriov-node-network.yaml

    After applying the configuration update, all the pods in sriov-network-operator namespace change to the Running status.

  3. To verify that the SR-IOV network device is configured, enter the following command. Replace <node_name> with the name of a node with the SR-IOV network device that you just configured. 

    $ oc get sriovnetworknodestates -n openshift-sriov-network-operator <node_name> -o jsonpath='{.status.syncStatus}'

    Example output

    Succeeded

24.8.2.2. Configuring sysctl on a SR-IOV network

You can set interface specific sysctl settings on virtual interfaces created by SR-IOV by adding the tuning configuration to the optional metaPlugins parameter of the SriovNetwork resource.

The SR-IOV Network Operator manages additional network definitions. When you specify an additional SR-IOV network to create, the SR-IOV Network Operator creates the NetworkAttachmentDefinition custom resource (CR) automatically.

Note

Do not edit NetworkAttachmentDefinition custom resources that the SR-IOV Network Operator manages. Doing so might disrupt network traffic on your additional network.

To change the interface-level network net.ipv4.conf.IFNAME.accept_redirects sysctl settings, create an additional SR-IOV network with the Container Network Interface (CNI) tuning plugin.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift Container Platform CLI (oc).
  • Log in to the OpenShift Container Platform cluster as a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. Create the SriovNetwork custom resource (CR) for the additional SR-IOV network attachment and insert the metaPlugins configuration, as in the following example CR. Save the YAML as the file sriov-network-interface-sysctl.yaml. 

    apiVersion: sriovnetwork.openshift.io/v1
kind: SriovNetwork
metadata:
  name: onevalidflag 1
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator 2
spec:
  resourceName: policyoneflag 3
  networkNamespace: sysctl-tuning-test 4
  ipam: '{ "type": "static" }' 5
  capabilities: '{ "mac": true, "ips": true }' 6
  metaPlugins : | 7
    {
      "type": "tuning",
      "capabilities":{
        "mac":true
      },
      "sysctl":{
         "net.ipv4.conf.IFNAME.accept_redirects": "1"
      }
    }
    1
    A name for the object. The SR-IOV Network Operator creates a NetworkAttachmentDefinition object with same name.
    2
    The namespace where the SR-IOV Network Operator is installed.
    3
    The value for the spec.resourceName parameter from the SriovNetworkNodePolicy object that defines the SR-IOV hardware for this additional network.
    4
    The target namespace for the SriovNetwork object. Only pods in the target namespace can attach to the additional network.
    5
    A configuration object for the IPAM CNI plugin as a YAML block scalar. The plugin manages IP address assignment for the attachment definition.
    6
    Optional: Set capabilities for the additional network. You can specify "{ "ips": true }" to enable IP address support or "{ "mac": true }" to enable MAC address support.
    7
    Optional: The metaPlugins parameter is used to add additional capabilities to the device. In this use case set the type field to tuning. Specify the interface-level network sysctl you want to set in the sysctl field.

  2. Create the SriovNetwork resource: 

    $ oc create -f sriov-network-interface-sysctl.yaml

Verifying that the NetworkAttachmentDefinition CR is successfully created

  • Confirm that the SR-IOV Network Operator created the NetworkAttachmentDefinition CR by running the following command: 

    $ oc get network-attachment-definitions -n <namespace> 1
    1
    Replace <namespace> with the value for networkNamespace that you specified in the SriovNetwork object. For example, sysctl-tuning-test.

    Example output

    NAME                                  AGE
onevalidflag                          14m

    Note

    There might be a delay before the SR-IOV Network Operator creates the CR.

Verifying that the additional SR-IOV network attachment is successful

To verify that the tuning CNI is correctly configured and the additional SR-IOV network attachment is attached, do the following:

  1. Create a Pod CR. Save the following YAML as the file examplepod.yaml: 

    apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
  name: tunepod
  namespace: sysctl-tuning-test
  annotations:
    k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/networks: |-
      [
        {
          "name": "onevalidflag",  1
          "mac": "0a:56:0a:83:04:0c", 2
          "ips": ["10.100.100.200/24"] 3
       }
      ]
spec:
  containers:
  - name: podexample
    image: centos
    command: ["/bin/bash", "-c", "sleep INF"]
    securityContext:
      runAsUser: 2000
      runAsGroup: 3000
      allowPrivilegeEscalation: false
      capabilities:
        drop: ["ALL"]
  securityContext:
    runAsNonRoot: true
    seccompProfile:
      type: RuntimeDefault
    1
    The name of the SR-IOV network attachment definition CR.
    2
    Optional: The MAC address for the SR-IOV device that is allocated from the resource type defined in the SR-IOV network attachment definition CR. To use this feature, you also must specify { "mac": true } in the SriovNetwork object.
    3
    Optional: IP addresses for the SR-IOV device that are allocated from the resource type defined in the SR-IOV network attachment definition CR. Both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are supported. To use this feature, you also must specify { "ips": true } in the SriovNetwork object.

  2. Create the Pod CR: 

    $ oc apply -f examplepod.yaml

  3. Verify that the pod is created by running the following command: 

    $ oc get pod -n sysctl-tuning-test

    Example output

    NAME      READY   STATUS    RESTARTS   AGE
tunepod   1/1     Running   0          47s

  4. Log in to the pod by running the following command: 

    $ oc rsh -n sysctl-tuning-test tunepod

  5. Verify the values of the configured sysctl flag. Find the value net.ipv4.conf.IFNAME.accept_redirects by running the following command:: 

    $ sysctl net.ipv4.conf.net1.accept_redirects

    Example output

    net.ipv4.conf.net1.accept_redirects = 1

24.8.3. Configuring sysctl settings for pods associated with bonded SR-IOV interface flag

You can set interface-level network sysctl settings for a pod connected to a bonded SR-IOV network device.

In this example, the specific network interface-level sysctl settings that can be configured are set on the bonded interface.

The sysctl-tuning-test is a namespace used in this example.

  • Use the following command to create the sysctl-tuning-test namespace: 

    $ oc create namespace sysctl-tuning-test
24.8.3.1. Setting all sysctl flag on nodes with bonded SR-IOV network devices

The SR-IOV Network Operator adds the SriovNetworkNodePolicy.sriovnetwork.openshift.io custom resource definition (CRD) to OpenShift Container Platform. You can configure an SR-IOV network device by creating a SriovNetworkNodePolicy custom resource (CR).

Note

When applying the configuration specified in a SriovNetworkNodePolicy object, the SR-IOV Operator might drain the nodes, and in some cases, reboot nodes.

It might take several minutes for a configuration change to apply.

Follow this procedure to create a SriovNetworkNodePolicy custom resource (CR).

Procedure

  1. Create an SriovNetworkNodePolicy custom resource (CR). Save the following YAML as the file policyallflags-sriov-node-network.yaml. Replace policyallflags with the name for the configuration. 

    apiVersion: sriovnetwork.openshift.io/v1
kind: SriovNetworkNodePolicy
metadata:
  name: policyallflags 1
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator 2
spec:
  resourceName: policyallflags 3
  nodeSelector: 4
    node.alpha.kubernetes-incubator.io/nfd-network-sriov.capable = `true`
  priority: 10 5
  numVfs: 5 6
  nicSelector: 7
    pfNames: ["ens1f0"]  8
  deviceType: "netdevice" 9
  isRdma: false 10
    1
    The name for the custom resource object.
    2
    The namespace where the SR-IOV Network Operator is installed.
    3
    The resource name of the SR-IOV network device plugin. You can create multiple SR-IOV network node policies for a resource name.
    4
    The node selector specifies the nodes to configure. Only SR-IOV network devices on the selected nodes are configured. The SR-IOV Container Network Interface (CNI) plugin and device plugin are deployed on selected nodes only.
    5
    Optional: The priority is an integer value between 0 and 99. A smaller value receives higher priority. For example, a priority of 10 is a higher priority than 99. The default value is 99.
    6
    The number of virtual functions (VFs) to create for the SR-IOV physical network device. For an Intel network interface controller (NIC), the number of VFs cannot be larger than the total VFs supported by the device. For a Mellanox NIC, the number of VFs cannot be larger than 127.
    7
    The NIC selector identifies the device for the Operator to configure. You do not have to specify values for all the parameters. It is recommended to identify the network device with enough precision to avoid selecting a device unintentionally. If you specify rootDevices, you must also specify a value for vendor, deviceID, or pfNames. If you specify both pfNames and rootDevices at the same time, ensure that they refer to the same device. If you specify a value for netFilter, then you do not need to specify any other parameter because a network ID is unique.
    8
    Optional: An array of one or more physical function (PF) names for the device.
    9
    Optional: The driver type for the virtual functions. The only allowed value is netdevice. For a Mellanox NIC to work in DPDK mode on bare metal nodes, set isRdma to true.
    10
    Optional: Configures whether to enable remote direct memory access (RDMA) mode. The default value is false. If the isRdma parameter is set to true, you can continue to use the RDMA-enabled VF as a normal network device. A device can be used in either mode. Set isRdma to true and additionally set needVhostNet to true to configure a Mellanox NIC for use with Fast Datapath DPDK applications.
    Note

    The vfio-pci driver type is not supported.

  2. Create the SriovNetworkNodePolicy object: 

    $ oc create -f policyallflags-sriov-node-network.yaml

    After applying the configuration update, all the pods in sriov-network-operator namespace change to the Running status.

  3. To verify that the SR-IOV network device is configured, enter the following command. Replace <node_name> with the name of a node with the SR-IOV network device that you just configured. 

    $ oc get sriovnetworknodestates -n openshift-sriov-network-operator <node_name> -o jsonpath='{.status.syncStatus}'

    Example output

    Succeeded

24.8.3.2. Configuring sysctl on a bonded SR-IOV network

You can set interface specific sysctl settings on a bonded interface created from two SR-IOV interfaces. Do this by adding the tuning configuration to the optional Plugins parameter of the bond network attachment definition.

Note

Do not edit NetworkAttachmentDefinition custom resources that the SR-IOV Network Operator manages. Doing so might disrupt network traffic on your additional network.

To change specific interface-level network sysctl settings create the SriovNetwork custom resource (CR) with the Container Network Interface (CNI) tuning plugin by using the following procedure.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift Container Platform CLI (oc).
  • Log in to the OpenShift Container Platform cluster as a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. Create the SriovNetwork custom resource (CR) for the bonded interface as in the following example CR. Save the YAML as the file sriov-network-attachment.yaml. 

    apiVersion: sriovnetwork.openshift.io/v1
kind: SriovNetwork
metadata:
  name: allvalidflags 1
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator 2
spec:
  resourceName: policyallflags 3
  networkNamespace: sysctl-tuning-test 4
  capabilities: '{ "mac": true, "ips": true }' 5
    1
    A name for the object. The SR-IOV Network Operator creates a NetworkAttachmentDefinition object with same name.
    2
    The namespace where the SR-IOV Network Operator is installed.
    3
    The value for the spec.resourceName parameter from the SriovNetworkNodePolicy object that defines the SR-IOV hardware for this additional network.
    4
    The target namespace for the SriovNetwork object. Only pods in the target namespace can attach to the additional network.
    5
    Optional: The capabilities to configure for this additional network. You can specify "{ "ips": true }" to enable IP address support or "{ "mac": true }" to enable MAC address support.

  2. Create the SriovNetwork resource: 

    $ oc create -f sriov-network-attachment.yaml

  3. Create a bond network attachment definition as in the following example CR. Save the YAML as the file sriov-bond-network-interface.yaml. 

    apiVersion: "k8s.cni.cncf.io/v1"
kind: NetworkAttachmentDefinition
metadata:
  name: bond-sysctl-network
  namespace: sysctl-tuning-test
spec:
  config: '{
  "cniVersion":"0.4.0",
  "name":"bound-net",
  "plugins":[
    {
      "type":"bond", 1
      "mode": "active-backup", 2
      "failOverMac": 1, 3
      "linksInContainer": true, 4
      "miimon": "100",
      "links": [ 5
        {"name": "net1"},
        {"name": "net2"}
      ],
      "ipam":{ 6
        "type":"static"
      }
    },
    {
      "type":"tuning", 7
      "capabilities":{
        "mac":true
      },
      "sysctl":{
        "net.ipv4.conf.IFNAME.accept_redirects": "0",
        "net.ipv4.conf.IFNAME.accept_source_route": "0",
        "net.ipv4.conf.IFNAME.disable_policy": "1",
        "net.ipv4.conf.IFNAME.secure_redirects": "0",
        "net.ipv4.conf.IFNAME.send_redirects": "0",
        "net.ipv6.conf.IFNAME.accept_redirects": "0",
        "net.ipv6.conf.IFNAME.accept_source_route": "1",
        "net.ipv6.neigh.IFNAME.base_reachable_time_ms": "20000",
        "net.ipv6.neigh.IFNAME.retrans_time_ms": "2000"
      }
    }
  ]
}'
    1
    The type is bond.
    2
    The mode attribute specifies the bonding mode. The bonding modes supported are:
    • balance-rr - 0
    • active-backup - 1

    • balance-xor - 2

      For balance-rr or balance-xor modes, you must set the trust mode to on for the SR-IOV virtual function.

    3
    The failover attribute is mandatory for active-backup mode.
    4
    The linksInContainer=true flag informs the Bond CNI that the required interfaces are to be found inside the container. By default, Bond CNI looks for these interfaces on the host which does not work for integration with SRIOV and Multus.
    5
    The links section defines which interfaces will be used to create the bond. By default, Multus names the attached interfaces as: "net", plus a consecutive number, starting with one.
    6
    A configuration object for the IPAM CNI plugin as a YAML block scalar. The plugin manages IP address assignment for the attachment definition. In this pod example IP addresses are configured manually, so in this case,ipam is set to static.
    7
    Add additional capabilities to the device. For example, set the type field to tuning. Specify the interface-level network sysctl you want to set in the sysctl field. This example sets all interface-level network sysctl settings that can be set.

  4. Create the bond network attachment resource: 

    $ oc create -f sriov-bond-network-interface.yaml

Verifying that the NetworkAttachmentDefinition CR is successfully created

  • Confirm that the SR-IOV Network Operator created the NetworkAttachmentDefinition CR by running the following command: 

    $ oc get network-attachment-definitions -n <namespace> 1
    1
    Replace <namespace> with the networkNamespace that you specified when configuring the network attachment, for example, sysctl-tuning-test.

    Example output

    NAME                          AGE
bond-sysctl-network           22m
allvalidflags                 47m

    Note

    There might be a delay before the SR-IOV Network Operator creates the CR.

Verifying that the additional SR-IOV network resource is successful

To verify that the tuning CNI is correctly configured and the additional SR-IOV network attachment is attached, do the following:

  1. Create a Pod CR. For example, save the following YAML as the file examplepod.yaml: 

    apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
  name: tunepod
  namespace: sysctl-tuning-test
  annotations:
    k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/networks: |-
      [
        {"name": "allvalidflags"}, 1
        {"name": "allvalidflags"},
        {
          "name": "bond-sysctl-network",
          "interface": "bond0",
          "mac": "0a:56:0a:83:04:0c", 2
          "ips": ["10.100.100.200/24"] 3
       }
      ]
spec:
  containers:
  - name: podexample
    image: centos
    command: ["/bin/bash", "-c", "sleep INF"]
    securityContext:
      runAsUser: 2000
      runAsGroup: 3000
      allowPrivilegeEscalation: false
      capabilities:
        drop: ["ALL"]
  securityContext:
    runAsNonRoot: true
    seccompProfile:
      type: RuntimeDefault
    1
    The name of the SR-IOV network attachment definition CR.
    2
    Optional: The MAC address for the SR-IOV device that is allocated from the resource type defined in the SR-IOV network attachment definition CR. To use this feature, you also must specify { "mac": true } in the SriovNetwork object.
    3
    Optional: IP addresses for the SR-IOV device that are allocated from the resource type defined in the SR-IOV network attachment definition CR. Both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses are supported. To use this feature, you also must specify { "ips": true } in the SriovNetwork object.

  2. Apply the YAML: 

    $ oc apply -f examplepod.yaml

  3. Verify that the pod is created by running the following command: 

    $ oc get pod -n sysctl-tuning-test

    Example output

    NAME      READY   STATUS    RESTARTS   AGE
tunepod   1/1     Running   0          47s

  4. Log in to the pod by running the following command: 

    $ oc rsh -n sysctl-tuning-test tunepod

  5. Verify the values of the configured sysctl flag. Find the value net.ipv6.neigh.IFNAME.base_reachable_time_ms by running the following command:: 

    $ sysctl net.ipv6.neigh.bond0.base_reachable_time_ms

    Example output

    net.ipv6.neigh.bond0.base_reachable_time_ms = 20000

24.9. Using high performance multicast

You can use multicast on your Single Root I/O Virtualization (SR-IOV) hardware network.

24.9.1. High performance multicast

The OpenShift SDN network plugin supports multicast between pods on the default network. This is best used for low-bandwidth coordination or service discovery, and not high-bandwidth applications. For applications such as streaming media, like Internet Protocol television (IPTV) and multipoint videoconferencing, you can utilize Single Root I/O Virtualization (SR-IOV) hardware to provide near-native performance.

When using additional SR-IOV interfaces for multicast:

  • Multicast packages must be sent or received by a pod through the additional SR-IOV interface.
  • The physical network which connects the SR-IOV interfaces decides the multicast routing and topology, which is not controlled by OpenShift Container Platform.

24.9.2. Configuring an SR-IOV interface for multicast

The follow procedure creates an example SR-IOV interface for multicast.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You must log in to the cluster with a user that has the cluster-admin role.

Procedure

  1. Create a SriovNetworkNodePolicy object: 

    apiVersion: sriovnetwork.openshift.io/v1
kind: SriovNetworkNodePolicy
metadata:
  name: policy-example
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator
spec:
  resourceName: example
  nodeSelector:
    feature.node.kubernetes.io/network-sriov.capable: "true"
  numVfs: 4
  nicSelector:
    vendor: "8086"
    pfNames: ['ens803f0']
    rootDevices: ['0000:86:00.0']

  2. Create a SriovNetwork object: 

    apiVersion: sriovnetwork.openshift.io/v1
kind: SriovNetwork
metadata:
  name: net-example
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator
spec:
  networkNamespace: default
  ipam: | 1
    {
      "type": "host-local", 2
      "subnet": "10.56.217.0/24",
      "rangeStart": "10.56.217.171",
      "rangeEnd": "10.56.217.181",
      "routes": [
        {"dst": "224.0.0.0/5"},
        {"dst": "232.0.0.0/5"}
      ],
      "gateway": "10.56.217.1"
    }
  resourceName: example
    1 2
    If you choose to configure DHCP as IPAM, ensure that you provision the following default routes through your DHCP server: 224.0.0.0/5 and 232.0.0.0/5. This is to override the static multicast route set by the default network provider.

  3. Create a pod with multicast application: 

    apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
  name: testpmd
  namespace: default
  annotations:
    k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/networks: nic1
spec:
  containers:
  - name: example
    image: rhel7:latest
    securityContext:
      capabilities:
        add: ["NET_ADMIN"] 1
    command: [ "sleep", "infinity"]
    1
    The NET_ADMIN capability is required only if your application needs to assign the multicast IP address to the SR-IOV interface. Otherwise, it can be omitted.

24.10. Using DPDK and RDMA

The containerized Data Plane Development Kit (DPDK) application is supported on OpenShift Container Platform. You can use Single Root I/O Virtualization (SR-IOV) network hardware with the Data Plane Development Kit (DPDK) and with remote direct memory access (RDMA).

For information on supported devices, refer to Supported devices.

24.10.1. Using a virtual function in DPDK mode with an Intel NIC

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Install the SR-IOV Network Operator.
  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. Create the following SriovNetworkNodePolicy object, and then save the YAML in the intel-dpdk-node-policy.yaml file. 

    apiVersion: sriovnetwork.openshift.io/v1
kind: SriovNetworkNodePolicy
metadata:
  name: intel-dpdk-node-policy
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator
spec:
  resourceName: intelnics
  nodeSelector:
    feature.node.kubernetes.io/network-sriov.capable: "true"
  priority: <priority>
  numVfs: <num>
  nicSelector:
    vendor: "8086"
    deviceID: "158b"
    pfNames: ["<pf_name>", ...]
    rootDevices: ["<pci_bus_id>", "..."]
  deviceType: vfio-pci 1
    1
    Specify the driver type for the virtual functions to vfio-pci.
    Note

    See the Configuring SR-IOV network devices section for a detailed explanation on each option in SriovNetworkNodePolicy.

    When applying the configuration specified in a SriovNetworkNodePolicy object, the SR-IOV Operator may drain the nodes, and in some cases, reboot nodes. It may take several minutes for a configuration change to apply. Ensure that there are enough available nodes in your cluster to handle the evicted workload beforehand.

    After the configuration update is applied, all the pods in openshift-sriov-network-operator namespace will change to a Running status.

  2. Create the SriovNetworkNodePolicy object by running the following command: 

    $ oc create -f intel-dpdk-node-policy.yaml

  3. Create the following SriovNetwork object, and then save the YAML in the intel-dpdk-network.yaml file. 

    apiVersion: sriovnetwork.openshift.io/v1
kind: SriovNetwork
metadata:
  name: intel-dpdk-network
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator
spec:
  networkNamespace: <target_namespace>
  ipam: |-
# ... 1
  vlan: <vlan>
  resourceName: intelnics
    1
    Specify a configuration object for the ipam CNI plugin as a YAML block scalar. The plugin manages IP address assignment for the attachment definition.
    Note

    See the "Configuring SR-IOV additional network" section for a detailed explanation on each option in SriovNetwork.

    An optional library, app-netutil, provides several API methods for gathering network information about a container’s parent pod.

  4. Create the SriovNetwork object by running the following command: 

    $ oc create -f intel-dpdk-network.yaml

  5. Create the following Pod spec, and then save the YAML in the intel-dpdk-pod.yaml file. 

    apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
  name: dpdk-app
  namespace: <target_namespace> 1
  annotations:
    k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/networks: intel-dpdk-network
spec:
  containers:
  - name: testpmd
    image: <DPDK_image> 2
    securityContext:
      runAsUser: 0
      capabilities:
        add: ["IPC_LOCK","SYS_RESOURCE","NET_RAW"] 3
    volumeMounts:
    - mountPath: /mnt/huge 4
      name: hugepage
    resources:
      limits:
        openshift.io/intelnics: "1" 5
        memory: "1Gi"
        cpu: "4" 6
        hugepages-1Gi: "4Gi" 7
      requests:
        openshift.io/intelnics: "1"
        memory: "1Gi"
        cpu: "4"
        hugepages-1Gi: "4Gi"
    command: ["sleep", "infinity"]
  volumes:
  - name: hugepage
    emptyDir:
      medium: HugePages
    1
    Specify the same target_namespace where the SriovNetwork object intel-dpdk-network is created. If you would like to create the pod in a different namespace, change target_namespace in both the Pod spec and the SriovNetwork object.
    2
    Specify the DPDK image which includes your application and the DPDK library used by application.
    3
    Specify additional capabilities required by the application inside the container for hugepage allocation, system resource allocation, and network interface access.
    4
    Mount a hugepage volume to the DPDK pod under /mnt/huge. The hugepage volume is backed by the emptyDir volume type with the medium being Hugepages.
    5
    Optional: Specify the number of DPDK devices allocated to DPDK pod. This resource request and limit, if not explicitly specified, will be automatically added by the SR-IOV network resource injector. The SR-IOV network resource injector is an admission controller component managed by the SR-IOV Operator. It is enabled by default and can be disabled by setting enableInjector option to false in the default SriovOperatorConfig CR.
    6
    Specify the number of CPUs. The DPDK pod usually requires exclusive CPUs to be allocated from the kubelet. This is achieved by setting CPU Manager policy to static and creating a pod with Guaranteed QoS.
    7
    Specify hugepage size hugepages-1Gi or hugepages-2Mi and the quantity of hugepages that will be allocated to the DPDK pod. Configure 2Mi and 1Gi hugepages separately. Configuring 1Gi hugepage requires adding kernel arguments to Nodes. For example, adding kernel arguments default_hugepagesz=1GB, hugepagesz=1G and hugepages=16 will result in 16*1Gi hugepages be allocated during system boot.

  6. Create the DPDK pod by running the following command: 

    $ oc create -f intel-dpdk-pod.yaml

24.10.2. Using a virtual function in DPDK mode with a Mellanox NIC

You can create a network node policy and create a Data Plane Development Kit (DPDK) pod using a virtual function in DPDK mode with a Mellanox NIC.

Prerequisites

  • You have installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You have installed the Single Root I/O Virtualization (SR-IOV) Network Operator.
  • You have logged in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. Save the following SriovNetworkNodePolicy YAML configuration to an mlx-dpdk-node-policy.yaml file: 

    apiVersion: sriovnetwork.openshift.io/v1
kind: SriovNetworkNodePolicy
metadata:
  name: mlx-dpdk-node-policy
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator
spec:
  resourceName: mlxnics
  nodeSelector:
    feature.node.kubernetes.io/network-sriov.capable: "true"
  priority: <priority>
  numVfs: <num>
  nicSelector:
    vendor: "15b3"
    deviceID: "1015" 1
    pfNames: ["<pf_name>", ...]
    rootDevices: ["<pci_bus_id>", "..."]
  deviceType: netdevice 2
  isRdma: true 3
    1
    Specify the device hex code of the SR-IOV network device.
    2
    Specify the driver type for the virtual functions to netdevice. A Mellanox SR-IOV Virtual Function (VF) can work in DPDK mode without using the vfio-pci device type. The VF device appears as a kernel network interface inside a container.
    3
    Enable Remote Direct Memory Access (RDMA) mode. This is required for Mellanox cards to work in DPDK mode.
    Note

    See Configuring an SR-IOV network device for a detailed explanation of each option in the SriovNetworkNodePolicy object.

    When applying the configuration specified in an SriovNetworkNodePolicy object, the SR-IOV Operator might drain the nodes, and in some cases, reboot nodes. It might take several minutes for a configuration change to apply. Ensure that there are enough available nodes in your cluster to handle the evicted workload beforehand.

    After the configuration update is applied, all the pods in the openshift-sriov-network-operator namespace will change to a Running status.

  2. Create the SriovNetworkNodePolicy object by running the following command: 

    $ oc create -f mlx-dpdk-node-policy.yaml

  3. Save the following SriovNetwork YAML configuration to an mlx-dpdk-network.yaml file: 

    apiVersion: sriovnetwork.openshift.io/v1
kind: SriovNetwork
metadata:
  name: mlx-dpdk-network
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator
spec:
  networkNamespace: <target_namespace>
  ipam: |- 1
...
  vlan: <vlan>
  resourceName: mlxnics
    1
    Specify a configuration object for the IP Address Management (IPAM) Container Network Interface (CNI) plugin as a YAML block scalar. The plugin manages IP address assignment for the attachment definition.
    Note

    See Configuring an SR-IOV network device for a detailed explanation on each option in the SriovNetwork object.

    The app-netutil option library provides several API methods for gathering network information about the parent pod of a container.

  4. Create the SriovNetwork object by running the following command: 

    $ oc create -f mlx-dpdk-network.yaml

  5. Save the following Pod YAML configuration to an mlx-dpdk-pod.yaml file: 

    apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
  name: dpdk-app
  namespace: <target_namespace> 1
  annotations:
    k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/networks: mlx-dpdk-network
spec:
  containers:
  - name: testpmd
    image: <DPDK_image> 2
    securityContext:
      runAsUser: 0
      capabilities:
        add: ["IPC_LOCK","SYS_RESOURCE","NET_RAW"] 3
    volumeMounts:
    - mountPath: /mnt/huge 4
      name: hugepage
    resources:
      limits:
        openshift.io/mlxnics: "1" 5
        memory: "1Gi"
        cpu: "4" 6
        hugepages-1Gi: "4Gi" 7
      requests:
        openshift.io/mlxnics: "1"
        memory: "1Gi"
        cpu: "4"
        hugepages-1Gi: "4Gi"
    command: ["sleep", "infinity"]
  volumes:
  - name: hugepage
    emptyDir:
      medium: HugePages
    1
    Specify the same target_namespace where SriovNetwork object mlx-dpdk-network is created. To create the pod in a different namespace, change target_namespace in both the Pod spec and SriovNetwork object.
    2
    Specify the DPDK image which includes your application and the DPDK library used by the application.
    3
    Specify additional capabilities required by the application inside the container for hugepage allocation, system resource allocation, and network interface access.
    4
    Mount the hugepage volume to the DPDK pod under /mnt/huge. The hugepage volume is backed by the emptyDir volume type with the medium being Hugepages.
    5
    Optional: Specify the number of DPDK devices allocated for the DPDK pod. If not explicitly specified, this resource request and limit is automatically added by the SR-IOV network resource injector. The SR-IOV network resource injector is an admission controller component managed by SR-IOV Operator. It is enabled by default and can be disabled by setting the enableInjector option to false in the default SriovOperatorConfig CR.
    6
    Specify the number of CPUs. The DPDK pod usually requires that exclusive CPUs be allocated from the kubelet. To do this, set the CPU Manager policy to static and create a pod with Guaranteed Quality of Service (QoS).
    7
    Specify hugepage size hugepages-1Gi or hugepages-2Mi and the quantity of hugepages that will be allocated to the DPDK pod. Configure 2Mi and 1Gi hugepages separately. Configuring 1Gi hugepages requires adding kernel arguments to Nodes.

  6. Create the DPDK pod by running the following command: 

    $ oc create -f mlx-dpdk-pod.yaml

24.10.3. Overview of achieving a specific DPDK line rate

To achieve a specific Data Plane Development Kit (DPDK) line rate, deploy a Node Tuning Operator and configure Single Root I/O Virtualization (SR-IOV). You must also tune the DPDK settings for the following resources:

  • Isolated CPUs
  • Hugepages
  • The topology scheduler
Note

In previous versions of OpenShift Container Platform, the Performance Addon Operator was used to implement automatic tuning to achieve low latency performance for OpenShift Container Platform applications. In OpenShift Container Platform 4.11 and later, this functionality is part of the Node Tuning Operator.

DPDK test environment

The following diagram shows the components of a traffic-testing environment:

DPDK test environment
  • Traffic generator: An application that can generate high-volume packet traffic.
  • SR-IOV-supporting NIC: A network interface card compatible with SR-IOV. The card runs a number of virtual functions on a physical interface.
  • Physical Function (PF): A PCI Express (PCIe) function of a network adapter that supports the SR-IOV interface.
  • Virtual Function (VF): A lightweight PCIe function on a network adapter that supports SR-IOV. The VF is associated with the PCIe PF on the network adapter. The VF represents a virtualized instance of the network adapter.
  • Switch: A network switch. Nodes can also be connected back-to-back.
  • testpmd: An example application included with DPDK. The testpmd application can be used to test the DPDK in a packet-forwarding mode. The testpmd application is also an example of how to build a fully-fledged application using the DPDK Software Development Kit (SDK).
  • worker 0 and worker 1: OpenShift Container Platform nodes.

24.10.4. Using SR-IOV and the Node Tuning Operator to achieve a DPDK line rate

You can use the Node Tuning Operator to configure isolated CPUs, hugepages, and a topology scheduler. You can then use the Node Tuning Operator with Single Root I/O Virtualization (SR-IOV) to achieve a specific Data Plane Development Kit (DPDK) line rate.

Prerequisites

  • You have installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You have installed the SR-IOV Network Operator.
  • You have logged in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.

  • You have deployed a standalone Node Tuning Operator.

    Note

    In previous versions of OpenShift Container Platform, the Performance Addon Operator was used to implement automatic tuning to achieve low latency performance for OpenShift applications. In OpenShift Container Platform 4.11 and later, this functionality is part of the Node Tuning Operator.

Procedure

  1. Create a PerformanceProfile object based on the following example: 

    apiVersion: performance.openshift.io/v2
kind: PerformanceProfile
metadata:
  name: performance
spec:
  globallyDisableIrqLoadBalancing: true
  cpu:
    isolated: 21-51,73-103 1
    reserved: 0-20,52-72 2
  hugepages:
    defaultHugepagesSize: 1G 3
    pages:
      - count: 32
        size: 1G
  net:
    userLevelNetworking: true
  numa:
    topologyPolicy: "single-numa-node"
  nodeSelector:
    node-role.kubernetes.io/worker-cnf: ""
    1
    If hyperthreading is enabled on the system, allocate the relevant symbolic links to the isolated and reserved CPU groups. If the system contains multiple non-uniform memory access nodes (NUMAs), allocate CPUs from both NUMAs to both groups. You can also use the Performance Profile Creator for this task. For more information, see Creating a performance profile.
    2
    You can also specify a list of devices that will have their queues set to the reserved CPU count. For more information, see Reducing NIC queues using the Node Tuning Operator.
    3
    Allocate the number and size of hugepages needed. You can specify the NUMA configuration for the hugepages. By default, the system allocates an even number to every NUMA node on the system. If needed, you can request the use of a realtime kernel for the nodes. See Provisioning a worker with real-time capabilities for more information.
  2. Save the yaml file as mlx-dpdk-perfprofile-policy.yaml.

  3. Apply the performance profile using the following command: 

    $ oc create -f mlx-dpdk-perfprofile-policy.yaml
24.10.4.1. Example SR-IOV Network Operator for virtual functions

You can use the Single Root I/O Virtualization (SR-IOV) Network Operator to allocate and configure Virtual Functions (VFs) from SR-IOV-supporting Physical Function NICs on the nodes.

For more information on deploying the Operator, see Installing the SR-IOV Network Operator. For more information on configuring an SR-IOV network device, see Configuring an SR-IOV network device.

There are some differences between running Data Plane Development Kit (DPDK) workloads on Intel VFs and Mellanox VFs. This section provides object configuration examples for both VF types. The following is an example of an sriovNetworkNodePolicy object used to run DPDK applications on Intel NICs: 

apiVersion: sriovnetwork.openshift.io/v1
kind: SriovNetworkNodePolicy
metadata:
  name: dpdk-nic-1
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator
spec:
  deviceType: vfio-pci 1
  needVhostNet: true 2
  nicSelector:
    pfNames: ["ens3f0"]
  nodeSelector:
    node-role.kubernetes.io/worker-cnf: ""
  numVfs: 10
  priority: 99
  resourceName: dpdk_nic_1
---
apiVersion: sriovnetwork.openshift.io/v1
kind: SriovNetworkNodePolicy
metadata:
  name: dpdk-nic-1
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator
spec:
  deviceType: vfio-pci
  needVhostNet: true
  nicSelector:
    pfNames: ["ens3f1"]
  nodeSelector:
  node-role.kubernetes.io/worker-cnf: ""
  numVfs: 10
  priority: 99
  resourceName: dpdk_nic_2
1
For Intel NICs, deviceType must be vfio-pci.
2
If kernel communication with DPDK workloads is required, add needVhostNet: true. This mounts the /dev/net/tun and /dev/vhost-net devices into the container so the application can create a tap device and connect the tap device to the DPDK workload.

The following is an example of an sriovNetworkNodePolicy object for Mellanox NICs: 

apiVersion: sriovnetwork.openshift.io/v1
kind: SriovNetworkNodePolicy
metadata:
  name: dpdk-nic-1
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator
spec:
  deviceType: netdevice 1
  isRdma: true 2
  nicSelector:
    rootDevices:
      - "0000:5e:00.1"
  nodeSelector:
    node-role.kubernetes.io/worker-cnf: ""
  numVfs: 5
  priority: 99
  resourceName: dpdk_nic_1
---
apiVersion: sriovnetwork.openshift.io/v1
kind: SriovNetworkNodePolicy
metadata:
  name: dpdk-nic-2
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator
spec:
  deviceType: netdevice
  isRdma: true
  nicSelector:
    rootDevices:
      - "0000:5e:00.0"
  nodeSelector:
    node-role.kubernetes.io/worker-cnf: ""
  numVfs: 5
  priority: 99
  resourceName: dpdk_nic_2
1
For Mellanox devices the deviceType must be netdevice.
2
For Mellanox devices isRdma must be true. Mellanox cards are connected to DPDK applications using Flow Bifurcation. This mechanism splits traffic between Linux user space and kernel space, and can enhance line rate processing capability.
24.10.4.2. Example SR-IOV network operator

The following is an example definition of an sriovNetwork object. In this case, Intel and Mellanox configurations are identical: 

apiVersion: sriovnetwork.openshift.io/v1
kind: SriovNetwork
metadata:
  name: dpdk-network-1
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator
spec:
  ipam: '{"type": "host-local","ranges": [[{"subnet": "10.0.1.0/24"}]],"dataDir":
   "/run/my-orchestrator/container-ipam-state-1"}' 1
  networkNamespace: dpdk-test 2
  spoofChk: "off"
  trust: "on"
  resourceName: dpdk_nic_1 3
---
apiVersion: sriovnetwork.openshift.io/v1
kind: SriovNetwork
metadata:
  name: dpdk-network-2
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator
spec:
  ipam: '{"type": "host-local","ranges": [[{"subnet": "10.0.2.0/24"}]],"dataDir":
   "/run/my-orchestrator/container-ipam-state-1"}'
  networkNamespace: dpdk-test
  spoofChk: "off"
  trust: "on"
  resourceName: dpdk_nic_2
1
You can use a different IP Address Management (IPAM) implementation, such as Whereabouts. For more information, see Dynamic IP address assignment configuration with Whereabouts.
2
You must request the networkNamespace where the network attachment definition will be created. You must create the sriovNetwork CR under the openshift-sriov-network-operator namespace.
3
The resourceName value must match that of the resourceName created under the sriovNetworkNodePolicy.
24.10.4.3. Example DPDK base workload

The following is an example of a Data Plane Development Kit (DPDK) container: 

apiVersion: v1
kind: Namespace
metadata:
  name: dpdk-test
---
apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
  annotations:
    k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/networks: '[ 1
     {
      "name": "dpdk-network-1",
      "namespace": "dpdk-test"
     },
     {
      "name": "dpdk-network-2",
      "namespace": "dpdk-test"
     }
   ]'
    irq-load-balancing.crio.io: "disable" 2
    cpu-load-balancing.crio.io: "disable"
    cpu-quota.crio.io: "disable"
  labels:
    app: dpdk
  name: testpmd
  namespace: dpdk-test
spec:
  runtimeClassName: performance-performance 3
  containers:
    - command:
        - /bin/bash
        - -c
        - sleep INF
      image: registry.redhat.io/openshift4/dpdk-base-rhel8
      imagePullPolicy: Always
      name: dpdk
      resources: 4
        limits:
          cpu: "16"
          hugepages-1Gi: 8Gi
          memory: 2Gi
        requests:
          cpu: "16"
          hugepages-1Gi: 8Gi
          memory: 2Gi
      securityContext:
        capabilities:
          add:
            - IPC_LOCK
            - SYS_RESOURCE
            - NET_RAW
            - NET_ADMIN
        runAsUser: 0
      volumeMounts:
        - mountPath: /mnt/huge
          name: hugepages
  terminationGracePeriodSeconds: 5
  volumes:
    - emptyDir:
        medium: HugePages
      name: hugepages
1
Request the SR-IOV networks you need. Resources for the devices will be injected automatically.
2
Disable the CPU and IRQ load balancing base. See Disabling interrupt processing for individual pods for more information.
3
Set the runtimeClass to performance-performance. Do not set the runtimeClass to HostNetwork or privileged.
4
Request an equal number of resources for requests and limits to start the pod with Guaranteed Quality of Service (QoS).
Note

Do not start the pod with SLEEP and then exec into the pod to start the testpmd or the DPDK workload. This can add additional interrupts as the exec process is not pinned to any CPU.

24.10.4.4. Example testpmd script

The following is an example script for running testpmd: 

#!/bin/bash
set -ex
export CPU=$(cat /sys/fs/cgroup/cpuset/cpuset.cpus)
echo ${CPU}

dpdk-testpmd -l ${CPU} -a ${PCIDEVICE_OPENSHIFT_IO_DPDK_NIC_1} -a ${PCIDEVICE_OPENSHIFT_IO_DPDK_NIC_2} -n 4 -- -i --nb-cores=15 --rxd=4096 --txd=4096 --rxq=7 --txq=7 --forward-mode=mac --eth-peer=0,50:00:00:00:00:01 --eth-peer=1,50:00:00:00:00:02

This example uses two different sriovNetwork CRs. The environment variable contains the Virtual Function (VF) PCI address that was allocated for the pod. If you use the same network in the pod definition, you must split the pciAddress. It is important to configure the correct MAC addresses of the traffic generator. This example uses custom MAC addresses.

24.10.5. Using a virtual function in RDMA mode with a Mellanox NIC

Important

RDMA over Converged Ethernet (RoCE) is a Technology Preview feature only. Technology Preview features are not supported with Red Hat production service level agreements (SLAs) and might not be functionally complete. Red Hat does not recommend using them in production. These features provide early access to upcoming product features, enabling customers to test functionality and provide feedback during the development process.

For more information about the support scope of Red Hat Technology Preview features, see Technology Preview Features Support Scope.

RDMA over Converged Ethernet (RoCE) is the only supported mode when using RDMA on OpenShift Container Platform.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Install the SR-IOV Network Operator.
  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. Create the following SriovNetworkNodePolicy object, and then save the YAML in the mlx-rdma-node-policy.yaml file. 

    apiVersion: sriovnetwork.openshift.io/v1
kind: SriovNetworkNodePolicy
metadata:
  name: mlx-rdma-node-policy
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator
spec:
  resourceName: mlxnics
  nodeSelector:
    feature.node.kubernetes.io/network-sriov.capable: "true"
  priority: <priority>
  numVfs: <num>
  nicSelector:
    vendor: "15b3"
    deviceID: "1015" 1
    pfNames: ["<pf_name>", ...]
    rootDevices: ["<pci_bus_id>", "..."]
  deviceType: netdevice 2
  isRdma: true 3
    1
    Specify the device hex code of the SR-IOV network device.
    2
    Specify the driver type for the virtual functions to netdevice.
    3
    Enable RDMA mode.
    Note

    See the Configuring SR-IOV network devices section for a detailed explanation on each option in SriovNetworkNodePolicy.

    When applying the configuration specified in a SriovNetworkNodePolicy object, the SR-IOV Operator may drain the nodes, and in some cases, reboot nodes. It may take several minutes for a configuration change to apply. Ensure that there are enough available nodes in your cluster to handle the evicted workload beforehand.

    After the configuration update is applied, all the pods in the openshift-sriov-network-operator namespace will change to a Running status.

  2. Create the SriovNetworkNodePolicy object by running the following command: 

    $ oc create -f mlx-rdma-node-policy.yaml

  3. Create the following SriovNetwork object, and then save the YAML in the mlx-rdma-network.yaml file. 

    apiVersion: sriovnetwork.openshift.io/v1
kind: SriovNetwork
metadata:
  name: mlx-rdma-network
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator
spec:
  networkNamespace: <target_namespace>
  ipam: |- 1
# ...
  vlan: <vlan>
  resourceName: mlxnics
    1
    Specify a configuration object for the ipam CNI plugin as a YAML block scalar. The plugin manages IP address assignment for the attachment definition.
    Note

    See the "Configuring SR-IOV additional network" section for a detailed explanation on each option in SriovNetwork.

    An optional library, app-netutil, provides several API methods for gathering network information about a container’s parent pod.

  4. Create the SriovNetworkNodePolicy object by running the following command: 

    $ oc create -f mlx-rdma-network.yaml

  5. Create the following Pod spec, and then save the YAML in the mlx-rdma-pod.yaml file. 

    apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
  name: rdma-app
  namespace: <target_namespace> 1
  annotations:
    k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/networks: mlx-rdma-network
spec:
  containers:
  - name: testpmd
    image: <RDMA_image> 2
    securityContext:
      runAsUser: 0
      capabilities:
        add: ["IPC_LOCK","SYS_RESOURCE","NET_RAW"] 3
    volumeMounts:
    - mountPath: /mnt/huge 4
      name: hugepage
    resources:
      limits:
        memory: "1Gi"
        cpu: "4" 5
        hugepages-1Gi: "4Gi" 6
      requests:
        memory: "1Gi"
        cpu: "4"
        hugepages-1Gi: "4Gi"
    command: ["sleep", "infinity"]
  volumes:
  - name: hugepage
    emptyDir:
      medium: HugePages
    1
    Specify the same target_namespace where SriovNetwork object mlx-rdma-network is created. If you would like to create the pod in a different namespace, change target_namespace in both Pod spec and SriovNetwork object.
    2
    Specify the RDMA image which includes your application and RDMA library used by application.
    3
    Specify additional capabilities required by the application inside the container for hugepage allocation, system resource allocation, and network interface access.
    4
    Mount the hugepage volume to RDMA pod under /mnt/huge. The hugepage volume is backed by the emptyDir volume type with the medium being Hugepages.
    5
    Specify number of CPUs. The RDMA pod usually requires exclusive CPUs be allocated from the kubelet. This is achieved by setting CPU Manager policy to static and create pod with Guaranteed QoS.
    6
    Specify hugepage size hugepages-1Gi or hugepages-2Mi and the quantity of hugepages that will be allocated to the RDMA pod. Configure 2Mi and 1Gi hugepages separately. Configuring 1Gi hugepage requires adding kernel arguments to Nodes.

  6. Create the RDMA pod by running the following command: 

    $ oc create -f mlx-rdma-pod.yaml

24.10.6. A test pod template for clusters that use OVS-DPDK on OpenStack

The following testpmd pod demonstrates container creation with huge pages, reserved CPUs, and the SR-IOV port.

An example testpmd pod

apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
  name: testpmd-dpdk
  namespace: mynamespace
  annotations:
    cpu-load-balancing.crio.io: "disable"
    cpu-quota.crio.io: "disable"
# ...
spec:
  containers:
  - name: testpmd
    command: ["sleep", "99999"]
    image: registry.redhat.io/openshift4/dpdk-base-rhel8:v4.9
    securityContext:
      capabilities:
        add: ["IPC_LOCK","SYS_ADMIN"]
      privileged: true
      runAsUser: 0
    resources:
      requests:
        memory: 1000Mi
        hugepages-1Gi: 1Gi
        cpu: '2'
        openshift.io/dpdk1: 1 1
      limits:
        hugepages-1Gi: 1Gi
        cpu: '2'
        memory: 1000Mi
        openshift.io/dpdk1: 1
    volumeMounts:
      - mountPath: /mnt/huge
        name: hugepage
        readOnly: False
  runtimeClassName: performance-cnf-performanceprofile 2
  volumes:
  - name: hugepage
    emptyDir:
      medium: HugePages

1
The name dpdk1 in this example is a user-created SriovNetworkNodePolicy resource. You can substitute this name for that of a resource that you create.
2
If your performance profile is not named cnf-performance profile, replace that string with the correct performance profile name.

24.10.7. A test pod template for clusters that use OVS hardware offloading on OpenStack

The following testpmd pod demonstrates Open vSwitch (OVS) hardware offloading on Red Hat OpenStack Platform (RHOSP).

An example testpmd pod

apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
  name: testpmd-sriov
  namespace: mynamespace
  annotations:
    k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/networks: hwoffload1
spec:
  runtimeClassName: performance-cnf-performanceprofile 1
  containers:
  - name: testpmd
    command: ["sleep", "99999"]
    image: registry.redhat.io/openshift4/dpdk-base-rhel8:v4.9
    securityContext:
      capabilities:
        add: ["IPC_LOCK","SYS_ADMIN"]
      privileged: true
      runAsUser: 0
    resources:
      requests:
        memory: 1000Mi
        hugepages-1Gi: 1Gi
        cpu: '2'
      limits:
        hugepages-1Gi: 1Gi
        cpu: '2'
        memory: 1000Mi
    volumeMounts:
      - mountPath: /mnt/huge
        name: hugepage
        readOnly: False
  volumes:
  - name: hugepage
    emptyDir:
      medium: HugePages

1
If your performance profile is not named cnf-performance profile, replace that string with the correct performance profile name.

24.10.8. Additional resources

24.11. Using pod-level bonding

Bonding at the pod level is vital to enable workloads inside pods that require high availability and more throughput. With pod-level bonding, you can create a bond interface from multiple single root I/O virtualization (SR-IOV) virtual function interfaces in a kernel mode interface. The SR-IOV virtual functions are passed into the pod and attached to a kernel driver.

One scenario where pod level bonding is required is creating a bond interface from multiple SR-IOV virtual functions on different physical functions. Creating a bond interface from two different physical functions on the host can be used to achieve high availability and throughput at pod level.

For guidance on tasks such as creating a SR-IOV network, network policies, network attachment definitions and pods, see Configuring an SR-IOV network device.

24.11.1. Configuring a bond interface from two SR-IOV interfaces

Bonding enables multiple network interfaces to be aggregated into a single logical "bonded" interface. Bond Container Network Interface (Bond-CNI) brings bond capability into containers.

Bond-CNI can be created using Single Root I/O Virtualization (SR-IOV) virtual functions and placing them in the container network namespace.

OpenShift Container Platform only supports Bond-CNI using SR-IOV virtual functions. The SR-IOV Network Operator provides the SR-IOV CNI plugin needed to manage the virtual functions. Other CNIs or types of interfaces are not supported.

Prerequisites

  • The SR-IOV Network Operator must be installed and configured to obtain virtual functions in a container.
  • To configure SR-IOV interfaces, an SR-IOV network and policy must be created for each interface.
  • The SR-IOV Network Operator creates a network attachment definition for each SR-IOV interface, based on the SR-IOV network and policy defined.
  • The linkState is set to the default value auto for the SR-IOV virtual function.
24.11.1.1. Creating a bond network attachment definition

Now that the SR-IOV virtual functions are available, you can create a bond network attachment definition. 

apiVersion: "k8s.cni.cncf.io/v1"
    kind: NetworkAttachmentDefinition
    metadata:
      name: bond-net1
      namespace: demo
    spec:
      config: '{
      "type": "bond", 1
      "cniVersion": "0.3.1",
      "name": "bond-net1",
      "mode": "active-backup", 2
      "failOverMac": 1, 3
      "linksInContainer": true, 4
      "miimon": "100",
      "mtu": 1500,
      "links": [ 5
            {"name": "net1"},
            {"name": "net2"}
        ],
      "ipam": {
            "type": "host-local",
            "subnet": "10.56.217.0/24",
            "routes": [{
            "dst": "0.0.0.0/0"
            }],
            "gateway": "10.56.217.1"
        }
      }'
1
The cni-type is always set to bond.
2
The mode attribute specifies the bonding mode.
Note

The bonding modes supported are:

  • balance-rr - 0
  • active-backup - 1
  • balance-xor - 2

For balance-rr or balance-xor modes, you must set the trust mode to on for the SR-IOV virtual function.

3
The failover attribute is mandatory for active-backup mode and must be set to 1.
4
The linksInContainer=true flag informs the Bond CNI that the required interfaces are to be found inside the container. By default, Bond CNI looks for these interfaces on the host which does not work for integration with SRIOV and Multus.
5
The links section defines which interfaces will be used to create the bond. By default, Multus names the attached interfaces as: "net", plus a consecutive number, starting with one.
24.11.1.2. Creating a pod using a bond interface

  1. Test the setup by creating a pod with a YAML file named for example podbonding.yaml with content similar to the following: 

    apiVersion: v1
    kind: Pod
    metadata:
      name: bondpod1
      namespace: demo
      annotations:
        k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/networks: demo/sriovnet1, demo/sriovnet2, demo/bond-net1 1
    spec:
      containers:
      - name: podexample
        image: quay.io/openshift/origin-network-interface-bond-cni:4.11.0
        command: ["/bin/bash", "-c", "sleep INF"]
    1
    Note the network annotation: it contains two SR-IOV network attachments, and one bond network attachment. The bond attachment uses the two SR-IOV interfaces as bonded port interfaces.

  2. Apply the yaml by running the following command: 

    $ oc apply -f podbonding.yaml

  3. Inspect the pod interfaces with the following command: 

    $ oc rsh -n demo bondpod1
sh-4.4#
sh-4.4# ip a
1: lo: <LOOPBACK,UP,LOWER_UP> mtu 65536 qdisc noqueue state UNKNOWN qlen 1000
link/loopback 00:00:00:00:00:00 brd 00:00:00:00:00:00
inet 127.0.0.1/8 scope host lo
valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever
3: eth0@if150: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP,M-DOWN> mtu 1450 qdisc noqueue state UP
link/ether 62:b1:b5:c8:fb:7a brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff
inet 10.244.1.122/24 brd 10.244.1.255 scope global eth0
valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever
4: net3: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP400> mtu 1500 qdisc noqueue state UP qlen 1000
link/ether 9e:23:69:42:fb:8a brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff 1
inet 10.56.217.66/24 scope global bond0
valid_lft forever preferred_lft forever
43: net1: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP800> mtu 1500 qdisc mq master bond0 state UP qlen 1000
link/ether 9e:23:69:42:fb:8a brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff 2
44: net2: <BROADCAST,MULTICAST,UP,LOWER_UP800> mtu 1500 qdisc mq master bond0 state UP qlen 1000
link/ether 9e:23:69:42:fb:8a brd ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff 3
    1
    The bond interface is automatically named net3. To set a specific interface name add @name suffix to the pod’s k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/networks annotation.
    2
    The net1 interface is based on an SR-IOV virtual function.
    3
    The net2 interface is based on an SR-IOV virtual function.
    Note

    If no interface names are configured in the pod annotation, interface names are assigned automatically as net<n>, with <n> starting at 1.

  4. Optional: If you want to set a specific interface name for example bond0, edit the k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/networks annotation and set bond0 as the interface name as follows: 

    annotations:
        k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/networks: demo/sriovnet1, demo/sriovnet2, demo/bond-net1@bond0

24.12. Configuring hardware offloading

As a cluster administrator, you can configure hardware offloading on compatible nodes to increase data processing performance and reduce load on host CPUs.

24.12.1. About hardware offloading

Open vSwitch hardware offloading is a method of processing network tasks by diverting them away from the CPU and offloading them to a dedicated processor on a network interface controller. As a result, clusters can benefit from faster data transfer speeds, reduced CPU workloads, and lower computing costs.

The key element for this feature is a modern class of network interface controllers known as SmartNICs. A SmartNIC is a network interface controller that is able to handle computationally-heavy network processing tasks. In the same way that a dedicated graphics card can improve graphics performance, a SmartNIC can improve network performance. In each case, a dedicated processor improves performance for a specific type of processing task.

In OpenShift Container Platform, you can configure hardware offloading for bare metal nodes that have a compatible SmartNIC. Hardware offloading is configured and enabled by the SR-IOV Network Operator.

Hardware offloading is not compatible with all workloads or application types. Only the following two communication types are supported:

  • pod-to-pod
  • pod-to-service, where the service is a ClusterIP service backed by a regular pod

In all cases, hardware offloading takes place only when those pods and services are assigned to nodes that have a compatible SmartNIC. Suppose, for example, that a pod on a node with hardware offloading tries to communicate with a service on a regular node. On the regular node, all the processing takes place in the kernel, so the overall performance of the pod-to-service communication is limited to the maximum performance of that regular node. Hardware offloading is not compatible with DPDK applications.

Enabling hardware offloading on a node, but not configuring pods to use, it can result in decreased throughput performance for pod traffic. You cannot configure hardware offloading for pods that are managed by OpenShift Container Platform.

24.12.2. Supported devices

Hardware offloading is supported on the following network interface controllers:

Table 24.15. Supported network interface controllers
ManufacturerModelVendor IDDevice ID

Mellanox

MT27800 Family [ConnectX‑5]

15b3

1017

Mellanox

MT28880 Family [ConnectX‑5 Ex]

15b3

1019

Mellanox

MT2892 Family [ConnectX‑6 Dx]

15b3

101d

Mellanox

MT2894 Family [ConnectX-6 Lx]

15b3

101f

Mellanox

MT42822 BlueField-2 in ConnectX-6 NIC mode

15b3

a2d6

24.12.3. Prerequisites

24.12.4. Setting the SR-IOV Network Operator into systemd mode

To support hardware offloading, you must first set the SR-IOV Network Operator into systemd mode.

Prerequisites

  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You have access to the cluster as a user that has the cluster-admin role.

Procedure

  1. Create a SriovOperatorConfig custom resource (CR) to deploy all the SR-IOV Operator components:

    1. Create a file named sriovOperatorConfig.yaml that contains the following YAML: 

      apiVersion: sriovnetwork.openshift.io/v1
kind: SriovOperatorConfig
metadata:
  name: default 1
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator
spec:
  enableInjector: true
  enableOperatorWebhook: true
  configurationMode: "systemd" 2
  logLevel: 2
      1
      The only valid name for the SriovOperatorConfig resource is default and it must be in the namespace where the Operator is deployed.
      2
      Setting the SR-IOV Network Operator into systemd mode is only relevant for Open vSwitch hardware offloading.

    2. Create the resource by running the following command: 

      $ oc apply -f sriovOperatorConfig.yaml

24.12.5. Configuring a machine config pool for hardware offloading

To enable hardware offloading, you now create a dedicated machine config pool and configure it to work with the SR-IOV Network Operator.

Prerequisites

  1. SR-IOV Network Operator installed and set into systemd mode.

Procedure

  1. Create a machine config pool for machines you want to use hardware offloading on.

    1. Create a file, such as mcp-offloading.yaml, with content like the following example: 

      apiVersion: machineconfiguration.openshift.io/v1
kind: MachineConfigPool
metadata:
  name: mcp-offloading 1
spec:
  machineConfigSelector:
    matchExpressions:
      - {key: machineconfiguration.openshift.io/role, operator: In, values: [worker,mcp-offloading]} 2
  nodeSelector:
    matchLabels:
      node-role.kubernetes.io/mcp-offloading: "" 3
      1 2
      The name of your machine config pool for hardware offloading.
      3
      This node role label is used to add nodes to the machine config pool.

    2. Apply the configuration for the machine config pool: 

      $ oc create -f mcp-offloading.yaml

  2. Add nodes to the machine config pool. Label each node with the node role label of your pool: 

    $ oc label node worker-2 node-role.kubernetes.io/mcp-offloading=""

  3. Optional: To verify that the new pool is created, run the following command: 

    $ oc get nodes

    Example output

    NAME       STATUS   ROLES                   AGE   VERSION
master-0   Ready    master                  2d    v1.26.0
master-1   Ready    master                  2d    v1.26.0
master-2   Ready    master                  2d    v1.26.0
worker-0   Ready    worker                  2d    v1.26.0
worker-1   Ready    worker                  2d    v1.26.0
worker-2   Ready    mcp-offloading,worker   47h   v1.26.0
worker-3   Ready    mcp-offloading,worker   47h   v1.26.0

  4. Add this machine config pool to the SriovNetworkPoolConfig custom resource:

    1. Create a file, such as sriov-pool-config.yaml, with content like the following example: 

      apiVersion: sriovnetwork.openshift.io/v1
kind: SriovNetworkPoolConfig
metadata:
  name: sriovnetworkpoolconfig-offload
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator
spec:
  ovsHardwareOffloadConfig:
    name: mcp-offloading 1
      1
      The name of your machine config pool for hardware offloading.

    2. Apply the configuration: 

      $ oc create -f <SriovNetworkPoolConfig_name>.yaml
      Note

      When you apply the configuration specified in a SriovNetworkPoolConfig object, the SR-IOV Operator drains and restarts the nodes in the machine config pool.

      It might take several minutes for a configuration changes to apply.

24.12.6. Configuring the SR-IOV network node policy

You can create an SR-IOV network device configuration for a node by creating an SR-IOV network node policy. To enable hardware offloading, you must define the .spec.eSwitchMode field with the value "switchdev".

The following procedure creates an SR-IOV interface for a network interface controller with hardware offloading.

Prerequisites

  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You have access to the cluster as a user with the cluster-admin role.

Procedure

  1. Create a file, such as sriov-node-policy.yaml, with content like the following example: 

    apiVersion: sriovnetwork.openshift.io/v1
kind: SriovNetworkNodePolicy
metadata:
  name: sriov-node-policy <.>
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator
spec:
  deviceType: netdevice <.>
  eSwitchMode: "switchdev" <.>
  nicSelector:
    deviceID: "1019"
    rootDevices:
    - 0000:d8:00.0
    vendor: "15b3"
    pfNames:
    - ens8f0
  nodeSelector:
    feature.node.kubernetes.io/network-sriov.capable: "true"
  numVfs: 6
  priority: 5
  resourceName: mlxnics

    <.> The name for the custom resource object. <.> Required. Hardware offloading is not supported with vfio-pci. <.> Required.

  2. Apply the configuration for the policy: 

    $ oc create -f sriov-node-policy.yaml
    Note

    When you apply the configuration specified in a SriovNetworkPoolConfig object, the SR-IOV Operator drains and restarts the nodes in the machine config pool.

    It might take several minutes for a configuration change to apply.

24.12.6.1. An example SR-IOV network node policy for OpenStack

The following example describes an SR-IOV interface for a network interface controller (NIC) with hardware offloading on Red Hat OpenStack Platform (RHOSP).

An SR-IOV interface for a NIC with hardware offloading on RHOSP

apiVersion: sriovnetwork.openshift.io/v1
kind: SriovNetworkNodePolicy
metadata:
  name: ${name}
  namespace: openshift-sriov-network-operator
spec:
  deviceType: switchdev
  isRdma: true
  nicSelector:
    netFilter: openstack/NetworkID:${net_id}
  nodeSelector:
    feature.node.kubernetes.io/network-sriov.capable: 'true'
  numVfs: 1
  priority: 99
  resourceName: ${name}

24.12.7. Creating a network attachment definition

After you define the machine config pool and the SR-IOV network node policy, you can create a network attachment definition for the network interface card you specified.

Prerequisites

  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You have access to the cluster as a user with the cluster-admin role.

Procedure

  1. Create a file, such as net-attach-def.yaml, with content like the following example: 

    apiVersion: "k8s.cni.cncf.io/v1"
kind: NetworkAttachmentDefinition
metadata:
  name: net-attach-def <.>
  namespace: net-attach-def <.>
  annotations:
    k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/resourceName: openshift.io/mlxnics <.>
spec:
  config: '{"cniVersion":"0.3.1","name":"ovn-kubernetes","type":"ovn-k8s-cni-overlay","ipam":{},"dns":{}}'

    <.> The name for your network attachment definition. <.> The namespace for your network attachment definition. <.> This is the value of the spec.resourceName field you specified in the SriovNetworkNodePolicy object.

  2. Apply the configuration for the network attachment definition: 

    $ oc create -f net-attach-def.yaml

Verification

  • Run the following command to see whether the new definition is present: 

    $ oc get net-attach-def -A

    Example output

    NAMESPACE         NAME             AGE
net-attach-def    net-attach-def   43h

24.12.8. Adding the network attachment definition to your pods

After you create the machine config pool, the SriovNetworkPoolConfig and SriovNetworkNodePolicy custom resources, and the network attachment definition, you can apply these configurations to your pods by adding the network attachment definition to your pod specifications.

Procedure

  • In the pod specification, add the .metadata.annotations.k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/networks field and specify the network attachment definition you created for hardware offloading: 

    ....
metadata:
  annotations:
    v1.multus-cni.io/default-network: net-attach-def/net-attach-def <.>

    <.> The value must be the name and namespace of the network attachment definition you created for hardware offloading.

24.13. Switching Bluefield-2 from DPU to NIC

You can switch the Bluefield-2 network device from data processing unit (DPU) mode to network interface controller (NIC) mode.

24.13.1. Switching Bluefield-2 from DPU mode to NIC mode

Use the following procedure to switch Bluefield-2 from data processing units (DPU) mode to network interface controller (NIC) mode.

Important

Currently, only switching Bluefield-2 from DPU to NIC mode is supported. Switching from NIC mode to DPU mode is unsupported.

Prerequisites

  • You have installed the SR-IOV Network Operator. For more information, see "Installing SR-IOV Network Operator".
  • You have updated Bluefield-2 to the latest firmware. For more information, see Firmware for NVIDIA BlueField-2.

Procedure

  1. Add the following labels to each of your worker nodes by entering the following commands: 

    $ oc label node <example_node_name_one> node-role.kubernetes.io/sriov=
    $ oc label node <example_node_name_two> node-role.kubernetes.io/sriov=

  2. Create a machine config pool for the SR-IOV Network Operator, for example: 

    apiVersion: machineconfiguration.openshift.io/v1
kind: MachineConfigPool
metadata:
  name: sriov
spec:
  machineConfigSelector:
    matchExpressions:
    - {key: machineconfiguration.openshift.io/role, operator: In, values: [worker,sriov]}
  nodeSelector:
    matchLabels:
      node-role.kubernetes.io/sriov: ""

  3. Apply the following machineconfig.yaml file to the worker nodes: 

    apiVersion: machineconfiguration.openshift.io/v1
kind: MachineConfig
metadata:
  labels:
    machineconfiguration.openshift.io/role: sriov
  name: 99-bf2-dpu
spec:
  config:
    ignition:
      version: 3.2.0
    storage:
      files:
      - contents:
          source: data:text/plain;charset=utf-8;base64,ZmluZF9jb250YWluZXIoKSB7CiAgY3JpY3RsIHBzIC1vIGpzb24gfCBqcSAtciAnLmNvbnRhaW5lcnNbXSB8IHNlbGVjdCgubWV0YWRhdGEubmFtZT09InNyaW92LW5ldHdvcmstY29uZmlnLWRhZW1vbiIpIHwgLmlkJwp9CnVudGlsIG91dHB1dD0kKGZpbmRfY29udGFpbmVyKTsgW1sgLW4gIiRvdXRwdXQiIF1dOyBkbwogIGVjaG8gIndhaXRpbmcgZm9yIGNvbnRhaW5lciB0byBjb21lIHVwIgogIHNsZWVwIDE7CmRvbmUKISBzdWRvIGNyaWN0bCBleGVjICRvdXRwdXQgL2JpbmRhdGEvc2NyaXB0cy9iZjItc3dpdGNoLW1vZGUuc2ggIiRAIgo=
        mode: 0755
        overwrite: true
        path: /etc/default/switch_in_sriov_config_daemon.sh
    systemd:
      units:
      - name: dpu-switch.service
        enabled: true
        contents: |
          [Unit]
          Description=Switch BlueField2 card to NIC/DPU mode
          RequiresMountsFor=%t/containers
          Wants=network.target
          After=network-online.target kubelet.service
          [Service]
          SuccessExitStatus=0 120
          RemainAfterExit=True
          ExecStart=/bin/bash -c '/etc/default/switch_in_sriov_config_daemon.sh nic || shutdown -r now' 1
          Type=oneshot
          [Install]
          WantedBy=multi-user.target
    1
    Optional: The PCI address of a specific card can optionally be specified, for example ExecStart=/bin/bash -c '/etc/default/switch_in_sriov_config_daemon.sh nic 0000:5e:00.0 || echo done'. By default, the first device is selected. If there is more than one device, you must specify which PCI address to be used. The PCI address must be the same on all nodes that are switching Bluefield-2 from DPU mode to NIC mode.
  4. Wait for the worker nodes to restart. After restarting, the Bluefield-2 network device on the worker nodes is switched into NIC mode.
  5. Optional: You might need to restart the host hardware because most recent Bluefield-2 firmware releases require a hardware restart to switch into NIC mode.

Additional resources

Installing SR-IOV Network Operator

24.14. Uninstalling the SR-IOV Network Operator

To uninstall the SR-IOV Network Operator, you must delete any running SR-IOV workloads, uninstall the Operator, and delete the webhooks that the Operator used.

24.14.1. Uninstalling the SR-IOV Network Operator

As a cluster administrator, you can uninstall the SR-IOV Network Operator.

Prerequisites

  • You have access to an OpenShift Container Platform cluster using an account with cluster-admin permissions.
  • You have the SR-IOV Network Operator installed.

Procedure

  1. Delete all SR-IOV custom resources (CRs): 

    $ oc delete sriovnetwork -n openshift-sriov-network-operator --all
    $ oc delete sriovnetworknodepolicy -n openshift-sriov-network-operator --all
    $ oc delete sriovibnetwork -n openshift-sriov-network-operator --all
  2. Follow the instructions in the "Deleting Operators from a cluster" section to remove the SR-IOV Network Operator from your cluster.

  3. Delete the SR-IOV custom resource definitions that remain in the cluster after the SR-IOV Network Operator is uninstalled: 

    $ oc delete crd sriovibnetworks.sriovnetwork.openshift.io
    $ oc delete crd sriovnetworknodepolicies.sriovnetwork.openshift.io
    $ oc delete crd sriovnetworknodestates.sriovnetwork.openshift.io
    $ oc delete crd sriovnetworkpoolconfigs.sriovnetwork.openshift.io
    $ oc delete crd sriovnetworks.sriovnetwork.openshift.io
    $ oc delete crd sriovoperatorconfigs.sriovnetwork.openshift.io

  4. Delete the SR-IOV webhooks: 

    $ oc delete mutatingwebhookconfigurations network-resources-injector-config
    $ oc delete MutatingWebhookConfiguration sriov-operator-webhook-config
    $ oc delete ValidatingWebhookConfiguration sriov-operator-webhook-config

  5. Delete the SR-IOV Network Operator namespace: 

    $ oc delete namespace openshift-sriov-network-operator

Additional resources

Chapter 25. OVN-Kubernetes network plugin

25.1. About the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin

The OpenShift Container Platform cluster uses a virtualized network for pod and service networks.

Part of Red Hat OpenShift Networking, the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin is the default network provider for OpenShift Container Platform. OVN-Kubernetes is based on Open Virtual Network (OVN) and provides an overlay-based networking implementation.

Important

For a cloud controller manager (CCM) with the --cloud-provider=external option set to cloud-provider-vsphere, a known issue exists for a cluster that operates in a networking environment with multiple subnets.

When you upgrade your cluster from OpenShift Container Platform 4.12 to OpenShift Container Platform 4.13, the CCM selects a wrong node IP address and this operation generates an error message in the namespaces/openshift-cloud-controller-manager/pods/vsphere-cloud-controller-manager logs. The error message indicates a mismatch with the node IP address and the vsphere-cloud-controller-manager pod IP address in your cluster.

The known issue might not impact the cluster upgrade operation, but you can set the correct IP address in both the nodeNetworking.external.networkSubnetCidr and the nodeNetworking.internal.networkSubnetCidr parameters for the nodeNetworking object that your cluster uses for its networking requirements.

A cluster that uses the OVN-Kubernetes plugin also runs Open vSwitch (OVS) on each node. OVN configures OVS on each node to implement the declared network configuration.

Note

OVN-Kubernetes is the default networking solution for OpenShift Container Platform and single-node OpenShift deployments.

OVN-Kubernetes, which arose from the OVS project, uses many of the same constructs, such as open flow rules, to determine how packets travel through the network. For more information, see the Open Virtual Network website.

OVN-Kubernetes is a series of daemons for OVS that translate virtual network configurations into OpenFlow rules. OpenFlow is a protocol for communicating with network switches and routers, providing a means for remotely controlling the flow of network traffic on a network device, allowing network administrators to configure, manage, and monitor the flow of network traffic.

OVN-Kubernetes provides more of the advanced functionality not available with OpenFlow. OVN supports distributed virtual routing, distributed logical switches, access control, DHCP and DNS. OVN implements distributed virtual routing within logic flows which equate to open flows. So for example if you have a pod that sends out a DHCP request on the network, it sends out that broadcast looking for DHCP address there will be a logic flow rule that matches that packet, and it responds giving it a gateway, a DNS server an IP address and so on.

OVN-Kubernetes runs a daemon on each node. There are daemon sets for the databases and for the OVN controller that run on every node. The OVN controller programs the Open vSwitch daemon on the nodes to support the network provider features; egress IPs, firewalls, routers, hybrid networking, IPSEC encryption, IPv6, network policy, network policy logs, hardware offloading and multicast.

25.1.1. OVN-Kubernetes purpose

The OVN-Kubernetes network plugin is an open-source, fully-featured Kubernetes CNI plugin that uses Open Virtual Network (OVN) to manage network traffic flows. OVN is a community developed, vendor-agnostic network virtualization solution. The OVN-Kubernetes network plugin:

  • Uses OVN (Open Virtual Network) to manage network traffic flows. OVN is a community developed, vendor-agnostic network virtualization solution.
  • Implements Kubernetes network policy support, including ingress and egress rules.
  • Uses the Geneve (Generic Network Virtualization Encapsulation) protocol rather than VXLAN to create an overlay network between nodes.

The OVN-Kubernetes network plugin provides the following advantages over OpenShift SDN.

  • Full support for IPv6 single-stack and IPv4/IPv6 dual-stack networking on supported platforms
  • Support for hybrid clusters with both Linux and Microsoft Windows workloads
  • Optional IPsec encryption of intra-cluster communications
  • Offload of network data processing from host CPU to compatible network cards and data processing units (DPUs)

25.1.2. Supported network plugin feature matrix

Red Hat OpenShift Networking offers two options for the network plugin, OpenShift SDN and OVN-Kubernetes, for the network plugin. The following table summarizes the current feature support for both network plugins:

Table 25.1. Default CNI network plugin feature comparison
FeatureOpenShift SDNOVN-Kubernetes

Egress IPs

Supported

Supported

Egress firewall

Supported

Supported [1]

Egress router

Supported

Supported [2]

Hybrid networking

Not supported

Supported

IPsec encryption for intra-cluster communication

Not supported

Supported

IPv4 single-stack

Supported

Supported

IPv6 single-stack

Not supported

Supported [3]

IPv4/IPv6 dual-stack

Not Supported

Supported [4]

IPv6/IPv4 dual-stack

Not supported

Supported [5]

Kubernetes network policy

Supported

Supported

Kubernetes network policy logs

Not supported

Supported

Hardware offloading

Not supported

Supported

Multicast

Supported

Supported

  1. Egress firewall is also known as egress network policy in OpenShift SDN. This is not the same as network policy egress.
  2. Egress router for OVN-Kubernetes supports only redirect mode.
  3. IPv6 single-stack networking on a bare-metal platform.
  4. IPv4/IPv6 dual-stack networking on bare-metal, VMware vSphere (installer-provisioned infrastructure installations only), IBM Power®, and IBM Z® platforms. On VMware vSphere, dual-stack networking limitations exist.
  5. IPv6/IPv4 dual-stack networking on bare-metal and IBM Power® platforms.

Additional resources

25.1.3. OVN-Kubernetes IPv6 and dual-stack limitations

The OVN-Kubernetes network plugin has the following limitations:

  • For clusters configured for dual-stack networking, both IPv4 and IPv6 traffic must use the same network interface as the default gateway. If this requirement is not met, pods on the host in the ovnkube-node daemon set enter the CrashLoopBackOff state. If you display a pod with a command such as oc get pod -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes -l app=ovnkube-node -o yaml, the status field contains more than one message about the default gateway, as shown in the following output: 

    I1006 16:09:50.985852   60651 helper_linux.go:73] Found default gateway interface br-ex 192.168.127.1
I1006 16:09:50.985923   60651 helper_linux.go:73] Found default gateway interface ens4 fe80::5054:ff:febe:bcd4
F1006 16:09:50.985939   60651 ovnkube.go:130] multiple gateway interfaces detected: br-ex ens4

    The only resolution is to reconfigure the host networking so that both IP families use the same network interface for the default gateway.

  • For clusters configured for dual-stack networking, both the IPv4 and IPv6 routing tables must contain the default gateway. If this requirement is not met, pods on the host in the ovnkube-node daemon set enter the CrashLoopBackOff state. If you display a pod with a command such as oc get pod -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes -l app=ovnkube-node -o yaml, the status field contains more than one message about the default gateway, as shown in the following output: 

    I0512 19:07:17.589083  108432 helper_linux.go:74] Found default gateway interface br-ex 192.168.123.1
F0512 19:07:17.589141  108432 ovnkube.go:133] failed to get default gateway interface

    The only resolution is to reconfigure the host networking so that both IP families contain the default gateway.

25.1.4. Session affinity

Session affinity is a feature that applies to Kubernetes Service objects. You can use session affinity if you want to ensure that each time you connect to a <service_VIP>:<Port>, the traffic is always load balanced to the same back end. For more information, including how to set session affinity based on a client’s IP address, see Session affinity.

Stickiness timeout for session affinity

The OVN-Kubernetes network plugin for OpenShift Container Platform calculates the stickiness timeout for a session from a client based on the last packet. For example, if you run a curl command 10 times, the sticky session timer starts from the tenth packet not the first. As a result, if the client is continuously contacting the service, then the session never times out. The timeout starts when the service has not received a packet for the amount of time set by the timeoutSeconds parameter.

Additional resources

25.2. OVN-Kubernetes architecture

25.2.1. Introduction to OVN-Kubernetes architecture

The following diagram shows the OVN-Kubernetes architecture.

Figure 25.1. OVK-Kubernetes architecture

OVN-Kubernetes architecture

The key components are:

  • Cloud Management System (CMS) - A platform specific client for OVN that provides a CMS specific plugin for OVN integration. The plugin translates the cloud management system’s concept of the logical network configuration, stored in the CMS configuration database in a CMS-specific format, into an intermediate representation understood by OVN.
  • OVN Northbound database (nbdb) - Stores the logical network configuration passed by the CMS plugin.
  • OVN Southbound database (sbdb) - Stores the physical and logical network configuration state for OpenVswitch (OVS) system on each node, including tables that bind them.
  • ovn-northd - This is the intermediary client between nbdb and sbdb. It translates the logical network configuration in terms of conventional network concepts, taken from the nbdb, into logical data path flows in the sbdb below it. The container name is northd and it runs in the ovnkube-master pods.
  • ovn-controller - This is the OVN agent that interacts with OVS and hypervisors, for any information or update that is needed for sbdb. The ovn-controller reads logical flows from the sbdb, translates them into OpenFlow flows and sends them to the node’s OVS daemon. The container name is ovn-controller and it runs in the ovnkube-node pods.

The OVN northbound database has the logical network configuration passed down to it by the cloud management system (CMS). The OVN northbound Database contains the current desired state of the network, presented as a collection of logical ports, logical switches, logical routers, and more. The ovn-northd (northd container) connects to the OVN northbound database and the OVN southbound database. It translates the logical network configuration in terms of conventional network concepts, taken from the OVN northbound Database, into logical data path flows in the OVN southbound database.

The OVN southbound database has physical and logical representations of the network and binding tables that link them together. Every node in the cluster is represented in the southbound database, and you can see the ports that are connected to it. It also contains all the logic flows, the logic flows are shared with the ovn-controller process that runs on each node and the ovn-controller turns those into OpenFlow rules to program Open vSwitch.

The Kubernetes control plane nodes each contain an ovnkube-master pod which hosts containers for the OVN northbound and southbound databases. All OVN northbound databases form a Raft cluster and all southbound databases form a separate Raft cluster. At any given time a single ovnkube-master is the leader and the other ovnkube-master pods are followers.

25.2.2. Listing all resources in the OVN-Kubernetes project

Finding the resources and containers that run in the OVN-Kubernetes project is important to help you understand the OVN-Kubernetes networking implementation.

Prerequisites

  • Access to the cluster as a user with the cluster-admin role.
  • The OpenShift CLI (oc) installed.

Procedure

  1. Run the following command to get all resources, endpoints, and ConfigMaps in the OVN-Kubernetes project: 

    $ oc get all,ep,cm -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes

    Example output

    NAME                       READY   STATUS    RESTARTS      AGE
pod/ovnkube-master-9g7zt   6/6     Running   1 (48m ago)   57m
pod/ovnkube-master-lqs4v   6/6     Running   0             57m
pod/ovnkube-master-vxhtq   6/6     Running   0             57m
pod/ovnkube-node-9k9kc     5/5     Running   0             57m
pod/ovnkube-node-jg52r     5/5     Running   0             51m
pod/ovnkube-node-k8wf7     5/5     Running   0             57m
pod/ovnkube-node-tlwk6     5/5     Running   0             47m
pod/ovnkube-node-xsvnk     5/5     Running   0             57m

NAME                            TYPE        CLUSTER-IP   EXTERNAL-IP   PORT(S)             AGE
service/ovn-kubernetes-master   ClusterIP   None         <none>        9102/TCP            57m
service/ovn-kubernetes-node     ClusterIP   None         <none>        9103/TCP,9105/TCP   57m
service/ovnkube-db              ClusterIP   None         <none>        9641/TCP,9642/TCP   57m

NAME                            DESIRED   CURRENT   READY   UP-TO-DATE   AVAILABLE   NODE SELECTOR                                                 AGE
daemonset.apps/ovnkube-master   3         3         3       3            3           beta.kubernetes.io/os=linux,node-role.kubernetes.io/master=   57m
daemonset.apps/ovnkube-node     5         5         5       5            5           beta.kubernetes.io/os=linux                                   57m

NAME                              ENDPOINTS                                                        AGE
endpoints/ovn-kubernetes-master   10.0.132.11:9102,10.0.151.18:9102,10.0.192.45:9102               57m
endpoints/ovn-kubernetes-node     10.0.132.11:9105,10.0.143.72:9105,10.0.151.18:9105 + 7 more...   57m
endpoints/ovnkube-db              10.0.132.11:9642,10.0.151.18:9642,10.0.192.45:9642 + 3 more...   57m

NAME                                 DATA   AGE
configmap/control-plane-status       1      55m
configmap/kube-root-ca.crt           1      57m
configmap/openshift-service-ca.crt   1      57m
configmap/ovn-ca                     1      57m
configmap/ovnkube-config             1      57m
configmap/signer-ca                  1      57m

    There are three ovnkube-masters that run on the control plane nodes, and two daemon sets used to deploy the ovnkube-master and ovnkube-node pods. There is one ovnkube-node pod for each node in the cluster. The ovnkube-config ConfigMap has the OpenShift Container Platform OVN-Kubernetes configurations started by online-master and ovnkube-node.

  2. List all the containers in the ovnkube-master pods by running the following command: 

    $ oc get pods ovnkube-master-9g7zt \
-o jsonpath='{.spec.containers[*].name}' -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes

    Expected output

    northd nbdb kube-rbac-proxy sbdb ovnkube-master ovn-dbchecker

    The ovnkube-master pod is made up of several containers. It is responsible for hosting the northbound database (nbdb container), the southbound database (sbdb container), watching for cluster events for pods, egressIP, namespaces, services, endpoints, egress firewall, and network policy and writing them to the northbound database (ovnkube-master pod), as well as managing pod subnet allocation to nodes.

  3. List all the containers in the ovnkube-node pods by running the following command: 

    $ oc get pods ovnkube-node-jg52r \
-o jsonpath='{.spec.containers[*].name}' -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes

    Expected output

    ovn-controller ovn-acl-logging kube-rbac-proxy kube-rbac-proxy-ovn-metrics ovnkube-node

    The ovnkube-node pod has a container (ovn-controller) that resides on each OpenShift Container Platform node. Each node’s ovn-controller connects the OVN northbound to the OVN southbound database to learn about the OVN configuration. The ovn-controller connects southbound to ovs-vswitchd as an OpenFlow controller, for control over network traffic, and to the local ovsdb-server to allow it to monitor and control Open vSwitch configuration.

  4. List the currently elected OVN-Kubernetes master leader by running the following command: 

    $ oc get lease -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes

    Expected output

    NAME                    HOLDER                               AGE
ovn-kubernetes-master   ci-ln-gz990pb-72292-rthz2-master-2   50m

25.2.3. Listing the OVN-Kubernetes northbound database contents

To understand logic flow rules you need to examine the northbound database and understand what objects are there to see how they are translated into logic flow rules. The up to date information is present on the OVN Raft leader and this procedure describes how to find the Raft leader and subsequently query it to list the OVN northbound database contents.

Prerequisites

  • Access to the cluster as a user with the cluster-admin role.
  • The OpenShift CLI (oc) installed.

Procedure

  1. Find the OVN Raft leader for the northbound database.

    Note

    The Raft leader stores the most up to date information.

    1. List the pods by running the following command: 

      $ oc get po -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes

      Example output

      NAME                   READY   STATUS    RESTARTS       AGE
ovnkube-master-7j97q   6/6     Running   2 (148m ago)   149m
ovnkube-master-gt4ms   6/6     Running   1 (140m ago)   147m
ovnkube-master-mk6p6   6/6     Running   0              148m
ovnkube-node-8qvtr     5/5     Running   0              149m
ovnkube-node-fqdc9     5/5     Running   0              149m
ovnkube-node-tlfwv     5/5     Running   0              149m
ovnkube-node-wlwkn     5/5     Running   0              142m

    2. Choose one of the master pods at random and run the following command: 

      $ oc exec -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes ovnkube-master-7j97q \
-- /usr/bin/ovn-appctl -t /var/run/ovn/ovnnb_db.ctl \
--timeout=3 cluster/status OVN_Northbound

      Example output

      Defaulted container "northd" out of: northd, nbdb, kube-rbac-proxy, sbdb, ovnkube-master, ovn-dbchecker
1c57
Name: OVN_Northbound
Cluster ID: c48a (c48aa5c0-a704-4c77-a066-24fe99d9b338)
Server ID: 1c57 (1c57b6fc-2849-49b7-8679-fbf18bafe339)
Address: ssl:10.0.147.219:9643
Status: cluster member
Role: follower 1
Term: 5
Leader: 2b4f 2
Vote: unknown

Election timer: 10000
Log: [2, 3018]
Entries not yet committed: 0
Entries not yet applied: 0
Connections: ->0000 ->0000 <-8844 <-2b4f
Disconnections: 0
Servers:
    1c57 (1c57 at ssl:10.0.147.219:9643) (self)
    8844 (8844 at ssl:10.0.163.212:9643) last msg 8928047 ms ago
    2b4f (2b4f at ssl:10.0.242.240:9643) last msg 620 ms ago 3

      1
      This pod is identified as a follower
      2
      The leader is identified as 2b4f
      3
      The 2b4f is on IP address 10.0.242.240

    3. Find the ovnkube-master pod running on IP Address 10.0.242.240 using the following command: 

      $ oc get po -o wide -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes | grep 10.0.242.240 | grep -v ovnkube-node

      Example output

      ovnkube-master-gt4ms   6/6     Running             1 (143m ago)   150m   10.0.242.240   ip-10-0-242-240.ec2.internal   <none>           <none>

      The ovnkube-master-gt4ms pod runs on IP Address 10.0.242.240.

  2. Run the following command to show all the objects in the northbound database: 

    $ oc exec -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes -it ovnkube-master-gt4ms \
-c northd -- ovn-nbctl show

    The output is too long to list here. The list includes the NAT rules, logical switches, load balancers and so on.

    Run the following command to display the options available with the command ovn-nbctl: 

    $ oc exec -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes -it ovnkube-master-mk6p6 \
-c northd ovn-nbctl --help

    You can narrow down and focus on specific components by using some of the following commands:

  3. Run the following command to show the list of logical routers: 

    $ oc exec -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes -it ovnkube-master-gt4ms \
-c northd -- ovn-nbctl lr-list

    Example output

    f971f1f3-5112-402f-9d1e-48f1d091ff04 (GR_ip-10-0-145-205.ec2.internal)
69c992d8-a4cf-429e-81a3-5361209ffe44 (GR_ip-10-0-147-219.ec2.internal)
7d164271-af9e-4283-b84a-48f2a44851cd (GR_ip-10-0-163-212.ec2.internal)
111052e3-c395-408b-97b2-8dd0a20a29a5 (GR_ip-10-0-165-9.ec2.internal)
ed50ce33-df5d-48e8-8862-2df6a59169a0 (GR_ip-10-0-209-170.ec2.internal)
f44e2a96-8d1e-4a4d-abae-ed8728ac6851 (GR_ip-10-0-242-240.ec2.internal)
ef3d0057-e557-4b1a-b3c6-fcc3463790b0 (ovn_cluster_router)

    Note

    From this output you can see there is router on each node plus an ovn_cluster_router.

  4. Run the following command to show the list of logical switches: 

    $ oc exec -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes -it ovnkube-master-gt4ms \
-c northd -- ovn-nbctl ls-list

    Example output

    82808c5c-b3bc-414a-bb59-8fec4b07eb14 (ext_ip-10-0-145-205.ec2.internal)
3d22444f-0272-4c51-afc6-de9e03db3291 (ext_ip-10-0-147-219.ec2.internal)
bf73b9df-59ab-4c58-a456-ce8205b34ac5 (ext_ip-10-0-163-212.ec2.internal)
bee1e8d0-ec87-45eb-b98b-63f9ec213e5e (ext_ip-10-0-165-9.ec2.internal)
812f08f2-6476-4abf-9a78-635f8516f95e (ext_ip-10-0-209-170.ec2.internal)
f65e710b-32f9-482b-8eab-8d96a44799c1 (ext_ip-10-0-242-240.ec2.internal)
84dad700-afb8-4129-86f9-923a1ddeace9 (ip-10-0-145-205.ec2.internal)
1b7b448b-e36c-4ca3-9f38-4a2cf6814bfd (ip-10-0-147-219.ec2.internal)
d92d1f56-2606-4f23-8b6a-4396a78951de (ip-10-0-163-212.ec2.internal)
6864a6b2-de15-4de3-92d8-f95014b6f28f (ip-10-0-165-9.ec2.internal)
c26bf618-4d7e-4afd-804f-1a2cbc96ec6d (ip-10-0-209-170.ec2.internal)
ab9a4526-44ed-4f82-ae1c-e20da04947d9 (ip-10-0-242-240.ec2.internal)
a8588aba-21da-4276-ba0f-9d68e88911f0 (join)

    Note

    From this output you can see there is an ext switch for each node plus switches with the node name itself and a join switch.

  5. Run the following command to show the list of load balancers: 

    $ oc exec -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes -it ovnkube-master-gt4ms \
-c northd -- ovn-nbctl lb-list

    Example output

    UUID                                    LB                  PROTO      VIP                     IPs
f0fb50f9-4968-4b55-908c-616bae4db0a2    Service_default/    tcp        172.30.0.1:443          10.0.147.219:6443,10.0.163.212:6443,169.254.169.2:6443
0dc42012-4f5b-432e-ae01-2cc4bfe81b00    Service_default/    tcp        172.30.0.1:443          10.0.147.219:6443,169.254.169.2:6443,10.0.242.240:6443
f7fff5d5-5eff-4a40-98b1-3a4ba8f7f69c    Service_default/    tcp        172.30.0.1:443          169.254.169.2:6443,10.0.163.212:6443,10.0.242.240:6443
12fe57a0-50a4-4a1b-ac10-5f288badee07    Service_default/    tcp        172.30.0.1:443          10.0.147.219:6443,10.0.163.212:6443,10.0.242.240:6443
3f137fbf-0b78-4875-ba44-fbf89f254cf7    Service_openshif    tcp        172.30.23.153:443       10.130.0.14:8443
174199fe-0562-4141-b410-12094db922a7    Service_openshif    tcp        172.30.69.51:50051      10.130.0.84:50051
5ee2d4bd-c9e2-4d16-a6df-f54cd17c9ac3    Service_openshif    tcp        172.30.143.87:9001      10.0.145.205:9001,10.0.147.219:9001,10.0.163.212:9001,10.0.165.9:9001,10.0.209.170:9001,10.0.242.240:9001
a056ae3d-83f8-45bc-9c80-ef89bce7b162    Service_openshif    tcp        172.30.164.74:443       10.0.147.219:6443,10.0.163.212:6443,10.0.242.240:6443
bac51f3d-9a6f-4f5e-ac02-28fd343a332a    Service_openshif    tcp        172.30.0.10:53          10.131.0.6:5353
                                                            tcp        172.30.0.10:9154        10.131.0.6:9154
48105bbc-51d7-4178-b975-417433f9c20a    Service_openshif    tcp        172.30.26.159:2379      10.0.147.219:2379,169.254.169.2:2379,10.0.242.240:2379
                                                            tcp        172.30.26.159:9979      10.0.147.219:9979,169.254.169.2:9979,10.0.242.240:9979
7de2b8fc-342a-415f-ac13-1a493f4e39c0    Service_openshif    tcp        172.30.53.219:443       10.128.0.7:8443
                                                            tcp        172.30.53.219:9192      10.128.0.7:9192
2cef36bc-d720-4afb-8d95-9350eff1d27a    Service_openshif    tcp        172.30.81.66:443        10.128.0.23:8443
365cb6fb-e15e-45a4-a55b-21868b3cf513    Service_openshif    tcp        172.30.96.51:50051      10.130.0.19:50051
41691cbb-ec55-4cdb-8431-afce679c5e8d    Service_openshif    tcp        172.30.98.218:9099      169.254.169.2:9099
82df10ba-8143-400b-977a-8f5f416a4541    Service_openshif    tcp        172.30.26.159:2379      10.0.147.219:2379,10.0.163.212:2379,169.254.169.2:2379
                                                            tcp        172.30.26.159:9979      10.0.147.219:9979,10.0.163.212:9979,169.254.169.2:9979
debe7f3a-39a8-490e-bc0a-ebbfafdffb16    Service_openshif    tcp        172.30.23.244:443       10.128.0.48:8443,10.129.0.27:8443,10.130.0.45:8443
8a749239-02d9-4dc2-8737-716528e0da7b    Service_openshif    tcp        172.30.124.255:8443     10.128.0.14:8443
880c7c78-c790-403d-a3cb-9f06592717a3    Service_openshif    tcp        172.30.0.10:53          10.130.0.20:5353
                                                            tcp        172.30.0.10:9154        10.130.0.20:9154
d2f39078-6751-4311-a161-815bbaf7f9c7    Service_openshif    tcp        172.30.26.159:2379      169.254.169.2:2379,10.0.163.212:2379,10.0.242.240:2379
                                                            tcp        172.30.26.159:9979      169.254.169.2:9979,10.0.163.212:9979,10.0.242.240:9979
30948278-602b-455c-934a-28e64c46de12    Service_openshif    tcp        172.30.157.35:9443      10.130.0.43:9443
2cc7e376-7c02-4a82-89e8-dfa1e23fb003    Service_openshif    tcp        172.30.159.212:17698    10.128.0.48:17698,10.129.0.27:17698,10.130.0.45:17698
e7d22d35-61c2-40c2-bc30-265cff8ed18d    Service_openshif    tcp        172.30.143.87:9001      10.0.145.205:9001,10.0.147.219:9001,10.0.163.212:9001,10.0.165.9:9001,10.0.209.170:9001,169.254.169.2:9001
75164e75-e0c5-40fb-9636-bfdbf4223a02    Service_openshif    tcp        172.30.150.68:1936      10.129.4.8:1936,10.131.0.10:1936
                                                            tcp        172.30.150.68:443       10.129.4.8:443,10.131.0.10:443
                                                            tcp        172.30.150.68:80        10.129.4.8:80,10.131.0.10:80
7bc4ee74-dccf-47e9-9149-b011f09aff39    Service_openshif    tcp        172.30.164.74:443       10.0.147.219:6443,10.0.163.212:6443,169.254.169.2:6443
0db59e74-1cc6-470c-bf44-57c520e0aa8f    Service_openshif    tcp        10.0.163.212:31460
                                                            tcp        10.0.163.212:32361
c300e134-018c-49af-9f84-9deb1d0715f8    Service_openshif    tcp        172.30.42.244:50051     10.130.0.47:50051
5e352773-429b-4881-afb3-a13b7ba8b081    Service_openshif    tcp        172.30.244.66:443       10.129.0.8:8443,10.130.0.8:8443
54b82d32-1939-4465-a87d-f26321442a7a    Service_openshif    tcp        172.30.12.9:8443        10.128.0.35:8443

    Note

    From this truncated output you can see there are many OVN-Kubernetes load balancers. Load balancers in OVN-Kubernetes are representations of services.

25.2.4. Command line arguments for ovn-nbctl to examine northbound database contents

The following table describes the command line arguments that can be used with ovn-nbctl to examine the contents of the northbound database.

Table 25.2. Command line arguments to examine northbound database contents
ArgumentDescription

ovn-nbctl show

An overview of the northbound database contents.

ovn-nbctl show <switch_or_router>

Show the details associated with the specified switch or router.

ovn-nbctl lr-list

Show the logical routers.

ovn-nbctl lrp-list <router>

Using the router information from ovn-nbctl lr-list to show the router ports.

ovn-nbctl lr-nat-list <router>

Show network address translation details for the specified router.

ovn-nbctl ls-list

Show the logical switches

ovn-nbctl lsp-list <switch>

Using the switch information from ovn-nbctl ls-list to show the switch port.

ovn-nbctl lsp-get-type <port>

Get the type for the logical port.

ovn-nbctl lb-list

Show the load balancers.

25.2.5. Listing the OVN-Kubernetes southbound database contents

Logic flow rules are stored in the southbound database that is a representation of your infrastructure. The up to date information is present on the OVN Raft leader and this procedure describes how to find the Raft leader and query it to list the OVN southbound database contents.

Prerequisites

  • Access to the cluster as a user with the cluster-admin role.
  • The OpenShift CLI (oc) installed.

Procedure

  1. Find the OVN Raft leader for the southbound database.

    Note

    The Raft leader stores the most up to date information.

    1. List the pods by running the following command: 

      $ oc get po -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes

      Example output

      NAME                   READY   STATUS    RESTARTS       AGE
ovnkube-master-7j97q   6/6     Running   2 (134m ago)   135m
ovnkube-master-gt4ms   6/6     Running   1 (126m ago)   133m
ovnkube-master-mk6p6   6/6     Running   0              134m
ovnkube-node-8qvtr     5/5     Running   0              135m
ovnkube-node-bqztb     5/5     Running   0              117m
ovnkube-node-fqdc9     5/5     Running   0              135m
ovnkube-node-tlfwv     5/5     Running   0              135m
ovnkube-node-wlwkn     5/5     Running   0              128m

    2. Choose one of the master pods at random and run the following command to find the OVN southbound Raft leader: 

      $ oc exec -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes ovnkube-master-7j97q \
-- /usr/bin/ovn-appctl -t /var/run/ovn/ovnsb_db.ctl \
--timeout=3 cluster/status OVN_Southbound

      Example output

      Defaulted container "northd" out of: northd, nbdb, kube-rbac-proxy, sbdb, ovnkube-master, ovn-dbchecker
1930
Name: OVN_Southbound
Cluster ID: f772 (f77273c0-7986-42dd-bd3c-a9f18e25701f)
Server ID: 1930 (1930f4b7-314b-406f-9dcb-b81fe2729ae1)
Address: ssl:10.0.147.219:9644
Status: cluster member
Role: follower 1
Term: 3
Leader: 7081 2
Vote: unknown

Election timer: 16000
Log: [2, 2423]
Entries not yet committed: 0
Entries not yet applied: 0
Connections: ->0000 ->7145 <-7081 <-7145
Disconnections: 0
Servers:
    7081 (7081 at ssl:10.0.163.212:9644) last msg 59 ms ago 3
    1930 (1930 at ssl:10.0.147.219:9644) (self)
    7145 (7145 at ssl:10.0.242.240:9644) last msg 7871735 ms ago

      1
      This pod is identified as a follower
      2
      The leader is identified as 7081
      3
      The 7081 is on IP address 10.0.163.212

    3. Find the ovnkube-master pod running on IP Address 10.0.163.212 using the following command: 

      $ oc get po -o wide -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes | grep 10.0.163.212 | grep -v ovnkube-node

      Example output

      ovnkube-master-mk6p6   6/6     Running   0              136m   10.0.163.212   ip-10-0-163-212.ec2.internal   <none>           <none>

      The ovnkube-master-mk6p6 pod runs on IP Address 10.0.163.212.

  2. Run the following command to show all the information stored in the southbound database: 

    $ oc exec -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes -it ovnkube-master-mk6p6 \
-c northd -- ovn-sbctl show

    Example output

    Chassis "8ca57b28-9834-45f0-99b0-96486c22e1be"
    hostname: ip-10-0-156-16.ec2.internal
    Encap geneve
        ip: "10.0.156.16"
        options: {csum="true"}
    Port_Binding k8s-ip-10-0-156-16.ec2.internal
    Port_Binding etor-GR_ip-10-0-156-16.ec2.internal
    Port_Binding jtor-GR_ip-10-0-156-16.ec2.internal
    Port_Binding openshift-ingress-canary_ingress-canary-hsblx
    Port_Binding rtoj-GR_ip-10-0-156-16.ec2.internal
    Port_Binding openshift-monitoring_prometheus-adapter-658fc5967-9l46x
    Port_Binding rtoe-GR_ip-10-0-156-16.ec2.internal
    Port_Binding openshift-multus_network-metrics-daemon-77nvz
    Port_Binding openshift-ingress_router-default-64fd8c67c7-df598
    Port_Binding openshift-dns_dns-default-ttpcq
    Port_Binding openshift-monitoring_alertmanager-main-0
    Port_Binding openshift-e2e-loki_loki-promtail-g2pbh
    Port_Binding openshift-network-diagnostics_network-check-target-m6tn4
    Port_Binding openshift-monitoring_thanos-querier-75b5cf8dcb-qf8qj
    Port_Binding cr-rtos-ip-10-0-156-16.ec2.internal
    Port_Binding openshift-image-registry_image-registry-7b7bc44566-mp9b8

    This detailed output shows the chassis and the ports that are attached to the chassis which in this case are all of the router ports and anything that runs like host networking. Any pods communicate out to the wider network using source network address translation (SNAT). Their IP address is translated into the IP address of the node that the pod is running on and then sent out into the network.

    In addition to the chassis information the southbound database has all the logic flows and those logic flows are then sent to the ovn-controller running on each of the nodes. The ovn-controller translates the logic flows into open flow rules and ultimately programs OpenvSwitch so that your pods can then follow open flow rules and make it out of the network.

    Run the following command to display the options available with the command ovn-sbctl: 

    $ oc exec -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes -it ovnkube-master-mk6p6 \
-c northd -- ovn-sbctl --help

25.2.6. Command line arguments for ovn-sbctl to examine southbound database contents

The following table describes the command line arguments that can be used with ovn-sbctl to examine the contents of the southbound database.

Table 25.3. Command line arguments to examine southbound database contents
ArgumentDescription

ovn-sbctl show

Overview of the southbound database contents.

ovn-sbctl list Port_Binding <port>

List the contents of southbound database for a the specified port .

ovn-sbctl dump-flows

List the logical flows.

25.2.7. OVN-Kubernetes logical architecture

OVN is a network virtualization solution. It creates logical switches and routers. These switches and routers are interconnected to create any network topologies. When you run ovnkube-trace with the log level set to 2 or 5 the OVN-Kubernetes logical components are exposed. The following diagram shows how the routers and switches are connected in OpenShift Container Platform.

Figure 25.2. OVN-Kubernetes router and switch components

OVN-Kubernetes logical architecture

The key components involved in packet processing are:

Gateway routers
Gateway routers sometimes called L3 gateway routers, are typically used between the distributed routers and the physical network. Gateway routers including their logical patch ports are bound to a physical location (not distributed), or chassis. The patch ports on this router are known as l3gateway ports in the ovn-southbound database (ovn-sbdb).
Distributed logical routers
Distributed logical routers and the logical switches behind them, to which virtual machines and containers attach, effectively reside on each hypervisor.
Join local switch
Join local switches are used to connect the distributed router and gateway routers. It reduces the number of IP addresses needed on the distributed router.
Logical switches with patch ports
Logical switches with patch ports are used to virtualize the network stack. They connect remote logical ports through tunnels.
Logical switches with localnet ports
Logical switches with localnet ports are used to connect OVN to the physical network. They connect remote logical ports by bridging the packets to directly connected physical L2 segments using localnet ports.
Patch ports
Patch ports represent connectivity between logical switches and logical routers and between peer logical routers. A single connection has a pair of patch ports at each such point of connectivity, one on each side.
l3gateway ports
l3gateway ports are the port binding entries in the ovn-sbdb for logical patch ports used in the gateway routers. They are called l3gateway ports rather than patch ports just to portray the fact that these ports are bound to a chassis just like the gateway router itself.
localnet ports
localnet ports are present on the bridged logical switches that allows a connection to a locally accessible network from each ovn-controller instance. This helps model the direct connectivity to the physical network from the logical switches. A logical switch can only have a single localnet port attached to it.
25.2.7.1. Installing network-tools on local host

Install network-tools on your local host to make a collection of tools available for debugging OpenShift Container Platform cluster network issues.

Procedure

  1. Clone the network-tools repository onto your workstation with the following command: 

    $ git clone git@github.com:openshift/network-tools.git

  2. Change into the directory for the repository you just cloned: 

    $ cd network-tools

  3. Optional: List all available commands: 

    $ ./debug-scripts/network-tools -h
25.2.7.2. Running network-tools

Get information about the logical switches and routers by running network-tools.

Prerequisites

  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You are logged in to the cluster as a user with cluster-admin privileges.
  • You have installed network-tools on local host.

Procedure

  1. List the routers by running the following command: 

    $ ./debug-scripts/network-tools ovn-db-run-command ovn-nbctl lr-list

    Example output

    Leader pod is ovnkube-master-vslqm
5351ddd1-f181-4e77-afc6-b48b0a9df953 (GR_helix13.lab.eng.tlv2.redhat.com)
ccf9349e-1948-4df8-954e-39fb0c2d4d06 (GR_helix14.lab.eng.tlv2.redhat.com)
e426b918-75a8-4220-9e76-20b7758f92b7 (GR_hlxcl7-master-0.hlxcl7.lab.eng.tlv2.redhat.com)
dded77c8-0cc3-4b99-8420-56cd2ae6a840 (GR_hlxcl7-master-1.hlxcl7.lab.eng.tlv2.redhat.com)
4f6747e6-e7ba-4e0c-8dcd-94c8efa51798 (GR_hlxcl7-master-2.hlxcl7.lab.eng.tlv2.redhat.com)
52232654-336e-4952-98b9-0b8601e370b4 (ovn_cluster_router)

  2. List the localnet ports by running the following command: 

    $ ./debug-scripts/network-tools ovn-db-run-command \
ovn-sbctl find Port_Binding type=localnet

    Example output

    Leader pod is ovnkube-master-vslqm
_uuid               : 3de79191-cca8-4c28-be5a-a228f0f9ebfc
additional_chassis  : []
additional_encap    : []
chassis             : []
datapath            : 3f1a4928-7ff5-471f-9092-fe5f5c67d15c
encap               : []
external_ids        : {}
gateway_chassis     : []
ha_chassis_group    : []
logical_port        : br-ex_helix13.lab.eng.tlv2.redhat.com
mac                 : [unknown]
nat_addresses       : []
options             : {network_name=physnet}
parent_port         : []
port_security       : []
requested_additional_chassis: []
requested_chassis   : []
tag                 : []
tunnel_key          : 2
type                : localnet
up                  : false
virtual_parent      : []

_uuid               : dbe21daf-9594-4849-b8f0-5efbfa09a455
additional_chassis  : []
additional_encap    : []
chassis             : []
datapath            : db2a6067-fe7c-4d11-95a7-ff2321329e11
encap               : []
external_ids        : {}
gateway_chassis     : []
ha_chassis_group    : []
logical_port        : br-ex_hlxcl7-master-2.hlxcl7.lab.eng.tlv2.redhat.com
mac                 : [unknown]
nat_addresses       : []
options             : {network_name=physnet}
parent_port         : []
port_security       : []
requested_additional_chassis: []
requested_chassis   : []
tag                 : []
tunnel_key          : 2
type                : localnet
up                  : false
virtual_parent      : []

[...]

  3. List the l3gateway ports by running the following command: 

    $ ./debug-scripts/network-tools ovn-db-run-command \
ovn-sbctl find Port_Binding type=l3gateway

    Example output

    Leader pod is ovnkube-master-vslqm
_uuid               : 9314dc80-39e1-4af7-9cc0-ae8a9708ed59
additional_chassis  : []
additional_encap    : []
chassis             : 336a923d-99e8-4e71-89a6-12564fde5760
datapath            : db2a6067-fe7c-4d11-95a7-ff2321329e11
encap               : []
external_ids        : {}
gateway_chassis     : []
ha_chassis_group    : []
logical_port        : etor-GR_hlxcl7-master-2.hlxcl7.lab.eng.tlv2.redhat.com
mac                 : ["52:54:00:3e:95:d3"]
nat_addresses       : ["52:54:00:3e:95:d3 10.46.56.77"]
options             : {l3gateway-chassis="7eb1f1c3-87c2-4f68-8e89-60f5ca810971", peer=rtoe-GR_hlxcl7-master-2.hlxcl7.lab.eng.tlv2.redhat.com}
parent_port         : []
port_security       : []
requested_additional_chassis: []
requested_chassis   : []
tag                 : []
tunnel_key          : 1
type                : l3gateway
up                  : true
virtual_parent      : []

_uuid               : ad7eb303-b411-4e9f-8d36-d07f1f268e27
additional_chassis  : []
additional_encap    : []
chassis             : f41453b8-29c5-4f39-b86b-e82cf344bce4
datapath            : 082e7a60-d9c7-464b-b6ec-117d3426645a
encap               : []
external_ids        : {}
gateway_chassis     : []
ha_chassis_group    : []
logical_port        : etor-GR_helix14.lab.eng.tlv2.redhat.com
mac                 : ["34:48:ed:f3:e2:2c"]
nat_addresses       : ["34:48:ed:f3:e2:2c 10.46.56.14"]
options             : {l3gateway-chassis="2e8abe3a-cb94-4593-9037-f5f9596325e2", peer=rtoe-GR_helix14.lab.eng.tlv2.redhat.com}
parent_port         : []
port_security       : []
requested_additional_chassis: []
requested_chassis   : []
tag                 : []
tunnel_key          : 1
type                : l3gateway
up                  : true
virtual_parent      : []

[...]

  4. List the patch ports by running the following command: 

    $ ./debug-scripts/network-tools ovn-db-run-command \
ovn-sbctl find Port_Binding type=patch

    Example output

    Leader pod is ovnkube-master-vslqm
_uuid               : c48b1380-ff26-4965-a644-6bd5b5946c61
additional_chassis  : []
additional_encap    : []
chassis             : []
datapath            : 72734d65-fae1-4bd9-a1ee-1bf4e085a060
encap               : []
external_ids        : {}
gateway_chassis     : []
ha_chassis_group    : []
logical_port        : jtor-ovn_cluster_router
mac                 : [router]
nat_addresses       : []
options             : {peer=rtoj-ovn_cluster_router}
parent_port         : []
port_security       : []
requested_additional_chassis: []
requested_chassis   : []
tag                 : []
tunnel_key          : 4
type                : patch
up                  : false
virtual_parent      : []

_uuid               : 5df51302-f3cd-415b-a059-ac24389938f7
additional_chassis  : []
additional_encap    : []
chassis             : []
datapath            : 0551c90f-e891-4909-8e9e-acc7909e06d0
encap               : []
external_ids        : {}
gateway_chassis     : []
ha_chassis_group    : []
logical_port        : rtos-hlxcl7-master-1.hlxcl7.lab.eng.tlv2.redhat.com
mac                 : ["0a:58:0a:82:00:01 10.130.0.1/23"]
nat_addresses       : []
options             : {chassis-redirect-port=cr-rtos-hlxcl7-master-1.hlxcl7.lab.eng.tlv2.redhat.com, peer=stor-hlxcl7-master-1.hlxcl7.lab.eng.tlv2.redhat.com}
parent_port         : []
port_security       : []
requested_additional_chassis: []
requested_chassis   : []
tag                 : []
tunnel_key          : 4
type                : patch
up                  : false
virtual_parent      : []

[...]

25.2.8. Additional resources

25.3. Troubleshooting OVN-Kubernetes

OVN-Kubernetes has many sources of built-in health checks and logs.

25.3.1. Monitoring OVN-Kubernetes health by using readiness probes

The ovnkube-master and ovnkube-node pods have containers configured with readiness probes.

Prerequisites

  • Access to the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You have access to the cluster with cluster-admin privileges.
  • You have installed jq.

Procedure

  1. Review the details of the ovnkube-master readiness probe by running the following command: 

    $ oc get pods -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes -l app=ovnkube-master \
-o json | jq '.items[0].spec.containers[] | .name,.readinessProbe'

    The readiness probe for the northbound and southbound database containers in the ovnkube-master pod checks for the health of the Raft cluster hosting the databases.

  2. Review the details of the ovnkube-node readiness probe by running the following command: 

    $ oc get pods -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes -l app=ovnkube-master \
-o json | jq '.items[0].spec.containers[] | .name,.readinessProbe'

    The ovnkube-node container in the ovnkube-node pod has a readiness probe to verify the presence of the ovn-kubernetes CNI configuration file, the absence of which would indicate that the pod is not running or is not ready to accept requests to configure pods.

  3. Show all events including the probe failures, for the namespace by using the following command: 

    $ oc get events -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes

  4. Show the events for just this pod: 

    $ oc describe pod ovnkube-master-tp2z8 -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes

  5. Show the messages and statuses from the cluster network operator: 

    $ oc get co/network -o json | jq '.status.conditions[]'

  6. Show the ready status of each container in ovnkube-master pods by running the following script: 

    $ for p in $(oc get pods --selector app=ovnkube-master -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes \
-o jsonpath='{range.items[*]}{" "}{.metadata.name}'); do echo === $p ===;  \
oc get pods -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes $p -o json | jq '.status.containerStatuses[] | .name, .ready'; \
done
    Note

    The expectation is all container statuses are reporting as true. Failure of a readiness probe sets the status to false.

Additional resources

25.3.2. Viewing OVN-Kubernetes alerts in the console

The Alerting UI provides detailed information about alerts and their governing alerting rules and silences.

Prerequisites

  • You have access to the cluster as a developer or as a user with view permissions for the project that you are viewing metrics for.

Procedure (UI)

  1. In the Administrator perspective, select Observe → Alerting. The three main pages in the Alerting UI in this perspective are the Alerts, Silences, and Alerting Rules pages.
  2. View the rules for OVN-Kubernetes alerts by selecting Observe → Alerting → Alerting Rules.

25.3.3. Viewing OVN-Kubernetes alerts in the CLI

You can get information about alerts and their governing alerting rules and silences from the command line.

Prerequisites

  • Access to the cluster as a user with the cluster-admin role.
  • The OpenShift CLI (oc) installed.
  • You have installed jq.

Procedure

  1. View active or firing alerts by running the following commands.

    1. Set the alert manager route environment variable by running the following command: 

      $ ALERT_MANAGER=$(oc get route alertmanager-main -n openshift-monitoring \
-o jsonpath='{@.spec.host}')

    2. Issue a curl request to the alert manager route API with the correct authorization details requesting specific fields by running the following command: 

      $ curl -s -k -H "Authorization: Bearer \
$(oc create token prometheus-k8s -n openshift-monitoring)" \
https://$ALERT_MANAGER/api/v1/alerts \
| jq '.data[] | "\(.labels.severity) \(.labels.alertname) \(.labels.pod) \(.labels.container) \(.labels.endpoint) \(.labels.instance)"'

  2. View alerting rules by running the following command: 

    $ oc -n openshift-monitoring exec -c prometheus prometheus-k8s-0 -- curl -s 'http://localhost:9090/api/v1/rules' | jq '.data.groups[].rules[] | select(((.name|contains("ovn")) or (.name|contains("OVN")) or (.name|contains("Ovn")) or (.name|contains("North")) or (.name|contains("South"))) and .type=="alerting")'

25.3.4. Viewing the OVN-Kubernetes logs using the CLI

You can view the logs for each of the pods in the ovnkube-master and ovnkube-node pods using the OpenShift CLI (oc).

Prerequisites

  • Access to the cluster as a user with the cluster-admin role.
  • Access to the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You have installed jq.

Procedure

  1. View the log for a specific pod: 

    $ oc logs -f <pod_name> -c <container_name> -n <namespace>

    where:

    -f
    Optional: Specifies that the output follows what is being written into the logs.
    <pod_name>
    Specifies the name of the pod.
    <container_name>
    Optional: Specifies the name of a container. When a pod has more than one container, you must specify the container name.
    <namespace>
    Specify the namespace the pod is running in.

    For example: 

    $ oc logs ovnkube-master-7h4q7 -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes
    $ oc logs -f ovnkube-master-7h4q7 -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes -c ovn-dbchecker

    The contents of log files are printed out.

  2. Examine the most recent entries in all the containers in the ovnkube-master pods: 

    $ for p in $(oc get pods --selector app=ovnkube-master -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes \
-o jsonpath='{range.items[*]}{" "}{.metadata.name}'); \
do echo === $p ===; for container in $(oc get pods -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes $p \
-o json | jq -r '.status.containerStatuses[] | .name');do echo ---$container---; \
oc logs -c $container $p -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes --tail=5; done; done

  3. View the last 5 lines of every log in every container in an ovnkube-master pod using the following command: 

    $ oc logs -l app=ovnkube-master -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes --all-containers --tail 5

25.3.5. Viewing the OVN-Kubernetes logs using the web console

You can view the logs for each of the pods in the ovnkube-master and ovnkube-node pods in the web console.

Prerequisites

  • Access to the OpenShift CLI (oc).

Procedure

  1. In the OpenShift Container Platform console, navigate to Workloads → Pods or navigate to the pod through the resource you want to investigate.
  2. Select the openshift-ovn-kubernetes project from the drop-down menu.
  3. Click the name of the pod you want to investigate.
  4. Click Logs. By default for the ovnkube-master the logs associated with the northd container are displayed.
  5. Use the down-down menu to select logs for each container in turn.
25.3.5.1. Changing the OVN-Kubernetes log levels

The default log level for OVN-Kubernetes is 2. To debug OVN-Kubernetes set the log level to 5. Follow this procedure to increase the log level of the OVN-Kubernetes to help you debug an issue.

Prerequisites

  • You have access to the cluster with cluster-admin privileges.
  • You have access to the OpenShift Container Platform web console.

Procedure

  1. Run the following command to get detailed information for all pods in the OVN-Kubernetes project: 

    $ oc get po -o wide -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes

    Example output

    NAME                   READY   STATUS    RESTARTS      AGE   IP             NODE                           NOMINATED NODE   READINESS GATES
ovnkube-master-84nc9   6/6     Running   0             50m   10.0.134.156   ip-10-0-134-156.ec2.internal   <none>           <none>
ovnkube-master-gmlqv   6/6     Running   0             50m   10.0.209.180   ip-10-0-209-180.ec2.internal   <none>           <none>
ovnkube-master-nhts2   6/6     Running   1 (48m ago)   50m   10.0.147.31    ip-10-0-147-31.ec2.internal    <none>           <none>
ovnkube-node-2cbh8     5/5     Running   0             43m   10.0.217.114   ip-10-0-217-114.ec2.internal   <none>           <none>
ovnkube-node-6fvzl     5/5     Running   0             50m   10.0.147.31    ip-10-0-147-31.ec2.internal    <none>           <none>
ovnkube-node-f4lzz     5/5     Running   0             24m   10.0.146.76    ip-10-0-146-76.ec2.internal    <none>           <none>
ovnkube-node-jf67d     5/5     Running   0             50m   10.0.209.180   ip-10-0-209-180.ec2.internal   <none>           <none>
ovnkube-node-np9mf     5/5     Running   0             40m   10.0.165.191   ip-10-0-165-191.ec2.internal   <none>           <none>
ovnkube-node-qjldg     5/5     Running   0             50m   10.0.134.156   ip-10-0-134-156.ec2.internal   <none>           <none>

  2. Create a ConfigMap file similar to the following example and use a filename such as env-overrides.yaml:

    Example ConfigMap file

    kind: ConfigMap
apiVersion: v1
metadata:
  name: env-overrides
  namespace: openshift-ovn-kubernetes
data:
  ip-10-0-217-114.ec2.internal: | 1
    # This sets the log level for the ovn-kubernetes node process:
    OVN_KUBE_LOG_LEVEL=5
    # You might also/instead want to enable debug logging for ovn-controller:
    OVN_LOG_LEVEL=dbg
  ip-10-0-209-180.ec2.internal: |
    # This sets the log level for the ovn-kubernetes node process:
    OVN_KUBE_LOG_LEVEL=5
    # You might also/instead want to enable debug logging for ovn-controller:
    OVN_LOG_LEVEL=dbg
  _master: | 2
    # This sets the log level for the ovn-kubernetes master process as well as the ovn-dbchecker:
    OVN_KUBE_LOG_LEVEL=5
    # You might also/instead want to enable debug logging for northd, nbdb and sbdb on all masters:
    OVN_LOG_LEVEL=dbg

    1
    Specify the name of the node you want to set the debug log level on.
    2
    Specify _master to set the log levels of ovnkube-master components.

  3. Apply the ConfigMap file by using the following command: 

    $ oc apply -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes -f env-overrides.yaml

    Example output

    configmap/env-overrides.yaml created

  4. Restart the ovnkube pods to apply the new log level by using the following commands: 

    $ oc delete pod -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes \
--field-selector spec.nodeName=ip-10-0-217-114.ec2.internal -l app=ovnkube-node
    $ oc delete pod -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes \
--field-selector spec.nodeName=ip-10-0-209-180.ec2.internal -l app=ovnkube-node
    $ oc delete pod -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes -l app=ovnkube-master

25.3.6. Checking the OVN-Kubernetes pod network connectivity

The connectivity check controller, in OpenShift Container Platform 4.10 and later, orchestrates connection verification checks in your cluster. These include Kubernetes API, OpenShift API and individual nodes. The results for the connection tests are stored in PodNetworkConnectivity objects in the openshift-network-diagnostics namespace. Connection tests are performed every minute in parallel.

Prerequisites

  • Access to the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Access to the cluster as a user with the cluster-admin role.
  • You have installed jq.

Procedure

  1. To list the current PodNetworkConnectivityCheck objects, enter the following command: 

    $ oc get podnetworkconnectivitychecks -n openshift-network-diagnostics

  2. View the most recent success for each connection object by using the following command: 

    $ oc get podnetworkconnectivitychecks -n openshift-network-diagnostics \
-o json | jq '.items[]| .spec.targetEndpoint,.status.successes[0]'

  3. View the most recent failures for each connection object by using the following command: 

    $ oc get podnetworkconnectivitychecks -n openshift-network-diagnostics \
-o json | jq '.items[]| .spec.targetEndpoint,.status.failures[0]'

  4. View the most recent outages for each connection object by using the following command: 

    $ oc get podnetworkconnectivitychecks -n openshift-network-diagnostics \
-o json | jq '.items[]| .spec.targetEndpoint,.status.outages[0]'

    The connectivity check controller also logs metrics from these checks into Prometheus.

  5. View all the metrics by running the following command: 

    $ oc exec prometheus-k8s-0 -n openshift-monitoring -- \
promtool query instant  http://localhost:9090 \
'{component="openshift-network-diagnostics"}'

  6. View the latency between the source pod and the openshift api service for the last 5 minutes: 

    $ oc exec prometheus-k8s-0 -n openshift-monitoring -- \
promtool query instant  http://localhost:9090 \
'{component="openshift-network-diagnostics"}'

25.3.7. Additional resources

25.4. Tracing Openflow with ovnkube-trace

OVN and OVS traffic flows can be simulated in a single utility called ovnkube-trace. The ovnkube-trace utility runs ovn-trace, ovs-appctl ofproto/trace and ovn-detrace and correlates that information in a single output.

You can execute the ovnkube-trace binary from a dedicated container. For releases after OpenShift Container Platform 4.7, you can also copy the binary to a local host and execute it from that host.

Note

The binaries in the Quay images do not currently work for Dual IP stack or IPv6 only environments. For those environments, you must build from source.

25.4.1. Installing the ovnkube-trace on local host

The ovnkube-trace tool traces packet simulations for arbitrary UDP or TCP traffic between points in an OVN-Kubernetes driven OpenShift Container Platform cluster. Copy the ovnkube-trace binary to your local host making it available to run against the cluster.

Prerequisites

  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You are logged in to the cluster with a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. Create a pod variable by using the following command: 

    $  POD=$(oc get pods -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes -l app=ovnkube-master -o name | head -1 | awk -F '/' '{print $NF}')

  2. Run the following command on your local host to copy the binary from the ovnkube-master pods: 

    $  oc cp -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes $POD:/usr/bin/ovnkube-trace ovnkube-trace

  3. Make ovnkube-trace executable by running the following command: 

    $  chmod +x ovnkube-trace

  4. Display the options available with ovnkube-trace by running the following command: 

    $  ./ovnkube-trace -help

    Expected output

    I0111 15:05:27.973305  204872 ovs.go:90] Maximum command line arguments set to: 191102
Usage of ./ovnkube-trace:
  -dst string
    	dest: destination pod name
  -dst-ip string
    	destination IP address (meant for tests to external targets)
  -dst-namespace string
    	k8s namespace of dest pod (default "default")
  -dst-port string
    	dst-port: destination port (default "80")
  -kubeconfig string
    	absolute path to the kubeconfig file
  -loglevel string
    	loglevel: klog level (default "0")
  -ovn-config-namespace string
    	namespace used by ovn-config itself
  -service string
    	service: destination service name
  -skip-detrace
    	skip ovn-detrace command
  -src string
    	src: source pod name
  -src-namespace string
    	k8s namespace of source pod (default "default")
  -tcp
    	use tcp transport protocol
  -udp
    	use udp transport protocol

    The command-line arguments supported are familiar Kubernetes constructs, such as namespaces, pods, services so you do not need to find the MAC address, the IP address of the destination nodes, or the ICMP type.

    The log levels are:

    • 0 (minimal output)
    • 2 (more verbose output showing results of trace commands)
    • 5 (debug output)

25.4.2. Running ovnkube-trace

Run ovn-trace to simulate packet forwarding within an OVN logical network.

Prerequisites

  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You are logged in to the cluster with a user with cluster-admin privileges.
  • You have installed ovnkube-trace on local host

Example: Testing that DNS resolution works from a deployed pod

This example illustrates how to test the DNS resolution from a deployed pod to the core DNS pod that runs in the cluster.

Procedure

  1. Start a web service in the default namespace by entering the following command: 

    $ oc run web --namespace=default --image=nginx --labels="app=web" --expose --port=80

  2. List the pods running in the openshift-dns namespace: 

    oc get pods -n openshift-dns

    Example output

    NAME                  READY   STATUS    RESTARTS   AGE
dns-default-467qw     2/2     Running   0          49m
dns-default-6prvx     2/2     Running   0          53m
dns-default-fkqr8     2/2     Running   0          53m
dns-default-qv2rg     2/2     Running   0          49m
dns-default-s29vr     2/2     Running   0          49m
dns-default-vdsbn     2/2     Running   0          53m
node-resolver-6thtt   1/1     Running   0          53m
node-resolver-7ksdn   1/1     Running   0          49m
node-resolver-8sthh   1/1     Running   0          53m
node-resolver-c5ksw   1/1     Running   0          50m
node-resolver-gbvdp   1/1     Running   0          53m
node-resolver-sxhkd   1/1     Running   0          50m

  3. Run the following ovn-kube-trace command to verify DNS resolution is working: 

    $ ./ovnkube-trace \
  -src-namespace default \ 1
  -src web \ 2
  -dst-namespace openshift-dns \ 3
  -dst dns-default-467qw \ 4
  -udp -dst-port 53 \ 5
  -loglevel 0 6
    1
    Namespace of the source pod
    2
    Source pod name
    3
    Namespace of destination pod
    4
    Destination pod name
    5
    Use the udp transport protocol. Port 53 is the port the DNS service uses.
    6
    Set the log level to 1 (0 is minimal and 5 is debug)

    Expected output

    I0116 10:19:35.601303   17900 ovs.go:90] Maximum command line arguments set to: 191102
ovn-trace source pod to destination pod indicates success from web to dns-default-467qw
ovn-trace destination pod to source pod indicates success from dns-default-467qw to web
ovs-appctl ofproto/trace source pod to destination pod indicates success from web to dns-default-467qw
ovs-appctl ofproto/trace destination pod to source pod indicates success from dns-default-467qw to web
ovn-detrace source pod to destination pod indicates success from web to dns-default-467qw
ovn-detrace destination pod to source pod indicates success from dns-default-467qw to web

    The ouput indicates success from the deployed pod to the DNS port and also indicates that it is successful going back in the other direction. So you know bi-directional traffic is supported on UDP port 53 if my web pod wants to do dns resolution from core DNS.

If for example that did not work and you wanted to get the ovn-trace, the ovs-appctl ofproto/trace and ovn-detrace, and more debug type information increase the log level to 2 and run the command again as follows: 

$ ./ovnkube-trace \
  -src-namespace default \
  -src web \
  -dst-namespace openshift-dns \
  -dst dns-default-467qw \
  -udp -dst-port 53 \
  -loglevel 2

The output from this increased log level is too much to list here. In a failure situation the output of this command shows which flow is dropping that traffic. For example an egress or ingress network policy may be configured on the cluster that does not allow that traffic.

Example: Verifying by using debug output a configured default deny

This example illustrates how to identify by using the debug output that an ingress default deny policy blocks traffic.

Procedure

  1. Create the following YAML that defines a deny-by-default policy to deny ingress from all pods in all namespaces. Save the YAML in the deny-by-default.yaml file: 

    kind: NetworkPolicy
apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
metadata:
  name: deny-by-default
  namespace: default
spec:
  podSelector: {}
  ingress: []

  2. Apply the policy by entering the following command: 

    $ oc apply -f deny-by-default.yaml

    Example output

    networkpolicy.networking.k8s.io/deny-by-default created

  3. Start a web service in the default namespace by entering the following command: 

    $ oc run web --namespace=default --image=nginx --labels="app=web" --expose --port=80

  4. Run the following command to create the prod namespace: 

    $ oc create namespace prod

  5. Run the following command to label the prod namespace: 

    $ oc label namespace/prod purpose=production

  6. Run the following command to deploy an alpine image in the prod namespace and start a shell: 

    $ oc run test-6459 --namespace=prod --rm -i -t --image=alpine -- sh
  7. Open another terminal session.

  8. In this new terminal session run ovn-trace to verify the failure in communication between the source pod test-6459 running in namespace prod and destination pod running in the default namespace: 

    $ ./ovnkube-trace \
 -src-namespace prod \
 -src test-6459 \
 -dst-namespace default \
 -dst web \
 -tcp -dst-port 80 \
 -loglevel 0

    Expected output

    I0116 14:20:47.380775   50822 ovs.go:90] Maximum command line arguments set to: 191102
ovn-trace source pod to destination pod indicates failure from test-6459 to web

  9. Increase the log level to 2 to expose the reason for the failure by running the following command: 

    $ ./ovnkube-trace \
 -src-namespace prod \
 -src test-6459 \
 -dst-namespace default \
 -dst web \
 -tcp -dst-port 80 \
 -loglevel 2

    Expected output

    ct_lb_mark /* default (use --ct to customize) */
------------------------------------------------
 3. ls_out_acl_hint (northd.c:6092): !ct.new && ct.est && !ct.rpl && ct_mark.blocked == 0, priority 4, uuid 32d45ad4
    reg0[8] = 1;
    reg0[10] = 1;
    next;
 4. ls_out_acl (northd.c:6435): reg0[10] == 1 && (outport == @a16982411286042166782_ingressDefaultDeny), priority 2000, uuid f730a887 1
    ct_commit { ct_mark.blocked = 1; };

    1
    Ingress traffic is blocked due to the default deny policy being in place

  10. Create a policy that allows traffic from all pods in a particular namespaces with a label purpose=production. Save the YAML in the web-allow-prod.yaml file: 

    kind: NetworkPolicy
apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
metadata:
  name: web-allow-prod
  namespace: default
spec:
  podSelector:
    matchLabels:
      app: web
  policyTypes:
  - Ingress
  ingress:
  - from:
    - namespaceSelector:
        matchLabels:
          purpose: production

  11. Apply the policy by entering the following command: 

    $ oc apply -f web-allow-prod.yaml

  12. Run ovnkube-trace to verify that traffic is now allowed by entering the following command: 

    $ ./ovnkube-trace \
 -src-namespace prod \
 -src test-6459 \
 -dst-namespace default \
 -dst web \
 -tcp -dst-port 80 \
 -loglevel 0

    Expected output

    I0116 14:25:44.055207   51695 ovs.go:90] Maximum command line arguments set to: 191102
ovn-trace source pod to destination pod indicates success from test-6459 to web
ovn-trace destination pod to source pod indicates success from web to test-6459
ovs-appctl ofproto/trace source pod to destination pod indicates success from test-6459 to web
ovs-appctl ofproto/trace destination pod to source pod indicates success from web to test-6459
ovn-detrace source pod to destination pod indicates success from test-6459 to web
ovn-detrace destination pod to source pod indicates success from web to test-6459

  13. In the open shell run the following command: 

     wget -qO- --timeout=2 http://web.default

    Expected output

    <!DOCTYPE html>
<html>
<head>
<title>Welcome to nginx!</title>
<style>
html { color-scheme: light dark; }
body { width: 35em; margin: 0 auto;
font-family: Tahoma, Verdana, Arial, sans-serif; }
</style>
</head>
<body>
<h1>Welcome to nginx!</h1>
<p>If you see this page, the nginx web server is successfully installed and
working. Further configuration is required.</p>

<p>For online documentation and support please refer to
<a href="http://nginx.org/">nginx.org</a>.<br/>
Commercial support is available at
<a href="http://nginx.com/">nginx.com</a>.</p>

<p><em>Thank you for using nginx.</em></p>
</body>
</html>

25.4.3. Additional resources

25.5. Migrating from the OpenShift SDN network plugin

As a cluster administrator, you can migrate to the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin from the OpenShift SDN network plugin.

To learn more about OVN-Kubernetes, read About the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin.

25.5.1. Migration to the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin

Migrating to the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin is a manual process that includes some downtime during which your cluster is unreachable.

Important

Before you migrate your OpenShift Container Platform cluster to use the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin, update your cluster to the latest z-stream release so that all the latest bug fixes apply to your cluster.

Although a rollback procedure is provided, the migration is intended to be a one-way process.

A migration to the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin is supported on the following platforms:

  • Bare metal hardware
  • Amazon Web Services (AWS)
  • Google Cloud Platform (GCP)
  • IBM Cloud®
  • Microsoft Azure
  • Red Hat OpenStack Platform (RHOSP)
  • Red Hat Virtualization (RHV)
  • {vmw-first}
Important

Migrating to or from the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin is not supported for managed OpenShift cloud services such as Red Hat OpenShift Dedicated, Azure Red Hat OpenShift(ARO), and Red Hat OpenShift Service on AWS (ROSA).

Migrating from OpenShift SDN network plugin to OVN-Kubernetes network plugin is not supported on Nutanix.

25.5.1.1. Considerations for migrating to the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin

If you have more than 150 nodes in your OpenShift Container Platform cluster, then open a support case for consultation on your migration to the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin.

The subnets assigned to nodes and the IP addresses assigned to individual pods are not preserved during the migration.

While the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin implements many of the capabilities present in the OpenShift SDN network plugin, the configuration is not the same.

  • If your cluster uses any of the following OpenShift SDN network plugin capabilities, you must manually configure the same capability in the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin:

    • Namespace isolation
    • Egress router pods
  • If your cluster or surrounding network uses any part of the 100.64.0.0/16 address range, you must choose another unused IP range by specifying the v4InternalSubnet spec under the spec.defaultNetwork.ovnKubernetesConfig object definition. OVN-Kubernetes uses the IP range 100.64.0.0/16 internally by default.

The following sections highlight the differences in configuration between the aforementioned capabilities in OVN-Kubernetes and OpenShift SDN network plugins.

Primary network interface

The OpenShift SDN plugin allows application of the NodeNetworkConfigurationPolicy (NNCP) custom resource (CR) to the primary interface on a node. The OVN-Kubernetes network plugin does not have this capability.

If you have an NNCP applied to the primary interface, you must delete the NNCP before migrating to the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin. Deleting the NNCP does not remove the configuration from the primary interface, but with OVN-Kubernetes, the Kubernetes NMState cannot manage this configuration. Instead, the configure-ovs.sh shell script manages the primary interface and the configuration attached to this interface.

Namespace isolation

OVN-Kubernetes supports only the network policy isolation mode.

Important

For a cluster using OpenShift SDN that is configured in either the multitenant or subnet isolation mode, you can still migrate to the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin. Note that after the migration operation, multitenant isolation mode is dropped, so you must manually configure network policies to achieve the same level of project-level isolation for pods and services.

Egress IP addresses

OpenShift SDN supports two different Egress IP modes:

  • In the automatically assigned approach, an egress IP address range is assigned to a node.
  • In the manually assigned approach, a list of one or more egress IP addresses is assigned to a node.

The migration process supports migrating Egress IP configurations that use the automatically assigned mode.

The differences in configuring an egress IP address between OVN-Kubernetes and OpenShift SDN is described in the following table:

Table 25.4. Differences in egress IP address configuration
OVN-KubernetesOpenShift SDN
  • Create an EgressIPs object
  • Add an annotation on a Node object
  • Patch a NetNamespace object
  • Patch a HostSubnet object

For more information on using egress IP addresses in OVN-Kubernetes, see "Configuring an egress IP address".

Egress network policies

The difference in configuring an egress network policy, also known as an egress firewall, between OVN-Kubernetes and OpenShift SDN is described in the following table:

Table 25.5. Differences in egress network policy configuration
OVN-KubernetesOpenShift SDN
  • Create an EgressFirewall object in a namespace
  • Create an EgressNetworkPolicy object in a namespace
Note

Because the name of an EgressFirewall object can only be set to default, after the migration all migrated EgressNetworkPolicy objects are named default, regardless of what the name was under OpenShift SDN.

If you subsequently rollback to OpenShift SDN, all EgressNetworkPolicy objects are named default as the prior name is lost.

For more information on using an egress firewall in OVN-Kubernetes, see "Configuring an egress firewall for a project".

Egress router pods

OVN-Kubernetes supports egress router pods in redirect mode. OVN-Kubernetes does not support egress router pods in HTTP proxy mode or DNS proxy mode.

When you deploy an egress router with the Cluster Network Operator, you cannot specify a node selector to control which node is used to host the egress router pod.

Multicast

The difference between enabling multicast traffic on OVN-Kubernetes and OpenShift SDN is described in the following table:

Table 25.6. Differences in multicast configuration
OVN-KubernetesOpenShift SDN
  • Add an annotation on a Namespace object
  • Add an annotation on a NetNamespace object

For more information on using multicast in OVN-Kubernetes, see "Enabling multicast for a project".

Network policies

OVN-Kubernetes fully supports the Kubernetes NetworkPolicy API in the networking.k8s.io/v1 API group. No changes are necessary in your network policies when migrating from OpenShift SDN.

Additional resources

25.5.1.2. How the migration process works

The following table summarizes the migration process by segmenting between the user-initiated steps in the process and the actions that the migration performs in response.

Table 25.7. Migrating to OVN-Kubernetes from OpenShift SDN
User-initiated stepsMigration activity

Set the migration field of the Network.operator.openshift.io custom resource (CR) named cluster to OVNKubernetes. Make sure the migration field is null before setting it to a value.

Cluster Network Operator (CNO)
Updates the status of the Network.config.openshift.io CR named cluster accordingly.
Machine Config Operator (MCO)
Rolls out an update to the systemd configuration necessary for OVN-Kubernetes; the MCO updates a single machine per pool at a time by default, causing the total time the migration takes to increase with the size of the cluster.

Update the networkType field of the Network.config.openshift.io CR.

CNO

Performs the following actions:

  • Destroys the OpenShift SDN control plane pods.
  • Deploys the OVN-Kubernetes control plane pods.
  • Updates the Multus objects to reflect the new network plugin.

Reboot each node in the cluster.

Cluster
As nodes reboot, the cluster assigns IP addresses to pods on the OVN-Kubernetes cluster network.

If a rollback to OpenShift SDN is required, the following table describes the process.

Important

You must wait until the migration process from OpenShift SDN to OVN-Kubernetes network plugin is successful before initiating a rollback.

Table 25.8. Performing a rollback to OpenShift SDN
User-initiated stepsMigration activity

Suspend the MCO to ensure that it does not interrupt the migration.

The MCO stops.

Set the migration field of the Network.operator.openshift.io custom resource (CR) named cluster to OpenShiftSDN. Make sure the migration field is null before setting it to a value.

CNO
Updates the status of the Network.config.openshift.io CR named cluster accordingly.

Update the networkType field.

CNO

Performs the following actions:

  • Destroys the OVN-Kubernetes control plane pods.
  • Deploys the OpenShift SDN control plane pods.
  • Updates the Multus objects to reflect the new network plugin.

Reboot each node in the cluster.

Cluster
As nodes reboot, the cluster assigns IP addresses to pods on the OpenShift-SDN network.

Enable the MCO after all nodes in the cluster reboot.

MCO
Rolls out an update to the systemd configuration necessary for OpenShift SDN; the MCO updates a single machine per pool at a time by default, so the total time the migration takes increases with the size of the cluster.

25.5.2. Migrating to the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin

As a cluster administrator, you can change the network plugin for your cluster to OVN-Kubernetes. During the migration, you must reboot every node in your cluster.

Important

While performing the migration, your cluster is unavailable and workloads might be interrupted. Perform the migration only when an interruption in service is acceptable.

Prerequisites

  • You have a cluster configured with the OpenShift SDN CNI network plugin in the network policy isolation mode.
  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You have access to the cluster as a user with the cluster-admin role.
  • You have a recent backup of the etcd database.
  • You can manually reboot each node.
  • You checked that your cluster is in a known good state without any errors.
  • You created a security group rule that allows User Datagram Protocol (UDP) packets on port 6081 for all nodes on all cloud platforms.

Procedure

  1. To backup the configuration for the cluster network, enter the following command: 

    $ oc get Network.config.openshift.io cluster -o yaml > cluster-openshift-sdn.yaml

  2. Verify that the OVN_SDN_MIGRATION_TIMEOUT environment variable is set and is equal to 0s by running the following command: 

    #!/bin/bash

if [ -n "$OVN_SDN_MIGRATION_TIMEOUT" ] && [ "$OVN_SDN_MIGRATION_TIMEOUT" = "0s" ]; then
    unset OVN_SDN_MIGRATION_TIMEOUT
fi

#loops the timeout command of the script to repeatedly check the cluster Operators until all are available.

co_timeout=${OVN_SDN_MIGRATION_TIMEOUT:-1200s}
timeout "$co_timeout" bash <<EOT
until
  oc wait co --all --for='condition=AVAILABLE=True' --timeout=10s && \
  oc wait co --all --for='condition=PROGRESSING=False' --timeout=10s && \
  oc wait co --all --for='condition=DEGRADED=False' --timeout=10s;
do
  sleep 10
  echo "Some ClusterOperators Degraded=False,Progressing=True,or Available=False";
done
EOT

  3. Remove the configuration from the Cluster Network Operator (CNO) configuration object by running the following command: 

    $ oc patch Network.operator.openshift.io cluster --type='merge' \
--patch '{"spec":{"migration":null}}'

  4. Delete the NodeNetworkConfigurationPolicy (NNCP) custom resource (CR) that defines the primary network interface for the OpenShift SDN network plugin by completing the following steps:

    1. Check that the existing NNCP CR bonded the primary interface to your cluster by entering the following command: 

      $ oc get nncp

      Example output

      NAME          STATUS      REASON
bondmaster0   Available   SuccessfullyConfigured

      Network Manager stores the connection profile for the bonded primary interface in the /etc/NetworkManager/system-connections system path.

    2. Remove the NNCP from your cluster: 

      $ oc delete nncp <nncp_manifest_filename>

  5. To prepare all the nodes for the migration, set the migration field on the CNO configuration object by running the following command: 

    $ oc patch Network.operator.openshift.io cluster --type='merge' \
  --patch '{ "spec": { "migration": { "networkType": "OVNKubernetes" } } }'
    Note

    This step does not deploy OVN-Kubernetes immediately. Instead, specifying the migration field triggers the Machine Config Operator (MCO) to apply new machine configs to all the nodes in the cluster in preparation for the OVN-Kubernetes deployment.

    1. Check that the reboot is finished by running the following command: 

      $ oc get mcp

    2. Check that all cluster Operators are available by running the following command: 

      $ oc get co

    3. Alternatively: You can disable automatic migration of several OpenShift SDN capabilities to the OVN-Kubernetes equivalents:

      • Egress IPs
      • Egress firewall
      • Multicast

      To disable automatic migration of the configuration for any of the previously noted OpenShift SDN features, specify the following keys: 

      $ oc patch Network.operator.openshift.io cluster --type='merge' \
  --patch '{
    "spec": {
      "migration": {
        "networkType": "OVNKubernetes",
        "features": {
          "egressIP": <bool>,
          "egressFirewall": <bool>,
          "multicast": <bool>
        }
      }
    }
  }'

      where:

      bool: Specifies whether to enable migration of the feature. The default is true.

  6. Optional: You can customize the following settings for OVN-Kubernetes to meet your network infrastructure requirements:

    • Maximum transmission unit (MTU). Consider the following before customizing the MTU for this optional step:

      • If you use the default MTU, and you want to keep the default MTU during migration, this step can be ignored.
      • If you used a custom MTU, and you want to keep the custom MTU during migration, you must declare the custom MTU value in this step.

      • This step does not work if you want to change the MTU value during migration. Instead, you must first follow the instructions for "Changing the cluster MTU". You can then keep the custom MTU value by performing this procedure and declaring the custom MTU value in this step.

        Note

        OpenShift-SDN and OVN-Kubernetes have different overlay overhead. MTU values should be selected by following the guidelines found on the "MTU value selection" page.

    • Geneve (Generic Network Virtualization Encapsulation) overlay network port
    • OVN-Kubernetes IPv4 internal subnet

    To customize either of the previously noted settings, enter and customize the following command. If you do not need to change the default value, omit the key from the patch. 

    $ oc patch Network.operator.openshift.io cluster --type=merge \
  --patch '{
    "spec":{
      "defaultNetwork":{
        "ovnKubernetesConfig":{
          "mtu":<mtu>,
          "genevePort":<port>,
          "v4InternalSubnet":"<ipv4_subnet>",
    }}}}'

    where:

    mtu
    The MTU for the Geneve overlay network. This value is normally configured automatically, but if the nodes in your cluster do not all use the same MTU, then you must set this explicitly to 100 less than the smallest node MTU value.
    port
    The UDP port for the Geneve overlay network. If a value is not specified, the default is 6081. The port cannot be the same as the VXLAN port that is used by OpenShift SDN. The default value for the VXLAN port is 4789.
    ipv4_subnet
    An IPv4 address range for internal use by OVN-Kubernetes. You must ensure that the IP address range does not overlap with any other subnet used by your OpenShift Container Platform installation. The IP address range must be larger than the maximum number of nodes that can be added to the cluster. The default value is 100.64.0.0/16.

    Example patch command to update mtu field

    $ oc patch Network.operator.openshift.io cluster --type=merge \
  --patch '{
    "spec":{
      "defaultNetwork":{
        "ovnKubernetesConfig":{
          "mtu":1200
    }}}}'

  7. As the MCO updates machines in each machine config pool, it reboots each node one by one. You must wait until all the nodes are updated. Check the machine config pool status by entering the following command: 

    $ oc get mcp

    A successfully updated node has the following status: UPDATED=true, UPDATING=false, DEGRADED=false.

    Note

    By default, the MCO updates one machine per pool at a time, causing the total time the migration takes to increase with the size of the cluster.

  8. Confirm the status of the new machine configuration on the hosts:

    1. To list the machine configuration state and the name of the applied machine configuration, enter the following command: 

      $ oc describe node | egrep "hostname|machineconfig"

      Example output

      kubernetes.io/hostname=master-0
machineconfiguration.openshift.io/currentConfig: rendered-master-c53e221d9d24e1c8bb6ee89dd3d8ad7b
machineconfiguration.openshift.io/desiredConfig: rendered-master-c53e221d9d24e1c8bb6ee89dd3d8ad7b
machineconfiguration.openshift.io/reason:
machineconfiguration.openshift.io/state: Done

      Verify that the following statements are true:

      • The value of machineconfiguration.openshift.io/state field is Done.
      • The value of the machineconfiguration.openshift.io/currentConfig field is equal to the value of the machineconfiguration.openshift.io/desiredConfig field.

    2. To confirm that the machine config is correct, enter the following command: 

      $ oc get machineconfig <config_name> -o yaml | grep ExecStart

      where <config_name> is the name of the machine config from the machineconfiguration.openshift.io/currentConfig field.

      The machine config must include the following update to the systemd configuration: 

      ExecStart=/usr/local/bin/configure-ovs.sh OVNKubernetes

    3. If a node is stuck in the NotReady state, investigate the machine config daemon pod logs and resolve any errors.

      1. To list the pods, enter the following command: 

        $ oc get pod -n openshift-machine-config-operator

        Example output

        NAME                                         READY   STATUS    RESTARTS   AGE
machine-config-controller-75f756f89d-sjp8b   1/1     Running   0          37m
machine-config-daemon-5cf4b                  2/2     Running   0          43h
machine-config-daemon-7wzcd                  2/2     Running   0          43h
machine-config-daemon-fc946                  2/2     Running   0          43h
machine-config-daemon-g2v28                  2/2     Running   0          43h
machine-config-daemon-gcl4f                  2/2     Running   0          43h
machine-config-daemon-l5tnv                  2/2     Running   0          43h
machine-config-operator-79d9c55d5-hth92      1/1     Running   0          37m
machine-config-server-bsc8h                  1/1     Running   0          43h
machine-config-server-hklrm                  1/1     Running   0          43h
machine-config-server-k9rtx                  1/1     Running   0          43h

        The names for the config daemon pods are in the following format: machine-config-daemon-<seq>. The <seq> value is a random five character alphanumeric sequence.

      2. Display the pod log for the first machine config daemon pod shown in the previous output by enter the following command: 

        $ oc logs <pod> -n openshift-machine-config-operator

        where pod is the name of a machine config daemon pod.

      3. Resolve any errors in the logs shown by the output from the previous command.

  9. To start the migration, configure the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin by using one of the following commands:

    • To specify the network provider without changing the cluster network IP address block, enter the following command: 

      $ oc patch Network.config.openshift.io cluster \
  --type='merge' --patch '{ "spec": { "networkType": "OVNKubernetes" } }'

    • To specify a different cluster network IP address block, enter the following command: 

      $ oc patch Network.config.openshift.io cluster \
  --type='merge' --patch '{
    "spec": {
      "clusterNetwork": [
        {
          "cidr": "<cidr>",
          "hostPrefix": <prefix>
        }
      ],
      "networkType": "OVNKubernetes"
    }
  }'

      where cidr is a CIDR block and prefix is the slice of the CIDR block apportioned to each node in your cluster. You cannot use any CIDR block that overlaps with the 100.64.0.0/16 CIDR block because the OVN-Kubernetes network provider uses this block internally.

      Important

      You cannot change the service network address block during the migration.

  10. Verify that the Multus daemon set rollout is complete before continuing with subsequent steps: 

    $ oc -n openshift-multus rollout status daemonset/multus

    The name of the Multus pods is in the form of multus-<xxxxx> where <xxxxx> is a random sequence of letters. It might take several moments for the pods to restart.

    Example output

    Waiting for daemon set "multus" rollout to finish: 1 out of 6 new pods have been updated...
...
Waiting for daemon set "multus" rollout to finish: 5 of 6 updated pods are available...
daemon set "multus" successfully rolled out

  11. To complete changing the network plugin, reboot each node in your cluster. You can reboot the nodes in your cluster with either of the following approaches:

    Important

    The following scripts reboot all of the nodes in the cluster at the same time. This can cause your cluster to be unstable. Another option is to reboot your nodes manually one at a time. Rebooting nodes one-by-one causes considerable downtime in a cluster with many nodes.

    Cluster Operators will not work correctly before you reboot the nodes.

    • With the oc rsh command, you can use a bash script similar to the following: 

      #!/bin/bash
readarray -t POD_NODES <<< "$(oc get pod -n openshift-machine-config-operator -o wide| grep daemon|awk '{print $1" "$7}')"

for i in "${POD_NODES[@]}"
do
  read -r POD NODE <<< "$i"
  until oc rsh -n openshift-machine-config-operator "$POD" chroot /rootfs shutdown -r +1
    do
      echo "cannot reboot node $NODE, retry" && sleep 3
    done
done

    • With the ssh command, you can use a bash script similar to the following. The script assumes that you have configured sudo to not prompt for a password. 

      #!/bin/bash

for ip in $(oc get nodes  -o jsonpath='{.items[*].status.addresses[?(@.type=="InternalIP")].address}')
do
   echo "reboot node $ip"
   ssh -o StrictHostKeyChecking=no core@$ip sudo shutdown -r -t 3
done

  12. Confirm that the migration succeeded:

    1. To confirm that the network plugin is OVN-Kubernetes, enter the following command. The value of status.networkType must be OVNKubernetes. 

      $ oc get network.config/cluster -o jsonpath='{.status.networkType}{"\n"}'

    2. To confirm that the cluster nodes are in the Ready state, enter the following command: 

      $ oc get nodes

    3. To confirm that your pods are not in an error state, enter the following command: 

      $ oc get pods --all-namespaces -o wide --sort-by='{.spec.nodeName}'

      If pods on a node are in an error state, reboot that node.

    4. To confirm that all of the cluster Operators are not in an abnormal state, enter the following command: 

      $ oc get co

      The status of every cluster Operator must be the following: AVAILABLE="True", PROGRESSING="False", DEGRADED="False". If a cluster Operator is not available or degraded, check the logs for the cluster Operator for more information.

  13. Complete the following steps only if the migration succeeds and your cluster is in a good state:

    1. To remove the migration configuration from the CNO configuration object, enter the following command: 

      $ oc patch Network.operator.openshift.io cluster --type='merge' \
  --patch '{ "spec": { "migration": null } }'

    2. To remove custom configuration for the OpenShift SDN network provider, enter the following command: 

      $ oc patch Network.operator.openshift.io cluster --type='merge' \
  --patch '{ "spec": { "defaultNetwork": { "openshiftSDNConfig": null } } }'

    3. To remove the OpenShift SDN network provider namespace, enter the following command: 

      $ oc delete namespace openshift-sdn

Next steps

  • Optional: After cluster migration, you can convert your IPv4 single-stack cluster to a dual-network cluster network that supports IPv4 and IPv6 address families. For more information, see "Converting to IPv4/IPv6 dual-stack networking".

25.5.3. Additional resources

25.6. Rolling back to the OpenShift SDN network provider

As a cluster administrator, you can rollback to the OpenShift SDN from the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin only after the migration to the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin is completed and successful.

25.6.1. Migrating to the OpenShift SDN network plugin

Cluster administrators can roll back to the OpenShift SDN Container Network Interface (CNI) network plugin by using the offline migration method. During the migration you must manually reboot every node in your cluster. With the offline migration method, there is some downtime, during which your cluster is unreachable.

Important

You must wait until the migration process from OpenShift SDN to OVN-Kubernetes network plugin is successful before initiating a rollback.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Access to the cluster as a user with the cluster-admin role.
  • A cluster installed on infrastructure configured with the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin.
  • A recent backup of the etcd database is available.
  • A reboot can be triggered manually for each node.
  • The cluster is in a known good state, without any errors.

Procedure

  1. Stop all of the machine configuration pools managed by the Machine Config Operator (MCO):

    • Stop the master configuration pool by entering the following command in your CLI: 

      $ oc patch MachineConfigPool master --type='merge' --patch \
  '{ "spec": { "paused": true } }'

    • Stop the worker machine configuration pool by entering the following command in your CLI: 

      $ oc patch MachineConfigPool worker --type='merge' --patch \
  '{ "spec":{ "paused": true } }'

  2. To prepare for the migration, set the migration field to null by entering the following command in your CLI: 

    $ oc patch Network.operator.openshift.io cluster --type='merge' \
  --patch '{ "spec": { "migration": null } }'

  3. Check that the migration status is empty for the Network.config.openshift.io object by entering the following command in your CLI. Empty command output indicates that the object is not in a migration operation. 

    $ oc get Network.config cluster -o jsonpath='{.status.migration}'

  4. Apply the patch to the Network.operator.openshift.io object to set the network plugin back to OpenShift SDN by entering the following command in your CLI: 

    $ oc patch Network.operator.openshift.io cluster --type='merge' \
  --patch '{ "spec": { "migration": { "networkType": "OpenShiftSDN" } } }'
    Important

    If you applied the patch to the Network.config.openshift.io object before the patch operation finalizes on the Network.operator.openshift.io object, the Cluster Network Operator (CNO) enters into a degradation state and this causes a slight delay until the CNO recovers from the degraded state.

  5. Confirm that the migration status of the network plugin for the Network.config.openshift.io cluster object is OpenShiftSDN by entering the following command in your CLI: 

    $ oc get Network.config cluster -o jsonpath='{.status.migration.networkType}'

  6. Apply the patch to the Network.config.openshift.io object to set the network plugin back to OpenShift SDN by entering the following command in your CLI: 

    $ oc patch Network.config.openshift.io cluster --type='merge' \
  --patch '{ "spec": { "networkType": "OpenShiftSDN" } }'

  7. Optional: Disable automatic migration of several OVN-Kubernetes capabilities to the OpenShift SDN equivalents:

    • Egress IPs
    • Egress firewall
    • Multicast

    To disable automatic migration of the configuration for any of the previously noted OpenShift SDN features, specify the following keys: 

    $ oc patch Network.operator.openshift.io cluster --type='merge' \
  --patch '{
    "spec": {
      "migration": {
        "networkType": "OpenShiftSDN",
        "features": {
          "egressIP": <bool>,
          "egressFirewall": <bool>,
          "multicast": <bool>
        }
      }
    }
  }'

    where:

    bool: Specifies whether to enable migration of the feature. The default is true.

  8. Optional: You can customize the following settings for OpenShift SDN to meet your network infrastructure requirements:

    • Maximum transmission unit (MTU)
    • VXLAN port

    To customize either or both of the previously noted settings, customize and enter the following command in your CLI. If you do not need to change the default value, omit the key from the patch. 

    $ oc patch Network.operator.openshift.io cluster --type=merge \
  --patch '{
    "spec":{
      "defaultNetwork":{
        "openshiftSDNConfig":{
          "mtu":<mtu>,
          "vxlanPort":<port>
    }}}}'
    mtu
    The MTU for the VXLAN overlay network. This value is normally configured automatically, but if the nodes in your cluster do not all use the same MTU, then you must set this explicitly to 50 less than the smallest node MTU value.
    port
    The UDP port for the VXLAN overlay network. If a value is not specified, the default is 4789. The port cannot be the same as the Geneve port that is used by OVN-Kubernetes. The default value for the Geneve port is 6081.

    Example patch command

    $ oc patch Network.operator.openshift.io cluster --type=merge \
  --patch '{
    "spec":{
      "defaultNetwork":{
        "openshiftSDNConfig":{
          "mtu":1200
    }}}}'

  9. Reboot each node in your cluster. You can reboot the nodes in your cluster with either of the following approaches:

    • With the oc rsh command, you can use a bash script similar to the following: 

      #!/bin/bash
readarray -t POD_NODES <<< "$(oc get pod -n openshift-machine-config-operator -o wide| grep daemon|awk '{print $1" "$7}')"

for i in "${POD_NODES[@]}"
do
  read -r POD NODE <<< "$i"
  until oc rsh -n openshift-machine-config-operator "$POD" chroot /rootfs shutdown -r +1
    do
      echo "cannot reboot node $NODE, retry" && sleep 3
    done
done

    • With the ssh command, you can use a bash script similar to the following. The script assumes that you have configured sudo to not prompt for a password. 

      #!/bin/bash

for ip in $(oc get nodes  -o jsonpath='{.items[*].status.addresses[?(@.type=="InternalIP")].address}')
do
   echo "reboot node $ip"
   ssh -o StrictHostKeyChecking=no core@$ip sudo shutdown -r -t 3
done

  10. Wait until the Multus daemon set rollout completes. Run the following command to see your rollout status: 

    $ oc -n openshift-multus rollout status daemonset/multus

    The name of the Multus pods is in the form of multus-<xxxxx> where <xxxxx> is a random sequence of letters. It might take several moments for the pods to restart.

    Example output

    Waiting for daemon set "multus" rollout to finish: 1 out of 6 new pods have been updated...
...
Waiting for daemon set "multus" rollout to finish: 5 of 6 updated pods are available...
daemon set "multus" successfully rolled out

  11. After the nodes in your cluster have rebooted and the multus pods are rolled out, start all of the machine configuration pools by running the following commands::

    • Start the master configuration pool: 

      $ oc patch MachineConfigPool master --type='merge' --patch \
  '{ "spec": { "paused": false } }'

    • Start the worker configuration pool: 

      $ oc patch MachineConfigPool worker --type='merge' --patch \
  '{ "spec": { "paused": false } }'

    As the MCO updates machines in each config pool, it reboots each node.

    By default the MCO updates a single machine per pool at a time, so the time that the migration requires to complete grows with the size of the cluster.

  12. Confirm the status of the new machine configuration on the hosts:

    1. To list the machine configuration state and the name of the applied machine configuration, enter the following command in your CLI: 

      $ oc describe node | egrep "hostname|machineconfig"

      Example output

      kubernetes.io/hostname=master-0
machineconfiguration.openshift.io/currentConfig: rendered-master-c53e221d9d24e1c8bb6ee89dd3d8ad7b
machineconfiguration.openshift.io/desiredConfig: rendered-master-c53e221d9d24e1c8bb6ee89dd3d8ad7b
machineconfiguration.openshift.io/reason:
machineconfiguration.openshift.io/state: Done

      Verify that the following statements are true:

      • The value of machineconfiguration.openshift.io/state field is Done.
      • The value of the machineconfiguration.openshift.io/currentConfig field is equal to the value of the machineconfiguration.openshift.io/desiredConfig field.

    2. To confirm that the machine config is correct, enter the following command in your CLI: 

      $ oc get machineconfig <config_name> -o yaml

      where <config_name> is the name of the machine config from the machineconfiguration.openshift.io/currentConfig field.

  13. Confirm that the migration succeeded:

    1. To confirm that the network plugin is OpenShift SDN, enter the following command in your CLI. The value of status.networkType must be OpenShiftSDN. 

      $ oc get Network.config/cluster -o jsonpath='{.status.networkType}{"\n"}'

    2. To confirm that the cluster nodes are in the Ready state, enter the following command in your CLI: 

      $ oc get nodes

    3. If a node is stuck in the NotReady state, investigate the machine config daemon pod logs and resolve any errors.

      1. To list the pods, enter the following command in your CLI: 

        $ oc get pod -n openshift-machine-config-operator

        Example output

        NAME                                         READY   STATUS    RESTARTS   AGE
machine-config-controller-75f756f89d-sjp8b   1/1     Running   0          37m
machine-config-daemon-5cf4b                  2/2     Running   0          43h
machine-config-daemon-7wzcd                  2/2     Running   0          43h
machine-config-daemon-fc946                  2/2     Running   0          43h
machine-config-daemon-g2v28                  2/2     Running   0          43h
machine-config-daemon-gcl4f                  2/2     Running   0          43h
machine-config-daemon-l5tnv                  2/2     Running   0          43h
machine-config-operator-79d9c55d5-hth92      1/1     Running   0          37m
machine-config-server-bsc8h                  1/1     Running   0          43h
machine-config-server-hklrm                  1/1     Running   0          43h
machine-config-server-k9rtx                  1/1     Running   0          43h

        The names for the config daemon pods are in the following format: machine-config-daemon-<seq>. The <seq> value is a random five character alphanumeric sequence.

      2. To display the pod log for each machine config daemon pod shown in the previous output, enter the following command in your CLI: 

        $ oc logs <pod> -n openshift-machine-config-operator

        where pod is the name of a machine config daemon pod.

      3. Resolve any errors in the logs shown by the output from the previous command.

    4. To confirm that your pods are not in an error state, enter the following command in your CLI: 

      $ oc get pods --all-namespaces -o wide --sort-by='{.spec.nodeName}'

      If pods on a node are in an error state, reboot that node.

  14. Complete the following steps only if the migration succeeds and your cluster is in a good state:

    1. To remove the migration configuration from the Cluster Network Operator configuration object, enter the following command in your CLI: 

      $ oc patch Network.operator.openshift.io cluster --type='merge' \
  --patch '{ "spec": { "migration": null } }'

    2. To remove the OVN-Kubernetes configuration, enter the following command in your CLI: 

      $ oc patch Network.operator.openshift.io cluster --type='merge' \
  --patch '{ "spec": { "defaultNetwork": { "ovnKubernetesConfig":null } } }'

    3. To remove the OVN-Kubernetes network provider namespace, enter the following command in your CLI: 

      $ oc delete namespace openshift-ovn-kubernetes

25.7. Migrating from the Kuryr network plugin to the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin

Important

Migration from Kuryr to OVN-Kubernetes is a Technology Preview feature only. Technology Preview features are not supported with Red Hat production service level agreements (SLAs) and might not be functionally complete. Red Hat does not recommend using them in production. These features provide early access to upcoming product features, enabling customers to test functionality and provide feedback during the development process.

For more information about the support scope of Red Hat Technology Preview features, see Technology Preview Features Support Scope.

As the administrator of a cluster that runs on Red Hat OpenStack Platform (RHOSP), you can migrate to the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin from the Kuryr SDN network plugin.

To learn more about OVN-Kubernetes, read About the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin.

25.7.1. Migration to the OVN-Kubernetes network provider

You can manually migrate a cluster that runs on Red Hat OpenStack Platform (RHOSP) to the OVN-Kubernetes network provider.

Important

Migration to OVN-Kubernetes is a one-way process. During migration, your cluster will be unreachable for a brief time.

25.7.1.1. Considerations when migrating to the OVN-Kubernetes network provider

Kubernetes namespaces are kept by Kuryr in separate RHOSP networking service (Neutron) subnets. Those subnets and the IP addresses that are assigned to individual pods are not preserved during the migration.

25.7.1.2. How the migration process works

The following table summarizes the migration process by relating the steps that you perform with the actions that your cluster and Operators take.

Table 25.9. The Kuryr to OVN-Kubernetes migration process
User-initiated stepsMigration activity

Set the migration field of the Network.operator.openshift.io custom resource (CR) named cluster to OVNKubernetes. Verify that the value of the migration field prints the null value before setting it to another value.

Cluster Network Operator (CNO)
Updates the status of the Network.config.openshift.io CR named cluster accordingly.
Machine Config Operator (MCO)
Deploys an update to the systemd configuration that is required by OVN-Kubernetes. By default, the MCO updates a single machine per pool at a time. As a result, large clusters have longer migration times.

Update the networkType field of the Network.config.openshift.io CR.

CNO

Performs the following actions:

  • Destroys the Kuryr control plane pods: Kuryr CNIs and the Kuryr controller.
  • Deploys the OVN-Kubernetes control plane pods.
  • Updates the Multus objects to reflect the new network plugin.

Reboot each node in the cluster.

Cluster
As nodes reboot, the cluster assigns IP addresses to pods on the OVN-Kubernetes cluster network.

Clean up remaining resources Kuryr controlled.

Cluster
Holds RHOSP resources that need to be freed, as well as OpenShift Container Platform resources to configure.

25.7.2. Migrating to the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin

As a cluster administrator, you can change the network plugin for your cluster to OVN-Kubernetes.

Important

During the migration, you must reboot every node in your cluster. Your cluster is unavailable and workloads might be interrupted. Perform the migration only if an interruption in service is acceptable.

Prerequisites

  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You have access to the cluster as a user with the cluster-admin role.
  • You have a recent backup of the etcd database is available.
  • You can manually reboot each node.
  • The cluster you plan to migrate is in a known good state, without any errors.
  • You installed the Python interpreter.
  • You installed the openstacksdk python package.
  • You installed the openstack CLI tool.
  • You have access to the underlying RHOSP cloud.

Procedure

  1. Back up the configuration for the cluster network by running the following command: 

    $ oc get Network.config.openshift.io cluster -o yaml > cluster-kuryr.yaml

  2. To set the CLUSTERID variable, run the following command: 

    $ CLUSTERID=$(oc get infrastructure.config.openshift.io cluster -o=jsonpath='{.status.infrastructureName}')

  3. To prepare all the nodes for the migration, set the migration field on the Cluster Network Operator configuration object by running the following command: 

    $ oc patch Network.operator.openshift.io cluster --type='merge' \
  --patch '{ "spec": { "migration": { "networkType": "OVNKubernetes" } } }'
    Note

    This step does not deploy OVN-Kubernetes immediately. Specifying the migration field triggers the Machine Config Operator (MCO) to apply new machine configs to all the nodes in the cluster. This prepares the cluster for the OVN-Kubernetes deployment.

  4. Optional: Customize the following settings for OVN-Kubernetes for your network infrastructure requirements:

    • Maximum transmission unit (MTU)
    • Geneve (Generic Network Virtualization Encapsulation) overlay network port
    • OVN-Kubernetes IPv4 internal subnet
    • OVN-Kubernetes IPv6 internal subnet

    To customize these settings, enter and customize the following command: 

    $ oc patch Network.operator.openshift.io cluster --type=merge \
  --patch '{
    "spec":{
      "defaultNetwork":{
        "ovnKubernetesConfig":{
          "mtu":<mtu>,
          "genevePort":<port>,
          "v4InternalSubnet":"<ipv4_subnet>",
          "v6InternalSubnet":"<ipv6_subnet>"
    }}}}'

    where:

    mtu
    Specifies the MTU for the Geneve overlay network. This value is normally configured automatically, but if the nodes in your cluster do not all use the same MTU, then you must set this explicitly to 100 less than the smallest node MTU value.
    port
    Specifies the UDP port for the Geneve overlay network. If a value is not specified, the default is 6081. The port cannot be the same as the VXLAN port that is used by Kuryr. The default value for the VXLAN port is 4789.
    ipv4_subnet
    Specifies an IPv4 address range for internal use by OVN-Kubernetes. You must ensure that the IP address range does not overlap with any other subnet used by your OpenShift Container Platform installation. The IP address range must be larger than the maximum number of nodes that can be added to the cluster. The default value is 100.64.0.0/16.
    ipv6_subnet
    Specifies an IPv6 address range for internal use by OVN-Kubernetes. You must ensure that the IP address range does not overlap with any other subnet used by your OpenShift Container Platform installation. The IP address range must be larger than the maximum number of nodes that can be added to the cluster. The default value is fd98::/48.

    If you do not need to change the default value, omit the key from the patch.

    Example patch command to update mtu field

    $ oc patch Network.operator.openshift.io cluster --type=merge \
  --patch '{
    "spec":{
      "defaultNetwork":{
        "ovnKubernetesConfig":{
          "mtu":1200
    }}}}'

  5. Check the machine config pool status by entering the following command: 

    $ oc get mcp

    While the MCO updates machines in each machine config pool, it reboots each node one by one. You must wait until all the nodes are updated before continuing.

    A successfully updated node has the following status: UPDATED=true, UPDATING=false, DEGRADED=false.

    Note

    By default, the MCO updates one machine per pool at a time. Large clusters take more time to migrate than small clusters.

  6. Confirm the status of the new machine configuration on the hosts:

    1. To list the machine configuration state and the name of the applied machine configuration, enter the following command: 

      $ oc describe node | egrep "hostname|machineconfig"

      Example output

      kubernetes.io/hostname=master-0
machineconfiguration.openshift.io/currentConfig: rendered-master-c53e221d9d24e1c8bb6ee89dd3d8ad7b 1
machineconfiguration.openshift.io/desiredConfig: rendered-master-c53e221d9d24e1c8bb6ee89dd3d8ad7b 2
machineconfiguration.openshift.io/reason:
machineconfiguration.openshift.io/state: Done

    2. Review the output from the previous step. The following statements must be true:

      • The value of machineconfiguration.openshift.io/state field is Done.
      • The value of the machineconfiguration.openshift.io/currentConfig field is equal to the value of the machineconfiguration.openshift.io/desiredConfig field.

    3. To confirm that the machine config is correct, enter the following command: 

      $ oc get machineconfig <config_name> -o yaml | grep ExecStart

      where:

      <config_name>

      Specifies the name of the machine config from the machineconfiguration.openshift.io/currentConfig field.

      The machine config must include the following update to the systemd configuration:

      Example output

      ExecStart=/usr/local/bin/configure-ovs.sh OVNKubernetes

    4. If a node is stuck in the NotReady state, investigate the machine config daemon pod logs and resolve any errors:

      1. To list the pods, enter the following command: 

        $ oc get pod -n openshift-machine-config-operator

        Example output

        NAME                                         READY   STATUS    RESTARTS   AGE
machine-config-controller-75f756f89d-sjp8b   1/1     Running   0          37m
machine-config-daemon-5cf4b                  2/2     Running   0          43h
machine-config-daemon-7wzcd                  2/2     Running   0          43h
machine-config-daemon-fc946                  2/2     Running   0          43h
machine-config-daemon-g2v28                  2/2     Running   0          43h
machine-config-daemon-gcl4f                  2/2     Running   0          43h
machine-config-daemon-l5tnv                  2/2     Running   0          43h
machine-config-operator-79d9c55d5-hth92      1/1     Running   0          37m
machine-config-server-bsc8h                  1/1     Running   0          43h
machine-config-server-hklrm                  1/1     Running   0          43h
machine-config-server-k9rtx                  1/1     Running   0          43h

        The names for the config daemon pods are in the following format: machine-config-daemon-<seq>. The <seq> value is a random five character alphanumeric sequence.

      2. Display the pod log for the first machine config daemon pod shown in the previous output by enter the following command: 

        $ oc logs <pod> -n openshift-machine-config-operator

        where:

        <pod>
        Specifies the name of a machine config daemon pod.
      3. Resolve any errors in the logs shown by the output from the previous command.

  7. To start the migration, configure the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin by using one of the following commands:

    • To specify the network provider without changing the cluster network IP address block, enter the following command: 

      $ oc patch Network.config.openshift.io cluster \
  --type='merge' --patch '{ "spec": { "networkType": "OVNKubernetes" } }'

    • To specify a different cluster network IP address block, enter the following command: 

      $ oc patch Network.config.openshift.io cluster \
  --type='merge' --patch '{
    "spec": {
      "clusterNetwork": [
        {
          "cidr": "<cidr>",
          "hostPrefix": "<prefix>"
        }
      ]
      "networkType": "OVNKubernetes"
    }
  }'

      where:

      <cidr>
      Specifies a CIDR block.
      <prefix>

      Specifies a slice of the CIDR block that is apportioned to each node in your cluster.

      Important

      You cannot change the service network address block during the migration.

      You cannot use any CIDR block that overlaps with the 100.64.0.0/16 CIDR block because the OVN-Kubernetes network provider uses this block internally.

  8. Verify that the Multus daemon set rollout is complete by entering the following command: 

    $ oc -n openshift-multus rollout status daemonset/multus

    The name of the Multus pods is in the form of multus-<xxxxx>, where <xxxxx> is a random sequence of letters. It might take several moments for the pods to restart.

    Example output

    Waiting for daemon set "multus" rollout to finish: 1 out of 6 new pods have been updated...
...
Waiting for daemon set "multus" rollout to finish: 5 of 6 updated pods are available...
daemon set "multus" successfully rolled out

  9. To complete the migration, reboot each node in your cluster. For example, you can use a bash script similar to the following example. The script assumes that you can connect to each host by using ssh and that you have configured sudo to not prompt for a password: 

    #!/bin/bash

for ip in $(oc get nodes  -o jsonpath='{.items[*].status.addresses[?(@.type=="InternalIP")].address}')
do
   echo "reboot node $ip"
   ssh -o StrictHostKeyChecking=no core@$ip sudo shutdown -r -t 3
done
    Note

    If SSH access is not available, you can use the openstack command: 

    $ for name in $(openstack server list --name ${CLUSTERID}\* -f value -c Name); do openstack server reboot $name; done

    Alternatively, you might be able to reboot each node through the management portal for your infrastructure provider. Otherwise, contact the appropriate authority to either gain access to the virtual machines through SSH or the management portal and OpenStack client.

Verification

  1. Confirm that the migration succeeded, and then remove the migration resources:

    1. To confirm that the network plugin is OVN-Kubernetes, enter the following command. 

      $ oc get network.config/cluster -o jsonpath='{.status.networkType}{"\n"}'

      The value of status.networkType must be OVNKubernetes.

    2. To confirm that the cluster nodes are in the Ready state, enter the following command: 

      $ oc get nodes

    3. To confirm that your pods are not in an error state, enter the following command: 

      $ oc get pods --all-namespaces -o wide --sort-by='{.spec.nodeName}'

      If pods on a node are in an error state, reboot that node.

    4. To confirm that all of the cluster Operators are not in an abnormal state, enter the following command: 

      $ oc get co

      The status of every cluster Operator must be the following: AVAILABLE="True", PROGRESSING="False", DEGRADED="False". If a cluster Operator is not available or degraded, check the logs for the cluster Operator for more information.

      Important

      Do not proceed if any of the previous verification steps indicate errors. You might encounter pods that have a Terminating state due to finalizers that are removed during clean up. They are not an error indication.

  2. If the migration completed and your cluster is in a good state, remove the migration configuration from the CNO configuration object by entering the following command: 

    $ oc patch Network.operator.openshift.io cluster --type='merge' \
  --patch '{ "spec": { "migration": null } }'

25.7.3. Cleaning up resources after migration

After migration from the Kuryr network plugin to the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin, you must clean up the resources that Kuryr created previously.

Note

The clean up process relies on a Python virtual environment to ensure that the package versions that you use support tags for Octavia objects. You do not need a virtual environment if you are certain that your environment uses at minimum: * openstacksdk version 0.54.0 * python-openstackclient version 5.5.0 * python-octaviaclient version 2.3.0

Prerequisites

  • You installed the OpenShift Container Platform CLI (oc).
  • You installed a Python interpreter.
  • You installed the openstacksdk Python package.
  • You installed the openstack CLI.
  • You have access to the underlying RHOSP cloud.
  • You can access the cluster as a user with the cluster-admin role.

Procedure

  1. Create a clean-up Python virtual environment:

    1. Create a temporary directory for your environment. For example: 

      $ python3 -m venv /tmp/venv

      The virtual environment located in /tmp/venv directory is used in all clean up examples.

    2. Enter the virtual environment. For example: 

      $ source /tmp/venv/bin/activate

    3. Upgrade the pip command in the virtual environment by running the following command: 

      (venv) $ pip install pip --upgrade

    4. Install the required Python packages by running the following command: 

      (venv) $ pip install openstacksdk==0.54.0 python-openstackclient==5.5.0 python-octaviaclient==2.3.0

  2. In your terminal, set variables to cluster and Kuryr identifiers by running the following commands:

    1. Set the cluster ID: 

      (venv) $ CLUSTERID=$(oc get infrastructure.config.openshift.io cluster -o=jsonpath='{.status.infrastructureName}')

    2. Set the cluster tag: 

      (venv) $ CLUSTERTAG="openshiftClusterID=${CLUSTERID}"

    3. Set the router ID: 

      (venv) $ ROUTERID=$(oc get kuryrnetwork -A --no-headers -o custom-columns=":status.routerId"|head -n 1)

  3. Create a Bash function that removes finalizers from specified resources by running the following command: 

    (venv) $ function REMFIN {
    local resource=$1
    local finalizer=$2
    for res in $(oc get $resource -A --template='{{range $i,$p := .items}}{{ $p.metadata.name }}|{{ $p.metadata.namespace }}{{"\n"}}{{end}}'); do
        name=${res%%|*}
        ns=${res##*|}
        yaml=$(oc get -n $ns $resource $name -o yaml)
        if echo "${yaml}" | grep -q "${finalizer}"; then
            echo "${yaml}" | grep -v  "${finalizer}" | oc replace -n $ns $resource $name -f -
        fi
    done
}

    The function takes two parameters: the first parameter is name of the resource, and the second parameter is the finalizer to remove. The named resource is removed from the cluster and its definition is replaced with copied data, excluding the specified finalizer.

  4. To remove Kuryr finalizers from services, enter the following command: 

    (venv) $ REMFIN services kuryr.openstack.org/service-finalizer

  5. To remove the Kuryr service-subnet-gateway-ip service, enter the following command: 

    (venv) $ if $(oc get -n openshift-kuryr service service-subnet-gateway-ip &>/dev/null); then
    oc -n openshift-kuryr delete service service-subnet-gateway-ip
fi

  6. To remove all tagged RHOSP load balancers from Octavia, enter the following command: 

    (venv) $ for lb in $(openstack loadbalancer list --tags $CLUSTERTAG -f value -c id); do
    openstack loadbalancer delete --cascade $lb
done

  7. To remove Kuryr finalizers from all KuryrLoadBalancer CRs, enter the following command: 

    (venv) $ REMFIN kuryrloadbalancers.openstack.org kuryr.openstack.org/kuryrloadbalancer-finalizers

  8. To remove the openshift-kuryr namespace, enter the following command: 

    (venv) $ oc delete namespace openshift-kuryr

  9. To remove the Kuryr service subnet from the router, enter the following command: 

    (venv) $ openstack router remove subnet $ROUTERID ${CLUSTERID}-kuryr-service-subnet

  10. To remove the Kuryr service network, enter the following command: 

    (venv) $ openstack network delete ${CLUSTERID}-kuryr-service-network

  11. To remove Kuryr finalizers from all pods, enter the following command: 

    (venv) $ REMFIN pods kuryr.openstack.org/pod-finalizer

  12. To remove Kuryr finalizers from all KuryrPort CRs, enter the following command: 

    (venv) $ REMFIN kuryrports.openstack.org kuryr.openstack.org/kuryrport-finalizer

    This command deletes the KuryrPort CRs.

  13. To remove Kuryr finalizers from network policies, enter the following command: 

    (venv) $ REMFIN networkpolicy kuryr.openstack.org/networkpolicy-finalizer

  14. To remove Kuryr finalizers from remaining network policies, enter the following command: 

    (venv) $ REMFIN kuryrnetworkpolicies.openstack.org kuryr.openstack.org/networkpolicy-finalizer

  15. To remove subports that Kuryr created from trunks, enter the following command: 

    (venv) $ read -ra trunks <<< $(python -c "import openstack; n = openstack.connect().network; print(' '.join([x.id for x in n.trunks(any_tags='$CLUSTERTAG')]))") && \
i=0 && \
for trunk in "${trunks[@]}"; do
    i=$((i+1))
    echo "Processing trunk $trunk, ${i}/${#trunks[@]}."
    subports=()
    for subport in $(python -c "import openstack; n = openstack.connect().network; print(' '.join([x['port_id'] for x in n.get_trunk('$trunk').sub_ports if '$CLUSTERTAG' in n.get_port(x['port_id']).tags]))"); do
        subports+=("$subport");
    done
    args=()
    for sub in "${subports[@]}" ; do
        args+=("--subport $sub")
    done
    if [ ${#args[@]} -gt 0 ]; then
        openstack network trunk unset ${args[*]} $trunk
    fi
done

  16. To retrieve all networks and subnets from KuryrNetwork CRs and remove ports, router interfaces and the network itself, enter the following command: 

    (venv) $ mapfile -t kuryrnetworks < <(oc get kuryrnetwork -A --template='{{range $i,$p := .items}}{{ $p.status.netId }}|{{ $p.status.subnetId }}{{"\n"}}{{end}}') && \
i=0 && \
for kn in "${kuryrnetworks[@]}"; do
    i=$((i+1))
    netID=${kn%%|*}
    subnetID=${kn##*|}
    echo "Processing network $netID, ${i}/${#kuryrnetworks[@]}"
    # Remove all ports from the network.
    for port in $(python -c "import openstack; n = openstack.connect().network; print(' '.join([x.id for x in n.ports(network_id='$netID') if x.device_owner != 'network:router_interface']))"); do
        ( openstack port delete $port ) &

        # Only allow 20 jobs in parallel.
        if [[ $(jobs -r -p | wc -l) -ge 20 ]]; then
            wait -n
        fi
    done
    wait

    # Remove the subnet from the router.
    openstack router remove subnet $ROUTERID $subnetID

    # Remove the network.
    openstack network delete $netID
done

  17. To remove the Kuryr security group, enter the following command: 

    (venv) $ openstack security group delete ${CLUSTERID}-kuryr-pods-security-group

  18. To remove all tagged subnet pools, enter the following command: 

    (venv) $ for subnetpool in $(openstack subnet pool list --tags $CLUSTERTAG -f value -c ID); do
    openstack subnet pool delete $subnetpool
done

  19. To check that all of the networks based on KuryrNetwork CRs were removed, enter the following command: 

    (venv) $ networks=$(oc get kuryrnetwork -A --no-headers -o custom-columns=":status.netId") && \
for existingNet in $(openstack network list --tags $CLUSTERTAG -f value -c ID); do
    if [[ $networks =~ $existingNet ]]; then
        echo "Network still exists: $existingNet"
    fi
done

    If the command returns any existing networks, intestigate and remove them before you continue.

  20. To remove security groups that are related to network policy, enter the following command: 

    (venv) $ for sgid in $(openstack security group list -f value -c ID -c Description | grep 'Kuryr-Kubernetes Network Policy' | cut -f 1 -d ' '); do
    openstack security group delete $sgid
done

  21. To remove finalizers from KuryrNetwork CRs, enter the following command: 

    (venv) $ REMFIN kuryrnetworks.openstack.org kuryrnetwork.finalizers.kuryr.openstack.org

  22. To remove the Kuryr router, enter the following command: 

    (venv) $ if $(python3 -c "import sys; import openstack; n = openstack.connect().network; r = n.get_router('$ROUTERID'); sys.exit(0) if r.description != 'Created By OpenShift Installer' else sys.exit(1)"); then
    openstack router delete $ROUTERID
fi

25.7.4. Additional resources

25.8. Converting to IPv4/IPv6 dual-stack networking

As a cluster administrator, you can convert your IPv4 single-stack cluster to a dual-network cluster network that supports IPv4 and IPv6 address families. After converting to dual-stack, all newly created pods are dual-stack enabled.

Note

A dual-stack network is supported on clusters provisioned on bare metal, VMware vSphere, IBM Power, IBM Z infrastructure, and single node OpenShift clusters.

Note

While using dual-stack networking, you cannot use IPv4-mapped IPv6 addresses, such as ::FFFF:198.51.100.1, where IPv6 is required.

25.8.1. Converting to a dual-stack cluster network

As a cluster administrator, you can convert your single-stack cluster network to a dual-stack cluster network.

Note

After converting to dual-stack networking only newly created pods are assigned IPv6 addresses. Any pods created before the conversion must be recreated to receive an IPv6 address.

Prerequisites

  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You are logged in to the cluster with a user with cluster-admin privileges.
  • Your cluster uses the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin.
  • The cluster nodes have IPv6 addresses.
  • You have configured an IPv6-enabled router based on your infrastructure.

Procedure

  1. To specify IPv6 address blocks for the cluster and service networks, create a file containing the following YAML: 

    - op: add
  path: /spec/clusterNetwork/-
  value: 1
    cidr: fd01::/48
    hostPrefix: 64
- op: add
  path: /spec/serviceNetwork/-
  value: fd02::/112 2
    1
    Specify an object with the cidr and hostPrefix fields. The host prefix must be 64 or greater. The IPv6 CIDR prefix must be large enough to accommodate the specified host prefix.
    1 2
    Specify an IPv6 CIDR with a prefix of 112. Kubernetes uses only the lowest 16 bits. For a prefix of 112, IP addresses are assigned from 112 to 128 bits.

  2. To patch the cluster network configuration, enter the following command: 

    $ oc patch network.config.openshift.io cluster \
  --type='json' --patch-file <file>.yaml

    where:

    file
    Specifies the name of the file you created in the previous step.

    Example output

    network.config.openshift.io/cluster patched

Verification

Complete the following step to verify that the cluster network recognizes the IPv6 address blocks that you specified in the previous procedure.

  1. Display the network configuration: 

    $ oc describe network

    Example output

    Status:
  Cluster Network:
    Cidr:               10.128.0.0/14
    Host Prefix:        23
    Cidr:               fd01::/48
    Host Prefix:        64
  Cluster Network MTU:  1400
  Network Type:         OVNKubernetes
  Service Network:
    172.30.0.0/16
    fd02::/112

25.8.2. Converting to a single-stack cluster network

As a cluster administrator, you can convert your dual-stack cluster network to a single-stack cluster network.

Prerequisites

  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You are logged in to the cluster with a user with cluster-admin privileges.
  • Your cluster uses the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin.
  • The cluster nodes have IPv6 addresses.
  • You have enabled dual-stack networking.

Procedure

  1. Edit the networks.config.openshift.io custom resource (CR) by running the following command: 

    $ oc edit networks.config.openshift.io
  2. Remove the IPv6 specific configuration that you have added to the cidr and hostPrefix fields in the previous procedure.

25.9. Logging for egress firewall and network policy rules

As a cluster administrator, you can configure audit logging for your cluster and enable logging for one or more namespaces. OpenShift Container Platform produces audit logs for both egress firewalls and network policies.

Note

Audit logging is available for only the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin.

25.9.1. Audit logging

The OVN-Kubernetes network plugin uses Open Virtual Network (OVN) ACLs to manage egress firewalls and network policies. Audit logging exposes allow and deny ACL events.

You can configure the destination for audit logs, such as a syslog server or a UNIX domain socket. Regardless of any additional configuration, an audit log is always saved to /var/log/ovn/acl-audit-log.log on each OVN-Kubernetes pod in the cluster.

You can enable audit logging for each namespace by annotating each namespace configuration with a k8s.ovn.org/acl-logging section. In the k8s.ovn.org/acl-logging section, you must specify allow, deny, or both values to enable audit logging for a namespace.

Note

A network policy does not support setting the Pass action set as a rule.

The ACL-logging implementation logs access control list (ACL) events for a network. You can view these logs to analyze any potential security issues.

Example namespace annotation

kind: Namespace
apiVersion: v1
metadata:
  name: example1
  annotations:
    k8s.ovn.org/acl-logging: |-
      {
        "deny": "info",
        "allow": "info"
      }

To view the default ACL logging configuration values, see the policyAuditConfig object in the cluster-network-03-config.yml file. If required, you can change the ACL logging configuration values for log file parameters in this file.

The logging message format is compatible with syslog as defined by RFC5424. The syslog facility is configurable and defaults to local0. The following example shows key parameters and their values outputted in a log message:

Example logging message that outputs parameters and their values

<timestamp>|<message_serial>|acl_log(ovn_pinctrl0)|<severity>|name="<acl_name>", verdict="<verdict>", severity="<severity>", direction="<direction>": <flow>

Where:

  • <timestamp> states the time and date for the creation of a log message.
  • <message_serial> lists the serial number for a log message.
  • acl_log(ovn_pinctrl0) is a literal string that prints the location of the log message in the OVN-Kubernetes plugin.
  • <severity> sets the severity level for a log message. If you enable audit logging that supports allow and deny tasks then two severity levels show in the log message output.
  • <name> states the name of the ACL-logging implementation in the OVN Network Bridging Database (nbdb) that was created by the network policy.
  • <verdict> can be either allow or drop.
  • <direction> can be either to-lport or from-lport to indicate that the policy was applied to traffic going to or away from a pod.
  • <flow> shows packet information in a format equivalent to the OpenFlow protocol. This parameter comprises Open vSwitch (OVS) fields.

The following example shows OVS fields that the flow parameter uses to extract packet information from system memory:

Example of OVS fields used by the flow parameter to extract packet information

<proto>,vlan_tci=0x0000,dl_src=<src_mac>,dl_dst=<source_mac>,nw_src=<source_ip>,nw_dst=<target_ip>,nw_tos=<tos_dscp>,nw_ecn=<tos_ecn>,nw_ttl=<ip_ttl>,nw_frag=<fragment>,tp_src=<tcp_src_port>,tp_dst=<tcp_dst_port>,tcp_flags=<tcp_flags>

Where:

  • <proto> states the protocol. Valid values are tcp and udp.
  • vlan_tci=0x0000 states the VLAN header as 0 because a VLAN ID is not set for internal pod network traffic.
  • <src_mac> specifies the source for the Media Access Control (MAC) address.
  • <source_mac> specifies the destination for the MAC address.
  • <source_ip> lists the source IP address
  • <target_ip> lists the target IP address.
  • <tos_dscp> states Differentiated Services Code Point (DSCP) values to classify and prioritize certain network traffic over other traffic.
  • <tos_ecn> states Explicit Congestion Notification (ECN) values that indicate any congested traffic in your network.
  • <ip_ttl> states the Time To Live (TTP) information for an packet.
  • <fragment> specifies what type of IP fragments or IP non-fragments to match.
  • <tcp_src_port> shows the source for the port for TCP and UDP protocols.
  • <tcp_dst_port> lists the destination port for TCP and UDP protocols.
  • <tcp_flags> supports numerous flags such as SYN, ACK, PSH and so on. If you need to set multiple values then each value is separated by a vertical bar (|). The UDP protocol does not support this parameter.
Note

For more information about the previous field descriptions, go to the OVS manual page for ovs-fields.

Example ACL deny log entry for a network policy

Defaulting container name to ovn-controller.
Use 'oc describe pod/ovnkube-node-hdb8v -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes' to see all of the containers in this pod.
2021-06-13T19:33:11.590Z|00005|acl_log(ovn_pinctrl0)|INFO|name="verify-audit-logging_ingressDefaultDeny", verdict=drop, severity=alert: icmp,vlan_tci=0x0000,dl_src=0a:58:0a:80:02:39,dl_dst=0a:58:0a:80:02:37,nw_src=10.128.2.57,nw_dst=10.128.2.55,nw_tos=0,nw_ecn=0,nw_ttl=64,icmp_type=8,icmp_code=0
2021-06-13T19:33:12.614Z|00006|acl_log(ovn_pinctrl0)|INFO|name="verify-audit-logging_ingressDefaultDeny", verdict=drop, severity=alert: icmp,vlan_tci=0x0000,dl_src=0a:58:0a:80:02:39,dl_dst=0a:58:0a:80:02:37,nw_src=10.128.2.57,nw_dst=10.128.2.55,nw_tos=0,nw_ecn=0,nw_ttl=64,icmp_type=8,icmp_code=0
2021-06-13T19:44:10.037Z|00007|acl_log(ovn_pinctrl0)|INFO|name="verify-audit-logging_allow-from-same-namespace_0", verdict=allow, severity=alert: icmp,vlan_tci=0x0000,dl_src=0a:58:0a:80:02:3b,dl_dst=0a:58:0a:80:02:3a,nw_src=10.128.2.59,nw_dst=10.128.2.58,nw_tos=0,nw_ecn=0,nw_ttl=64,icmp_type=8,icmp_code=0
2021-06-13T19:44:11.037Z|00008|acl_log(ovn_pinctrl0)|INFO|name="verify-audit-logging_allow-from-same-namespace_0", verdict=allow, severity=alert: icmp,vlan_tci=0x0000,dl_src=0a:58:0a:80:02:3b,dl_dst=0a:58:0a:80:02:3a,nw_src=10.128.2.59,nw_dst=10.128.2.58,nw_tos=0,nw_ecn=0,nw_ttl=64,icmp_type=8,icmp_code=0

The following table describes namespace annotation values:

Table 25.10. Audit logging namespace annotation for k8s.ovn.org/acl-logging
FieldDescription

deny

Blocks namespace access to any traffic that matches an ACL rule with the deny action. The field supports alert, warning, notice, info, or debug values.

allow

Permits namespace access to any traffic that matches an ACL rule with the allow action. The field supports alert, warning, notice, info, or debug values.

pass

A pass action applies to an admin network policy’s ACL rule. A pass action allows either the network policy in the namespace or the baseline admin network policy rule to evaluate all incoming and outgoing traffic. A network policy does not support a pass action.

25.9.2. Audit configuration

The configuration for audit logging is specified as part of the OVN-Kubernetes cluster network provider configuration. The following YAML illustrates the default values for the audit logging:

Audit logging configuration

apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: Network
metadata:
  name: cluster
spec:
  defaultNetwork:
    ovnKubernetesConfig:
      policyAuditConfig:
        destination: "null"
        maxFileSize: 50
        rateLimit: 20
        syslogFacility: local0

The following table describes the configuration fields for audit logging.

Table 25.11. policyAuditConfig object
FieldTypeDescription

rateLimit

integer

The maximum number of messages to generate every second per node. The default value is 20 messages per second.

maxFileSize

integer

The maximum size for the audit log in bytes. The default value is 50000000 or 50 MB.

maxLogFiles

integer

The maximum number of log files that are retained.

destination

string

One of the following additional audit log targets:

libc
The libc syslog() function of the journald process on the host.
udp:<host>:<port>
A syslog server. Replace <host>:<port> with the host and port of the syslog server.
unix:<file>
A Unix Domain Socket file specified by <file>.
null
Do not send the audit logs to any additional target.

syslogFacility

string

The syslog facility, such as kern, as defined by RFC5424. The default value is local0.

25.9.3. Configuring egress firewall and network policy auditing for a cluster

As a cluster administrator, you can customize audit logging for your cluster.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in to the cluster with a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  • To customize the audit logging configuration, enter the following command: 

    $ oc edit network.operator.openshift.io/cluster
    Tip

    You can alternatively customize and apply the following YAML to configure audit logging: 

    apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: Network
metadata:
  name: cluster
spec:
  defaultNetwork:
    ovnKubernetesConfig:
      policyAuditConfig:
        destination: "null"
        maxFileSize: 50
        rateLimit: 20
        syslogFacility: local0

Verification

  1. To create a namespace with network policies complete the following steps:

    1. Create a namespace for verification: 

      $ cat <<EOF| oc create -f -
kind: Namespace
apiVersion: v1
metadata:
  name: verify-audit-logging
  annotations:
    k8s.ovn.org/acl-logging: '{ "deny": "alert", "allow": "alert" }'
EOF

      Example output

      namespace/verify-audit-logging created

    2. Create network policies for the namespace: 

      $ cat <<EOF| oc create -n verify-audit-logging -f -
apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
kind: NetworkPolicy
metadata:
  name: deny-all
spec:
  podSelector:
    matchLabels:
  policyTypes:
  - Ingress
  - Egress
---
apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
kind: NetworkPolicy
metadata:
  name: allow-from-same-namespace
  namespace: verify-audit-logging
spec:
  podSelector: {}
  policyTypes:
   - Ingress
   - Egress
  ingress:
    - from:
        - podSelector: {}
  egress:
    - to:
       - namespaceSelector:
          matchLabels:
            kubernetes.io/metadata.name: verify-audit-logging
EOF

      Example output

      networkpolicy.networking.k8s.io/deny-all created
networkpolicy.networking.k8s.io/allow-from-same-namespace created

  2. Create a pod for source traffic in the default namespace: 

    $ cat <<EOF| oc create -n default -f -
apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
  name: client
spec:
  containers:
    - name: client
      image: registry.access.redhat.com/rhel7/rhel-tools
      command: ["/bin/sh", "-c"]
      args:
        ["sleep inf"]
EOF

  3. Create two pods in the verify-audit-logging namespace: 

    $ for name in client server; do
cat <<EOF| oc create -n verify-audit-logging -f -
apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
  name: ${name}
spec:
  containers:
    - name: ${name}
      image: registry.access.redhat.com/rhel7/rhel-tools
      command: ["/bin/sh", "-c"]
      args:
        ["sleep inf"]
EOF
done

    Example output

    pod/client created
pod/server created

  4. To generate traffic and produce network policy audit log entries, complete the following steps:

    1. Obtain the IP address for pod named server in the verify-audit-logging namespace: 

      $ POD_IP=$(oc get pods server -n verify-audit-logging -o jsonpath='{.status.podIP}')

    2. Ping the IP address from the previous command from the pod named client in the default namespace and confirm that all packets are dropped: 

      $ oc exec -it client -n default -- /bin/ping -c 2 $POD_IP

      Example output

      PING 10.128.2.55 (10.128.2.55) 56(84) bytes of data.

--- 10.128.2.55 ping statistics ---
2 packets transmitted, 0 received, 100% packet loss, time 2041ms

    3. Ping the IP address saved in the POD_IP shell environment variable from the pod named client in the verify-audit-logging namespace and confirm that all packets are allowed: 

      $ oc exec -it client -n verify-audit-logging -- /bin/ping -c 2 $POD_IP

      Example output

      PING 10.128.0.86 (10.128.0.86) 56(84) bytes of data.
64 bytes from 10.128.0.86: icmp_seq=1 ttl=64 time=2.21 ms
64 bytes from 10.128.0.86: icmp_seq=2 ttl=64 time=0.440 ms

--- 10.128.0.86 ping statistics ---
2 packets transmitted, 2 received, 0% packet loss, time 1001ms
rtt min/avg/max/mdev = 0.440/1.329/2.219/0.890 ms

  5. Display the latest entries in the network policy audit log: 

    $ for pod in $(oc get pods -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes -l app=ovnkube-node --no-headers=true | awk '{ print $1 }') ; do
    oc exec -it $pod -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes -- tail -4 /var/log/ovn/acl-audit-log.log
  done

    Example output

    Defaulting container name to ovn-controller.
Use 'oc describe pod/ovnkube-node-hdb8v -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes' to see all of the containers in this pod.
2021-06-13T19:33:11.590Z|00005|acl_log(ovn_pinctrl0)|INFO|name="verify-audit-logging_ingressDefaultDeny", verdict=drop, severity=alert: icmp,vlan_tci=0x0000,dl_src=0a:58:0a:80:02:39,dl_dst=0a:58:0a:80:02:37,nw_src=10.128.2.57,nw_dst=10.128.2.55,nw_tos=0,nw_ecn=0,nw_ttl=64,icmp_type=8,icmp_code=0
2021-06-13T19:33:12.614Z|00006|acl_log(ovn_pinctrl0)|INFO|name="verify-audit-logging_ingressDefaultDeny", verdict=drop, severity=alert: icmp,vlan_tci=0x0000,dl_src=0a:58:0a:80:02:39,dl_dst=0a:58:0a:80:02:37,nw_src=10.128.2.57,nw_dst=10.128.2.55,nw_tos=0,nw_ecn=0,nw_ttl=64,icmp_type=8,icmp_code=0
2021-06-13T19:44:10.037Z|00007|acl_log(ovn_pinctrl0)|INFO|name="verify-audit-logging_allow-from-same-namespace_0", verdict=allow, severity=alert: icmp,vlan_tci=0x0000,dl_src=0a:58:0a:80:02:3b,dl_dst=0a:58:0a:80:02:3a,nw_src=10.128.2.59,nw_dst=10.128.2.58,nw_tos=0,nw_ecn=0,nw_ttl=64,icmp_type=8,icmp_code=0
2021-06-13T19:44:11.037Z|00008|acl_log(ovn_pinctrl0)|INFO|name="verify-audit-logging_allow-from-same-namespace_0", verdict=allow, severity=alert: icmp,vlan_tci=0x0000,dl_src=0a:58:0a:80:02:3b,dl_dst=0a:58:0a:80:02:3a,nw_src=10.128.2.59,nw_dst=10.128.2.58,nw_tos=0,nw_ecn=0,nw_ttl=64,icmp_type=8,icmp_code=0

25.9.4. Enabling egress firewall and network policy audit logging for a namespace

As a cluster administrator, you can enable audit logging for a namespace.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in to the cluster with a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  • To enable audit logging for a namespace, enter the following command: 

    $ oc annotate namespace <namespace> \
  k8s.ovn.org/acl-logging='{ "deny": "alert", "allow": "notice" }'

    where:

    <namespace>
    Specifies the name of the namespace.
    Tip

    You can alternatively apply the following YAML to enable audit logging: 

    kind: Namespace
apiVersion: v1
metadata:
  name: <namespace>
  annotations:
    k8s.ovn.org/acl-logging: |-
      {
        "deny": "alert",
        "allow": "notice"
      }

    Example output

    namespace/verify-audit-logging annotated

Verification

  • Display the latest entries in the audit log: 

    $ for pod in $(oc get pods -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes -l app=ovnkube-node --no-headers=true | awk '{ print $1 }') ; do
    oc exec -it $pod -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes -- tail -4 /var/log/ovn/acl-audit-log.log
  done

    Example output

    Defaulting container name to ovn-controller.
Use 'oc describe pod/ovnkube-node-hdb8v -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes' to see all of the containers in this pod.
2021-06-13T19:33:11.590Z|00005|acl_log(ovn_pinctrl0)|INFO|name="verify-audit-logging_ingressDefaultDeny", verdict=drop, severity=alert: icmp,vlan_tci=0x0000,dl_src=0a:58:0a:80:02:39,dl_dst=0a:58:0a:80:02:37,nw_src=10.128.2.57,nw_dst=10.128.2.55,nw_tos=0,nw_ecn=0,nw_ttl=64,icmp_type=8,icmp_code=0
2021-06-13T19:33:12.614Z|00006|acl_log(ovn_pinctrl0)|INFO|name="verify-audit-logging_ingressDefaultDeny", verdict=drop, severity=alert: icmp,vlan_tci=0x0000,dl_src=0a:58:0a:80:02:39,dl_dst=0a:58:0a:80:02:37,nw_src=10.128.2.57,nw_dst=10.128.2.55,nw_tos=0,nw_ecn=0,nw_ttl=64,icmp_type=8,icmp_code=0
2021-06-13T19:44:10.037Z|00007|acl_log(ovn_pinctrl0)|INFO|name="verify-audit-logging_allow-from-same-namespace_0", verdict=allow, severity=alert: icmp,vlan_tci=0x0000,dl_src=0a:58:0a:80:02:3b,dl_dst=0a:58:0a:80:02:3a,nw_src=10.128.2.59,nw_dst=10.128.2.58,nw_tos=0,nw_ecn=0,nw_ttl=64,icmp_type=8,icmp_code=0
2021-06-13T19:44:11.037Z|00008|acl_log(ovn_pinctrl0)|INFO|name="verify-audit-logging_allow-from-same-namespace_0", verdict=allow, severity=alert: icmp,vlan_tci=0x0000,dl_src=0a:58:0a:80:02:3b,dl_dst=0a:58:0a:80:02:3a,nw_src=10.128.2.59,nw_dst=10.128.2.58,nw_tos=0,nw_ecn=0,nw_ttl=64,icmp_type=8,icmp_code=0

25.9.5. Disabling egress firewall and network policy audit logging for a namespace

As a cluster administrator, you can disable audit logging for a namespace.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in to the cluster with a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  • To disable audit logging for a namespace, enter the following command: 

    $ oc annotate --overwrite namespace <namespace> k8s.ovn.org/acl-logging-

    where:

    <namespace>
    Specifies the name of the namespace.
    Tip

    You can alternatively apply the following YAML to disable audit logging: 

    kind: Namespace
apiVersion: v1
metadata:
  name: <namespace>
  annotations:
    k8s.ovn.org/acl-logging: null

    Example output

    namespace/verify-audit-logging annotated

25.9.6. Additional resources

25.10. Configuring IPsec encryption

With IPsec enabled, all pod-to-pod network traffic between nodes on the OVN-Kubernetes cluster network is encrypted with IPsec Transport mode.

IPsec is disabled by default. It can be enabled either during or after installing the cluster. For information about cluster installation, see OpenShift Container Platform installation overview. If you need to enable IPsec after cluster installation, you must first resize your cluster MTU to account for the overhead of the IPsec ESP IP header.

The following support limitations exist for IPsec on a OpenShift Container Platform cluster:

  • You must disable IPsec before updating to OpenShift Container Platform 4.15. After disabling IPsec, you must also delete the associated IPsec daemonsets. There is a known issue that can cause interruptions in pod-to-pod communication if you update without disabling IPsec. (OCPBUGS-43323)

The following documentation describes how to enable and disable IPSec after cluster installation.

25.10.1. Prerequisites

  • You have decreased the size of the cluster MTU by 46 bytes to allow for the additional overhead of the IPsec ESP header. For more information on resizing the MTU that your cluster uses, see Changing the MTU for the cluster network.

25.10.2. Types of network traffic flows encrypted by IPsec

With IPsec enabled, only the following network traffic flows between pods are encrypted:

  • Traffic between pods on different nodes on the cluster network
  • Traffic from a pod on the host network to a pod on the cluster network

The following traffic flows are not encrypted:

  • Traffic between pods on the same node on the cluster network
  • Traffic between pods on the host network
  • Traffic from a pod on the cluster network to a pod on the host network

The encrypted and unencrypted flows are illustrated in the following diagram:

IPsec encrypted and unencrypted traffic flows
25.10.2.1. Network connectivity requirements when IPsec is enabled

You must configure the network connectivity between machines to allow OpenShift Container Platform cluster components to communicate. Each machine must be able to resolve the hostnames of all other machines in the cluster.

Table 25.12. Ports used for all-machine to all-machine communications
ProtocolPortDescription

UDP

500

IPsec IKE packets

4500

IPsec NAT-T packets

ESP

N/A

IPsec Encapsulating Security Payload (ESP)

25.10.3. Encryption protocol and IPsec mode

The encrypt cipher used is AES-GCM-16-256. The integrity check value (ICV) is 16 bytes. The key length is 256 bits.

The IPsec mode used is Transport mode, a mode that encrypts end-to-end communication by adding an Encapsulated Security Payload (ESP) header to the IP header of the original packet and encrypts the packet data. OpenShift Container Platform does not currently use or support IPsec Tunnel mode for pod-to-pod communication.

25.10.4. Security certificate generation and rotation

The Cluster Network Operator (CNO) generates a self-signed X.509 certificate authority (CA) that is used by IPsec for encryption. Certificate signing requests (CSRs) from each node are automatically fulfilled by the CNO.

The CA is valid for 10 years. The individual node certificates are valid for 5 years and are automatically rotated after 4 1/2 years elapse.

25.10.5. Enabling IPsec encryption

As a cluster administrator, you can enable IPsec encryption after cluster installation.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in to the cluster as a user with cluster-admin privileges.
  • You have reduced the size of your cluster maximum transmission unit (MTU) by 46 bytes to allow for the overhead of the IPsec ESP header.

Procedure

  • To enable IPsec encryption, enter the following command: 

    $ oc patch networks.operator.openshift.io cluster --type=merge \
-p '{"spec":{"defaultNetwork":{"ovnKubernetesConfig":{"ipsecConfig":{ }}}}}'

Verification

  1. To find the names of the OVN-Kubernetes control plane pods, enter the following command: 

    $ oc get pods -l app=ovnkube-master -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes

    Example output

    NAME                   READY   STATUS    RESTARTS   AGE
ovnkube-master-fvtnh   6/6     Running   0          122m
ovnkube-master-hsgmm   6/6     Running   0          122m
ovnkube-master-qcmdc   6/6     Running   0          122m

  2. Verify that IPsec is enabled on your cluster by entering the following command. The command output must state true to indicate that the node has IPsec enabled. 

    $ oc -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes rsh ovnkube-master-<pod_number_sequence> \ 1
  ovn-nbctl --no-leader-only get nb_global . ipsec
    1
    Replace <pod_number_sequence> with the random sequence of letters, fvtnh, for a data plane pod from the previous step.

25.10.6. Disabling IPsec encryption

As a cluster administrator, you can disable IPsec encryption only if you enabled IPsec after cluster installation.

Important

After disabling IPsec, you must delete the associated IPsec daemonsets pods. If you do not delete these pods, you might experience issues with your cluster.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in to the cluster with a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. To disable IPsec encryption, enter the following command: 

    $ oc patch networks.operator.openshift.io/cluster --type=json \
  -p='[{"op":"remove", "path":"/spec/defaultNetwork/ovnKubernetesConfig/ipsecConfig"}]'

  2. To find the name of the OVN-Kubernetes data plane pod that exists on the master node in your cluster, enter the following command: 

    $ oc get pods -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes -l=app=ovnkube-master

    Example output

    ovnkube-master-5xqbf                      8/8     Running   0              28m
...

  3. Verify that the master node in your cluster has IPsec disabled by entering the following command. The command output must state false to indicate that the node has IPsec disabled. 

    $ oc -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes -c nbdb rsh ovnkube-master-<pod_number_sequence> \1
  ovn-nbctl --no-leader-only get nb_global . ipsec
    1
    Replace <pod_number_sequence> with the random sequence of letters, such as 5xqbf, for the data plane pod from the previous step.

  4. To remove the IPsec ovn-ipsec daemonset pod from the openshift-ovn-kubernetes namespace on the node, enter the following command: 

    $ oc delete daemonset ovn-ipsec -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes 1
    1
    The ovn-ipsec daemonset configures IPsec connections for east-west traffic on the node.

  5. Verify that the ovn-ipsec daemonset pod was removed from the all nodes in your cluster by entering the following command. If the command output does not list the pod, the removal operation is successful. 

    $ oc get pods -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes -l=app=ovn-ipsec
    Note

    You might need to re-run the command for deleting the pod because sometimes the initial command attempt might not delete the pod.

  6. Optional: You can increase the size of your cluster MTU by 46 bytes because there is no longer any overhead from the IPsec ESP header in IP packets.

25.10.7. Additional resources

25.11. Configuring an egress firewall for a project

As a cluster administrator, you can create an egress firewall for a project that restricts egress traffic leaving your OpenShift Container Platform cluster.

25.11.1. How an egress firewall works in a project

As a cluster administrator, you can use an egress firewall to limit the external hosts that some or all pods can access from within the cluster. An egress firewall supports the following scenarios:

  • A pod can only connect to internal hosts and cannot initiate connections to the public internet.
  • A pod can only connect to the public internet and cannot initiate connections to internal hosts that are outside the OpenShift Container Platform cluster.
  • A pod cannot reach specified internal subnets or hosts outside the OpenShift Container Platform cluster.
  • A pod can connect to only specific external hosts.

For example, you can allow one project access to a specified IP range but deny the same access to a different project. Or you can restrict application developers from updating from Python pip mirrors, and force updates to come only from approved sources.

Note

Egress firewall does not apply to the host network namespace. Pods with host networking enabled are unaffected by egress firewall rules.

You configure an egress firewall policy by creating an EgressFirewall custom resource (CR) object. The egress firewall matches network traffic that meets any of the following criteria:

  • An IP address range in CIDR format
  • A DNS name that resolves to an IP address
  • A port number
  • A protocol that is one of the following protocols: TCP, UDP, and SCTP
Important

If your egress firewall includes a deny rule for 0.0.0.0/0, access to your OpenShift Container Platform API servers is blocked. You must either add allow rules for each IP address or use the nodeSelector type allow rule in your egress policy rules to connect to API servers.

The following example illustrates the order of the egress firewall rules necessary to ensure API server access: 

apiVersion: k8s.ovn.org/v1
kind: EgressFirewall
metadata:
  name: default
  namespace: <namespace> 1
spec:
  egress:
  - to:
      cidrSelector: <api_server_address_range> 2
    type: Allow
# ...
  - to:
      cidrSelector: 0.0.0.0/0 3
    type: Deny
1
The namespace for the egress firewall.
2
The IP address range that includes your OpenShift Container Platform API servers.
3
A global deny rule prevents access to the OpenShift Container Platform API servers.

To find the IP address for your API servers, run oc get ep kubernetes -n default.

For more information, see BZ#1988324.

Warning

Egress firewall rules do not apply to traffic that goes through routers. Any user with permission to create a Route CR object can bypass egress firewall policy rules by creating a route that points to a forbidden destination.

25.11.1.1. Limitations of an egress firewall

An egress firewall has the following limitations:

  • No project can have more than one EgressFirewall object.
  • A maximum of one EgressFirewall object with a maximum of 8,000 rules can be defined per project.
  • If you are using the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin with shared gateway mode in Red Hat OpenShift Networking, return ingress replies are affected by egress firewall rules. If the egress firewall rules drop the ingress reply destination IP, the traffic is dropped.

Violating any of these restrictions results in a broken egress firewall for the project. Consequently, all external network traffic is dropped, which can cause security risks for your organization.

An Egress Firewall resource can be created in the kube-node-lease, kube-public, kube-system, openshift and openshift- projects.

25.11.1.2. Matching order for egress firewall policy rules

The egress firewall policy rules are evaluated in the order that they are defined, from first to last. The first rule that matches an egress connection from a pod applies. Any subsequent rules are ignored for that connection.

25.11.1.3. How Domain Name Server (DNS) resolution works

If you use DNS names in any of your egress firewall policy rules, proper resolution of the domain names is subject to the following restrictions:

  • Domain name updates are polled based on a time-to-live (TTL) duration. By default, the duration is 30 minutes. When the egress firewall controller queries the local name servers for a domain name, if the response includes a TTL and the TTL is less than 30 minutes, the controller sets the duration for that DNS name to the returned value. Each DNS name is queried after the TTL for the DNS record expires.
  • The pod must resolve the domain from the same local name servers when necessary. Otherwise the IP addresses for the domain known by the egress firewall controller and the pod can be different. If the IP addresses for a hostname differ, the egress firewall might not be enforced consistently.
  • Because the egress firewall controller and pods asynchronously poll the same local name server, the pod might obtain the updated IP address before the egress controller does, which causes a race condition. Due to this current limitation, domain name usage in EgressFirewall objects is only recommended for domains with infrequent IP address changes.
Note

Using DNS names in your egress firewall policy does not affect local DNS resolution through CoreDNS.

However, if your egress firewall policy uses domain names, and an external DNS server handles DNS resolution for an affected pod, you must include egress firewall rules that permit access to the IP addresses of your DNS server.

25.11.2. EgressFirewall custom resource (CR) object

You can define one or more rules for an egress firewall. A rule is either an Allow rule or a Deny rule, with a specification for the traffic that the rule applies to.

The following YAML describes an EgressFirewall CR object:

EgressFirewall object

apiVersion: k8s.ovn.org/v1
kind: EgressFirewall
metadata:
  name: <name> 1
spec:
  egress: 2
    ...

1
The name for the object must be default.
2
A collection of one or more egress network policy rules as described in the following section.
25.11.2.1. EgressFirewall rules

The following YAML describes an egress firewall rule object. The user can select either an IP address range in CIDR format, a domain name, or use the nodeSelector to allow or deny egress traffic. The egress stanza expects an array of one or more objects.

Egress policy rule stanza

egress:
- type: <type> 1
  to: 2
    cidrSelector: <cidr> 3
    dnsName: <dns_name> 4
    nodeSelector: <label_name>: <label_value> 5
  ports: 6
      ...

1
The type of rule. The value must be either Allow or Deny.
2
A stanza describing an egress traffic match rule that specifies the cidrSelector field or the dnsName field. You cannot use both fields in the same rule.
3
An IP address range in CIDR format.
4
A DNS domain name.
5
Labels are key/value pairs that the user defines. Labels are attached to objects, such as pods. The nodeSelector allows for one or more node labels to be selected and attached to pods.
6
Optional: A stanza describing a collection of network ports and protocols for the rule.

Ports stanza

ports:
- port: <port> 1
  protocol: <protocol> 2

1
A network port, such as 80 or 443. If you specify a value for this field, you must also specify a value for protocol.
2
A network protocol. The value must be either TCP, UDP, or SCTP.
25.11.2.2. Example EgressFirewall CR objects

The following example defines several egress firewall policy rules: 

apiVersion: k8s.ovn.org/v1
kind: EgressFirewall
metadata:
  name: default
spec:
  egress: 1
  - type: Allow
    to:
      cidrSelector: 1.2.3.0/24
  - type: Deny
    to:
      cidrSelector: 0.0.0.0/0
1
A collection of egress firewall policy rule objects.

The following example defines a policy rule that denies traffic to the host at the 172.16.1.1 IP address, if the traffic is using either the TCP protocol and destination port 80 or any protocol and destination port 443. 

apiVersion: k8s.ovn.org/v1
kind: EgressFirewall
metadata:
  name: default
spec:
  egress:
  - type: Deny
    to:
      cidrSelector: 172.16.1.1
    ports:
    - port: 80
      protocol: TCP
    - port: 443
25.11.2.3. Example nodeSelector for EgressFirewall

As a cluster administrator, you can allow or deny egress traffic to nodes in your cluster by specifying a label using nodeSelector. Labels can be applied to one or more nodes. The following is an example with the region=east label: 

apiVersion: k8s.ovn.org/v1
kind: EgressFirewall
metadata:
  name: default
spec:
    egress:
    - to:
        nodeSelector:
          matchLabels:
            region: east
      type: Allow
Tip

Instead of adding manual rules per node IP address, use node selectors to create a label that allows pods behind an egress firewall to access host network pods.

25.11.3. Creating an egress firewall policy object

As a cluster administrator, you can create an egress firewall policy object for a project.

Important

If the project already has an EgressFirewall object defined, you must edit the existing policy to make changes to the egress firewall rules.

Prerequisites

  • A cluster that uses the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin.
  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You must log in to the cluster as a cluster administrator.

Procedure

  1. Create a policy rule:

    1. Create a <policy_name>.yaml file where <policy_name> describes the egress policy rules.
    2. In the file you created, define an egress policy object.

  2. Enter the following command to create the policy object. Replace <policy_name> with the name of the policy and <project> with the project that the rule applies to. 

    $ oc create -f <policy_name>.yaml -n <project>

    In the following example, a new EgressFirewall object is created in a project named project1: 

    $ oc create -f default.yaml -n project1

    Example output

    egressfirewall.k8s.ovn.org/v1 created

  3. Optional: Save the <policy_name>.yaml file so that you can make changes later.

25.12. Viewing an egress firewall for a project

As a cluster administrator, you can list the names of any existing egress firewalls and view the traffic rules for a specific egress firewall.

25.12.1. Viewing an EgressFirewall object

You can view an EgressFirewall object in your cluster.

Prerequisites

  • A cluster using the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin.
  • Install the OpenShift Command-line Interface (CLI), commonly known as oc.
  • You must log in to the cluster.

Procedure

  1. Optional: To view the names of the EgressFirewall objects defined in your cluster, enter the following command: 

    $ oc get egressfirewall --all-namespaces

  2. To inspect a policy, enter the following command. Replace <policy_name> with the name of the policy to inspect. 

    $ oc describe egressfirewall <policy_name>

    Example output

    Name:		default
Namespace:	project1
Created:	20 minutes ago
Labels:		<none>
Annotations:	<none>
Rule:		Allow to 1.2.3.0/24
Rule:		Allow to www.example.com
Rule:		Deny to 0.0.0.0/0

25.13. Editing an egress firewall for a project

As a cluster administrator, you can modify network traffic rules for an existing egress firewall.

25.13.1. Editing an EgressFirewall object

As a cluster administrator, you can update the egress firewall for a project.

Prerequisites

  • A cluster using the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin.
  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You must log in to the cluster as a cluster administrator.

Procedure

  1. Find the name of the EgressFirewall object for the project. Replace <project> with the name of the project. 

    $ oc get -n <project> egressfirewall

  2. Optional: If you did not save a copy of the EgressFirewall object when you created the egress network firewall, enter the following command to create a copy. 

    $ oc get -n <project> egressfirewall <name> -o yaml > <filename>.yaml

    Replace <project> with the name of the project. Replace <name> with the name of the object. Replace <filename> with the name of the file to save the YAML to.

  3. After making changes to the policy rules, enter the following command to replace the EgressFirewall object. Replace <filename> with the name of the file containing the updated EgressFirewall object. 

    $ oc replace -f <filename>.yaml

25.14. Removing an egress firewall from a project

As a cluster administrator, you can remove an egress firewall from a project to remove all restrictions on network traffic from the project that leaves the OpenShift Container Platform cluster.

25.14.1. Removing an EgressFirewall object

As a cluster administrator, you can remove an egress firewall from a project.

Prerequisites

  • A cluster using the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin.
  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You must log in to the cluster as a cluster administrator.

Procedure

  1. Find the name of the EgressFirewall object for the project. Replace <project> with the name of the project. 

    $ oc get -n <project> egressfirewall

  2. Enter the following command to delete the EgressFirewall object. Replace <project> with the name of the project and <name> with the name of the object. 

    $ oc delete -n <project> egressfirewall <name>

25.15. Configuring an egress IP address

As a cluster administrator, you can configure the OVN-Kubernetes Container Network Interface (CNI) network plugin to assign one or more egress IP addresses to a namespace, or to specific pods in a namespace.

25.15.1. Egress IP address architectural design and implementation

The OpenShift Container Platform egress IP address functionality allows you to ensure that the traffic from one or more pods in one or more namespaces has a consistent source IP address for services outside the cluster network.

For example, you might have a pod that periodically queries a database that is hosted on a server outside of your cluster. To enforce access requirements for the server, a packet filtering device is configured to allow traffic only from specific IP addresses. To ensure that you can reliably allow access to the server from only that specific pod, you can configure a specific egress IP address for the pod that makes the requests to the server.

An egress IP address assigned to a namespace is different from an egress router, which is used to send traffic to specific destinations.

In some cluster configurations, application pods and ingress router pods run on the same node. If you configure an egress IP address for an application project in this scenario, the IP address is not used when you send a request to a route from the application project.

Important

Egress IP addresses must not be configured in any Linux network configuration files, such as ifcfg-eth0.

25.15.1.1. Platform support

Support for the egress IP address functionality on various platforms is summarized in the following table:

PlatformSupported

Bare metal

Yes

VMware vSphere

Yes

Red Hat OpenStack Platform (RHOSP)

Yes

Amazon Web Services (AWS)

Yes

Google Cloud Platform (GCP)

Yes

Microsoft Azure

Yes

IBM Z and IBM® LinuxONE

Yes

IBM Z and IBM® LinuxONE for Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL) KVM

Yes

IBM Power

Yes

Important

The assignment of egress IP addresses to control plane nodes with the EgressIP feature is not supported on a cluster provisioned on Amazon Web Services (AWS). (BZ#2039656)

25.15.1.2. Public cloud platform considerations

For clusters provisioned on public cloud infrastructure, there is a constraint on the absolute number of assignable IP addresses per node. The maximum number of assignable IP addresses per node, or the IP capacity, can be described in the following formula: 

IP capacity = public cloud default capacity - sum(current IP assignments)

While the Egress IPs capability manages the IP address capacity per node, it is important to plan for this constraint in your deployments. For example, for a cluster installed on bare-metal infrastructure with 8 nodes you can configure 150 egress IP addresses. However, if a public cloud provider limits IP address capacity to 10 IP addresses per node, the total number of assignable IP addresses is only 80. To achieve the same IP address capacity in this example cloud provider, you would need to allocate 7 additional nodes.

To confirm the IP capacity and subnets for any node in your public cloud environment, you can enter the oc get node <node_name> -o yaml command. The cloud.network.openshift.io/egress-ipconfig annotation includes capacity and subnet information for the node.

The annotation value is an array with a single object with fields that provide the following information for the primary network interface:

  • interface: Specifies the interface ID on AWS and Azure and the interface name on GCP.
  • ifaddr: Specifies the subnet mask for one or both IP address families.
  • capacity: Specifies the IP address capacity for the node. On AWS, the IP address capacity is provided per IP address family. On Azure and GCP, the IP address capacity includes both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses.

Automatic attachment and detachment of egress IP addresses for traffic between nodes are available. This allows for traffic from many pods in namespaces to have a consistent source IP address to locations outside of the cluster. This also supports OpenShift SDN and OVN-Kubernetes, which is the default networking plugin in Red Hat OpenShift Networking in OpenShift Container Platform 4.13.

Note

When an RHOSP cluster administrator assigns a floating IP to the reservation port, OpenShift Container Platform cannot delete the reservation port. The CloudPrivateIPConfig object cannot perform delete and move operations until an RHOSP cluster administrator unassigns the floating IP from the reservation port.

The following examples illustrate the annotation from nodes on several public cloud providers. The annotations are indented for readability.

Example cloud.network.openshift.io/egress-ipconfig annotation on AWS

cloud.network.openshift.io/egress-ipconfig: [
  {
    "interface":"eni-078d267045138e436",
    "ifaddr":{"ipv4":"10.0.128.0/18"},
    "capacity":{"ipv4":14,"ipv6":15}
  }
]

Example cloud.network.openshift.io/egress-ipconfig annotation on GCP

cloud.network.openshift.io/egress-ipconfig: [
  {
    "interface":"nic0",
    "ifaddr":{"ipv4":"10.0.128.0/18"},
    "capacity":{"ip":14}
  }
]

The following sections describe the IP address capacity for supported public cloud environments for use in your capacity calculation.

25.15.1.2.1. Amazon Web Services (AWS) IP address capacity limits

On AWS, constraints on IP address assignments depend on the instance type configured. For more information, see IP addresses per network interface per instance type

25.15.1.2.2. Google Cloud Platform (GCP) IP address capacity limits

On GCP, the networking model implements additional node IP addresses through IP address aliasing, rather than IP address assignments. However, IP address capacity maps directly to IP aliasing capacity.

The following capacity limits exist for IP aliasing assignment:

  • Per node, the maximum number of IP aliases, both IPv4 and IPv6, is 100.
  • Per VPC, the maximum number of IP aliases is unspecified, but OpenShift Container Platform scalability testing reveals the maximum to be approximately 15,000.

For more information, see Per instance quotas and Alias IP ranges overview.

25.15.1.2.3. Microsoft Azure IP address capacity limits

On Azure, the following capacity limits exist for IP address assignment:

  • Per NIC, the maximum number of assignable IP addresses, for both IPv4 and IPv6, is 256.
  • Per virtual network, the maximum number of assigned IP addresses cannot exceed 65,536.

For more information, see Networking limits.

25.15.1.3. Assignment of egress IPs to pods

To assign one or more egress IPs to a namespace or specific pods in a namespace, the following conditions must be satisfied:

  • At least one node in your cluster must have the k8s.ovn.org/egress-assignable: "" label.
  • An EgressIP object exists that defines one or more egress IP addresses to use as the source IP address for traffic leaving the cluster from pods in a namespace.
Important

If you create EgressIP objects prior to labeling any nodes in your cluster for egress IP assignment, OpenShift Container Platform might assign every egress IP address to the first node with the k8s.ovn.org/egress-assignable: "" label.

To ensure that egress IP addresses are widely distributed across nodes in the cluster, always apply the label to the nodes you intent to host the egress IP addresses before creating any EgressIP objects.

25.15.1.4. Assignment of egress IPs to nodes

When creating an EgressIP object, the following conditions apply to nodes that are labeled with the k8s.ovn.org/egress-assignable: "" label:

  • An egress IP address is never assigned to more than one node at a time.
  • An egress IP address is equally balanced between available nodes that can host the egress IP address.

  • If the spec.EgressIPs array in an EgressIP object specifies more than one IP address, the following conditions apply:

    • No node will ever host more than one of the specified IP addresses.
    • Traffic is balanced roughly equally between the specified IP addresses for a given namespace.
  • If a node becomes unavailable, any egress IP addresses assigned to it are automatically reassigned, subject to the previously described conditions.

When a pod matches the selector for multiple EgressIP objects, there is no guarantee which of the egress IP addresses that are specified in the EgressIP objects is assigned as the egress IP address for the pod.

Additionally, if an EgressIP object specifies multiple egress IP addresses, there is no guarantee which of the egress IP addresses might be used. For example, if a pod matches a selector for an EgressIP object with two egress IP addresses, 10.10.20.1 and 10.10.20.2, either might be used for each TCP connection or UDP conversation.

25.15.1.5. Architectural diagram of an egress IP address configuration

The following diagram depicts an egress IP address configuration. The diagram describes four pods in two different namespaces running on three nodes in a cluster. The nodes are assigned IP addresses from the 192.168.126.0/18 CIDR block on the host network.

Both Node 1 and Node 3 are labeled with k8s.ovn.org/egress-assignable: "" and thus available for the assignment of egress IP addresses.

The dashed lines in the diagram depict the traffic flow from pod1, pod2, and pod3 traveling through the pod network to egress the cluster from Node 1 and Node 3. When an external service receives traffic from any of the pods selected by the example EgressIP object, the source IP address is either 192.168.126.10 or 192.168.126.102. The traffic is balanced roughly equally between these two nodes.

The following resources from the diagram are illustrated in detail:

Namespace objects

The namespaces are defined in the following manifest:

Namespace objects

apiVersion: v1
kind: Namespace
metadata:
  name: namespace1
  labels:
    env: prod
---
apiVersion: v1
kind: Namespace
metadata:
  name: namespace2
  labels:
    env: prod

EgressIP object

The following EgressIP object describes a configuration that selects all pods in any namespace with the env label set to prod. The egress IP addresses for the selected pods are 192.168.126.10 and 192.168.126.102.

EgressIP object

apiVersion: k8s.ovn.org/v1
kind: EgressIP
metadata:
  name: egressips-prod
spec:
  egressIPs:
  - 192.168.126.10
  - 192.168.126.102
  namespaceSelector:
    matchLabels:
      env: prod
status:
  items:
  - node: node1
    egressIP: 192.168.126.10
  - node: node3
    egressIP: 192.168.126.102

For the configuration in the previous example, OpenShift Container Platform assigns both egress IP addresses to the available nodes. The status field reflects whether and where the egress IP addresses are assigned.

25.15.2. EgressIP object

The following YAML describes the API for the EgressIP object. The scope of the object is cluster-wide; it is not created in a namespace. 

apiVersion: k8s.ovn.org/v1
kind: EgressIP
metadata:
  name: <name> 1
spec:
  egressIPs: 2
  - <ip_address>
  namespaceSelector: 3
    ...
  podSelector: 4
    ...
1
The name for the EgressIPs object.
2
An array of one or more IP addresses.
3
One or more selectors for the namespaces to associate the egress IP addresses with.
4
Optional: One or more selectors for pods in the specified namespaces to associate egress IP addresses with. Applying these selectors allows for the selection of a subset of pods within a namespace.

The following YAML describes the stanza for the namespace selector:

Namespace selector stanza

namespaceSelector: 1
  matchLabels:
    <label_name>: <label_value>

1
One or more matching rules for namespaces. If more than one match rule is provided, all matching namespaces are selected.

The following YAML describes the optional stanza for the pod selector:

Pod selector stanza

podSelector: 1
  matchLabels:
    <label_name>: <label_value>

1
Optional: One or more matching rules for pods in the namespaces that match the specified namespaceSelector rules. If specified, only pods that match are selected. Others pods in the namespace are not selected.

In the following example, the EgressIP object associates the 192.168.126.11 and 192.168.126.102 egress IP addresses with pods that have the app label set to web and are in the namespaces that have the env label set to prod:

Example EgressIP object

apiVersion: k8s.ovn.org/v1
kind: EgressIP
metadata:
  name: egress-group1
spec:
  egressIPs:
  - 192.168.126.11
  - 192.168.126.102
  podSelector:
    matchLabels:
      app: web
  namespaceSelector:
    matchLabels:
      env: prod

In the following example, the EgressIP object associates the 192.168.127.30 and 192.168.127.40 egress IP addresses with any pods that do not have the environment label set to development:

Example EgressIP object

apiVersion: k8s.ovn.org/v1
kind: EgressIP
metadata:
  name: egress-group2
spec:
  egressIPs:
  - 192.168.127.30
  - 192.168.127.40
  namespaceSelector:
    matchExpressions:
    - key: environment
      operator: NotIn
      values:
      - development

25.15.3. The egressIPConfig object

As a feature of egress IP, the reachabilityTotalTimeoutSeconds parameter configures the EgressIP node reachability check total timeout in seconds. If the EgressIP node cannot be reached within this timeout, the node is declared down.

You can set a value for the reachabilityTotalTimeoutSeconds in the configuration file for the egressIPConfig object. Setting a large value might cause the EgressIP implementation to react slowly to node changes. The implementation reacts slowly for EgressIP nodes that have an issue and are unreachable.

If you omit the reachabilityTotalTimeoutSeconds parameter from the egressIPConfig object, the platform chooses a reasonable default value, which is subject to change over time. The current default is 1 second. A value of 0 disables the reachability check for the EgressIP node.

The following egressIPConfig object describes changing the reachabilityTotalTimeoutSeconds from the default 1 second probes to 5 second probes: 

apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: Network
metadata:
  name: cluster
spec:
  clusterNetwork:
  - cidr: 10.128.0.0/14
    hostPrefix: 23
  defaultNetwork:
    ovnKubernetesConfig:
      egressIPConfig: 1
        reachabilityTotalTimeoutSeconds: 5 2
      gatewayConfig:
        routingViaHost: false
      genevePort: 6081
1
The egressIPConfig holds the configurations for the options of the EgressIP object. By changing these configurations, you can extend the EgressIP object.
2
The value for reachabilityTotalTimeoutSeconds accepts integer values from 0 to 60. A value of 0 disables the reachability check of the egressIP node. Setting a value from 1 to 60 corresponds to the timeout in seconds for a probe to send the reachability check to the node.

25.15.4. Labeling a node to host egress IP addresses

You can apply the k8s.ovn.org/egress-assignable="" label to a node in your cluster so that OpenShift Container Platform can assign one or more egress IP addresses to the node.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in to the cluster as a cluster administrator.

Procedure

  • To label a node so that it can host one or more egress IP addresses, enter the following command: 

    $ oc label nodes <node_name> k8s.ovn.org/egress-assignable="" 1
    1
    The name of the node to label.
    Tip

    You can alternatively apply the following YAML to add the label to a node: 

    apiVersion: v1
kind: Node
metadata:
  labels:
    k8s.ovn.org/egress-assignable: ""
  name: <node_name>

25.15.5. Next steps

25.15.6. Additional resources

25.16. Assigning an egress IP address

As a cluster administrator, you can assign an egress IP address for traffic leaving the cluster from a namespace or from specific pods in a namespace.

25.16.1. Assigning an egress IP address to a namespace

You can assign one or more egress IP addresses to a namespace or to specific pods in a namespace.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in to the cluster as a cluster administrator.
  • Configure at least one node to host an egress IP address.

Procedure

  1. Create an EgressIP object:

    1. Create a <egressips_name>.yaml file where <egressips_name> is the name of the object.

    2. In the file that you created, define an EgressIP object, as in the following example: 

      apiVersion: k8s.ovn.org/v1
kind: EgressIP
metadata:
  name: egress-project1
spec:
  egressIPs:
  - 192.168.127.10
  - 192.168.127.11
  namespaceSelector:
    matchLabels:
      env: qa

  2. To create the object, enter the following command. 

    $ oc apply -f <egressips_name>.yaml 1
    1
    Replace <egressips_name> with the name of the object.

    Example output

    egressips.k8s.ovn.org/<egressips_name> created

  3. Optional: Store the <egressips_name>.yaml file so that you can make changes later.

  4. Add labels to the namespace that requires egress IP addresses. To add a label to the namespace of an EgressIP object defined in step 1, run the following command: 

    $ oc label ns <namespace> env=qa 1
    1
    Replace <namespace> with the namespace that requires egress IP addresses.

Verification

  • To show all egress IPs that are in use in your cluster, enter the following command: 

    $ oc get egressip -o yaml
    Note

    The command oc get egressip only returns one egress IP address regardless of how many are configured. This is not a bug and is a limitation of Kubernetes. As a workaround, you can pass in the -o yaml or -o json flags to return all egress IPs addresses in use.

    Example output

    # ...
spec:
  egressIPs:
  - 192.168.127.10
  - 192.168.127.11
# ...

25.16.2. Additional resources

25.17. Considerations for the use of an egress router pod

25.17.1. About an egress router pod

The OpenShift Container Platform egress router pod redirects traffic to a specified remote server from a private source IP address that is not used for any other purpose. An egress router pod can send network traffic to servers that are set up to allow access only from specific IP addresses.

Note

The egress router pod is not intended for every outgoing connection. Creating large numbers of egress router pods can exceed the limits of your network hardware. For example, creating an egress router pod for every project or application could exceed the number of local MAC addresses that the network interface can handle before reverting to filtering MAC addresses in software.

Important

The egress router image is not compatible with Amazon AWS, Azure Cloud, or any other cloud platform that does not support layer 2 manipulations due to their incompatibility with macvlan traffic.

25.17.1.1. Egress router modes

In redirect mode, an egress router pod configures iptables rules to redirect traffic from its own IP address to one or more destination IP addresses. Client pods that need to use the reserved source IP address must be configured to access the service for the egress router rather than connecting directly to the destination IP. You can access the destination service and port from the application pod by using the curl command. For example: 

$ curl <router_service_IP> <port>
Note

The egress router CNI plugin supports redirect mode only. This is a difference with the egress router implementation that you can deploy with OpenShift SDN. Unlike the egress router for OpenShift SDN, the egress router CNI plugin does not support HTTP proxy mode or DNS proxy mode.

25.17.1.2. Egress router pod implementation

The egress router implementation uses the egress router Container Network Interface (CNI) plugin. The plugin adds a secondary network interface to a pod.

An egress router is a pod that has two network interfaces. For example, the pod can have eth0 and net1 network interfaces. The eth0 interface is on the cluster network and the pod continues to use the interface for ordinary cluster-related network traffic. The net1 interface is on a secondary network and has an IP address and gateway for that network. Other pods in the OpenShift Container Platform cluster can access the egress router service and the service enables the pods to access external services. The egress router acts as a bridge between pods and an external system.

Traffic that leaves the egress router exits through a node, but the packets have the MAC address of the net1 interface from the egress router pod.

When you add an egress router custom resource, the Cluster Network Operator creates the following objects:

  • The network attachment definition for the net1 secondary network interface of the pod.
  • A deployment for the egress router.

If you delete an egress router custom resource, the Operator deletes the two objects in the preceding list that are associated with the egress router.

25.17.1.3. Deployment considerations

An egress router pod adds an additional IP address and MAC address to the primary network interface of the node. As a result, you might need to configure your hypervisor or cloud provider to allow the additional address.

Red Hat OpenStack Platform (RHOSP)

If you deploy OpenShift Container Platform on RHOSP, you must allow traffic from the IP and MAC addresses of the egress router pod on your OpenStack environment. If you do not allow the traffic, then communication will fail: 

$ openstack port set --allowed-address \
  ip_address=<ip_address>,mac_address=<mac_address> <neutron_port_uuid>
Red Hat Virtualization (RHV)
If you are using RHV, you must select No Network Filter for the Virtual network interface controller (vNIC).
VMware vSphere
If you are using VMware vSphere, see the VMware documentation for securing vSphere standard switches. View and change VMware vSphere default settings by selecting the host virtual switch from the vSphere Web Client.

Specifically, ensure that the following are enabled:

25.17.1.4. Failover configuration

To avoid downtime, the Cluster Network Operator deploys the egress router pod as a deployment resource. The deployment name is egress-router-cni-deployment. The pod that corresponds to the deployment has a label of app=egress-router-cni.

To create a new service for the deployment, use the oc expose deployment/egress-router-cni-deployment --port <port_number> command or create a file like the following example: 

apiVersion: v1
kind: Service
metadata:
  name: app-egress
spec:
  ports:
  - name: tcp-8080
    protocol: TCP
    port: 8080
  - name: tcp-8443
    protocol: TCP
    port: 8443
  - name: udp-80
    protocol: UDP
    port: 80
  type: ClusterIP
  selector:
    app: egress-router-cni

25.17.2. Additional resources

25.18. Deploying an egress router pod in redirect mode

As a cluster administrator, you can deploy an egress router pod to redirect traffic to specified destination IP addresses from a reserved source IP address.

The egress router implementation uses the egress router Container Network Interface (CNI) plugin.

25.18.1. Egress router custom resource

Define the configuration for an egress router pod in an egress router custom resource. The following YAML describes the fields for the configuration of an egress router in redirect mode: 

apiVersion: network.operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: EgressRouter
metadata:
  name: <egress_router_name>
  namespace: <namespace>  <.>
spec:
  addresses: [  <.>
    {
      ip: "<egress_router>",  <.>
      gateway: "<egress_gateway>"  <.>
    }
  ]
  mode: Redirect
  redirect: {
    redirectRules: [  <.>
      {
        destinationIP: "<egress_destination>",
        port: <egress_router_port>,
        targetPort: <target_port>,  <.>
        protocol: <network_protocol>  <.>
      },
      ...
    ],
    fallbackIP: "<egress_destination>" <.>
  }

<.> Optional: The namespace field specifies the namespace to create the egress router in. If you do not specify a value in the file or on the command line, the default namespace is used.

<.> The addresses field specifies the IP addresses to configure on the secondary network interface.

<.> The ip field specifies the reserved source IP address and netmask from the physical network that the node is on to use with egress router pod. Use CIDR notation to specify the IP address and netmask.

<.> The gateway field specifies the IP address of the network gateway.

<.> Optional: The redirectRules field specifies a combination of egress destination IP address, egress router port, and protocol. Incoming connections to the egress router on the specified port and protocol are routed to the destination IP address.

<.> Optional: The targetPort field specifies the network port on the destination IP address. If this field is not specified, traffic is routed to the same network port that it arrived on.

<.> The protocol field supports TCP, UDP, or SCTP.

<.> Optional: The fallbackIP field specifies a destination IP address. If you do not specify any redirect rules, the egress router sends all traffic to this fallback IP address. If you specify redirect rules, any connections to network ports that are not defined in the rules are sent by the egress router to this fallback IP address. If you do not specify this field, the egress router rejects connections to network ports that are not defined in the rules.

Example egress router specification

apiVersion: network.operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: EgressRouter
metadata:
  name: egress-router-redirect
spec:
  networkInterface: {
    macvlan: {
      mode: "Bridge"
    }
  }
  addresses: [
    {
      ip: "192.168.12.99/24",
      gateway: "192.168.12.1"
    }
  ]
  mode: Redirect
  redirect: {
    redirectRules: [
      {
        destinationIP: "10.0.0.99",
        port: 80,
        protocol: UDP
      },
      {
        destinationIP: "203.0.113.26",
        port: 8080,
        targetPort: 80,
        protocol: TCP
      },
      {
        destinationIP: "203.0.113.27",
        port: 8443,
        targetPort: 443,
        protocol: TCP
      }
    ]
  }

25.18.2. Deploying an egress router in redirect mode

You can deploy an egress router to redirect traffic from its own reserved source IP address to one or more destination IP addresses.

After you add an egress router, the client pods that need to use the reserved source IP address must be modified to connect to the egress router rather than connecting directly to the destination IP.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. Create an egress router definition.

  2. To ensure that other pods can find the IP address of the egress router pod, create a service that uses the egress router, as in the following example: 

    apiVersion: v1
kind: Service
metadata:
  name: egress-1
spec:
  ports:
  - name: web-app
    protocol: TCP
    port: 8080
  type: ClusterIP
  selector:
    app: egress-router-cni <.>

    <.> Specify the label for the egress router. The value shown is added by the Cluster Network Operator and is not configurable.

    After you create the service, your pods can connect to the service. The egress router pod redirects traffic to the corresponding port on the destination IP address. The connections originate from the reserved source IP address.

Verification

To verify that the Cluster Network Operator started the egress router, complete the following procedure:

  1. View the network attachment definition that the Operator created for the egress router: 

    $ oc get network-attachment-definition egress-router-cni-nad

    The name of the network attachment definition is not configurable.

    Example output

    NAME                    AGE
egress-router-cni-nad   18m

  2. View the deployment for the egress router pod: 

    $ oc get deployment egress-router-cni-deployment

    The name of the deployment is not configurable.

    Example output

    NAME                           READY   UP-TO-DATE   AVAILABLE   AGE
egress-router-cni-deployment   1/1     1            1           18m

  3. View the status of the egress router pod: 

    $ oc get pods -l app=egress-router-cni

    Example output

    NAME                                            READY   STATUS    RESTARTS   AGE
egress-router-cni-deployment-575465c75c-qkq6m   1/1     Running   0          18m

  4. View the logs and the routing table for the egress router pod.

  1. Get the node name for the egress router pod: 

    $ POD_NODENAME=$(oc get pod -l app=egress-router-cni -o jsonpath="{.items[0].spec.nodeName}")

  2. Enter into a debug session on the target node. This step instantiates a debug pod called <node_name>-debug: 

    $ oc debug node/$POD_NODENAME

  3. Set /host as the root directory within the debug shell. The debug pod mounts the root file system of the host in /host within the pod. By changing the root directory to /host, you can run binaries from the executable paths of the host: 

    # chroot /host

  4. From within the chroot environment console, display the egress router logs: 

    # cat /tmp/egress-router-log

    Example output

    2021-04-26T12:27:20Z [debug] Called CNI ADD
2021-04-26T12:27:20Z [debug] Gateway: 192.168.12.1
2021-04-26T12:27:20Z [debug] IP Source Addresses: [192.168.12.99/24]
2021-04-26T12:27:20Z [debug] IP Destinations: [80 UDP 10.0.0.99/30 8080 TCP 203.0.113.26/30 80 8443 TCP 203.0.113.27/30 443]
2021-04-26T12:27:20Z [debug] Created macvlan interface
2021-04-26T12:27:20Z [debug] Renamed macvlan to "net1"
2021-04-26T12:27:20Z [debug] Adding route to gateway 192.168.12.1 on macvlan interface
2021-04-26T12:27:20Z [debug] deleted default route {Ifindex: 3 Dst: <nil> Src: <nil> Gw: 10.128.10.1 Flags: [] Table: 254}
2021-04-26T12:27:20Z [debug] Added new default route with gateway 192.168.12.1
2021-04-26T12:27:20Z [debug] Added iptables rule: iptables -t nat PREROUTING -i eth0 -p UDP --dport 80 -j DNAT --to-destination 10.0.0.99
2021-04-26T12:27:20Z [debug] Added iptables rule: iptables -t nat PREROUTING -i eth0 -p TCP --dport 8080 -j DNAT --to-destination 203.0.113.26:80
2021-04-26T12:27:20Z [debug] Added iptables rule: iptables -t nat PREROUTING -i eth0 -p TCP --dport 8443 -j DNAT --to-destination 203.0.113.27:443
2021-04-26T12:27:20Z [debug] Added iptables rule: iptables -t nat -o net1 -j SNAT --to-source 192.168.12.99

    The logging file location and logging level are not configurable when you start the egress router by creating an EgressRouter object as described in this procedure.

  5. From within the chroot environment console, get the container ID: 

    # crictl ps --name egress-router-cni-pod | awk '{print $1}'

    Example output

    CONTAINER
bac9fae69ddb6

  6. Determine the process ID of the container. In this example, the container ID is bac9fae69ddb6: 

    # crictl inspect -o yaml bac9fae69ddb6 | grep 'pid:' | awk '{print $2}'

    Example output

    68857

  7. Enter the network namespace of the container: 

    # nsenter -n -t 68857

  8. Display the routing table: 

    # ip route

    In the following example output, the net1 network interface is the default route. Traffic for the cluster network uses the eth0 network interface. Traffic for the 192.168.12.0/24 network uses the net1 network interface and originates from the reserved source IP address 192.168.12.99. The pod routes all other traffic to the gateway at IP address 192.168.12.1. Routing for the service network is not shown.

    Example output

    default via 192.168.12.1 dev net1
10.128.10.0/23 dev eth0 proto kernel scope link src 10.128.10.18
192.168.12.0/24 dev net1 proto kernel scope link src 192.168.12.99
192.168.12.1 dev net1

25.19. Enabling multicast for a project

25.19.1. About multicast

With IP multicast, data is broadcast to many IP addresses simultaneously.

Important
  • At this time, multicast is best used for low-bandwidth coordination or service discovery and not a high-bandwidth solution.
  • By default, network policies affect all connections in a namespace. However, multicast is unaffected by network policies. If multicast is enabled in the same namespace as your network policies, it is always allowed, even if there is a deny-all network policy. Cluster administrators should consider the implications to the exemption of multicast from network policies before enabling it.

Multicast traffic between OpenShift Container Platform pods is disabled by default. If you are using the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin, you can enable multicast on a per-project basis.

25.19.2. Enabling multicast between pods

You can enable multicast between pods for your project.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You must log in to the cluster with a user that has the cluster-admin role.

Procedure

  • Run the following command to enable multicast for a project. Replace <namespace> with the namespace for the project you want to enable multicast for. 

    $ oc annotate namespace <namespace> \
    k8s.ovn.org/multicast-enabled=true
    Tip

    You can alternatively apply the following YAML to add the annotation: 

    apiVersion: v1
kind: Namespace
metadata:
  name: <namespace>
  annotations:
    k8s.ovn.org/multicast-enabled: "true"

Verification

To verify that multicast is enabled for a project, complete the following procedure:

  1. Change your current project to the project that you enabled multicast for. Replace <project> with the project name. 

    $ oc project <project>

  2. Create a pod to act as a multicast receiver: 

    $ cat <<EOF| oc create -f -
apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
  name: mlistener
  labels:
    app: multicast-verify
spec:
  containers:
    - name: mlistener
      image: registry.access.redhat.com/ubi9
      command: ["/bin/sh", "-c"]
      args:
        ["dnf -y install socat hostname && sleep inf"]
      ports:
        - containerPort: 30102
          name: mlistener
          protocol: UDP
EOF

  3. Create a pod to act as a multicast sender: 

    $ cat <<EOF| oc create -f -
apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
  name: msender
  labels:
    app: multicast-verify
spec:
  containers:
    - name: msender
      image: registry.access.redhat.com/ubi9
      command: ["/bin/sh", "-c"]
      args:
        ["dnf -y install socat && sleep inf"]
EOF

  4. In a new terminal window or tab, start the multicast listener.

    1. Get the IP address for the Pod: 

      $ POD_IP=$(oc get pods mlistener -o jsonpath='{.status.podIP}')

    2. Start the multicast listener by entering the following command: 

      $ oc exec mlistener -i -t -- \
    socat UDP4-RECVFROM:30102,ip-add-membership=224.1.0.1:$POD_IP,fork EXEC:hostname

  5. Start the multicast transmitter.

    1. Get the pod network IP address range: 

      $ CIDR=$(oc get Network.config.openshift.io cluster \
    -o jsonpath='{.status.clusterNetwork[0].cidr}')

    2. To send a multicast message, enter the following command: 

      $ oc exec msender -i -t -- \
    /bin/bash -c "echo | socat STDIO UDP4-DATAGRAM:224.1.0.1:30102,range=$CIDR,ip-multicast-ttl=64"

      If multicast is working, the previous command returns the following output: 

      mlistener

25.20. Disabling multicast for a project

25.20.1. Disabling multicast between pods

You can disable multicast between pods for your project.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You must log in to the cluster with a user that has the cluster-admin role.

Procedure

  • Disable multicast by running the following command: 

    $ oc annotate namespace <namespace> \ 1
    k8s.ovn.org/multicast-enabled-
    1
    The namespace for the project you want to disable multicast for.
    Tip

    You can alternatively apply the following YAML to delete the annotation: 

    apiVersion: v1
kind: Namespace
metadata:
  name: <namespace>
  annotations:
    k8s.ovn.org/multicast-enabled: null

25.21. Tracking network flows

As a cluster administrator, you can collect information about pod network flows from your cluster to assist with the following areas:

  • Monitor ingress and egress traffic on the pod network.
  • Troubleshoot performance issues.
  • Gather data for capacity planning and security audits.

When you enable the collection of the network flows, only the metadata about the traffic is collected. For example, packet data is not collected, but the protocol, source address, destination address, port numbers, number of bytes, and other packet-level information is collected.

The data is collected in one or more of the following record formats:

  • NetFlow
  • sFlow
  • IPFIX

When you configure the Cluster Network Operator (CNO) with one or more collector IP addresses and port numbers, the Operator configures Open vSwitch (OVS) on each node to send the network flows records to each collector.

You can configure the Operator to send records to more than one type of network flow collector. For example, you can send records to NetFlow collectors and also send records to sFlow collectors.

When OVS sends data to the collectors, each type of collector receives identical records. For example, if you configure two NetFlow collectors, OVS on a node sends identical records to the two collectors. If you also configure two sFlow collectors, the two sFlow collectors receive identical records. However, each collector type has a unique record format.

Collecting the network flows data and sending the records to collectors affects performance. Nodes process packets at a slower rate. If the performance impact is too great, you can delete the destinations for collectors to disable collecting network flows data and restore performance.

Note

Enabling network flow collectors might have an impact on the overall performance of the cluster network.

25.21.1. Network object configuration for tracking network flows

The fields for configuring network flows collectors in the Cluster Network Operator (CNO) are shown in the following table:

Table 25.13. Network flows configuration
FieldTypeDescription

metadata.name

string

The name of the CNO object. This name is always cluster.

spec.exportNetworkFlows

object

One or more of netFlow, sFlow, or ipfix.

spec.exportNetworkFlows.netFlow.collectors

array

A list of IP address and network port pairs for up to 10 collectors.

spec.exportNetworkFlows.sFlow.collectors

array

A list of IP address and network port pairs for up to 10 collectors.

spec.exportNetworkFlows.ipfix.collectors

array

A list of IP address and network port pairs for up to 10 collectors.

After applying the following manifest to the CNO, the Operator configures Open vSwitch (OVS) on each node in the cluster to send network flows records to the NetFlow collector that is listening at 192.168.1.99:2056.

Example configuration for tracking network flows

apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: Network
metadata:
  name: cluster
spec:
  exportNetworkFlows:
    netFlow:
      collectors:
        - 192.168.1.99:2056

25.21.2. Adding destinations for network flows collectors

As a cluster administrator, you can configure the Cluster Network Operator (CNO) to send network flows metadata about the pod network to a network flows collector.

Prerequisites

  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You are logged in to the cluster with a user with cluster-admin privileges.
  • You have a network flows collector and know the IP address and port that it listens on.

Procedure

  1. Create a patch file that specifies the network flows collector type and the IP address and port information of the collectors: 

    spec:
  exportNetworkFlows:
    netFlow:
      collectors:
        - 192.168.1.99:2056

  2. Configure the CNO with the network flows collectors: 

    $ oc patch network.operator cluster --type merge -p "$(cat <file_name>.yaml)"

    Example output

    network.operator.openshift.io/cluster patched

Verification

Verification is not typically necessary. You can run the following command to confirm that Open vSwitch (OVS) on each node is configured to send network flows records to one or more collectors.

  1. View the Operator configuration to confirm that the exportNetworkFlows field is configured: 

    $ oc get network.operator cluster -o jsonpath="{.spec.exportNetworkFlows}"

    Example output

    {"netFlow":{"collectors":["192.168.1.99:2056"]}}

  2. View the network flows configuration in OVS from each node: 

    $ for pod in $(oc get pods -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes -l app=ovnkube-node -o jsonpath='{range@.items[*]}{.metadata.name}{"\n"}{end}');
  do ;
    echo;
    echo $pod;
    oc -n openshift-ovn-kubernetes exec -c ovnkube-node $pod \
      -- bash -c 'for type in ipfix sflow netflow ; do ovs-vsctl find $type ; done';
done

    Example output

    ovnkube-node-xrn4p
_uuid               : a4d2aaca-5023-4f3d-9400-7275f92611f9
active_timeout      : 60
add_id_to_interface : false
engine_id           : []
engine_type         : []
external_ids        : {}
targets             : ["192.168.1.99:2056"]

ovnkube-node-z4vq9
_uuid               : 61d02fdb-9228-4993-8ff5-b27f01a29bd6
active_timeout      : 60
add_id_to_interface : false
engine_id           : []
engine_type         : []
external_ids        : {}
targets             : ["192.168.1.99:2056"]-

...

25.21.3. Deleting all destinations for network flows collectors

As a cluster administrator, you can configure the Cluster Network Operator (CNO) to stop sending network flows metadata to a network flows collector.

Prerequisites

  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You are logged in to the cluster with a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. Remove all network flows collectors: 

    $ oc patch network.operator cluster --type='json' \
    -p='[{"op":"remove", "path":"/spec/exportNetworkFlows"}]'

    Example output

    network.operator.openshift.io/cluster patched

25.21.4. Additional resources

25.22. Configuring hybrid networking

As a cluster administrator, you can configure the Red Hat OpenShift Networking OVN-Kubernetes network plugin to allow Linux and Windows nodes to host Linux and Windows workloads, respectively.

25.22.1. Configuring hybrid networking with OVN-Kubernetes

You can configure your cluster to use hybrid networking with the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin. This allows a hybrid cluster that supports different node networking configurations.

Note

This configuration is necessary to run both Linux and Windows nodes in the same cluster.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in to the cluster as a user with cluster-admin privileges.
  • Ensure that the cluster uses the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin.

Procedure

  1. To configure the OVN-Kubernetes hybrid network overlay, enter the following command: 

    $ oc patch networks.operator.openshift.io cluster --type=merge \
  -p '{
    "spec":{
      "defaultNetwork":{
        "ovnKubernetesConfig":{
          "hybridOverlayConfig":{
            "hybridClusterNetwork":[
              {
                "cidr": "<cidr>",
                "hostPrefix": <prefix>
              }
            ],
            "hybridOverlayVXLANPort": <overlay_port>
          }
        }
      }
    }
  }'

    where:

    cidr
    Specify the CIDR configuration used for nodes on the additional overlay network. This CIDR must not overlap with the cluster network CIDR.
    hostPrefix
    Specifies the subnet prefix length to assign to each individual node. For example, if hostPrefix is set to 23, then each node is assigned a /23 subnet out of the given cidr, which allows for 510 (2^(32 - 23) - 2) pod IP addresses. If you are required to provide access to nodes from an external network, configure load balancers and routers to manage the traffic.
    hybridOverlayVXLANPort
    Specify a custom VXLAN port for the additional overlay network. This is required for running Windows nodes in a cluster installed on vSphere, and must not be configured for any other cloud provider. The custom port can be any open port excluding the default 4789 port. For more information on this requirement, see the Microsoft documentation on Pod-to-pod connectivity between hosts is broken.
    Note

    Windows Server Long-Term Servicing Channel (LTSC): Windows Server 2019 is not supported on clusters with a custom hybridOverlayVXLANPort value because this Windows server version does not support selecting a custom VXLAN port.

    Example output

    network.operator.openshift.io/cluster patched

  2. To confirm that the configuration is active, enter the following command. It can take several minutes for the update to apply. 

    $ oc get network.operator.openshift.io -o jsonpath="{.items[0].spec.defaultNetwork.ovnKubernetesConfig}"

25.22.2. Additional resources

Chapter 26. OpenShift SDN network plugin

26.1. About the OpenShift SDN network plugin

Part of Red Hat OpenShift Networking, OpenShift SDN is a network plugin that uses a software-defined networking (SDN) approach to provide a unified cluster network that enables communication between pods across the OpenShift Container Platform cluster. This pod network is established and maintained by OpenShift SDN, which configures an overlay network by using Open vSwitch (OVS).

Important

For a cloud controller manager (CCM) with the --cloud-provider=external option set to cloud-provider-vsphere, a known issue exists for a cluster that operates in a networking environment with multiple subnets.

When you upgrade your cluster from OpenShift Container Platform 4.12 to OpenShift Container Platform 4.13, the CCM selects a wrong node IP address and this operation generates an error message in the namespaces/openshift-cloud-controller-manager/pods/vsphere-cloud-controller-manager logs. The error message indicates a mismatch with the node IP address and the vsphere-cloud-controller-manager pod IP address in your cluster.

The known issue might not impact the cluster upgrade operation, but you can set the correct IP address in both the nodeNetworking.external.networkSubnetCidr and the nodeNetworking.internal.networkSubnetCidr parameters for the nodeNetworking object that your cluster uses for its networking requirements.

26.1.1. OpenShift SDN network isolation modes

OpenShift SDN provides three SDN modes for configuring the pod network:

  • Network policy mode allows project administrators to configure their own isolation policies using NetworkPolicy objects. Network policy is the default mode in OpenShift Container Platform 4.13.
  • Multitenant mode provides project-level isolation for pods and services. Pods from different projects cannot send packets to or receive packets from pods and services of a different project. You can disable isolation for a project, allowing it to send network traffic to all pods and services in the entire cluster and receive network traffic from those pods and services.
  • Subnet mode provides a flat pod network where every pod can communicate with every other pod and service. The network policy mode provides the same functionality as subnet mode.

26.1.2. Supported network plugin feature matrix

Red Hat OpenShift Networking offers two options for the network plugin, OpenShift SDN and OVN-Kubernetes, for the network plugin. The following table summarizes the current feature support for both network plugins:

Table 26.1. Default CNI network plugin feature comparison
FeatureOpenShift SDNOVN-Kubernetes

Egress IPs

Supported

Supported

Egress firewall

Supported

Supported [1]

Egress router

Supported

Supported [2]

Hybrid networking

Not supported

Supported

IPsec encryption for intra-cluster communication

Not supported

Supported

IPv4 single-stack

Supported

Supported

IPv6 single-stack

Not supported

Supported [3]

IPv4/IPv6 dual-stack

Not Supported

Supported [4]

IPv6/IPv4 dual-stack

Not supported

Supported [5]

Kubernetes network policy

Supported

Supported

Kubernetes network policy logs

Not supported

Supported

Hardware offloading

Not supported

Supported

Multicast

Supported

Supported

  1. Egress firewall is also known as egress network policy in OpenShift SDN. This is not the same as network policy egress.
  2. Egress router for OVN-Kubernetes supports only redirect mode.
  3. IPv6 single-stack networking on a bare-metal platform.
  4. IPv4/IPv6 dual-stack networking on bare-metal, VMware vSphere (installer-provisioned infrastructure installations only), IBM Power®, and IBM Z® platforms. On VMware vSphere, dual-stack networking limitations exist.
  5. IPv6/IPv4 dual-stack networking on bare-metal and IBM Power® platforms.

Additional resources

26.2. Migrating to the OpenShift SDN network plugin

As a cluster administrator, you can migrate to the OpenShift SDN network plugin from the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin.

To learn more about OpenShift SDN, read About the OpenShift SDN network plugin.

26.2.1. How the migration process works

The following table summarizes the migration process by segmenting between the user-initiated steps in the process and the actions that the migration performs in response.

Table 26.2. Migrating to OpenShift SDN from OVN-Kubernetes
User-initiated stepsMigration activity

Set the migration field of the Network.operator.openshift.io custom resource (CR) named cluster to OpenShiftSDN. Make sure the migration field is null before setting it to a value.

Cluster Network Operator (CNO)
Updates the status of the Network.config.openshift.io CR named cluster accordingly.
Machine Config Operator (MCO)
Rolls out an update to the systemd configuration necessary for OpenShift SDN; the MCO updates a single machine per pool at a time by default, causing the total time the migration takes to increase with the size of the cluster.

Update the networkType field of the Network.config.openshift.io CR.

CNO

Performs the following actions:

  • Destroys the OVN-Kubernetes control plane pods.
  • Deploys the OpenShift SDN control plane pods.
  • Updates the Multus objects to reflect the new network plugin.

Reboot each node in the cluster.

Cluster
As nodes reboot, the cluster assigns IP addresses to pods on the OpenShift SDN cluster network.

26.2.2. Migrating to the OpenShift SDN network plugin

Cluster administrators can roll back to the OpenShift SDN Container Network Interface (CNI) network plugin by using the offline migration method. During the migration you must manually reboot every node in your cluster. With the offline migration method, there is some downtime, during which your cluster is unreachable.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Access to the cluster as a user with the cluster-admin role.
  • A cluster installed on infrastructure configured with the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin.
  • A recent backup of the etcd database is available.
  • A reboot can be triggered manually for each node.
  • The cluster is in a known good state, without any errors.

Procedure

  1. Stop all of the machine configuration pools managed by the Machine Config Operator (MCO):

    • Stop the master configuration pool by entering the following command in your CLI: 

      $ oc patch MachineConfigPool master --type='merge' --patch \
  '{ "spec": { "paused": true } }'

    • Stop the worker machine configuration pool by entering the following command in your CLI: 

      $ oc patch MachineConfigPool worker --type='merge' --patch \
  '{ "spec":{ "paused": true } }'

  2. To prepare for the migration, set the migration field to null by entering the following command in your CLI: 

    $ oc patch Network.operator.openshift.io cluster --type='merge' \
  --patch '{ "spec": { "migration": null } }'

  3. Check that the migration status is empty for the Network.config.openshift.io object by entering the following command in your CLI. Empty command output indicates that the object is not in a migration operation. 

    $ oc get Network.config cluster -o jsonpath='{.status.migration}'

  4. Apply the patch to the Network.operator.openshift.io object to set the network plugin back to OpenShift SDN by entering the following command in your CLI: 

    $ oc patch Network.operator.openshift.io cluster --type='merge' \
  --patch '{ "spec": { "migration": { "networkType": "OpenShiftSDN" } } }'
    Important

    If you applied the patch to the Network.config.openshift.io object before the patch operation finalizes on the Network.operator.openshift.io object, the Cluster Network Operator (CNO) enters into a degradation state and this causes a slight delay until the CNO recovers from the degraded state.

  5. Confirm that the migration status of the network plugin for the Network.config.openshift.io cluster object is OpenShiftSDN by entering the following command in your CLI: 

    $ oc get Network.config cluster -o jsonpath='{.status.migration.networkType}'

  6. Apply the patch to the Network.config.openshift.io object to set the network plugin back to OpenShift SDN by entering the following command in your CLI: 

    $ oc patch Network.config.openshift.io cluster --type='merge' \
  --patch '{ "spec": { "networkType": "OpenShiftSDN" } }'

  7. Optional: Disable automatic migration of several OVN-Kubernetes capabilities to the OpenShift SDN equivalents:

    • Egress IPs
    • Egress firewall
    • Multicast

    To disable automatic migration of the configuration for any of the previously noted OpenShift SDN features, specify the following keys: 

    $ oc patch Network.operator.openshift.io cluster --type='merge' \
  --patch '{
    "spec": {
      "migration": {
        "networkType": "OpenShiftSDN",
        "features": {
          "egressIP": <bool>,
          "egressFirewall": <bool>,
          "multicast": <bool>
        }
      }
    }
  }'

    where:

    bool: Specifies whether to enable migration of the feature. The default is true.

  8. Optional: You can customize the following settings for OpenShift SDN to meet your network infrastructure requirements:

    • Maximum transmission unit (MTU)
    • VXLAN port

    To customize either or both of the previously noted settings, customize and enter the following command in your CLI. If you do not need to change the default value, omit the key from the patch. 

    $ oc patch Network.operator.openshift.io cluster --type=merge \
  --patch '{
    "spec":{
      "defaultNetwork":{
        "openshiftSDNConfig":{
          "mtu":<mtu>,
          "vxlanPort":<port>
    }}}}'
    mtu
    The MTU for the VXLAN overlay network. This value is normally configured automatically, but if the nodes in your cluster do not all use the same MTU, then you must set this explicitly to 50 less than the smallest node MTU value.
    port
    The UDP port for the VXLAN overlay network. If a value is not specified, the default is 4789. The port cannot be the same as the Geneve port that is used by OVN-Kubernetes. The default value for the Geneve port is 6081.

    Example patch command

    $ oc patch Network.operator.openshift.io cluster --type=merge \
  --patch '{
    "spec":{
      "defaultNetwork":{
        "openshiftSDNConfig":{
          "mtu":1200
    }}}}'

  9. Reboot each node in your cluster. You can reboot the nodes in your cluster with either of the following approaches:

    • With the oc rsh command, you can use a bash script similar to the following: 

      #!/bin/bash
readarray -t POD_NODES <<< "$(oc get pod -n openshift-machine-config-operator -o wide| grep daemon|awk '{print $1" "$7}')"

for i in "${POD_NODES[@]}"
do
  read -r POD NODE <<< "$i"
  until oc rsh -n openshift-machine-config-operator "$POD" chroot /rootfs shutdown -r +1
    do
      echo "cannot reboot node $NODE, retry" && sleep 3
    done
done

    • With the ssh command, you can use a bash script similar to the following. The script assumes that you have configured sudo to not prompt for a password. 

      #!/bin/bash

for ip in $(oc get nodes  -o jsonpath='{.items[*].status.addresses[?(@.type=="InternalIP")].address}')
do
   echo "reboot node $ip"
   ssh -o StrictHostKeyChecking=no core@$ip sudo shutdown -r -t 3
done

  10. Wait until the Multus daemon set rollout completes. Run the following command to see your rollout status: 

    $ oc -n openshift-multus rollout status daemonset/multus

    The name of the Multus pods is in the form of multus-<xxxxx> where <xxxxx> is a random sequence of letters. It might take several moments for the pods to restart.

    Example output

    Waiting for daemon set "multus" rollout to finish: 1 out of 6 new pods have been updated...
...
Waiting for daemon set "multus" rollout to finish: 5 of 6 updated pods are available...
daemon set "multus" successfully rolled out

  11. After the nodes in your cluster have rebooted and the multus pods are rolled out, start all of the machine configuration pools by running the following commands::

    • Start the master configuration pool: 

      $ oc patch MachineConfigPool master --type='merge' --patch \
  '{ "spec": { "paused": false } }'

    • Start the worker configuration pool: 

      $ oc patch MachineConfigPool worker --type='merge' --patch \
  '{ "spec": { "paused": false } }'

    As the MCO updates machines in each config pool, it reboots each node.

    By default the MCO updates a single machine per pool at a time, so the time that the migration requires to complete grows with the size of the cluster.

  12. Confirm the status of the new machine configuration on the hosts:

    1. To list the machine configuration state and the name of the applied machine configuration, enter the following command in your CLI: 

      $ oc describe node | egrep "hostname|machineconfig"

      Example output

      kubernetes.io/hostname=master-0
machineconfiguration.openshift.io/currentConfig: rendered-master-c53e221d9d24e1c8bb6ee89dd3d8ad7b
machineconfiguration.openshift.io/desiredConfig: rendered-master-c53e221d9d24e1c8bb6ee89dd3d8ad7b
machineconfiguration.openshift.io/reason:
machineconfiguration.openshift.io/state: Done

      Verify that the following statements are true:

      • The value of machineconfiguration.openshift.io/state field is Done.
      • The value of the machineconfiguration.openshift.io/currentConfig field is equal to the value of the machineconfiguration.openshift.io/desiredConfig field.

    2. To confirm that the machine config is correct, enter the following command in your CLI: 

      $ oc get machineconfig <config_name> -o yaml

      where <config_name> is the name of the machine config from the machineconfiguration.openshift.io/currentConfig field.

  13. Confirm that the migration succeeded:

    1. To confirm that the network plugin is OpenShift SDN, enter the following command in your CLI. The value of status.networkType must be OpenShiftSDN. 

      $ oc get Network.config/cluster -o jsonpath='{.status.networkType}{"\n"}'

    2. To confirm that the cluster nodes are in the Ready state, enter the following command in your CLI: 

      $ oc get nodes

    3. If a node is stuck in the NotReady state, investigate the machine config daemon pod logs and resolve any errors.

      1. To list the pods, enter the following command in your CLI: 

        $ oc get pod -n openshift-machine-config-operator

        Example output

        NAME                                         READY   STATUS    RESTARTS   AGE
machine-config-controller-75f756f89d-sjp8b   1/1     Running   0          37m
machine-config-daemon-5cf4b                  2/2     Running   0          43h
machine-config-daemon-7wzcd                  2/2     Running   0          43h
machine-config-daemon-fc946                  2/2     Running   0          43h
machine-config-daemon-g2v28                  2/2     Running   0          43h
machine-config-daemon-gcl4f                  2/2     Running   0          43h
machine-config-daemon-l5tnv                  2/2     Running   0          43h
machine-config-operator-79d9c55d5-hth92      1/1     Running   0          37m
machine-config-server-bsc8h                  1/1     Running   0          43h
machine-config-server-hklrm                  1/1     Running   0          43h
machine-config-server-k9rtx                  1/1     Running   0          43h

        The names for the config daemon pods are in the following format: machine-config-daemon-<seq>. The <seq> value is a random five character alphanumeric sequence.

      2. To display the pod log for each machine config daemon pod shown in the previous output, enter the following command in your CLI: 

        $ oc logs <pod> -n openshift-machine-config-operator

        where pod is the name of a machine config daemon pod.

      3. Resolve any errors in the logs shown by the output from the previous command.

    4. To confirm that your pods are not in an error state, enter the following command in your CLI: 

      $ oc get pods --all-namespaces -o wide --sort-by='{.spec.nodeName}'

      If pods on a node are in an error state, reboot that node.

  14. Complete the following steps only if the migration succeeds and your cluster is in a good state:

    1. To remove the migration configuration from the Cluster Network Operator configuration object, enter the following command in your CLI: 

      $ oc patch Network.operator.openshift.io cluster --type='merge' \
  --patch '{ "spec": { "migration": null } }'

    2. To remove the OVN-Kubernetes configuration, enter the following command in your CLI: 

      $ oc patch Network.operator.openshift.io cluster --type='merge' \
  --patch '{ "spec": { "defaultNetwork": { "ovnKubernetesConfig":null } } }'

    3. To remove the OVN-Kubernetes network provider namespace, enter the following command in your CLI: 

      $ oc delete namespace openshift-ovn-kubernetes

26.2.3. Additional resources

26.3. Rolling back to the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin

As a cluster administrator, you can rollback to the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin from the OpenShift SDN network plugin if the migration to OpenShift SDN is unsuccessful.

To learn more about OVN-Kubernetes, read About the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin.

26.3.1. Migrating to the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin

As a cluster administrator, you can change the network plugin for your cluster to OVN-Kubernetes. During the migration, you must reboot every node in your cluster.

Important

While performing the migration, your cluster is unavailable and workloads might be interrupted. Perform the migration only when an interruption in service is acceptable.

Prerequisites

  • You have a cluster configured with the OpenShift SDN CNI network plugin in the network policy isolation mode.
  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You have access to the cluster as a user with the cluster-admin role.
  • You have a recent backup of the etcd database.
  • You can manually reboot each node.
  • You checked that your cluster is in a known good state without any errors.
  • You created a security group rule that allows User Datagram Protocol (UDP) packets on port 6081 for all nodes on all cloud platforms.

Procedure

  1. To backup the configuration for the cluster network, enter the following command: 

    $ oc get Network.config.openshift.io cluster -o yaml > cluster-openshift-sdn.yaml

  2. Verify that the OVN_SDN_MIGRATION_TIMEOUT environment variable is set and is equal to 0s by running the following command: 

    #!/bin/bash

if [ -n "$OVN_SDN_MIGRATION_TIMEOUT" ] && [ "$OVN_SDN_MIGRATION_TIMEOUT" = "0s" ]; then
    unset OVN_SDN_MIGRATION_TIMEOUT
fi

#loops the timeout command of the script to repeatedly check the cluster Operators until all are available.

co_timeout=${OVN_SDN_MIGRATION_TIMEOUT:-1200s}
timeout "$co_timeout" bash <<EOT
until
  oc wait co --all --for='condition=AVAILABLE=True' --timeout=10s && \
  oc wait co --all --for='condition=PROGRESSING=False' --timeout=10s && \
  oc wait co --all --for='condition=DEGRADED=False' --timeout=10s;
do
  sleep 10
  echo "Some ClusterOperators Degraded=False,Progressing=True,or Available=False";
done
EOT

  3. Remove the configuration from the Cluster Network Operator (CNO) configuration object by running the following command: 

    $ oc patch Network.operator.openshift.io cluster --type='merge' \
--patch '{"spec":{"migration":null}}'

  4. Delete the NodeNetworkConfigurationPolicy (NNCP) custom resource (CR) that defines the primary network interface for the OpenShift SDN network plugin by completing the following steps:

    1. Check that the existing NNCP CR bonded the primary interface to your cluster by entering the following command: 

      $ oc get nncp

      Example output

      NAME          STATUS      REASON
bondmaster0   Available   SuccessfullyConfigured

      Network Manager stores the connection profile for the bonded primary interface in the /etc/NetworkManager/system-connections system path.

    2. Remove the NNCP from your cluster: 

      $ oc delete nncp <nncp_manifest_filename>

  5. To prepare all the nodes for the migration, set the migration field on the CNO configuration object by running the following command: 

    $ oc patch Network.operator.openshift.io cluster --type='merge' \
  --patch '{ "spec": { "migration": { "networkType": "OVNKubernetes" } } }'
    Note

    This step does not deploy OVN-Kubernetes immediately. Instead, specifying the migration field triggers the Machine Config Operator (MCO) to apply new machine configs to all the nodes in the cluster in preparation for the OVN-Kubernetes deployment.

    1. Check that the reboot is finished by running the following command: 

      $ oc get mcp

    2. Check that all cluster Operators are available by running the following command: 

      $ oc get co

    3. Alternatively: You can disable automatic migration of several OpenShift SDN capabilities to the OVN-Kubernetes equivalents:

      • Egress IPs
      • Egress firewall
      • Multicast

      To disable automatic migration of the configuration for any of the previously noted OpenShift SDN features, specify the following keys: 

      $ oc patch Network.operator.openshift.io cluster --type='merge' \
  --patch '{
    "spec": {
      "migration": {
        "networkType": "OVNKubernetes",
        "features": {
          "egressIP": <bool>,
          "egressFirewall": <bool>,
          "multicast": <bool>
        }
      }
    }
  }'

      where:

      bool: Specifies whether to enable migration of the feature. The default is true.

  6. Optional: You can customize the following settings for OVN-Kubernetes to meet your network infrastructure requirements:

    • Maximum transmission unit (MTU). Consider the following before customizing the MTU for this optional step:

      • If you use the default MTU, and you want to keep the default MTU during migration, this step can be ignored.
      • If you used a custom MTU, and you want to keep the custom MTU during migration, you must declare the custom MTU value in this step.

      • This step does not work if you want to change the MTU value during migration. Instead, you must first follow the instructions for "Changing the cluster MTU". You can then keep the custom MTU value by performing this procedure and declaring the custom MTU value in this step.

        Note

        OpenShift-SDN and OVN-Kubernetes have different overlay overhead. MTU values should be selected by following the guidelines found on the "MTU value selection" page.

    • Geneve (Generic Network Virtualization Encapsulation) overlay network port
    • OVN-Kubernetes IPv4 internal subnet

    To customize either of the previously noted settings, enter and customize the following command. If you do not need to change the default value, omit the key from the patch. 

    $ oc patch Network.operator.openshift.io cluster --type=merge \
  --patch '{
    "spec":{
      "defaultNetwork":{
        "ovnKubernetesConfig":{
          "mtu":<mtu>,
          "genevePort":<port>,
          "v4InternalSubnet":"<ipv4_subnet>",
    }}}}'

    where:

    mtu
    The MTU for the Geneve overlay network. This value is normally configured automatically, but if the nodes in your cluster do not all use the same MTU, then you must set this explicitly to 100 less than the smallest node MTU value.
    port
    The UDP port for the Geneve overlay network. If a value is not specified, the default is 6081. The port cannot be the same as the VXLAN port that is used by OpenShift SDN. The default value for the VXLAN port is 4789.
    ipv4_subnet
    An IPv4 address range for internal use by OVN-Kubernetes. You must ensure that the IP address range does not overlap with any other subnet used by your OpenShift Container Platform installation. The IP address range must be larger than the maximum number of nodes that can be added to the cluster. The default value is 100.64.0.0/16.

    Example patch command to update mtu field

    $ oc patch Network.operator.openshift.io cluster --type=merge \
  --patch '{
    "spec":{
      "defaultNetwork":{
        "ovnKubernetesConfig":{
          "mtu":1200
    }}}}'

  7. As the MCO updates machines in each machine config pool, it reboots each node one by one. You must wait until all the nodes are updated. Check the machine config pool status by entering the following command: 

    $ oc get mcp

    A successfully updated node has the following status: UPDATED=true, UPDATING=false, DEGRADED=false.

    Note

    By default, the MCO updates one machine per pool at a time, causing the total time the migration takes to increase with the size of the cluster.

  8. Confirm the status of the new machine configuration on the hosts:

    1. To list the machine configuration state and the name of the applied machine configuration, enter the following command: 

      $ oc describe node | egrep "hostname|machineconfig"

      Example output

      kubernetes.io/hostname=master-0
machineconfiguration.openshift.io/currentConfig: rendered-master-c53e221d9d24e1c8bb6ee89dd3d8ad7b
machineconfiguration.openshift.io/desiredConfig: rendered-master-c53e221d9d24e1c8bb6ee89dd3d8ad7b
machineconfiguration.openshift.io/reason:
machineconfiguration.openshift.io/state: Done

      Verify that the following statements are true:

      • The value of machineconfiguration.openshift.io/state field is Done.
      • The value of the machineconfiguration.openshift.io/currentConfig field is equal to the value of the machineconfiguration.openshift.io/desiredConfig field.

    2. To confirm that the machine config is correct, enter the following command: 

      $ oc get machineconfig <config_name> -o yaml | grep ExecStart

      where <config_name> is the name of the machine config from the machineconfiguration.openshift.io/currentConfig field.

      The machine config must include the following update to the systemd configuration: 

      ExecStart=/usr/local/bin/configure-ovs.sh OVNKubernetes

    3. If a node is stuck in the NotReady state, investigate the machine config daemon pod logs and resolve any errors.

      1. To list the pods, enter the following command: 

        $ oc get pod -n openshift-machine-config-operator

        Example output

        NAME                                         READY   STATUS    RESTARTS   AGE
machine-config-controller-75f756f89d-sjp8b   1/1     Running   0          37m
machine-config-daemon-5cf4b                  2/2     Running   0          43h
machine-config-daemon-7wzcd                  2/2     Running   0          43h
machine-config-daemon-fc946                  2/2     Running   0          43h
machine-config-daemon-g2v28                  2/2     Running   0          43h
machine-config-daemon-gcl4f                  2/2     Running   0          43h
machine-config-daemon-l5tnv                  2/2     Running   0          43h
machine-config-operator-79d9c55d5-hth92      1/1     Running   0          37m
machine-config-server-bsc8h                  1/1     Running   0          43h
machine-config-server-hklrm                  1/1     Running   0          43h
machine-config-server-k9rtx                  1/1     Running   0          43h

        The names for the config daemon pods are in the following format: machine-config-daemon-<seq>. The <seq> value is a random five character alphanumeric sequence.

      2. Display the pod log for the first machine config daemon pod shown in the previous output by enter the following command: 

        $ oc logs <pod> -n openshift-machine-config-operator

        where pod is the name of a machine config daemon pod.

      3. Resolve any errors in the logs shown by the output from the previous command.

  9. To start the migration, configure the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin by using one of the following commands:

    • To specify the network provider without changing the cluster network IP address block, enter the following command: 

      $ oc patch Network.config.openshift.io cluster \
  --type='merge' --patch '{ "spec": { "networkType": "OVNKubernetes" } }'

    • To specify a different cluster network IP address block, enter the following command: 

      $ oc patch Network.config.openshift.io cluster \
  --type='merge' --patch '{
    "spec": {
      "clusterNetwork": [
        {
          "cidr": "<cidr>",
          "hostPrefix": <prefix>
        }
      ],
      "networkType": "OVNKubernetes"
    }
  }'

      where cidr is a CIDR block and prefix is the slice of the CIDR block apportioned to each node in your cluster. You cannot use any CIDR block that overlaps with the 100.64.0.0/16 CIDR block because the OVN-Kubernetes network provider uses this block internally.

      Important

      You cannot change the service network address block during the migration.

  10. Verify that the Multus daemon set rollout is complete before continuing with subsequent steps: 

    $ oc -n openshift-multus rollout status daemonset/multus

    The name of the Multus pods is in the form of multus-<xxxxx> where <xxxxx> is a random sequence of letters. It might take several moments for the pods to restart.

    Example output

    Waiting for daemon set "multus" rollout to finish: 1 out of 6 new pods have been updated...
...
Waiting for daemon set "multus" rollout to finish: 5 of 6 updated pods are available...
daemon set "multus" successfully rolled out

  11. To complete changing the network plugin, reboot each node in your cluster. You can reboot the nodes in your cluster with either of the following approaches:

    Important

    The following scripts reboot all of the nodes in the cluster at the same time. This can cause your cluster to be unstable. Another option is to reboot your nodes manually one at a time. Rebooting nodes one-by-one causes considerable downtime in a cluster with many nodes.

    Cluster Operators will not work correctly before you reboot the nodes.

    • With the oc rsh command, you can use a bash script similar to the following: 

      #!/bin/bash
readarray -t POD_NODES <<< "$(oc get pod -n openshift-machine-config-operator -o wide| grep daemon|awk '{print $1" "$7}')"

for i in "${POD_NODES[@]}"
do
  read -r POD NODE <<< "$i"
  until oc rsh -n openshift-machine-config-operator "$POD" chroot /rootfs shutdown -r +1
    do
      echo "cannot reboot node $NODE, retry" && sleep 3
    done
done

    • With the ssh command, you can use a bash script similar to the following. The script assumes that you have configured sudo to not prompt for a password. 

      #!/bin/bash

for ip in $(oc get nodes  -o jsonpath='{.items[*].status.addresses[?(@.type=="InternalIP")].address}')
do
   echo "reboot node $ip"
   ssh -o StrictHostKeyChecking=no core@$ip sudo shutdown -r -t 3
done

  12. Confirm that the migration succeeded:

    1. To confirm that the network plugin is OVN-Kubernetes, enter the following command. The value of status.networkType must be OVNKubernetes. 

      $ oc get network.config/cluster -o jsonpath='{.status.networkType}{"\n"}'

    2. To confirm that the cluster nodes are in the Ready state, enter the following command: 

      $ oc get nodes

    3. To confirm that your pods are not in an error state, enter the following command: 

      $ oc get pods --all-namespaces -o wide --sort-by='{.spec.nodeName}'

      If pods on a node are in an error state, reboot that node.

    4. To confirm that all of the cluster Operators are not in an abnormal state, enter the following command: 

      $ oc get co

      The status of every cluster Operator must be the following: AVAILABLE="True", PROGRESSING="False", DEGRADED="False". If a cluster Operator is not available or degraded, check the logs for the cluster Operator for more information.

  13. Complete the following steps only if the migration succeeds and your cluster is in a good state:

    1. To remove the migration configuration from the CNO configuration object, enter the following command: 

      $ oc patch Network.operator.openshift.io cluster --type='merge' \
  --patch '{ "spec": { "migration": null } }'

    2. To remove custom configuration for the OpenShift SDN network provider, enter the following command: 

      $ oc patch Network.operator.openshift.io cluster --type='merge' \
  --patch '{ "spec": { "defaultNetwork": { "openshiftSDNConfig": null } } }'

    3. To remove the OpenShift SDN network provider namespace, enter the following command: 

      $ oc delete namespace openshift-sdn

Next steps

  • Optional: After cluster migration, you can convert your IPv4 single-stack cluster to a dual-network cluster network that supports IPv4 and IPv6 address families. For more information, see "Converting to IPv4/IPv6 dual-stack networking".

26.4. Configuring egress IPs for a project

As a cluster administrator, you can configure the OpenShift SDN Container Network Interface (CNI) network plugin to assign one or more egress IP addresses to a project.

26.4.1. Egress IP address architectural design and implementation

The OpenShift Container Platform egress IP address functionality allows you to ensure that the traffic from one or more pods in one or more namespaces has a consistent source IP address for services outside the cluster network.

For example, you might have a pod that periodically queries a database that is hosted on a server outside of your cluster. To enforce access requirements for the server, a packet filtering device is configured to allow traffic only from specific IP addresses. To ensure that you can reliably allow access to the server from only that specific pod, you can configure a specific egress IP address for the pod that makes the requests to the server.

An egress IP address assigned to a namespace is different from an egress router, which is used to send traffic to specific destinations.

In some cluster configurations, application pods and ingress router pods run on the same node. If you configure an egress IP address for an application project in this scenario, the IP address is not used when you send a request to a route from the application project.

An egress IP address is implemented as an additional IP address on the primary network interface of a node and must be in the same subnet as the primary IP address of the node. The additional IP address must not be assigned to any other node in the cluster.

Important

Egress IP addresses must not be configured in any Linux network configuration files, such as ifcfg-eth0.

26.4.1.1. Platform support

Support for the egress IP address functionality on various platforms is summarized in the following table:

PlatformSupported

Bare metal

Yes

VMware vSphere

Yes

Red Hat OpenStack Platform (RHOSP)

Yes

Amazon Web Services (AWS)

Yes

Google Cloud Platform (GCP)

Yes

Microsoft Azure

Yes

IBM Z and IBM® LinuxONE

Yes

IBM Z and IBM® LinuxONE for Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL) KVM

Yes

IBM Power

Yes

Important

The assignment of egress IP addresses to control plane nodes with the EgressIP feature is not supported on a cluster provisioned on Amazon Web Services (AWS). (BZ#2039656)

26.4.1.2. Public cloud platform considerations

For clusters provisioned on public cloud infrastructure, there is a constraint on the absolute number of assignable IP addresses per node. The maximum number of assignable IP addresses per node, or the IP capacity, can be described in the following formula: 

IP capacity = public cloud default capacity - sum(current IP assignments)

While the Egress IPs capability manages the IP address capacity per node, it is important to plan for this constraint in your deployments. For example, for a cluster installed on bare-metal infrastructure with 8 nodes you can configure 150 egress IP addresses. However, if a public cloud provider limits IP address capacity to 10 IP addresses per node, the total number of assignable IP addresses is only 80. To achieve the same IP address capacity in this example cloud provider, you would need to allocate 7 additional nodes.

To confirm the IP capacity and subnets for any node in your public cloud environment, you can enter the oc get node <node_name> -o yaml command. The cloud.network.openshift.io/egress-ipconfig annotation includes capacity and subnet information for the node.

The annotation value is an array with a single object with fields that provide the following information for the primary network interface:

  • interface: Specifies the interface ID on AWS and Azure and the interface name on GCP.
  • ifaddr: Specifies the subnet mask for one or both IP address families.
  • capacity: Specifies the IP address capacity for the node. On AWS, the IP address capacity is provided per IP address family. On Azure and GCP, the IP address capacity includes both IPv4 and IPv6 addresses.

Automatic attachment and detachment of egress IP addresses for traffic between nodes are available. This allows for traffic from many pods in namespaces to have a consistent source IP address to locations outside of the cluster. This also supports OpenShift SDN and OVN-Kubernetes, which is the default networking plugin in Red Hat OpenShift Networking in OpenShift Container Platform 4.13.

Note

The RHOSP egress IP address feature creates a Neutron reservation port called egressip-<IP address>. Using the same RHOSP user as the one used for the OpenShift Container Platform cluster installation, you can assign a floating IP address to this reservation port to have a predictable SNAT address for egress traffic. When an egress IP address on an RHOSP network is moved from one node to another, because of a node failover, for example, the Neutron reservation port is removed and recreated. This means that the floating IP association is lost and you need to manually reassign the floating IP address to the new reservation port.

Note

When an RHOSP cluster administrator assigns a floating IP to the reservation port, OpenShift Container Platform cannot delete the reservation port. The CloudPrivateIPConfig object cannot perform delete and move operations until an RHOSP cluster administrator unassigns the floating IP from the reservation port.

The following examples illustrate the annotation from nodes on several public cloud providers. The annotations are indented for readability.

Example cloud.network.openshift.io/egress-ipconfig annotation on AWS

cloud.network.openshift.io/egress-ipconfig: [
  {
    "interface":"eni-078d267045138e436",
    "ifaddr":{"ipv4":"10.0.128.0/18"},
    "capacity":{"ipv4":14,"ipv6":15}
  }
]

Example cloud.network.openshift.io/egress-ipconfig annotation on GCP

cloud.network.openshift.io/egress-ipconfig: [
  {
    "interface":"nic0",
    "ifaddr":{"ipv4":"10.0.128.0/18"},
    "capacity":{"ip":14}
  }
]

The following sections describe the IP address capacity for supported public cloud environments for use in your capacity calculation.

26.4.1.2.1. Amazon Web Services (AWS) IP address capacity limits

On AWS, constraints on IP address assignments depend on the instance type configured. For more information, see IP addresses per network interface per instance type

26.4.1.2.2. Google Cloud Platform (GCP) IP address capacity limits

On GCP, the networking model implements additional node IP addresses through IP address aliasing, rather than IP address assignments. However, IP address capacity maps directly to IP aliasing capacity.

The following capacity limits exist for IP aliasing assignment:

  • Per node, the maximum number of IP aliases, both IPv4 and IPv6, is 100.
  • Per VPC, the maximum number of IP aliases is unspecified, but OpenShift Container Platform scalability testing reveals the maximum to be approximately 15,000.

For more information, see Per instance quotas and Alias IP ranges overview.

26.4.1.2.3. Microsoft Azure IP address capacity limits

On Azure, the following capacity limits exist for IP address assignment:

  • Per NIC, the maximum number of assignable IP addresses, for both IPv4 and IPv6, is 256.
  • Per virtual network, the maximum number of assigned IP addresses cannot exceed 65,536.

For more information, see Networking limits.

26.4.1.3. Limitations

The following limitations apply when using egress IP addresses with the OpenShift SDN network plugin:

  • You cannot use manually assigned and automatically assigned egress IP addresses on the same nodes.
  • If you manually assign egress IP addresses from an IP address range, you must not make that range available for automatic IP assignment.
  • You cannot share egress IP addresses across multiple namespaces using the OpenShift SDN egress IP address implementation.

If you need to share IP addresses across namespaces, the OVN-Kubernetes network plugin egress IP address implementation allows you to span IP addresses across multiple namespaces.

Note

If you use OpenShift SDN in multitenant mode, you cannot use egress IP addresses with any namespace that is joined to another namespace by the projects that are associated with them. For example, if project1 and project2 are joined by running the oc adm pod-network join-projects --to=project1 project2 command, neither project can use an egress IP address. For more information, see BZ#1645577.

26.4.1.4. IP address assignment approaches

You can assign egress IP addresses to namespaces by setting the egressIPs parameter of the NetNamespace object. After an egress IP address is associated with a project, OpenShift SDN allows you to assign egress IP addresses to hosts in two ways:

  • In the automatically assigned approach, an egress IP address range is assigned to a node.
  • In the manually assigned approach, a list of one or more egress IP address is assigned to a node.

Namespaces that request an egress IP address are matched with nodes that can host those egress IP addresses, and then the egress IP addresses are assigned to those nodes. If the egressIPs parameter is set on a NetNamespace object, but no node hosts that egress IP address, then egress traffic from the namespace will be dropped.

High availability of nodes is automatic. If a node that hosts an egress IP address is unreachable and there are nodes that are able to host that egress IP address, then the egress IP address will move to a new node. When the unreachable node comes back online, the egress IP address automatically moves to balance egress IP addresses across nodes.

26.4.1.4.1. Considerations when using automatically assigned egress IP addresses

When using the automatic assignment approach for egress IP addresses the following considerations apply:

  • You set the egressCIDRs parameter of each node’s HostSubnet resource to indicate the range of egress IP addresses that can be hosted by a node. OpenShift Container Platform sets the egressIPs parameter of the HostSubnet resource based on the IP address range you specify.

If the node hosting the namespace’s egress IP address is unreachable, OpenShift Container Platform will reassign the egress IP address to another node with a compatible egress IP address range. The automatic assignment approach works best for clusters installed in environments with flexibility in associating additional IP addresses with nodes.

26.4.1.4.2. Considerations when using manually assigned egress IP addresses

This approach allows you to control which nodes can host an egress IP address.

Note

If your cluster is installed on public cloud infrastructure, you must ensure that each node that you assign egress IP addresses to has sufficient spare capacity to host the IP addresses. For more information, see "Platform considerations" in a previous section.

When using the manual assignment approach for egress IP addresses the following considerations apply:

  • You set the egressIPs parameter of each node’s HostSubnet resource to indicate the IP addresses that can be hosted by a node.
  • Multiple egress IP addresses per namespace are supported.

If a namespace has multiple egress IP addresses and those addresses are hosted on multiple nodes, the following additional considerations apply:

  • If a pod is on a node that is hosting an egress IP address, that pod always uses the egress IP address on the node.
  • If a pod is not on a node that is hosting an egress IP address, that pod uses an egress IP address at random.

26.4.2. Configuring automatically assigned egress IP addresses for a namespace

In OpenShift Container Platform you can enable automatic assignment of an egress IP address for a specific namespace across one or more nodes.

Prerequisites

  • You have access to the cluster as a user with the cluster-admin role.
  • You have installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).

Procedure

  1. Update the NetNamespace object with the egress IP address using the following JSON: 

     $ oc patch netnamespace <project_name> --type=merge -p \
  '{
    "egressIPs": [
      "<ip_address>"
    ]
  }'

    where:

    <project_name>
    Specifies the name of the project.
    <ip_address>
    Specifies one or more egress IP addresses for the egressIPs array.

    For example, to assign project1 to an IP address of 192.168.1.100 and project2 to an IP address of 192.168.1.101: 

    $ oc patch netnamespace project1 --type=merge -p \
  '{"egressIPs": ["192.168.1.100"]}'
$ oc patch netnamespace project2 --type=merge -p \
  '{"egressIPs": ["192.168.1.101"]}'
    Note

    Because OpenShift SDN manages the NetNamespace object, you can make changes only by modifying the existing NetNamespace object. Do not create a new NetNamespace object.

  2. Indicate which nodes can host egress IP addresses by setting the egressCIDRs parameter for each host using the following JSON: 

    $ oc patch hostsubnet <node_name> --type=merge -p \
  '{
    "egressCIDRs": [
      "<ip_address_range>", "<ip_address_range>"
    ]
  }'

    where:

    <node_name>
    Specifies a node name.
    <ip_address_range>
    Specifies an IP address range in CIDR format. You can specify more than one address range for the egressCIDRs array.

    For example, to set node1 and node2 to host egress IP addresses in the range 192.168.1.0 to 192.168.1.255: 

    $ oc patch hostsubnet node1 --type=merge -p \
  '{"egressCIDRs": ["192.168.1.0/24"]}'
$ oc patch hostsubnet node2 --type=merge -p \
  '{"egressCIDRs": ["192.168.1.0/24"]}'

    OpenShift Container Platform automatically assigns specific egress IP addresses to available nodes in a balanced way. In this case, it assigns the egress IP address 192.168.1.100 to node1 and the egress IP address 192.168.1.101 to node2 or vice versa.

26.4.3. Configuring manually assigned egress IP addresses for a namespace

In OpenShift Container Platform you can associate one or more egress IP addresses with a namespace.

Prerequisites

  • You have access to the cluster as a user with the cluster-admin role.
  • You have installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).

Procedure

  1. Update the NetNamespace object by specifying the following JSON object with the desired IP addresses: 

     $ oc patch netnamespace <project_name> --type=merge -p \
  '{
    "egressIPs": [
      "<ip_address>"
    ]
  }'

    where:

    <project_name>
    Specifies the name of the project.
    <ip_address>
    Specifies one or more egress IP addresses for the egressIPs array.

    For example, to assign the project1 project to the IP addresses 192.168.1.100 and 192.168.1.101: 

    $ oc patch netnamespace project1 --type=merge \
  -p '{"egressIPs": ["192.168.1.100","192.168.1.101"]}'

    To provide high availability, set the egressIPs value to two or more IP addresses on different nodes. If multiple egress IP addresses are set, then pods use all egress IP addresses roughly equally.

    Note

    Because OpenShift SDN manages the NetNamespace object, you can make changes only by modifying the existing NetNamespace object. Do not create a new NetNamespace object.

  2. Manually assign the egress IP address to the node hosts.

    If your cluster is installed on public cloud infrastructure, you must confirm that the node has available IP address capacity.

    Set the egressIPs parameter on the HostSubnet object on the node host. Using the following JSON, include as many IP addresses as you want to assign to that node host: 

    $ oc patch hostsubnet <node_name> --type=merge -p \
  '{
    "egressIPs": [
      "<ip_address>",
      "<ip_address>"
      ]
  }'

    where:

    <node_name>
    Specifies a node name.
    <ip_address>
    Specifies an IP address. You can specify more than one IP address for the egressIPs array.

    For example, to specify that node1 should have the egress IPs 192.168.1.100, 192.168.1.101, and 192.168.1.102: 

    $ oc patch hostsubnet node1 --type=merge -p \
  '{"egressIPs": ["192.168.1.100", "192.168.1.101", "192.168.1.102"]}'

    In the previous example, all egress traffic for project1 will be routed to the node hosting the specified egress IP, and then connected through Network Address Translation (NAT) to that IP address.

26.4.4. Additional resources

  • If you are configuring manual egress IP address assignment, see Platform considerations for information about IP capacity planning.

26.5. Configuring an egress firewall for a project

As a cluster administrator, you can create an egress firewall for a project that restricts egress traffic leaving your OpenShift Container Platform cluster.

26.5.1. How an egress firewall works in a project

As a cluster administrator, you can use an egress firewall to limit the external hosts that some or all pods can access from within the cluster. An egress firewall supports the following scenarios:

  • A pod can only connect to internal hosts and cannot initiate connections to the public internet.
  • A pod can only connect to the public internet and cannot initiate connections to internal hosts that are outside the OpenShift Container Platform cluster.
  • A pod cannot reach specified internal subnets or hosts outside the OpenShift Container Platform cluster.
  • A pod can connect to only specific external hosts.

For example, you can allow one project access to a specified IP range but deny the same access to a different project. Or you can restrict application developers from updating from Python pip mirrors, and force updates to come only from approved sources.

Note

Egress firewall does not apply to the host network namespace. Pods with host networking enabled are unaffected by egress firewall rules.

You configure an egress firewall policy by creating an EgressNetworkPolicy custom resource (CR) object. The egress firewall matches network traffic that meets any of the following criteria:

  • An IP address range in CIDR format
  • A DNS name that resolves to an IP address
Important

If your egress firewall includes a deny rule for 0.0.0.0/0, access to your OpenShift Container Platform API servers is blocked. You must either add allow rules for each IP address or use the nodeSelector type allow rule in your egress policy rules to connect to API servers.

The following example illustrates the order of the egress firewall rules necessary to ensure API server access: 

apiVersion: network.openshift.io/v1
kind: EgressNetworkPolicy
metadata:
  name: default
  namespace: <namespace> 1
spec:
  egress:
  - to:
      cidrSelector: <api_server_address_range> 2
    type: Allow
# ...
  - to:
      cidrSelector: 0.0.0.0/0 3
    type: Deny
1
The namespace for the egress firewall.
2
The IP address range that includes your OpenShift Container Platform API servers.
3
A global deny rule prevents access to the OpenShift Container Platform API servers.

To find the IP address for your API servers, run oc get ep kubernetes -n default.

For more information, see BZ#1988324.

Important

You must have OpenShift SDN configured to use either the network policy or multitenant mode to configure an egress firewall.

If you use network policy mode, an egress firewall is compatible with only one policy per namespace and will not work with projects that share a network, such as global projects.

Warning

Egress firewall rules do not apply to traffic that goes through routers. Any user with permission to create a Route CR object can bypass egress firewall policy rules by creating a route that points to a forbidden destination.

26.5.1.1. Limitations of an egress firewall

An egress firewall has the following limitations:

  • No project can have more than one EgressNetworkPolicy object.

    Important

    The creation of more than one EgressNetworkPolicy object is allowed, however it should not be done. When you create more than one EgressNetworkPolicy object, the following message is returned: dropping all rules. In actuality, all external traffic is dropped, which can cause security risks for your organization.

  • A maximum of one EgressNetworkPolicy object with a maximum of 1,000 rules can be defined per project.
  • The default project cannot use an egress firewall.

  • When using the OpenShift SDN network plugin in multitenant mode, the following limitations apply:

    • Global projects cannot use an egress firewall. You can make a project global by using the oc adm pod-network make-projects-global command.
    • Projects merged by using the oc adm pod-network join-projects command cannot use an egress firewall in any of the joined projects.
  • If you create a selectorless service and manually define endpoints or EndpointSlices that point to external IPs, traffic to the service IP might still be allowed, even if your EgressNetworkPolicy is configured to deny all egress traffic. This occurs because OpenShift SDN does not fully enforce egress network policies for these external endpoints. Consequently, this might result in unexpected access to external services.

Violating any of these restrictions results in a broken egress firewall for the project. Consequently, all external network traffic is dropped, which can cause security risks for your organization.

An Egress Firewall resource can be created in the kube-node-lease, kube-public, kube-system, openshift and openshift- projects.

26.5.1.2. Matching order for egress firewall policy rules

The egress firewall policy rules are evaluated in the order that they are defined, from first to last. The first rule that matches an egress connection from a pod applies. Any subsequent rules are ignored for that connection.

26.5.1.3. How Domain Name Server (DNS) resolution works

If you use DNS names in any of your egress firewall policy rules, proper resolution of the domain names is subject to the following restrictions:

  • Domain name updates are polled based on a time-to-live (TTL) duration. By default, the duration is 30 seconds. When the egress firewall controller queries the local name servers for a domain name, if the response includes a TTL that is less than 30 seconds, the controller sets the duration to the returned value. If the TTL in the response is greater than 30 minutes, the controller sets the duration to 30 minutes. If the TTL is between 30 seconds and 30 minutes, the controller ignores the value and sets the duration to 30 seconds.
  • The pod must resolve the domain from the same local name servers when necessary. Otherwise the IP addresses for the domain known by the egress firewall controller and the pod can be different. If the IP addresses for a hostname differ, the egress firewall might not be enforced consistently.
  • Because the egress firewall controller and pods asynchronously poll the same local name server, the pod might obtain the updated IP address before the egress controller does, which causes a race condition. Due to this current limitation, domain name usage in EgressNetworkPolicy objects is only recommended for domains with infrequent IP address changes.
Note

Using DNS names in your egress firewall policy does not affect local DNS resolution through CoreDNS.

However, if your egress firewall policy uses domain names, and an external DNS server handles DNS resolution for an affected pod, you must include egress firewall rules that permit access to the IP addresses of your DNS server.

26.5.2. EgressNetworkPolicy custom resource (CR) object

You can define one or more rules for an egress firewall. A rule is either an Allow rule or a Deny rule, with a specification for the traffic that the rule applies to.

The following YAML describes an EgressNetworkPolicy CR object:

EgressNetworkPolicy object

apiVersion: network.openshift.io/v1
kind: EgressNetworkPolicy
metadata:
  name: <name> 1
spec:
  egress: 2
    ...

1
A name for your egress firewall policy.
2
A collection of one or more egress network policy rules as described in the following section.
26.5.2.1. EgressNetworkPolicy rules

The following YAML describes an egress firewall rule object. The user can select either an IP address range in CIDR format, a domain name, or use the nodeSelector to allow or deny egress traffic. The egress stanza expects an array of one or more objects.

Egress policy rule stanza

egress:
- type: <type> 1
  to: 2
    cidrSelector: <cidr> 3
    dnsName: <dns_name> 4

1
The type of rule. The value must be either Allow or Deny.
2
A stanza describing an egress traffic match rule. A value for either the cidrSelector field or the dnsName field for the rule. You cannot use both fields in the same rule.
3
An IP address range in CIDR format.
4
A domain name.
26.5.2.2. Example EgressNetworkPolicy CR objects

The following example defines several egress firewall policy rules: 

apiVersion: network.openshift.io/v1
kind: EgressNetworkPolicy
metadata:
  name: default
spec:
  egress: 1
  - type: Allow
    to:
      cidrSelector: 1.2.3.0/24
  - type: Allow
    to:
      dnsName: www.example.com
  - type: Deny
    to:
      cidrSelector: 0.0.0.0/0
1
A collection of egress firewall policy rule objects.

26.5.3. Creating an egress firewall policy object

As a cluster administrator, you can create an egress firewall policy object for a project.

Important

If the project already has an EgressNetworkPolicy object defined, you must edit the existing policy to make changes to the egress firewall rules.

Prerequisites

  • A cluster that uses the OpenShift SDN network plugin.
  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You must log in to the cluster as a cluster administrator.

Procedure

  1. Create a policy rule:

    1. Create a <policy_name>.yaml file where <policy_name> describes the egress policy rules.
    2. In the file you created, define an egress policy object.

  2. Enter the following command to create the policy object. Replace <policy_name> with the name of the policy and <project> with the project that the rule applies to. 

    $ oc create -f <policy_name>.yaml -n <project>

    In the following example, a new EgressNetworkPolicy object is created in a project named project1: 

    $ oc create -f default.yaml -n project1

    Example output

    egressnetworkpolicy.network.openshift.io/v1 created

  3. Optional: Save the <policy_name>.yaml file so that you can make changes later.

26.6. Editing an egress firewall for a project

As a cluster administrator, you can modify network traffic rules for an existing egress firewall.

26.6.1. Viewing an EgressNetworkPolicy object

You can view an EgressNetworkPolicy object in your cluster.

Prerequisites

  • A cluster using the OpenShift SDN network plugin.
  • Install the OpenShift Command-line Interface (CLI), commonly known as oc.
  • You must log in to the cluster.

Procedure

  1. Optional: To view the names of the EgressNetworkPolicy objects defined in your cluster, enter the following command: 

    $ oc get egressnetworkpolicy --all-namespaces

  2. To inspect a policy, enter the following command. Replace <policy_name> with the name of the policy to inspect. 

    $ oc describe egressnetworkpolicy <policy_name>

    Example output

    Name:		default
Namespace:	project1
Created:	20 minutes ago
Labels:		<none>
Annotations:	<none>
Rule:		Allow to 1.2.3.0/24
Rule:		Allow to www.example.com
Rule:		Deny to 0.0.0.0/0

26.7. Editing an egress firewall for a project

As a cluster administrator, you can modify network traffic rules for an existing egress firewall.

26.7.1. Editing an EgressNetworkPolicy object

As a cluster administrator, you can update the egress firewall for a project.

Prerequisites

  • A cluster using the OpenShift SDN network plugin.
  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You must log in to the cluster as a cluster administrator.

Procedure

  1. Find the name of the EgressNetworkPolicy object for the project. Replace <project> with the name of the project. 

    $ oc get -n <project> egressnetworkpolicy

  2. Optional: If you did not save a copy of the EgressNetworkPolicy object when you created the egress network firewall, enter the following command to create a copy. 

    $ oc get -n <project> egressnetworkpolicy <name> -o yaml > <filename>.yaml

    Replace <project> with the name of the project. Replace <name> with the name of the object. Replace <filename> with the name of the file to save the YAML to.

  3. After making changes to the policy rules, enter the following command to replace the EgressNetworkPolicy object. Replace <filename> with the name of the file containing the updated EgressNetworkPolicy object. 

    $ oc replace -f <filename>.yaml

26.8. Removing an egress firewall from a project

As a cluster administrator, you can remove an egress firewall from a project to remove all restrictions on network traffic from the project that leaves the OpenShift Container Platform cluster.

26.8.1. Removing an EgressNetworkPolicy object

As a cluster administrator, you can remove an egress firewall from a project.

Prerequisites

  • A cluster using the OpenShift SDN network plugin.
  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You must log in to the cluster as a cluster administrator.

Procedure

  1. Find the name of the EgressNetworkPolicy object for the project. Replace <project> with the name of the project. 

    $ oc get -n <project> egressnetworkpolicy

  2. Enter the following command to delete the EgressNetworkPolicy object. Replace <project> with the name of the project and <name> with the name of the object. 

    $ oc delete -n <project> egressnetworkpolicy <name>

26.9. Considerations for the use of an egress router pod

26.9.1. About an egress router pod

The OpenShift Container Platform egress router pod redirects traffic to a specified remote server from a private source IP address that is not used for any other purpose. An egress router pod can send network traffic to servers that are set up to allow access only from specific IP addresses.

Note

The egress router pod is not intended for every outgoing connection. Creating large numbers of egress router pods can exceed the limits of your network hardware. For example, creating an egress router pod for every project or application could exceed the number of local MAC addresses that the network interface can handle before reverting to filtering MAC addresses in software.

Important

The egress router image is not compatible with Amazon AWS, Azure Cloud, or any other cloud platform that does not support layer 2 manipulations due to their incompatibility with macvlan traffic.

26.9.1.1. Egress router modes

In redirect mode, an egress router pod configures iptables rules to redirect traffic from its own IP address to one or more destination IP addresses. Client pods that need to use the reserved source IP address must be configured to access the service for the egress router rather than connecting directly to the destination IP. You can access the destination service and port from the application pod by using the curl command. For example: 

$ curl <router_service_IP> <port>

In HTTP proxy mode, an egress router pod runs as an HTTP proxy on port 8080. This mode only works for clients that are connecting to HTTP-based or HTTPS-based services, but usually requires fewer changes to the client pods to get them to work. Many programs can be told to use an HTTP proxy by setting an environment variable.

In DNS proxy mode, an egress router pod runs as a DNS proxy for TCP-based services from its own IP address to one or more destination IP addresses. To make use of the reserved, source IP address, client pods must be modified to connect to the egress router pod rather than connecting directly to the destination IP address. This modification ensures that external destinations treat traffic as though it were coming from a known source.

Redirect mode works for all services except for HTTP and HTTPS. For HTTP and HTTPS services, use HTTP proxy mode. For TCP-based services with IP addresses or domain names, use DNS proxy mode.

26.9.1.2. Egress router pod implementation

The egress router pod setup is performed by an initialization container. That container runs in a privileged context so that it can configure the macvlan interface and set up iptables rules. After the initialization container finishes setting up the iptables rules, it exits. Next the egress router pod executes the container to handle the egress router traffic. The image used varies depending on the egress router mode.

The environment variables determine which addresses the egress-router image uses. The image configures the macvlan interface to use EGRESS_SOURCE as its IP address, with EGRESS_GATEWAY as the IP address for the gateway.

Network Address Translation (NAT) rules are set up so that connections to the cluster IP address of the pod on any TCP or UDP port are redirected to the same port on IP address specified by the EGRESS_DESTINATION variable.

If only some of the nodes in your cluster are capable of claiming the specified source IP address and using the specified gateway, you can specify a nodeName or nodeSelector to identify which nodes are acceptable.

26.9.1.3. Deployment considerations

An egress router pod adds an additional IP address and MAC address to the primary network interface of the node. As a result, you might need to configure your hypervisor or cloud provider to allow the additional address.

Red Hat OpenStack Platform (RHOSP)

If you deploy OpenShift Container Platform on RHOSP, you must allow traffic from the IP and MAC addresses of the egress router pod on your OpenStack environment. If you do not allow the traffic, then communication will fail: 

$ openstack port set --allowed-address \
  ip_address=<ip_address>,mac_address=<mac_address> <neutron_port_uuid>
Red Hat Virtualization (RHV)
If you are using RHV, you must select No Network Filter for the Virtual network interface controller (vNIC).
VMware vSphere
If you are using VMware vSphere, see the VMware documentation for securing vSphere standard switches. View and change VMware vSphere default settings by selecting the host virtual switch from the vSphere Web Client.

Specifically, ensure that the following are enabled:

26.9.1.4. Failover configuration

To avoid downtime, you can deploy an egress router pod with a Deployment resource, as in the following example. To create a new Service object for the example deployment, use the oc expose deployment/egress-demo-controller command. 

apiVersion: apps/v1
kind: Deployment
metadata:
  name: egress-demo-controller
spec:
  replicas: 1 1
  selector:
    matchLabels:
      name: egress-router
  template:
    metadata:
      name: egress-router
      labels:
        name: egress-router
      annotations:
        pod.network.openshift.io/assign-macvlan: "true"
    spec: 2
      initContainers:
        ...
      containers:
        ...
1
Ensure that replicas is set to 1, because only one pod can use a given egress source IP address at any time. This means that only a single copy of the router runs on a node.
2
Specify the Pod object template for the egress router pod.

26.9.2. Additional resources

26.10. Deploying an egress router pod in redirect mode

As a cluster administrator, you can deploy an egress router pod that is configured to redirect traffic to specified destination IP addresses.

26.10.1. Egress router pod specification for redirect mode

Define the configuration for an egress router pod in the Pod object. The following YAML describes the fields for the configuration of an egress router pod in redirect mode: 

apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
  name: egress-1
  labels:
    name: egress-1
  annotations:
    pod.network.openshift.io/assign-macvlan: "true" 1
spec:
  initContainers:
  - name: egress-router
    image: registry.redhat.io/openshift4/ose-egress-router
    securityContext:
      privileged: true
    env:
    - name: EGRESS_SOURCE 2
      value: <egress_router>
    - name: EGRESS_GATEWAY 3
      value: <egress_gateway>
    - name: EGRESS_DESTINATION 4
      value: <egress_destination>
    - name: EGRESS_ROUTER_MODE
      value: init
  containers:
  - name: egress-router-wait
    image: registry.redhat.io/openshift4/ose-pod
1
The annotation tells OpenShift Container Platform to create a macvlan network interface on the primary network interface controller (NIC) and move that macvlan interface into the pod’s network namespace. You must include the quotation marks around the "true" value. To have OpenShift Container Platform create the macvlan interface on a different NIC interface, set the annotation value to the name of that interface. For example, eth1.
2
IP address from the physical network that the node is on that is reserved for use by the egress router pod. Optional: You can include the subnet length, the /24 suffix, so that a proper route to the local subnet is set. If you do not specify a subnet length, then the egress router can access only the host specified with the EGRESS_GATEWAY variable and no other hosts on the subnet.
3
Same value as the default gateway used by the node.
4
External server to direct traffic to. Using this example, connections to the pod are redirected to 203.0.113.25, with a source IP address of 192.168.12.99.

Example egress router pod specification

apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
  name: egress-multi
  labels:
    name: egress-multi
  annotations:
    pod.network.openshift.io/assign-macvlan: "true"
spec:
  initContainers:
  - name: egress-router
    image: registry.redhat.io/openshift4/ose-egress-router
    securityContext:
      privileged: true
    env:
    - name: EGRESS_SOURCE
      value: 192.168.12.99/24
    - name: EGRESS_GATEWAY
      value: 192.168.12.1
    - name: EGRESS_DESTINATION
      value: |
        80   tcp 203.0.113.25
        8080 tcp 203.0.113.26 80
        8443 tcp 203.0.113.26 443
        203.0.113.27
    - name: EGRESS_ROUTER_MODE
      value: init
  containers:
  - name: egress-router-wait
    image: registry.redhat.io/openshift4/ose-pod

26.10.2. Egress destination configuration format

When an egress router pod is deployed in redirect mode, you can specify redirection rules by using one or more of the following formats:

  • <port> <protocol> <ip_address> - Incoming connections to the given <port> should be redirected to the same port on the given <ip_address>. <protocol> is either tcp or udp.
  • <port> <protocol> <ip_address> <remote_port> - As above, except that the connection is redirected to a different <remote_port> on <ip_address>.
  • <ip_address> - If the last line is a single IP address, then any connections on any other port will be redirected to the corresponding port on that IP address. If there is no fallback IP address then connections on other ports are rejected.

In the example that follows several rules are defined:

  • The first line redirects traffic from local port 80 to port 80 on 203.0.113.25.
  • The second and third lines redirect local ports 8080 and 8443 to remote ports 80 and 443 on 203.0.113.26.
  • The last line matches traffic for any ports not specified in the previous rules.

Example configuration

80   tcp 203.0.113.25
8080 tcp 203.0.113.26 80
8443 tcp 203.0.113.26 443
203.0.113.27

26.10.3. Deploying an egress router pod in redirect mode

In redirect mode, an egress router pod sets up iptables rules to redirect traffic from its own IP address to one or more destination IP addresses. Client pods that need to use the reserved source IP address must be configured to access the service for the egress router rather than connecting directly to the destination IP. You can access the destination service and port from the application pod by using the curl command. For example: 

$ curl <router_service_IP> <port>

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. Create an egress router pod.

  2. To ensure that other pods can find the IP address of the egress router pod, create a service to point to the egress router pod, as in the following example: 

    apiVersion: v1
kind: Service
metadata:
  name: egress-1
spec:
  ports:
  - name: http
    port: 80
  - name: https
    port: 443
  type: ClusterIP
  selector:
    name: egress-1

    Your pods can now connect to this service. Their connections are redirected to the corresponding ports on the external server, using the reserved egress IP address.

26.10.4. Additional resources

26.11. Deploying an egress router pod in HTTP proxy mode

As a cluster administrator, you can deploy an egress router pod configured to proxy traffic to specified HTTP and HTTPS-based services.

26.11.1. Egress router pod specification for HTTP mode

Define the configuration for an egress router pod in the Pod object. The following YAML describes the fields for the configuration of an egress router pod in HTTP mode: 

apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
  name: egress-1
  labels:
    name: egress-1
  annotations:
    pod.network.openshift.io/assign-macvlan: "true" 1
spec:
  initContainers:
  - name: egress-router
    image: registry.redhat.io/openshift4/ose-egress-router
    securityContext:
      privileged: true
    env:
    - name: EGRESS_SOURCE 2
      value: <egress-router>
    - name: EGRESS_GATEWAY 3
      value: <egress-gateway>
    - name: EGRESS_ROUTER_MODE
      value: http-proxy
  containers:
  - name: egress-router-pod
    image: registry.redhat.io/openshift4/ose-egress-http-proxy
    env:
    - name: EGRESS_HTTP_PROXY_DESTINATION 4
      value: |-
        ...
    ...
1
The annotation tells OpenShift Container Platform to create a macvlan network interface on the primary network interface controller (NIC) and move that macvlan interface into the pod’s network namespace. You must include the quotation marks around the "true" value. To have OpenShift Container Platform create the macvlan interface on a different NIC interface, set the annotation value to the name of that interface. For example, eth1.
2
IP address from the physical network that the node is on that is reserved for use by the egress router pod. Optional: You can include the subnet length, the /24 suffix, so that a proper route to the local subnet is set. If you do not specify a subnet length, then the egress router can access only the host specified with the EGRESS_GATEWAY variable and no other hosts on the subnet.
3
Same value as the default gateway used by the node.
4
A string or YAML multi-line string specifying how to configure the proxy. Note that this is specified as an environment variable in the HTTP proxy container, not with the other environment variables in the init container.

26.11.2. Egress destination configuration format

When an egress router pod is deployed in HTTP proxy mode, you can specify redirection rules by using one or more of the following formats. Each line in the configuration specifies one group of connections to allow or deny:

  • An IP address allows connections to that IP address, such as 192.168.1.1.
  • A CIDR range allows connections to that CIDR range, such as 192.168.1.0/24.
  • A hostname allows proxying to that host, such as www.example.com.
  • A domain name preceded by *. allows proxying to that domain and all of its subdomains, such as *.example.com.
  • A ! followed by any of the previous match expressions denies the connection instead.
  • If the last line is *, then anything that is not explicitly denied is allowed. Otherwise, anything that is not allowed is denied.

You can also use * to allow connections to all remote destinations.

Example configuration

!*.example.com
!192.168.1.0/24
192.168.2.1
*

26.11.3. Deploying an egress router pod in HTTP proxy mode

In HTTP proxy mode, an egress router pod runs as an HTTP proxy on port 8080. This mode only works for clients that are connecting to HTTP-based or HTTPS-based services, but usually requires fewer changes to the client pods to get them to work. Many programs can be told to use an HTTP proxy by setting an environment variable.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. Create an egress router pod.

  2. To ensure that other pods can find the IP address of the egress router pod, create a service to point to the egress router pod, as in the following example: 

    apiVersion: v1
kind: Service
metadata:
  name: egress-1
spec:
  ports:
  - name: http-proxy
    port: 8080 1
  type: ClusterIP
  selector:
    name: egress-1
    1
    Ensure the http port is set to 8080.

  3. To configure the client pod (not the egress proxy pod) to use the HTTP proxy, set the http_proxy or https_proxy variables: 

    apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
  name: app-1
  labels:
    name: app-1
spec:
  containers:
    env:
    - name: http_proxy
      value: http://egress-1:8080/ 1
    - name: https_proxy
      value: http://egress-1:8080/
    ...
    1
    The service created in the previous step.
    Note

    Using the http_proxy and https_proxy environment variables is not necessary for all setups. If the above does not create a working setup, then consult the documentation for the tool or software you are running in the pod.

26.11.4. Additional resources

26.12. Deploying an egress router pod in DNS proxy mode

As a cluster administrator, you can deploy an egress router pod configured to proxy traffic to specified DNS names and IP addresses.

26.12.1. Egress router pod specification for DNS mode

Define the configuration for an egress router pod in the Pod object. The following YAML describes the fields for the configuration of an egress router pod in DNS mode: 

apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
  name: egress-1
  labels:
    name: egress-1
  annotations:
    pod.network.openshift.io/assign-macvlan: "true" 1
spec:
  initContainers:
  - name: egress-router
    image: registry.redhat.io/openshift4/ose-egress-router
    securityContext:
      privileged: true
    env:
    - name: EGRESS_SOURCE 2
      value: <egress-router>
    - name: EGRESS_GATEWAY 3
      value: <egress-gateway>
    - name: EGRESS_ROUTER_MODE
      value: dns-proxy
  containers:
  - name: egress-router-pod
    image: registry.redhat.io/openshift4/ose-egress-dns-proxy
    securityContext:
      privileged: true
    env:
    - name: EGRESS_DNS_PROXY_DESTINATION 4
      value: |-
        ...
    - name: EGRESS_DNS_PROXY_DEBUG 5
      value: "1"
    ...
1
The annotation tells OpenShift Container Platform to create a macvlan network interface on the primary network interface controller (NIC) and move that macvlan interface into the pod’s network namespace. You must include the quotation marks around the "true" value. To have OpenShift Container Platform create the macvlan interface on a different NIC interface, set the annotation value to the name of that interface. For example, eth1.
2
IP address from the physical network that the node is on that is reserved for use by the egress router pod. Optional: You can include the subnet length, the /24 suffix, so that a proper route to the local subnet is set. If you do not specify a subnet length, then the egress router can access only the host specified with the EGRESS_GATEWAY variable and no other hosts on the subnet.
3
Same value as the default gateway used by the node.
4
Specify a list of one or more proxy destinations.
5
Optional: Specify to output the DNS proxy log output to stdout.

26.12.2. Egress destination configuration format

When the router is deployed in DNS proxy mode, you specify a list of port and destination mappings. A destination may be either an IP address or a DNS name.

An egress router pod supports the following formats for specifying port and destination mappings:

Port and remote address
You can specify a source port and a destination host by using the two field format: <port> <remote_address>.

The host can be an IP address or a DNS name. If a DNS name is provided, DNS resolution occurs at runtime. For a given host, the proxy connects to the specified source port on the destination host when connecting to the destination host IP address.

Port and remote address pair example

80 172.16.12.11
100 example.com

Port, remote address, and remote port
You can specify a source port, a destination host, and a destination port by using the three field format: <port> <remote_address> <remote_port>.

The three field format behaves identically to the two field version, with the exception that the destination port can be different than the source port.

Port, remote address, and remote port example

8080 192.168.60.252 80
8443 web.example.com 443

26.12.3. Deploying an egress router pod in DNS proxy mode

In DNS proxy mode, an egress router pod acts as a DNS proxy for TCP-based services from its own IP address to one or more destination IP addresses.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. Create an egress router pod.

  2. Create a service for the egress router pod:

    1. Create a file named egress-router-service.yaml that contains the following YAML. Set spec.ports to the list of ports that you defined previously for the EGRESS_DNS_PROXY_DESTINATION environment variable. 

      apiVersion: v1
kind: Service
metadata:
  name: egress-dns-svc
spec:
  ports:
    ...
  type: ClusterIP
  selector:
    name: egress-dns-proxy

      For example: 

      apiVersion: v1
kind: Service
metadata:
  name: egress-dns-svc
spec:
  ports:
  - name: con1
    protocol: TCP
    port: 80
    targetPort: 80
  - name: con2
    protocol: TCP
    port: 100
    targetPort: 100
  type: ClusterIP
  selector:
    name: egress-dns-proxy

    2. To create the service, enter the following command: 

      $ oc create -f egress-router-service.yaml

      Pods can now connect to this service. The connections are proxied to the corresponding ports on the external server, using the reserved egress IP address.

26.12.4. Additional resources

26.13. Configuring an egress router pod destination list from a config map

As a cluster administrator, you can define a ConfigMap object that specifies destination mappings for an egress router pod. The specific format of the configuration depends on the type of egress router pod. For details on the format, refer to the documentation for the specific egress router pod.

26.13.1. Configuring an egress router destination mappings with a config map

For a large or frequently-changing set of destination mappings, you can use a config map to externally maintain the list. An advantage of this approach is that permission to edit the config map can be delegated to users without cluster-admin privileges. Because the egress router pod requires a privileged container, it is not possible for users without cluster-admin privileges to edit the pod definition directly.

Note

The egress router pod does not automatically update when the config map changes. You must restart the egress router pod to get updates.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. Create a file containing the mapping data for the egress router pod, as in the following example: 

    # Egress routes for Project "Test", version 3

80   tcp 203.0.113.25

8080 tcp 203.0.113.26 80
8443 tcp 203.0.113.26 443

# Fallback
203.0.113.27

    You can put blank lines and comments into this file.

  2. Create a ConfigMap object from the file: 

    $ oc delete configmap egress-routes --ignore-not-found
    $ oc create configmap egress-routes \
  --from-file=destination=my-egress-destination.txt

    In the previous command, the egress-routes value is the name of the ConfigMap object to create and my-egress-destination.txt is the name of the file that the data is read from.

    Tip

    You can alternatively apply the following YAML to create the config map: 

    apiVersion: v1
kind: ConfigMap
metadata:
  name: egress-routes
data:
  destination: |
    # Egress routes for Project "Test", version 3

    80   tcp 203.0.113.25

    8080 tcp 203.0.113.26 80
    8443 tcp 203.0.113.26 443

    # Fallback
    203.0.113.27

  3. Create an egress router pod definition and specify the configMapKeyRef stanza for the EGRESS_DESTINATION field in the environment stanza: 

    ...
env:
- name: EGRESS_DESTINATION
  valueFrom:
    configMapKeyRef:
      name: egress-routes
      key: destination
...

26.13.2. Additional resources

26.14. Enabling multicast for a project

26.14.1. About multicast

With IP multicast, data is broadcast to many IP addresses simultaneously.

Important
  • At this time, multicast is best used for low-bandwidth coordination or service discovery and not a high-bandwidth solution.
  • By default, network policies affect all connections in a namespace. However, multicast is unaffected by network policies. If multicast is enabled in the same namespace as your network policies, it is always allowed, even if there is a deny-all network policy. Cluster administrators should consider the implications to the exemption of multicast from network policies before enabling it.

Multicast traffic between OpenShift Container Platform pods is disabled by default. If you are using the OpenShift SDN network plugin, you can enable multicast on a per-project basis.

When using the OpenShift SDN network plugin in networkpolicy isolation mode:

  • Multicast packets sent by a pod will be delivered to all other pods in the project, regardless of NetworkPolicy objects. Pods might be able to communicate over multicast even when they cannot communicate over unicast.
  • Multicast packets sent by a pod in one project will never be delivered to pods in any other project, even if there are NetworkPolicy objects that allow communication between the projects.

When using the OpenShift SDN network plugin in multitenant isolation mode:

  • Multicast packets sent by a pod will be delivered to all other pods in the project.
  • Multicast packets sent by a pod in one project will be delivered to pods in other projects only if each project is joined together and multicast is enabled in each joined project.

26.14.2. Enabling multicast between pods

You can enable multicast between pods for your project.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You must log in to the cluster with a user that has the cluster-admin role.

Procedure

  • Run the following command to enable multicast for a project. Replace <namespace> with the namespace for the project you want to enable multicast for. 

    $ oc annotate netnamespace <namespace> \
    netnamespace.network.openshift.io/multicast-enabled=true

Verification

To verify that multicast is enabled for a project, complete the following procedure:

  1. Change your current project to the project that you enabled multicast for. Replace <project> with the project name. 

    $ oc project <project>

  2. Create a pod to act as a multicast receiver: 

    $ cat <<EOF| oc create -f -
apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
  name: mlistener
  labels:
    app: multicast-verify
spec:
  containers:
    - name: mlistener
      image: registry.access.redhat.com/ubi9
      command: ["/bin/sh", "-c"]
      args:
        ["dnf -y install socat hostname && sleep inf"]
      ports:
        - containerPort: 30102
          name: mlistener
          protocol: UDP
EOF

  3. Create a pod to act as a multicast sender: 

    $ cat <<EOF| oc create -f -
apiVersion: v1
kind: Pod
metadata:
  name: msender
  labels:
    app: multicast-verify
spec:
  containers:
    - name: msender
      image: registry.access.redhat.com/ubi9
      command: ["/bin/sh", "-c"]
      args:
        ["dnf -y install socat && sleep inf"]
EOF

  4. In a new terminal window or tab, start the multicast listener.

    1. Get the IP address for the Pod: 

      $ POD_IP=$(oc get pods mlistener -o jsonpath='{.status.podIP}')

    2. Start the multicast listener by entering the following command: 

      $ oc exec mlistener -i -t -- \
    socat UDP4-RECVFROM:30102,ip-add-membership=224.1.0.1:$POD_IP,fork EXEC:hostname

  5. Start the multicast transmitter.

    1. Get the pod network IP address range: 

      $ CIDR=$(oc get Network.config.openshift.io cluster \
    -o jsonpath='{.status.clusterNetwork[0].cidr}')

    2. To send a multicast message, enter the following command: 

      $ oc exec msender -i -t -- \
    /bin/bash -c "echo | socat STDIO UDP4-DATAGRAM:224.1.0.1:30102,range=$CIDR,ip-multicast-ttl=64"

      If multicast is working, the previous command returns the following output: 

      mlistener

26.15. Disabling multicast for a project

26.15.1. Disabling multicast between pods

You can disable multicast between pods for your project.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You must log in to the cluster with a user that has the cluster-admin role.

Procedure

  • Disable multicast by running the following command: 

    $ oc annotate netnamespace <namespace> \ 1
    netnamespace.network.openshift.io/multicast-enabled-
    1
    The namespace for the project you want to disable multicast for.

26.16. Configuring network isolation using OpenShift SDN

When your cluster is configured to use the multitenant isolation mode for the OpenShift SDN network plugin, each project is isolated by default. Network traffic is not allowed between pods or services in different projects in multitenant isolation mode.

You can change the behavior of multitenant isolation for a project in two ways:

  • You can join one or more projects, allowing network traffic between pods and services in different projects.
  • You can disable network isolation for a project. It will be globally accessible, accepting network traffic from pods and services in all other projects. A globally accessible project can access pods and services in all other projects.

26.16.1. Prerequisites

  • You must have a cluster configured to use the OpenShift SDN network plugin in multitenant isolation mode.

26.16.2. Joining projects

You can join two or more projects to allow network traffic between pods and services in different projects.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You must log in to the cluster with a user that has the cluster-admin role.

Procedure

  1. Use the following command to join projects to an existing project network: 

    $ oc adm pod-network join-projects --to=<project1> <project2> <project3>

    Alternatively, instead of specifying specific project names, you can use the --selector=<project_selector> option to specify projects based upon an associated label.

  2. Optional: Run the following command to view the pod networks that you have joined together: 

    $ oc get netnamespaces

    Projects in the same pod-network have the same network ID in the NETID column.

26.16.3. Isolating a project

You can isolate a project so that pods and services in other projects cannot access its pods and services.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You must log in to the cluster with a user that has the cluster-admin role.

Procedure

  • To isolate the projects in the cluster, run the following command: 

    $ oc adm pod-network isolate-projects <project1> <project2>

    Alternatively, instead of specifying specific project names, you can use the --selector=<project_selector> option to specify projects based upon an associated label.

26.16.4. Disabling network isolation for a project

You can disable network isolation for a project.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You must log in to the cluster with a user that has the cluster-admin role.

Procedure

  • Run the following command for the project: 

    $ oc adm pod-network make-projects-global <project1> <project2>

    Alternatively, instead of specifying specific project names, you can use the --selector=<project_selector> option to specify projects based upon an associated label.

26.17. Configuring kube-proxy

The Kubernetes network proxy (kube-proxy) runs on each node and is managed by the Cluster Network Operator (CNO). kube-proxy maintains network rules for forwarding connections for endpoints associated with services.

26.17.1. About iptables rules synchronization

The synchronization period determines how frequently the Kubernetes network proxy (kube-proxy) syncs the iptables rules on a node.

A sync begins when either of the following events occurs:

  • An event occurs, such as service or endpoint is added to or removed from the cluster.
  • The time since the last sync exceeds the sync period defined for kube-proxy.

26.17.2. kube-proxy configuration parameters

You can modify the following kubeProxyConfig parameters.

Note

Because of performance improvements introduced in OpenShift Container Platform 4.3 and greater, adjusting the iptablesSyncPeriod parameter is no longer necessary.

Table 26.3. Parameters
ParameterDescriptionValuesDefault

iptablesSyncPeriod

The refresh period for iptables rules.

A time interval, such as 30s or 2m. Valid suffixes include s, m, and h and are described in the Go time package documentation.

30s

proxyArguments.iptables-min-sync-period

The minimum duration before refreshing iptables rules. This parameter ensures that the refresh does not happen too frequently. By default, a refresh starts as soon as a change that affects iptables rules occurs.

A time interval, such as 30s or 2m. Valid suffixes include s, m, and h and are described in the Go time package

0s

26.17.3. Modifying the kube-proxy configuration

You can modify the Kubernetes network proxy configuration for your cluster.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in to a running cluster with the cluster-admin role.

Procedure

  1. Edit the Network.operator.openshift.io custom resource (CR) by running the following command: 

    $ oc edit network.operator.openshift.io cluster

  2. Modify the kubeProxyConfig parameter in the CR with your changes to the kube-proxy configuration, such as in the following example CR: 

    apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: Network
metadata:
  name: cluster
spec:
  kubeProxyConfig:
    iptablesSyncPeriod: 30s
    proxyArguments:
      iptables-min-sync-period: ["30s"]

  3. Save the file and exit the text editor.

    The syntax is validated by the oc command when you save the file and exit the editor. If your modifications contain a syntax error, the editor opens the file and displays an error message.

  4. Enter the following command to confirm the configuration update: 

    $ oc get networks.operator.openshift.io -o yaml

    Example output

    apiVersion: v1
items:
- apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
  kind: Network
  metadata:
    name: cluster
  spec:
    clusterNetwork:
    - cidr: 10.128.0.0/14
      hostPrefix: 23
    defaultNetwork:
      type: OpenShiftSDN
    kubeProxyConfig:
      iptablesSyncPeriod: 30s
      proxyArguments:
        iptables-min-sync-period:
        - 30s
    serviceNetwork:
    - 172.30.0.0/16
  status: {}
kind: List

  5. Optional: Enter the following command to confirm that the Cluster Network Operator accepted the configuration change: 

    $ oc get clusteroperator network

    Example output

    NAME      VERSION     AVAILABLE   PROGRESSING   DEGRADED   SINCE
network   4.1.0-0.9   True        False         False      1m

    The AVAILABLE field is True when the configuration update is applied successfully.

Chapter 27. Configuring Routes

27.1. Route configuration

27.1.1. Creating an HTTP-based route

A route allows you to host your application at a public URL. It can either be secure or unsecured, depending on the network security configuration of your application. An HTTP-based route is an unsecured route that uses the basic HTTP routing protocol and exposes a service on an unsecured application port.

The following procedure describes how to create a simple HTTP-based route to a web application, using the hello-openshift application as an example.

Prerequisites

  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You are logged in as an administrator.
  • You have a web application that exposes a port and a TCP endpoint listening for traffic on the port.

Procedure

  1. Create a project called hello-openshift by running the following command: 

    $ oc new-project hello-openshift

  2. Create a pod in the project by running the following command: 

    $ oc create -f https://raw.githubusercontent.com/openshift/origin/master/examples/hello-openshift/hello-pod.json

  3. Create a service called hello-openshift by running the following command: 

    $ oc expose pod/hello-openshift

  4. Create an unsecured route to the hello-openshift application by running the following command: 

    $ oc expose svc hello-openshift

Verification

  • To verify that the route resource that you created, run the following command: 

    $ oc get routes -o yaml <name of resource> 1
    1
    In this example, the route is named hello-openshift.

Sample YAML definition of the created unsecured route:

apiVersion: route.openshift.io/v1
kind: Route
metadata:
  name: hello-openshift
spec:
  host: hello-openshift-hello-openshift.<Ingress_Domain> 1
  port:
    targetPort: 8080 2
  to:
    kind: Service
    name: hello-openshift

1
<Ingress_Domain> is the default ingress domain name. The ingresses.config/cluster object is created during the installation and cannot be changed. If you want to specify a different domain, you can specify an alternative cluster domain using the appsDomain option.
2
targetPort is the target port on pods that is selected by the service that this route points to.
Note

To display your default ingress domain, run the following command: 

$ oc get ingresses.config/cluster -o jsonpath={.spec.domain}

27.1.2. Creating a route for Ingress Controller sharding

A route allows you to host your application at a URL. In this case, the hostname is not set and the route uses a subdomain instead. When you specify a subdomain, you automatically use the domain of the Ingress Controller that exposes the route. For situations where a route is exposed by multiple Ingress Controllers, the route is hosted at multiple URLs.

The following procedure describes how to create a route for Ingress Controller sharding, using the hello-openshift application as an example.

Ingress Controller sharding is useful when balancing incoming traffic load among a set of Ingress Controllers and when isolating traffic to a specific Ingress Controller. For example, company A goes to one Ingress Controller and company B to another.

Prerequisites

  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You are logged in as a project administrator.
  • You have a web application that exposes a port and an HTTP or TLS endpoint listening for traffic on the port.
  • You have configured the Ingress Controller for sharding.

Procedure

  1. Create a project called hello-openshift by running the following command: 

    $ oc new-project hello-openshift

  2. Create a pod in the project by running the following command: 

    $ oc create -f https://raw.githubusercontent.com/openshift/origin/master/examples/hello-openshift/hello-pod.json

  3. Create a service called hello-openshift by running the following command: 

    $ oc expose pod/hello-openshift

  4. Create a route definition called hello-openshift-route.yaml:

    YAML definition of the created route for sharding:

    apiVersion: route.openshift.io/v1
kind: Route
metadata:
  labels:
    type: sharded 1
  name: hello-openshift-edge
  namespace: hello-openshift
spec:
  subdomain: hello-openshift 2
  tls:
    termination: edge
  to:
    kind: Service
    name: hello-openshift

    1
    Both the label key and its corresponding label value must match the ones specified in the Ingress Controller. In this example, the Ingress Controller has the label key and value type: sharded.
    2
    The route will be exposed using the value of the subdomain field. When you specify the subdomain field, you must leave the hostname unset. If you specify both the host and subdomain fields, then the route will use the value of the host field, and ignore the subdomain field.

  5. Use hello-openshift-route.yaml to create a route to the hello-openshift application by running the following command: 

    $ oc -n hello-openshift create -f hello-openshift-route.yaml

Verification

  • Get the status of the route with the following command: 

    $ oc -n hello-openshift get routes/hello-openshift-edge -o yaml

    The resulting Route resource should look similar to the following:

    Example output

    apiVersion: route.openshift.io/v1
kind: Route
metadata:
  labels:
    type: sharded
  name: hello-openshift-edge
  namespace: hello-openshift
spec:
  subdomain: hello-openshift
  tls:
    termination: edge
  to:
    kind: Service
    name: hello-openshift
status:
  ingress:
  - host: hello-openshift.<apps-sharded.basedomain.example.net> 1
    routerCanonicalHostname: router-sharded.<apps-sharded.basedomain.example.net> 2
    routerName: sharded 3

    1
    The hostname the Ingress Controller, or router, uses to expose the route. The value of the host field is automatically determined by the Ingress Controller, and uses its domain. In this example, the domain of the Ingress Controller is <apps-sharded.basedomain.example.net>.
    2
    The hostname of the Ingress Controller.
    3
    The name of the Ingress Controller. In this example, the Ingress Controller has the name sharded.

27.1.3. Configuring route timeouts

You can configure the default timeouts for an existing route when you have services in need of a low timeout, which is required for Service Level Availability (SLA) purposes, or a high timeout, for cases with a slow back end.

Prerequisites

  • You need a deployed Ingress Controller on a running cluster.

Procedure

  1. Using the oc annotate command, add the timeout to the route: 

    $ oc annotate route <route_name> \
    --overwrite haproxy.router.openshift.io/timeout=<timeout><time_unit> 1
    1
    Supported time units are microseconds (us), milliseconds (ms), seconds (s), minutes (m), hours (h), or days (d).

    The following example sets a timeout of two seconds on a route named myroute: 

    $ oc annotate route myroute --overwrite haproxy.router.openshift.io/timeout=2s

27.1.4. HTTP Strict Transport Security

HTTP Strict Transport Security (HSTS) policy is a security enhancement, which signals to the browser client that only HTTPS traffic is allowed on the route host. HSTS also optimizes web traffic by signaling HTTPS transport is required, without using HTTP redirects. HSTS is useful for speeding up interactions with websites.

When HSTS policy is enforced, HSTS adds a Strict Transport Security header to HTTP and HTTPS responses from the site. You can use the insecureEdgeTerminationPolicy value in a route to redirect HTTP to HTTPS. When HSTS is enforced, the client changes all requests from the HTTP URL to HTTPS before the request is sent, eliminating the need for a redirect.

Cluster administrators can configure HSTS to do the following:

  • Enable HSTS per-route
  • Disable HSTS per-route
  • Enforce HSTS per-domain, for a set of domains, or use namespace labels in combination with domains
Important

HSTS works only with secure routes, either edge-terminated or re-encrypt. The configuration is ineffective on HTTP or passthrough routes.

27.1.4.1. Enabling HTTP Strict Transport Security per-route

HTTP strict transport security (HSTS) is implemented in the HAProxy template and applied to edge and re-encrypt routes that have the haproxy.router.openshift.io/hsts_header annotation.

Prerequisites

  • You are logged in to the cluster with a user with administrator privileges for the project.
  • You installed the oc CLI.

Procedure

  • To enable HSTS on a route, add the haproxy.router.openshift.io/hsts_header value to the edge-terminated or re-encrypt route. You can use the oc annotate tool to do this by running the following command: 

    $ oc annotate route <route_name> -n <namespace> --overwrite=true "haproxy.router.openshift.io/hsts_header"="max-age=31536000;\ 1
includeSubDomains;preload"
    1
    In this example, the maximum age is set to 31536000 ms, which is approximately eight and a half hours.
    Note

    In this example, the equal sign (=) is in quotes. This is required to properly execute the annotate command.

    Example route configured with an annotation

    apiVersion: route.openshift.io/v1
kind: Route
metadata:
  annotations:
    haproxy.router.openshift.io/hsts_header: max-age=31536000;includeSubDomains;preload 1 2 3
...
spec:
  host: def.abc.com
  tls:
    termination: "reencrypt"
    ...
  wildcardPolicy: "Subdomain"

    1
    Required. max-age measures the length of time, in seconds, that the HSTS policy is in effect. If set to 0, it negates the policy.
    2
    Optional. When included, includeSubDomains tells the client that all subdomains of the host must have the same HSTS policy as the host.
    3
    Optional. When max-age is greater than 0, you can add preload in haproxy.router.openshift.io/hsts_header to allow external services to include this site in their HSTS preload lists. For example, sites such as Google can construct a list of sites that have preload set. Browsers can then use these lists to determine which sites they can communicate with over HTTPS, even before they have interacted with the site. Without preload set, browsers must have interacted with the site over HTTPS, at least once, to get the header.
27.1.4.2. Disabling HTTP Strict Transport Security per-route

To disable HTTP strict transport security (HSTS) per-route, you can set the max-age value in the route annotation to 0.

Prerequisites

  • You are logged in to the cluster with a user with administrator privileges for the project.
  • You installed the oc CLI.

Procedure

  • To disable HSTS, set the max-age value in the route annotation to 0, by entering the following command: 

    $ oc annotate route <route_name> -n <namespace> --overwrite=true "haproxy.router.openshift.io/hsts_header"="max-age=0"
    Tip

    You can alternatively apply the following YAML to create the config map:

    Example of disabling HSTS per-route

    metadata:
  annotations:
    haproxy.router.openshift.io/hsts_header: max-age=0

  • To disable HSTS for every route in a namespace, enter the following command: 

    $ oc annotate route --all -n <namespace> --overwrite=true "haproxy.router.openshift.io/hsts_header"="max-age=0"

Verification

  1. To query the annotation for all routes, enter the following command: 

    $ oc get route  --all-namespaces -o go-template='{{range .items}}{{if .metadata.annotations}}{{$a := index .metadata.annotations "haproxy.router.openshift.io/hsts_header"}}{{$n := .metadata.name}}{{with $a}}Name: {{$n}} HSTS: {{$a}}{{"\n"}}{{else}}{{""}}{{end}}{{end}}{{end}}'

    Example output

    Name: routename HSTS: max-age=0

27.1.4.3. Enforcing HTTP Strict Transport Security per-domain

To enforce HTTP Strict Transport Security (HSTS) per-domain for secure routes, add a requiredHSTSPolicies record to the Ingress spec to capture the configuration of the HSTS policy.

If you configure a requiredHSTSPolicy to enforce HSTS, then any newly created route must be configured with a compliant HSTS policy annotation.

Note

To handle upgraded clusters with non-compliant HSTS routes, you can update the manifests at the source and apply the updates.

Note

You cannot use oc expose route or oc create route commands to add a route in a domain that enforces HSTS, because the API for these commands does not accept annotations.

Important

HSTS cannot be applied to insecure, or non-TLS routes, even if HSTS is requested for all routes globally.

Prerequisites

  • You are logged in to the cluster with a user with administrator privileges for the project.
  • You installed the oc CLI.

Procedure

  1. Edit the Ingress config file: 

    $ oc edit ingresses.config.openshift.io/cluster

    Example HSTS policy

    apiVersion: config.openshift.io/v1
kind: Ingress
metadata:
  name: cluster
spec:
  domain: 'hello-openshift-default.apps.username.devcluster.openshift.com'
  requiredHSTSPolicies: 1
  - domainPatterns: 2
    - '*hello-openshift-default.apps.username.devcluster.openshift.com'
    - '*hello-openshift-default2.apps.username.devcluster.openshift.com'
    namespaceSelector: 3
      matchLabels:
        myPolicy: strict
    maxAge: 4
      smallestMaxAge: 1
      largestMaxAge: 31536000
    preloadPolicy: RequirePreload 5
    includeSubDomainsPolicy: RequireIncludeSubDomains 6
  - domainPatterns: 7
    - 'abc.example.com'
    - '*xyz.example.com'
    namespaceSelector:
      matchLabels: {}
    maxAge: {}
    preloadPolicy: NoOpinion
    includeSubDomainsPolicy: RequireNoIncludeSubDomains

    1
    Required. requiredHSTSPolicies are validated in order, and the first matching domainPatterns applies.
    2 7
    Required. You must specify at least one domainPatterns hostname. Any number of domains can be listed. You can include multiple sections of enforcing options for different domainPatterns.
    3
    Optional. If you include namespaceSelector, it must match the labels of the project where the routes reside, to enforce the set HSTS policy on the routes. Routes that only match the namespaceSelector and not the domainPatterns are not validated.
    4
    Required. max-age measures the length of time, in seconds, that the HSTS policy is in effect. This policy setting allows for a smallest and largest max-age to be enforced.
    • The largestMaxAge value must be between 0 and 2147483647. It can be left unspecified, which means no upper limit is enforced.
    • The smallestMaxAge value must be between 0 and 2147483647. Enter 0 to disable HSTS for troubleshooting, otherwise enter 1 if you never want HSTS to be disabled. It can be left unspecified, which means no lower limit is enforced.
    5
    Optional. Including preload in haproxy.router.openshift.io/hsts_header allows external services to include this site in their HSTS preload lists. Browsers can then use these lists to determine which sites they can communicate with over HTTPS, before they have interacted with the site. Without preload set, browsers need to interact at least once with the site to get the header. preload can be set with one of the following:
    • RequirePreload: preload is required by the RequiredHSTSPolicy.
    • RequireNoPreload: preload is forbidden by the RequiredHSTSPolicy.
    • NoOpinion: preload does not matter to the RequiredHSTSPolicy.
    6
    Optional. includeSubDomainsPolicy can be set with one of the following:
    • RequireIncludeSubDomains: includeSubDomains is required by the RequiredHSTSPolicy.
    • RequireNoIncludeSubDomains: includeSubDomains is forbidden by the RequiredHSTSPolicy.
    • NoOpinion: includeSubDomains does not matter to the RequiredHSTSPolicy.

  2. You can apply HSTS to all routes in the cluster or in a particular namespace by entering the oc annotate command.

    • To apply HSTS to all routes in the cluster, enter the oc annotate command. For example: 

      $ oc annotate route --all --all-namespaces --overwrite=true "haproxy.router.openshift.io/hsts_header"="max-age=31536000"

    • To apply HSTS to all routes in a particular namespace, enter the oc annotate command. For example: 

      $ oc annotate route --all -n my-namespace --overwrite=true "haproxy.router.openshift.io/hsts_header"="max-age=31536000"

Verification

You can review the HSTS policy you configured. For example:

  • To review the maxAge set for required HSTS policies, enter the following command: 

    $ oc get clusteroperator/ingress -n openshift-ingress-operator -o jsonpath='{range .spec.requiredHSTSPolicies[*]}{.spec.requiredHSTSPolicies.maxAgePolicy.largestMaxAge}{"\n"}{end}'

  • To review the HSTS annotations on all routes, enter the following command: 

    $ oc get route  --all-namespaces -o go-template='{{range .items}}{{if .metadata.annotations}}{{$a := index .metadata.annotations "haproxy.router.openshift.io/hsts_header"}}{{$n := .metadata.name}}{{with $a}}Name: {{$n}} HSTS: {{$a}}{{"\n"}}{{else}}{{""}}{{end}}{{end}}{{end}}'

    Example output

    Name: <_routename_> HSTS: max-age=31536000;preload;includeSubDomains

27.1.5. Throughput issue troubleshooting methods

Sometimes applications deployed by using OpenShift Container Platform can cause network throughput issues, such as unusually high latency between specific services.

If pod logs do not reveal any cause of the problem, use the following methods to analyze performance issues:

  • Use a packet analyzer, such as ping or tcpdump to analyze traffic between a pod and its node.

    For example, run the tcpdump tool on each pod while reproducing the behavior that led to the issue. Review the captures on both sides to compare send and receive timestamps to analyze the latency of traffic to and from a pod. Latency can occur in OpenShift Container Platform if a node interface is overloaded with traffic from other pods, storage devices, or the data plane. 

    $ tcpdump -s 0 -i any -w /tmp/dump.pcap host <podip 1> && host <podip 2> 1
    1
    podip is the IP address for the pod. Run the oc get pod <pod_name> -o wide command to get the IP address of a pod.

    The tcpdump command generates a file at /tmp/dump.pcap containing all traffic between these two pods. You can run the analyzer shortly before the issue is reproduced and stop the analyzer shortly after the issue is finished reproducing to minimize the size of the file. You can also run a packet analyzer between the nodes (eliminating the SDN from the equation) with: 

    $ tcpdump -s 0 -i any -w /tmp/dump.pcap port 4789

  • Use a bandwidth measuring tool, such as iperf, to measure streaming throughput and UDP throughput. Locate any bottlenecks by running the tool from the pods first, and then running it from the nodes.

  • In some cases, the cluster may mark the node with the router pod as unhealthy due to latency issues. Use worker latency profiles to adjust the frequency that the cluster waits for a status update from the node before taking action.
  • If your cluster has designated lower-latency and higher-latency nodes, configure the spec.nodePlacement field in the Ingress Controller to control the placement of the router pod.

Additional resources

27.1.6. Using cookies to keep route statefulness

OpenShift Container Platform provides sticky sessions, which enables stateful application traffic by ensuring all traffic hits the same endpoint. However, if the endpoint pod terminates, whether through restart, scaling, or a change in configuration, this statefulness can disappear.

OpenShift Container Platform can use cookies to configure session persistence. The Ingress controller selects an endpoint to handle any user requests, and creates a cookie for the session. The cookie is passed back in the response to the request and the user sends the cookie back with the next request in the session. The cookie tells the Ingress Controller which endpoint is handling the session, ensuring that client requests use the cookie so that they are routed to the same pod.

Note

Cookies cannot be set on passthrough routes, because the HTTP traffic cannot be seen. Instead, a number is calculated based on the source IP address, which determines the backend.

If backends change, the traffic can be directed to the wrong server, making it less sticky. If you are using a load balancer, which hides source IP, the same number is set for all connections and traffic is sent to the same pod.

27.1.7. Path-based routes

Path-based routes specify a path component that can be compared against a URL, which requires that the traffic for the route be HTTP based. Thus, multiple routes can be served using the same hostname, each with a different path. Routers should match routes based on the most specific path to the least.

The following table shows example routes and their accessibility:

Table 27.1. Route availability
RouteWhen Compared toAccessible

www.example.com/test

www.example.com/test

Yes

www.example.com

No

www.example.com/test and www.example.com

www.example.com/test

Yes

www.example.com

Yes

www.example.com

www.example.com/text

Yes (Matched by the host, not the route)

www.example.com

Yes

An unsecured route with a path

apiVersion: route.openshift.io/v1
kind: Route
metadata:
  name: route-unsecured
spec:
  host: www.example.com
  path: "/test" 1
  to:
    kind: Service
    name: service-name

1
The path is the only added attribute for a path-based route.
Note

Path-based routing is not available when using passthrough TLS, as the router does not terminate TLS in that case and cannot read the contents of the request.

27.1.8. Route-specific annotations

The Ingress Controller can set the default options for all the routes it exposes. An individual route can override some of these defaults by providing specific configurations in its annotations. Red Hat does not support adding a route annotation to an operator-managed route.

Important

To create a whitelist with multiple source IPs or subnets, use a space-delimited list. Any other delimiter type causes the list to be ignored without a warning or error message.

Table 27.2. Route annotations
VariableDescriptionEnvironment variable used as default

haproxy.router.openshift.io/balance

Sets the load-balancing algorithm. Available options are random, source, roundrobin, and leastconn. The default value is source for TLS passthrough routes. For all other routes, the default is random.

ROUTER_TCP_BALANCE_SCHEME for passthrough routes. Otherwise, use ROUTER_LOAD_BALANCE_ALGORITHM.

haproxy.router.openshift.io/disable_cookies

Disables the use of cookies to track related connections. If set to 'true' or 'TRUE', the balance algorithm is used to choose which back-end serves connections for each incoming HTTP request.

 

router.openshift.io/cookie_name

Specifies an optional cookie to use for this route. The name must consist of any combination of upper and lower case letters, digits, "_", and "-". The default is the hashed internal key name for the route.

 

haproxy.router.openshift.io/pod-concurrent-connections

Sets the maximum number of connections that are allowed to a backing pod from a router.
Note: If there are multiple pods, each can have this many connections. If you have multiple routers, there is no coordination among them, each may connect this many times. If not set, or set to 0, there is no limit.

 

haproxy.router.openshift.io/rate-limit-connections

Setting 'true' or 'TRUE' enables rate limiting functionality which is implemented through stick-tables on the specific backend per route.
Note: Using this annotation provides basic protection against denial-of-service attacks.

 

haproxy.router.openshift.io/rate-limit-connections.concurrent-tcp

Limits the number of concurrent TCP connections made through the same source IP address. It accepts a numeric value.
Note: Using this annotation provides basic protection against denial-of-service attacks.

 

haproxy.router.openshift.io/rate-limit-connections.rate-http

Limits the rate at which a client with the same source IP address can make HTTP requests. It accepts a numeric value.
Note: Using this annotation provides basic protection against denial-of-service attacks.

 

haproxy.router.openshift.io/rate-limit-connections.rate-tcp

Limits the rate at which a client with the same source IP address can make TCP connections. It accepts a numeric value.
Note: Using this annotation provides basic protection against denial-of-service attacks.

 

haproxy.router.openshift.io/timeout

Sets a server-side timeout for the route. (TimeUnits)

ROUTER_DEFAULT_SERVER_TIMEOUT

haproxy.router.openshift.io/timeout-tunnel

This timeout applies to a tunnel connection, for example, WebSocket over cleartext, edge, reencrypt, or passthrough routes. With cleartext, edge, or reencrypt route types, this annotation is applied as a timeout tunnel with the existing timeout value. For the passthrough route types, the annotation takes precedence over any existing timeout value set.

ROUTER_DEFAULT_TUNNEL_TIMEOUT

ingresses.config/cluster ingress.operator.openshift.io/hard-stop-after

You can set either an IngressController or the ingress config . This annotation redeploys the router and configures the HA proxy to emit the haproxy hard-stop-after global option, which defines the maximum time allowed to perform a clean soft-stop.

ROUTER_HARD_STOP_AFTER

router.openshift.io/haproxy.health.check.interval

Sets the interval for the back-end health checks. (TimeUnits)

ROUTER_BACKEND_CHECK_INTERVAL

haproxy.router.openshift.io/ip_whitelist

Sets an allowlist for the route. The allowlist is a space-separated list of IP addresses and CIDR ranges for the approved source addresses. Requests from IP addresses that are not in the allowlist are dropped.

The maximum number of IP addresses and CIDR ranges directly visible in the haproxy.config file is 61. [1]

 

haproxy.router.openshift.io/hsts_header

Sets a Strict-Transport-Security header for the edge terminated or re-encrypt route.

 

haproxy.router.openshift.io/rewrite-target

Sets the rewrite path of the request on the backend.

 

router.openshift.io/cookie-same-site

Sets a value to restrict cookies. The values are:

Lax: the browser does not send cookies on cross-site requests, but does send cookies when users navigate to the origin site from an external site. This is the default browser behavior when the SameSite value is not specified.

Strict: the browser sends cookies only for same-site requests.

None: the browser sends cookies for both cross-site and same-site requests.

This value is applicable to re-encrypt and edge routes only. For more information, see the SameSite cookies documentation.

 

haproxy.router.openshift.io/set-forwarded-headers

Sets the policy for handling the Forwarded and X-Forwarded-For HTTP headers per route. The values are:

append: appends the header, preserving any existing header. This is the default value.

replace: sets the header, removing any existing header.

never: never sets the header, but preserves any existing header.

if-none: sets the header if it is not already set.

ROUTER_SET_FORWARDED_HEADERS

  1. If the number of IP addresses and CIDR ranges in an allowlist exceeds 61, they are written into a separate file that is then referenced from haproxy.config. This file is stored in the var/lib/haproxy/router/whitelists folder.

    Note

    To ensure that the addresses are written to the allowlist, check that the full list of CIDR ranges are listed in the Ingress Controller configuration file. The etcd object size limit restricts how large a route annotation can be. Because of this, it creates a threshold for the maximum number of IP addresses and CIDR ranges that you can include in an allowlist.

Note

Environment variables cannot be edited.

Router timeout variables

TimeUnits are represented by a number followed by the unit: us *(microseconds), ms (milliseconds, default), s (seconds), m (minutes), h *(hours), d (days).

The regular expression is: [1-9][0-9]*(us\|ms\|s\|m\|h\|d).

VariableDefaultDescription

ROUTER_BACKEND_CHECK_INTERVAL

5000ms

Length of time between subsequent liveness checks on back ends.

ROUTER_CLIENT_FIN_TIMEOUT

1s

Controls the TCP FIN timeout period for the client connecting to the route. If the FIN sent to close the connection does not answer within the given time, HAProxy closes the connection. This is harmless if set to a low value and uses fewer resources on the router.

ROUTER_DEFAULT_CLIENT_TIMEOUT

30s

Length of time that a client has to acknowledge or send data.

ROUTER_DEFAULT_CONNECT_TIMEOUT

5s

The maximum connection time.

ROUTER_DEFAULT_SERVER_FIN_TIMEOUT

1s

Controls the TCP FIN timeout from the router to the pod backing the route.

ROUTER_DEFAULT_SERVER_TIMEOUT

30s

Length of time that a server has to acknowledge or send data.

ROUTER_DEFAULT_TUNNEL_TIMEOUT

1h

Length of time for TCP or WebSocket connections to remain open. This timeout period resets whenever HAProxy reloads.

ROUTER_SLOWLORIS_HTTP_KEEPALIVE

300s

Set the maximum time to wait for a new HTTP request to appear. If this is set too low, it can cause problems with browsers and applications not expecting a small keepalive value.

Some effective timeout values can be the sum of certain variables, rather than the specific expected timeout. For example, ROUTER_SLOWLORIS_HTTP_KEEPALIVE adjusts timeout http-keep-alive. It is set to 300s by default, but HAProxy also waits on tcp-request inspect-delay, which is set to 5s. In this case, the overall timeout would be 300s plus 5s.

ROUTER_SLOWLORIS_TIMEOUT

10s

Length of time the transmission of an HTTP request can take.

RELOAD_INTERVAL

5s

Allows the minimum frequency for the router to reload and accept new changes.

ROUTER_METRICS_HAPROXY_TIMEOUT

5s

Timeout for the gathering of HAProxy metrics.

A route setting custom timeout

apiVersion: route.openshift.io/v1
kind: Route
metadata:
  annotations:
    haproxy.router.openshift.io/timeout: 5500ms 1
...

1
Specifies the new timeout with HAProxy supported units (us, ms, s, m, h, d). If the unit is not provided, ms is the default.
Note

Setting a server-side timeout value for passthrough routes too low can cause WebSocket connections to timeout frequently on that route.

A route that allows only one specific IP address

metadata:
  annotations:
    haproxy.router.openshift.io/ip_whitelist: 192.168.1.10

A route that allows several IP addresses

metadata:
  annotations:
    haproxy.router.openshift.io/ip_whitelist: 192.168.1.10 192.168.1.11 192.168.1.12

A route that allows an IP address CIDR network

metadata:
  annotations:
    haproxy.router.openshift.io/ip_whitelist: 192.168.1.0/24

A route that allows both IP an address and IP address CIDR networks

metadata:
  annotations:
    haproxy.router.openshift.io/ip_whitelist: 180.5.61.153 192.168.1.0/24 10.0.0.0/8

A route specifying a rewrite target

apiVersion: route.openshift.io/v1
kind: Route
metadata:
  annotations:
    haproxy.router.openshift.io/rewrite-target: / 1
...

1
Sets / as rewrite path of the request on the backend.

Setting the haproxy.router.openshift.io/rewrite-target annotation on a route specifies that the Ingress Controller should rewrite paths in HTTP requests using this route before forwarding the requests to the backend application. The part of the request path that matches the path specified in spec.path is replaced with the rewrite target specified in the annotation.

The following table provides examples of the path rewriting behavior for various combinations of spec.path, request path, and rewrite target.

Table 27.3. rewrite-target examples:
Route.spec.pathRequest pathRewrite targetForwarded request path

/foo

/foo

/

/

/foo

/foo/

/

/

/foo

/foo/bar

/

/bar

/foo

/foo/bar/

/

/bar/

/foo

/foo

/bar

/bar

/foo

/foo/

/bar

/bar/

/foo

/foo/bar

/baz

/baz/bar

/foo

/foo/bar/

/baz

/baz/bar/

/foo/

/foo

/

N/A (request path does not match route path)

/foo/

/foo/

/

/

/foo/

/foo/bar

/

/bar

27.1.9. Configuring the route admission policy

Administrators and application developers can run applications in multiple namespaces with the same domain name. This is for organizations where multiple teams develop microservices that are exposed on the same hostname.

Warning

Allowing claims across namespaces should only be enabled for clusters with trust between namespaces, otherwise a malicious user could take over a hostname. For this reason, the default admission policy disallows hostname claims across namespaces.

Prerequisites

  • Cluster administrator privileges.

Procedure

  • Edit the .spec.routeAdmission field of the ingresscontroller resource variable using the following command: 

    $ oc -n openshift-ingress-operator patch ingresscontroller/default --patch '{"spec":{"routeAdmission":{"namespaceOwnership":"InterNamespaceAllowed"}}}' --type=merge

    Sample Ingress Controller configuration

    spec:
  routeAdmission:
    namespaceOwnership: InterNamespaceAllowed
...

    Tip

    You can alternatively apply the following YAML to configure the route admission policy: 

    apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: IngressController
metadata:
  name: default
  namespace: openshift-ingress-operator
spec:
  routeAdmission:
    namespaceOwnership: InterNamespaceAllowed

27.1.10. Creating a route through an Ingress object

Some ecosystem components have an integration with Ingress resources but not with route resources. To cover this case, OpenShift Container Platform automatically creates managed route objects when an Ingress object is created. These route objects are deleted when the corresponding Ingress objects are deleted.

Procedure

  1. Define an Ingress object in the OpenShift Container Platform console or by entering the oc create command:

    YAML Definition of an Ingress

    apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
kind: Ingress
metadata:
  name: frontend
  annotations:
    route.openshift.io/termination: "reencrypt" 1
    route.openshift.io/destination-ca-certificate-secret: secret-ca-cert 2
spec:
  rules:
  - host: www.example.com 3
    http:
      paths:
      - backend:
          service:
            name: frontend
            port:
              number: 443
        path: /
        pathType: Prefix
  tls:
  - hosts:
    - www.example.com
    secretName: example-com-tls-certificate

    1
    The route.openshift.io/termination annotation can be used to configure the spec.tls.termination field of the Route as Ingress has no field for this. The accepted values are edge, passthrough and reencrypt. All other values are silently ignored. When the annotation value is unset, edge is the default route. The TLS certificate details must be defined in the template file to implement the default edge route.
    3
    When working with an Ingress object, you must specify an explicit hostname, unlike when working with routes. You can use the <host_name>.<cluster_ingress_domain> syntax, for example apps.openshiftdemos.com, to take advantage of the *.<cluster_ingress_domain> wildcard DNS record and serving certificate for the cluster. Otherwise, you must ensure that there is a DNS record for the chosen hostname.

    1. If you specify the passthrough value in the route.openshift.io/termination annotation, set path to '' and pathType to ImplementationSpecific in the spec: 

        spec:
    rules:
    - host: www.example.com
      http:
        paths:
        - path: ''
          pathType: ImplementationSpecific
          backend:
            service:
              name: frontend
              port:
                number: 443
      $ oc apply -f ingress.yaml
    2
    The route.openshift.io/destination-ca-certificate-secret can be used on an Ingress object to define a route with a custom destination certificate (CA). The annotation references a kubernetes secret, secret-ca-cert that will be inserted into the generated route.
    1. To specify a route object with a destination CA from an ingress object, you must create a kubernetes.io/tls or Opaque type secret with a certificate in PEM-encoded format in the data.tls.crt specifier of the secret.

  2. List your routes: 

    $ oc get routes

    The result includes an autogenerated route whose name starts with frontend-: 

    NAME             HOST/PORT         PATH    SERVICES    PORT    TERMINATION          WILDCARD
frontend-gnztq   www.example.com           frontend    443     reencrypt/Redirect   None

    If you inspect this route, it looks this:

    YAML Definition of an autogenerated route

    apiVersion: route.openshift.io/v1
kind: Route
metadata:
  name: frontend-gnztq
  ownerReferences:
  - apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
    controller: true
    kind: Ingress
    name: frontend
    uid: 4e6c59cc-704d-4f44-b390-617d879033b6
spec:
  host: www.example.com
  path: /
  port:
    targetPort: https
  tls:
    certificate: |
      -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
      [...]
      -----END CERTIFICATE-----
    insecureEdgeTerminationPolicy: Redirect
    key: |
      -----BEGIN RSA PRIVATE KEY-----
      [...]
      -----END RSA PRIVATE KEY-----
    termination: reencrypt
    destinationCACertificate: |
      -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
      [...]
      -----END CERTIFICATE-----
  to:
    kind: Service
    name: frontend

27.1.11. Creating a route using the default certificate through an Ingress object

If you create an Ingress object without specifying any TLS configuration, OpenShift Container Platform generates an insecure route. To create an Ingress object that generates a secure, edge-terminated route using the default ingress certificate, you can specify an empty TLS configuration as follows.

Prerequisites

  • You have a service that you want to expose.
  • You have access to the OpenShift CLI (oc).

Procedure

  1. Create a YAML file for the Ingress object. In this example, the file is called example-ingress.yaml:

    YAML definition of an Ingress object

    apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
kind: Ingress
metadata:
  name: frontend
  ...
spec:
  rules:
    ...
  tls:
  - {} 1

    1
    Use this exact syntax to specify TLS without specifying a custom certificate.

  2. Create the Ingress object by running the following command: 

    $ oc create -f example-ingress.yaml

Verification

  • Verify that OpenShift Container Platform has created the expected route for the Ingress object by running the following command: 

    $ oc get routes -o yaml

    Example output

    apiVersion: v1
items:
- apiVersion: route.openshift.io/v1
  kind: Route
  metadata:
    name: frontend-j9sdd 1
    ...
  spec:
  ...
    tls: 2
      insecureEdgeTerminationPolicy: Redirect
      termination: edge 3
  ...

    1
    The name of the route includes the name of the Ingress object followed by a random suffix.
    2
    In order to use the default certificate, the route should not specify spec.certificate.
    3
    The route should specify the edge termination policy.

27.1.12. Creating a route using the destination CA certificate in the Ingress annotation

The route.openshift.io/destination-ca-certificate-secret annotation can be used on an Ingress object to define a route with a custom destination CA certificate.

Prerequisites

  • You may have a certificate/key pair in PEM-encoded files, where the certificate is valid for the route host.
  • You may have a separate CA certificate in a PEM-encoded file that completes the certificate chain.
  • You must have a separate destination CA certificate in a PEM-encoded file.
  • You must have a service that you want to expose.

Procedure

  1. Add the route.openshift.io/destination-ca-certificate-secret to the Ingress annotations: 

    apiVersion: networking.k8s.io/v1
kind: Ingress
metadata:
  name: frontend
  annotations:
    route.openshift.io/termination: "reencrypt"
    route.openshift.io/destination-ca-certificate-secret: secret-ca-cert 1
...
    1
    The annotation references a kubernetes secret.

  2. The secret referenced in this annotation will be inserted into the generated route.

    Example output

    apiVersion: route.openshift.io/v1
kind: Route
metadata:
  name: frontend
  annotations:
    route.openshift.io/termination: reencrypt
    route.openshift.io/destination-ca-certificate-secret: secret-ca-cert
spec:
...
  tls:
    insecureEdgeTerminationPolicy: Redirect
    termination: reencrypt
    destinationCACertificate: |
      -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
      [...]
      -----END CERTIFICATE-----
...

27.1.13. Configuring the OpenShift Container Platform Ingress Controller for dual-stack networking

If your OpenShift Container Platform cluster is configured for IPv4 and IPv6 dual-stack networking, your cluster is externally reachable by OpenShift Container Platform routes.

The Ingress Controller automatically serves services that have both IPv4 and IPv6 endpoints, but you can configure the Ingress Controller for single-stack or dual-stack services.

Prerequisites

  • You deployed an OpenShift Container Platform cluster on bare metal.
  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).

Procedure

  1. To have the Ingress Controller serve traffic over IPv4/IPv6 to a workload, you can create a service YAML file or modify an existing service YAML file by setting the ipFamilies and ipFamilyPolicy fields. For example:

    Sample service YAML file

    apiVersion: v1
kind: Service
metadata:
  creationTimestamp: yyyy-mm-ddT00:00:00Z
  labels:
    name: <service_name>
    manager: kubectl-create
    operation: Update
    time: yyyy-mm-ddT00:00:00Z
  name: <service_name>
  namespace: <namespace_name>
  resourceVersion: "<resource_version_number>"
  selfLink: "/api/v1/namespaces/<namespace_name>/services/<service_name>"
  uid: <uid_number>
spec:
  clusterIP: 172.30.0.0/16
  clusterIPs: 1
  - 172.30.0.0/16
  - <second_IP_address>
  ipFamilies: 2
  - IPv4
  - IPv6
  ipFamilyPolicy: RequireDualStack 3
  ports:
  - port: 8080
    protocol: TCP
    targetport: 8080
  selector:
    name: <namespace_name>
  sessionAffinity: None
  type: ClusterIP
status:
  loadbalancer: {}

    1
    In a dual-stack instance, there are two different clusterIPs provided.
    2
    For a single-stack instance, enter IPv4 or IPv6. For a dual-stack instance, enter both IPv4 and IPv6.
    3
    For a single-stack instance, enter SingleStack. For a dual-stack instance, enter RequireDualStack.

    These resources generate corresponding endpoints. The Ingress Controller now watches endpointslices.

  2. To view endpoints, enter the following command: 

    $ oc get endpoints

  3. To view endpointslices, enter the following command: 

    $ oc get endpointslices

Additional resources

27.2. Secured routes

Secure routes provide the ability to use several types of TLS termination to serve certificates to the client. The following sections describe how to create re-encrypt, edge, and passthrough routes with custom certificates.

Important

If you create routes in Microsoft Azure through public endpoints, the resource names are subject to restriction. You cannot create resources that use certain terms. For a list of terms that Azure restricts, see Resolve reserved resource name errors in the Azure documentation.

27.2.1. Creating a re-encrypt route with a custom certificate

You can configure a secure route using reencrypt TLS termination with a custom certificate by using the oc create route command.

Prerequisites

  • You must have a certificate/key pair in PEM-encoded files, where the certificate is valid for the route host.
  • You may have a separate CA certificate in a PEM-encoded file that completes the certificate chain.
  • You must have a separate destination CA certificate in a PEM-encoded file.
  • You must have a service that you want to expose.
Note

Password protected key files are not supported. To remove a passphrase from a key file, use the following command: 

$ openssl rsa -in password_protected_tls.key -out tls.key

Procedure

This procedure creates a Route resource with a custom certificate and reencrypt TLS termination. The following assumes that the certificate/key pair are in the tls.crt and tls.key files in the current working directory. You must also specify a destination CA certificate to enable the Ingress Controller to trust the service’s certificate. You may also specify a CA certificate if needed to complete the certificate chain. Substitute the actual path names for tls.crt, tls.key, cacert.crt, and (optionally) ca.crt. Substitute the name of the Service resource that you want to expose for frontend. Substitute the appropriate hostname for www.example.com.

  • Create a secure Route resource using reencrypt TLS termination and a custom certificate: 

    $ oc create route reencrypt --service=frontend --cert=tls.crt --key=tls.key --dest-ca-cert=destca.crt --ca-cert=ca.crt --hostname=www.example.com

    If you examine the resulting Route resource, it should look similar to the following:

    YAML Definition of the Secure Route

    apiVersion: route.openshift.io/v1
kind: Route
metadata:
  name: frontend
spec:
  host: www.example.com
  to:
    kind: Service
    name: frontend
  tls:
    termination: reencrypt
    key: |-
      -----BEGIN PRIVATE KEY-----
      [...]
      -----END PRIVATE KEY-----
    certificate: |-
      -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
      [...]
      -----END CERTIFICATE-----
    caCertificate: |-
      -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
      [...]
      -----END CERTIFICATE-----
    destinationCACertificate: |-
      -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
      [...]
      -----END CERTIFICATE-----

    See oc create route reencrypt --help for more options.

27.2.2. Creating an edge route with a custom certificate

You can configure a secure route using edge TLS termination with a custom certificate by using the oc create route command. With an edge route, the Ingress Controller terminates TLS encryption before forwarding traffic to the destination pod. The route specifies the TLS certificate and key that the Ingress Controller uses for the route.

Prerequisites

  • You must have a certificate/key pair in PEM-encoded files, where the certificate is valid for the route host.
  • You may have a separate CA certificate in a PEM-encoded file that completes the certificate chain.
  • You must have a service that you want to expose.
Note

Password protected key files are not supported. To remove a passphrase from a key file, use the following command: 

$ openssl rsa -in password_protected_tls.key -out tls.key

Procedure

This procedure creates a Route resource with a custom certificate and edge TLS termination. The following assumes that the certificate/key pair are in the tls.crt and tls.key files in the current working directory. You may also specify a CA certificate if needed to complete the certificate chain. Substitute the actual path names for tls.crt, tls.key, and (optionally) ca.crt. Substitute the name of the service that you want to expose for frontend. Substitute the appropriate hostname for www.example.com.

  • Create a secure Route resource using edge TLS termination and a custom certificate. 

    $ oc create route edge --service=frontend --cert=tls.crt --key=tls.key --ca-cert=ca.crt --hostname=www.example.com

    If you examine the resulting Route resource, it should look similar to the following:

    YAML Definition of the Secure Route

    apiVersion: route.openshift.io/v1
kind: Route
metadata:
  name: frontend
spec:
  host: www.example.com
  to:
    kind: Service
    name: frontend
  tls:
    termination: edge
    key: |-
      -----BEGIN PRIVATE KEY-----
      [...]
      -----END PRIVATE KEY-----
    certificate: |-
      -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
      [...]
      -----END CERTIFICATE-----
    caCertificate: |-
      -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
      [...]
      -----END CERTIFICATE-----

    See oc create route edge --help for more options.

27.2.3. Creating a passthrough route

You can configure a secure route using passthrough termination by using the oc create route command. With passthrough termination, encrypted traffic is sent straight to the destination without the router providing TLS termination. Therefore no key or certificate is required on the route.

Prerequisites

  • You must have a service that you want to expose.

Procedure

  • Create a Route resource: 

    $ oc create route passthrough route-passthrough-secured --service=frontend --port=8080

    If you examine the resulting Route resource, it should look similar to the following:

    A Secured Route Using Passthrough Termination

    apiVersion: route.openshift.io/v1
kind: Route
metadata:
  name: route-passthrough-secured 1
spec:
  host: www.example.com
  port:
    targetPort: 8080
  tls:
    termination: passthrough 2
    insecureEdgeTerminationPolicy: None 3
  to:
    kind: Service
    name: frontend

    1
    The name of the object, which is limited to 63 characters.
    2
    The termination field is set to passthrough. This is the only required tls field.
    3
    Optional insecureEdgeTerminationPolicy. The only valid values are None, Redirect, or empty for disabled.

    The destination pod is responsible for serving certificates for the traffic at the endpoint. This is currently the only method that can support requiring client certificates, also known as two-way authentication.

Chapter 28. Configuring ingress cluster traffic

28.1. Configuring ingress cluster traffic overview

OpenShift Container Platform provides the following methods for communicating from outside the cluster with services running in the cluster.

The methods are recommended, in order or preference:

  • If you have HTTP/HTTPS, use an Ingress Controller.
  • If you have a TLS-encrypted protocol other than HTTPS. For example, for TLS with the SNI header, use an Ingress Controller.
  • Otherwise, use a Load Balancer, an External IP, or a NodePort.
MethodPurpose

Use an Ingress Controller

Allows access to HTTP/HTTPS traffic and TLS-encrypted protocols other than HTTPS (for example, TLS with the SNI header).

Automatically assign an external IP using a load balancer service

Allows traffic to non-standard ports through an IP address assigned from a pool. Most cloud platforms offer a method to start a service with a load-balancer IP address.

About MetalLB and the MetalLB Operator

Allows traffic to a specific IP address or address from a pool on the machine network. For bare-metal installations or platforms that are like bare metal, MetalLB provides a way to start a service with a load-balancer IP address.

Manually assign an external IP to a service

Allows traffic to non-standard ports through a specific IP address.

Configure a NodePort

Expose a service on all nodes in the cluster.

28.1.1. Comparision: Fault tolerant access to external IP addresses

For the communication methods that provide access to an external IP address, fault tolerant access to the IP address is another consideration. The following features provide fault tolerant access to an external IP address.

IP failover
IP failover manages a pool of virtual IP address for a set of nodes. It is implemented with Keepalived and Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP). IP failover is a layer 2 mechanism only and relies on multicast. Multicast can have disadvantages for some networks.
MetalLB
MetalLB has a layer 2 mode, but it does not use multicast. Layer 2 mode has a disadvantage that it transfers all traffic for an external IP address through one node.
Manually assigning external IP addresses
You can configure your cluster with an IP address block that is used to assign external IP addresses to services. By default, this feature is disabled. This feature is flexible, but places the largest burden on the cluster or network administrator. The cluster is prepared to receive traffic that is destined for the external IP, but each customer has to decide how they want to route traffic to nodes.

28.2. Configuring ExternalIPs for services

As a cluster administrator, you can designate an IP address block that is external to the cluster that can send traffic to services in the cluster.

This functionality is generally most useful for clusters installed on bare-metal hardware.

28.2.1. Prerequisites

  • Your network infrastructure must route traffic for the external IP addresses to your cluster.

28.2.2. About ExternalIP

For non-cloud environments, OpenShift Container Platform supports the assignment of external IP addresses to a Service object spec.externalIPs[] field through the ExternalIP facility. By setting this field, OpenShift Container Platform assigns an additional virtual IP address to the service. The IP address can be outside the service network defined for the cluster. A service configured with an ExternalIP functions similarly to a service with type=NodePort, allowing you to direct traffic to a local node for load balancing.

You must configure your networking infrastructure to ensure that the external IP address blocks that you define are routed to the cluster. As a result, the IP address is not configured in the network interfaces from nodes. To handle the traffic, you must configure the routing and access to the external IP by using a method such as static Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) entries.

OpenShift Container Platform extends the ExternalIP functionality in Kubernetes by adding the following capabilities:

  • Restrictions on the use of external IP addresses by users through a configurable policy
  • Allocation of an external IP address automatically to a service upon request
Warning

Disabled by default, use of ExternalIP functionality can be a security risk, because in-cluster traffic to an external IP address is directed to that service. This could allow cluster users to intercept sensitive traffic destined for external resources.

Important

This feature is supported only in non-cloud deployments. For cloud deployments, use the load balancer services for automatic deployment of a cloud load balancer to target the endpoints of a service.

You can use either a MetalLB implementation or an IP failover deployment to attach an ExternalIP resource to a service in the following ways:

Automatic assignment of an external IP
OpenShift Container Platform automatically assigns an IP address from the autoAssignCIDRs CIDR block to the spec.externalIPs[] array when you create a Service object with spec.type=LoadBalancer set. In this case, OpenShift Container Platform implements a non-cloud version of the load balancer service type and assigns IP addresses to the services. Automatic assignment is disabled by default and must be configured by a cluster administrator as described in the following section.
Manual assignment of an external IP
OpenShift Container Platform uses the IP addresses assigned to the spec.externalIPs[] array when you create a Service object. You cannot specify an IP address that is already in use by another service.
28.2.2.1. Configuration for ExternalIP

Use of an external IP address in OpenShift Container Platform is governed by the following fields in the Network.config.openshift.io CR named cluster:

  • spec.externalIP.autoAssignCIDRs defines an IP address block used by the load balancer when choosing an external IP address for the service. OpenShift Container Platform supports only a single IP address block for automatic assignment. This can be simpler than having to manage the port space of a limited number of shared IP addresses when manually assigning ExternalIPs to services. If automatic assignment is enabled, a Service object with spec.type=LoadBalancer is allocated an external IP address.
  • spec.externalIP.policy defines the permissible IP address blocks when manually specifying an IP address. OpenShift Container Platform does not apply policy rules to IP address blocks defined by spec.externalIP.autoAssignCIDRs.

If routed correctly, external traffic from the configured external IP address block can reach service endpoints through any TCP or UDP port that the service exposes.

Important

As a cluster administrator, you must configure routing to externalIPs on both OpenShiftSDN and OVN-Kubernetes network types. You must also ensure that the IP address block you assign terminates at one or more nodes in your cluster. For more information, see Kubernetes External IPs.

OpenShift Container Platform supports both the automatic and manual assignment of IP addresses, and each address is guaranteed to be assigned to a maximum of one service. This ensures that each service can expose its chosen ports regardless of the ports exposed by other services.

Note

To use IP address blocks defined by autoAssignCIDRs in OpenShift Container Platform, you must configure the necessary IP address assignment and routing for your host network.

The following YAML describes a service with an external IP address configured:

Example Service object with spec.externalIPs[] set

apiVersion: v1
kind: Service
metadata:
  name: http-service
spec:
  clusterIP: 172.30.163.110
  externalIPs:
  - 192.168.132.253
  externalTrafficPolicy: Cluster
  ports:
  - name: highport
    nodePort: 31903
    port: 30102
    protocol: TCP
    targetPort: 30102
  selector:
    app: web
  sessionAffinity: None
  type: LoadBalancer
status:
  loadBalancer:
    ingress:
    - ip: 192.168.132.253

28.2.2.2. Restrictions on the assignment of an external IP address

As a cluster administrator, you can specify IP address blocks to allow and to reject.

Restrictions apply only to users without cluster-admin privileges. A cluster administrator can always set the service spec.externalIPs[] field to any IP address.

You configure IP address policy with a policy object defined by specifying the spec.ExternalIP.policy field. The policy object has the following shape: 

{
  "policy": {
    "allowedCIDRs": [],
    "rejectedCIDRs": []
  }
}

When configuring policy restrictions, the following rules apply:

  • If policy={} is set, then creating a Service object with spec.ExternalIPs[] set will fail. This is the default for OpenShift Container Platform. The behavior when policy=null is set is identical.

  • If policy is set and either policy.allowedCIDRs[] or policy.rejectedCIDRs[] is set, the following rules apply:

    • If allowedCIDRs[] and rejectedCIDRs[] are both set, then rejectedCIDRs[] has precedence over allowedCIDRs[].
    • If allowedCIDRs[] is set, creating a Service object with spec.ExternalIPs[] will succeed only if the specified IP addresses are allowed.
    • If rejectedCIDRs[] is set, creating a Service object with spec.ExternalIPs[] will succeed only if the specified IP addresses are not rejected.
28.2.2.3. Example policy objects

The examples that follow demonstrate several different policy configurations.

  • In the following example, the policy prevents OpenShift Container Platform from creating any service with an external IP address specified:

    Example policy to reject any value specified for Service object spec.externalIPs[]

    apiVersion: config.openshift.io/v1
kind: Network
metadata:
  name: cluster
spec:
  externalIP:
    policy: {}
  ...

  • In the following example, both the allowedCIDRs and rejectedCIDRs fields are set.

    Example policy that includes both allowed and rejected CIDR blocks

    apiVersion: config.openshift.io/v1
kind: Network
metadata:
  name: cluster
spec:
  externalIP:
    policy:
      allowedCIDRs:
      - 172.16.66.10/23
      rejectedCIDRs:
      - 172.16.66.10/24
  ...

  • In the following example, policy is set to null. If set to null, when inspecting the configuration object by entering oc get networks.config.openshift.io -o yaml, the policy field will not appear in the output.

    Example policy to allow any value specified for Service object spec.externalIPs[]

    apiVersion: config.openshift.io/v1
kind: Network
metadata:
  name: cluster
spec:
  externalIP:
    policy: null
  ...

28.2.3. ExternalIP address block configuration

The configuration for ExternalIP address blocks is defined by a Network custom resource (CR) named cluster. The Network CR is part of the config.openshift.io API group.

Important

During cluster installation, the Cluster Version Operator (CVO) automatically creates a Network CR named cluster. Creating any other CR objects of this type is not supported.

The following YAML describes the ExternalIP configuration:

Network.config.openshift.io CR named cluster

apiVersion: config.openshift.io/v1
kind: Network
metadata:
  name: cluster
spec:
  externalIP:
    autoAssignCIDRs: [] 1
    policy: 2
      ...

1
Defines the IP address block in CIDR format that is available for automatic assignment of external IP addresses to a service. Only a single IP address range is allowed.
2
Defines restrictions on manual assignment of an IP address to a service. If no restrictions are defined, specifying the spec.externalIP field in a Service object is not allowed. By default, no restrictions are defined.

The following YAML describes the fields for the policy stanza:

Network.config.openshift.io policy stanza

policy:
  allowedCIDRs: [] 1
  rejectedCIDRs: [] 2

1
A list of allowed IP address ranges in CIDR format.
2
A list of rejected IP address ranges in CIDR format.
Example external IP configurations

Several possible configurations for external IP address pools are displayed in the following examples:

  • The following YAML describes a configuration that enables automatically assigned external IP addresses:

    Example configuration with spec.externalIP.autoAssignCIDRs set

    apiVersion: config.openshift.io/v1
kind: Network
metadata:
  name: cluster
spec:
  ...
  externalIP:
    autoAssignCIDRs:
    - 192.168.132.254/29

  • The following YAML configures policy rules for the allowed and rejected CIDR ranges:

    Example configuration with spec.externalIP.policy set

    apiVersion: config.openshift.io/v1
kind: Network
metadata:
  name: cluster
spec:
  ...
  externalIP:
    policy:
      allowedCIDRs:
      - 192.168.132.0/29
      - 192.168.132.8/29
      rejectedCIDRs:
      - 192.168.132.7/32

28.2.4. Configure external IP address blocks for your cluster

As a cluster administrator, you can configure the following ExternalIP settings:

  • An ExternalIP address block used by OpenShift Container Platform to automatically populate the spec.clusterIP field for a Service object.
  • A policy object to restrict what IP addresses may be manually assigned to the spec.clusterIP array of a Service object.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Access to the cluster as a user with the cluster-admin role.

Procedure

  1. Optional: To display the current external IP configuration, enter the following command: 

    $ oc describe networks.config cluster

  2. To edit the configuration, enter the following command: 

    $ oc edit networks.config cluster

  3. Modify the ExternalIP configuration, as in the following example: 

    apiVersion: config.openshift.io/v1
kind: Network
metadata:
  name: cluster
spec:
  ...
  externalIP: 1
  ...
    1
    Specify the configuration for the externalIP stanza.

  4. To confirm the updated ExternalIP configuration, enter the following command: 

    $ oc get networks.config cluster -o go-template='{{.spec.externalIP}}{{"\n"}}'

28.2.5. Next steps

28.3. Configuring ingress cluster traffic using an Ingress Controller

OpenShift Container Platform provides methods for communicating from outside the cluster with services running in the cluster. This method uses an Ingress Controller.

28.3.1. Using Ingress Controllers and routes

The Ingress Operator manages Ingress Controllers and wildcard DNS.

Using an Ingress Controller is the most common way to allow external access to an OpenShift Container Platform cluster.

An Ingress Controller is configured to accept external requests and proxy them based on the configured routes. This is limited to HTTP, HTTPS using SNI, and TLS using SNI, which is sufficient for web applications and services that work over TLS with SNI.

Work with your administrator to configure an Ingress Controller to accept external requests and proxy them based on the configured routes.

The administrator can create a wildcard DNS entry and then set up an Ingress Controller. Then, you can work with the edge Ingress Controller without having to contact the administrators.

By default, every Ingress Controller in the cluster can admit any route created in any project in the cluster.

The Ingress Controller:

  • Has two replicas by default, which means it should be running on two worker nodes.
  • Can be scaled up to have more replicas on more nodes.
Note

The procedures in this section require prerequisites performed by the cluster administrator.

28.3.2. Prerequisites

Before starting the following procedures, the administrator must:

  • Set up the external port to the cluster networking environment so that requests can reach the cluster.

  • Make sure there is at least one user with cluster admin role. To add this role to a user, run the following command: 

    $ oc adm policy add-cluster-role-to-user cluster-admin username
  • You have an OpenShift Container Platform cluster with at least one master and at least one node and a system outside the cluster that has network access to the cluster. This procedure assumes that the external system is on the same subnet as the cluster. The additional networking required for external systems on a different subnet is out-of-scope for this topic.

28.3.3. Creating a project and service

If the project and service that you want to expose does not exist, create the project and then create the service.

If the project and service already exists, skip to the procedure on exposing the service to create a route.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc) and log in as a cluster administrator.

Procedure

  1. Create a new project for your service by running the oc new-project command: 

    $ oc new-project <project_name>

  2. Use the oc new-app command to create your service: 

    $ oc new-app nodejs:12~https://github.com/sclorg/nodejs-ex.git

  3. To verify that the service was created, run the following command: 

    $ oc get svc -n <project_name>

    Example output

    NAME        TYPE        CLUSTER-IP       EXTERNAL-IP   PORT(S)    AGE
nodejs-ex   ClusterIP   172.30.197.157   <none>        8080/TCP   70s

    Note

    By default, the new service does not have an external IP address.

28.3.4. Exposing the service by creating a route

You can expose the service as a route by using the oc expose command.

Prerequisites

  • You logged into OpenShift Container Platform.

Procedure

  1. Log in to the project where the service you want to expose is located: 

    $ oc project <project_name>

  2. Run the oc expose service command to expose the route: 

    $ oc expose service nodejs-ex

    Example output

    route.route.openshift.io/nodejs-ex exposed

  3. To verify that the service is exposed, you can use a tool, such as curl to check that the service is accessible from outside the cluster.

    1. To find the hostname of the route, enter the following command: 

      $ oc get route

      Example output

      NAME        HOST/PORT                        PATH   SERVICES    PORT       TERMINATION   WILDCARD
nodejs-ex   nodejs-ex-myproject.example.com         nodejs-ex   8080-tcp                 None

    2. To check that the host responds to a GET request, enter the following command:

      Example curl command

      $ curl --head nodejs-ex-myproject.example.com

      Example output

      HTTP/1.1 200 OK
...

28.3.5. Ingress sharding in OpenShift Container Platform

In OpenShift Container Platform, an Ingress Controller can serve all routes, or it can serve a subset of routes. By default, the Ingress Controller serves any route created in any namespace in the cluster. You can add additional Ingress Controllers to your cluster to optimize routing by creating shards, which are subsets of routes based on selected characteristics. To mark a route as a member of a shard, use labels in the route or namespace metadata field. The Ingress Controller uses selectors, also known as a selection expression, to select a subset of routes from the entire pool of routes to serve.

Ingress sharding is useful in cases where you want to load balance incoming traffic across multiple Ingress Controllers, when you want to isolate traffic to be routed to a specific Ingress Controller, or for a variety of other reasons described in the next section.

By default, each route uses the default domain of the cluster. However, routes can be configured to use the domain of the router instead.

28.3.6. Ingress Controller sharding

You can use Ingress sharding, also known as router sharding, to distribute a set of routes across multiple routers by adding labels to routes, namespaces, or both. The Ingress Controller uses a corresponding set of selectors to admit only the routes that have a specified label. Each Ingress shard comprises the routes that are filtered using a given selection expression.

As the primary mechanism for traffic to enter the cluster, the demands on the Ingress Controller can be significant. As a cluster administrator, you can shard the routes to:

  • Balance Ingress Controllers, or routers, with several routes to speed up responses to changes.
  • Allocate certain routes to have different reliability guarantees than other routes.
  • Allow certain Ingress Controllers to have different policies defined.
  • Allow only specific routes to use additional features.
  • Expose different routes on different addresses so that internal and external users can see different routes, for example.
  • Transfer traffic from one version of an application to another during a blue green deployment.

When Ingress Controllers are sharded, a given route is admitted to zero or more Ingress Controllers in the group. A route’s status describes whether an Ingress Controller has admitted it or not. An Ingress Controller will only admit a route if it is unique to its shard.

An Ingress Controller can use three sharding methods:

  • Adding only a namespace selector to the Ingress Controller, so that all routes in a namespace with labels that match the namespace selector are in the Ingress shard.
  • Adding only a route selector to the Ingress Controller, so that all routes with labels that match the route selector are in the Ingress shard.
  • Adding both a namespace selector and route selector to the Ingress Controller, so that routes with labels that match the route selector in a namespace with labels that match the namespace selector are in the Ingress shard.

With sharding, you can distribute subsets of routes over multiple Ingress Controllers. These subsets can be non-overlapping, also called traditional sharding, or overlapping, otherwise known as overlapped sharding.

28.3.6.1. Traditional sharding example

An example of a configured Ingress Controller finops-router that has the label selector spec.namespaceSelector.matchExpressions with key values set to finance and ops:

Example YAML definition for finops-router

apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: IngressController
metadata:
  name: finops-router
  namespace: openshift-ingress-operator
spec:
  namespaceSelector:
    matchExpressions:
    - key: name
      operator: In
      values:
      - finance
      - ops

An example of a configured Ingress Controller dev-router that has the label selector spec.namespaceSelector.matchLabels.name with the key value set to dev:

Example YAML definition for dev-router

apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: IngressController
metadata:
  name: dev-router
  namespace: openshift-ingress-operator
spec:
  namespaceSelector:
    matchLabels:
      name: dev

If all application routes are in separate namespaces, such as each labeled with name:finance, name:ops, and name:dev, the configuration effectively distributes your routes between the two Ingress Controllers. OpenShift Container Platform routes for console, authentication, and other purposes should not be handled.

In the previous scenario, sharding becomes a special case of partitioning, with no overlapping subsets. Routes are divided between router shards.

Warning

The default Ingress Controller continues to serve all routes unless the namespaceSelector or routeSelector fields contain routes that are meant for exclusion. See this Red Hat Knowledgebase solution and the section "Sharding the default Ingress Controller" for more information on how to exclude routes from the default Ingress Controller.

28.3.6.2. Overlapped sharding example

An example of a configured Ingress Controller devops-router that has the label selector spec.namespaceSelector.matchExpressions with key values set to dev and ops:

Example YAML definition for devops-router

apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: IngressController
metadata:
  name: devops-router
  namespace: openshift-ingress-operator
spec:
  namespaceSelector:
    matchExpressions:
    - key: name
      operator: In
      values:
      - dev
      - ops

The routes in the namespaces labeled name:dev and name:ops are now serviced by two different Ingress Controllers. With this configuration, you have overlapping subsets of routes.

With overlapping subsets of routes you can create more complex routing rules. For example, you can divert higher priority traffic to the dedicated finops-router while sending lower priority traffic to devops-router.

28.3.6.3. Sharding the default Ingress Controller

After creating a new Ingress shard, there might be routes that are admitted to your new Ingress shard that are also admitted by the default Ingress Controller. This is because the default Ingress Controller has no selectors and admits all routes by default.

You can restrict an Ingress Controller from servicing routes with specific labels using either namespace selectors or route selectors. The following procedure restricts the default Ingress Controller from servicing your newly sharded finance, ops, and dev, routes using a namespace selector. This adds further isolation to Ingress shards.

Important

You must keep all of OpenShift Container Platform’s administration routes on the same Ingress Controller. Therefore, avoid adding additional selectors to the default Ingress Controller that exclude these essential routes.

Prerequisites

  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You are logged in as a project administrator.

Procedure

  1. Modify the default Ingress Controller by running the following command: 

    $ oc edit ingresscontroller -n openshift-ingress-operator default

  2. Edit the Ingress Controller to contain a namespaceSelector that excludes the routes with any of the finance, ops, and dev labels: 

    apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: IngressController
metadata:
  name: default
  namespace: openshift-ingress-operator
spec:
  namespaceSelector:
    matchExpressions:
      - key: name
        operator: NotIn
        values:
          - finance
          - ops
          - dev

The default Ingress Controller will no longer serve the namespaces labeled name:finance, name:ops, and name:dev.

28.3.6.4. Ingress sharding and DNS

The cluster administrator is responsible for making a separate DNS entry for each router in a project. A router will not forward unknown routes to another router.

Consider the following example:

  • Router A lives on host 192.168.0.5 and has routes with *.foo.com.
  • Router B lives on host 192.168.1.9 and has routes with *.example.com.

Separate DNS entries must resolve *.foo.com to the node hosting Router A and *.example.com to the node hosting Router B:

  • *.foo.com A IN 192.168.0.5
  • *.example.com A IN 192.168.1.9
28.3.6.5. Configuring Ingress Controller sharding by using route labels

Ingress Controller sharding by using route labels means that the Ingress Controller serves any route in any namespace that is selected by the route selector.

Figure 28.1. Ingress sharding using route labels

A diagram showing multiple Ingress Controllers with different route selectors serving any route containing a label that matches a given route selector regardless of the namespace a route belongs to

Ingress Controller sharding is useful when balancing incoming traffic load among a set of Ingress Controllers and when isolating traffic to a specific Ingress Controller. For example, company A goes to one Ingress Controller and company B to another.

Procedure

  1. Edit the router-internal.yaml file: 

    apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: IngressController
metadata:
  name: sharded
  namespace: openshift-ingress-operator
spec:
  domain: <apps-sharded.basedomain.example.net> 1
  nodePlacement:
    nodeSelector:
      matchLabels:
        node-role.kubernetes.io/worker: ""
  routeSelector:
    matchLabels:
      type: sharded
    1
    Specify a domain to be used by the Ingress Controller. This domain must be different from the default Ingress Controller domain.

  2. Apply the Ingress Controller router-internal.yaml file: 

    # oc apply -f router-internal.yaml

    The Ingress Controller selects routes in any namespace that have the label type: sharded.

  3. Create a new route using the domain configured in the router-internal.yaml: 

    $ oc expose svc <service-name> --hostname <route-name>.apps-sharded.basedomain.example.net
28.3.6.6. Configuring Ingress Controller sharding by using namespace labels

Ingress Controller sharding by using namespace labels means that the Ingress Controller serves any route in any namespace that is selected by the namespace selector.

Figure 28.2. Ingress sharding using namespace labels

A diagram showing multiple Ingress Controllers with different namespace selectors serving routes that belong to the namespace containing a label that matches a given namespace selector

Ingress Controller sharding is useful when balancing incoming traffic load among a set of Ingress Controllers and when isolating traffic to a specific Ingress Controller. For example, company A goes to one Ingress Controller and company B to another.

Procedure

  1. Edit the router-internal.yaml file: 

    $ cat router-internal.yaml

    Example output

    apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: IngressController
metadata:
  name: sharded
  namespace: openshift-ingress-operator
spec:
  domain: <apps-sharded.basedomain.example.net> 1
  nodePlacement:
    nodeSelector:
      matchLabels:
        node-role.kubernetes.io/worker: ""
  namespaceSelector:
    matchLabels:
      type: sharded

    1
    Specify a domain to be used by the Ingress Controller. This domain must be different from the default Ingress Controller domain.

  2. Apply the Ingress Controller router-internal.yaml file: 

    $ oc apply -f router-internal.yaml

    The Ingress Controller selects routes in any namespace that is selected by the namespace selector that have the label type: sharded.

  3. Create a new route using the domain configured in the router-internal.yaml: 

    $ oc expose svc <service-name> --hostname <route-name>.apps-sharded.basedomain.example.net
28.3.6.7. Creating a route for Ingress Controller sharding

A route allows you to host your application at a URL. In this case, the hostname is not set and the route uses a subdomain instead. When you specify a subdomain, you automatically use the domain of the Ingress Controller that exposes the route. For situations where a route is exposed by multiple Ingress Controllers, the route is hosted at multiple URLs.

The following procedure describes how to create a route for Ingress Controller sharding, using the hello-openshift application as an example.

Ingress Controller sharding is useful when balancing incoming traffic load among a set of Ingress Controllers and when isolating traffic to a specific Ingress Controller. For example, company A goes to one Ingress Controller and company B to another.

Prerequisites

  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You are logged in as a project administrator.
  • You have a web application that exposes a port and an HTTP or TLS endpoint listening for traffic on the port.
  • You have configured the Ingress Controller for sharding.

Procedure

  1. Create a project called hello-openshift by running the following command: 

    $ oc new-project hello-openshift

  2. Create a pod in the project by running the following command: 

    $ oc create -f https://raw.githubusercontent.com/openshift/origin/master/examples/hello-openshift/hello-pod.json

  3. Create a service called hello-openshift by running the following command: 

    $ oc expose pod/hello-openshift

  4. Create a route definition called hello-openshift-route.yaml:

    YAML definition of the created route for sharding:

    apiVersion: route.openshift.io/v1
kind: Route
metadata:
  labels:
    type: sharded 1
  name: hello-openshift-edge
  namespace: hello-openshift
spec:
  subdomain: hello-openshift 2
  tls:
    termination: edge
  to:
    kind: Service
    name: hello-openshift

    1
    Both the label key and its corresponding label value must match the ones specified in the Ingress Controller. In this example, the Ingress Controller has the label key and value type: sharded.
    2
    The route will be exposed using the value of the subdomain field. When you specify the subdomain field, you must leave the hostname unset. If you specify both the host and subdomain fields, then the route will use the value of the host field, and ignore the subdomain field.

  5. Use hello-openshift-route.yaml to create a route to the hello-openshift application by running the following command: 

    $ oc -n hello-openshift create -f hello-openshift-route.yaml

Verification

  • Get the status of the route with the following command: 

    $ oc -n hello-openshift get routes/hello-openshift-edge -o yaml

    The resulting Route resource should look similar to the following:

    Example output

    apiVersion: route.openshift.io/v1
kind: Route
metadata:
  labels:
    type: sharded
  name: hello-openshift-edge
  namespace: hello-openshift
spec:
  subdomain: hello-openshift
  tls:
    termination: edge
  to:
    kind: Service
    name: hello-openshift
status:
  ingress:
  - host: hello-openshift.<apps-sharded.basedomain.example.net> 1
    routerCanonicalHostname: router-sharded.<apps-sharded.basedomain.example.net> 2
    routerName: sharded 3

    1
    The hostname the Ingress Controller, or router, uses to expose the route. The value of the host field is automatically determined by the Ingress Controller, and uses its domain. In this example, the domain of the Ingress Controller is <apps-sharded.basedomain.example.net>.
    2
    The hostname of the Ingress Controller.
    3
    The name of the Ingress Controller. In this example, the Ingress Controller has the name sharded.
Additional resources

28.4. Configuring the Ingress Controller endpoint publishing strategy

The endpointPublishingStrategy is used to publish the Ingress Controller endpoints to other networks, enable load balancer integrations, and provide access to other systems.

Important

On Red Hat OpenStack Platform (RHOSP), the LoadBalancerService endpoint publishing strategy is supported only if a cloud provider is configured to create health monitors. For RHOSP 16.2, this strategy is possible only if you use the Amphora Octavia provider.

For more information, see the "Setting RHOSP Cloud Controller Manager options" section of the RHOSP installation documentation.

28.4.1. Ingress Controller endpoint publishing strategy

NodePortService endpoint publishing strategy

The NodePortService endpoint publishing strategy publishes the Ingress Controller using a Kubernetes NodePort service.

In this configuration, the Ingress Controller deployment uses container networking. A NodePortService is created to publish the deployment. The specific node ports are dynamically allocated by OpenShift Container Platform; however, to support static port allocations, your changes to the node port field of the managed NodePortService are preserved.

Figure 28.3. Diagram of NodePortService

OpenShift Container Platform Ingress NodePort endpoint publishing strategy

The preceding graphic shows the following concepts pertaining to OpenShift Container Platform Ingress NodePort endpoint publishing strategy:

  • All the available nodes in the cluster have their own, externally accessible IP addresses. The service running in the cluster is bound to the unique NodePort for all the nodes.
  • When the client connects to a node that is down, for example, by connecting the 10.0.128.4 IP address in the graphic, the node port directly connects the client to an available node that is running the service. In this scenario, no load balancing is required. As the image shows, the 10.0.128.4 address is down and another IP address must be used instead.
Note

The Ingress Operator ignores any updates to .spec.ports[].nodePort fields of the service.

By default, ports are allocated automatically and you can access the port allocations for integrations. However, sometimes static port allocations are necessary to integrate with existing infrastructure which may not be easily reconfigured in response to dynamic ports. To achieve integrations with static node ports, you can update the managed service resource directly.

For more information, see the Kubernetes Services documentation on NodePort.

HostNetwork endpoint publishing strategy

The HostNetwork endpoint publishing strategy publishes the Ingress Controller on node ports where the Ingress Controller is deployed.

An Ingress Controller with the HostNetwork endpoint publishing strategy can have only one pod replica per node. If you want n replicas, you must use at least n nodes where those replicas can be scheduled. Because each pod replica requests ports 80 and 443 on the node host where it is scheduled, a replica cannot be scheduled to a node if another pod on the same node is using those ports.

The HostNetwork object has a hostNetwork field with the following default values for the optional binding ports: httpPort: 80, httpsPort: 443, and statsPort: 1936. By specifying different binding ports for your network, you can deploy multiple Ingress Controllers on the same node for the HostNetwork strategy.

Example

apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: IngressController
metadata:
  name: internal
  namespace: openshift-ingress-operator
spec:
  domain: example.com
  endpointPublishingStrategy:
    type: HostNetwork
    hostNetwork:
      httpPort: 80
      httpsPort: 443
      statsPort: 1936

28.4.1.1. Configuring the Ingress Controller endpoint publishing scope to Internal

When a cluster administrator installs a new cluster without specifying that the cluster is private, the default Ingress Controller is created with a scope set to External. Cluster administrators can change an External scoped Ingress Controller to Internal.

Prerequisites

  • You installed the oc CLI.

Procedure

  • To change an External scoped Ingress Controller to Internal, enter the following command: 

    $ oc -n openshift-ingress-operator patch ingresscontrollers/default --type=merge --patch='{"spec":{"endpointPublishingStrategy":{"type":"LoadBalancerService","loadBalancer":{"scope":"Internal"}}}}'

  • To check the status of the Ingress Controller, enter the following command: 

    $ oc -n openshift-ingress-operator get ingresscontrollers/default -o yaml

    • The Progressing status condition indicates whether you must take further action. For example, the status condition can indicate that you need to delete the service by entering the following command: 

      $ oc -n openshift-ingress delete services/router-default

      If you delete the service, the Ingress Operator recreates it as Internal.

28.4.1.2. Configuring the Ingress Controller endpoint publishing scope to External

When a cluster administrator installs a new cluster without specifying that the cluster is private, the default Ingress Controller is created with a scope set to External.

The Ingress Controller’s scope can be configured to be Internal during installation or after, and cluster administrators can change an Internal Ingress Controller to External.

Important

On some platforms, it is necessary to delete and recreate the service.

Changing the scope can cause disruption to Ingress traffic, potentially for several minutes. This applies to platforms where it is necessary to delete and recreate the service, because the procedure can cause OpenShift Container Platform to deprovision the existing service load balancer, provision a new one, and update DNS.

Prerequisites

  • You installed the oc CLI.

Procedure

  • To change an Internal scoped Ingress Controller to External, enter the following command: 

    $ oc -n openshift-ingress-operator patch ingresscontrollers/private --type=merge --patch='{"spec":{"endpointPublishingStrategy":{"type":"LoadBalancerService","loadBalancer":{"scope":"External"}}}}'

  • To check the status of the Ingress Controller, enter the following command: 

    $ oc -n openshift-ingress-operator get ingresscontrollers/default -o yaml

    • The Progressing status condition indicates whether you must take further action. For example, the status condition can indicate that you need to delete the service by entering the following command: 

      $ oc -n openshift-ingress delete services/router-default

      If you delete the service, the Ingress Operator recreates it as External.

28.4.1.3. Adding a single NodePort service to an Ingress Controller

Instead of creating a NodePort-type Service for each project, you can create a custom Ingress Controller to use the NodePortService endpoint publishing strategy. To prevent port conflicts, consider this configuration for your Ingress Controller when you want to apply a set of routes, through Ingress sharding, to nodes that might already have a HostNetwork Ingress Controller.

Before you set a NodePort-type Service for each project, read the following considerations:

  • You must create a wildcard DNS record for the Nodeport Ingress Controller domain. A Nodeport Ingress Controller route can be reached from the address of a worker node. For more information about the required DNS records for routes, see "User-provisioned DNS requirements".
  • You must expose a route for your service and specify the --hostname argument for your custom Ingress Controller domain.
  • You must append the port that is assigned to the NodePort-type Service in the route so that you can access application pods.

Prerequisites

  • You installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Logged in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.
  • You created a wildcard DNS record.

Procedure

  1. Create a custom resource (CR) file for the Ingress Controller:

    Example of a CR file that defines information for the IngressController object

    apiVersion: v1
items:
- apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
  kind: IngressController
  metadata:
    name: <custom_ic_name> 1
    namespace: openshift-ingress-operator
  spec:
    replicas: 1
    domain: <custom_ic_domain_name> 2
    nodePlacement:
      nodeSelector:
        matchLabels:
          <key>: <value> 3
    namespaceSelector:
     matchLabels:
       <key>: <value> 4
    endpointPublishingStrategy:
      type: NodePortService
# ...

    1
    Specify the a custom name for the IngressController CR.
    2
    The DNS name that the Ingress Controller services. As an example, the default ingresscontroller domain is apps.ipi-cluster.example.com, so you would specify the <custom_ic_domain_name> as nodeportsvc.ipi-cluster.example.com.
    3
    Specify the label for the nodes that include the custom Ingress Controller.
    4
    Specify the label for a set of namespaces. Substitute <key>:<value> with a map of key-value pairs where <key> is a unique name for the new label and <value> is its value. For example: ingresscontroller: custom-ic.

  2. Add a label to a node by using the oc label node command: 

    $ oc label node <node_name> <key>=<value> 1
    1
    Where <value> must match the key-value pair specified in the nodePlacement section of your IngressController CR.

  3. Create the IngressController object: 

    $ oc create -f <ingress_controller_cr>.yaml

  4. Find the port for the service created for the IngressController CR: 

    $ oc get svc -n openshift-ingress

    Example output that shows port 80:32432/TCP for the router-nodeport-custom-ic3 service

    NAME                        TYPE        CLUSTER-IP       EXTERNAL-IP   PORT(S)                                     AGE
router-internal-default      ClusterIP   172.30.195.74    <none>        80/TCP,443/TCP,1936/TCP                     223d
router-nodeport-custom-ic3   NodePort    172.30.109.219   <none>        80:32432/TCP,443:31366/TCP,1936:30499/TCP   155m

  5. To create a new project, enter the following command: 

    $ oc new-project <project_name>

  6. To label the new namespace, enter the following command: 

    $ oc label namespace <project_name> <key>=<value> 1
    1
    Where <key>=<value> must match the value in the namespaceSelector section of your Ingress Controller CR.

  7. Create a new application in your cluster: 

    $ oc new-app --image=<image_name> 1
    1
    An example of <image_name> is quay.io/openshifttest/hello-openshift:multiarch.

  8. Create a Route object for a service, so that the pod can use the service to expose the application external to the cluster. 

    $ oc expose svc/<service_name> --hostname=<svc_name>-<project_name>.<custom_ic_domain_name> 1
    Note

    You must specify the domain name of your custom Ingress Controller in the --hostname argument. If you do not do this, the Ingress Operator uses the default Ingress Controller to serve all the routes for your cluster.

  9. Check that the route has the Admitted status and that it includes metadata for the custom Ingress Controller: 

    $ oc get route/hello-openshift -o json | jq '.status.ingress'

    Example output

    # ...
{
  "conditions": [
    {
      "lastTransitionTime": "2024-05-17T18:25:41Z",
      "status": "True",
      "type": "Admitted"
    }
  ],
  [
    {
      "host": "hello-openshift.nodeportsvc.ipi-cluster.example.com",
      "routerCanonicalHostname": "router-nodeportsvc.nodeportsvc.ipi-cluster.example.com",
      "routerName": "nodeportsvc", "wildcardPolicy": "None"
    }
  ],
}

  10. Update the default IngressController CR to prevent the default Ingress Controller from managing the NodePort-type Service. The default Ingress Controller will continue to monitor all other cluster traffic. 

    $ oc patch --type=merge -n openshift-ingress-operator ingresscontroller/default --patch '{"spec":{"namespaceSelector":{"matchExpressions":[{"key":"<key>","operator":"NotIn","values":["<value>]}]}}}'

Verification

  1. Verify that the DNS entry can route inside and outside of your cluster by entering the following command. The command outputs the IP address of the node that received the label from running the oc label node command earlier in the procedure. 

    $ dig +short <svc_name>-<project_name>.<custom_ic_domain_name>

  2. To verify that your cluster uses the IP addresses from external DNS servers for DNS resolution, check the connection of your cluster by entering the following command: 

    $ curl <svc_name>-<project_name>.<custom_ic_domain_name>:<port> 1
    1 1
    Where <port> is the node port from the NodePort-type Service. Based on example output from the oc get svc -n openshift-ingress command, the 80:32432/TCP HTTP route means that 32432 is the node port.

    Output example

    Hello OpenShift!

28.4.2. Additional resources

28.5. Configuring ingress cluster traffic using a load balancer

OpenShift Container Platform provides methods for communicating from outside the cluster with services running in the cluster. This method uses a load balancer.

28.5.1. Using a load balancer to get traffic into the cluster

If you do not need a specific external IP address, you can configure a load balancer service to allow external access to an OpenShift Container Platform cluster.

A load balancer service allocates a unique IP. The load balancer has a single edge router IP, which can be a virtual IP (VIP), but is still a single machine for initial load balancing.

Note

If a pool is configured, it is done at the infrastructure level, not by a cluster administrator.

Note

The procedures in this section require prerequisites performed by the cluster administrator.

28.5.2. Prerequisites

Before starting the following procedures, the administrator must:

  • Set up the external port to the cluster networking environment so that requests can reach the cluster.

  • Make sure there is at least one user with cluster admin role. To add this role to a user, run the following command: 

    $ oc adm policy add-cluster-role-to-user cluster-admin username
  • Have an OpenShift Container Platform cluster with at least one master and at least one node and a system outside the cluster that has network access to the cluster. This procedure assumes that the external system is on the same subnet as the cluster. The additional networking required for external systems on a different subnet is out-of-scope for this topic.

28.5.3. Creating a project and service

If the project and service that you want to expose does not exist, create the project and then create the service.

If the project and service already exists, skip to the procedure on exposing the service to create a route.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc) and log in as a cluster administrator.

Procedure

  1. Create a new project for your service by running the oc new-project command: 

    $ oc new-project <project_name>

  2. Use the oc new-app command to create your service: 

    $ oc new-app nodejs:12~https://github.com/sclorg/nodejs-ex.git

  3. To verify that the service was created, run the following command: 

    $ oc get svc -n <project_name>

    Example output

    NAME        TYPE        CLUSTER-IP       EXTERNAL-IP   PORT(S)    AGE
nodejs-ex   ClusterIP   172.30.197.157   <none>        8080/TCP   70s

    Note

    By default, the new service does not have an external IP address.

28.5.4. Exposing the service by creating a route

You can expose the service as a route by using the oc expose command.

Prerequisites

  • You logged into OpenShift Container Platform.

Procedure

  1. Log in to the project where the service you want to expose is located: 

    $ oc project <project_name>

  2. Run the oc expose service command to expose the route: 

    $ oc expose service nodejs-ex

    Example output

    route.route.openshift.io/nodejs-ex exposed

  3. To verify that the service is exposed, you can use a tool, such as curl to check that the service is accessible from outside the cluster.

    1. To find the hostname of the route, enter the following command: 

      $ oc get route

      Example output

      NAME        HOST/PORT                        PATH   SERVICES    PORT       TERMINATION   WILDCARD
nodejs-ex   nodejs-ex-myproject.example.com         nodejs-ex   8080-tcp                 None

    2. To check that the host responds to a GET request, enter the following command:

      Example curl command

      $ curl --head nodejs-ex-myproject.example.com

      Example output

      HTTP/1.1 200 OK
...

28.5.5. Creating a load balancer service

Use the following procedure to create a load balancer service.

Prerequisites

  • Make sure that the project and service you want to expose exist.
  • Your cloud provider supports load balancers.

Procedure

To create a load balancer service:

  1. Log in to OpenShift Container Platform.

  2. Load the project where the service you want to expose is located. 

    $ oc project project1

  3. Open a text file on the control plane node and paste the following text, editing the file as needed:

    Sample load balancer configuration file

    apiVersion: v1
kind: Service
metadata:
  name: egress-2 1
spec:
  ports:
  - name: db
    port: 3306 2
  loadBalancerIP:
  loadBalancerSourceRanges: 3
  - 10.0.0.0/8
  - 192.168.0.0/16
  type: LoadBalancer 4
  selector:
    name: mysql 5

    1
    Enter a descriptive name for the load balancer service.
    2
    Enter the same port that the service you want to expose is listening on.
    3
    Enter a list of specific IP addresses to restrict traffic through the load balancer. This field is ignored if the cloud-provider does not support the feature.
    4
    Enter Loadbalancer as the type.
    5
    Enter the name of the service.
    Note

    To restrict the traffic through the load balancer to specific IP addresses, it is recommended to use the Ingress Controller field spec.endpointPublishingStrategy.loadBalancer.allowedSourceRanges. Do not set the loadBalancerSourceRanges field.

  4. Save and exit the file.

  5. Run the following command to create the service: 

    $ oc create -f <file-name>

    For example: 

    $ oc create -f mysql-lb.yaml

  6. Execute the following command to view the new service: 

    $ oc get svc

    Example output

    NAME       TYPE           CLUSTER-IP      EXTERNAL-IP                             PORT(S)          AGE
egress-2   LoadBalancer   172.30.22.226   ad42f5d8b303045-487804948.example.com   3306:30357/TCP   15m

    The service has an external IP address automatically assigned if there is a cloud provider enabled.

  7. On the master, use a tool, such as cURL, to make sure you can reach the service using the public IP address: 

    $ curl <public-ip>:<port>

    For example: 

    $ curl 172.29.121.74:3306

    The examples in this section use a MySQL service, which requires a client application. If you get a string of characters with the Got packets out of order message, you are connecting with the service:

    If you have a MySQL client, log in with the standard CLI command: 

    $ mysql -h 172.30.131.89 -u admin -p

    Example output

    Enter password:
Welcome to the MariaDB monitor.  Commands end with ; or \g.

MySQL [(none)]>

28.6. Configuring ingress cluster traffic on AWS

OpenShift Container Platform provides methods for communicating from outside the cluster with services running in the cluster. This method uses load balancers on AWS, specifically a Network Load Balancer (NLB) or a Classic Load Balancer (CLB). Both types of load balancers can forward the client’s IP address to the node, but a CLB requires proxy protocol support, which OpenShift Container Platform automatically enables.

There are two ways to configure an Ingress Controller to use an NLB:

  1. By force replacing the Ingress Controller that is currently using a CLB. This deletes the IngressController object and an outage will occur while the new DNS records propagate and the NLB is being provisioned.
  2. By editing an existing Ingress Controller that uses a CLB to use an NLB. This changes the load balancer without having to delete and recreate the IngressController object.

Both methods can be used to switch from an NLB to a CLB.

You can configure these load balancers on a new or existing AWS cluster.

28.6.1. Configuring Classic Load Balancer timeouts on AWS

OpenShift Container Platform provides a method for setting a custom timeout period for a specific route or Ingress Controller. Additionally, an AWS Classic Load Balancer (CLB) has its own timeout period with a default time of 60 seconds.

If the timeout period of the CLB is shorter than the route timeout or Ingress Controller timeout, the load balancer can prematurely terminate the connection. You can prevent this problem by increasing both the timeout period of the route and CLB.

28.6.1.1. Configuring route timeouts

You can configure the default timeouts for an existing route when you have services in need of a low timeout, which is required for Service Level Availability (SLA) purposes, or a high timeout, for cases with a slow back end.

Prerequisites

  • You need a deployed Ingress Controller on a running cluster.

Procedure

  1. Using the oc annotate command, add the timeout to the route: 

    $ oc annotate route <route_name> \
    --overwrite haproxy.router.openshift.io/timeout=<timeout><time_unit> 1
    1
    Supported time units are microseconds (us), milliseconds (ms), seconds (s), minutes (m), hours (h), or days (d).

    The following example sets a timeout of two seconds on a route named myroute: 

    $ oc annotate route myroute --overwrite haproxy.router.openshift.io/timeout=2s
28.6.1.2. Configuring Classic Load Balancer timeouts

You can configure the default timeouts for a Classic Load Balancer (CLB) to extend idle connections.

Prerequisites

  • You must have a deployed Ingress Controller on a running cluster.

Procedure

  1. Set an AWS connection idle timeout of five minutes for the default ingresscontroller by running the following command: 

    $ oc -n openshift-ingress-operator patch ingresscontroller/default \
    --type=merge --patch='{"spec":{"endpointPublishingStrategy": \
    {"type":"LoadBalancerService", "loadBalancer": \
    {"scope":"External", "providerParameters":{"type":"AWS", "aws": \
    {"type":"Classic", "classicLoadBalancer": \
    {"connectionIdleTimeout":"5m"}}}}}}}'

  2. Optional: Restore the default value of the timeout by running the following command: 

    $ oc -n openshift-ingress-operator patch ingresscontroller/default \
    --type=merge --patch='{"spec":{"endpointPublishingStrategy": \
    {"loadBalancer":{"providerParameters":{"aws":{"classicLoadBalancer": \
    {"connectionIdleTimeout":null}}}}}}}'
Note

You must specify the scope field when you change the connection timeout value unless the current scope is already set. When you set the scope field, you do not need to do so again if you restore the default timeout value.

28.6.2. Configuring ingress cluster traffic on AWS using a Network Load Balancer

OpenShift Container Platform provides methods for communicating from outside the cluster with services that run in the cluster. One such method uses a Network Load Balancer (NLB). You can configure an NLB on a new or existing AWS cluster.

28.6.2.1. Switching the Ingress Controller from using a Classic Load Balancer to a Network Load Balancer

You can switch the Ingress Controller that is using a Classic Load Balancer (CLB) to one that uses a Network Load Balancer (NLB) on AWS.

Switching between these load balancers will not delete the IngressController object.

Warning

This procedure might cause the following issues:

  • An outage that can last several minutes due to new DNS records propagation, new load balancers provisioning, and other factors. IP addresses and canonical names of the Ingress Controller load balancer might change after applying this procedure.
  • Leaked load balancer resources due to a change in the annotation of the service.

Procedure

  1. Modify the existing Ingress Controller that you want to switch to using an NLB. This example assumes that your default Ingress Controller has an External scope and no other customizations:

    Example ingresscontroller.yaml file

    apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: IngressController
metadata:
  creationTimestamp: null
  name: default
  namespace: openshift-ingress-operator
spec:
  endpointPublishingStrategy:
    loadBalancer:
      scope: External
      providerParameters:
        type: AWS
        aws:
          type: NLB
    type: LoadBalancerService

    Note

    If you do not specify a value for the spec.endpointPublishingStrategy.loadBalancer.providerParameters.aws.type field, the Ingress Controller uses the spec.loadBalancer.platform.aws.type value from the cluster Ingress configuration that was set during installation.

    Tip

    If your Ingress Controller has other customizations that you want to update, such as changing the domain, consider force replacing the Ingress Controller definition file instead.

  2. Apply the changes to the Ingress Controller YAML file by running the command: 

    $ oc apply -f ingresscontroller.yaml

    Expect several minutes of outages while the Ingress Controller updates.

28.6.2.2. Switching the Ingress Controller from using a Network Load Balancer to a Classic Load Balancer

You can switch the Ingress Controller that is using a Network Load Balancer (NLB) to one that uses a Classic Load Balancer (CLB) on AWS.

Switching between these load balancers will not delete the IngressController object.

Warning

This procedure might cause an outage that can last several minutes due to new DNS records propagation, new load balancers provisioning, and other factors. IP addresses and canonical names of the Ingress Controller load balancer might change after applying this procedure.

Procedure

  1. Modify the existing Ingress Controller that you want to switch to using a CLB. This example assumes that your default Ingress Controller has an External scope and no other customizations:

    Example ingresscontroller.yaml file

    apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: IngressController
metadata:
  creationTimestamp: null
  name: default
  namespace: openshift-ingress-operator
spec:
  endpointPublishingStrategy:
    loadBalancer:
      scope: External
      providerParameters:
        type: AWS
        aws:
          type: Classic
    type: LoadBalancerService

    Note

    If you do not specify a value for the spec.endpointPublishingStrategy.loadBalancer.providerParameters.aws.type field, the Ingress Controller uses the spec.loadBalancer.platform.aws.type value from the cluster Ingress configuration that was set during installation.

    Tip

    If your Ingress Controller has other customizations that you want to update, such as changing the domain, consider force replacing the Ingress Controller definition file instead.

  2. Apply the changes to the Ingress Controller YAML file by running the command: 

    $ oc apply -f ingresscontroller.yaml

    Expect several minutes of outages while the Ingress Controller updates.

28.6.2.3. Replacing Ingress Controller Classic Load Balancer with Network Load Balancer

You can replace an Ingress Controller that is using a Classic Load Balancer (CLB) with one that uses a Network Load Balancer (NLB) on AWS.

Warning

This procedure might cause the following issues:

  • An outage that can last several minutes due to new DNS records propagation, new load balancers provisioning, and other factors. IP addresses and canonical names of the Ingress Controller load balancer might change after applying this procedure.
  • Leaked load balancer resources due to a change in the annotation of the service.

Procedure

  1. Create a file with a new default Ingress Controller. The following example assumes that your default Ingress Controller has an External scope and no other customizations:

    Example ingresscontroller.yml file

    apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: IngressController
metadata:
  creationTimestamp: null
  name: default
  namespace: openshift-ingress-operator
spec:
  endpointPublishingStrategy:
    loadBalancer:
      scope: External
      providerParameters:
        type: AWS
        aws:
          type: NLB
    type: LoadBalancerService

    If your default Ingress Controller has other customizations, ensure that you modify the file accordingly.

    Tip

    If your Ingress Controller has no other customizations and you are only updating the load balancer type, consider following the procedure detailed in "Switching the Ingress Controller from using a Classic Load Balancer to a Network Load Balancer".

  2. Force replace the Ingress Controller YAML file: 

    $ oc replace --force --wait -f ingresscontroller.yml

    Wait until the Ingress Controller is replaced. Expect several of minutes of outages.

28.6.2.4. Configuring an Ingress Controller Network Load Balancer on an existing AWS cluster

You can create an Ingress Controller backed by an AWS Network Load Balancer (NLB) on an existing cluster.

Prerequisites

  • You must have an installed AWS cluster.

  • PlatformStatus of the infrastructure resource must be AWS.

    • To verify that the PlatformStatus is AWS, run: 

      $ oc get infrastructure/cluster -o jsonpath='{.status.platformStatus.type}'
AWS

Procedure

Create an Ingress Controller backed by an AWS NLB on an existing cluster.

  1. Create the Ingress Controller manifest: 

     $ cat ingresscontroller-aws-nlb.yaml

    Example output

    apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: IngressController
metadata:
  name: $my_ingress_controller1
  namespace: openshift-ingress-operator
spec:
  domain: $my_unique_ingress_domain2
  endpointPublishingStrategy:
    type: LoadBalancerService
    loadBalancer:
      scope: External3
      providerParameters:
        type: AWS
        aws:
          type: NLB

    1
    Replace $my_ingress_controller with a unique name for the Ingress Controller.
    2
    Replace $my_unique_ingress_domain with a domain name that is unique among all Ingress Controllers in the cluster. This variable must be a subdomain of the DNS name <clustername>.<domain>.
    3
    You can replace External with Internal to use an internal NLB.

  2. Create the resource in the cluster: 

    $ oc create -f ingresscontroller-aws-nlb.yaml
Important

Before you can configure an Ingress Controller NLB on a new AWS cluster, you must complete the Creating the installation configuration file procedure.

28.6.2.5. Configuring an Ingress Controller Network Load Balancer on a new AWS cluster

You can create an Ingress Controller backed by an AWS Network Load Balancer (NLB) on a new cluster.

Prerequisites

  • Create the install-config.yaml file and complete any modifications to it.

Procedure

Create an Ingress Controller backed by an AWS NLB on a new cluster.

  1. Change to the directory that contains the installation program and create the manifests: 

    $ ./openshift-install create manifests --dir <installation_directory> 1
    1
    For <installation_directory>, specify the name of the directory that contains the install-config.yaml file for your cluster.

  2. Create a file that is named cluster-ingress-default-ingresscontroller.yaml in the <installation_directory>/manifests/ directory: 

    $ touch <installation_directory>/manifests/cluster-ingress-default-ingresscontroller.yaml 1
    1
    For <installation_directory>, specify the directory name that contains the manifests/ directory for your cluster.

    After creating the file, several network configuration files are in the manifests/ directory, as shown: 

    $ ls <installation_directory>/manifests/cluster-ingress-default-ingresscontroller.yaml

    Example output

    cluster-ingress-default-ingresscontroller.yaml

  3. Open the cluster-ingress-default-ingresscontroller.yaml file in an editor and enter a custom resource (CR) that describes the Operator configuration you want: 

    apiVersion: operator.openshift.io/v1
kind: IngressController
metadata:
  creationTimestamp: null
  name: default
  namespace: openshift-ingress-operator
spec:
  endpointPublishingStrategy:
    loadBalancer:
      scope: External
      providerParameters:
        type: AWS
        aws:
          type: NLB
    type: LoadBalancerService
  4. Save the cluster-ingress-default-ingresscontroller.yaml file and quit the text editor.
  5. Optional: Back up the manifests/cluster-ingress-default-ingresscontroller.yaml file. The installation program deletes the manifests/ directory when creating the cluster.

28.6.3. Additional resources

28.7. Configuring ingress cluster traffic for a service external IP

You can use either a MetalLB implementation or an IP failover deployment to attach an ExternalIP resource to a service so that the service is available to traffic outside your OpenShift Container Platform cluster. Hosting an external IP address in this way is only applicable for a cluster installed on bare-metal hardware.

You must ensure that you correctly configure the external network infrastructure to route traffic to the service.

28.7.1. Prerequisites

28.7.2. Attaching an ExternalIP to a service

You can attach an ExternalIP resource to a service. If you configured your cluster to automatically attach the resource to a service, you might not need to manually attach an ExternalIP to the service.

The examples in the procedure use a scenario that manually attaches an ExternalIP resource to a service in a cluster with an IP failover configuration.

Procedure

  1. Confirm compatible IP address ranges for the ExternalIP resource by entering the following command in your CLI: 

    $ oc get networks.config cluster -o jsonpath='{.spec.externalIP}{"\n"}'
    Note

    If autoAssignCIDRs is set and you did not specify a value for spec.externalIPs in the ExternalIP resource, OpenShift Container Platform automatically assigns ExternalIP to a new Service object.

  2. Choose one of the following options to attach an ExternalIP resource to the service:

    1. If you are creating a new service, specify a value in the spec.externalIPs field and array of one or more valid IP addresses in the allowedCIDRs parameter.

      Example of service YAML configuration file that supports an ExternalIP resource

      apiVersion: v1
kind: Service
metadata:
  name: svc-with-externalip
spec:
  externalIPs:
    policy:
      allowedCIDRs:
      - 192.168.123.0/28

    2. If you are attaching an ExternalIP to an existing service, enter the following command. Replace <name> with the service name. Replace <ip_address> with a valid ExternalIP address. You can provide multiple IP addresses separated by commas. 

      $ oc patch svc <name> -p \
  '{
    "spec": {
      "externalIPs": [ "<ip_address>" ]
    }
  }'

      For example: 

      $ oc patch svc mysql-55-rhel7 -p '{"spec":{"externalIPs":["192.174.120.10"]}}'

      Example output

      "mysql-55-rhel7" patched

  3. To confirm that an ExternalIP address is attached to the service, enter the following command. If you specified an ExternalIP for a new service, you must create the service first. 

    $ oc get svc

    Example output

    NAME               CLUSTER-IP      EXTERNAL-IP     PORT(S)    AGE
mysql-55-rhel7     172.30.131.89   192.174.120.10  3306/TCP   13m

28.7.3. Additional resources

28.8. Configuring ingress cluster traffic by using a NodePort

OpenShift Container Platform provides methods for communicating from outside the cluster with services running in the cluster. This method uses a NodePort.

28.8.1. Using a NodePort to get traffic into the cluster

Use a NodePort-type Service resource to expose a service on a specific port on all nodes in the cluster. The port is specified in the Service resource’s .spec.ports[*].nodePort field.

Important

Using a node port requires additional port resources.

A NodePort exposes the service on a static port on the node’s IP address. NodePorts are in the 30000 to 32767 range by default, which means a NodePort is unlikely to match a service’s intended port. For example, port 8080 may be exposed as port 31020 on the node.

The administrator must ensure the external IP addresses are routed to the nodes.

NodePorts and external IPs are independent and both can be used concurrently.

Note

The procedures in this section require prerequisites performed by the cluster administrator.

28.8.2. Prerequisites

Before starting the following procedures, the administrator must:

  • Set up the external port to the cluster networking environment so that requests can reach the cluster.

  • Make sure there is at least one user with cluster admin role. To add this role to a user, run the following command: 

    $ oc adm policy add-cluster-role-to-user cluster-admin <user_name>
  • Have an OpenShift Container Platform cluster with at least one master and at least one node and a system outside the cluster that has network access to the cluster. This procedure assumes that the external system is on the same subnet as the cluster. The additional networking required for external systems on a different subnet is out-of-scope for this topic.

28.8.3. Creating a project and service

If the project and service that you want to expose does not exist, create the project and then create the service.

If the project and service already exists, skip to the procedure on exposing the service to create a route.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc) and log in as a cluster administrator.

Procedure

  1. Create a new project for your service by running the oc new-project command: 

    $ oc new-project <project_name>

  2. Use the oc new-app command to create your service: 

    $ oc new-app nodejs:12~https://github.com/sclorg/nodejs-ex.git

  3. To verify that the service was created, run the following command: 

    $ oc get svc -n <project_name>

    Example output

    NAME        TYPE        CLUSTER-IP       EXTERNAL-IP   PORT(S)    AGE
nodejs-ex   ClusterIP   172.30.197.157   <none>        8080/TCP   70s

    Note

    By default, the new service does not have an external IP address.

28.8.4. Exposing the service by creating a route

You can expose the service as a route by using the oc expose command.

Prerequisites

  • You logged into OpenShift Container Platform.

Procedure

  1. Log in to the project where the service you want to expose is located: 

    $ oc project <project_name>

  2. To expose a node port for the application, modify the custom resource definition (CRD) of a service by entering the following command: 

    $ oc edit svc <service_name>

    Example output

    spec:
  ports:
  - name: 8443-tcp
    nodePort: 30327 1
    port: 8443
    protocol: TCP
    targetPort: 8443
  sessionAffinity: None
  type: NodePort 2

    1
    Optional: Specify the node port range for the application. By default, OpenShift Container Platform selects an available port in the 30000-32767 range.
    2
    Define the service type.

  3. Optional: To confirm the service is available with a node port exposed, enter the following command: 

    $ oc get svc -n myproject

    Example output

    NAME                TYPE        CLUSTER-IP       EXTERNAL-IP   PORT(S)          AGE
nodejs-ex           ClusterIP   172.30.217.127   <none>        3306/TCP         9m44s
nodejs-ex-ingress   NodePort    172.30.107.72    <none>        3306:31345/TCP   39s

  4. Optional: To remove the service created automatically by the oc new-app command, enter the following command: 

    $ oc delete svc nodejs-ex

Verification

  • To check that the service node port is updated with a port in the 30000-32767 range, enter the following command: 

    $ oc get svc

    In the following example output, the updated port is 30327:

    Example output

    NAME    TYPE       CLUSTER-IP      EXTERNAL-IP   PORT(S)          AGE
httpd   NodePort   172.xx.xx.xx    <none>        8443:30327/TCP   109s

28.8.5. Additional resources

28.9. Configuring ingress cluster traffic using load balancer allowed source ranges

You can specify a list of IP address ranges for the IngressController. This restricts access to the load balancer service when the endpointPublishingStrategy is LoadBalancerService.

28.9.1. Configuring load balancer allowed source ranges

You can enable and configure the spec.endpointPublishingStrategy.loadBalancer.allowedSourceRanges field. By configuring load balancer allowed source ranges, you can limit the access to the load balancer for the Ingress Controller to a specified list of IP address ranges. The Ingress Operator reconciles the load balancer Service and sets the spec.loadBalancerSourceRanges field based on AllowedSourceRanges.

Note

If you have already set the spec.loadBalancerSourceRanges field or the load balancer service anotation service.beta.kubernetes.io/load-balancer-source-ranges in a previous version of OpenShift Container Platform, Ingress Controller starts reporting Progressing=True after an upgrade. To fix this, set AllowedSourceRanges that overwrites the spec.loadBalancerSourceRanges field and clears the service.beta.kubernetes.io/load-balancer-source-ranges annotation. Ingress Controller starts reporting Progressing=False again.

Prerequisites

  • You have a deployed Ingress Controller on a running cluster.

Procedure

  • Set the allowed source ranges API for the Ingress Controller by running the following command: 

    $ oc -n openshift-ingress-operator patch ingresscontroller/default \
    --type=merge --patch='{"spec":{"endpointPublishingStrategy": \
    {"type":"LoadBalancerService", "loadbalancer": \
    {"scope":"External", "allowedSourceRanges":["0.0.0.0/0"]}}}}' 1
    1
    The example value 0.0.0.0/0 specifies the allowed source range.

28.9.2. Migrating to load balancer allowed source ranges

If you have already set the annotation service.beta.kubernetes.io/load-balancer-source-ranges, you can migrate to load balancer allowed source ranges. When you set the AllowedSourceRanges, the Ingress Controller sets the spec.loadBalancerSourceRanges field based on the AllowedSourceRanges value and unsets the service.beta.kubernetes.io/load-balancer-source-ranges annotation.

Note

If you have already set the spec.loadBalancerSourceRanges field or the load balancer service anotation service.beta.kubernetes.io/load-balancer-source-ranges in a previous version of OpenShift Container Platform, the Ingress Controller starts reporting Progressing=True after an upgrade. To fix this, set AllowedSourceRanges that overwrites the spec.loadBalancerSourceRanges field and clears the service.beta.kubernetes.io/load-balancer-source-ranges annotation. The Ingress Controller starts reporting Progressing=False again.

Prerequisites

  • You have set the service.beta.kubernetes.io/load-balancer-source-ranges annotation.

Procedure

  1. Ensure that the service.beta.kubernetes.io/load-balancer-source-ranges is set: 

    $ oc get svc router-default -n openshift-ingress -o yaml

    Example output

    apiVersion: v1
kind: Service
metadata:
  annotations:
    service.beta.kubernetes.io/load-balancer-source-ranges: 192.168.0.1/32

  2. Ensure that the spec.loadBalancerSourceRanges field is unset: 

    $ oc get svc router-default -n openshift-ingress -o yaml

    Example output

    ...
spec:
  loadBalancerSourceRanges:
  - 0.0.0.0/0
...

  3. Update your cluster to OpenShift Container Platform 4.13.

  4. Set the allowed source ranges API for the ingresscontroller by running the following command: 

    $ oc -n openshift-ingress-operator patch ingresscontroller/default \
    --type=merge --patch='{"spec":{"endpointPublishingStrategy": \
    {"loadBalancer":{"allowedSourceRanges":["0.0.0.0/0"]}}}}' 1
    1
    The example value 0.0.0.0/0 specifies the allowed source range.

28.9.3. Additional resources

Chapter 29. Kubernetes NMState

29.1. About the Kubernetes NMState Operator

The Kubernetes NMState Operator provides a Kubernetes API for performing state-driven network configuration across the OpenShift Container Platform cluster’s nodes with NMState. The Kubernetes NMState Operator provides users with functionality to configure various network interface types, DNS, and routing on cluster nodes. Additionally, the daemons on the cluster nodes periodically report on the state of each node’s network interfaces to the API server.

Important

Red Hat supports the Kubernetes NMState Operator in production environments on bare-metal, IBM Power, IBM Z, IBM® LinuxONE, VMware vSphere, and OpenStack installations.

Before you can use NMState with OpenShift Container Platform, you must install the Kubernetes NMState Operator.

Note

The Kubernetes NMState Operator updates the network configuration of a secondary NIC. It cannot update the network configuration of the primary NIC or the br-ex bridge.

OpenShift Container Platform uses nmstate to report on and configure the state of the node network. This makes it possible to modify the network policy configuration, such as by creating a Linux bridge on all nodes, by applying a single configuration manifest to the cluster.

Node networking is monitored and updated by the following objects:

NodeNetworkState
Reports the state of the network on that node.
NodeNetworkConfigurationPolicy
Describes the requested network configuration on nodes. You update the node network configuration, including adding and removing interfaces, by applying a NodeNetworkConfigurationPolicy manifest to the cluster.
NodeNetworkConfigurationEnactment
Reports the network policies enacted upon each node.

29.1.1. Installing the Kubernetes NMState Operator

You can install the Kubernetes NMState Operator by using the web console or the CLI.

29.1.1.1. Installing the Kubernetes NMState Operator using the web console

You can install the Kubernetes NMState Operator by using the web console. After it is installed, the Operator can deploy the NMState State Controller as a daemon set across all of the cluster nodes.

Prerequisites

  • You are logged in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. Select Operators → OperatorHub.
  2. In the search field below All Items, enter nmstate and click Enter to search for the Kubernetes NMState Operator.
  3. Click on the Kubernetes NMState Operator search result.
  4. Click on Install to open the Install Operator window.
  5. Click Install to install the Operator.
  6. After the Operator finishes installing, click View Operator.
  7. Under Provided APIs, click Create Instance to open the dialog box for creating an instance of kubernetes-nmstate.

  8. In the Name field of the dialog box, ensure the name of the instance is nmstate.

    Note

    The name restriction is a known issue. The instance is a singleton for the entire cluster.

  9. Accept the default settings and click Create to create the instance.

Summary

Once complete, the Operator has deployed the NMState State Controller as a daemon set across all of the cluster nodes.

29.1.1.2. Installing the Kubernetes NMState Operator using the CLI

You can install the Kubernetes NMState Operator by using the OpenShift CLI (oc). After it is installed, the Operator can deploy the NMState State Controller as a daemon set across all of the cluster nodes.

Prerequisites

  • You have installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You are logged in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. Create the nmstate Operator namespace: 

    $ cat << EOF | oc apply -f -
apiVersion: v1
kind: Namespace
metadata:
  name: openshift-nmstate
spec:
  finalizers:
  - kubernetes
EOF

  2. Create the OperatorGroup: 

    $ cat << EOF | oc apply -f -
apiVersion: operators.coreos.com/v1
kind: OperatorGroup
metadata:
  name: openshift-nmstate
  namespace: openshift-nmstate
spec:
  targetNamespaces:
  - openshift-nmstate
EOF

  3. Subscribe to the nmstate Operator: 

    $ cat << EOF| oc apply -f -
apiVersion: operators.coreos.com/v1alpha1
kind: Subscription
metadata:
  name: kubernetes-nmstate-operator
  namespace: openshift-nmstate
spec:
  channel: stable
  installPlanApproval: Automatic
  name: kubernetes-nmstate-operator
  source: redhat-operators
  sourceNamespace: openshift-marketplace
EOF

  4. Create instance of the nmstate operator: 

    $ cat << EOF | oc apply -f -
apiVersion: nmstate.io/v1
kind: NMState
metadata:
  name: nmstate
EOF

Verification

  • Confirm that the deployment for the nmstate operator is running: 

    oc get clusterserviceversion -n openshift-nmstate \
 -o custom-columns=Name:.metadata.name,Phase:.status.phase

    Example output

    Name                                             Phase
kubernetes-nmstate-operator.4.13.0-202210210157   Succeeded

29.2. Observing and updating the node network state and configuration

29.2.1. Viewing the network state of a node

Node network state is the network configuration for all nodes in the cluster. A NodeNetworkState object exists on every node in the cluster. This object is periodically updated and captures the state of the network for that node.

Procedure

  1. List all the NodeNetworkState objects in the cluster: 

    $ oc get nns

  2. Inspect a NodeNetworkState object to view the network on that node. The output in this example has been redacted for clarity: 

    $ oc get nns node01 -o yaml

    Example output

    apiVersion: nmstate.io/v1
kind: NodeNetworkState
metadata:
  name: node01 1
status:
  currentState: 2
    dns-resolver:
# ...
    interfaces:
# ...
    route-rules:
# ...
    routes:
# ...
  lastSuccessfulUpdateTime: "2020-01-31T12:14:00Z" 3

    1
    The name of the NodeNetworkState object is taken from the node.
    2
    The currentState contains the complete network configuration for the node, including DNS, interfaces, and routes.
    3
    Timestamp of the last successful update. This is updated periodically as long as the node is reachable and can be used to evalute the freshness of the report.

29.2.2. Managing policy by using the CLI

29.2.2.1. Creating an interface on nodes

Create an interface on nodes in the cluster by applying a NodeNetworkConfigurationPolicy manifest to the cluster. The manifest details the requested configuration for the interface.

By default, the manifest applies to all nodes in the cluster. To add the interface to specific nodes, add the spec: nodeSelector parameter and the appropriate <key>:<value> for your node selector.

You can configure multiple nmstate-enabled nodes concurrently. The configuration applies to 50% of the nodes in parallel. This strategy prevents the entire cluster from being unavailable if the network connection fails. To apply the policy configuration in parallel to a specific portion of the cluster, use the maxUnavailable field.

Procedure

  1. Create the NodeNetworkConfigurationPolicy manifest. The following example configures a Linux bridge on all worker nodes and configures the DNS resolver: 

    apiVersion: nmstate.io/v1
kind: NodeNetworkConfigurationPolicy
metadata:
  name: br1-eth1-policy 1
spec:
  nodeSelector: 2
    node-role.kubernetes.io/worker: "" 3
  maxUnavailable: 3 4
  desiredState:
    interfaces:
      - name: br1
        description: Linux bridge with eth1 as a port 5
        type: linux-bridge
        state: up
        ipv4:
          dhcp: true
          enabled: true
          auto-dns: false
        bridge:
          options:
            stp:
              enabled: false
          port:
            - name: eth1
    dns-resolver: 6
      config:
        search:
        - example.com
        - example.org
        server:
        - 8.8.8.8
    1
    Name of the policy.
    2
    Optional: If you do not include the nodeSelector parameter, the policy applies to all nodes in the cluster.
    3
    This example uses the node-role.kubernetes.io/worker: "" node selector to select all worker nodes in the cluster.
    4
    Optional: Specifies the maximum number of nmstate-enabled nodes that the policy configuration can be applied to concurrently. This parameter can be set to either a percentage value (string), for example, "10%", or an absolute value (number), such as 3.
    5
    Optional: Human-readable description for the interface.
    6
    Optional: Specifies the search and server settings for the DNS server.

  2. Create the node network policy: 

    $ oc apply -f br1-eth1-policy.yaml 1
    1
    File name of the node network configuration policy manifest.
Additional resources

29.2.3. Confirming node network policy updates on nodes

A NodeNetworkConfigurationPolicy manifest describes your requested network configuration for nodes in the cluster. The node network policy includes your requested network configuration and the status of execution of the policy on the cluster as a whole.

When you apply a node network policy, a NodeNetworkConfigurationEnactment object is created for every node in the cluster. The node network configuration enactment is a read-only object that represents the status of execution of the policy on that node. If the policy fails to be applied on the node, the enactment for that node includes a traceback for troubleshooting.

Procedure

  1. To confirm that a policy has been applied to the cluster, list the policies and their status: 

    $ oc get nncp

  2. Optional: If a policy is taking longer than expected to successfully configure, you can inspect the requested state and status conditions of a particular policy: 

    $ oc get nncp <policy> -o yaml

  3. Optional: If a policy is taking longer than expected to successfully configure on all nodes, you can list the status of the enactments on the cluster: 

    $ oc get nnce

  4. Optional: To view the configuration of a particular enactment, including any error reporting for a failed configuration: 

    $ oc get nnce <node>.<policy> -o yaml

29.2.4. Removing an interface from nodes

You can remove an interface from one or more nodes in the cluster by editing the NodeNetworkConfigurationPolicy object and setting the state of the interface to absent.

Removing an interface from a node does not automatically restore the node network configuration to a previous state. If you want to restore the previous state, you will need to define that node network configuration in the policy.

If you remove a bridge or bonding interface, any node NICs in the cluster that were previously attached or subordinate to that bridge or bonding interface are placed in a down state and become unreachable. To avoid losing connectivity, configure the node NIC in the same policy so that it has a status of up and either DHCP or a static IP address.

Note

Deleting the node network policy that added an interface does not change the configuration of the policy on the node. Although a NodeNetworkConfigurationPolicy is an object in the cluster, it only represents the requested configuration.
Similarly, removing an interface does not delete the policy.

Procedure

  1. Update the NodeNetworkConfigurationPolicy manifest used to create the interface. The following example removes a Linux bridge and configures the eth1 NIC with DHCP to avoid losing connectivity: 

    apiVersion: nmstate.io/v1
kind: NodeNetworkConfigurationPolicy
metadata:
  name: <br1-eth1-policy> 1
spec:
  nodeSelector: 2
    node-role.kubernetes.io/worker: "" 3
  desiredState:
    interfaces:
    - name: br1
      type: linux-bridge
      state: absent 4
    - name: eth1 5
      type: ethernet 6
      state: up 7
      ipv4:
        dhcp: true 8
        enabled: true 9
    1
    Name of the policy.
    2
    Optional: If you do not include the nodeSelector parameter, the policy applies to all nodes in the cluster.
    3
    This example uses the node-role.kubernetes.io/worker: "" node selector to select all worker nodes in the cluster.
    4
    Changing the state to absent removes the interface.
    5
    The name of the interface that is to be unattached from the bridge interface.
    6
    The type of interface. This example creates an Ethernet networking interface.
    7
    The requested state for the interface.
    8
    Optional: If you do not use dhcp, you can either set a static IP or leave the interface without an IP address.
    9
    Enables ipv4 in this example.

  2. Update the policy on the node and remove the interface: 

    $ oc apply -f <br1-eth1-policy.yaml> 1
    1
    File name of the policy manifest.

29.2.5. Example policy configurations for different interfaces

Before you read the different example NodeNetworkConfigurationPolicy (NNCP) manifest configurations, consider the following factors when you apply a policy so that your cluster runs at its best performance conditions:

  • When you need to apply a policy to more than one node, create a NodeNetworkConfigurationPolicy manifest for each target node. The Kubernetes NMState Operator applies the policy to each node with an NNCP in an unspecified order. Scoping a policy with this approach reduces the length of time for policy application but risks a cluster-wide outage if an error is in the cluster’s configuration. To avoid this type of error, initially apply NNCP to some nodes, and after you confirm they are configured correctly, proceed with applying the policy to the remaining nodes.
  • When you need to apply a policy to many nodes but you only want to create a single NNCP for all target nodes, the Kubernetes NMState Operator applies the policy to each node in sequence. You can set the speed and coverage of policy application for target nodes with the maxUnavailable parameter in the cluster configuration. By setting a lower percentage value for the parameter, you can reduce the risk of a cluster-wide outage if the outage impacts the small percentage of nodes that are receiving the policy application.
  • Consider specifying all related network configurations in a single policy.
  • When a node restarts, the Kubernetes NMState Operator cannot control the order that it applies policies to nodes. The Kubernetes NMState Operator might apply interdependent policies in a sequence that results in a degraded network object.
29.2.5.1. Example: Linux bridge interface node network configuration policy

Create a Linux bridge interface on nodes in the cluster by applying a NodeNetworkConfigurationPolicy manifest to the cluster.

The following YAML file is an example of a manifest for a Linux bridge interface. It includes samples values that you must replace with your own information. 

apiVersion: nmstate.io/v1
kind: NodeNetworkConfigurationPolicy
metadata:
  name: br1-eth1-policy 1
spec:
  nodeSelector: 2
    kubernetes.io/hostname: <node01> 3
  desiredState:
    interfaces:
      - name: br1 4
        description: Linux bridge with eth1 as a port 5
        type: linux-bridge 6
        state: up 7
        ipv4:
          dhcp: true 8
          enabled: true 9
        bridge:
          options:
            stp:
              enabled: false 10
          port:
            - name: eth1 11
1
Name of the policy.
2
Optional: If you do not include the nodeSelector parameter, the policy applies to all nodes in the cluster.
3
This example uses a hostname node selector.
4
Name of the interface.
5
Optional: Human-readable description of the interface.
6
The type of interface. This example creates a bridge.
7
The requested state for the interface after creation.
8
Optional: If you do not use dhcp, you can either set a static IP or leave the interface without an IP address.
9
Enables ipv4 in this example.
10
Disables stp in this example.
11
The node NIC to which the bridge attaches.
29.2.5.2. Example: VLAN interface node network configuration policy

Create a VLAN interface on nodes in the cluster by applying a NodeNetworkConfigurationPolicy manifest to the cluster.

Note

Define all related configurations for the VLAN interface of a node in a single NodeNetworkConfigurationPolicy manifest. For example, define the VLAN interface for a node and the related routes for the VLAN interface in the same NodeNetworkConfigurationPolicy manifest.

When a node restarts, the Kubernetes NMState Operator cannot control the order in which policies are applied. Therefore, if you use separate policies for related network configurations, the Kubernetes NMState Operator might apply these policies in a sequence that results in a degraded network object.

The following YAML file is an example of a manifest for a VLAN interface. It includes samples values that you must replace with your own information. 

apiVersion: nmstate.io/v1
kind: NodeNetworkConfigurationPolicy
metadata:
  name: vlan-eth1-policy 1
spec:
  nodeSelector: 2
    kubernetes.io/hostname: <node01> 3
  desiredState:
    interfaces:
    - name: eth1.102 4
      description: VLAN using eth1 5
      type: vlan 6
      state: up 7
      vlan:
        base-iface: eth1 8
        id: 102 9
1
Name of the policy.
2
Optional: If you do not include the nodeSelector parameter, the policy applies to all nodes in the cluster.
3
This example uses a hostname node selector.
4
Name of the interface. When deploying on bare metal, only the <interface_name>.<vlan_number> VLAN format is supported.
5
Optional: Human-readable description of the interface.
6
The type of interface. This example creates a VLAN.
7
The requested state for the interface after creation.
8
The node NIC to which the VLAN is attached.
9
The VLAN tag.
29.2.5.3. Example: Bond interface node network configuration policy

Create a bond interface on nodes in the cluster by applying a NodeNetworkConfigurationPolicy manifest to the cluster.

Note

OpenShift Container Platform only supports the following bond modes:

  • mode=1 active-backup
  • mode=2 balance-xor
  • mode=4 802.3ad

Other bond modes are not supported.

The following YAML file is an example of a manifest for a bond interface. It includes samples values that you must replace with your own information. 

apiVersion: nmstate.io/v1
kind: NodeNetworkConfigurationPolicy
metadata:
  name: bond0-eth1-eth2-policy 1
spec:
  nodeSelector: 2
    kubernetes.io/hostname: <node01> 3
  desiredState:
    interfaces:
    - name: bond0 4
      description: Bond with ports eth1 and eth2 5
      type: bond 6
      state: up 7
      ipv4:
        dhcp: true 8
        enabled: true 9
      link-aggregation:
        mode: active-backup 10
        options:
          miimon: '140' 11
        port: 12
        - eth1
        - eth2
      mtu: 1450 13
1
Name of the policy.
2
Optional: If you do not include the nodeSelector parameter, the policy applies to all nodes in the cluster.
3
This example uses a hostname node selector.
4
Name of the interface.
5
Optional: Human-readable description of the interface.
6
The type of interface. This example creates a bond.
7
The requested state for the interface after creation.
8
Optional: If you do not use dhcp, you can either set a static IP or leave the interface without an IP address.
9
Enables ipv4 in this example.
10
The driver mode for the bond. This example uses an active backup mode.
11
Optional: This example uses miimon to inspect the bond link every 140ms.
12
The subordinate node NICs in the bond.
13
Optional: The maximum transmission unit (MTU) for the bond. If not specified, this value is set to 1500 by default.
29.2.5.4. Example: Ethernet interface node network configuration policy

Configure an Ethernet interface on nodes in the cluster by applying a NodeNetworkConfigurationPolicy manifest to the cluster.

The following YAML file is an example of a manifest for an Ethernet interface. It includes sample values that you must replace with your own information. 

apiVersion: nmstate.io/v1
kind: NodeNetworkConfigurationPolicy
metadata:
  name: eth1-policy 1
spec:
  nodeSelector: 2
    kubernetes.io/hostname: <node01> 3
  desiredState:
    interfaces:
    - name: eth1 4
      description: Configuring eth1 on node01 5
      type: ethernet 6
      state: up 7
      ipv4:
        dhcp: true 8
        enabled: true 9
1
Name of the policy.
2
Optional: If you do not include the nodeSelector parameter, the policy applies to all nodes in the cluster.
3
This example uses a hostname node selector.
4
Name of the interface.
5
Optional: Human-readable description of the interface.
6
The type of interface. This example creates an Ethernet networking interface.
7
The requested state for the interface after creation.
8
Optional: If you do not use dhcp, you can either set a static IP or leave the interface without an IP address.
9
Enables ipv4 in this example.
29.2.5.5. Example: Multiple interfaces in the same node network configuration policy

You can create multiple interfaces in the same node network configuration policy. These interfaces can reference each other, allowing you to build and deploy a network configuration by using a single policy manifest.

The following example YAML file creates a bond that is named bond10 across two NICs and VLAN that is named bond10.103 that connects to the bond. 

apiVersion: nmstate.io/v1
kind: NodeNetworkConfigurationPolicy
metadata:
  name: bond-vlan 1
spec:
  nodeSelector: 2
    kubernetes.io/hostname: <node01> 3
  desiredState:
    interfaces:
    - name: bond10 4
      description: Bonding eth2 and eth3 5
      type: bond 6
      state: up 7
      link-aggregation:
        mode: balance-xor 8
        options:
          miimon: '140' 9
        port: 10
        - eth2
        - eth3
    - name: bond10.103 11
      description: vlan using bond10 12
      type: vlan 13
      state: up 14
      vlan:
         base-iface: bond10 15
         id: 103 16
      ipv4:
        dhcp: true 17
        enabled: true 18
1
Name of the policy.
2
Optional: If you do not include the nodeSelector parameter, the policy applies to all nodes in the cluster.
3
This example uses hostname node selector.
4 11
Name of the interface.
5 12
Optional: Human-readable description of the interface.
6 13
The type of interface.
7 14
The requested state for the interface after creation.
8
The driver mode for the bond.
9
Optional: This example uses miimon to inspect the bond link every 140ms.
10
The subordinate node NICs in the bond.
15
The node NIC to which the VLAN is attached.
16
The VLAN tag.
17
Optional: If you do not use dhcp, you can either set a static IP or leave the interface without an IP address.
18
Enables ipv4 in this example.

29.2.6. Capturing the static IP of a NIC attached to a bridge

Important

Capturing the static IP of a NIC is a Technology Preview feature only. Technology Preview features are not supported with Red Hat production service level agreements (SLAs) and might not be functionally complete. Red Hat does not recommend using them in production. These features provide early access to upcoming product features, enabling customers to test functionality and provide feedback during the development process.

For more information about the support scope of Red Hat Technology Preview features, see Technology Preview Features Support Scope.

29.2.6.1. Example: Linux bridge interface node network configuration policy to inherit static IP address from the NIC attached to the bridge

Create a Linux bridge interface on nodes in the cluster and transfer the static IP configuration of the NIC to the bridge by applying a single NodeNetworkConfigurationPolicy manifest to the cluster.

The following YAML file is an example of a manifest for a Linux bridge interface. It includes sample values that you must replace with your own information. 

apiVersion: nmstate.io/v1
kind: NodeNetworkConfigurationPolicy
metadata:
  name: br1-eth1-copy-ipv4-policy 1
spec:
  nodeSelector: 2
    node-role.kubernetes.io/worker: ""
  capture:
    eth1-nic: interfaces.name=="eth1" 3
    eth1-routes: routes.running.next-hop-interface=="eth1"
    br1-routes: capture.eth1-routes | routes.running.next-hop-interface := "br1"
  desiredState:
    interfaces:
      - name: br1
        description: Linux bridge with eth1 as a port
        type: linux-bridge 4
        state: up
        ipv4: "{{ capture.eth1-nic.interfaces.0.ipv4 }}" 5
        bridge:
          options:
            stp:
              enabled: false
          port:
            - name: eth1 6
     routes:
        config: "{{ capture.br1-routes.routes.running }}"
1
The name of the policy.
2
Optional: If you do not include the nodeSelector parameter, the policy applies to all nodes in the cluster. This example uses the node-role.kubernetes.io/worker: "" node selector to select all worker nodes in the cluster.
3
The reference to the node NIC to which the bridge attaches.
4
The type of interface. This example creates a bridge.
5
The IP address of the bridge interface. This value matches the IP address of the NIC which is referenced by the spec.capture.eth1-nic entry.
6
The node NIC to which the bridge attaches.

Additional resources

29.2.7. Examples: IP management

The following example configuration snippets show different methods of IP management.

These examples use the ethernet interface type to simplify the example while showing the related context in the policy configuration. These IP management examples can be used with the other interface types.

29.2.7.1. Static

The following snippet statically configures an IP address on the Ethernet interface: 

# ...
    interfaces:
    - name: eth1
      description: static IP on eth1
      type: ethernet
      state: up
      ipv4:
        dhcp: false
        address:
        - ip: 192.168.122.250 1
          prefix-length: 24
        enabled: true
# ...
1
Replace this value with the static IP address for the interface.
29.2.7.2. No IP address

The following snippet ensures that the interface has no IP address: 

# ...
    interfaces:
    - name: eth1
      description: No IP on eth1
      type: ethernet
      state: up
      ipv4:
        enabled: false
# ...
29.2.7.3. Dynamic host configuration

The following snippet configures an Ethernet interface that uses a dynamic IP address, gateway address, and DNS: 

# ...
    interfaces:
    - name: eth1
      description: DHCP on eth1
      type: ethernet
      state: up
      ipv4:
        dhcp: true
        enabled: true
# ...

The following snippet configures an Ethernet interface that uses a dynamic IP address but does not use a dynamic gateway address or DNS: 

# ...
    interfaces:
    - name: eth1
      description: DHCP without gateway or DNS on eth1
      type: ethernet
      state: up
      ipv4:
        dhcp: true
        auto-gateway: false
        auto-dns: false
        enabled: true
# ...
29.2.7.4. DNS

By default, the nmstate API stores DNS values globally as against storing them in a network interface. For certain situations, you must configure a network interface to store DNS values. To define a DNS configuration for a network interface, you must initially specify the dns-resolver section in the network interface’s YAML configuration file.

Tip

Setting a DNS configuration is comparable to modifying the /etc/resolv.conf file.

Important

You cannot use br-ex bridge, an OVNKubernetes-managed Open vSwitch bridge, as the interface when configuring DNS resolvers.

The following example shows a default situation that stores DNS values globally:

  • Configure a static DNS without a network interface. Note that when updating the /etc/resolv.conf file on a host node, you do not need to specify an interface, IPv4 or IPv6, in the NodeNetworkConfigurationPolicy (NNCP) manifest.

    Example of a DNS configuration for a network interface that globally stores DNS values

    apiVersion: nmstate.io/v1
kind: NodeNetworkConfigurationPolicy
metadata:
 name: worker-0-dns-testing
spec:
  nodeSelector:
    kubernetes.io/hostname: <target_node>
  desiredState:
    dns-resolver:
      config:
        search:
        - example.com
        - example.org
        server:
        - 2001:db8:f::1
        - 192.0.2.251
# ...

The following examples show situations that require configuring a network interface to store DNS values:

  • If you want to rank a static DNS name server over a dynamic DNS name server, define the interface that runs either the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) or the IPv6 Autoconfiguration (autoconf) mechanism in the network interface YAML configuration file.

    Example configuration that adds 192.0.2.1 to DNS name servers retrieved from the DHCPv4 network protocol

    # ...
dns-resolver:
  config:
    server:
    - 192.0.2.1
interfaces:
  - name: eth1
    type: ethernet
    state: up
    ipv4:
      enabled: true
      dhcp: true
      auto-dns: true
# ...

  • If you need to configure a network interface to store DNS values instead of adopting the default method, which uses the nmstate API to store DNS values globally, you can set static DNS values and static IP addresses in the network interface YAML file.

    Important

    Storing DNS values at the network interface level might cause name resolution issues after you attach the interface to network components, such as an Open vSwitch (OVS) bridge, a Linux bridge, or a bond.

    Example configuration that stores DNS values at the interface level

    # ...
dns-resolver:
  config:
    search:
    - example.com
    - example.org
    server:
    - 2001:db8:1::d1
    - 2001:db8:1::d2
    - 192.0.2.1
interfaces:
  - name: eth1
    type: ethernet
    state: up
    ipv4:
      address:
      - ip: 192.0.2.251
        prefix-length: 24
      dhcp: false
      enabled: true
    ipv6:
      address:
      - ip: 2001:db8:1::1
        prefix-length: 64
      dhcp: false
      enabled: true
      autoconf: false
# ...

  • If you want to set static DNS search domains and dynamic DNS name servers for your network interface, define the dynamic interface that runs either the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) or the IPv6 Autoconfiguration (autoconf) mechanism in the network interface YAML configuration file.

    Example configuration that sets example.com and example.org static DNS search domains along with dynamic DNS name server settings

    # ...
dns-resolver:
  config:
    search:
    - example.com
    - example.org
    server: []
interfaces:
  - name: eth1
    type: ethernet
    state: up
    ipv4:
      enabled: true
      dhcp: true
      auto-dns: true
    ipv6:
      enabled: true
      dhcp: true
      autoconf: true
      auto-dns: true
# ...

29.2.7.5. Static routing

The following snippet configures a static route and a static IP on interface eth1. 

dns-resolver:
  config:
# ...
interfaces:
  - name: eth1
    description: Static routing on eth1
    type: ethernet
    state: up
    ipv4:
      dhcp: false
      enabled: true
      address:
      - ip: 192.0.2.251 1
        prefix-length: 24
routes:
  config:
  - destination: 198.51.100.0/24
    metric: 150
    next-hop-address: 192.0.2.1 2
    next-hop-interface: eth1
    table-id: 254
# ...
1
The static IP address for the Ethernet interface.
2
Next hop address for the node traffic. This must be in the same subnet as the IP address set for the Ethernet interface.

29.3. Troubleshooting node network configuration

If the node network configuration encounters an issue, the policy is automatically rolled back and the enactments report failure. This includes issues such as:

  • The configuration fails to be applied on the host.
  • The host loses connection to the default gateway.
  • The host loses connection to the API server.

29.3.1. Troubleshooting an incorrect node network configuration policy configuration

You can apply changes to the node network configuration across your entire cluster by applying a node network configuration policy.

If you applied an incorrect configuration, you can use the following example to troubleshoot and correct the failed node network policy. The example attempts to apply a Linux bridge policy to a cluster that has three control plane nodes and three compute nodes. The policy is not applied because the policy references the wrong interface.

To find an error, you need to investigate the available NMState resources. You can then update the policy with the correct configuration.

Prerequisites

  • You ensured that an ens01 interface does not exist on your Linux system.

Procedure

  1. Create a policy on your cluster. The following example creates a simple bridge, br1 that has ens01 as its member: 

    apiVersion: nmstate.io/v1
kind: NodeNetworkConfigurationPolicy
metadata:
  name: ens01-bridge-testfail
spec:
  desiredState:
    interfaces:
      - name: br1
        description: Linux bridge with the wrong port
        type: linux-bridge
        state: up
        ipv4:
          dhcp: true
          enabled: true
        bridge:
          options:
            stp:
              enabled: false
          port:
            - name: ens01
# ...

  2. Apply the policy to your network interface: 

    $ oc apply -f ens01-bridge-testfail.yaml

    Example output

    nodenetworkconfigurationpolicy.nmstate.io/ens01-bridge-testfail created

  3. Verify the status of the policy by running the following command: 

    $ oc get nncp

    The output shows that the policy failed:

    Example output

    NAME                    STATUS
ens01-bridge-testfail   FailedToConfigure

    The policy status alone does not indicate if it failed on all nodes or a subset of nodes.

  4. List the node network configuration enactments to see if the policy was successful on any of the nodes. If the policy failed for only a subset of nodes, the output suggests that the problem is with a specific node configuration. If the policy failed on all nodes, the output suggests that the problem is with the policy. 

    $ oc get nnce

    The output shows that the policy failed on all nodes:

    Example output

    NAME                                         STATUS
control-plane-1.ens01-bridge-testfail        FailedToConfigure
control-plane-2.ens01-bridge-testfail        FailedToConfigure
control-plane-3.ens01-bridge-testfail        FailedToConfigure
compute-1.ens01-bridge-testfail              FailedToConfigure
compute-2.ens01-bridge-testfail              FailedToConfigure
compute-3.ens01-bridge-testfail              FailedToConfigure

  5. View one of the failed enactments. The following command uses the output tool jsonpath to filter the output: 

    $ oc get nnce compute-1.ens01-bridge-testfail -o jsonpath='{.status.conditions[?(@.type=="Failing")].message}'

    Example output

    [2024-10-10T08:40:46Z INFO  nmstatectl] Nmstate version: 2.2.37
NmstateError: InvalidArgument: Controller interface br1 is holding unknown port ens01

    The previous example shows the output from an InvalidArgument error that indicates that the ens01 is an unknown port. For this example, you might need to change the port configuration in the policy configuration file.

  6. To ensure that the policy is configured properly, view the network configuration for one or all of the nodes by requesting the NodeNetworkState object. The following command returns the network configuration for the control-plane-1 node: 

    $ oc get nns control-plane-1 -o yaml

    The output shows that the interface name on the nodes is ens1 but the failed policy incorrectly uses ens01:

    Example output

       - ipv4:
# ...
      name: ens1
      state: up
      type: ethernet

  7. Correct the error by editing the existing policy: 

    $ oc edit nncp ens01-bridge-testfail
    # ...
          port:
            - name: ens1

    Save the policy to apply the correction.

  8. Check the status of the policy to ensure it updated successfully: 

    $ oc get nncp

    Example output

    NAME                    STATUS
ens01-bridge-testfail   SuccessfullyConfigured

    The updated policy is successfully configured on all nodes in the cluster.

29.3.2. Troubleshooting DNS connectivity issues in a disconnected environment

If you experience DNS connectivity issues when configuring nmstate in a disconnected environment, you can configure the DNS server to resolve the list of name servers for the domain root-servers.net.

Important

Ensure that the DNS server includes a name server (NS) entry for the root-servers.net zone. The DNS server does not need to forward a query to an upstream resolver, but the server must return a correct answer for the NS query.

29.3.2.1. Configuring the bind9 DNS named server

For a cluster configured to query a bind9 DNS server, you can add the root-servers.net zone to a configuration file that contains at least one NS record. For example you can use the /var/named/named.localhost as a zone file that already matches this criteria.

Procedure

  1. Add the root-servers.net zone at the end of the /etc/named.conf configuration file by running the following command: 

    $ cat >> /etc/named.conf <<EOF
zone "root-servers.net" IN {
    	type master;
    	file "named.localhost";
};
EOF

  2. Restart the named service by running the following command: 

    $ systemctl restart named

  3. Confirm that the root-servers.net zone is present by running the following command: 

    $ journalctl -u named|grep root-servers.net

    Example output

    Jul 03 15:16:26 rhel-8-10 bash[xxxx]: zone root-servers.net/IN: loaded serial 0
Jul 03 15:16:26 rhel-8-10 named[xxxx]: zone root-servers.net/IN: loaded serial 0

  4. Verify that the DNS server can resolve the NS record for the root-servers.net domain by running the following command: 

    $ host -t NS root-servers.net. 127.0.0.1

    Example output

    Using domain server:
Name: 127.0.0.1
Address: 127.0.0.53
Aliases:
root-servers.net name server root-servers.net.

29.3.2.2. Configuring the dnsmasq DNS server

If you are using dnsmasq as the DNS server, you can delegate resolution of the root-servers.net domain to another DNS server, for example, by creating a new configuration file that resolves root-servers.net using a DNS server that you specify.

  1. Create a configuration file that delegates the domain root-servers.net to another DNS server by running the following command: 

    $ echo 'server=/root-servers.net/<DNS_server_IP>'> /etc/dnsmasq.d/delegate-root-servers.net.conf

  2. Restart the dnsmasq service by running the following command: 

    $ systemctl restart dnsmasq

  3. Confirm that the root-servers.net domain is delegated to another DNS server by running the following command: 

    $ journalctl -u dnsmasq|grep root-servers.net

    Example output

    Jul 03 15:31:25 rhel-8-10 dnsmasq[1342]: using nameserver 192.168.1.1#53 for domain root-servers.net

  4. Verify that the DNS server can resolve the NS record for the root-servers.net domain by running the following command: 

    $ host -t NS root-servers.net. 127.0.0.1

    Example output

    Using domain server:
Name: 127.0.0.1
Address: 127.0.0.1#53
Aliases:
root-servers.net name server root-servers.net.

Chapter 30. Configuring the cluster-wide proxy

Production environments can deny direct access to the internet and instead have an HTTP or HTTPS proxy available. You can configure OpenShift Container Platform to use a proxy by modifying the Proxy object for existing clusters or by configuring the proxy settings in the install-config.yaml file for new clusters.

30.1. Prerequisites

  • Review the sites that your cluster requires access to and determine whether any of them must bypass the proxy. By default, all cluster system egress traffic is proxied, including calls to the cloud provider API for the cloud that hosts your cluster. System-wide proxy affects system components only, not user workloads. Add sites to the Proxy object’s spec.noProxy field to bypass the proxy if necessary.

    Note

    The Proxy object status.noProxy field is populated with the values of the networking.machineNetwork[].cidr, networking.clusterNetwork[].cidr, and networking.serviceNetwork[] fields from your installation configuration with most installation types.

    For installations on Amazon Web Services (AWS), Google Cloud Platform (GCP), Microsoft Azure, and Red Hat OpenStack Platform (RHOSP), the Proxy object status.noProxy field is also populated with the instance metadata endpoint (169.254.169.254).

    Important

    If your installation type does not include setting the networking.machineNetwork[].cidr field, you must include the machine IP addresses manually in the .status.noProxy field to make sure that the traffic between nodes can bypass the proxy.

30.2. Enabling the cluster-wide proxy

The Proxy object is used to manage the cluster-wide egress proxy. When a cluster is installed or upgraded without the proxy configured, a Proxy object is still generated but it will have a nil spec. For example: 

apiVersion: config.openshift.io/v1
kind: Proxy
metadata:
  name: cluster
spec:
  trustedCA:
    name: ""
status:

A cluster administrator can configure the proxy for OpenShift Container Platform by modifying this cluster Proxy object.

Note

Only the Proxy object named cluster is supported, and no additional proxies can be created.

Warning

Enabling the cluster-wide proxy causes the Machine Config Operator (MCO) to trigger node reboot.

Prerequisites

  • Cluster administrator permissions
  • OpenShift Container Platform oc CLI tool installed

Procedure

  1. Create a config map that contains any additional CA certificates required for proxying HTTPS connections.

    Note

    You can skip this step if the proxy’s identity certificate is signed by an authority from the RHCOS trust bundle.

    1. Create a file called user-ca-bundle.yaml with the following contents, and provide the values of your PEM-encoded certificates: 

      apiVersion: v1
data:
  ca-bundle.crt: | 1
    <MY_PEM_ENCODED_CERTS> 2
kind: ConfigMap
metadata:
  name: user-ca-bundle 3
  namespace: openshift-config 4
      1
      This data key must be named ca-bundle.crt.
      2
      One or more PEM-encoded X.509 certificates used to sign the proxy’s identity certificate.
      3
      The config map name that will be referenced from the Proxy object.
      4
      The config map must be in the openshift-config namespace.

    2. Create the config map from this file: 

      $ oc create -f user-ca-bundle.yaml

  2. Use the oc edit command to modify the Proxy object: 

    $ oc edit proxy/cluster

  3. Configure the necessary fields for the proxy: 

    apiVersion: config.openshift.io/v1
kind: Proxy
metadata:
  name: cluster
spec:
  httpProxy: http://<username>:<pswd>@<ip>:<port> 1
  httpsProxy: https://<username>:<pswd>@<ip>:<port> 2
  noProxy: example.com 3
  readinessEndpoints:
  - http://www.google.com 4
  - https://www.google.com
  trustedCA:
    name: user-ca-bundle 5
    1
    A proxy URL to use for creating HTTP connections outside the cluster. The URL scheme must be http.
    2
    A proxy URL to use for creating HTTPS connections outside the cluster. The URL scheme must be either http or https. Specify a URL for the proxy that supports the URL scheme. For example, most proxies will report an error if they are configured to use https but they only support http. This failure message may not propagate to the logs and can appear to be a network connection failure instead. If using a proxy that listens for https connections from the cluster, you may need to configure the cluster to accept the CAs and certificates that the proxy uses.
    3
    A comma-separated list of destination domain names, domains, IP addresses or other network CIDRs to exclude proxying.

    Preface a domain with . to match subdomains only. For example, .y.com matches x.y.com, but not y.com. Use * to bypass proxy for all destinations. If you scale up workers that are not included in the network defined by the networking.machineNetwork[].cidr field from the installation configuration, you must add them to this list to prevent connection issues.

    This field is ignored if neither the httpProxy or httpsProxy fields are set.

    4
    One or more URLs external to the cluster to use to perform a readiness check before writing the httpProxy and httpsProxy values to status.
    5
    A reference to the config map in the openshift-config namespace that contains additional CA certificates required for proxying HTTPS connections. Note that the config map must already exist before referencing it here. This field is required unless the proxy’s identity certificate is signed by an authority from the RHCOS trust bundle.
  4. Save the file to apply the changes.

30.3. Removing the cluster-wide proxy

The cluster Proxy object cannot be deleted. To remove the proxy from a cluster, remove all spec fields from the Proxy object.

Prerequisites

  • Cluster administrator permissions
  • OpenShift Container Platform oc CLI tool installed

Procedure

  1. Use the oc edit command to modify the proxy: 

    $ oc edit proxy/cluster

  2. Remove all spec fields from the Proxy object. For example: 

    apiVersion: config.openshift.io/v1
kind: Proxy
metadata:
  name: cluster
spec: {}
  3. Save the file to apply the changes.

Additional resources

Chapter 31. Configuring a custom PKI

Some platform components, such as the web console, use Routes for communication and must trust other components' certificates to interact with them. If you are using a custom public key infrastructure (PKI), you must configure it so its privately signed CA certificates are recognized across the cluster.

You can leverage the Proxy API to add cluster-wide trusted CA certificates. You must do this either during installation or at runtime.

  • During installation, configure the cluster-wide proxy. You must define your privately signed CA certificates in the install-config.yaml file’s additionalTrustBundle setting.

    The installation program generates a ConfigMap that is named user-ca-bundle that contains the additional CA certificates you defined. The Cluster Network Operator then creates a trusted-ca-bundle ConfigMap that merges these CA certificates with the Red Hat Enterprise Linux CoreOS (RHCOS) trust bundle; this ConfigMap is referenced in the Proxy object’s trustedCA field.

  • At runtime, modify the default Proxy object to include your privately signed CA certificates (part of cluster’s proxy enablement workflow). This involves creating a ConfigMap that contains the privately signed CA certificates that should be trusted by the cluster, and then modifying the proxy resource with the trustedCA referencing the privately signed certificates' ConfigMap.
Note

The installer configuration’s additionalTrustBundle field and the proxy resource’s trustedCA field are used to manage the cluster-wide trust bundle; additionalTrustBundle is used at install time and the proxy’s trustedCA is used at runtime.

The trustedCA field is a reference to a ConfigMap containing the custom certificate and key pair used by the cluster component.

31.1. Configuring the cluster-wide proxy during installation

Production environments can deny direct access to the internet and instead have an HTTP or HTTPS proxy available. You can configure a new OpenShift Container Platform cluster to use a proxy by configuring the proxy settings in the install-config.yaml file.

Prerequisites

  • You have an existing install-config.yaml file.

  • You reviewed the sites that your cluster requires access to and determined whether any of them need to bypass the proxy. By default, all cluster egress traffic is proxied, including calls to hosting cloud provider APIs. You added sites to the Proxy object’s spec.noProxy field to bypass the proxy if necessary.

    Note

    The Proxy object status.noProxy field is populated with the values of the networking.machineNetwork[].cidr, networking.clusterNetwork[].cidr, and networking.serviceNetwork[] fields from your installation configuration.

    For installations on Amazon Web Services (AWS), Google Cloud Platform (GCP), Microsoft Azure, and Red Hat OpenStack Platform (RHOSP), the Proxy object status.noProxy field is also populated with the instance metadata endpoint (169.254.169.254).

Procedure

  1. Edit your install-config.yaml file and add the proxy settings. For example: 

    apiVersion: v1
baseDomain: my.domain.com
proxy:
  httpProxy: http://<username>:<pswd>@<ip>:<port> 1
  httpsProxy: https://<username>:<pswd>@<ip>:<port> 2
  noProxy: ec2.<aws_region>.amazonaws.com,elasticloadbalancing.<aws_region>.amazonaws.com,s3.<aws_region>.amazonaws.com 3
additionalTrustBundle: | 4
    -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE-----
    <MY_TRUSTED_CA_CERT>
    -----END CERTIFICATE-----
additionalTrustBundlePolicy: <policy_to_add_additionalTrustBundle> 5
    1
    A proxy URL to use for creating HTTP connections outside the cluster. The URL scheme must be http.
    2
    A proxy URL to use for creating HTTPS connections outside the cluster.
    3
    A comma-separated list of destination domain names, IP addresses, or other network CIDRs to exclude from proxying. Preface a domain with . to match subdomains only. For example, .y.com matches x.y.com, but not y.com. Use * to bypass the proxy for all destinations. If you have added the Amazon EC2,Elastic Load Balancing, and S3 VPC endpoints to your VPC, you must add these endpoints to the noProxy field.
    4
    If provided, the installation program generates a config map that is named user-ca-bundle in the openshift-config namespace that contains one or more additional CA certificates that are required for proxying HTTPS connections. The Cluster Network Operator then creates a trusted-ca-bundle config map that merges these contents with the Red Hat Enterprise Linux CoreOS (RHCOS) trust bundle, and this config map is referenced in the trustedCA field of the Proxy object. The additionalTrustBundle field is required unless the proxy’s identity certificate is signed by an authority from the RHCOS trust bundle.
    5
    Optional: The policy to determine the configuration of the Proxy object to reference the user-ca-bundle config map in the trustedCA field. The allowed values are Proxyonly and Always. Use Proxyonly to reference the user-ca-bundle config map only when http/https proxy is configured. Use Always to always reference the user-ca-bundle config map. The default value is Proxyonly.
    Note

    The installation program does not support the proxy readinessEndpoints field.

    Note

    If the installer times out, restart and then complete the deployment by using the wait-for command of the installer. For example: 

    $ ./openshift-install wait-for install-complete --log-level debug
  2. Save the file and reference it when installing OpenShift Container Platform.

The installation program creates a cluster-wide proxy that is named cluster that uses the proxy settings in the provided install-config.yaml file. If no proxy settings are provided, a cluster Proxy object is still created, but it will have a nil spec.

Note

Only the Proxy object named cluster is supported, and no additional proxies can be created.

31.2. Enabling the cluster-wide proxy

The Proxy object is used to manage the cluster-wide egress proxy. When a cluster is installed or upgraded without the proxy configured, a Proxy object is still generated but it will have a nil spec. For example: 

apiVersion: config.openshift.io/v1
kind: Proxy
metadata:
  name: cluster
spec:
  trustedCA:
    name: ""
status:

A cluster administrator can configure the proxy for OpenShift Container Platform by modifying this cluster Proxy object.

Note

Only the Proxy object named cluster is supported, and no additional proxies can be created.

Warning

Enabling the cluster-wide proxy causes the Machine Config Operator (MCO) to trigger node reboot.

Prerequisites

  • Cluster administrator permissions
  • OpenShift Container Platform oc CLI tool installed

Procedure

  1. Create a config map that contains any additional CA certificates required for proxying HTTPS connections.

    Note

    You can skip this step if the proxy’s identity certificate is signed by an authority from the RHCOS trust bundle.

    1. Create a file called user-ca-bundle.yaml with the following contents, and provide the values of your PEM-encoded certificates: 

      apiVersion: v1
data:
  ca-bundle.crt: | 1
    <MY_PEM_ENCODED_CERTS> 2
kind: ConfigMap
metadata:
  name: user-ca-bundle 3
  namespace: openshift-config 4
      1
      This data key must be named ca-bundle.crt.
      2
      One or more PEM-encoded X.509 certificates used to sign the proxy’s identity certificate.
      3
      The config map name that will be referenced from the Proxy object.
      4
      The config map must be in the openshift-config namespace.

    2. Create the config map from this file: 

      $ oc create -f user-ca-bundle.yaml

  2. Use the oc edit command to modify the Proxy object: 

    $ oc edit proxy/cluster

  3. Configure the necessary fields for the proxy: 

    apiVersion: config.openshift.io/v1
kind: Proxy
metadata:
  name: cluster
spec:
  httpProxy: http://<username>:<pswd>@<ip>:<port> 1
  httpsProxy: https://<username>:<pswd>@<ip>:<port> 2
  noProxy: example.com 3
  readinessEndpoints:
  - http://www.google.com 4
  - https://www.google.com
  trustedCA:
    name: user-ca-bundle 5
    1
    A proxy URL to use for creating HTTP connections outside the cluster. The URL scheme must be http.
    2
    A proxy URL to use for creating HTTPS connections outside the cluster. The URL scheme must be either http or https. Specify a URL for the proxy that supports the URL scheme. For example, most proxies will report an error if they are configured to use https but they only support http. This failure message may not propagate to the logs and can appear to be a network connection failure instead. If using a proxy that listens for https connections from the cluster, you may need to configure the cluster to accept the CAs and certificates that the proxy uses.
    3
    A comma-separated list of destination domain names, domains, IP addresses or other network CIDRs to exclude proxying.

    Preface a domain with . to match subdomains only. For example, .y.com matches x.y.com, but not y.com. Use * to bypass proxy for all destinations. If you scale up workers that are not included in the network defined by the networking.machineNetwork[].cidr field from the installation configuration, you must add them to this list to prevent connection issues.

    This field is ignored if neither the httpProxy or httpsProxy fields are set.

    4
    One or more URLs external to the cluster to use to perform a readiness check before writing the httpProxy and httpsProxy values to status.
    5
    A reference to the config map in the openshift-config namespace that contains additional CA certificates required for proxying HTTPS connections. Note that the config map must already exist before referencing it here. This field is required unless the proxy’s identity certificate is signed by an authority from the RHCOS trust bundle.
  4. Save the file to apply the changes.

31.3. Certificate injection using Operators

Once your custom CA certificate is added to the cluster via ConfigMap, the Cluster Network Operator merges the user-provided and system CA certificates into a single bundle and injects the merged bundle into the Operator requesting the trust bundle injection.

Important

After adding a config.openshift.io/inject-trusted-cabundle="true" label to the config map, existing data in it is deleted. The Cluster Network Operator takes ownership of a config map and only accepts ca-bundle as data. You must use a separate config map to store service-ca.crt by using the service.beta.openshift.io/inject-cabundle=true annotation or a similar configuration. Adding a config.openshift.io/inject-trusted-cabundle="true" label and service.beta.openshift.io/inject-cabundle=true annotation on the same config map can cause issues.

Operators request this injection by creating an empty ConfigMap with the following label: 

config.openshift.io/inject-trusted-cabundle="true"

An example of the empty ConfigMap: 

apiVersion: v1
data: {}
kind: ConfigMap
metadata:
  labels:
    config.openshift.io/inject-trusted-cabundle: "true"
  name: ca-inject 1
  namespace: apache
1
Specifies the empty ConfigMap name.

The Operator mounts this ConfigMap into the container’s local trust store.

Note

Adding a trusted CA certificate is only needed if the certificate is not included in the Red Hat Enterprise Linux CoreOS (RHCOS) trust bundle.

Certificate injection is not limited to Operators. The Cluster Network Operator injects certificates across any namespace when an empty ConfigMap is created with the config.openshift.io/inject-trusted-cabundle=true label.

The ConfigMap can reside in any namespace, but the ConfigMap must be mounted as a volume to each container within a pod that requires a custom CA. For example: 

apiVersion: apps/v1
kind: Deployment
metadata:
  name: my-example-custom-ca-deployment
  namespace: my-example-custom-ca-ns
spec:
  ...
    spec:
      ...
      containers:
        - name: my-container-that-needs-custom-ca
          volumeMounts:
          - name: trusted-ca
            mountPath: /etc/pki/ca-trust/extracted/pem
            readOnly: true
      volumes:
      - name: trusted-ca
        configMap:
          name: trusted-ca
          items:
            - key: ca-bundle.crt 1
              path: tls-ca-bundle.pem 2
1
ca-bundle.crt is required as the ConfigMap key.
2
tls-ca-bundle.pem is required as the ConfigMap path.

Chapter 32. Load balancing on RHOSP

32.1. Limitations of load balancer services

OpenShift Container Platform clusters on Red Hat OpenStack Platform (RHOSP) use Octavia to handle load balancer services. As a result of this choice, such clusters have a number of functional limitations.

RHOSP Octavia has two supported providers: Amphora and OVN. These providers differ in terms of available features as well as implementation details. These distinctions affect load balancer services that are created on your cluster.

32.1.1. Local external traffic policies

You can set the external traffic policy (ETP) parameter, .spec.externalTrafficPolicy, on a load balancer service to preserve the source IP address of incoming traffic when it reaches service endpoint pods. However, if your cluster uses the Amphora Octavia provider, the source IP of the traffic is replaced with the IP address of the Amphora VM. This behavior does not occur if your cluster uses the OVN Octavia provider.

Having the ETP option set to Local requires that health monitors be created for the load balancer. Without health monitors, traffic can be routed to a node that doesn’t have a functional endpoint, which causes the connection to drop. To force Cloud Provider OpenStack to create health monitors, you must set the value of the create-monitor option in the cloud provider configuration to true.

In RHOSP 16.2, the OVN Octavia provider does not support health monitors. Therefore, setting the ETP to local is unsupported.

In RHOSP 16.2, the Amphora Octavia provider does not support HTTP monitors on UDP pools. As a result, UDP load balancer services have UDP-CONNECT monitors created instead. Due to implementation details, this configuration only functions properly with the OVN-Kubernetes CNI plugin. When the OpenShift SDN CNI plugin is used, the UDP services alive nodes are detected unreliably.

32.1.2. Load balancer source ranges

Use the .spec.loadBalancerSourceRanges property to restrict the traffic that can pass through the load balancer according to source IP. This property is supported for use with the Amphora Octavia provider only. If your cluster uses the OVN Octavia provider, the option is ignored and traffic is unrestricted.

32.2. Using the Octavia OVN load balancer provider driver with Kuryr SDN

Important

Kuryr is a deprecated feature. Deprecated functionality is still included in OpenShift Container Platform and continues to be supported; however, it will be removed in a future release of this product and is not recommended for new deployments.

For the most recent list of major functionality that has been deprecated or removed within OpenShift Container Platform, refer to the Deprecated and removed features section of the OpenShift Container Platform release notes.

If your OpenShift Container Platform cluster uses Kuryr and was installed on a Red Hat OpenStack Platform (RHOSP) 13 cloud that was later upgraded to RHOSP 16, you can configure it to use the Octavia OVN provider driver.

Important

Kuryr replaces existing load balancers after you change provider drivers. This process results in some downtime.

Prerequisites

  • Install the RHOSP CLI, openstack.
  • Install the OpenShift Container Platform CLI, oc.

  • Verify that the Octavia OVN driver on RHOSP is enabled.

    Tip

    To view a list of available Octavia drivers, on a command line, enter openstack loadbalancer provider list.

    The ovn driver is displayed in the command’s output.

Procedure

To change from the Octavia Amphora provider driver to Octavia OVN:

  1. Open the kuryr-config ConfigMap. On a command line, enter: 

    $ oc -n openshift-kuryr edit cm kuryr-config

  2. In the ConfigMap, delete the line that contains kuryr-octavia-provider: default. For example: 

    ...
kind: ConfigMap
metadata:
  annotations:
    networkoperator.openshift.io/kuryr-octavia-provider: default 1
...
    1
    Delete this line. The cluster will regenerate it with ovn as the value.

    Wait for the Cluster Network Operator to detect the modification and to redeploy the kuryr-controller and kuryr-cni pods. This process might take several minutes.

  3. Verify that the kuryr-config ConfigMap annotation is present with ovn as its value. On a command line, enter: 

    $ oc -n openshift-kuryr edit cm kuryr-config

    The ovn provider value is displayed in the output: 

    ...
kind: ConfigMap
metadata:
  annotations:
    networkoperator.openshift.io/kuryr-octavia-provider: ovn
...

  4. Verify that RHOSP recreated its load balancers.

    1. On a command line, enter: 

      $ openstack loadbalancer list | grep amphora

      A single Amphora load balancer is displayed. For example: 

      a4db683b-2b7b-4988-a582-c39daaad7981 | ostest-7mbj6-kuryr-api-loadbalancer  | 84c99c906edd475ba19478a9a6690efd | 172.30.0.1     | ACTIVE              | amphora

    2. Search for ovn load balancers by entering: 

      $ openstack loadbalancer list | grep ovn

      The remaining load balancers of the ovn type are displayed. For example: 

      2dffe783-98ae-4048-98d0-32aa684664cc | openshift-apiserver-operator/metrics | 84c99c906edd475ba19478a9a6690efd | 172.30.167.119 | ACTIVE              | ovn
0b1b2193-251f-4243-af39-2f99b29d18c5 | openshift-etcd/etcd                  | 84c99c906edd475ba19478a9a6690efd | 172.30.143.226 | ACTIVE              | ovn
f05b07fc-01b7-4673-bd4d-adaa4391458e | openshift-dns-operator/metrics       | 84c99c906edd475ba19478a9a6690efd | 172.30.152.27  | ACTIVE              | ovn

32.3. Scaling clusters for application traffic by using Octavia

OpenShift Container Platform clusters that run on Red Hat OpenStack Platform (RHOSP) can use the Octavia load balancing service to distribute traffic across multiple virtual machines (VMs) or floating IP addresses. This feature mitigates the bottleneck that single machines or addresses create.

If your cluster uses Kuryr, the Cluster Network Operator created an internal Octavia load balancer at deployment. You can use this load balancer for application network scaling.

If your cluster does not use Kuryr, you must create your own Octavia load balancer to use it for application network scaling.

32.3.1. Scaling clusters by using Octavia

If you want to use multiple API load balancers, or if your cluster does not use Kuryr, create an Octavia load balancer and then configure your cluster to use it.

Prerequisites

  • Octavia is available on your Red Hat OpenStack Platform (RHOSP) deployment.

Procedure

  1. From a command line, create an Octavia load balancer that uses the Amphora driver: 

    $ openstack loadbalancer create --name API_OCP_CLUSTER --vip-subnet-id <id_of_worker_vms_subnet>

    You can use a name of your choice instead of API_OCP_CLUSTER.

  2. After the load balancer becomes active, create listeners: 

    $ openstack loadbalancer listener create --name API_OCP_CLUSTER_6443 --protocol HTTPS--protocol-port 6443 API_OCP_CLUSTER
    Note

    To view the status of the load balancer, enter openstack loadbalancer list.

  3. Create a pool that uses the round robin algorithm and has session persistence enabled: 

    $ openstack loadbalancer pool create --name API_OCP_CLUSTER_pool_6443 --lb-algorithm ROUND_ROBIN --session-persistence type=<source_IP_address> --listener API_OCP_CLUSTER_6443 --protocol HTTPS

  4. To ensure that control plane machines are available, create a health monitor: 

    $ openstack loadbalancer healthmonitor create --delay 5 --max-retries 4 --timeout 10 --type TCP API_OCP_CLUSTER_pool_6443

  5. Add the control plane machines as members of the load balancer pool: 

    $ for SERVER in $(MASTER-0-IP MASTER-1-IP MASTER-2-IP)
do
  openstack loadbalancer member create --address $SERVER  --protocol-port 6443 API_OCP_CLUSTER_pool_6443
done

  6. Optional: To reuse the cluster API floating IP address, unset it: 

    $ openstack floating ip unset $API_FIP

  7. Add either the unset API_FIP or a new address to the created load balancer VIP: 

    $ openstack floating ip set  --port $(openstack loadbalancer show -c <vip_port_id> -f value API_OCP_CLUSTER) $API_FIP

Your cluster now uses Octavia for load balancing.

Note

If Kuryr uses the Octavia Amphora driver, all traffic is routed through a single Amphora virtual machine (VM).

You can repeat this procedure to create additional load balancers, which can alleviate the bottleneck.

32.3.2. Scaling clusters that use Kuryr by using Octavia

Important

Kuryr is a deprecated feature. Deprecated functionality is still included in OpenShift Container Platform and continues to be supported; however, it will be removed in a future release of this product and is not recommended for new deployments.

For the most recent list of major functionality that has been deprecated or removed within OpenShift Container Platform, refer to the Deprecated and removed features section of the OpenShift Container Platform release notes.

If your cluster uses Kuryr, associate the API floating IP address of your cluster with the pre-existing Octavia load balancer.

Prerequisites

  • Your OpenShift Container Platform cluster uses Kuryr.
  • Octavia is available on your Red Hat OpenStack Platform (RHOSP) deployment.

Procedure

  1. Optional: From a command line, to reuse the cluster API floating IP address, unset it: 

    $ openstack floating ip unset $API_FIP

  2. Add either the unset API_FIP or a new address to the created load balancer VIP: 

    $ openstack floating ip set --port $(openstack loadbalancer show -c <vip_port_id> -f value ${OCP_CLUSTER}-kuryr-api-loadbalancer) $API_FIP

Your cluster now uses Octavia for load balancing.

Note

If Kuryr uses the Octavia Amphora driver, all traffic is routed through a single Amphora virtual machine (VM).

You can repeat this procedure to create additional load balancers, which can alleviate the bottleneck.

32.4. Scaling for ingress traffic by using RHOSP Octavia

Important

Kuryr is a deprecated feature. Deprecated functionality is still included in OpenShift Container Platform and continues to be supported; however, it will be removed in a future release of this product and is not recommended for new deployments.

For the most recent list of major functionality that has been deprecated or removed within OpenShift Container Platform, refer to the Deprecated and removed features section of the OpenShift Container Platform release notes.

You can use Octavia load balancers to scale Ingress controllers on clusters that use Kuryr.

Prerequisites

  • Your OpenShift Container Platform cluster uses Kuryr.
  • Octavia is available on your RHOSP deployment.

Procedure

  1. To copy the current internal router service, on a command line, enter: 

    $ oc -n openshift-ingress get svc router-internal-default -o yaml > external_router.yaml

  2. In the file external_router.yaml, change the values of metadata.name and spec.type to LoadBalancer.

    Example router file

    apiVersion: v1
kind: Service
metadata:
  labels:
    ingresscontroller.operator.openshift.io/owning-ingresscontroller: default
  name: router-external-default 1
  namespace: openshift-ingress
spec:
  ports:
  - name: http
    port: 80
    protocol: TCP
    targetPort: http
  - name: https
    port: 443
    protocol: TCP
    targetPort: https
  - name: metrics
    port: 1936
    protocol: TCP
    targetPort: 1936
  selector:
    ingresscontroller.operator.openshift.io/deployment-ingresscontroller: default
  sessionAffinity: None
  type: LoadBalancer 2

    1
    Ensure that this value is descriptive, like router-external-default.
    2
    Ensure that this value is LoadBalancer.
Note

You can delete timestamps and other information that is irrelevant to load balancing.

  1. From a command line, create a service from the external_router.yaml file: 

    $ oc apply -f external_router.yaml

  2. Verify that the external IP address of the service is the same as the one that is associated with the load balancer:

    1. On a command line, retrieve the external IP address of the service: 

      $ oc -n openshift-ingress get svc

      Example output

      NAME                      TYPE           CLUSTER-IP       EXTERNAL-IP    PORT(S)                                     AGE
router-external-default   LoadBalancer   172.30.235.33    10.46.22.161   80:30112/TCP,443:32359/TCP,1936:30317/TCP   3m38s
router-internal-default   ClusterIP      172.30.115.123   <none>         80/TCP,443/TCP,1936/TCP                     22h

    2. Retrieve the IP address of the load balancer: 

      $ openstack loadbalancer list | grep router-external

      Example output

      | 21bf6afe-b498-4a16-a958-3229e83c002c | openshift-ingress/router-external-default | 66f3816acf1b431691b8d132cc9d793c | 172.30.235.33  | ACTIVE | octavia |

    3. Verify that the addresses you retrieved in the previous steps are associated with each other in the floating IP list: 

      $ openstack floating ip list | grep 172.30.235.33

      Example output

      | e2f80e97-8266-4b69-8636-e58bacf1879e | 10.46.22.161 | 172.30.235.33 | 655e7122-806a-4e0a-a104-220c6e17bda6 | a565e55a-99e7-4d15-b4df-f9d7ee8c9deb | 66f3816acf1b431691b8d132cc9d793c |

You can now use the value of EXTERNAL-IP as the new Ingress address.

Note

If Kuryr uses the Octavia Amphora driver, all traffic is routed through a single Amphora virtual machine (VM).

You can repeat this procedure to create additional load balancers, which can alleviate the bottleneck.

32.5. Services for an external load balancer

You can configure an OpenShift Container Platform cluster on Red Hat OpenStack Platform (RHOSP) to use an external load balancer in place of the default load balancer.

Important

Configuring an external load balancer depends on your vendor’s load balancer.

The information and examples in this section are for guideline purposes only. Consult the vendor documentation for more specific information about the vendor’s load balancer.

Red Hat supports the following services for an external load balancer:

  • Ingress Controller
  • OpenShift API
  • OpenShift MachineConfig API

You can choose whether you want to configure one or all of these services for an external load balancer. Configuring only the Ingress Controller service is a common configuration option. To better understand each service, view the following diagrams:

Figure 32.1. Example network workflow that shows an Ingress Controller operating in an OpenShift Container Platform environment

An image that shows an example network workflow of an Ingress Controller operating in an OpenShift Container Platform environment.

Figure 32.2. Example network workflow that shows an OpenShift API operating in an OpenShift Container Platform environment

An image that shows an example network workflow of an OpenShift API operating in an OpenShift Container Platform environment.

Figure 32.3. Example network workflow that shows an OpenShift MachineConfig API operating in an OpenShift Container Platform environment

An image that shows an example network workflow of an OpenShift MachineConfig API operating in an OpenShift Container Platform environment.

The following configuration options are supported for external load balancers:

  • Use a node selector to map the Ingress Controller to a specific set of nodes. You must assign a static IP address to each node in this set, or configure each node to receive the same IP address from the Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP). Infrastructure nodes commonly receive this type of configuration.

  • Target all IP addresses on a subnet. This configuration can reduce maintenance overhead, because you can create and destroy nodes within those networks without reconfiguring the load balancer targets. If you deploy your ingress pods by using a machine set on a smaller network, such as a /27 or /28, you can simplify your load balancer targets.

    Tip

    You can list all IP addresses that exist in a network by checking the machine config pool’s resources.

Before you configure an external load balancer for your OpenShift Container Platform cluster, consider the following information:

  • For a front-end IP address, you can use the same IP address for the front-end IP address, the Ingress Controller’s load balancer, and API load balancer. Check the vendor’s documentation for this capability.

  • For a back-end IP address, ensure that an IP address for an OpenShift Container Platform control plane node does not change during the lifetime of the external load balancer. You can achieve this by completing one of the following actions:

    • Assign a static IP address to each control plane node.
    • Configure each node to receive the same IP address from the DHCP every time the node requests a DHCP lease. Depending on the vendor, the DHCP lease might be in the form of an IP reservation or a static DHCP assignment.
  • Manually define each node that runs the Ingress Controller in the external load balancer for the Ingress Controller back-end service. For example, if the Ingress Controller moves to an undefined node, a connection outage can occur.

32.5.1. Configuring an external load balancer

You can configure an OpenShift Container Platform cluster on Red Hat OpenStack Platform (RHOSP) to use an external load balancer in place of the default load balancer.

Important

Before you configure an external load balancer, ensure that you read the "Services for an external load balancer" section.

Read the following prerequisites that apply to the service that you want to configure for your external load balancer.

Note

MetalLB, that runs on a cluster, functions as an external load balancer.

OpenShift API prerequisites

  • You defined a front-end IP address.

  • TCP ports 6443 and 22623 are exposed on the front-end IP address of your load balancer. Check the following items:

    • Port 6443 provides access to the OpenShift API service.
    • Port 22623 can provide ignition startup configurations to nodes.
  • The front-end IP address and port 6443 are reachable by all users of your system with a location external to your OpenShift Container Platform cluster.
  • The front-end IP address and port 22623 are reachable only by OpenShift Container Platform nodes.
  • The load balancer backend can communicate with OpenShift Container Platform control plane nodes on port 6443 and 22623.

Ingress Controller prerequisites

  • You defined a front-end IP address.
  • TCP ports 443 and 80 are exposed on the front-end IP address of your load balancer.
  • The front-end IP address, port 80 and port 443 are be reachable by all users of your system with a location external to your OpenShift Container Platform cluster.
  • The front-end IP address, port 80 and port 443 are reachable to all nodes that operate in your OpenShift Container Platform cluster.
  • The load balancer backend can communicate with OpenShift Container Platform nodes that run the Ingress Controller on ports 80, 443, and 1936.

Prerequisite for health check URL specifications

You can configure most load balancers by setting health check URLs that determine if a service is available or unavailable. OpenShift Container Platform provides these health checks for the OpenShift API, Machine Configuration API, and Ingress Controller backend services.

The following examples demonstrate health check specifications for the previously listed backend services:

Example of a Kubernetes API health check specification

Path: HTTPS:6443/readyz
Healthy threshold: 2
Unhealthy threshold: 2
Timeout: 10
Interval: 10

Example of a Machine Config API health check specification

Path: HTTPS:22623/healthz
Healthy threshold: 2
Unhealthy threshold: 2
Timeout: 10
Interval: 10

Example of an Ingress Controller health check specification

Path: HTTP:1936/healthz/ready
Healthy threshold: 2
Unhealthy threshold: 2
Timeout: 5
Interval: 10

Procedure

  1. Configure the HAProxy Ingress Controller, so that you can enable access to the cluster from your load balancer on ports 6443, 443, and 80:

    Example HAProxy configuration

    #...
listen my-cluster-api-6443
    bind 192.168.1.100:6443
    mode tcp
    balance roundrobin
  option httpchk
  http-check connect
  http-check send meth GET uri /readyz
  http-check expect status 200
    server my-cluster-master-2 192.168.1.101:6443 check inter 10s rise 2 fall 2
    server my-cluster-master-0 192.168.1.102:6443 check inter 10s rise 2 fall 2
    server my-cluster-master-1 192.168.1.103:6443 check inter 10s rise 2 fall 2

listen my-cluster-machine-config-api-22623
    bind 192.168.1.100:22623
    mode tcp
    balance roundrobin
  option httpchk
  http-check connect
  http-check send meth GET uri /healthz
  http-check expect status 200
    server my-cluster-master-2 192.168.1.101:22623 check inter 10s rise 2 fall 2
    server my-cluster-master-0 192.168.1.102:22623 check inter 10s rise 2 fall 2
    server my-cluster-master-1 192.168.1.103:22623 check inter 10s rise 2 fall 2

listen my-cluster-apps-443
        bind 192.168.1.100:443
        mode tcp
        balance roundrobin
    option httpchk
    http-check connect
    http-check send meth GET uri /healthz/ready
    http-check expect status 200
        server my-cluster-worker-0 192.168.1.111:443 check port 1936 inter 10s rise 2 fall 2
        server my-cluster-worker-1 192.168.1.112:443 check port 1936 inter 10s rise 2 fall 2
        server my-cluster-worker-2 192.168.1.113:443 check port 1936 inter 10s rise 2 fall 2

listen my-cluster-apps-80
        bind 192.168.1.100:80
        mode tcp
        balance roundrobin
    option httpchk
    http-check connect
    http-check send meth GET uri /healthz/ready
    http-check expect status 200
        server my-cluster-worker-0 192.168.1.111:80 check port 1936 inter 10s rise 2 fall 2
        server my-cluster-worker-1 192.168.1.112:80 check port 1936 inter 10s rise 2 fall 2
        server my-cluster-worker-2 192.168.1.113:80 check port 1936 inter 10s rise 2 fall 2
# ...

  2. Use the curl CLI command to verify that the external load balancer and its resources are operational:

    1. Verify that the cluster machine configuration API is accessible to the Kubernetes API server resource, by running the following command and observing the response: 

      $ curl https://<loadbalancer_ip_address>:6443/version --insecure

      If the configuration is correct, you receive a JSON object in response: 

      {
  "major": "1",
  "minor": "11+",
  "gitVersion": "v1.11.0+ad103ed",
  "gitCommit": "ad103ed",
  "gitTreeState": "clean",
  "buildDate": "2019-01-09T06:44:10Z",
  "goVersion": "go1.10.3",
  "compiler": "gc",
  "platform": "linux/amd64"
}

    2. Verify that the cluster machine configuration API is accessible to the Machine config server resource, by running the following command and observing the output: 

      $ curl -v https://<loadbalancer_ip_address>:22623/healthz --insecure

      If the configuration is correct, the output from the command shows the following response: 

      HTTP/1.1 200 OK
Content-Length: 0

    3. Verify that the controller is accessible to the Ingress Controller resource on port 80, by running the following command and observing the output: 

      $ curl -I -L -H "Host: console-openshift-console.apps.<cluster_name>.<base_domain>" http://<load_balancer_front_end_IP_address>

      If the configuration is correct, the output from the command shows the following response: 

      HTTP/1.1 302 Found
content-length: 0
location: https://console-openshift-console.apps.ocp4.private.opequon.net/
cache-control: no-cache

    4. Verify that the controller is accessible to the Ingress Controller resource on port 443, by running the following command and observing the output: 

      $ curl -I -L --insecure --resolve console-openshift-console.apps.<cluster_name>.<base_domain>:443:<Load Balancer Front End IP Address> https://console-openshift-console.apps.<cluster_name>.<base_domain>

      If the configuration is correct, the output from the command shows the following response: 

      HTTP/1.1 200 OK
referrer-policy: strict-origin-when-cross-origin
set-cookie: csrf-token=UlYWOyQ62LWjw2h003xtYSKlh1a0Py2hhctw0WmV2YEdhJjFyQwWcGBsja261dGLgaYO0nxzVErhiXt6QepA7g==; Path=/; Secure; SameSite=Lax
x-content-type-options: nosniff
x-dns-prefetch-control: off
x-frame-options: DENY
x-xss-protection: 1; mode=block
date: Wed, 04 Oct 2023 16:29:38 GMT
content-type: text/html; charset=utf-8
set-cookie: 1e2670d92730b515ce3a1bb65da45062=1bf5e9573c9a2760c964ed1659cc1673; path=/; HttpOnly; Secure; SameSite=None
cache-control: private

  3. Configure the DNS records for your cluster to target the front-end IP addresses of the external load balancer. You must update records to your DNS server for the cluster API and applications over the load balancer.

    Examples of modified DNS records

    <load_balancer_ip_address>  A  api.<cluster_name>.<base_domain>
A record pointing to Load Balancer Front End

    <load_balancer_ip_address>   A apps.<cluster_name>.<base_domain>
A record pointing to Load Balancer Front End
    Important

    DNS propagation might take some time for each DNS record to become available. Ensure that each DNS record propagates before validating each record.

  4. Use the curl CLI command to verify that the external load balancer and DNS record configuration are operational:

    1. Verify that you can access the cluster API, by running the following command and observing the output: 

      $ curl https://api.<cluster_name>.<base_domain>:6443/version --insecure

      If the configuration is correct, you receive a JSON object in response: 

      {
  "major": "1",
  "minor": "11+",
  "gitVersion": "v1.11.0+ad103ed",
  "gitCommit": "ad103ed",
  "gitTreeState": "clean",
  "buildDate": "2019-01-09T06:44:10Z",
  "goVersion": "go1.10.3",
  "compiler": "gc",
  "platform": "linux/amd64"
  }

    2. Verify that you can access the cluster machine configuration, by running the following command and observing the output: 

      $ curl -v https://api.<cluster_name>.<base_domain>:22623/healthz --insecure

      If the configuration is correct, the output from the command shows the following response: 

      HTTP/1.1 200 OK
Content-Length: 0

    3. Verify that you can access each cluster application on port, by running the following command and observing the output: 

      $ curl http://console-openshift-console.apps.<cluster_name>.<base_domain> -I -L --insecure

      If the configuration is correct, the output from the command shows the following response: 

      HTTP/1.1 302 Found
content-length: 0
location: https://console-openshift-console.apps.<cluster-name>.<base domain>/
cache-control: no-cacheHTTP/1.1 200 OK
referrer-policy: strict-origin-when-cross-origin
set-cookie: csrf-token=39HoZgztDnzjJkq/JuLJMeoKNXlfiVv2YgZc09c3TBOBU4NI6kDXaJH1LdicNhN1UsQWzon4Dor9GWGfopaTEQ==; Path=/; Secure
x-content-type-options: nosniff
x-dns-prefetch-control: off
x-frame-options: DENY
x-xss-protection: 1; mode=block
date: Tue, 17 Nov 2020 08:42:10 GMT
content-type: text/html; charset=utf-8
set-cookie: 1e2670d92730b515ce3a1bb65da45062=9b714eb87e93cf34853e87a92d6894be; path=/; HttpOnly; Secure; SameSite=None
cache-control: private

    4. Verify that you can access each cluster application on port 443, by running the following command and observing the output: 

      $ curl https://console-openshift-console.apps.<cluster_name>.<base_domain> -I -L --insecure

      If the configuration is correct, the output from the command shows the following response: 

      HTTP/1.1 200 OK
referrer-policy: strict-origin-when-cross-origin
set-cookie: csrf-token=UlYWOyQ62LWjw2h003xtYSKlh1a0Py2hhctw0WmV2YEdhJjFyQwWcGBsja261dGLgaYO0nxzVErhiXt6QepA7g==; Path=/; Secure; SameSite=Lax
x-content-type-options: nosniff
x-dns-prefetch-control: off
x-frame-options: DENY
x-xss-protection: 1; mode=block
date: Wed, 04 Oct 2023 16:29:38 GMT
content-type: text/html; charset=utf-8
set-cookie: 1e2670d92730b515ce3a1bb65da45062=1bf5e9573c9a2760c964ed1659cc1673; path=/; HttpOnly; Secure; SameSite=None
cache-control: private

Chapter 33. Load balancing with MetalLB

33.1. About MetalLB and the MetalLB Operator

As a cluster administrator, you can add the MetalLB Operator to your cluster so that when a service of type LoadBalancer is added to the cluster, MetalLB can add an external IP address for the service. The external IP address is added to the host network for your cluster.

33.1.1. When to use MetalLB

Using MetalLB is valuable when you have a bare-metal cluster, or an infrastructure that is like bare metal, and you want fault-tolerant access to an application through an external IP address.

You must configure your networking infrastructure to ensure that network traffic for the external IP address is routed from clients to the host network for the cluster.

After deploying MetalLB with the MetalLB Operator, when you add a service of type LoadBalancer, MetalLB provides a platform-native load balancer.

MetalLB operating in layer2 mode provides support for failover by utilizing a mechanism similar to IP failover. However, instead of relying on the virtual router redundancy protocol (VRRP) and keepalived, MetalLB leverages a gossip-based protocol to identify instances of node failure. When a failover is detected, another node assumes the role of the leader node, and a gratuitous ARP message is dispatched to broadcast this change.

MetalLB operating in layer3 or border gateway protocol (BGP) mode delegates failure detection to the network. The BGP router or routers that the OpenShift Container Platform nodes have established a connection with will identify any node failure and terminate the routes to that node.

Using MetalLB instead of IP failover is preferable for ensuring high availability of pods and services.

33.1.2. MetalLB Operator custom resources

The MetalLB Operator monitors its own namespace for the following custom resources:

MetalLB
When you add a MetalLB custom resource to the cluster, the MetalLB Operator deploys MetalLB on the cluster. The Operator only supports a single instance of the custom resource. If the instance is deleted, the Operator removes MetalLB from the cluster.
IPAddressPool

MetalLB requires one or more pools of IP addresses that it can assign to a service when you add a service of type LoadBalancer. An IPAddressPool includes a list of IP addresses. The list can be a single IP address that is set using a range, such as 1.1.1.1-1.1.1.1, a range specified in CIDR notation, a range specified as a starting and ending address separated by a hyphen, or a combination of the three. An IPAddressPool requires a name. The documentation uses names like doc-example, doc-example-reserved, and doc-example-ipv6. The MetalLB controller assigns IP addresses from a pool of addresses in an IPAddressPool. L2Advertisement and BGPAdvertisement custom resources enable the advertisement of a given IP from a given pool. You can assign IP addresses from an IPAddressPool to services and namespaces by using the spec.serviceAllocation specification in the IPAddressPool custom resource.

Note

A single IPAddressPool can be referenced by a L2 advertisement and a BGP advertisement.

BGPPeer
The BGP peer custom resource identifies the BGP router for MetalLB to communicate with, the AS number of the router, the AS number for MetalLB, and customizations for route advertisement. MetalLB advertises the routes for service load-balancer IP addresses to one or more BGP peers.
BFDProfile
The BFD profile custom resource configures Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) for a BGP peer. BFD provides faster path failure detection than BGP alone provides.
L2Advertisement
The L2Advertisement custom resource advertises an IP coming from an IPAddressPool using the L2 protocol.
BGPAdvertisement
The BGPAdvertisement custom resource advertises an IP coming from an IPAddressPool using the BGP protocol.

After you add the MetalLB custom resource to the cluster and the Operator deploys MetalLB, the controller and speaker MetalLB software components begin running.

MetalLB validates all relevant custom resources.

33.1.3. MetalLB software components

When you install the MetalLB Operator, the metallb-operator-controller-manager deployment starts a pod. The pod is the implementation of the Operator. The pod monitors for changes to all the relevant resources.

When the Operator starts an instance of MetalLB, it starts a controller deployment and a speaker daemon set.

Note

You can configure deployment specifications in the MetalLB custom resource to manage how controller and speaker pods deploy and run in your cluster. For more information about these deployment specifications, see the Additional resources section.

controller

The Operator starts the deployment and a single pod. When you add a service of type LoadBalancer, Kubernetes uses the controller to allocate an IP address from an address pool. In case of a service failure, verify you have the following entry in your controller pod logs:

Example output

"event":"ipAllocated","ip":"172.22.0.201","msg":"IP address assigned by controller

speaker

The Operator starts a daemon set for speaker pods. By default, a pod is started on each node in your cluster. You can limit the pods to specific nodes by specifying a node selector in the MetalLB custom resource when you start MetalLB. If the controller allocated the IP address to the service and service is still unavailable, read the speaker pod logs. If the speaker pod is unavailable, run the oc describe pod -n command.

For layer 2 mode, after the controller allocates an IP address for the service, the speaker pods use an algorithm to determine which speaker pod on which node will announce the load balancer IP address. The algorithm involves hashing the node name and the load balancer IP address. For more information, see "MetalLB and external traffic policy". The speaker uses Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) to announce IPv4 addresses and Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP) to announce IPv6 addresses.

For Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) mode, after the controller allocates an IP address for the service, each speaker pod advertises the load balancer IP address with its BGP peers. You can configure which nodes start BGP sessions with BGP peers.

Requests for the load balancer IP address are routed to the node with the speaker that announces the IP address. After the node receives the packets, the service proxy routes the packets to an endpoint for the service. The endpoint can be on the same node in the optimal case, or it can be on another node. The service proxy chooses an endpoint each time a connection is established.

33.1.4. MetalLB and external traffic policy

With layer 2 mode, one node in your cluster receives all the traffic for the service IP address. With BGP mode, a router on the host network opens a connection to one of the nodes in the cluster for a new client connection. How your cluster handles the traffic after it enters the node is affected by the external traffic policy.

cluster

This is the default value for spec.externalTrafficPolicy.

With the cluster traffic policy, after the node receives the traffic, the service proxy distributes the traffic to all the pods in your service. This policy provides uniform traffic distribution across the pods, but it obscures the client IP address and it can appear to the application in your pods that the traffic originates from the node rather than the client.

local

With the local traffic policy, after the node receives the traffic, the service proxy only sends traffic to the pods on the same node. For example, if the speaker pod on node A announces the external service IP, then all traffic is sent to node A. After the traffic enters node A, the service proxy only sends traffic to pods for the service that are also on node A. Pods for the service that are on additional nodes do not receive any traffic from node A. Pods for the service on additional nodes act as replicas in case failover is needed.

This policy does not affect the client IP address. Application pods can determine the client IP address from the incoming connections.

Note

The following information is important when configuring the external traffic policy in BGP mode.

Although MetalLB advertises the load balancer IP address from all the eligible nodes, the number of nodes loadbalancing the service can be limited by the capacity of the router to establish equal-cost multipath (ECMP) routes. If the number of nodes advertising the IP is greater than the ECMP group limit of the router, the router will use less nodes than the ones advertising the IP.

For example, if the external traffic policy is set to local and the router has an ECMP group limit set to 16 and the pods implementing a LoadBalancer service are deployed on 30 nodes, this would result in pods deployed on 14 nodes not receiving any traffic. In this situation, it would be preferable to set the external traffic policy for the service to cluster.

33.1.5. MetalLB concepts for layer 2 mode

In layer 2 mode, the speaker pod on one node announces the external IP address for a service to the host network. From a network perspective, the node appears to have multiple IP addresses assigned to a network interface.

Note

In layer 2 mode, MetalLB relies on ARP and NDP. These protocols implement local address resolution within a specific subnet. In this context, the client must be able to reach the VIP assigned by MetalLB that exists on the same subnet as the nodes announcing the service in order for MetalLB to work.

The speaker pod responds to ARP requests for IPv4 services and NDP requests for IPv6.

In layer 2 mode, all traffic for a service IP address is routed through one node. After traffic enters the node, the service proxy for the CNI network provider distributes the traffic to all the pods for the service.

Because all traffic for a service enters through a single node in layer 2 mode, in a strict sense, MetalLB does not implement a load balancer for layer 2. Rather, MetalLB implements a failover mechanism for layer 2 so that when a speaker pod becomes unavailable, a speaker pod on a different node can announce the service IP address.

When a node becomes unavailable, failover is automatic. The speaker pods on the other nodes detect that a node is unavailable and a new speaker pod and node take ownership of the service IP address from the failed node.

Conceptual diagram for MetalLB and layer 2 mode

The preceding graphic shows the following concepts related to MetalLB:

  • An application is available through a service that has a cluster IP on the 172.130.0.0/16 subnet. That IP address is accessible from inside the cluster. The service also has an external IP address that MetalLB assigned to the service, 192.168.100.200.
  • Nodes 1 and 3 have a pod for the application.
  • The speaker daemon set runs a pod on each node. The MetalLB Operator starts these pods.
  • Each speaker pod is a host-networked pod. The IP address for the pod is identical to the IP address for the node on the host network.
  • The speaker pod on node 1 uses ARP to announce the external IP address for the service, 192.168.100.200. The speaker pod that announces the external IP address must be on the same node as an endpoint for the service and the endpoint must be in the Ready condition.

  • Client traffic is routed to the host network and connects to the 192.168.100.200 IP address. After traffic enters the node, the service proxy sends the traffic to the application pod on the same node or another node according to the external traffic policy that you set for the service.

    • If the external traffic policy for the service is set to cluster, the node that advertises the 192.168.100.200 load balancer IP address is selected from the nodes where a speaker pod is running. Only that node can receive traffic for the service.
    • If the external traffic policy for the service is set to local, the node that advertises the 192.168.100.200 load balancer IP address is selected from the nodes where a speaker pod is running and at least an endpoint of the service. Only that node can receive traffic for the service. In the preceding graphic, either node 1 or 3 would advertise 192.168.100.200.
  • If node 1 becomes unavailable, the external IP address fails over to another node. On another node that has an instance of the application pod and service endpoint, the speaker pod begins to announce the external IP address, 192.168.100.200 and the new node receives the client traffic. In the diagram, the only candidate is node 3.

33.1.6. MetalLB concepts for BGP mode

In BGP mode, by default each speaker pod advertises the load balancer IP address for a service to each BGP peer. It is also possible to advertise the IPs coming from a given pool to a specific set of peers by adding an optional list of BGP peers. BGP peers are commonly network routers that are configured to use the BGP protocol. When a router receives traffic for the load balancer IP address, the router picks one of the nodes with a speaker pod that advertised the IP address. The router sends the traffic to that node. After traffic enters the node, the service proxy for the CNI network plugin distributes the traffic to all the pods for the service.

The directly-connected router on the same layer 2 network segment as the cluster nodes can be configured as a BGP peer. If the directly-connected router is not configured as a BGP peer, you need to configure your network so that packets for load balancer IP addresses are routed between the BGP peers and the cluster nodes that run the speaker pods.

Each time a router receives new traffic for the load balancer IP address, it creates a new connection to a node. Each router manufacturer has an implementation-specific algorithm for choosing which node to initiate the connection with. However, the algorithms commonly are designed to distribute traffic across the available nodes for the purpose of balancing the network load.

If a node becomes unavailable, the router initiates a new connection with another node that has a speaker pod that advertises the load balancer IP address.

Figure 33.1. MetalLB topology diagram for BGP mode

Speaker pods on host network 10.0.1.0/24 use BGP to advertise the load balancer IP address, 203.0.113.200, to a router.

The preceding graphic shows the following concepts related to MetalLB:

  • An application is available through a service that has an IPv4 cluster IP on the 172.130.0.0/16 subnet. That IP address is accessible from inside the cluster. The service also has an external IP address that MetalLB assigned to the service, 203.0.113.200.
  • Nodes 2 and 3 have a pod for the application.
  • The speaker daemon set runs a pod on each node. The MetalLB Operator starts these pods. You can configure MetalLB to specify which nodes run the speaker pods.
  • Each speaker pod is a host-networked pod. The IP address for the pod is identical to the IP address for the node on the host network.
  • Each speaker pod starts a BGP session with all BGP peers and advertises the load balancer IP addresses or aggregated routes to the BGP peers. The speaker pods advertise that they are part of Autonomous System 65010. The diagram shows a router, R1, as a BGP peer within the same Autonomous System. However, you can configure MetalLB to start BGP sessions with peers that belong to other Autonomous Systems.

  • All the nodes with a speaker pod that advertises the load balancer IP address can receive traffic for the service.

    • If the external traffic policy for the service is set to cluster, all the nodes where a speaker pod is running advertise the 203.0.113.200 load balancer IP address and all the nodes with a speaker pod can receive traffic for the service. The host prefix is advertised to the router peer only if the external traffic policy is set to cluster.
    • If the external traffic policy for the service is set to local, then all the nodes where a speaker pod is running and at least an endpoint of the service is running can advertise the 203.0.113.200 load balancer IP address. Only those nodes can receive traffic for the service. In the preceding graphic, nodes 2 and 3 would advertise 203.0.113.200.
  • You can configure MetalLB to control which speaker pods start BGP sessions with specific BGP peers by specifying a node selector when you add a BGP peer custom resource.
  • Any routers, such as R1, that are configured to use BGP can be set as BGP peers.
  • Client traffic is routed to one of the nodes on the host network. After traffic enters the node, the service proxy sends the traffic to the application pod on the same node or another node according to the external traffic policy that you set for the service.
  • If a node becomes unavailable, the router detects the failure and initiates a new connection with another node. You can configure MetalLB to use a Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) profile for BGP peers. BFD provides faster link failure detection so that routers can initiate new connections earlier than without BFD.

33.1.7. Limitations and restrictions

33.1.7.1. Infrastructure considerations for MetalLB

MetalLB is primarily useful for on-premise, bare metal installations because these installations do not include a native load-balancer capability. In addition to bare metal installations, installations of OpenShift Container Platform on some infrastructures might not include a native load-balancer capability. For example, the following infrastructures can benefit from adding the MetalLB Operator:

  • Bare metal
  • VMware vSphere
  • IBM Z and IBM® LinuxONE
  • IBM Z and IBM® LinuxONE for Red Hat Enterprise Linux (RHEL) KVM
  • IBM Power

MetalLB Operator and MetalLB are supported with the OpenShift SDN and OVN-Kubernetes network providers.

33.1.7.2. Limitations for layer 2 mode
33.1.7.2.1. Single-node bottleneck

MetalLB routes all traffic for a service through a single node, the node can become a bottleneck and limit performance.

Layer 2 mode limits the ingress bandwidth for your service to the bandwidth of a single node. This is a fundamental limitation of using ARP and NDP to direct traffic.

33.1.7.2.2. Slow failover performance

Failover between nodes depends on cooperation from the clients. When a failover occurs, MetalLB sends gratuitous ARP packets to notify clients that the MAC address associated with the service IP has changed.

Most client operating systems handle gratuitous ARP packets correctly and update their neighbor caches promptly. When clients update their caches quickly, failover completes within a few seconds. Clients typically fail over to a new node within 10 seconds. However, some client operating systems either do not handle gratuitous ARP packets at all or have outdated implementations that delay the cache update.

Recent versions of common operating systems such as Windows, macOS, and Linux implement layer 2 failover correctly. Issues with slow failover are not expected except for older and less common client operating systems.

To minimize the impact from a planned failover on outdated clients, keep the old node running for a few minutes after flipping leadership. The old node can continue to forward traffic for outdated clients until their caches refresh.

During an unplanned failover, the service IPs are unreachable until the outdated clients refresh their cache entries.

33.1.7.2.3. Additional Network and MetalLB cannot use same network

Using the same VLAN for both MetalLB and an additional network interface set up on a source pod might result in a connection failure. This occurs when both the MetalLB IP and the source pod reside on the same node.

To avoid connection failures, place the MetalLB IP in a different subnet from the one where the source pod resides. This configuration ensures that traffic from the source pod will take the default gateway. Consequently, the traffic can effectively reach its destination by using the OVN overlay network, ensuring that the connection functions as intended.

33.1.7.3. Limitations for BGP mode
33.1.7.3.1. Node failure can break all active connections

MetalLB shares a limitation that is common to BGP-based load balancing. When a BGP session terminates, such as when a node fails or when a speaker pod restarts, the session termination might result in resetting all active connections. End users can experience a Connection reset by peer message.

The consequence of a terminated BGP session is implementation-specific for each router manufacturer. However, you can anticipate that a change in the number of speaker pods affects the number of BGP sessions and that active connections with BGP peers will break.

To avoid or reduce the likelihood of a service interruption, you can specify a node selector when you add a BGP peer. By limiting the number of nodes that start BGP sessions, a fault on a node that does not have a BGP session has no affect on connections to the service.

33.1.7.3.2. Support for a single ASN and a single router ID only

When you add a BGP peer custom resource, you specify the spec.myASN field to identify the Autonomous System Number (ASN) that MetalLB belongs to. OpenShift Container Platform uses an implementation of BGP with MetalLB that requires MetalLB to belong to a single ASN. If you attempt to add a BGP peer and specify a different value for spec.myASN than an existing BGP peer custom resource, you receive an error.

Similarly, when you add a BGP peer custom resource, the spec.routerID field is optional. If you specify a value for this field, you must specify the same value for all other BGP peer custom resources that you add.

The limitation to support a single ASN and single router ID is a difference with the community-supported implementation of MetalLB.

33.1.8. Additional resources

33.2. Installing the MetalLB Operator

As a cluster administrator, you can add the MetallB Operator so that the Operator can manage the lifecycle for an instance of MetalLB on your cluster.

MetalLB and IP failover are incompatible. If you configured IP failover for your cluster, perform the steps to remove IP failover before you install the Operator.

33.2.1. Installing the MetalLB Operator from the OperatorHub using the web console

As a cluster administrator, you can install the MetalLB Operator by using the OpenShift Container Platform web console.

Prerequisites

  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. In the OpenShift Container Platform web console, navigate to Operators → OperatorHub.

  2. Type a keyword into the Filter by keyword box or scroll to find the Operator you want. For example, type metallb to find the MetalLB Operator.

    You can also filter options by Infrastructure Features. For example, select Disconnected if you want to see Operators that work in disconnected environments, also known as restricted network environments.

  3. On the Install Operator page, accept the defaults and click Install.

Verification

  1. To confirm that the installation is successful:

    1. Navigate to the Operators → Installed Operators page.
    2. Check that the Operator is installed in the openshift-operators namespace and that its status is Succeeded.

  2. If the Operator is not installed successfully, check the status of the Operator and review the logs:

    1. Navigate to the Operators → Installed Operators page and inspect the Status column for any errors or failures.
    2. Navigate to the Workloads → Pods page and check the logs in any pods in the openshift-operators project that are reporting issues.

33.2.2. Installing from OperatorHub using the CLI

Instead of using the OpenShift Container Platform web console, you can install an Operator from OperatorHub using the CLI. You can use the OpenShift CLI (oc) to install the MetalLB Operator.

It is recommended that when using the CLI you install the Operator in the metallb-system namespace.

Prerequisites

  • A cluster installed on bare-metal hardware.
  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. Create a namespace for the MetalLB Operator by entering the following command: 

    $ cat << EOF | oc apply -f -
apiVersion: v1
kind: Namespace
metadata:
  name: metallb-system
EOF

  2. Create an Operator group custom resource (CR) in the namespace: 

    $ cat << EOF | oc apply -f -
apiVersion: operators.coreos.com/v1
kind: OperatorGroup
metadata:
  name: metallb-operator
  namespace: metallb-system
EOF

  3. Confirm the Operator group is installed in the namespace: 

    $ oc get operatorgroup -n metallb-system

    Example output

    NAME               AGE
metallb-operator   14m

  4. Create a Subscription CR:

    1. Define the Subscription CR and save the YAML file, for example, metallb-sub.yaml: 

      apiVersion: operators.coreos.com/v1alpha1
kind: Subscription
metadata:
  name: metallb-operator-sub
  namespace: metallb-system
spec:
  channel: stable
  name: metallb-operator
  source: redhat-operators 1
  sourceNamespace: openshift-marketplace
      1
      You must specify the redhat-operators value.

    2. To create the Subscription CR, run the following command: 

      $ oc create -f metallb-sub.yaml

  5. Optional: To ensure BGP and BFD metrics appear in Prometheus, you can label the namespace as in the following command: 

    $ oc label ns metallb-system "openshift.io/cluster-monitoring=true"

Verification

The verification steps assume the MetalLB Operator is installed in the metallb-system namespace.

  1. Confirm the install plan is in the namespace: 

    $ oc get installplan -n metallb-system

    Example output

    NAME            CSV                                   APPROVAL    APPROVED
install-wzg94   metallb-operator.4.13.0-nnnnnnnnnnnn   Automatic   true

    Note

    Installation of the Operator might take a few seconds.

  2. To verify that the Operator is installed, enter the following command: 

    $ oc get clusterserviceversion -n metallb-system \
  -o custom-columns=Name:.metadata.name,Phase:.status.phase

    Example output

    Name                                  Phase
metallb-operator.4.13.0-nnnnnnnnnnnn   Succeeded

33.2.3. Starting MetalLB on your cluster

After you install the Operator, you need to configure a single instance of a MetalLB custom resource. After you configure the custom resource, the Operator starts MetalLB on your cluster.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.
  • Install the MetalLB Operator.

Procedure

This procedure assumes the MetalLB Operator is installed in the metallb-system namespace. If you installed using the web console substitute openshift-operators for the namespace.

  1. Create a single instance of a MetalLB custom resource: 

    $ cat << EOF | oc apply -f -
apiVersion: metallb.io/v1beta1
kind: MetalLB
metadata:
  name: metallb
  namespace: metallb-system
EOF

Verification

Confirm that the deployment for the MetalLB controller and the daemon set for the MetalLB speaker are running.

  1. Verify that the deployment for the controller is running: 

    $ oc get deployment -n metallb-system controller

    Example output

    NAME         READY   UP-TO-DATE   AVAILABLE   AGE
controller   1/1     1            1           11m

  2. Verify that the daemon set for the speaker is running: 

    $ oc get daemonset -n metallb-system speaker

    Example output

    NAME      DESIRED   CURRENT   READY   UP-TO-DATE   AVAILABLE   NODE SELECTOR            AGE
speaker   6         6         6       6            6           kubernetes.io/os=linux   18m

    The example output indicates 6 speaker pods. The number of speaker pods in your cluster might differ from the example output. Make sure the output indicates one pod for each node in your cluster.

33.2.4. Deployment specifications for MetalLB

When you start an instance of MetalLB using the MetalLB custom resource, you can configure deployment specifications in the MetalLB custom resource to manage how the controller or speaker pods deploy and run in your cluster. Use these deployment specifications to manage the following tasks:

  • Select nodes for MetalLB pod deployment.
  • Manage scheduling by using pod priority and pod affinity.
  • Assign CPU limits for MetalLB pods.
  • Assign a container RuntimeClass for MetalLB pods.
  • Assign metadata for MetalLB pods.
33.2.4.1. Limit speaker pods to specific nodes

By default, when you start MetalLB with the MetalLB Operator, the Operator starts an instance of a speaker pod on each node in the cluster. Only the nodes with a speaker pod can advertise a load balancer IP address. You can configure the MetalLB custom resource with a node selector to specify which nodes run the speaker pods.

The most common reason to limit the speaker pods to specific nodes is to ensure that only nodes with network interfaces on specific networks advertise load balancer IP addresses. Only the nodes with a running speaker pod are advertised as destinations of the load balancer IP address.

If you limit the speaker pods to specific nodes and specify local for the external traffic policy of a service, then you must ensure that the application pods for the service are deployed to the same nodes.

Example configuration to limit speaker pods to worker nodes

apiVersion: metallb.io/v1beta1
kind: MetalLB
metadata:
  name: metallb
  namespace: metallb-system
spec:
  nodeSelector:  <.>
    node-role.kubernetes.io/worker: ""
  speakerTolerations:   <.>
  - key: "Example"
    operator: "Exists"
    effect: "NoExecute"

<.> The example configuration specifies to assign the speaker pods to worker nodes, but you can specify labels that you assigned to nodes or any valid node selector. <.> In this example configuration, the pod that this toleration is attached to tolerates any taint that matches the key value and effect value using the operator.

After you apply a manifest with the spec.nodeSelector field, you can check the number of pods that the Operator deployed with the oc get daemonset -n metallb-system speaker command. Similarly, you can display the nodes that match your labels with a command like oc get nodes -l node-role.kubernetes.io/worker=.

You can optionally allow the node to control which speaker pods should, or should not, be scheduled on them by using affinity rules. You can also limit these pods by applying a list of tolerations. For more information about affinity rules, taints, and tolerations, see the additional resources.

33.2.4.2. Configuring pod priority and pod affinity in a MetalLB deployment

You can optionally assign pod priority and pod affinity rules to controller and speaker pods by configuring the MetalLB custom resource. The pod priority indicates the relative importance of a pod on a node and schedules the pod based on this priority. Set a high priority on your controller or speaker pod to ensure scheduling priority over other pods on the node.

Pod affinity manages relationships among pods. Assign pod affinity to the controller or speaker pods to control on what node the scheduler places the pod in the context of pod relationships. For example, you can use pod affinity rules to ensure that certain pods are located on the same node or nodes, which can help improve network communication and reduce latency between those components.

Prerequisites

  • You are logged in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.
  • You have installed the MetalLB Operator.
  • You have started the MetalLB Operator on your cluster.

Procedure

  1. Create a PriorityClass custom resource, such as myPriorityClass.yaml, to configure the priority level. This example defines a PriorityClass named high-priority with a value of 1000000. Pods that are assigned this priority class are considered higher priority during scheduling compared to pods with lower priority classes: 

    apiVersion: scheduling.k8s.io/v1
kind: PriorityClass
metadata:
  name: high-priority
value: 1000000

  2. Apply the PriorityClass custom resource configuration: 

    $ oc apply -f myPriorityClass.yaml

  3. Create a MetalLB custom resource, such as MetalLBPodConfig.yaml, to specify the priorityClassName and podAffinity values: 

    apiVersion: metallb.io/v1beta1
kind: MetalLB
metadata:
  name: metallb
  namespace: metallb-system
spec:
  logLevel: debug
  controllerConfig:
    priorityClassName: high-priority 1
    affinity:
      podAffinity: 2
        requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
        - labelSelector:
            matchLabels:
             app: metallb
          topologyKey: kubernetes.io/hostname
  speakerConfig:
    priorityClassName: high-priority
    affinity:
      podAffinity:
        requiredDuringSchedulingIgnoredDuringExecution:
        - labelSelector:
            matchLabels:
             app: metallb
          topologyKey: kubernetes.io/hostname
    1
    Specifies the priority class for the MetalLB controller pods. In this case, it is set to high-priority.
    2
    Specifies that you are configuring pod affinity rules. These rules dictate how pods are scheduled in relation to other pods or nodes. This configuration instructs the scheduler to schedule pods that have the label app: metallb onto nodes that share the same hostname. This helps to co-locate MetalLB-related pods on the same nodes, potentially optimizing network communication, latency, and resource usage between these pods.

  4. Apply the MetalLB custom resource configuration: 

    $ oc apply -f MetalLBPodConfig.yaml

Verification

  • To view the priority class that you assigned to pods in the metallb-system namespace, run the following command: 

    $ oc get pods -n metallb-system -o custom-columns=NAME:.metadata.name,PRIORITY:.spec.priorityClassName

    Example output

    NAME                                                 PRIORITY
controller-584f5c8cd8-5zbvg                          high-priority
metallb-operator-controller-manager-9c8d9985-szkqg   <none>
metallb-operator-webhook-server-c895594d4-shjgx      <none>
speaker-dddf7                                        high-priority

  • To verify that the scheduler placed pods according to pod affinity rules, view the metadata for the pod’s node or nodes by running the following command: 

    $ oc get pod -o=custom-columns=NODE:.spec.nodeName,NAME:.metadata.name -n metallb-system
33.2.4.3. Configuring pod CPU limits in a MetalLB deployment

You can optionally assign pod CPU limits to controller and speaker pods by configuring the MetalLB custom resource. Defining CPU limits for the controller or speaker pods helps you to manage compute resources on the node. This ensures all pods on the node have the necessary compute resources to manage workloads and cluster housekeeping.

Prerequisites

  • You are logged in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.
  • You have installed the MetalLB Operator.

Procedure

  1. Create a MetalLB custom resource file, such as CPULimits.yaml, to specify the cpu value for the controller and speaker pods: 

    apiVersion: metallb.io/v1beta1
kind: MetalLB
metadata:
  name: metallb
  namespace: metallb-system
spec:
  logLevel: debug
  controllerConfig:
    resources:
      limits:
        cpu: "200m"
  speakerConfig:
    resources:
      limits:
        cpu: "300m"

  2. Apply the MetalLB custom resource configuration: 

    $ oc apply -f CPULimits.yaml

Verification

  • To view compute resources for a pod, run the following command, replacing <pod_name> with your target pod: 

    $ oc describe pod <pod_name>

33.2.5. Additional resources

33.2.6. Next steps

33.3. Upgrading the MetalLB

If you are currently running version 4.10 or an earlier version of the MetalLB Operator, please note that automatic updates to any version later than 4.10 do not work. Upgrading to a newer version from any version of the MetalLB Operator that is 4.11 or later is successful. For example, upgrading from version 4.12 to version 4.13 will occur smoothly.

A summary of the upgrade procedure for the MetalLB Operator from 4.10 and earlier is as follows:

  1. Delete the installed MetalLB Operator version for example 4.10. Ensure that the namespace and the metallb custom resource are not removed.
  2. Using the CLI, install the MetalLB Operator 4.13 in the same namespace where the previous version of the MetalLB Operator was installed.
Note

This procedure does not apply to automatic z-stream updates of the MetalLB Operator, which follow the standard straightforward method.

For detailed steps to upgrade the MetalLB Operator from 4.10 and earlier, see the guidance that follows. As a cluster administrator, start the upgrade process by deleting the MetalLB Operator by using the OpenShift CLI (oc) or the web console.

33.3.1. Deleting the MetalLB Operator from a cluster using the web console

Cluster administrators can delete installed Operators from a selected namespace by using the web console.

Prerequisites

  • Access to an OpenShift Container Platform cluster web console using an account with cluster-admin permissions.

Procedure

  1. Navigate to the Operators → Installed Operators page.
  2. Search for the MetalLB Operator. Then, click on it.

  3. On the right side of the Operator Details page, select Uninstall Operator from the Actions drop-down menu.

    An Uninstall Operator? dialog box is displayed.

  4. Select Uninstall to remove the Operator, Operator deployments, and pods. Following this action, the Operator stops running and no longer receives updates.

    Note

    This action does not remove resources managed by the Operator, including custom resource definitions (CRDs) and custom resources (CRs). Dashboards and navigation items enabled by the web console and off-cluster resources that continue to run might need manual clean up. To remove these after uninstalling the Operator, you might need to manually delete the Operator CRDs.

33.3.2. Deleting MetalLB Operator from a cluster using the CLI

Cluster administrators can delete installed Operators from a selected namespace by using the CLI.

Prerequisites

  • Access to an OpenShift Container Platform cluster using an account with cluster-admin permissions.
  • oc command installed on workstation.

Procedure

  1. Check the current version of the subscribed MetalLB Operator in the currentCSV field: 

    $ oc get subscription metallb-operator -n metallb-system -o yaml | grep currentCSV

    Example output

      currentCSV: metallb-operator.4.10.0-202207051316

  2. Delete the subscription: 

    $ oc delete subscription metallb-operator -n metallb-system

    Example output

    subscription.operators.coreos.com "metallb-operator" deleted

  3. Delete the CSV for the Operator in the target namespace using the currentCSV value from the previous step: 

    $ oc delete clusterserviceversion metallb-operator.4.10.0-202207051316 -n metallb-system

    Example output

    clusterserviceversion.operators.coreos.com "metallb-operator.4.10.0-202207051316" deleted

33.3.3. Editing the MetalLB Operator Operator group

When upgrading from any MetalLB Operator version up to and including 4.10 to 4.11 and later, remove spec.targetNamespaces from the Operator group custom resource (CR). You must remove the spec regardless of whether you used the web console or the CLI to delete the MetalLB Operator.

Note

The MetalLB Operator version 4.11 or later only supports the AllNamespaces install mode, whereas 4.10 or earlier versions support OwnNamespace or SingleNamespace modes.

Prerequisites

  • You have access to an OpenShift Container Platform cluster with cluster-admin permissions.
  • You have installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).

Procedure

  1. List the Operator groups in the metallb-system namespace by running the following command: 

    $ oc get operatorgroup -n metallb-system

    Example output

    NAME                   AGE
metallb-system-7jc66   85m

  2. Verify that the spec.targetNamespaces is present in the Operator group CR associated with the metallb-system namespace by running the following command: 

    $ oc get operatorgroup metallb-system-7jc66 -n metallb-system -o yaml

    Example output

    apiVersion: operators.coreos.com/v1
kind: OperatorGroup
metadata:
  annotations:
    olm.providedAPIs: ""
  creationTimestamp: "2023-10-25T09:42:49Z"
  generateName: metallb-system-
  generation: 1
  name: metallb-system-7jc66
  namespace: metallb-system
  resourceVersion: "25027"
  uid: f5f644a0-eef8-4e31-a306-e2bbcfaffab3
spec:
  targetNamespaces:
  - metallb-system
  upgradeStrategy: Default
status:
  lastUpdated: "2023-10-25T09:42:49Z"
  namespaces:
  - metallb-system

  3. Edit the Operator group and remove the targetNamespaces and metallb-system present under the spec section by running the following command: 

    $ oc edit n metallb-system

    Example output

    operatorgroup.operators.coreos.com/metallb-system-7jc66 edited

  4. Verify the spec.targetNamespaces is removed from the Operator group custom resource associated with the metallb-system namespace by running the following command: 

    $ oc get operatorgroup metallb-system-7jc66 -n metallb-system -o yaml

    Example output

    apiVersion: operators.coreos.com/v1
kind: OperatorGroup
metadata:
  annotations:
    olm.providedAPIs: ""
  creationTimestamp: "2023-10-25T09:42:49Z"
  generateName: metallb-system-
  generation: 2
  name: metallb-system-7jc66
  namespace: metallb-system
  resourceVersion: "61658"
  uid: f5f644a0-eef8-4e31-a306-e2bbcfaffab3
spec:
  upgradeStrategy: Default
status:
  lastUpdated: "2023-10-25T14:31:30Z"
  namespaces:
  - ""

33.3.4. Upgrading the MetalLB Operator

Prerequisites

  • Access the cluster as a user with the cluster-admin role.

Procedure

  1. Verify that the metallb-system namespace still exists: 

    $ oc get namespaces | grep metallb-system

    Example output

    metallb-system                                     Active   31m

  2. Verify the metallb custom resource still exists: 

    $ oc get metallb -n metallb-system

    Example output

    NAME      AGE
metallb   33m

  3. Follow the guidance in "Installing from OperatorHub using the CLI" to install the latest 4.13 version of the MetalLB Operator.

    Note

    When installing the latest 4.13 version of the MetalLB Operator, you must install the Operator to the same namespace it was previously installed to.

  4. Verify the upgraded version of the Operator is now the 4.13 version. 

    $ oc get csv -n metallb-system

    Example output

    NAME                                   DISPLAY            VERSION               REPLACES   PHASE
metallb-operator.4.13.0-202207051316   MetalLB Operator   4.13.0-202207051316              Succeeded

33.3.5. Additional resources

33.4. Configuring MetalLB address pools

As a cluster administrator, you can add, modify, and delete address pools. The MetalLB Operator uses the address pool custom resources to set the IP addresses that MetalLB can assign to services. The namespace used in the examples assume the namespace is metallb-system.

33.4.1. About the IPAddressPool custom resource

Note

The address pool custom resource definition (CRD) and API documented in "Load balancing with MetalLB" in OpenShift Container Platform 4.10 can still be used in 4.13. However, the enhanced functionality associated with advertising an IP address from an IPAddressPool with layer 2 protocols, or the BGP protocol, is not supported when using the AddressPool CRD.

The fields for the IPAddressPool custom resource are described in the following tables.

Table 33.1. MetalLB IPAddressPool pool custom resource
FieldTypeDescription

metadata.name

string

Specifies the name for the address pool. When you add a service, you can specify this pool name in the metallb.universe.tf/address-pool annotation to select an IP address from a specific pool. The names doc-example, silver, and gold are used throughout the documentation.

metadata.namespace

string

Specifies the namespace for the address pool. Specify the same namespace that the MetalLB Operator uses.

metadata.label

string

Optional: Specifies the key value pair assigned to the IPAddressPool. This can be referenced by the ipAddressPoolSelectors in the BGPAdvertisement and L2Advertisement CRD to associate the IPAddressPool with the advertisement

spec.addresses

string

Specifies a list of IP addresses for MetalLB Operator to assign to services. You can specify multiple ranges in a single pool; they will all share the same settings. Specify each range in CIDR notation or as starting and ending IP addresses separated with a hyphen.

spec.autoAssign

boolean

Optional: Specifies whether MetalLB automatically assigns IP addresses from this pool. Specify false if you want explicitly request an IP address from this pool with the metallb.universe.tf/address-pool annotation. The default value is true.

spec.avoidBuggyIPs

boolean

Optional: This ensures when enabled that IP addresses ending .0 and .255 are not allocated from the pool. The default value is false. Some older consumer network equipment mistakenly block IP addresses ending in .0 and .255.

You can assign IP addresses from an IPAddressPool to services and namespaces by configuring the spec.serviceAllocation specification.

Table 33.2. MetalLB IPAddressPool custom resource spec.serviceAllocation subfields
FieldTypeDescription

priority

int

Optional: Defines the priority between IP address pools when more than one IP address pool matches a service or namespace. A lower number indicates a higher priority.

namespaces

array (string)

Optional: Specifies a list of namespaces that you can assign to IP addresses in an IP address pool.

namespaceSelectors

array (LabelSelector)

Optional: Specifies namespace labels that you can assign to IP addresses from an IP address pool by using label selectors in a list format.

serviceSelectors

array (LabelSelector)

Optional: Specifies service labels that you can assign to IP addresses from an address pool by using label selectors in a list format.

33.4.2. Configuring an address pool

As a cluster administrator, you can add address pools to your cluster to control the IP addresses that MetalLB can assign to load-balancer services.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. Create a file, such as ipaddresspool.yaml, with content like the following example: 

    apiVersion: metallb.io/v1beta1
kind: IPAddressPool
metadata:
  namespace: metallb-system
  name: doc-example
  labels: 1
    zone: east
spec:
  addresses:
  - 203.0.113.1-203.0.113.10
  - 203.0.113.65-203.0.113.75
    1
    This label assigned to the IPAddressPool can be referenced by the ipAddressPoolSelectors in the BGPAdvertisement CRD to associate the IPAddressPool with the advertisement.

  2. Apply the configuration for the IP address pool: 

    $ oc apply -f ipaddresspool.yaml

Verification

  • View the address pool: 

    $ oc describe -n metallb-system IPAddressPool doc-example

    Example output

    Name:         doc-example
Namespace:    metallb-system
Labels:       zone=east
Annotations:  <none>
API Version:  metallb.io/v1beta1
Kind:         IPAddressPool
Metadata:
  ...
Spec:
  Addresses:
    203.0.113.1-203.0.113.10
    203.0.113.65-203.0.113.75
  Auto Assign:  true
Events:         <none>

Confirm that the address pool name, such as doc-example, and the IP address ranges appear in the output.

33.4.3. Example address pool configurations

33.4.3.1. Example: IPv4 and CIDR ranges

You can specify a range of IP addresses in CIDR notation. You can combine CIDR notation with the notation that uses a hyphen to separate lower and upper bounds. 

apiVersion: metallb.io/v1beta1
kind: IPAddressPool
metadata:
  name: doc-example-cidr
  namespace: metallb-system
spec:
  addresses:
  - 192.168.100.0/24
  - 192.168.200.0/24
  - 192.168.255.1-192.168.255.5
33.4.3.2. Example: Reserve IP addresses

You can set the autoAssign field to false to prevent MetalLB from automatically assigning the IP addresses from the pool. When you add a service, you can request a specific IP address from the pool or you can specify the pool name in an annotation to request any IP address from the pool. 

apiVersion: metallb.io/v1beta1
kind: IPAddressPool
metadata:
  name: doc-example-reserved
  namespace: metallb-system
spec:
  addresses:
  - 10.0.100.0/28
  autoAssign: false
33.4.3.3. Example: IPv4 and IPv6 addresses

You can add address pools that use IPv4 and IPv6. You can specify multiple ranges in the addresses list, just like several IPv4 examples.

Whether the service is assigned a single IPv4 address, a single IPv6 address, or both is determined by how you add the service. The spec.ipFamilies and spec.ipFamilyPolicy fields control how IP addresses are assigned to the service. 

apiVersion: metallb.io/v1beta1
kind: IPAddressPool
metadata:
  name: doc-example-combined
  namespace: metallb-system
spec:
  addresses:
  - 10.0.100.0/28
  - 2002:2:2::1-2002:2:2::100
33.4.3.4. Example: Assign IP address pools to services or namespaces

You can assign IP addresses from an IPAddressPool to services and namespaces that you specify.

If you assign a service or namespace to more than one IP address pool, MetalLB uses an available IP address from the higher-priority IP address pool. If no IP addresses are available from the assigned IP address pools with a high priority, MetalLB uses available IP addresses from an IP address pool with lower priority or no priority.

Note

You can use the matchLabels label selector, the matchExpressions label selector, or both, for the namespaceSelectors and serviceSelectors specifications. This example demonstrates one label selector for each specification. 

apiVersion: metallb.io/v1beta1
kind: IPAddressPool
metadata:
  name: doc-example-service-allocation
  namespace: metallb-system
spec:
  addresses:
    - 192.168.20.0/24
  serviceAllocation:
    priority: 50 1
    namespaces: 2
      - namespace-a
      - namespace-b
    namespaceSelectors: 3
      - matchLabels:
          zone: east
    serviceSelectors: 4
      - matchExpressions:
        - key: security
          operator: In
          values:
          - S1
1
Assign a priority to the address pool. A lower number indicates a higher priority.
2
Assign one or more namespaces to the IP address pool in a list format.
3
Assign one or more namespace labels to the IP address pool by using label selectors in a list format.
4
Assign one or more service labels to the IP address pool by using label selectors in a list format.

33.4.4. Next steps

33.5. About advertising for the IP address pools

You can configure MetalLB so that the IP address is advertised with layer 2 protocols, the BGP protocol, or both. With layer 2, MetalLB provides a fault-tolerant external IP address. With BGP, MetalLB provides fault-tolerance for the external IP address and load balancing.

MetalLB supports advertising using L2 and BGP for the same set of IP addresses.

MetalLB provides the flexibility to assign address pools to specific BGP peers effectively to a subset of nodes on the network. This allows for more complex configurations, for example facilitating the isolation of nodes or the segmentation of the network.

33.5.1. About the BGPAdvertisement custom resource

The fields for the BGPAdvertisements object are defined in the following table:

Table 33.3. BGPAdvertisements configuration
FieldTypeDescription

metadata.name

string

Specifies the name for the BGP advertisement.

metadata.namespace

string

Specifies the namespace for the BGP advertisement. Specify the same namespace that the MetalLB Operator uses.

spec.aggregationLength

integer

Optional: Specifies the number of bits to include in a 32-bit CIDR mask. To aggregate the routes that the speaker advertises to BGP peers, the mask is applied to the routes for several service IP addresses and the speaker advertises the aggregated route. For example, with an aggregation length of 24, the speaker can aggregate several 10.0.1.x/32 service IP addresses and advertise a single 10.0.1.0/24 route.

spec.aggregationLengthV6

integer

Optional: Specifies the number of bits to include in a 128-bit CIDR mask. For example, with an aggregation length of 124, the speaker can aggregate several fc00:f853:0ccd:e799::x/128 service IP addresses and advertise a single fc00:f853:0ccd:e799::0/124 route.

spec.communities

string

Optional: Specifies one or more BGP communities. Each community is specified as two 16-bit values separated by the colon character. Well-known communities must be specified as 16-bit values:

  • NO_EXPORT: 65535:65281
  • NO_ADVERTISE: 65535:65282

  • NO_EXPORT_SUBCONFED: 65535:65283

    Note

    You can also use community objects that are created along with the strings.

spec.localPref

integer

Optional: Specifies the local preference for this advertisement. This BGP attribute applies to BGP sessions within the Autonomous System.

spec.ipAddressPools

string

Optional: The list of IPAddressPools to advertise with this advertisement, selected by name.

spec.ipAddressPoolSelectors

string

Optional: A selector for the IPAddressPools that gets advertised with this advertisement. This is for associating the IPAddressPool to the advertisement based on the label assigned to the IPAddressPool instead of the name itself. If no IPAddressPool is selected by this or by the list, the advertisement is applied to all the IPAddressPools.

spec.nodeSelectors

string

Optional: NodeSelectors allows to limit the nodes to announce as next hops for the load balancer IP. When empty, all the nodes are announced as next hops.

spec.peers

string

Optional: Peers limits the BGP peer to advertise the IPs of the selected pools to. When empty, the load balancer IP is announced to all the BGP peers configured.

33.5.2. Configuring MetalLB with a BGP advertisement and a basic use case

Configure MetalLB as follows so that the peer BGP routers receive one 203.0.113.200/32 route and one fc00:f853:ccd:e799::1/128 route for each load-balancer IP address that MetalLB assigns to a service. Because the localPref and communities fields are not specified, the routes are advertised with localPref set to zero and no BGP communities.

33.5.2.1. Example: Advertise a basic address pool configuration with BGP

Configure MetalLB as follows so that the IPAddressPool is advertised with the BGP protocol.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. Create an IP address pool.

    1. Create a file, such as ipaddresspool.yaml, with content like the following example: 

      apiVersion: metallb.io/v1beta1
kind: IPAddressPool
metadata:
  namespace: metallb-system
  name: doc-example-bgp-basic
spec:
  addresses:
    - 203.0.113.200/30
    - fc00:f853:ccd:e799::/124

    2. Apply the configuration for the IP address pool: 

      $ oc apply -f ipaddresspool.yaml

  2. Create a BGP advertisement.

    1. Create a file, such as bgpadvertisement.yaml, with content like the following example: 

      apiVersion: metallb.io/v1beta1
kind: BGPAdvertisement
metadata:
  name: bgpadvertisement-basic
  namespace: metallb-system
spec:
  ipAddressPools:
  - doc-example-bgp-basic

    2. Apply the configuration: 

      $ oc apply -f bgpadvertisement.yaml

33.5.3. Configuring MetalLB with a BGP advertisement and an advanced use case

Configure MetalLB as follows so that MetalLB assigns IP addresses to load-balancer services in the ranges between 203.0.113.200 and 203.0.113.203 and between fc00:f853:ccd:e799::0 and fc00:f853:ccd:e799::f.

To explain the two BGP advertisements, consider an instance when MetalLB assigns the IP address of 203.0.113.200 to a service. With that IP address as an example, the speaker advertises two routes to BGP peers:

  • 203.0.113.200/32, with localPref set to 100 and the community set to the numeric value of the NO_ADVERTISE community. This specification indicates to the peer routers that they can use this route but they should not propagate information about this route to BGP peers.
  • 203.0.113.200/30, aggregates the load-balancer IP addresses assigned by MetalLB into a single route. MetalLB advertises the aggregated route to BGP peers with the community attribute set to 8000:800. BGP peers propagate the 203.0.113.200/30 route to other BGP peers. When traffic is routed to a node with a speaker, the 203.0.113.200/32 route is used to forward the traffic into the cluster and to a pod that is associated with the service.

As you add more services and MetalLB assigns more load-balancer IP addresses from the pool, peer routers receive one local route, 203.0.113.20x/32, for each service, as well as the 203.0.113.200/30 aggregate route. Each service that you add generates the /30 route, but MetalLB deduplicates the routes to one BGP advertisement before communicating with peer routers.

33.5.3.1. Example: Advertise an advanced address pool configuration with BGP

Configure MetalLB as follows so that the IPAddressPool is advertised with the BGP protocol.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. Create an IP address pool.

    1. Create a file, such as ipaddresspool.yaml, with content like the following example: 

      apiVersion: metallb.io/v1beta1
kind: IPAddressPool
metadata:
  namespace: metallb-system
  name: doc-example-bgp-adv
  labels:
    zone: east
spec:
  addresses:
    - 203.0.113.200/30
    - fc00:f853:ccd:e799::/124
  autoAssign: false

    2. Apply the configuration for the IP address pool: 

      $ oc apply -f ipaddresspool.yaml

  2. Create a BGP advertisement.

    1. Create a file, such as bgpadvertisement1.yaml, with content like the following example: 

      apiVersion: metallb.io/v1beta1
kind: BGPAdvertisement
metadata:
  name: bgpadvertisement-adv-1
  namespace: metallb-system
spec:
  ipAddressPools:
    - doc-example-bgp-adv
  communities:
    - 65535:65282
  aggregationLength: 32
  localPref: 100

    2. Apply the configuration: 

      $ oc apply -f bgpadvertisement1.yaml

    3. Create a file, such as bgpadvertisement2.yaml, with content like the following example: 

      apiVersion: metallb.io/v1beta1
kind: BGPAdvertisement
metadata:
  name: bgpadvertisement-adv-2
  namespace: metallb-system
spec:
  ipAddressPools:
    - doc-example-bgp-adv
  communities:
    - 8000:800
  aggregationLength: 30
  aggregationLengthV6: 124

    4. Apply the configuration: 

      $ oc apply -f bgpadvertisement2.yaml

33.5.4. Advertising an IP address pool from a subset of nodes

To advertise an IP address from an IP addresses pool, from a specific set of nodes only, use the .spec.nodeSelector specification in the BGPAdvertisement custom resource. This specification associates a pool of IP addresses with a set of nodes in the cluster. This is useful when you have nodes on different subnets in a cluster and you want to advertise an IP addresses from an address pool from a specific subnet, for example a public-facing subnet only.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. Create an IP address pool by using a custom resource: 

    apiVersion: metallb.io/v1beta1
kind: IPAddressPool
metadata:
  namespace: metallb-system
  name: pool1
spec:
  addresses:
    - 4.4.4.100-4.4.4.200
    - 2001:100:4::200-2001:100:4::400

  2. Control which nodes in the cluster the IP address from pool1 advertises from by defining the .spec.nodeSelector value in the BGPAdvertisement custom resource: 

    apiVersion: metallb.io/v1beta1
kind: BGPAdvertisement
metadata:
  name: example
spec:
  ipAddressPools:
  - pool1
  nodeSelector:
  - matchLabels:
      kubernetes.io/hostname: NodeA
  - matchLabels:
      kubernetes.io/hostname: NodeB

In this example, the IP address from pool1 advertises from NodeA and NodeB only.

33.5.5. About the L2Advertisement custom resource

The fields for the l2Advertisements object are defined in the following table:

Table 33.4. L2 advertisements configuration
FieldTypeDescription

metadata.name

string

Specifies the name for the L2 advertisement.

metadata.namespace

string

Specifies the namespace for the L2 advertisement. Specify the same namespace that the MetalLB Operator uses.

spec.ipAddressPools

string

Optional: The list of IPAddressPools to advertise with this advertisement, selected by name.

spec.ipAddressPoolSelectors

string

Optional: A selector for the IPAddressPools that gets advertised with this advertisement. This is for associating the IPAddressPool to the advertisement based on the label assigned to the IPAddressPool instead of the name itself. If no IPAddressPool is selected by this or by the list, the advertisement is applied to all the IPAddressPools.

spec.nodeSelectors

string

Optional: NodeSelectors limits the nodes to announce as next hops for the load balancer IP. When empty, all the nodes are announced as next hops.

Important

Limiting the nodes to announce as next hops is a Technology Preview feature only. Technology Preview features are not supported with Red Hat production service level agreements (SLAs) and might not be functionally complete. Red Hat does not recommend using them in production. These features provide early access to upcoming product features, enabling customers to test functionality and provide feedback during the development process.

For more information about the support scope of Red Hat Technology Preview features, see Technology Preview Features Support Scope.

spec.interfaces

string

Optional: The list of interfaces that are used to announce the load balancer IP.

33.5.6. Configuring MetalLB with an L2 advertisement

Configure MetalLB as follows so that the IPAddressPool is advertised with the L2 protocol.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. Create an IP address pool.

    1. Create a file, such as ipaddresspool.yaml, with content like the following example: 

      apiVersion: metallb.io/v1beta1
kind: IPAddressPool
metadata:
  namespace: metallb-system
  name: doc-example-l2
spec:
  addresses:
    - 4.4.4.0/24
  autoAssign: false

    2. Apply the configuration for the IP address pool: 

      $ oc apply -f ipaddresspool.yaml

  2. Create a L2 advertisement.

    1. Create a file, such as l2advertisement.yaml, with content like the following example: 

      apiVersion: metallb.io/v1beta1
kind: L2Advertisement
metadata:
  name: l2advertisement
  namespace: metallb-system
spec:
  ipAddressPools:
   - doc-example-l2

    2. Apply the configuration: 

      $ oc apply -f l2advertisement.yaml

33.5.7. Configuring MetalLB with a L2 advertisement and label

The ipAddressPoolSelectors field in the BGPAdvertisement and L2Advertisement custom resource definitions is used to associate the IPAddressPool to the advertisement based on the label assigned to the IPAddressPool instead of the name itself.

This example shows how to configure MetalLB so that the IPAddressPool is advertised with the L2 protocol by configuring the ipAddressPoolSelectors field.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. Create an IP address pool.

    1. Create a file, such as ipaddresspool.yaml, with content like the following example: 

      apiVersion: metallb.io/v1beta1
kind: IPAddressPool
metadata:
  namespace: metallb-system
  name: doc-example-l2-label
  labels:
    zone: east
spec:
  addresses:
    - 172.31.249.87/32

    2. Apply the configuration for the IP address pool: 

      $ oc apply -f ipaddresspool.yaml

  2. Create a L2 advertisement advertising the IP using ipAddressPoolSelectors.

    1. Create a file, such as l2advertisement.yaml, with content like the following example: 

      apiVersion: metallb.io/v1beta1
kind: L2Advertisement
metadata:
  name: l2advertisement-label
  namespace: metallb-system
spec:
  ipAddressPoolSelectors:
    - matchExpressions:
        - key: zone
          operator: In
          values:
            - east

    2. Apply the configuration: 

      $ oc apply -f l2advertisement.yaml

33.5.8. Configuring MetalLB with an L2 advertisement for selected interfaces

By default, the IP addresses from IP address pool that has been assigned to the service, is advertised from all the network interfaces. The interfaces field in the L2Advertisement custom resource definition is used to restrict those network interfaces that advertise the IP address pool.

This example shows how to configure MetalLB so that the IP address pool is advertised only from the network interfaces listed in the interfaces field of all nodes.

Prerequisites

  • You have installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • You are logged in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. Create an IP address pool.

    1. Create a file, such as ipaddresspool.yaml, and enter the configuration details like the following example: 

      apiVersion: metallb.io/v1beta1
kind: IPAddressPool
metadata:
  namespace: metallb-system
  name: doc-example-l2
spec:
  addresses:
    - 4.4.4.0/24
  autoAssign: false

    2. Apply the configuration for the IP address pool like the following example: 

      $ oc apply -f ipaddresspool.yaml

  2. Create a L2 advertisement advertising the IP with interfaces selector.

    1. Create a YAML file, such as l2advertisement.yaml, and enter the configuration details like the following example: 

      apiVersion: metallb.io/v1beta1
kind: L2Advertisement
metadata:
  name: l2advertisement
  namespace: metallb-system
spec:
  ipAddressPools:
   - doc-example-l2
   interfaces:
   - interfaceA
   - interfaceB

    2. Apply the configuration for the advertisement like the following example: 

      $ oc apply -f l2advertisement.yaml
Important

The interface selector does not affect how MetalLB chooses the node to announce a given IP by using L2. The chosen node does not announce the service if the node does not have the selected interface.

33.5.9. Additional resources

33.6. Configuring MetalLB BGP peers

As a cluster administrator, you can add, modify, and delete Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) peers. The MetalLB Operator uses the BGP peer custom resources to identify which peers that MetalLB speaker pods contact to start BGP sessions. The peers receive the route advertisements for the load-balancer IP addresses that MetalLB assigns to services.

33.6.1. About the BGP peer custom resource

The fields for the BGP peer custom resource are described in the following table.

Table 33.5. MetalLB BGP peer custom resource
FieldTypeDescription

metadata.name

string

Specifies the name for the BGP peer custom resource.

metadata.namespace

string

Specifies the namespace for the BGP peer custom resource.

spec.myASN

integer

Specifies the Autonomous System number for the local end of the BGP session. Specify the same value in all BGP peer custom resources that you add. The range is 0 to 4294967295.

spec.peerASN

integer

Specifies the Autonomous System number for the remote end of the BGP session. The range is 0 to 4294967295.

spec.peerAddress

string

Specifies the IP address of the peer to contact for establishing the BGP session.

spec.sourceAddress

string

Optional: Specifies the IP address to use when establishing the BGP session. The value must be an IPv4 address.

spec.peerPort

integer

Optional: Specifies the network port of the peer to contact for establishing the BGP session. The range is 0 to 16384.

spec.holdTime

string

Optional: Specifies the duration for the hold time to propose to the BGP peer. The minimum value is 3 seconds (3s). The common units are seconds and minutes, such as 3s, 1m, and 5m30s. To detect path failures more quickly, also configure BFD.

spec.keepaliveTime

string

Optional: Specifies the maximum interval between sending keep-alive messages to the BGP peer. If you specify this field, you must also specify a value for the holdTime field. The specified value must be less than the value for the holdTime field.

spec.routerID

string

Optional: Specifies the router ID to advertise to the BGP peer. If you specify this field, you must specify the same value in every BGP peer custom resource that you add.

spec.password

string

Optional: Specifies the MD5 password to send to the peer for routers that enforce TCP MD5 authenticated BGP sessions.

spec.passwordSecret

string

Optional: Specifies name of the authentication secret for the BGP Peer. The secret must live in the metallb namespace and be of type basic-auth.

spec.bfdProfile

string

Optional: Specifies the name of a BFD profile.

spec.nodeSelectors

object[]

Optional: Specifies a selector, using match expressions and match labels, to control which nodes can connect to the BGP peer.

spec.ebgpMultiHop

boolean

Optional: Specifies that the BGP peer is multiple network hops away. If the BGP peer is not directly connected to the same network, the speaker cannot establish a BGP session unless this field is set to true. This field applies to external BGP. External BGP is the term that is used to describe when a BGP peer belongs to a different Autonomous System.

Note

The passwordSecret field is mutually exclusive with the password field, and contains a reference to a secret containing the password to use. Setting both fields results in a failure of the parsing.

33.6.2. Configuring a BGP peer

As a cluster administrator, you can add a BGP peer custom resource to exchange routing information with network routers and advertise the IP addresses for services.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.
  • Configure MetalLB with a BGP advertisement.

Procedure

  1. Create a file, such as bgppeer.yaml, with content like the following example: 

    apiVersion: metallb.io/v1beta2
kind: BGPPeer
metadata:
  namespace: metallb-system
  name: doc-example-peer
spec:
  peerAddress: 10.0.0.1
  peerASN: 64501
  myASN: 64500
  routerID: 10.10.10.10

  2. Apply the configuration for the BGP peer: 

    $ oc apply -f bgppeer.yaml

33.6.3. Configure a specific set of BGP peers for a given address pool

This procedure illustrates how to:

  • Configure a set of address pools (pool1 and pool2).
  • Configure a set of BGP peers (peer1 and peer2).
  • Configure BGP advertisement to assign pool1 to peer1 and pool2 to peer2.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. Create address pool pool1.

    1. Create a file, such as ipaddresspool1.yaml, with content like the following example: 

      apiVersion: metallb.io/v1beta1
kind: IPAddressPool
metadata:
  namespace: metallb-system
  name: pool1
spec:
  addresses:
    - 4.4.4.100-4.4.4.200
    - 2001:100:4::200-2001:100:4::400

    2. Apply the configuration for the IP address pool pool1: 

      $ oc apply -f ipaddresspool1.yaml

  2. Create address pool pool2.

    1. Create a file, such as ipaddresspool2.yaml, with content like the following example: 

      apiVersion: metallb.io/v1beta1
kind: IPAddressPool
metadata:
  namespace: metallb-system
  name: pool2
spec:
  addresses:
    - 5.5.5.100-5.5.5.200
    - 2001:100:5::200-2001:100:5::400

    2. Apply the configuration for the IP address pool pool2: 

      $ oc apply -f ipaddresspool2.yaml

  3. Create BGP peer1.

    1. Create a file, such as bgppeer1.yaml, with content like the following example: 

      apiVersion: metallb.io/v1beta2
kind: BGPPeer
metadata:
  namespace: metallb-system
  name: peer1
spec:
  peerAddress: 10.0.0.1
  peerASN: 64501
  myASN: 64500
  routerID: 10.10.10.10

    2. Apply the configuration for the BGP peer: 

      $ oc apply -f bgppeer1.yaml

  4. Create BGP peer2.

    1. Create a file, such as bgppeer2.yaml, with content like the following example: 

      apiVersion: metallb.io/v1beta2
kind: BGPPeer
metadata:
  namespace: metallb-system
  name: peer2
spec:
  peerAddress: 10.0.0.2
  peerASN: 64501
  myASN: 64500
  routerID: 10.10.10.10

    2. Apply the configuration for the BGP peer2: 

      $ oc apply -f bgppeer2.yaml

  5. Create BGP advertisement 1.

    1. Create a file, such as bgpadvertisement1.yaml, with content like the following example: 

      apiVersion: metallb.io/v1beta1
kind: BGPAdvertisement
metadata:
  name: bgpadvertisement-1
  namespace: metallb-system
spec:
  ipAddressPools:
    - pool1
  peers:
    - peer1
  communities:
    - 65535:65282
  aggregationLength: 32
  aggregationLengthV6: 128
  localPref: 100

    2. Apply the configuration: 

      $ oc apply -f bgpadvertisement1.yaml

  6. Create BGP advertisement 2.

    1. Create a file, such as bgpadvertisement2.yaml, with content like the following example: 

      apiVersion: metallb.io/v1beta1
kind: BGPAdvertisement
metadata:
  name: bgpadvertisement-2
  namespace: metallb-system
spec:
  ipAddressPools:
    - pool2
  peers:
    - peer2
  communities:
    - 65535:65282
  aggregationLength: 32
  aggregationLengthV6: 128
  localPref: 100

    2. Apply the configuration: 

      $ oc apply -f bgpadvertisement2.yaml

33.6.4. Example BGP peer configurations

33.6.4.1. Example: Limit which nodes connect to a BGP peer

You can specify the node selectors field to control which nodes can connect to a BGP peer. 

apiVersion: metallb.io/v1beta2
kind: BGPPeer
metadata:
  name: doc-example-nodesel
  namespace: metallb-system
spec:
  peerAddress: 10.0.20.1
  peerASN: 64501
  myASN: 64500
  nodeSelectors:
  - matchExpressions:
    - key: kubernetes.io/hostname
      operator: In
      values: [compute-1.example.com, compute-2.example.com]
33.6.4.2. Example: Specify a BFD profile for a BGP peer

You can specify a BFD profile to associate with BGP peers. BFD compliments BGP by providing more rapid detection of communication failures between peers than BGP alone. 

apiVersion: metallb.io/v1beta2
kind: BGPPeer
metadata:
  name: doc-example-peer-bfd
  namespace: metallb-system
spec:
  peerAddress: 10.0.20.1
  peerASN: 64501
  myASN: 64500
  holdTime: "10s"
  bfdProfile: doc-example-bfd-profile-full
Note

Deleting the bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) profile and removing the bfdProfile added to the border gateway protocol (BGP) peer resource does not disable the BFD. Instead, the BGP peer starts using the default BFD profile. To disable BFD from a BGP peer resource, delete the BGP peer configuration and recreate it without a BFD profile. For more information, see BZ#2050824.

33.6.4.3. Example: Specify BGP peers for dual-stack networking

To support dual-stack networking, add one BGP peer custom resource for IPv4 and one BGP peer custom resource for IPv6. 

apiVersion: metallb.io/v1beta2
kind: BGPPeer
metadata:
  name: doc-example-dual-stack-ipv4
  namespace: metallb-system
spec:
  peerAddress: 10.0.20.1
  peerASN: 64500
  myASN: 64500
---
apiVersion: metallb.io/v1beta2
kind: BGPPeer
metadata:
  name: doc-example-dual-stack-ipv6
  namespace: metallb-system
spec:
  peerAddress: 2620:52:0:88::104
  peerASN: 64500
  myASN: 64500

33.6.5. Next steps

33.7. Configuring community alias

As a cluster administrator, you can configure a community alias and use it across different advertisements.

33.7.1. About the community custom resource

The community custom resource is a collection of aliases for communities. Users can define named aliases to be used when advertising ipAddressPools using the BGPAdvertisement. The fields for the community custom resource are described in the following table.

Note

The community CRD applies only to BGPAdvertisement.

Table 33.6. MetalLB community custom resource
FieldTypeDescription

metadata.name

string

Specifies the name for the community.

metadata.namespace

string

Specifies the namespace for the community. Specify the same namespace that the MetalLB Operator uses.

spec.communities

string

Specifies a list of BGP community aliases that can be used in BGPAdvertisements. A community alias consists of a pair of name (alias) and value (number:number). Link the BGPAdvertisement to a community alias by referring to the alias name in its spec.communities field.

Table 33.7. CommunityAlias
FieldTypeDescription

name

string

The name of the alias for the community.

value

string

The BGP community value corresponding to the given name.

33.7.2. Configuring MetalLB with a BGP advertisement and community alias

Configure MetalLB as follows so that the IPAddressPool is advertised with the BGP protocol and the community alias set to the numeric value of the NO_ADVERTISE community.

In the following example, the peer BGP router doc-example-peer-community receives one 203.0.113.200/32 route and one fc00:f853:ccd:e799::1/128 route for each load-balancer IP address that MetalLB assigns to a service. A community alias is configured with the NO_ADVERTISE community.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. Create an IP address pool.

    1. Create a file, such as ipaddresspool.yaml, with content like the following example: 

      apiVersion: metallb.io/v1beta1
kind: IPAddressPool
metadata:
  namespace: metallb-system
  name: doc-example-bgp-community
spec:
  addresses:
    - 203.0.113.200/30
    - fc00:f853:ccd:e799::/124

    2. Apply the configuration for the IP address pool: 

      $ oc apply -f ipaddresspool.yaml

  2. Create a community alias named community1. 

    apiVersion: metallb.io/v1beta1
kind: Community
metadata:
  name: community1
  namespace: metallb-system
spec:
  communities:
    - name: NO_ADVERTISE
      value: '65535:65282'

  3. Create a BGP peer named doc-example-bgp-peer.

    1. Create a file, such as bgppeer.yaml, with content like the following example: 

      apiVersion: metallb.io/v1beta2
kind: BGPPeer
metadata:
  namespace: metallb-system
  name: doc-example-bgp-peer
spec:
  peerAddress: 10.0.0.1
  peerASN: 64501
  myASN: 64500
  routerID: 10.10.10.10

    2. Apply the configuration for the BGP peer: 

      $ oc apply -f bgppeer.yaml

  4. Create a BGP advertisement with the community alias.

    1. Create a file, such as bgpadvertisement.yaml, with content like the following example: 

      apiVersion: metallb.io/v1beta1
kind: BGPAdvertisement
metadata:
  name: bgp-community-sample
  namespace: metallb-system
spec:
  aggregationLength: 32
  aggregationLengthV6: 128
  communities:
    - NO_ADVERTISE 1
  ipAddressPools:
    - doc-example-bgp-community
  peers:
    - doc-example-peer
      1
      Specify the CommunityAlias.name here and not the community custom resource (CR) name.

    2. Apply the configuration: 

      $ oc apply -f bgpadvertisement.yaml

33.8. Configuring MetalLB BFD profiles

As a cluster administrator, you can add, modify, and delete Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) profiles. The MetalLB Operator uses the BFD profile custom resources to identify which BGP sessions use BFD to provide faster path failure detection than BGP alone provides.

33.8.1. About the BFD profile custom resource

The fields for the BFD profile custom resource are described in the following table.

Table 33.8. BFD profile custom resource
FieldTypeDescription

metadata.name

string

Specifies the name for the BFD profile custom resource.

metadata.namespace

string

Specifies the namespace for the BFD profile custom resource.

spec.detectMultiplier

integer

Specifies the detection multiplier to determine packet loss. The remote transmission interval is multiplied by this value to determine the connection loss detection timer.

For example, when the local system has the detect multiplier set to 3 and the remote system has the transmission interval set to 300, the local system detects failures only after 900 ms without receiving packets.

The range is 2 to 255. The default value is 3.

spec.echoMode

boolean

Specifies the echo transmission mode. If you are not using distributed BFD, echo transmission mode works only when the peer is also FRR. The default value is false and echo transmission mode is disabled.

When echo transmission mode is enabled, consider increasing the transmission interval of control packets to reduce bandwidth usage. For example, consider increasing the transmit interval to 2000 ms.

spec.echoInterval

integer

Specifies the minimum transmission interval, less jitter, that this system uses to send and receive echo packets. The range is 10 to 60000. The default value is 50 ms.

spec.minimumTtl

integer

Specifies the minimum expected TTL for an incoming control packet. This field applies to multi-hop sessions only.

The purpose of setting a minimum TTL is to make the packet validation requirements more stringent and avoid receiving control packets from other sessions.

The default value is 254 and indicates that the system expects only one hop between this system and the peer.

spec.passiveMode

boolean

Specifies whether a session is marked as active or passive. A passive session does not attempt to start the connection. Instead, a passive session waits for control packets from a peer before it begins to reply.

Marking a session as passive is useful when you have a router that acts as the central node of a star network and you want to avoid sending control packets that you do not need the system to send.

The default value is false and marks the session as active.

spec.receiveInterval

integer

Specifies the minimum interval that this system is capable of receiving control packets. The range is 10 to 60000. The default value is 300 ms.

spec.transmitInterval

integer

Specifies the minimum transmission interval, less jitter, that this system uses to send control packets. The range is 10 to 60000. The default value is 300 ms.

33.8.2. Configuring a BFD profile

As a cluster administrator, you can add a BFD profile and configure a BGP peer to use the profile. BFD provides faster path failure detection than BGP alone.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Log in as a user with cluster-admin privileges.

Procedure

  1. Create a file, such as bfdprofile.yaml, with content like the following example: 

    apiVersion: metallb.io/v1beta1
kind: BFDProfile
metadata:
  name: doc-example-bfd-profile-full
  namespace: metallb-system
spec:
  receiveInterval: 300
  transmitInterval: 300
  detectMultiplier: 3
  echoMode: false
  passiveMode: true
  minimumTtl: 254

  2. Apply the configuration for the BFD profile: 

    $ oc apply -f bfdprofile.yaml

33.8.3. Next steps

33.9. Configuring services to use MetalLB

As a cluster administrator, when you add a service of type LoadBalancer, you can control how MetalLB assigns an IP address.

33.9.1. Request a specific IP address

Like some other load-balancer implementations, MetalLB accepts the spec.loadBalancerIP field in the service specification.

If the requested IP address is within a range from any address pool, MetalLB assigns the requested IP address. If the requested IP address is not within any range, MetalLB reports a warning.

Example service YAML for a specific IP address

apiVersion: v1
kind: Service
metadata:
  name: <service_name>
  annotations:
    metallb.universe.tf/address-pool: <address_pool_name>
spec:
  selector:
    <label_key>: <label_value>
  ports:
    - port: 8080
      targetPort: 8080
      protocol: TCP
  type: LoadBalancer
  loadBalancerIP: <ip_address>

If MetalLB cannot assign the requested IP address, the EXTERNAL-IP for the service reports <pending> and running oc describe service <service_name> includes an event like the following example.

Example event when MetalLB cannot assign a requested IP address

  ...
Events:
  Type     Reason            Age    From                Message
  ----     ------            ----   ----                -------
  Warning  AllocationFailed  3m16s  metallb-controller  Failed to allocate IP for "default/invalid-request": "4.3.2.1" is not allowed in config

33.9.2. Request an IP address from a specific pool

To assign an IP address from a specific range, but you are not concerned with the specific IP address, then you can use the metallb.universe.tf/address-pool annotation to request an IP address from the specified address pool.

Example service YAML for an IP address from a specific pool

apiVersion: v1
kind: Service
metadata:
  name: <service_name>
  annotations:
    metallb.universe.tf/address-pool: <address_pool_name>
spec:
  selector:
    <label_key>: <label_value>
  ports:
    - port: 8080
      targetPort: 8080
      protocol: TCP
  type: LoadBalancer

If the address pool that you specify for <address_pool_name> does not exist, MetalLB attempts to assign an IP address from any pool that permits automatic assignment.

33.9.3. Accept any IP address

By default, address pools are configured to permit automatic assignment. MetalLB assigns an IP address from these address pools.

To accept any IP address from any pool that is configured for automatic assignment, no special annotation or configuration is required.

Example service YAML for accepting any IP address

apiVersion: v1
kind: Service
metadata:
  name: <service_name>
spec:
  selector:
    <label_key>: <label_value>
  ports:
    - port: 8080
      targetPort: 8080
      protocol: TCP
  type: LoadBalancer

33.9.4. Share a specific IP address

By default, services do not share IP addresses. However, if you need to colocate services on a single IP address, you can enable selective IP sharing by adding the metallb.universe.tf/allow-shared-ip annotation to the services. 

apiVersion: v1
kind: Service
metadata:
  name: service-http
  annotations:
    metallb.universe.tf/address-pool: doc-example
    metallb.universe.tf/allow-shared-ip: "web-server-svc"  1
spec:
  ports:
    - name: http
      port: 80  2
      protocol: TCP
      targetPort: 8080
  selector:
    <label_key>: <label_value>  3
  type: LoadBalancer
  loadBalancerIP: 172.31.249.7  4
---
apiVersion: v1
kind: Service
metadata:
  name: service-https
  annotations:
    metallb.universe.tf/address-pool: doc-example
    metallb.universe.tf/allow-shared-ip: "web-server-svc"  5
spec:
  ports:
    - name: https
      port: 443  6
      protocol: TCP
      targetPort: 8080
  selector:
    <label_key>: <label_value>  7
  type: LoadBalancer
  loadBalancerIP: 172.31.249.7  8
1 5
Specify the same value for the metallb.universe.tf/allow-shared-ip annotation. This value is referred to as the sharing key.
2 6
Specify different port numbers for the services.
3 7
Specify identical pod selectors if you must specify externalTrafficPolicy: local so the services send traffic to the same set of pods. If you use the cluster external traffic policy, then the pod selectors do not need to be identical.
4 8
Optional: If you specify the three preceding items, MetalLB might colocate the services on the same IP address. To ensure that services share an IP address, specify the IP address to share.

By default, Kubernetes does not allow multiprotocol load balancer services. This limitation would normally make it impossible to run a service like DNS that needs to listen on both TCP and UDP. To work around this limitation of Kubernetes with MetalLB, create two services:

  • For one service, specify TCP and for the second service, specify UDP.
  • In both services, specify the same pod selector.
  • Specify the same sharing key and spec.loadBalancerIP value to colocate the TCP and UDP services on the same IP address.

33.9.5. Configuring a service with MetalLB

You can configure a load-balancing service to use an external IP address from an address pool.

Prerequisites

  • Install the OpenShift CLI (oc).
  • Install the MetalLB Operator and start MetalLB.
  • Configure at least one address pool.
  • Configure your network to route traffic from the clients to the host network for the cluster.

Procedure

  1. Create a <service_name>.yaml file. In the file, ensure that the spec.type field is set to LoadBalancer.

    Refer to the examples for information about how to request the external IP address that MetalLB assigns to the service.

  2. Create the service: 

    $ oc apply -f <service_name>.yaml

    Example output

    service/<service_name> created

Verification

  • Describe the service: 

    $ oc describe service <service_name>

    Example output

    Name:                     <service_name>
Namespace:                default
Labels:                   <none>
Annotations:              metallb.universe.tf/address-pool: doc-example  <.>
Selector:                 app=service_name
Type:                     LoadBalancer  <.>
IP Family Policy:         SingleStack
IP Families:              IPv4
IP:                       10.105.237.254
IPs:                      10.105.237.254
LoadBalancer Ingress:     192.168.100.5  <.>
Port:                     <unset>  80/TCP
TargetPort:               8080/TCP
NodePort:                 <unset>  30550/TCP
Endpoints:                10.244.0.50:8080
Session Affinity:         None
External Traffic Policy:  Cluster
Events:  <.>
  Type    Reason        Age                From             Message
  ----    ------        ----               ----             -------
  Normal  nodeAssigned  32m (x2 over 32m)  metallb-speaker  announcing from node "<node_name>"

    <.> The annotation is present if you request an IP address from a specific pool. <.> The service type must indicate LoadBalancer. <.> The load-balancer ingress field indicates the external IP address if the service is assigned correctly. <.> The events field indicates the node name that is assigned to announce the external IP address. If you experience an error, the events field indicates the reason for the error.

33.10. MetalLB logging, troubleshooting, and support

If you need to troubleshoot MetalLB configuration, see the following sections for commonly used commands.

33.10.1. Setting the MetalLB logging levels

MetalLB uses FRRouting (FRR) in a container with the default setting of info generates a lot of logging. You can control the verbosity of the logs generated by setting the logLevel as illustrated in this example.

Gain a deeper insight into MetalLB by setting the logLevel to debug as follows:

Prerequisites

  • You have access to the cluster as a user with the cluster-admin role.
  • You have installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).

Procedure

  1. Create a file, such as setdebugloglevel.yaml, with content like the following example: 

    apiVersion: metallb.io/v1beta1
kind: MetalLB
metadata:
  name: metallb
  namespace: metallb-system
spec:
  logLevel: debug
  nodeSelector:
    node-role.kubernetes.io/worker: ""

  2. Apply the configuration: 

    $ oc replace -f setdebugloglevel.yaml
    Note

    Use oc replace as the understanding is the metallb CR is already created and here you are changing the log level.

  3. Display the names of the speaker pods: 

    $ oc get -n metallb-system pods -l component=speaker

    Example output

    NAME                    READY   STATUS    RESTARTS   AGE
speaker-2m9pm           4/4     Running   0          9m19s
speaker-7m4qw           3/4     Running   0          19s
speaker-szlmx           4/4     Running   0          9m19s

    Note

    Speaker and controller pods are recreated to ensure the updated logging level is applied. The logging level is modified for all the components of MetalLB.

  4. View the speaker logs: 

    $ oc logs -n metallb-system speaker-7m4qw -c speaker

    Example output

    {"branch":"main","caller":"main.go:92","commit":"3d052535","goversion":"gc / go1.17.1 / amd64","level":"info","msg":"MetalLB speaker starting (commit 3d052535, branch main)","ts":"2022-05-17T09:55:05Z","version":""}
{"caller":"announcer.go:110","event":"createARPResponder","interface":"ens4","level":"info","msg":"created ARP responder for interface","ts":"2022-05-17T09:55:05Z"}
{"caller":"announcer.go:119","event":"createNDPResponder","interface":"ens4","level":"info","msg":"created NDP responder for interface","ts":"2022-05-17T09:55:05Z"}
{"caller":"announcer.go:110","event":"createARPResponder","interface":"tun0","level":"info","msg":"created ARP responder for interface","ts":"2022-05-17T09:55:05Z"}
{"caller":"announcer.go:119","event":"createNDPResponder","interface":"tun0","level":"info","msg":"created NDP responder for interface","ts":"2022-05-17T09:55:05Z"}
I0517 09:55:06.515686      95 request.go:665] Waited for 1.026500832s due to client-side throttling, not priority and fairness, request: GET:https://172.30.0.1:443/apis/operators.coreos.com/v1alpha1?timeout=32s
{"Starting Manager":"(MISSING)","caller":"k8s.go:389","level":"info","ts":"2022-05-17T09:55:08Z"}
{"caller":"speakerlist.go:310","level":"info","msg":"node event - forcing sync","node addr":"10.0.128.4","node event":"NodeJoin","node name":"ci-ln-qb8t3mb-72292-7s7rh-worker-a-vvznj","ts":"2022-05-17T09:55:08Z"}
{"caller":"service_controller.go:113","controller":"ServiceReconciler","enqueueing":"openshift-kube-controller-manager-operator/metrics","epslice":"{\"metadata\":{\"name\":\"metrics-xtsxr\",\"generateName\":\"metrics-\",\"namespace\":\"openshift-kube-controller-manager-operator\",\"uid\":\"ac6766d7-8504-492c-9d1e-4ae8897990ad\",\"resourceVersion\":\"9041\",\"generation\":4,\"creationTimestamp\":\"2022-05-17T07:16:53Z\",\"labels\":{\"app\":\"kube-controller-manager-operator\",\"endpointslice.kubernetes.io/managed-by\":\"endpointslice-controller.k8s.io\",\"kubernetes.io/service-name\":\"metrics\"},\"annotations\":{\"endpoints.kubernetes.io/last-change-trigger-time\":\"2022-05-17T07:21:34Z\"},\"ownerReferences\":[{\"apiVersion\":\"v1\",\"kind\":\"Service\",\"name\":\"metrics\",\"uid\":\"0518eed3-6152-42be-b566-0bd00a60faf8\",\"controller\":true,\"blockOwnerDeletion\":true}],\"managedFields\":[{\"manager\":\"kube-controller-manager\",\"operation\":\"Update\",\"apiVersion\":\"discovery.k8s.io/v1\",\"time\":\"2022-05-17T07:20:02Z\",\"fieldsType\":\"FieldsV1\",\"fieldsV1\":{\"f:addressType\":{},\"f:endpoints\":{},\"f:metadata\":{\"f:annotations\":{\".\":{},\"f:endpoints.kubernetes.io/last-change-trigger-time\":{}},\"f:generateName\":{},\"f:labels\":{\".\":{},\"f:app\":{},\"f:endpointslice.kubernetes.io/managed-by\":{},\"f:kubernetes.io/service-name\":{}},\"f:ownerReferences\":{\".\":{},\"k:{\\\"uid\\\":\\\"0518eed3-6152-42be-b566-0bd00a60faf8\\\"}\":{}}},\"f:ports\":{}}}]},\"addressType\":\"IPv4\",\"endpoints\":[{\"addresses\":[\"10.129.0.7\"],\"conditions\":{\"ready\":true,\"serving\":true,\"terminating\":false},\"targetRef\":{\"kind\":\"Pod\",\"namespace\":\"openshift-kube-controller-manager-operator\",\"name\":\"kube-controller-manager-operator-6b98b89ddd-8d4nf\",\"uid\":\"dd5139b8-e41c-4946-a31b-1a629314e844\",\"resourceVersion\":\"9038\"},\"nodeName\":\"ci-ln-qb8t3mb-72292-7s7rh-master-0\",\"zone\":\"us-central1-a\"}],\"ports\":[{\"name\":\"https\",\"protocol\":\"TCP\",\"port\":8443}]}","level":"debug","ts":"2022-05-17T09:55:08Z"}

  5. View the FRR logs: 

    $ oc logs -n metallb-system speaker-7m4qw -c frr

    Example output

    Started watchfrr
2022/05/17 09:55:05 ZEBRA: client 16 says hello and bids fair to announce only bgp routes vrf=0
2022/05/17 09:55:05 ZEBRA: client 31 says hello and bids fair to announce only vnc routes vrf=0
2022/05/17 09:55:05 ZEBRA: client 38 says hello and bids fair to announce only static routes vrf=0
2022/05/17 09:55:05 ZEBRA: client 43 says hello and bids fair to announce only bfd routes vrf=0
2022/05/17 09:57:25.089 BGP: Creating Default VRF, AS 64500
2022/05/17 09:57:25.090 BGP: dup addr detect enable max_moves 5 time 180 freeze disable freeze_time 0
2022/05/17 09:57:25.090 BGP: bgp_get: Registering BGP instance (null) to zebra
2022/05/17 09:57:25.090 BGP: Registering VRF 0
2022/05/17 09:57:25.091 BGP: Rx Router Id update VRF 0 Id 10.131.0.1/32
2022/05/17 09:57:25.091 BGP: RID change : vrf VRF default(0), RTR ID 10.131.0.1
2022/05/17 09:57:25.091 BGP: Rx Intf add VRF 0 IF br0
2022/05/17 09:57:25.091 BGP: Rx Intf add VRF 0 IF ens4
2022/05/17 09:57:25.091 BGP: Rx Intf address add VRF 0 IF ens4 addr 10.0.128.4/32
2022/05/17 09:57:25.091 BGP: Rx Intf address add VRF 0 IF ens4 addr fe80::c9d:84da:4d86:5618/64
2022/05/17 09:57:25.091 BGP: Rx Intf add VRF 0 IF lo
2022/05/17 09:57:25.091 BGP: Rx Intf add VRF 0 IF ovs-system
2022/05/17 09:57:25.091 BGP: Rx Intf add VRF 0 IF tun0
2022/05/17 09:57:25.091 BGP: Rx Intf address add VRF 0 IF tun0 addr 10.131.0.1/23
2022/05/17 09:57:25.091 BGP: Rx Intf address add VRF 0 IF tun0 addr fe80::40f1:d1ff:feb6:5322/64
2022/05/17 09:57:25.091 BGP: Rx Intf add VRF 0 IF veth2da49fed
2022/05/17 09:57:25.091 BGP: Rx Intf address add VRF 0 IF veth2da49fed addr fe80::24bd:d1ff:fec1:d88/64
2022/05/17 09:57:25.091 BGP: Rx Intf add VRF 0 IF veth2fa08c8c
2022/05/17 09:57:25.091 BGP: Rx Intf address add VRF 0 IF veth2fa08c8c addr fe80::6870:ff:fe96:efc8/64
2022/05/17 09:57:25.091 BGP: Rx Intf add VRF 0 IF veth41e356b7
2022/05/17 09:57:25.091 BGP: Rx Intf address add VRF 0 IF veth41e356b7 addr fe80::48ff:37ff:fede:eb4b/64
2022/05/17 09:57:25.092 BGP: Rx Intf add VRF 0 IF veth1295c6e2
2022/05/17 09:57:25.092 BGP: Rx Intf address add VRF 0 IF veth1295c6e2 addr fe80::b827:a2ff:feed:637/64
2022/05/17 09:57:25.092 BGP: Rx Intf add VRF 0 IF veth9733c6dc
2022/05/17 09:57:25.092 BGP: Rx Intf address add VRF 0 IF veth9733c6dc addr fe80::3cf4:15ff:fe11:e541/64
2022/05/17 09:57:25.092 BGP: Rx Intf add VRF 0 IF veth336680ea
2022/05/17 09:57:25.092 BGP: Rx Intf address add VRF 0 IF veth336680ea addr fe80::94b1:8bff:fe7e:488c/64
2022/05/17 09:57:25.092 BGP: Rx Intf add VRF 0 IF vetha0a907b7
2022/05/17 09:57:25.092 BGP: Rx Intf address add VRF 0 IF vetha0a907b7 addr fe80::3855:a6ff:fe73:46c3/64
2022/05/17 09:57:25.092 BGP: Rx Intf add VRF 0 IF vethf35a4398
2022/05/17 09:57:25.092 BGP: Rx Intf address add VRF 0 IF vethf35a4398 addr fe80::40ef:2fff:fe57:4c4d/64
2022/05/17 09:57:25.092 BGP: Rx Intf add VRF 0 IF vethf831b7f4
2022/05/17 09:57:25.092 BGP: Rx Intf address add VRF 0 IF vethf831b7f4 addr fe80::f0d9:89ff:fe7c:1d32/64
2022/05/17 09:57:25.092 BGP: Rx Intf add VRF 0 IF vxlan_sys_4789
2022/05/17 09:57:25.092 BGP: Rx Intf address add VRF 0 IF vxlan_sys_4789 addr fe80::80c1:82ff:fe4b:f078/64
2022/05/17 09:57:26.094 BGP: 10.0.0.1 [FSM] Timer (start timer expire).
2022/05/17 09:57:26.094 BGP: 10.0.0.1 [FSM] BGP_Start (Idle->Connect), fd -1
2022/05/17 09:57:26.094 BGP: Allocated bnc 10.0.0.1/32(0)(VRF default) peer 0x7f807f7631a0
2022/05/17 09:57:26.094 BGP: sendmsg_zebra_rnh: sending cmd ZEBRA_NEXTHOP_REGISTER for 10.0.0.1/32 (vrf VRF default)
2022/05/17 09:57:26.094 BGP: 10.0.0.1 [FSM] Waiting for NHT
2022/05/17 09:57:26.094 BGP: bgp_fsm_change_status : vrf default(0), Status: Connect established_peers 0
2022/05/17 09:57:26.094 BGP: 10.0.0.1 went from Idle to Connect
2022/05/17 09:57:26.094 BGP: 10.0.0.1 [FSM] TCP_connection_open_failed (Connect->Active), fd -1
2022/05/17 09:57:26.094 BGP: bgp_fsm_change_status : vrf default(0), Status: Active established_peers 0
2022/05/17 09:57:26.094 BGP: 10.0.0.1 went from Connect to Active
2022/05/17 09:57:26.094 ZEBRA: rnh_register msg from client bgp: hdr->length=8, type=nexthop vrf=0
2022/05/17 09:57:26.094 ZEBRA: 0: Add RNH 10.0.0.1/32 type Nexthop
2022/05/17 09:57:26.094 ZEBRA: 0:10.0.0.1/32: Evaluate RNH, type Nexthop (force)
2022/05/17 09:57:26.094 ZEBRA: 0:10.0.0.1/32: NH has become unresolved
2022/05/17 09:57:26.094 ZEBRA: 0: Client bgp registers for RNH 10.0.0.1/32 type Nexthop
2022/05/17 09:57:26.094 BGP: VRF default(0): Rcvd NH update 10.0.0.1/32(0) - metric 0/0 #nhops 0/0 flags 0x6
2022/05/17 09:57:26.094 BGP: NH update for 10.0.0.1/32(0)(VRF default) - flags 0x6 chgflags 0x0 - evaluate paths
2022/05/17 09:57:26.094 BGP: evaluate_paths: Updating peer (10.0.0.1(VRF default)) status with NHT
2022/05/17 09:57:30.081 ZEBRA: Event driven route-map update triggered
2022/05/17 09:57:30.081 ZEBRA: Event handler for route-map: 10.0.0.1-out
2022/05/17 09:57:30.081 ZEBRA: Event handler for route-map: 10.0.0.1-in
2022/05/17 09:57:31.104 ZEBRA: netlink_parse_info: netlink-listen (NS 0) type RTM_NEWNEIGH(28), len=76, seq=0, pid=0
2022/05/17 09:57:31.104 ZEBRA: 	Neighbor Entry received is not on a VLAN or a BRIDGE, ignoring
2022/05/17 09:57:31.105 ZEBRA: netlink_parse_info: netlink-listen (NS 0) type RTM_NEWNEIGH(28), len=76, seq=0, pid=0
2022/05/17 09:57:31.105 ZEBRA: 	Neighbor Entry received is not on a VLAN or a BRIDGE, ignoring

33.10.1.1. FRRouting (FRR) log levels

The following table describes the FRR logging levels.

Table 33.9. Log levels
Log levelDescription

all

Supplies all logging information for all logging levels.

debug

Information that is diagnostically helpful to people. Set to debug to give detailed troubleshooting information.

info

Provides information that always should be logged but under normal circumstances does not require user intervention. This is the default logging level.

warn

Anything that can potentially cause inconsistent MetalLB behaviour. Usually MetalLB automatically recovers from this type of error.

error

Any error that is fatal to the functioning of MetalLB. These errors usually require administrator intervention to fix.

none

Turn off all logging.

33.10.2. Troubleshooting BGP issues

The BGP implementation that Red Hat supports uses FRRouting (FRR) in a container in the speaker pods. As a cluster administrator, if you need to troubleshoot BGP configuration issues, you need to run commands in the FRR container.

Prerequisites

  • You have access to the cluster as a user with the cluster-admin role.
  • You have installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).

Procedure

  1. Display the names of the speaker pods: 

    $ oc get -n metallb-system pods -l component=speaker

    Example output

    NAME            READY   STATUS    RESTARTS   AGE
speaker-66bth   4/4     Running   0          56m
speaker-gvfnf   4/4     Running   0          56m
...

  2. Display the running configuration for FRR: 

    $ oc exec -n metallb-system speaker-66bth -c frr -- vtysh -c "show running-config"

    Example output

    Building configuration...

Current configuration:
!
frr version 7.5.1_git
frr defaults traditional
hostname some-hostname
log file /etc/frr/frr.log informational
log timestamp precision 3
service integrated-vtysh-config
!
router bgp 64500  1
 bgp router-id 10.0.1.2
 no bgp ebgp-requires-policy
 no bgp default ipv4-unicast
 no bgp network import-check
 neighbor 10.0.2.3 remote-as 64500  2
 neighbor 10.0.2.3 bfd profile doc-example-bfd-profile-full  3
 neighbor 10.0.2.3 timers 5 15
 neighbor 10.0.2.4 remote-as 64500  4
 neighbor 10.0.2.4 bfd profile doc-example-bfd-profile-full  5
 neighbor 10.0.2.4 timers 5 15
 !
 address-family ipv4 unicast
  network 203.0.113.200/30   6
  neighbor 10.0.2.3 activate
  neighbor 10.0.2.3 route-map 10.0.2.3-in in
  neighbor 10.0.2.4 activate
  neighbor 10.0.2.4 route-map 10.0.2.4-in in
 exit-address-family
 !
 address-family ipv6 unicast
  network fc00:f853:ccd:e799::/124  7
  neighbor 10.0.2.3 activate
  neighbor 10.0.2.3 route-map 10.0.2.3-in in
  neighbor 10.0.2.4 activate
  neighbor 10.0.2.4 route-map 10.0.2.4-in in
 exit-address-family
!
route-map 10.0.2.3-in deny 20
!
route-map 10.0.2.4-in deny 20
!
ip nht resolve-via-default
!
ipv6 nht resolve-via-default
!
line vty
!
bfd
 profile doc-example-bfd-profile-full  8
  transmit-interval 35
  receive-interval 35
  passive-mode
  echo-mode
  echo-interval 35
  minimum-ttl 10
 !
!
end

    <.> The router bgp section indicates the ASN for MetalLB. <.> Confirm that a neighbor <ip-address> remote-as <peer-ASN> line exists for each BGP peer custom resource that you added. <.> If you configured BFD, confirm that the BFD profile is associated with the correct BGP peer and that the BFD profile appears in the command output. <.> Confirm that the network <ip-address-range> lines match the IP address ranges that you specified in address pool custom resources that you added.

  3. Display the BGP summary: 

    $ oc exec -n metallb-system speaker-66bth -c frr -- vtysh -c "show bgp summary"

    Example output

    IPv4 Unicast Summary:
BGP router identifier 10.0.1.2, local AS number 64500 vrf-id 0
BGP table version 1
RIB entries 1, using 192 bytes of memory
Peers 2, using 29 KiB of memory

Neighbor        V         AS   MsgRcvd   MsgSent   TblVer  InQ OutQ  Up/Down State/PfxRcd   PfxSnt
10.0.2.3        4      64500       387       389        0    0    0 00:32:02            0        1  1
10.0.2.4        4      64500         0         0        0    0    0    never       Active        0  2

Total number of neighbors 2

IPv6 Unicast Summary:
BGP router identifier 10.0.1.2, local AS number 64500 vrf-id 0
BGP table version 1
RIB entries 1, using 192 bytes of memory
Peers 2, using 29 KiB of memory

Neighbor        V         AS   MsgRcvd   MsgSent   TblVer  InQ OutQ  Up/Down State/PfxRcd   PfxSnt
10.0.2.3        4      64500       387       389        0    0    0 00:32:02 NoNeg  3
10.0.2.4        4      64500         0         0        0    0    0    never       Active        0  4

Total number of neighbors 2

    1 1 3
    Confirm that the output includes a line for each BGP peer custom resource that you added.
    2 4 2 4
    Output that shows 0 messages received and messages sent indicates a BGP peer that does not have a BGP session. Check network connectivity and the BGP configuration of the BGP peer.

  4. Display the BGP peers that received an address pool: 

    $ oc exec -n metallb-system speaker-66bth -c frr -- vtysh -c "show bgp ipv4 unicast 203.0.113.200/30"

    Replace ipv4 with ipv6 to display the BGP peers that received an IPv6 address pool. Replace 203.0.113.200/30 with an IPv4 or IPv6 IP address range from an address pool.

    Example output

    BGP routing table entry for 203.0.113.200/30
Paths: (1 available, best #1, table default)
  Advertised to non peer-group peers:
  10.0.2.3  <.>
  Local
    0.0.0.0 from 0.0.0.0 (10.0.1.2)
      Origin IGP, metric 0, weight 32768, valid, sourced, local, best (First path received)
      Last update: Mon Jan 10 19:49:07 2022

    <.> Confirm that the output includes an IP address for a BGP peer.

33.10.3. Troubleshooting BFD issues

The Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) implementation that Red Hat supports uses FRRouting (FRR) in a container in the speaker pods. The BFD implementation relies on BFD peers also being configured as BGP peers with an established BGP session. As a cluster administrator, if you need to troubleshoot BFD configuration issues, you need to run commands in the FRR container.

Prerequisites

  • You have access to the cluster as a user with the cluster-admin role.
  • You have installed the OpenShift CLI (oc).

Procedure

  1. Display the names of the speaker pods: 

    $ oc get -n metallb-system pods -l component=speaker

    Example output

    NAME            READY   STATUS    RESTARTS   AGE
speaker-66bth   4/4     Running   0          26m
speaker-gvfnf   4/4     Running   0          26m
...

  2. Display the BFD peers: 

    $ oc exec -n metallb-system speaker-66bth -c frr -- vtysh -c "show bfd peers brief"

    Example output

    Session count: 2
SessionId  LocalAddress              PeerAddress              Status
=========  ============              ===========              ======
3909139637 10.0.1.2                  10.0.2.3                 up  <.>

    <.> Confirm that the PeerAddress column includes each BFD peer. If the output does not list a BFD peer IP address that you expected the output to include, troubleshoot BGP connectivity with the peer. If the status field indicates down, check for connectivity on the links and equipment between the node and the peer. You can determine the node name for the speaker pod with a command like oc get pods -n metallb-system speaker-66bth -o jsonpath='{.spec.nodeName}'.

33.10.4. MetalLB metrics for BGP and BFD

OpenShift Container Platform captures the following Prometheus metrics for MetalLB that relate to BGP peers and BFD profiles.

  • metallb_bfd_control_packet_input counts the number of BFD control packets received from each BFD peer.
  • metallb_bfd_control_packet_output counts the number of BFD control packets sent to each BFD peer.
  • metallb_bfd_echo_packet_input counts the number of BFD echo packets received from each BFD peer.
  • metallb_bfd_echo_packet_output counts the number of BFD echo packets sent to each BFD peer.
  • metallb_bfd_session_down_events counts the number of times the BFD session with a peer entered the down state.
  • metallb_bfd_session_up indicates the connection state with a BFD peer. 1 indicates the session is up and 0 indicates the session is down.
  • metallb_bfd_session_up_events counts the number of times the BFD session with a peer entered the up state.
  • metallb_bfd_zebra_notifications counts the number of BFD Zebra notifications for each BFD peer.
  • metallb_bgp_announced_prefixes_total counts the number of load balancer IP address prefixes that are advertised to BGP peers. The terms prefix and aggregated route have the same meaning.
  • metallb_bgp_session_up indicates the connection state with a BGP peer. 1 indicates the session is up and 0 indicates the session is down.
  • metallb_bgp_updates_total counts the number of BGP update messages that were sent to a BGP peer.

Additional resources

33.10.5. About collecting MetalLB data

You can use the oc adm must-gather CLI command to collect information about your cluster, your MetalLB configuration, and the MetalLB Operator. The following features and objects are associated with MetalLB and the MetalLB Operator:

  • The namespace and child objects that the MetalLB Operator is deployed in
  • All MetalLB Operator custom resource definitions (CRDs)

The oc adm must-gather CLI command collects the following information from FRRouting (FRR) that Red Hat uses to implement BGP and BFD:

  • /etc/frr/frr.conf
  • /etc/frr/frr.log
  • /etc/frr/daemons configuration file
  • /etc/frr/vtysh.conf

The log and configuration files in the preceding list are collected from the frr container in each speaker pod.

In addition to the log and configuration files, the oc adm must-gather CLI command collects the output from the following vtysh commands:

  • show running-config
  • show bgp ipv4
  • show bgp ipv6
  • show bgp neighbor
  • show bfd peer

No additional configuration is required when you run the oc adm must-gather CLI command.

Additional resources

Chapter 34. Associating secondary interfaces metrics to network attachments

34.1. Extending secondary network metrics for monitoring

Secondary devices, or interfaces, are used for different purposes. It is important to have a way to classify them to be able to aggregate the metrics for secondary devices with the same classification.

Exposed metrics contain the interface but do not specify where the interface originates. This is workable when there are no additional interfaces. However, if secondary interfaces are added, it can be difficult to use the metrics since it is hard to identify interfaces using only interface names.

When adding secondary interfaces, their names depend on the order in which they are added, and different secondary interfaces might belong to different networks and can be used for different purposes.

With pod_network_name_info it is possible to extend the current metrics with additional information that identifies the interface type. In this way, it is possible to aggregate the metrics and to add specific alarms to specific interface types.

The network type is generated using the name of the related NetworkAttachmentDefinition, that in turn is used to differentiate different classes of secondary networks. For example, different interfaces belonging to different networks or using different CNIs use different network attachment definition names.

34.1.1. Network Metrics Daemon

The Network Metrics Daemon is a daemon component that collects and publishes network related metrics.

The kubelet is already publishing network related metrics you can observe. These metrics are:

  • container_network_receive_bytes_total
  • container_network_receive_errors_total
  • container_network_receive_packets_total
  • container_network_receive_packets_dropped_total
  • container_network_transmit_bytes_total
  • container_network_transmit_errors_total
  • container_network_transmit_packets_total
  • container_network_transmit_packets_dropped_total

The labels in these metrics contain, among others:

  • Pod name
  • Pod namespace
  • Interface name (such as eth0)

These metrics work well until new interfaces are added to the pod, for example via Multus, as it is not clear what the interface names refer to.

The interface label refers to the interface name, but it is not clear what that interface is meant for. In case of many different interfaces, it would be impossible to understand what network the metrics you are monitoring refer to.

This is addressed by introducing the new pod_network_name_info described in the following section.

34.1.2. Metrics with network name

This daemonset publishes a pod_network_name_info gauge metric, with a fixed value of 0: 

pod_network_name_info{interface="net0",namespace="namespacename",network_name="nadnamespace/firstNAD",pod="podname"} 0

The network name label is produced using the annotation added by Multus. It is the concatenation of the namespace the network attachment definition belongs to, plus the name of the network attachment definition.

The new metric alone does not provide much value, but combined with the network related container_network_* metrics, it offers better support for monitoring secondary networks.

Using a promql query like the following ones, it is possible to get a new metric containing the value and the network name retrieved from the k8s.v1.cni.cncf.io/network-status annotation: 

(container_network_receive_bytes_total) + on(namespace,pod,interface) group_left(network_name) ( pod_network_name_info )
(container_network_receive_errors_total) + on(namespace,pod,interface) group_left(network_name) ( pod_network_name_info )
(container_network_receive_packets_total) + on(namespace,pod,interface) group_left(network_name) ( pod_network_name_info )
(container_network_receive_packets_dropped_total) + on(namespace,pod,interface) group_left(network_name) ( pod_network_name_info )
(container_network_transmit_bytes_total) + on(namespace,pod,interface) group_left(network_name) ( pod_network_name_info )
(container_network_transmit_errors_total) + on(namespace,pod,interface) group_left(network_name) ( pod_network_name_info )
(container_network_transmit_packets_total) + on(namespace,pod,interface) group_left(network_name) ( pod_network_name_info )
(container_network_transmit_packets_dropped_total) + on(namespace,pod,interface) group_left(network_name)

Legal Notice

Copyright © 2024 Red Hat, Inc.

OpenShift documentation is licensed under the Apache License 2.0 (https://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0).

Modified versions must remove all Red Hat trademarks.

Portions adapted from https://github.com/kubernetes-incubator/service-catalog/ with modifications by Red Hat.

Red Hat, Red Hat Enterprise Linux, the Red Hat logo, the Shadowman logo, JBoss, OpenShift, Fedora, the Infinity logo, and RHCE are trademarks of Red Hat, Inc., registered in the United States and other countries.

Linux® is the registered trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States and other countries.

Java® is a registered trademark of Oracle and/or its affiliates.

XFS® is a trademark of Silicon Graphics International Corp. or its subsidiaries in the United States and/or other countries.

MySQL® is a registered trademark of MySQL AB in the United States, the European Union and other countries.

Node.js® is an official trademark of Joyent. Red Hat Software Collections is not formally related to or endorsed by the official Joyent Node.js open source or commercial project.

The OpenStack® Word Mark and OpenStack logo are either registered trademarks/service marks or trademarks/service marks of the OpenStack Foundation, in the United States and other countries and are used with the OpenStack Foundation’s permission. We are not affiliated with, endorsed or sponsored by the OpenStack Foundation, or the OpenStack community.

All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners.

Red Hat logoGithubRedditYoutubeTwitter

Learn

Try, buy, & sell

Communities

About Red Hat Documentation

We help Red Hat users innovate and achieve their goals with our products and services with content they can trust.

Making open source more inclusive

Red Hat is committed to replacing problematic language in our code, documentation, and web properties. For more details, see the Red Hat Blog.

About Red Hat

We deliver hardened solutions that make it easier for enterprises to work across platforms and environments, from the core datacenter to the network edge.

© 2024 Red Hat, Inc.